Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
064368-PM1 - Construction-Related - Contract - TSMJV, LLC and Mario Sinacola & Sons Excavating Inc.
PROJECT MANUAL FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF Normandy Farms IPRC Record No. IPRC24-0029 City Project No. 105438 FID No. 30114-0200431-105438-E07685 File No. W-3034 Mattie Parker Jesus “Jay” Chapa Mayor City Manager Chris Harder Director, Water Department Lauren Prieur Director, Transportation and Public Works Department Prepared for The City of Fort Worth 2025 McAdams TBPE Registration # F-19762 4400 State Highway 121, Suite 800 Lewisville. Texas 75056 Christopher P. Harder, P.E. 972.436.9712 09/26/2025 Digitally signed by Mr. Tracy A. LaPiene, PE 100599 Reason: I am the author of this document. Contact Info: tlapiene@mcadamsco.com Date: 2025.09.26 10:56:47-05'00' CSC No. 64368-PM1 00 00 00 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 5 SECTION 00 00 10 TABLE OF CONTENTS DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Division 00 - General Conditions Last Revised Division 01 - Requirements Last Revised CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised March 20, 2020 Normandy Farms 105438 00 11 13 Invitation to Bidders 03/20/2020 00 21 13 Invitation to Bidders 03/20/2020 00 41 00 Bid Form 04/02/2014 00 42 43 Proposal Form Unit Price 05/22/2019 00 43 13 Bid Bond 04/02/2014 00 45 11 Bidders Prequalification’s 04/02/2014 00 45 12 Prequalification Statement 09/01/2015 00 45 13 Bidder Prequalification Application 03/09/2020 00 45 26 Contractor Compliance with Workers' Compensation Law 04/02/2014 00 45 40 Minority Business Enterprise Goal 08/21/2018 00 52 43 Agreement 06/16/2016 00 61 25 Certificate of Insurance 07/01/2011 00 62 13 Performance Bond 01/31/2012 00 62 14 Payment Bond 01/31/2012 00 62 19 Maintenance Bond 01/31/2012 00 72 00 General Conditions 11/15/2017 00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions 07/01/2011 00 73 10 Standard City Conditions of the Construction Contract for Developer Awarded Projects 01/10/2013 01 11 00 Summary of Work 12/20/2012 01 25 00 Substitution Procedures 08/30/2013 01 31 19 Preconstruction Meeting 08/30/2013 01 31 20 Project Meetings 07/01/2011 01 32 33 Preconstruction Video 08/30/2013 01 33 00 Submittals 08/30/2013 01 35 13 Special Project Procedures 08/30/2013 01 45 23 Testing and Inspection Services 03/20/2020 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls 07/01/2011 01 55 26 Street Use Permit and Modifications to Traffic Control 07/01/2011 01 57 13 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 07/01/2011 01 60 00 Product Requirements 03/20/2020 01 66 00 Product Storage and Handling Requirements 04/07/2014 01 70 00 Mobilization and Remobilization 04/07/2014 01 71 23 Construction Staking 04/07/2014 01 74 23 Cleaning 04/07/2014 01 77 19 Closeout Requirements 04/07/2014 01 78 23 Operation and Maintenance Data 04/07/2014 01 78 39 Project Record Documents 04/07/2014 00 00 00 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 5 Technical Specifications which have been modified by the Engineer specifically for this Project; hard copies are included in the Project’s Contract Documents None Technical Specifications listed below are included for this Project by reference and can be viewed/downloaded from the City’s website at: http://fortworthtexas.gov/tpw/contractors/ or Division 02 - Existing Conditions Last Revised Division 03 - Concrete Division 26 - Electrical Division 31 - Earthwork Division 32 - Exterior Improvements CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised March 20, 2020 Normandy Farms 105438 02 41 13 Selective Site Demolition 12/20/2012 02 41 14 Utility Removal/Abandonment 12/20/2012 02 41 15 Paving Removal 02/02/2016 03 30 00 Cast-In-Place Concrete 12/20/2012 03 34 13 Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM) 12/20/2012 03 34 16 Concrete Base Material for Trench Repair 12/20/2012 03 80 00 Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures 12/20/2012 26 05 00 Common Work Results for Electrical 11/22/2013 26 05 10 Demolition for Electrical Systems 12/20/2012 26 05 33 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 12/20/2012 26 05 43 Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical Systems 07/01/2011 26 05 50 Communications Multi-Duct Conduit 02/26/2016 31 10 00 Site Clearing 12/20/2012 31 23 16 Unclassified Excavation 01/28/2013 31 23 23 Borrow 01/28/2013 31 24 00 Embankments 01/28/2013 31 25 00 Erosion and Sediment Control 12/20/2012 31 36 00 Gabions 12/20/2012 31 37 00 Riprap 12/20/2012 32 01 17 Permanent Asphalt Paving Repair 12/20/2012 32 01 18 Temporary Asphalt Paving Repair 12/20/2012 32 01 29 Concrete Paving Repair 12/20/2012 32 11 23 Flexible Base Courses 12/20/2012 32 11 29 Lime Treated Base Courses 12/20/2012 32 11 33 Cement Treated Base Courses 12/20/2012 32 11 37 Liquid Treated Soil Stabilizer 08/21/2015 32 12 16 Asphalt Paving 12/20/2012 32 12 73 Asphalt Paving Crack Sealants 12/20/2012 32 13 13 Concrete Paving 12/20/2012 32 13 20 Concrete Sidewalks, Driveways and Barrier Free Ramps 06/05/2018 00 00 00 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 5 Division 33 - Utilities CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised March 20, 2020 Normandy Farms 105438 32 13 73 Concrete Paving Joint Sealants 12/20/2012 32 14 16 Brick Unit Paving 12/20/2012 32 16 13 Concrete Curb and Gutters and Valley Gutters 10/05/2016 32 17 23 Pavement Markings 11/22/2013 32 17 25 Curb Address Painting 11/04/2013 32 31 13 Chain Fences and Gates 12/20/2012 32 31 26 Wire Fences and Gates 12/20/2012 32 31 29 Wood Fences and Gates 12/20/2012 32 32 13 Cast-in-Place Concrete Retaining Walls 06/05/2018 32 91 19 Topsoil Placement and Finishing of Parkways 12/20/2012 32 92 13 Hydro-Mulching, Seeding, and Sodding 12/20/2012 32 93 43 Trees and Shrubs 12/20/2012 33 01 30 Sewer and Manhole Testing 12/20/2012 33 01 31 Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection 03/03/2016 33 03 10 Bypass Pumping of Existing Sewer Systems 12/20/2012 33 04 10 Joint Bonding and Electrical Isolation 12/20/2012 33 04 11 Corrosion Control Test Stations 12/20/2012 33 04 12 Magnesium Anode Cathodic Protection System 12/20/2012 33 04 30 Temporary Water Services 07/01/2011 33 04 40 Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water Mains 02/06/2013 33 04 50 Cleaning of Sewer Mains 12/20/2012 33 05 10 Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill 12/12/2016 33 05 12 Water Line Lowering 12/20/2012 33 05 13 Frame, Cover and Grade Rings – Cast Iron 01/22/2016 33 05 13.10 Frame, Cover and Grade Rings – Composite 01/22/2016 33 05 14 Adjusting Manholes, Inlets, Valve Boxes, and Other Structures to Grade 12/20/2012 33 05 16 Concrete Water Vaults 12/20/2012 33 05 17 Concrete Collars 12/20/2012 33 05 20 Auger Boring 12/20/2012 33 05 21 Tunnel Liner Plate 12/20/2012 33 05 22 Steel Casing Pipe 12/20/2012 33 05 23 Hand Tunneling 12/20/2012 33 05 24 Installation of Carrier Pipe in Casing or Tunnel Liner Plate 06/19/2013 33 05 26 Utility Markers/Locators 12/20/2012 33 05 30 Location of Existing Utilities 12/20/2012 33 11 05 Bolts, Nuts, and Gaskets 12/20/2012 33 11 10 Ductile Iron Pipe 12/20/2012 33 11 11 Ductile Iron Fittings 12/20/2012 33 11 12 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe 11/16/2018 33 11 13 Concrete Pressure Pipe, Bar-Wrapped, Steel Cylinder Type 12/20/2012 33 11 14 Buried Steel Pipe and Fittings 12/20/2012 33 12 10 Water Services 1-inch to 2-inch 02/14/2017 33 12 11 Large Water Meters 12/20/2012 33 12 20 Resilient Seated Gate Valve 12/20/2012 33 12 21 AWWA Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valves 12/20/2012 33 12 25 Connection to Existing Water Mains 02/06/2013 00 00 00 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Page 4 of 5 Division 34 - Transportation CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised March 20, 2020 Normandy Farms 105438 33 12 30 Combination Air Valve Assemblies for Potable Water Systems 12/20/2012 33 12 40 Fire Hydrants 01/03/2014 33 12 50 Water Sample Stations 12/20/2012 33 12 60 Standard Blow-off Valve Assembly 06/19/2013 33 31 12 Cured in Place Pipe (CIPP) 12/20/2012 33 31 13 Fiberglass Reinforced Pipe for Gravity Sanitary Sewers 12/20/2012 33 31 15 High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe for Sanitary Sewer 12/20/2012 33 31 20 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Gravity Sanitary Sewer Pipe 06/19/2013 33 31 21 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Closed Profile Gravity Sanitary Sewer Pipe 12/20/2012 33 31 22 Sanitary Sewer Slip Lining 12/20/2012 33 31 23 Sanitary Sewer Pipe Enlargement 12/20/2012 33 31 50 Sanitary Sewer Service Connections and Service Line 04/26/2013 33 31 70 Combination Air Valve for Sanitary Sewer Force Mains 12/20/2012 33 39 10 Cast-in-Place Concrete Manholes 12/20/2012 33 39 20 Precast Concrete Manholes 12/20/2012 33 39 30 Fiberglass Manholes 12/20/2012 33 39 40 Wastewater Access Chamber (WAC) 12/20/2012 33 39 60 Epoxy Liners for Sanitary Sewer Structures 12/20/2012 33 41 10 Reinforced Concrete Storm Sewer Pipe/Culverts 07/01/2011 33 41 11 High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe for Storm Drain 12/20/2012 33 41 12 Reinforced Polyethlene (SRPE) Pipe 11/13/2015 33 46 00 Subdrainage 12/20/2012 33 46 01 Slotted Storm Drains 07/01/2011 33 46 02 Trench Drains 07/01/2011 33 49 10 Cast-in-Place Manholes and Junction Boxes 12/20/2012 33 49 20 Curb and Drop Inlets 12/20/2012 33 49 40 Storm Drainage Headwalls and Wingwalls 07/01/2011 34 41 10 Traffic Signals 10/12/2015 34 41 10.01 Attachment A – Controller Cabinet 12/18/2015 34 41 10.02 Attachment B – Controller Specification 02/2012 34 41 10.03 Attachment C – Software Specification 01/2012 34 41 11 Temporary Traffic Signals 11/22/2013 34 41 13 Removing Traffic Signals 12/20/2012 34 41 15 Rectangular Rapid Flashing Beacon 11/22/2013 34 41 16 Pedestrian Hybrid Signal 11/22/2013 34 41 20 Roadway Illumination Assemblies 12/20/2012 34 41 20.01 Arterial LED Roadway Luminaires 06/15/2015 34 41 20.02 Freeway LED Roadway Luminaires 06/15/2015 34 41 20.03 Residential LED Roadway Luminaires 06/15/2015 34 41 30 Aluminum Signs 11/12/2013 34 41 50 Single-Mode Fiber Optic Cable 02/26/2016 34 71 13 Traffic Control 11/22/2013 00 00 00 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Page 5 of 5 Appendix GC-4.01 GC-4.02 GC-4.04 GC-4.06 GC-6.09 GC-6.24 GR-01 60 00 Availability of Land Subsurface and Physical Conditions Underground Facilities Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site Permits and Utilities Nondiscrimination Product Requirements END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS 105438 Revised March 20, 2020 00 42 43 DAP - BID PROPOSAL Page 4 of 7 UNIT PRICE BID Bidder's Application Specification Section No. Unit of Measure Unit Price Bid Value Project Item Information SECTION 00 42 43 Developer Awarded Projects - PROPOSAL FORM Bidder's Proposal Description Bid Quantity Bidlist Item No. 1 3213.0102 7" Conc Pvmt 32 13 13 SY 16315 $62.60 $1,021,319.00 2 3213.0301 4" Conc Sidewalk 32 13 20 SF 10372 $6.50 $67,418.00 3 9999.0001 6" Subgrade Compacted to 95% STD. proctor 99 99 01 SY 17975 $4.00 $71,900.00 4 3211.0400 Hydrated Lime (36 lbs/sy)32 11 29 TN 324 $320.00 $103,680.00 5 3292.04 Seeding, Hydromulch 32 92 13 SY 1339 $1.00 $1,339.00 6 3213.0506 Barrier Free Ramp, Type P-1 32 13 20 EA 11 $3,200.00 $35,200.00 7 3213.0501 Barrier Free Ramp, Type R-1 32 13 20 EA 1 $3,200.00 $3,200.00 8 3213.0504 Barrier Free Ramp, Type M-2 32 13 20 EA 6 $3,200.00 $19,200.00 9 9999.0002 Connect to Existing Asphalt 99 99 02 LF 80 $40.00 $3,200.00 10 9999.0003 Connect to Existing Concrete 99 99 03 LF 29 $20.00 $580.00 11 3471.0001 Traffic Control 34 71 13 MO 1 $2,500.00 $2,500.00 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 UNIT IV: PAVING IMPROVEMENTS TOTAL UNIT IV: PAVING IMPROVEMENTS $1,329,536.00 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Form Version May 22, 2019 Sinacola 00 42 43_Bid Proposal_DAP (1) 00 42 43 DAP - BID PROPOSAL Page 7 of 7 UNIT PRICE BID Bidder's Application Specification Section No. Unit of Measure Unit Price Bid Value Project Item Information SECTION 00 42 43 Developer Awarded Projects - PROPOSAL FORM Bidder's Proposal Description Bid Quantity Bidlist Item No. This Bid is submitted by the entity named below: BIDDER:BY: <Company Name Here> <Address Here> <Address Here or Blank>TITLE: <City, State Zip Code Here>DATE: 100 END OF SECTION UNIT II: SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS UNIT III: DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS UNIT IV: PAVING IMPROVEMENTS UNIT V: STREET LIGHTING IMPROVEMENTS $1,329,536.00Total Construction Bid UNIT VI: TRAFFIC SIGNAL IMPROVEMENTS $1,329,536.00 Contractor agrees to complete WORK for FINAL ACCEPTANCE within working days after the date when the CONTRACT commences to run as provided in the General Conditions. Bid Summary Vice President 9/25/2025 Stephen A Scott <Signature Here> UNIT I: WATER IMPROVEMENTS CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Form Version May 22, 2019 Sinacola 00 42 43_Bid Proposal_DAP (1) By Mosadage Mohammdeen at 12:49 pm, Nov 05, 2025 00 45 12 - I PREQUALIFICATION STATEMENT Page 1 of 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 SECTION 00 45 12 PREQUALIFICATION STATEMENT Each Bidder for a City procurement is required to complete the information below by identifying the prequalified contractors and/or subcontractors whom they intend to utilize for the major work type(s) listed. Major Work Type Water Distr�ibution, Development, 8-inch diameter and srnalley� Sewer Collection Systena, Developnaent, 8-incl� dianreter and syyialler Storm Collection Systern, Development Paving Irnprovernents Roadway and Pedestrian Llf;j1t1i2Q Contractor/Subcontractor Company Name N/A N/A N/A Mario Sinacola & Sons Excavating, Inc N/A Prequalification Expiration Date 3-10-2027 The undersigned hereby certifies that the contractors and/or subcontractors described in the table above are currently prequalified for the work types listed. BIDDER: Mario Sinacola & Sons Excavating, Inc Company 10950 Research Road Address Frisco, Texas 75033 City/State/Zip Stephen A. Scott By: (Pleas Print) Signature: � .�(,� Vice President Title: (Please Print) 9-16-2025 Date: END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 30, 2021 Normandy Farms 105438 F�RT�[�RTH� n.����-�n ic�. �o�; Nt��rio Sii7ac�[a c� Sons I�xc��vatin�, 10�)�0 lZescarrfz EZo�id 4 -, � I��-isca 'I�e�a; 75(i, s ntin: [.ei�� Chi�c:rs fll_�;: NRl-;(,)L}AI,II IC�A I lU1v' fZI:NE.:II'AL I�[)IZ Pl1V1NG I'RC)JEC�1�S C�it` af f�c�r� ��'c,�-tEl t)car Ivis. Chi��crs: �l i�e Cit�� of f�'ort VI'orth 1)eparimenl 01 fr�ms��i�rc��tion ar�d 1'ublic l�l'��rk� l�c:, rc+�ie���i� lh� inaterial [hat }�ou submitted 1c�r prcqt�aiif��atic?r3 rene��al u, ���rfi�riit sireeE �at�i��� in lhe {.'itv of I�art �� i�rth. -I his lettcr is to aci��isc �cx� �hat �lur€u 5in��cola K S«��s L�c�►��atii�g, Inc.. Ilas l�eeri dcci�ie�l qusl�ii�d tc� i>ic! uFx�n ai�c[ ��rtcz€-ri� th� lallo���ii��� t�pe(s) of s�reet ��avin�T ii�i�ri��ci�en�s: Concrete ��$�'Illh CUIIStCUCtI[3Ii/ReC[i[IStI'LJL'fE011 -L111I1�111[C'Kf 'I_his p�'equalilicatior� is ef�EecEi��e Nlarch I(1. ?f)2� and ��ou�� �rc�ject bid lir�aii is $?9�.D1�.3f.,(!.0(1 based upo�7 ll�e suhmit�ec� lin��ncial statement. il sh<tfl ri�main in p�rtce i�or t�vo (?) �ears as fon� as voii remair� in ��cfc�cf standinf� �� itf� tk�e Cit�� n1_ 1 ort �I`ort��. !'rior to tiie end c�l'tlle t���o vears. }�oi� G�i�! l�t requii�ec� tc� st�h�i3i[ an upcla�ed iinancial stat�mc:nt icrr rrcC�lllllflC�LIOIl 1"�fl��l'flI COI151C�C'f�ltlO[l Ifl c�CC(11'�a1lCZ 1tilfFl IIlE CIiV speci f icati�ns. In tl�e int�riin. ii��ou hav� an� questions or comi�le«ts. �lease d�� not h�sita�� ia contact me. Sincerelv. ylicl3ael A. il�lvcrs Cor�str�Eciion �iai�a��e�- I�ransportatian & Public �i�'�7rks f)e�t. C�c: tile pp4�2b- I CONTRACTOR COMP[.IANCE 1NITF[ 1�ORkL-R'S COMYENSn l]ON LAW Paee I o1' I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 lU 1! iz 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 ?� ?� ?� 2 _} �q ?5 7g ?7 ?g 29 30 31 32 33 34 ;5 36 37 38 39 40 s�cTioN oo �s 26 CONTRACTC)R COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S C4MPENSATI0�1 LAW Pursuant to Texas Labor Code Section 406.096(a), as amended, Cantractor certifi�s that it provides wcarker's compensation insurance caverage for alf of its e��lpfoyees employed on Citv Project No. 145438. Contractor further certif es that, pursuant ta Texas Labor Code, Section 406.096(b), as ainended, �t wil[ pt�ovide to City its subconiractor's cej�tifica�es of compliance with worker's compe»sation covera�e. CONTRACTOR: Mario Sinacola & Sons Excavating, !nc Campany 10950 Research Road Address Frisco, Texas 75D33 City/State/Zip �'HE STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF TARRANT � �' : Signature Title: Harlan Jo es ,4 J''�- e e Pri� ,� ' , _ �_ _ ��- Vice Presidenk (Please I'rinr) BEPOR� ME, the undersigned authority, on ihis day personaf�y appeared Haflan Jones . known to me to be the peeson whose name is subscribed to the foregoing instrument, an�l acknowledged lo me that he/slle executed the same as f�,e act and deed of Matio 5inacola & Sons Excavating, I�1C. for the pu�•poses and consideration therein expressed and i�� ti�e capacity tl�erein stated. GIVEN UNDER MY HAND AND SEAf., OF OFF[CE this 5th day of September , 20 25 o,,RY ov� MERf�lTH R NELSOH _ � Notary Ib N1299z7329 My Commissipn Expires �''�'ae'�``�� August 20, 202b � �� _ ��a�� Notary Public in and for ti�e�State of Texas � END OF SECT�ON CfTY OF I�()R-�� WORTH STANI7ARD COIVSl RUCTEUN SPECIFlC'ATlON DQCUM�N�TS Revised ]ulv I. 2011 Norinandy Farms 1U5d38 WC 42 03 04 B TEXAS WAIVER OF OUR RIGHT TO RECOVER FROM OTHERS ENDORSEMENT This endorsement applies only to the insurance provided by the policy because Texas is shown in Item 3.A. of the Information Page. We have the right to recover our payments from anyone liable for an injury covered by this policy. We will not enforce our right against the person or organization named in the Schedule, but this waiver applies only with respect to bodily injury arising out of the operations described in the Schedule where you are required by a written contract to obtain this waiver from us. This endorsement shall not operate directly or indirectly to benefit anyone not named in the Schedule. The premium for this endorsement is shown in the Schedule. 1. ( )Specific Waiver (X)Blanket Waiver SCHEDULE Any Person or Organization as required by written contract or agreement that is ex :cuted prior to the loss. 2.Operations: 3.Premium: $ The premium charge for this endorsement shall be percent of the premium developed on payroll in connection with work performed for the above person(s) or organization(s) arising out of the operations described. 4. Advance Premium: This endorsement changes the policy to which it is attached and is effective on the date issued unless otherwise stated. (The information below is required only when this endorsement is issued subsequent to preparation of the policy.) Endorsement Effective 2/28/2025 Policy No.LDC4068680 Named Insured MARIO SINACOLA & SONS EXCAVATING. INC. Insurance Company Safety National Casualty Corporation Countersigned By WC 42 03 04 B (06 14) C Copyright 2014 National Council on Compensation Insurance, Inc. AU Rights Reserved. Endorsement No. Premium $ Included f10�_'a3-f [7crcE��per Atcarckd Pro.ject Agrccmcnl {�SL'l' I O� a SF.CTION [�0 �2 -t3 2 3 4 5 G 7 R 9 qGREE;v ENT THIS AGRFEMENT, authorized on 9-I6-2U�� is macic hy and het����c:n [h4 D���eloper, TSMJV, LLC., authc�rizcd to do businc�s in T�xa� ("Dc�e{oper"!, ��nd �laria Sir�acola & Sons Excat�ating Inc. autl�ari«d to du busin�ss i�7 Te�►as, acting by �illi� iI1fL�U4�I1 liti duly autharized rcprescntati��c, ("Contractor"). De�elop�r and Contractor, in cansideratiun ol�thc rlutuak co�•enants i�creinatter set fortlt, agrcc as faElo�4s: 10 Article 1. WORK II I? 13 14 IS !b i7 Contractor sliali conl�sl�t� a!! «'ark as s��eci[icci o" indicatrcl in the Contrr�ct Dc�tumcnts for thc Project id�ntitied herei��. Article 2. PROJECT Tl�c prujrrt ti�r which thc WorEc under tii�� Contract D��cumcnts may hc thc wkwlc �r vnly a part is g�nerally describc� as fallnws: N �rmand�� F�r��s Citr� Prnject tiunaber: 105�38 ! R Article 3. CONTRACT T[MF I�) 3.1 Timc is c�f thc esser�cc. 2D All ti�nc iimits for Milestones, if any, and Final Acccptanc� as stated in the (�antract Z 1 Documents are af the cssence to th:� C'ontrac:. ?2 3.? Final Acceptancc. 23 Tl�c Work will bc �omplctc fo� Fii�al Acccptai�cc withii� lOfl eaicndar days after 24 sub�rade and/ur na��in� re4eas` b�� the Citv or thc ciate \4'I1L[1 t1�c Cuntract Time 25 comTncnces ta run as pro� idcd in Para����a�h 1�.04 01� thc Standard Ciry Conditions of thc 26 Construction Contraet tc�r D�velop.r .Awardc� Proj�cts. 27 3.3 Liquidatcd damagcs 2R 29 30 31 32 33 3�3 35 36 37 38 Catitractor recoa��izes that time is of the t�sse��ce of tliis .A�rccrncnt aE�d tltiat Dc�•elc�per 44�i11 stiffcr fi�iar�cial [oss if tf�e Work is nut cc�mpEctcd «-ithin tfie titnes ;��cilird in Paragrap}t 3.? above, plus any �xtensic�n th:�'eaf allo�ied in acct�rci��nce �+fith Anic�e if} o�' tl�c S�and��ra c�cy° Conditians .f th� Cc nstruction Ct»�t��act fi�r Dc��claper Awarded Prujects. Thc C��ntractor aEsa re �agni�cs tlie delays, cxpensc and diEliculties im�ai��ed in pro�•in� in a Icgal procccdin� th� actual lo�,s suffercd by �Ezr D���cloper if the Work is nut cam�lctcd on tic��c. Accordi«�ly; �nstcac� �if rcqtEiring any such �rc�ol; C'antractar agrccs that as liquidat�d dama�cti I'or dclay (l�ut not as a pe��alty), C���ntr�ictor shall pa�� Dcveloper FIVE Hundred Dollars (SSUf?.lill� ti�r caclZ day that cxpires aficr t}tc timc spcciiizd in Paragraph 3.� far Fi�tal Accc��tancc until tl�c C'ity issucs thc Fina! Lctter ol' Acccptancc. CfCY OF FORT WOK7E1 .tir�rmurrv�' F'arnn ST'AIVDARD C(�NS'1'Kl`C'"�IUN SNk{CII'I('A'FION E)C1CUMli1�TS I)I:Vl:L�3PER :1�kARllE{fl nRQJf:CTS 1�►5438 Revi,cd Junc I(,. �Illh 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 00 52-B -2 Developer A\\ arJcd Projcc1 Agrccmcn1 Pagc2of4 Article 4. CONTRACT PRICE Developer agrees to pay Contractor for p r om,anc of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents an amow1t in current funds o ne Mil on Three Hundl'cd Fortv -Tbree Thousand Six Hundred Fiftv-Six Dollars and Zer $ 343 656.00. Article 5. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 5.1 CONTENTS: I A. The Contract Documents whicContractor concerning the Work !ompris the entire agreement between Developer and nsist of he following: I.This Agree ment.2.Attachments to this Agree1 e 1t:a.Bid Fonn (As provided \Jy DevelI)Proposal Fom, (D A Vcrsio12)Prequalification St�1 men!3)State and Federal dfcumentsb.Insurance ACORD Fo s)c.Payment Bond (DAP V sion)d.Perfonnance Bond (D Versio per) 1roject specff,c) e.Maintenance Bond (D A Versio )f.Power of Attorney for t Bondsg.Worker's Compeosatio ffidavih.MBE and/or SBE Con 1itment F3.Standard City General C ditionsAwarded Projects.4.Supplementary Conditions. nn (If required) f the Construction Contract for Developer 5.Specifications specifically ade a p rt of the Contract Documents by attachmentor. if not attached, as inc porated by reference and described in the Table ofContents of the Project's C tract Do uments.6.Drawings.7.Addenda.8.Documentation submitted b Contrac or prior to Notice of Award.9.The following which may be deliv ed or issued after the Effecti\'C Date of theAgreement and, if issued, b ome an ncorporated part of the Contract Documents:a.otice to Proceed.b.Field Orders.c.Change Orders.I d.Leiter of Final Acccpta cc. CITY OF FORT WORTH 1or1t1111u{1• F11rmf 1054}8 STANl}ARD CONSTRUCTIO SPEClrlC ATION DO M ENTS DEVELOPER A WARDED PROJECl Rcv1l>Cd June: 16. 2016 Twenty-nine Thousand Five Hundred Thirty-Six Dollars and Zero cents ($1,329,536.00) [N15? 43 - 3 lk �'eluPer .�1 �s arSed Projcci Agreemcnt Nagr ? of �4 77 Article G. Ii�IDF.MNIF�C.aTtON 74 79 80 Sl S? 83 84 85 86 87 SR 89 90 91 92 93 94 45 96 97 98 6.1 Con#raetor covenants aod agrees to inde ifj�, i�olci harmtess and de[end, at its o«•� expinse, Ihe eih�, it� officers, sen'ants an emplo��ces, fro�ti and a�ainst an�� and all clairr�s arisin� out of. ar alle�ed to arise ou of, the �cork and scr-��ices ta be performed by the rontractur, i1s officers, a�ents, em lo��ees, subcun�ract��rs, lice�ses or in��itees untler this caniract. This i�demn;ticatiun ro�•ision is specificall�� inte�ded to anerate anc! be ef�'ecfi��e e��en if i! is alle��d ar pr ��en that all or sume of the dama4rs bcin� sou�ht w•ere caused. in r��hole ar i� nurt. �O� am� act. amission ur ne�li#ence of the cit��. Ti�is inderrenit�� prn��ision is inte�tded to �nclude, ►�'ithnut lir�iit:ition, indemnity for costs, expenses and le�al fees incurrrd t�y� tlie cih� in defending against such claims and rauses oi actions. � 6.2 Contractor co�•enants and agrees to indem 1i�y and hold harm[esc, at its uwn ex�ensc, the cit��, its oificers, ser��ants and �;m�lovees., frum and a�ainst a�� an�E all luss, damage or destruction c�f pro�erh� of fhe cih�, arisi � out of, or alleged to arise out t�f. the r�'ork and services to be performed b�� the c�ntractor, its nffcers, agents, e���zlo��ees, subco�iraetors, licensees �r im'itees u��� er this cantract. Tlii, indcmnificatian provision is s[�ecificall�• intended i to uneralc and bc effeeti��e eti�en if it is aEle e� d ar nroven that all or some of the dana�es bei n� son�h! r►�ere caused, in «hole or in pdrt, b�� an�� act, omission or ne�li�ence of lhe ci!►. Articfe 7. MISCELLANEOI�S 99 7. ] T�rtt�s. 104 T�rtns used ii� this A�rccmcnt arc ¢etincd ir� A�ticic 1 ot� tl�c Stanciarc� City Conditions of 101 thc Cor�stnjctioi� C'ontract Eor Dcvclla�cr Award�d Pfojccts. 10? 7.? Assignmcnt of C'ontract. 103 10� 1 l)5 7.3 1 Uf+ ]07 iox 109 7.4 1 1 {l lll ll2 113 Tliis Agrccmcnt, includin� all of thc CuiatFact Docui�icnts may not hc a;si�mcd by the Cantractor without thc advanced cxpress writ:en consei3l of the 17cve1oper. Successars a�fd AsSigns. De��claper �ii�d Conlrac�ar cach b nds itsell; its p.li[R�1'�, �L]CCCSSCIFS, as�i�ns ancf Icgal represcntati��cs ta the athcr party� F�crcto, i�� respcct to all covcnants, agrce«ients and abli�;ations �ontaincd in thc Contra t Documi�nt,. S��crability. Any provision or part ol tl�c Cc� uact Doc uments hc�d to b� ui�cunsiitutional, ��uid or unentorceable by a court of con�petcn� jurisdiction shall t�c d�e�ned stn�ken, and all rcmaining pravisinns siiall contin'ae tn be valid attd biEtc�ing u�so�� I)EVELOPER and C4NTRAC'TOR. i I� 7.5 Govcmii�g �.a�ti° and Vcnue. l l5 This A�rccmcnt, incl�di�lg a{! of' phc Contr<<ct Ducumcnt� is �crti>rn�ahlc in thc Slatc of i lb Tcxas. Vcnuc sltali bc Tarrant Co�nry, Tcx�Es, or thc Unitcd Statcs District Coi�rt for the 1 l7 Northern District ofTcxas, Fort Wc�r1h Di��ision. CITY flf� FORT 1R'OR �l-! ST,\ti13�\Rll C'(:)?�ST1tU('"fl{1\' S�'F�.C[F'lCATIt)1+! I)� 'l�Mi�NT5 - Dk-:V!•:LOI'I:K AWAi�I)l:i) PR01i:CT5 KC�15Ct� .II�fkC �ii, 7�I�1� :ti'iun�nn[h' F��+nres 1115�;8 I II fN1 j7 �33 - $ [)e� cla>per .�N�ardcd Prujac� AErccmrnt ra,z -► nr � IlR 119 �7� 121 �„ 1?3 1 ?-1 ��; ] 7�j 1?7 izx 7.6 Auihority to Si�n. Co��tractor shall attach c�•ide��cc of a�Etk�r�-ity to si�n Agr�cmcnt, if �thcr than �uly authorizcd si�natory of thc Contrac tor. 1N WI�F'NESS WH�R�OF, Dc���lo�cr and C'ontra��ar have cxccutccf this Agrcc�,i�nt in �nultiple �ouj�tcrparts. This Agreement is effective as ofthe last date si�n►d by tE1c partics ("Fftcctive Date"}. C'ontractc�r: Dc�.c:ioper: Mario Sinacolu & Su�rs Excr�ti��r�iir�, TS'��1.11:11.C.'. I►tc. j � � � �� By': cs��� �� cs���„���t � Harlan Joncs �ietr✓.ad .iaf'ari {F�rintcd Name) Titic: Vicc Presidcnt Campany Na�nc: Mario Sinacola & Sons Fxca�•atin�, � nc. Address: 10950 Rcscarch Road CitylStatcrZip: Frisco, TX 7�{}33 9-16-2025 Datc (Printed �amc) Tit] : F'residcnt Co �any tiame: TSMJV. LLC Adc ress: 25 ] S Mil l Strect #] 3t1 City'StatclZip: Lc���is��illc. Texas 7�Oi7 Dat� � 9- � 6-202� t�tTti� cyr r�c��t�r wc�KTF{ STA\I�ARI) ('QVSTRI%['i'I(1N SYL•CIE�I('A'fl(?N �(:'UMF,HTS 1)k:VFL.OP�R .+1WAKt)h:D PRl)Ji:('TS Reti i;cci lunc I h. 2i1 I(, ti'nrnuriitlr F'urms IOS.l.iR 16thSeptember, 2025 Endorsement Effective Policy No. Endorsement No. Named Insured Premium $ Insurance Company 2/28/2025 – 2/28/2026 GL 6676705 Safety National Casualty Corporation Mario Sinacola & Sons Excavating, Inc. Countersigned By ________________________________ (Countersignature by the Broker or Agent shall only occur in the mailing states that require countersignature) SNGL 047 0514 Safety National Casualty Corporation Page 1 of 1 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. SPECIAL NOTICE OF CANCELLATION SERVICE PROVIDED TO IDENTIFIED THIRD PARTIES This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART CHANGE The following new provision is added to A. Cancellation of the COMMON POLICY CONDITIONS or such other applicable state cancellation endorsement: As a special service to you, if we cancel this policy for any reason other than non-payment of premium, within thirty (30) days prior to the effective date of cancellation, we will mail a copy of such written notice of cancellation to all third persons whose name and address have, during the applicable policy period, been placed on file with us through your broker of record due to third party contractual requirements relating to such notice. As a special service to you, if we cancel this policy for non-payment of premium, within ten (10) days prior to the effective date of cancellation, we will mail a copy of such written notice of cancellation to all third persons whose name and address have, during the applicable policy period, been placed on file with us through your broker of record due to third party contractual requirements relating to such notice. If we have been provided with an electronic address of such third parties, at our election we may send notice of cancellation to such third parties by electronic mail. Notice of cancellation of coverage provided to a certificate holder is a courtesy only. Failure to provide such notice will not extend the policy cancellation date, negate the cancellation of the policy, nor confer any rights nor expectations upon the certificate holder nor subject us, our agents nor representatives to liability for failure to provide notice. This endorsement changes the policy to which it is attached and is effective on the date issued unless otherwise stated. (The information below is required only when this endorsement is issued subsequent to preparation of the policy.) Attachment Code: D470795 Master ID: 1397399, Certificate ID: 22348442 Any person or organization as required by written contract or agreement that is All of your projects. executed prior to the loss. Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations. A. Section II – Who Is An Insured is amended to include as an additional insured the person(s) or organization(s) shown in the Schedule, but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" caused, in whole or in part, by: 1. Your acts or omissions; or 2. The acts or omissions of those acting on your behalf; in the performance of your ongoing operations for the additional insured(s) at the location(s) designated above. However: 1. The insurance afforded to such additional insured only applies to the extent permitted by law; and 2. If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the insurance afforded to such additional insured will not be B. With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds,the following additional exclusions apply: This insurance does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" occurring after: 1. All work,including materials,parts or equipment furnished in connection with such work, on the project (other than service, maintenance or repairs) to be performed by or on behalf of the additional insured(s) at the location of the covered operations has been completed; or 2. That portion of "your work" out of which the injury or damage arises has been put to its intended use by any person or organization other than another contractor or subcontractor engaged in performing operations for a principal as a part of the same project. broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such additional insured. CG 20 10 12 19 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2018 Page 1 of 2 POLICY NUMBER: GL 6676705 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 20 10 12 19 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED – OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS – SCHEDULED PERSON OR ORGANIZATION This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name Of Additional Insured Person(s) Or Organization(s)Location(s) Of Covered Operations Attachment Code: D512370 Master ID: 1397399, Certificate ID: 22348442 C. With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following is added to Section III – Limits Of Insurance: If coverage provided to the additional insured is 2. Available under the applicable limits of insurance; whichever is less. This endorsement shall not increase the applicable limits of insurance. required by a contract or agreement, the most we will pay on behalf of the additional insured is the amount of insurance: 1. Required by the contract or agreement; or Page 2 of 2 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2018 CG 20 10 12 19 Attachment Code: D512370 Master ID: 1397399, Certificate ID: 22348442 Any person or organization as required All of your projects. by written contract or agreement that is executed prior to the loss. Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations. A. Section II – Who Is An Insured is amended to include as an additional insured the person(s) or organization(s) shown in the Schedule, but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury" or "property damage" caused, in whole or in part, by "your work" at the location designated and described in the Schedule of this endorsement performed for that additional insured and included in the "products-completed operations hazard". However: 1. The insurance afforded to such additional insured only applies to the extent permitted by law; and 2. If coverage provided to the additional insured is B. With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following is added to Section III – Limits Of Insurance: If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the most we will pay on behalf of the additional insured is the amount of insurance: 1. Required by the contract or agreement; or 2. Available under the applicable limits of insurance; whichever is less. This endorsement shall not increase the applicable limits of insurance. required by a contract or agreement, the insurance afforded to such additional insured will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such additional insured. CG 20 37 12 19 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2018 Page 1 of 1 POLICY NUMBER: GL 6676705 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 20 37 12 19 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED – OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS – COMPLETED OPERATIONS This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name Of Additional Insured Person(s) Or Organization(s)Location And Description Of Completed Operations Attachment Code: D512371 Master ID: 1397399, Certificate ID: 22348442 POLICY NUMBER: GL 6676705 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 24 04 12 19 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US (WAIVER OF SUBROGATION) This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART ELECTRONIC DATA LIABILITY COVERAGE PART LIQUOR LIABILITY COVERAGE PART POLLUTION LIABILITY COVERAGE PART DESIGNATED SITES POLLUTION LIABILITY LIMITED COVERAGE PART DESIGNATED SITES PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART RAILROAD PROTECTIVE LIABILITY COVERAGE PART UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK POLICY DESIGNATED TANKS SCHEDULE Name Of Person(s) Or Organization(s): Any Person or Organization as required by written contract or agreement that is executed prior to the loss. Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations. The following is added to Paragraph 8. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us of Section IV – Conditions: We waive any right of recovery against the person(s) or organization(s) shown in the Schedule above because of payments we make under this Coverage Part. Such waiver by us applies only to the extent that the insured has waived its right of recovery against such person(s) or organization(s) prior to loss. This endorsement applies only to the person(s) or organization(s) shown in the Schedule above. CG 24 04 12 19 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2018 Page 1 of 1 Attachment Code: D512366 Master ID: 1397399, Certificate ID: 22348442 POLICY NUMBER:GL 6676705 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 20 01 12 19 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. PRIMARY AND NONCONTRIBUTORY – OTHER INSURANCE CONDITION This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART LIQUOR LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART The following is added to the Other Insurance Condition and supersedes any provision to the contrary: Primary And Noncontributory Insurance This insurance is primary to and will not seek (2) You have agreed in writing in a contract or agreement that this insurance would be primary and would not seek contribution from any other insurance available to the additional insured. contribution from any other insurance available to an additional insured under your policy provided that: (1) The additional insured is a Named Insured under such other insurance; and CG 20 01 12 19 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2018 Page 1 of 1 Attachment Code: D547141 Master ID: 1397399, Certificate ID: 22348442 POLICY NUMBER: CA 6676704 COMMERCIAL AUTO CA 20 48 10 13 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. DESIGNATED INSURED FOR COVERED AUTOS LIABILITY COVERAGE This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: AUTO DEALERS COVERAGE FORM BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM MOTOR CARRIER COVERAGE FORM With respect to coverage provided by this endorsement, the provisions of the Coverage Form apply unless modified by this endorsement. This endorsement identifies person(s) or organization(s) who are "insureds" for Covered Autos Liability Coverage under the Who Is An Insured provision of the Coverage Form. This endorsement does not alter coverage provided in the Coverage Form. This endorsement changes the policy effective on the inception date of the policy unless another date is indicated below. Named Insured: MARIO SINACOLA & SONS EXCAVATING, INC Endorsement Effective Date: 2/28/2025 SCHEDULE Name Of Person(s) Or Organization(s): Any person or organization as required by written contract or agreement that is executed prior to the loss. Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations. Each person or organization shown in the Schedule is an "insured" for Covered Autos Liability Coverage, but only to the extent that person or organization qualifies as an "insured" under the Who Is An Insured provision contained in Paragraph A.1. of Section II – Covered Autos Liability Coverage in the Business Auto and Motor Carrier Coverage Forms and Paragraph D.2. of Section I – Covered Autos Coverages of the Auto Dealers Coverage Form. CA 20 48 10 13 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2011 Page 1 of 1 Attachment Code: D512368 Master ID: 1397399, Certificate ID: 22348442 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name Of Person Or Organization: Any Person or Organization as required by written contract or agreement that is executed prior to the loss. Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations. CHANGE We waive any right of recovery we may have against the person or organization shown in the Schedule above because of payments we make for “bodily injury” or “property damage” to which this insurance applies, caused by an “accident” and resulting from the ownership, maintenance or use of a covered “auto”. This waiver applies only to the person or organization shown in the Schedule above. This endorsement changes the policy to which it is attached and is effective on the date issued unless otherwise stated. (The information below is required only when this endorsement is issued subsequent to preparation of the policy.) Endorsement Effective 2/28/2025 Policy No. CA 6676704 Endorsement No. Named Insured MARIO SINACOLA & SONS EXCAVATING, INC Premium $ Included Insurance Company Safety National Casualty Corporation Countersigned By ________________________________ SNCA 027 10 13 Safety National Casualty Corporation Page 1 of 1 Attachment Code: D512364 Master ID: 1397399, Certificate ID: 22348442 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. SPECIAL NOTICE OF CANCELLATION SERVICE PROVIDED TO IDENTIFIED THIRD PARTIES This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE COVERAGE PART CHANGE The following new provision is added to A. Cancellation of the COMMON POLICY CONDITIONS or such other applicable state cancellation endorsement: As a special service to you, if we cancel this policy for any reason other than non-payment of premium, within thirty (30) days prior to the effective date of cancellation, we will mail a copy of such written notice of cancellation to all third persons whose name and address have, during the applicable policy period, been placed on file with us through your broker of record due to third party contractual requirements relating to such notice. As a special service to you, if we cancel this policy for non-payment of premium, within ten (10) days prior to the effective date of cancellation, we will mail a copy of such written notice of cancellation to all third persons whose name and address have, during the applicable policy period, been placed on file with us through your broker of record due to third party contractual requirements relating to such notice. If we have been provided with an electronic address of such third parties, at our election we may send notice of cancellation to such third parties by electronic mail. Notice of cancellation of coverage provided to a certificate holder is a courtesy only. Failure to provide such notice will not extend the policy cancellation date, negate the cancellation of the policy, nor confer any rights nor expectations upon the certificate holder nor subject us, our agents nor representatives to liability for failure to provide notice. This endorsement changes the policy to which it is attached and is effective on the date issued unless otherwise stated. (The information below is required only when this endorsement is issued subsequent to preparation of the policy.) Endorsement Effective 2/28/2025 Policy No. CA 6676704 Endorsement No. Named Insured MARIO SINACOLA & SONS EXCAVATING, INC Premium $ Included Insurance Company Safety National Casualty Corporation Countersigned By ________________________________ SNCA 039 10 13 Safety National Casualty Corporation Page 1 of 1 Attachment Code: D580710 Master ID: 1397399, Certificate ID: 22348442 Auto Policy Number: CA 6676704 A. The following is added to the Other Insurance Condition in the Business Auto Coverage Form and the Other Insurance – Primary And Excess Insurance Provisions in the Motor Carrier Coverage Form and supersedes any provision to the contrary: This Coverage Form's Covered Autos Liability Coverage is primary to and will not seek contribution from any other insurance available to an "insured" under your policy provided that: 1. Such "insured" is a Named Insured under such other insurance; and 2. You have agreed in writing in a contract or agreement that this insurance would be primary and would not seek contribution from B. The following is added to the Other Insurance Condition in the Auto Dealers Coverage Form and supersedes any provision to the contrary: This Coverage Form's Covered Autos Liability Coverage and General Liability Coverages are primary to and will not seek contribution from any other insurance available to an "insured" under your policy provided that: 1. Such "insured" is a Named Insured under such other insurance; and 2. You have agreed in writing in a contract or agreement that this insurance would be primary and would not seek contribution from any other insurance available to such "insured". any other insurance available to such "insured". CA 04 49 11 16 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2016 Page 1 of 1 COMMERCIAL AUTO CA 04 49 11 16 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. PRIMARY AND NONCONTRIBUTORY – OTHER INSURANCE CONDITION This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: AUTO DEALERS COVERAGE FORM BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM MOTOR CARRIER COVERAGE FORM With respect to coverage provided by this endorsement, the provisions of the Coverage Form apply unless modified by the endorsement. Attachment Code: D545570 Master ID: 1397399, Certificate ID: 22348442 WC 00 03 13 (04 84) Page 1 of 1 WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS LIABILITY INSURANCE POLICY WC 00 03 13 WAIVER OF OUR RIGHT TO RECOVER FROM OTHERS ENDORSEMENT We have the right to recover our payments from anyone liable for an injury covered by this policy. We will not enforce our right against the person or organization named in the Schedule. (This agreement applies only to the extent that you perform work under a written contract that requires you to obtain this agreement from us.) This agreement shall not operate directly or indirectly to benefit anyone not named in the Schedule. SCHEDULE ANY PERSON OR ORGANIZATION AS REQUIRED BY WRITTEN CONTRACT OR AGREEMENT THAT IS EXECUTED PRIOR TO THE LOSS. © 1983 National Council on Compensation Insurance. THIS FORM APPLIES ONLY TO THE FOLLOWING STATE(S) IF COVERED BY YOUR POLICY. IF A STATE IS NOT LISTED BELOW, THIS FORM DOES NOT APPLY IN THAT STATE. OK This endorsement changes the policy to which it is attached and is effective on the date issued unless otherwise stated. (The information below is required only when this endorsement is issued subsequent to preparation of the policy.) Endorsement Effective 2/28/2025 Policy No. LDC4068680 Endorsement No. Insured MARIO SINACOLA & SONS EXCAVATING, INC.Premium $ Included Insurance Company Safety National Casualty Corporation Countersigned By ________________________________ Attachment Code: D512358 Master ID: 1397399, Certificate ID: 22348442 WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS LIABILITY INSURANCE POLICY WC 99 99 35 SPECIAL NOTICE OF CANCELLATION SERVICE PROVIDED TO IDENTIFIED THIRD PARTIES ENDORSEMENT As a special service to you, if we cancel this policy for any reason other than non-payment of premium, within thirty (30) days prior to the effective date of cancellation, we will mail a copy of such written notice of cancellation to all third persons whose name and address have, during the applicable policy period, been placed on file with us through your broker of record due to third party contractual requirements relating to such notice. As a special service to you, if we cancel this policy for non-payment of premium, within ten (10) days prior to the effective date of cancellation, we will mail a copy of such written notice of cancellation to all third persons whose name and address have, during the applicable policy period, been placed on file with us through your broker of record due to third party contractual requirements relating to such notice. If we have been provided with an electronic address of such third parties, at our election we may send notice of cancellation to such third parties by electronic mail. Notice of cancellation of coverage provided to a certificate holder is a courtesy only. Failure to provide such notice will not extend the policy cancellation date, negate the cancellation of the policy, nor confer any rights nor expectations upon the certificate holder nor subject us, our agents nor representatives to liability for failure to provide notice. THIS FORM APPLIES ONLY TO THE FOLLOWING STATE(S) IF COVERED BY YOUR POLICY. IF A STATE IS NOT LISTED BELOW, THIS FORM DOES NOT APPLY IN THAT STATE. OK This endorsement changes the policy to which it is attached and is effective on the date issued unless otherwise stated. (The information below is required only when this endorsement is issued subsequent to preparation of the policy.) Endorsement Effective 2/28/2025 Policy No.LDC4068680 Endorsement No. Insured MARIO SINACOLA & SONS EXCAVATING, INC.Premium $ Included Insurance Company Safety National Casualty Corporation Countersigned By ________________________________ WC 99 99 35 (07 12)Page 1 of 1 Attachment Code: D635394 Master ID: 1397399, Certificate ID: 22348442 WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS LIABILITY INSURANCE POLICY WC 42 03 04 B TEXAS WAIVER OF OUR RIGHT TO RECOVER FROM OTHERS ENDORSEMENT This endorsement applies only to the insurance provided by the policy because Texas is shown in Item 3.A. of the Information Page. We have the right to recover our payments from anyone liable for an injury covered by this policy. We will not enforce our right against the person or organization named in the Schedule, but this waiver applies only with respect to bodily injury arising out of the operations described in the Schedule where you are required by a written contract to obtain this waiver from us. This endorsement shall not operate directly or indirectly to benefit anyone not named in the Schedule. The premium for this endorsement is shown in the Schedule. SCHEDULE 1.( )Specific Waiver (X)Blanket Waiver Any Person or Organization as required by written contract or agreement that is ex :cuted prior to the loss. 2.Operations: 3.Premium: $ The premium charge for this endorsement shall be percent of the premium developed on payroll in connection with work performed for the above person(s) or organization(s) arising out of the operations described. 4.Advance Premium: This endorsement changes the policy to which it is attached and is effective on the date issued unless otherwise stated. (The information below is required only when this endorsement is issued subsequent to preparation of the policy.) Endorsement Effective 2/28/2025 Policy No.LDC4068680 Endorsement No. Named Insured MARIO SINACOLA & SONS EXCAVATING, INC.Premium $ Included Insurance Company Safety National Casualty Corporation Countersigned By WC 42 03 04 B (06 14) © Copyright 2014 National Council on Compensation Insurance, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Attachment Code: D662266 Master ID: 1397399, Certificate ID: 22348442 f �,;��s � � TRAVELERS� RIDER Travelers Casualty nnd Surety, Comp�ny of Americ� To be attached to and fonn part of Bond No. 108245043 ISSUed OIl b0}la�f Of Nlario Sinacola & Sons G�cavating, Inc. City oT Fm•t �Vorth It is agreed that: ❑ 1. The Surety l�e�•eby gives its consent to change the Na�ne: from: to: ❑ 2. The Surety hereby gives its consent to change the Address: fi•om: to: �X 3. The Surety l�ereby gives its consent to change the conh•act amount as Principal, and in favo►• of as Obligee. fl'OI71: $1,321,917.00 One Million Three Hundred Twent,y One Thousand Nine Hundred Seventeen and 00/100 i0: $1,329,536.00 One Million Tlu•ee Hundred Twenty Nine Thousand Fi��e Himdred Thirty Six and 00/100 This rider shall become effective as of December 1. 2025 PROVIDED, however, that tl�e liability of the Surety under tl�e attached bond as changed by this rider sl�all not be cumulative. Signed, sealed and dated December 1, 2025 Accepted: cth� of Fort VVm�th Obligee : 5-4111 (8/66) Travelers Casualtv and Sw�etv Companv of Ameriea `'� 'Y✓ " By: ����'��1"►w' �:: �� .. M � Sophinie�Hunter �, � • Attorney-in-Fact '� o � Ol' Mario Sinacola & Sons �xcavatine, Inc. Principal By: �' , + , Stephen Sco t, Vice President ,';�.�,� ,,F;' . >>, ,`i: �,�,,;, ., µ ,�; i '. ' i" : ` s . � . - ,. ,f�. r � �� *` �r ; . . ,, � � � � ,. . , . � � . � • �'_ , : :� POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESEPITS: That Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, Travelers Casuaity and Surety Company, and St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut (herein collectively called the "Companies"), and that the Companies do hereby make, constitute and appoint Sophinie Hunter of DALLAS , Texas , their true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact to sign, execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, recognizances, conditional undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof on behaif of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. IN UVI7N�S� UVNER�OF, the Companies have caused this instrument to be signed, and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed, this 21si day of April, 2021. �yt, aus�y. �,Y v a.,�, �� ���� �� . �u� ll� ��r . �� � � �� NA.�i'KU'Ft�. �' y HAAiP�� �'�-�d','� �� CA%4i�.� %� C� d*i_ n � � � ' ^A� b i # t �� �"-....s Fs�`� `+� i" State of Connecticut City of Hartford ss. . C.�"' ` �� � gy: /-�' �Robert L. Rane ; enior Vice President On this the 21st day of April, 2021, before me personally appeared Robert L. Raney, who acknowledged himself to be the Senior Vice President of each of the Companies, and that he, as such, being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of said Companies by himself as a duly authorized officer. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, i hereunto set my hand and official seai. My Commission expires the 30th day of June, 2026 : r`''a�a,�.��,�#. �i [/ i�GC� . i'' '; yt kceTARY Z$f ^'S,�T�' x8 : '"'�"t'� Z ' Anna P. Nowik, Notary Public `s; i� �"*,���keY:l1� This Power of Attorney is granted under and by the authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of each of the Companies, which resolutions are now in full force and effect, reading as follows: RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary may appoint Attorneys-in-Fact and Agents to act for and on behalf of the Company and may give such appointee such authority as his or her certificate of authority may prescribe to sign with the Company's name and seal with the Company's seal bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking, and any of said officers or the Board of Directors at any time may remove any such appointee and revoke the power given him or her; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President may delegate all or any part of the foregoing authority to one or more o�cers or employees of this Company, provided that each such delegation is in writing and a copy thereof is filed in the office of the Secretary; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that any bond, recognizance, contract of indemnity, or writing obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking shall be valid and binding upon the Company when (a) signed by the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary and duly attested and sealed with the Company's seal by a Secretary or Assistant Secretary; or (b) duly executed (under seal, if required) by one or more Attorneys-in-Fact and Agents pursuant to the power prescribed in his or her certificate or their certificates of authority or by one or more Company officers pursuant to a written delegation of authority; and it is FURTHER RESOIVED, that the signature of each of the following officers: President, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, any Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Resident Vice Presidents, Resident Assistant Secretaries or Attorneys-in- Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding on the Company in the future with respect to any bond or understanding to which it is attached. I, Kevin E. Hughes, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary of each of the Companies, do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies, which remains in fuil force and effect. Dated this 1st ,> day of December , 2025 at95Ly� vattV'��%bd, kl�*'���t 4* �,s. ��h Ga � �, $ s' A :��iiqi'iZ3t�., � ` = HaRl:O£tp. � �` Ct�"�U� � �ac 4i�i. � y'�* j �4tiH �- r��' , � •.s,.�..✓}�1T � �b , 8 � 3� q`� � � �.�'' dx �N fs h' Kevin E. Hughes, Assi tant Secretary '` To verify the authenticity of this Power ofAttorney, p/ease ca// us at 1-800-421-3880. P/ease refer to the above-named Attorney(s)-in-Fact and the detai/s of the bond to which this Power ofAttorney is attached. �,,�, ,.. , � ti , _ � �. � ° �� � �� � ��r . � �u � � � �- �� � �: � � � TO OBTAIN II�tFOR�IATION OR �IAI�E A COIViPLAINT: _ __ _ _ You tnay contact Travelers Casualtv and Suretv Companv of America , for information or to make a complaint at: Travelers Bond Attn: Claims One Tower Square, S 102A Hartford, CT 06183 1-800-328-2189 You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain the information on companies, covej•ages, rights or complaints at: Texas Department of Insurance P.O. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 (800) 252-3439 ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR BOND. This notice is for infor•mation oniy and does not become a part or a condition of the attached document and is given to comply with Section 2253-021, Government Code, and Section 53.202, Property Code, effective Septembet• 1, 2001. 1,329,536.00Nine Thousand,Five Hundred Thirty Six and No/100 ------------------------------------- fHl(�I I+-2 I'4.IZ1c113R4.A\'CI NUh!) I'm,c ? 1�1`' , � I'his �c�s�d is made t�nd e�ecuted ii� campliar�ce +�ith the prnvisions of�Chapl�r �'�� nfthe le�as (ao�'�I'17i11�IlT COC��, �t �tn7ended. and all lial�ililies oii this bon�l slzail he determi��e� in accordance �+ith tile ��rovision� nf�said sialue. -t [!�' ��'IT'YFS5 WHER�OF, thc I'rinripal ancJ the S�u�et� h��e 5[C�'�f:D cincl SI�AI.FD this � ir�slrumcnt h� �1u1� aiEthr�rii��l ���,�ntti �inci allic�r> cin �hi� ii�c i�0 .}a� i�l'�'e�p�g G �{I� . 7 8 9 111 il [? I .3 14 I� IG 17 18 l9 �� �'I -r, �� 7.j �; _'6 ,� ,g �� ?U ;� ;? ,z ;-� ;� :� ;7 4g � �� au -4 I �3? 43 4:} :1"l� l�f.:5 : ii (P��in�i I) S�-r4tar� Joseph Sinacola � � 11 itn��� as Eo Pri�� i�ial Stephen SCott I'Ftl\('I€'.1L: Mario Si� c a& S ting, Inc. 131 : � - ����i Si �izatur� }-��/� /' G� Harlan Janes, Viee President \:snir �nd l i[Ic 1ddr�55: 109:i� Researcl� Road Frisco, TX ?5U33 til Itl. il : Travelers Casualt�' and Surely Company of America E3l':i.1 ti �.�� �l ��,e� Si;:n1[t!]•e Robbi Mora[es, Attorney-in-fact V':�mc aricl �I itfe �.I�ir�ti.� One Tower Squaz�e, 5102.�1 _ Hariford, CT 061$3 ��� c,s as la tiurct� [ �I��}hc,nc \umhL�-: 214/989-OQ00 Email �1ddr�s4; robbi.moraE�slL�aon.cam *i�ote: li�si�necl h� an of'ticer nf ih� Suret} Compa���. th�rc musl l�e on tile a cer�ilied c�lr�ti�t l�rum l��e E�4-ia�+c sho►�i�t� that il�is ��ers��n has ��i�lhos•it� ta siz�n st�rh i>bli��ation, lf� 5l�ret��'s ph�sical ��cldres; is c�il'terent E�rom it5 mailin� acfdr�ss. bnih mt3st ��c provi�tc�. �I�hc d�ic oi� the honcl sliril I n�1t be pric�r tn the d��e ll�c C. i�illl'act i; ,f�� ard��, c I I 1( fl ] r)12 I 1V(1ft I I f �'nrinand� 1:inn, S'1:1tiU:11<I){'1J1.`lftl�CllONSI9.( II I(';111(h� 17l?l�l'i4tl:\fS f11;S:k It�+ irc�l [ Trrcnihcr h. '� r� 3 1,329,536.00Nine Thousand,Five Hundred Thirty Six and No/100 ------------------------------------- �iu�,l la_, f'1\'�I}_\l 13f>\13 P�i_e'_ nj' � [N �'1TtiE5S WHER�:OF, Ii�e Priizeip�jl t�nci Suret� ha�e each SIGtiE:D ziid SG�I.L:D � ihi> �ii�5trume��i h� clul� ��ulliorizccl a�ents un�l i,t�ii�crc nn thi, th� �� c�a� c�l� ; � . ='r}_�� � � �1l I�l:ti l�; � fPrincipai) S� •re r� Josep Sinacola � � � 1�4�ilfl��S ��s to �rii -i�a] Stephen Scott /��f �TES"f�: . �C �A- �— (S��rel� ) Secretar� ' tncss as to Suret� ; G 7 8 9 I [1 I'KI\c li' �I : Maria Si�lacola & Snns E cavating, ii1�• � r fil': .. _�A�I .. �j�.�L� < <_ - — yi�,nattir4 rUr/Z Harlan Tones, Vice President �,imz• a��J �i�le �\cldre;,: 1095� R�seareh Roaci Frisco, TX 75D33 �l RE: ! 1 : Travelers Casualry anci Surety Company ot America f3Y: ���C�..4J� _� Si<�i�.�ture R�hhi Morales, At[orney-in-fact :'v�sme anc� T�itl� I�I�irr�,: One 7 ower Square, S1Q2A Hartford, CT 061$3 Te le�� hone '� �n�� ber: 214/989-OOUO Esnaif f'lddrr��: rovL�i.inora]eslCaaon.com iVote: !f'sitned b}� ai� nfficernl�the Sur�t�. thc:re ��iust be on �ili: a c�rtific�l t�tract I'rom 1i1� hyl��ti�� shouin�. ihat ihis persoEi I�as autl�oritti to si�n sucll c�bli�atictin. II' S�irety'ti E�h�tiical a�ldress iti ciilTe��en� from its mailin� ac�dress. hodz must he rro� icled. 'I�h� datc n1'tlac bot�cj 511a11 �tol h� prit�r te� lh� d�3le llle (�i1�lU'act is a���trded. I ENI] ()F SECTInN �' t'I I 1' 111 !(]�2 1 til(11� 111 tii�nt�a�rJ� I ann� S I 1\35,11�1) C[)Nti fRi C fltl'ti �f'IiC Il �(':1l IUV I)l}E'4 ��I€ '�''I ti Il1;-1ik Rr� ucJ bcccmhir �. �li�; Five Hundred Thirty Six and No/100 --------------------------------1,329,536.00 u[IRI 1�7-� 1�tAl�: I I \,1�'C1�- Nf )til) Pa��'_ u1' ; 1 , ; -1 S G 7 S 9 I [] I1 1� E5 �� IS I {� i7 � 19 NOW' TH�REF()RF�. lheionditiq�t ot'ihis ohli���lit�n is �uth th�[ ii'Pi-incip�l.fiall ren�ed� �11�' �efitCl3�'� WOI'I�. IOI' \1i11C}1 CiI11Ei� 11011C� 14�� �7�pE'il��C� h\' C Il�, t0 il CO111�ItIlOII SilIlSf�ictnrr tc� tht Cii�. tiien this o6li�ation shall hecc�me nul] ��3d ��oid: other��ise tn rei��ain in tiill f�orce and � ilec.l. 1'R[)VIbED, HO'��'F.�'E�, if PriEtcipal si�all r'ai! so lo r�E�air c�r r�construtt an� tin�el� ��oticed clelectivt Work. it is at;r�ed lilat rhe Cit� i��a} eaus� an� and all such defectite 1�'c�rl: to be repaired andlor reconstructeci ���ith al� aasociated costs tl�erec�t�beir�4� borne h� thc I'rincipal and the S�n-�t� tu�cfer fl3is 141ainlenanre hc�nd: and PROVIDFD F�ii2THF:R, that ii�ari� le�a! aetion ht fil�d on this Bc�nd. ���nue sh�ll lie i�i farra��t C'nu��t�. "fetas nr t�tc l!nited Siates Disu•i�:t C'i7urt tbr �he i�nrtl�ern [.)isirict ol� l esa�. }�ort W'a�rth Di� isio�7: �tnd E'ROVlDED �'IJRTHFR, that thiti obli��uinn shall he co�itinun�t, in ��ature anc[ �uccessive rccorcries �nay he had herenn It�r sieccessi�c breacl�e�. CfI'1 (1� !l)ltf 11iIIZtEI SC:1!VO:1R1)('OVti'I'Rl �i"I'I[ii� SPl t'll IC�1 I7t i\ 1)cl('li�l�'V f� i2�'tii+c�i f)ccrmi�cr ti. _'t��: \'iinnancf� I amu �II�-i3K rn�r,{ 111- ; '�t;llti Cf \.1\CI_ [lii\I} i'.r,e : ul ; I IN WiTI�ESS i�l�'HEREOF, ihe Principal ai3ci thc yurct� hct�e �a�h S[GNE[� ari�l �f:rll.f:f� tlli� ' irt,trumcnt �ti cftEi� �iiEtl3orizzd as��rn. �nd nfiie�r, on thi, tfic �� da. oi� �rL � -1 ; fi 7 R y ] (1 ii �� i� f -i l� IG r� ix i t� �� '_I „ ,; ,_� ?S � ti ^f' Z8 ,c� ;0 Z� �3 ; �l y1 3G .i i :g ;9 a () -� I a� . �fi�. :� i rrs�: � �t � [I'rillCi�)a!j Secr'� r JpS�ph ��1�1Cp�a � � 11'itiu�� .�s ti� l�ri�7 i{�.il Stephen Scatt :� 1"l t:5 f: f'RI\(�li' 1[.: Mario Sinaco]a & 5ons Exc� ��ating. I3�c. E31 : � �� � s���,;�����ti �?jZ- Harlan To�es, ��ice President \ani< and i itl� ��ii1r���5'. 10950 Research Raad Fris�o, TX i �033 ti( IZ1:11�: Trave]ers Casual_ty and Sur�ery Com�any of America 134� : (�` S �_C� �"Lf�-xs�'� - . . 41�'llil[lki'i Robbi 1v�orales, Alfort�ey-in-I�tet \am�� <�itil Citie _ .�t��.�r'►��,t-�s�— — 1Jd,e,,: On�'I'oti�er Square� SIOlA (Surtt) Se�retar� Haa•llord, C;`� 061$3 _ � - - i�t�sti as to 5urct� I elc�hcait� Numbrr: 2141989-000� E:�iiail Addre�s: robbi.moralesl@aon.com �Note: �f signed by an oktirer oi�t9ie 5uret� C'om��m. tl�ere mt�st hc nn flle a c�rtilieJ e.�tract l�rom the b��-la��s sl�o��'in� thai this ��ersnn h�s ��uthe�rit� tu si�;n suil� uh3i�atiott. 1i� Sur�1v's ph��sicaf addr�s; is ditlei��»t li�om its m�iili��� a�lcires;, hc�tl� ma�;t he prn�icled. �I�he date of�tit� hond shall nat be prirn• ta the date the C«ntract i� a��arcfied. C I I 1 f il I�l llt I 1� (lli ff I \urman�� 1 arn}s tiI:1�1),Iltl)C'UN5�1�3tLJC'�11c]Via'fc']I�I[��]lntifx7["1 Ml�!��S�ti I����±h IZc� i;4il I)�c•�'ttihcr �. ]� I� i 7RAVELERSJ� Tra�elers Casualty and Swrety Company of America �ra�elers Casualty and Surety Company St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company POWER OF ATTORNEY KNdW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Travelers Gasua�ty and 5urety Company of America. Travelers Casualry anci Surety Company. and St Paul Fire and Nlarine Insuranc� Company are corporations duly organtzed under the laws of the State of Conneciicut (herein coilectively cailed the "Companies"�, and ihat tha Companies do hereby make, constituie and appoint Robbi Morales of DALLAS , 7exas , their true and lawful Attomey(sj-in-Fact to sfgn, execute, seal and acknowledge any and alJ bonds, recogn�zances, corrdiiranal underfakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof on behalf of ihe Companies in iheir business of guaraniaeing Yhe fideGty oi persons, guaranteefng the perfotrr�ance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing 6onds and undertakings required or permitied in any sctions or proceedings allowed by iaw. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Companies have caused this instrument to be signed. and iheir corporate seals to be hereto affxed. ihls 21st day of April, 202'! . e ���1lY� ��1Y ikp �� � �J r� � � * A ��� � re FIu�T�m, • �k �e�r,trt �Cy1 ��� y i � �� � � � _ t h� �s � State of ConnectiGut /%J By: �� _ City o# Hartford ss. Robert L. Rane . enior Vice President On thss ihe 21st day of Apri1, 2021 before me personelly appeared Robert L. Raney, wha acknowledged himself to be the Sen�or Vice President of each of the Companies, anci that he, as such, being auti�orized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of said Companfes by himself as a duly autharized officer. IN WITNES5 WHEREQF. l hereunio set my hand and official seal My Cammission expires the 30th day nf June, 2D26 '.',"' '' °'";� •. %� %� ��' �:a�anr �: /!/#,�jJG I/ i���GCX� � �e• � �-0"'-�,� ' �� Anna P. Now'ik, tJotary €'ublic c8"�� This Powes of Attomey is granted under and by the auihoriiy oi the fpllowing resolutians adopted by 1he Boards oi 17irectors of each of the Companies, which resolutions are nvw in full torce and effect, reading as foHows: RESOLVED, 1ha1 the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any 5enfor Vice Pres'itlent. any Vice President, any Se�ond Vice Prasident, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, ihe Corporate Secreiary ar any Assistant Secretary may appoint Attonieys-in-Fact and Agents to aci for and on behalf of the Company a37d may give such appointee such authority as h'is or her certificate of authority may prescribe to sign wilh the Company's narr;e and seal +nr�th the Campany's seal bonds, recagnizances, contracis of inderrzr3ity, and other writings ohligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking, and any of said officers or ihe Board of Directors at any time may remnve aivy such appointee and revoke the power given him or her; and it is FUR7�IER RESOLVEb, thai the Chairman, the Presidenf. any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice Pr�:sident, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President may delegate a�l or any parl of khe Foregoing a�thority to ane or more officers or employees of this Company, providecf fha{ each such delegatfan fs in wriiing and a copy thereof is fded in the office of the 5ecretary; and it is FURTF{ER RE50LVED, that any bond, recognizance, contract o€ indemniky, nr writing obligatory in khe nature o€ a bond, recogmzance, nr condfi�onal under�aking s�all be valid and binding �pan ihe Company when (a) signed by the President, any Vice Chairman. any Executive Vice Presiden[, any Senior Vice President or any Vice Presidenf. any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assfstan[ Secreiary and duly aitested and sealed with the Corr�pany's seal by a Secretary or Assistant Secrekary; or (6) duly executed (under seal, if required) by one or mare Atiomeys-in-Fact and Agenis pursuant ro ihe power prescribed in his or her certificate or their certificates of authariEy or by one or more Company officers pursuant to a written delegation o'f aukhority; and i1 is FURTHER �tE50LVED, thal the signature of each of the fallqwing oKcers: Presideni, any Executive Vice President, any Seniar Vi�e President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, any Sacretary, any Assisiant Secretary, and the seal of the Company may be affixed by tacsimile to any Power of Aitorney or io any ceRificale relating thereto appainting Resident Vice Presidents. Resident Asssstant Secretaries ar Atromeys-in- Fact for purposes oniy o( executrng and attesting bonds and underlakings and other writings o6ligatory in the nature thereof. and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or tacsimile seal shall be vaiid and binding upon the Company and any such power so execuied and certifred by such facsimife signalure and facsimile seal shall be �alid and binding on the Company in ihe future with respect to any hond or understanding to which it is attached. I, Kevin E. Hughes. the undersigned. Assisiant 5ecretary of each of the Cflmpanies, do hs�reby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies, wh'�ch remains in full force and effect. Dated this j` day of S e,�'Q �n�¢/L � Z.OyJr ��p� �,,.no �1l�F � ��� ',� �� � t � � � a ynR[r�oro. + �' ��a►=l GIYI.Y. p + �pp,. � � � ; i �, �1�,� �„��� `` '��r ,s * ��� Hu�s, Assa tant 5ecretary To verify the authenticity of this Pawer ofAttarney, please call us at I-800-42I-3880. Please refer ta the a6ove-named Attorney(s)-rn-Factand the details ofthe 6ond ta which tf�is PowerofAttarney is attached. lteceiveci Date: Recei�ed Time: Developer and Project Information Cover Sheet: Developer Compa��y Name: Address, State. Zip Code: �'honc & �mai[: Authorized Signatory, �'itle: Projec! Name: E3rieF Descri�tio�l: Project Location: Plat C�se Nuj�lbcr: Mapsco: CFA Numher: JC"1 .-\ � City of Fort 1Vorth, 7'ezas Sian�ar� Communih Facilities:l�reenienl Rer. 9/21 I5i\�.I_v. I.I�� �61 S. Mill Stnet. SuitL 130. FQrt Worth. Texas 7�0�7 ? 1 �l-796-b(]U3 / pa��lrci�avantitx.coizl ��elL[� gpSC� �Ic}�•�Yia3�d� Farms �; rad i nw 1 ttt oroE�ente�tls �U3�1 K�Iler-�-I�is[�;t Rnati. Fort 1Voi�lz. �I�a��rant C'ount�. Tc�as Plat Name: Cou�tcil District: Cit.v Project Num[�er: I 0��-_;S Pagc 1 oF IG STAMPEDE UTILITY CONSTRUCTION LLC The City of Fort Worth, Texas Plans for the Construction of Water, Sewer,& Storm NORMANDY FARMS Utility Bid Tabulation 2615 S Hwy 287 Ste 500 / PO Box 938, Decatur, TX 76234-4313 (940)901-6234 / (817)404-9980 info@stampedeuc.com Contact: Collin Porter (817)404-9980 collin@stampedeuc.com Updated 07/16/2025 00 42 43 DAP - BID PROPOSAL Page 1 of 7 1 3305.0109 Trench Safety 33 05 10 LF 16987 $2.00 $33,974.00 2 3305.0110 Utility Markers 33 05 26 LS 1 $2,500.00 $2,500.00 3 3305.1003 20" Casing By Open Cut 33 05 22 LF 85 $115.00 $9,775.00 4 3305.2002 8" Water (DIP) Carrier Pipe 33 05 24 LF 85 $90.00 $7,650.00 5 3311.0001 Ductile Iron Water Fittings w/ Restraint 33 11 11 TON 2 $10,000.00 $20,000.00 6 3311.0161 6" PVC Water Pipe 33 11 12 LF 149 $60.00 $8,940.00 7 3311.0251 8" DIP Water 33 11 10 LF 76 $90.00 $6,840.00 8 3311.0254 8" DIP Water, CLSM Backfill 33 11 10 LF 140 $95.00 $13,300.00 9 3311.0461 8" PVC Water Pipe 33 11 12 LF 4773 $65.00 $310,245.00 10 3312.0001 Fire Hydrant 33 12 40 EA 12 $6,100.00 $73,200.00 11 3312.0002 Water Sampling Station 33 12 50 EA 1 $2,850.00 $2,850.00 12 3312.0117 Connection to Existing 4"-12" Water Main 33 12 25 EA 1 $4,800.00 $4,800.00 13 3312.0118 Connection to Existing 21" RCCP Water 33 12 25 EA 1 $10,000.00 $10,000.00 14 3312.2003 1" Water Service 33 12 10 EA 127 $1,200.00 $152,400.00 15 3312.3002 6" Gate Valve 33 12 10 EA 11 $5,000.00 $55,000.00 16 3312.3003 8" Gate Valve 33 12 20 EA 28 $7,000.00 $196,000.00 17 9999.0006 Flushing Device 99 99 06 EA 1 $5,200.00 $5,200.00 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 Bidlist Item No. UNIT I: WATER IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 00 42 43 Developer Awarded Projects - PROPOSAL FORM Bidder's Proposal Description TOTAL UNIT I: WATER IMPROVEMENTS $912,674.00 Bid Quantity Unit Price Bid Value Project Item Information UNIT PRICE BID Bidder's Application Specification Section No. Unit of Measure CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Form Version May 22, 2019 Stampede 00 42 43_Bid Proposal_DAP Updated 11-07-25 00 42 43 DAP - BID PROPOSAL Page 2 of 7 1 3331.3101 4" Sewer Service 33 31 50 EA 127 $1,150.00 $146,050.00 2 3331.4115 8" Sewer Pipe LF 33 11 10, 33 LF 5919 $65.00 $384,735.00 3 3331.4119 8" DIP Sewer Pipe 33 11 10 LF 314 $90.00 $28,260.00 4 3305.3002 8" Sewer (DIP) Carrier Pipe 33 05 24 LF 513 $95.00 $48,735.00 5 3331.4116 8" Sewer Pipe, CSS Backfill 33 11 10, 33 LF 200 $98.00 $19,600.00 6 3339.1001 4' Manhole 33 39 10, 33 EA 30 $6,110.00 $183,300.00 7 3339.1002 4' Drop Manhole 33 39 10, 33 EA 4 $6,500.00 $26,000.00 8 3339.1003 4' Extra Depth Manhole 33 39 10, 33 VF 222.4 $125.00 $27,800.00 9 3339.1201 6' Manhole 33 39 10, 33 EA 3 $7,850.00 $23,550.00 10 3339.1203 6' Extra Depth Manhole 33 39 10, 33 VF 78.3 $115.00 $9,004.50 11 3339.0001 Epoxy Manhole Liner 33 39 60 VF 100 $13.00 $1,300.00 12 3305.1003 20" Casing By Open Cut LF 33 05 22 LF 280 $190.00 $53,200.00 13 3305.1103 20" Casing By Other Than Open Cut 33 05 22 LF 233 $725.00 $168,925.00 14 3305.0206 Imported Embedment/Backfill, Acceptable 33 05 10 CY 523 $52.00 $27,196.00 15 3305.0112 Concrete Collar for Manhole 33 05 17 EA 3 $4,000.00 $12,000.00 16 3301.0003 Final-CCTV Inspection 33 01 31 LF 10472 $2.00 $20,944.00 17 3301.0101 Manhole Vacuum Testing 33 01 30 EA 37 $195.00 $7,215.00 18 3301.0004 Final MH-CCTV Inspection 33 01 12 EA 37 $566.06 $20,944.22 19 3305.0113 Trench Water Stops 33 05 15 EA 21 $120.00 $2,520.00 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 UNIT II: SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS TOTAL UNIT II: SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS $1,211,278.72 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Form Version May 22, 2019 Stampede 00 42 43_Bid Proposal_DAP Updated 11-07-25 00 42 43 DAP - BID PROPOSAL Page 3 of 7 1 3341.0201 21" RCP, Class III 33 41 10 LF 375 $90.00 $33,750.00 2 3341.0205 24" RCP, Class III 33 41 10 LF 1940 $105.00 $203,700.00 3 3341.0208 27" RCP, Class III 33 41 10 LF 219 $115.00 $25,185.00 4 3341.0302 30" RCP, Class III 33 41 10 LF 55 $127.00 $6,985.00 5 3341.0305 33" RCP, Class III 33 41 10 LF 817 $135.00 $110,295.00 6 3341.0306 33" RCP, Class IV 33 41 10 LF 174 $157.00 $27,318.00 7 3341.0309 36" RCP, Class III 34 41 10 LF 199 $170.00 $33,830.00 8 3341.0402 42" RCP, Class III 34 41 10 LF 270 $182.00 $49,140.00 9 3341.0602 60" RCP, Class III 34 41 10 LF 567 $208.00 $117,936.00 10 3341.0603 60" RCP, Class IV 33 4110 LF 276 $213.00 $58,788.00 11 3341.1203 5x5 Box Culvert 33 41 10 LF 375 $400.00 $150,000.00 12 3349.0001 4' Storm Junction Box 33 49 10 EA 11 $7,500.00 $82,500.00 13 3349.0002 5' Storm Junction Box 33 49 10 EA 4 $8,500.00 $34,000.00 14 3349.0003 6' Storm Junction Box 33 49 10 EA 3 $11,200.00 $33,600.00 15 3349.1000 Concrete Headwall Per TXDOT Detail CH-33 49 40 EA 2 $12,500.00 $25,000.00 16 3349.4105 24" SET, 1 pipe 33 49 40 EA 1 $5,500.00 $5,500.00 17 3349.4111 42" SET, 1 pipe 33 49 40 EA 1 $6,800.00 $6,800.00 18 3349.4115 60" SET, 1 pipe 33 49 40 EA 1 $15,000.00 $15,000.00 19 3349.4315 60" SET, 3 pipe 33 49 40 EA 1 $28,000.00 $28,000.00 20 3349.5001 10' Curb Inlet 33 49 20 EA 1 $5,500.00 $5,500.00 21 3349.5002 15' Curb Inlet 33 49 20 EA 13 $8,000.00 $104,000.00 22 3349.5003 20' Curb Inlet 33 49 20 EA 12 $9,000.00 $108,000.00 23 3349.0133 15' TXDOT Type PCO Curb Inlet 33 49 20 EA 1 $7,800.00 $7,800.00 24 3349.0133 20' TXDOT Type CCO Curb Inlet 33 49 20 EA 1 $10,250.00 $10,250.00 25 9999.0005 Core 30" RCP to 5'x5' RCB 99 99 05 EA 1 $2,750.00 $2,750.00 26 9999.0004 Pipe Size Change: 27" RCP to 24" RCP 99 99 04 EA 2 $510.00 $1,020.00 27 9999.0003 Pipe Size Change: 33" RCP to 27" RCP 99 99 03 EA 1 $525.00 $525.00 28 3341.0201 21" RCP, Class III 33 41 10 LF 44 $88.00 $3,872.00 29 3341.0205 24" RCP, Class III 33 41 10 LF 350 $105.00 $36,750.00 30 3349.001 4' Junction Box 33 49 10 EA 1 $7,500.00 $7,500.00 31 3349.7001 Standard Drop Inlet 33 49 20 EA 6 $4,000.00 $24,000.00 32 9999.0000 Outlet Structure 99 99 00 EA 1 $6,000.00 $6,000.00 33 3301.0012 Post-CCTV Inspection of Storm Drain 33 01 32 LF 5267 $2.00 $10,534.00 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 $1,375,828.00 UNIT III: DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS TOTAL UNIT III: DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Form Version May 22, 2019 Stampede 00 42 43_Bid Proposal_DAP Updated 11-07-25 00 42 43 DAP - BID PROPOSAL Page 7 of 7 This Bid is submitted by the entity named below: BIDDER:BY: <Company Name Here> <Address Here> <Address Here or Blank>TITLE: <City, State Zip Code Here>DATE: 170 END OF SECTION <Title Here> <Date Here> <Name of Principal Here> <Signature Here> UNIT I: WATER IMPROVEMENTS Bid Summary Contractor agrees to complete WORK for FINAL ACCEPTANCE within working days after the date when the CONTRACT commences to run as provided in the General Conditions. $3,499,780.72Total Construction Bid UNIT VI: TRAFFIC SIGNAL IMPROVEMENTS $1,211,278.72 $1,375,828.00 $912,674.00 UNIT II: SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS UNIT III: DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS UNIT IV: PAVING IMPROVEMENTS UNIT V: STREET LIGHTING IMPROVEMENTS CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Form Version May 22, 2019 Stampede 00 42 43_Bid Proposal_DAP Updated 11-07-25 ooas �z-1 PREQUALIFICATION STATEMENT Page 1 of 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 is 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 SECTION 00 45 12 PREQUALIFICATION STATEMENT Each Bidder for a City procurement is required to complete the information below by identifying the prequalified contractors and/or subcontractors whom they intend to utilize for the major work type(s) listed. Major Work Type Water Distribution, Development, c4—Ii1CI1 dianreter and smaller Se�ver Collection System, Development, 8-inc11 diamete�• a�rd smaller Storm Collection System, Developn:ent Paving Improvenrents Roaaiway a�rd Pedestrian Lighting Contractor/Subcontractor Company Name Stampede Stampede Stampede Prequalification Expiration Date 7/31 /26 7/31 /26 7/31/26 The undersigned hereby certifies that the contractors and/or subcontractors described in the table above are currently prequalified for the work types listed. BIDDER: ST�4M� (�t � L►s'( a B: l��i,J !a I�T�� �� C'�s�rT► a y Company (Pleas Print ?10/5 5 U5 � `�$7 �$�4�. 5Do Signature: � Address � � p�e�tvr , T�Z 762�v� Title: �,eBS/�E.v'T City/State/Zip (Please Print) Date: �q /!5 /2oz5 END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECI�ICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 30, 2021 Nortnandy Farms 105438 Scanned with I m CamScanner�i FORTWORTHo May 05, 2025 Mr. Collin Porter Stampede Utility Construction 2615 S Hwy 287 Ste 500 Decatur, TX 762344313 PREQUALIFICATION TO BID CITY OF FORT WORTH WATER DEPARTMENT PROJECTS Dear Mr. Porter: Thank you for your submittal of information and data toward prequalification to perform our work. We are pleased to advise that your prequalification has been finalized. A bid limit $6,957,183.00 has been established for your organization based on the financial data submitted. Your firm is prequalified to perform the following work: -- Wastewater Mains (8" only) for New Development, Rehabilitation, and Redevelopment using Open Cut construction methods -- Water Mains (8" only) for New Development, Rehabilitation, and Redevelopment using Open Cut construction methods The prequalification and bid limit established above will remain current through 7131/2026 This date was established to be sixteen (16) months from the date of the most recent financial statement received, unless rescinded for cause. Should you desire prequalification in the future beyond the aforementioned, submittal of updated financials, work experience, and equipment list will be necessary for this department to establish a new bid limit. Please be advised that the plans and documents for the work to be performed must be submitted to and approved by the City of Fort Worth Water Department. We appreciate your interest in our work and should you have some question in this or other matters within our purview, please do not hesitate to contact Mr. John Kasavich at (817)392-8480 or Norma Sauceda at (817)392- 6055. Yours very truly, (� n� S�� � y �Or Chris Harder, P.E. Water Director Fort Worth � au-A�tcacm 1IIII`' 1964 • 1993 • 2011 MAIL TO: John Kasavich, P.E. Fort Worth Water Department Engineering & Regulatory Services 200 Texas Street Fort Worth, TX 76102 WATER DEPARTMENT CAPITAL DELIVERP THe Crr�� oF Foa�� \NoaTH * 100 Fort \North Trail * Foirr Wo�i�•rt, Tsx.�s 76102 817-392-8362 *F.�x 517-392-8195 _'��, Printed on recycled paper 00 45 26 -1 CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'3 COMPENSATION LAW Page 1 of fl 2 3 4 3 � `� ffi � �� il i� 13 14 15 16 17 �� l� 2� �1 �2 �� 24 25 26 2i 2$ 29 30 3t �� 3� �4 33 �� �y �ECTION 00 45 26 CONTRACTOR C�ivIPLIt�TCE WITI-I WO R'S CON1�'EI`TSATION I.A� ��a�o��� i� �°���� �a�oa� ��� ������� �9��,���(��� �s �a������9 ����d'����Tl ��fl`iCA��S ���$ fl$ ����nd�� ��rk��9� �����n��.�a�� ����a���� �o����� fcs�- a�� �� n�� c�a�pd�y��� ���pll���� �� ��� ������ ��e 1 �S���e ����°�c��r ��a�h��° ���Il��� ��$y �m6���6n5CF. 6O �lY�� gl��OII �A7SE�y ��r��ssn 4�C,�D�����, � ���a��d� fl� ��R� �&°� �Vfl�� i�5� (�;&�! A�$� S�V�3�CDflA��$Ofl°'S ��k°�fl��e°8��� 69� ��AI92��9�flc�fl1�� �1fl"��1 ���1���°9� ���ap�����aa�a� ���r���e. ��I�i ��0�< �� ,L/�`� ���i �i%� ° Cornpany � :������� �� �-I�.�'� Address � .o>�'t�':�:��-'L�,t � �A��/�ga��l��� ���i����� I � � 1 �' ����-� '.1, �, � �� i � `., c��6.J�T�`� O�° '�"� '�' � � � , 1, �y: ..��1>��r' i2 i'�'�-�,� �lea Pr�t Sigriat�xr�e: � 'L;�— < �-- .-- �"Il���: ���'`,� I (� ��`� �" (�lc��� ���� ��.�F;OlZE 10�E, �h�i �dersagned �.uthority, on th�s d�y personal�y app�ared �'fifi'fr f%�Y ��!' , kriown to ane to be the person �rhose naane fls subscribed to th� fore oing instrumen�, and acknowledg�d to me that he/she executed the same as ttie act and deed of ��;y,. �.�%��`.<< /�,,(;;��; for the pa�rposes ar�d eonsideraiio� therein expressed a�d � ihe capa�ity ther�� sta�ed. ���i IJN�E� i� �1� ����., �� �����E �h�� �� `�'''- ��� of .�.t��' �C�� � ��� ,>'� � �,. � �'"=�� ---�=��'-��' "'c =:_..-> � ,(.� �. �r � ��.3��ra°y ���a� � ��� �c�r �h� ���� o� �'�� �� � � �,...;• � � 39 EIiTD l�F SECTIOl� ""e```� Candace White i ! '`�� � _''�,� ; � � MY COMMIuSION EXPIRES �:� � :��, �'� ,' ; 09/07/2027 '� 40 ± c�'n�';ec���° iVOTARY ED: 134545054 j =�.�.�' �� �.. .v.� ,„:, R�� _. �,u � ,�. ,,_�-t,,,., C�7'�l O� �'0�1' �A7S���`&� l�ta�es¢a�u� ��eares �T!#�dDA� �ONS'F'1�13�'i�QRi SPECds�'ICRa7'�C9N d2t3iLJPvIEN`d'S 1U543� lYeeised Jae7y 9, �Ofl 1 170 ninety-nine thousand seven hundred eighty Dollars and twenty-two cents ($3,499,780.22). DO 52 43 - 3 Dcvelopec Awarded Projeci Agreerraent Page 3 of 4 77 78 79 80 $] 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 9G 97 98 Articie 6. INDEMNIFYCATION 6.1 Coatractor cove�ants and agree� to inde �nify, hold harmless and defend, at i#s own expense, t�e city, its officers, se rvants a d employees, fram and agaiQst aQy a�td all ctaims arising out of, or alleged o arise o t of, tf�e work and services to be perfnrmed by the contractor, its officers, a�ents, e pl�yees, subcon#ractors, licenses or iovitees under this contract. This indem�ification arovision is saecificallv intended to aperate and he effective eveu if it is alle�ed or n �ven that a�l or some of t6e damages bein� s��t were eaused. in wl�ole or jp� oart. dv anv act, omission ar ne �li ence oi the citv. This indenr�Qity provisioa is intendet� to include, witbaut iimita#ion, indemnity far costs, eapeases and legal fees i�c�urred by the city in defenc�ing against such c{aims and causes of act�ans. b.2 Contractor covenants and agre� to i�nder�nify and haid har�nless, at its own expense, the tity, its o#�icers, servsnts and eoiploye-s, irom and against any and all loss, darnage or destruCHan o� property of the city, aris ag out of, or alleged to arise aut of, the worlc a�nd services to be performed by the ontractor, its aificers, agents, employees, subcvntractors, lice�sees or invitees u der this contrac�. This indemnification Qrovisio� is sneeificallv in#ende�l to ope te snd be effective even if it is alle e� d ar proven that all or some of the d.,ma es b in sau ht were caused. in whole or i� aart., b� anv act. omission or a leg i�enrie of the c i,i��. Articie 7. MISCELLANEOUS 99 7.1 Terms. I UU Terms used in t�Cis Agreement ar� defin�d .n Article l of the Standard City Conditions of l 01 the Construction Contract for Dev �loper Aw �arded Projects_ 102 7.2 Assignment of Contrac�. 103 T13is Ag,reement, including ali o� the Contract Docunnents may not be assigned �y the l0a Contractar wi�hout the advaneed �xpress wr itten consent of the Developer. 105 7.3 Successors and Assigns. lOb 107 iag ] 09 7.4 110 111 li2 113 Developer at�d Contractor each bin�s itsE.lf, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other parry hereto, in respect to all covenants, agreements and obligations contaitaed in the Contr�.ct Doct� en#s. Severability. Any provisian or part af the G>ntract D cuments held to be unconstitutional, void or unenfocceable by a couri� of co mpetent j urisdictian shall be deemed stricken, and all remaining provisions shall continue to b�� �alid and binding upon DEVEL�PER and CONTRACTOR. 1 Z 4 7.5 Governing Law and Venue. 1 i5 Tt�is Agreement, including all oi' the Con ract Documents is perfor�able i❑ the State of ll6 Texas. Venue sha11 be Tarrar�t C�unty, Te as, or the United States D►strict Gourt far the l] 7 Narthern District of Texas, Fort Worth Div ian. GIT'Y OF FORT WORTH Normundy Farms STAAIDAR[) CbNSTRUCTION SP£CIFICA�ION DJCiJMENTS — DEVELpPEA AWARi3ED PIt07ECTS CPU105938 Revised lune I6,2016 118 00 52 43 - 4 Developer Awarded Praject Agreement Page 4 of 4 119 7.b Authariiy to Sign. 120 Contractor shall attach evidence vf authcrity to sign Agreement, if ather t�an duly 12I authorized s�gnatory of t�►e Contrac�toz. I22 123 IN�+VITNESS WHEREOF, Developer a�d Contra�tor have executed this Agreement in multiple 124 counterparts. 125 125 This Agreement is effe�ctive as of t.he �ast date sign.d by tt►e Parties {"Effective Date"}. 127 Cantractor: De�eIoper: Stampede Utiliry Carrstruction, LLC TS `rI.�Y,L,LC. By: �Y � (Signature) � igna e Co�iin Porter (Printed Name} �ehzad Jaiari (Printed Name} Title: President Company Name: Stampede Utility Address: 2615 S Hwy 287 Ste 500 P� Box 938 CFty/State/Zip: Decatur, TX 76234 Date 09/1 fiI2D25 128 Tit1R::President Co�,!pany narr�e:TSMJV,LLC Addp'ess: 251 5 Mill Street # 130 Cit}/State/Zip: Levtiisville, Texas 75057 Dafe� 9-16-2Q25 CIT1l OF FORT WORTFI Narmandy Farms STANI�ARD COiVSTRUCTlpN SPECfFICA7701J D(3('UivlEMTS — DEVEE.QPER AWAdtDED PR07ECTS CPUI (J5Q38 Revised J�ne 16,2016 00 52 43 - 4 Developer Awarded Praject Agreement Page 4 of 4 116 117 7.6 A�thority ta Sign. ll8 Contractor sha�l attach evidenc� �f authc�'ity to sign Agreement, if other than duly 866733784 12/9/2025 12/9/2026 �� O � X� utua WORKERS' COMPENSATION AND WC 4Z O3 O4 B EMPLOYERS LIABILITY POLICY Insured copy TEXAS WAIVER OF OUR RIGHT TO RECOVER FROM OTHERS ENDORSEMENT This endorsement applies only to the insurance provided by the policy because Texas is shown in item 3.A. of the Information Page. We have the right to recover our payments from anyone liable for an injury covered by this policy. We will not enforce our right against the person or organization named in the Schedule, but this waiver applies only with respect to bodily injury arising out of the operations described in the schedule where you are required by a written contract to obtain this waiver from us. This endorsement shall not operate directly or indirectly to benefit anyone not named in the Schedule. The premium for this endorsement is shown in the Schedule. Schedule 1. ( ) Specific Waiver Name of person or organization (X) Blanket Waiver Any person or organization for whom the Named Insured has agreed by written contract to furnish this waiver. 2. Operations: All Texas operations 3. Premium: The premium charge for this endorsement shall be 2.00 percent of the premium developed on payroll in connection with work performed for the above person(s) or organization(s) arising out of the operations described. 4. Advance Premium: Included, see Information Page This endorsement changes the policy to which it is attached effective on the inception date of the policy unless a different date is indicated below. (The following "attaching clause" need be completed only when this endorsement is issued subsequent to preparation of the policy.) This endorsement, effective on 10/23/25 at 12:01 a.m. standard time, forms a part of: Policy no. 0002136102 of Texas Mutual Insurance Company effective on 10/23/25 Issued to: Stampede Utility Construction, LLC �� J�� �/(_� This is not a bill NCCI Carrier Code: 29939 Authorized representative 10/23/25 PO Box 12058, Austin, TX 78711-2058 1 of 1 texasmutual.com �(800) 859-5995 � Fax (800) 359-0650 WC 42 03 04 B THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. PRIMARY AND NONCONTRIBUTORY - OTHER INSURANCE CONDITION This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART The following is added to the Other Insurance Condition and supersedes any provision to the contrary: Primary And Noncontributory Insurance This insurance is primary to and will not seek contribution from any other insurance available to an additional insured under this policy provided that: (1) The additional insured is a named insured under such other insurance; and (2) You have agreed in writing in a contract or agreement prior to the injury or damage that this insurance would be primary and would not seek contribution from any other insurance available to the additional insured where the additional insured is a named insured. However, the insurance provided under this endorsement will not apply beyond the extent required by such contract or agreement. ALL OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS POLICY REMAIN UNCHANGED. CFSIC-GL-1002(09/2020) Page 1 of 1 POLICY NUMBER:GLO-182688 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG20371219 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED - OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS - COMPLETED OPERATIONS This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name Of Additional Insured Person(s) Or Or�anization(s) Location And Description Of Completed Operations As required by written contract signed prior to the As required by written contract signed prior to the "bodily injury" or "property damage". "bodily injury" or "property damage" and if covered under this policy. Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations. A. Section II — Who Is An Insured is amended to include as an additional insured the person(s) or organization(s) shown in the Schedule, but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury" or "property damage" caused, in whole or in part, by "your work" at the location designated and described in the Schedule of this endorsement performed for that additional insured and included in the "products- completed operations hazard". However: 1. The insurance afforded to such additional insured only applies to the extent permitted by law; and 2. If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the insurance afforded to such additional insured will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such additional insured. B. With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following is added to Section III — Limits Of Insurance: If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the most we will pay on behalf of the additional insured is the amount of insurance: 1. Required by the contract or agreement; or 2. Available under the applicable limits of insurance; whichever is less. This endorsement shall not increase the applicable limits of insurance. CG 20 37 12 19 O Insurance Services OfFice, Inc., 2018 Page 1 of 1 POLICY NUMBER: GLO-182688 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG24041219 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US (WAIVER OF SUBROGATION) This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART ELECTRONIC DATA LIABILITY COVERAGE PART LIQUOR LIABILITY COVERAGE PART POLLUTION LIABILITY COVERAGE PART DESIGNATED SITES POLLUTION LIABILITY LIMITED COVERAGE PART DESIGNATED SITES PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART RAILROAD PROTECTIVE LIABILITY COVERAGE PART UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK POLICY DESIGNATED TANKS SCHEDULE Name Of Person(s) Or Organization(s): Any person or organization you have agreed in a written contract to waive any right of recovery against provided the written contract is signed prior to the injury or damage Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations. The following is added to Paragraph 8. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us of Section IV — Conditions: We waive any right of recovery against the person(s) or organization(s) shown in the Schedule above because of payments we make under this Coverage Part. Such waiver by us applies only to the extent that the insured has waived its right of recovery against such person(s) or organization(s) prior to loss. This endorsement applies only to the person(s) or organization(s) shown in the Schedule above. CG 24 0412 19 O Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2018 Page 1 of 1 POWER 4F ATTORIVEY SIRIUSPUiNT AMERICA INSURANCE COMPANY iVEW YORK SWSTEX01 0323 3G�O�Y At.{. AI�N RY'PHES£ PRES£lTS: That SiriusPoinl AmerieaInsuranceCompany,a NmvYork crnparotian, having itspiincipal ofTice in the City oCNew York, pursuan� �o �hc foUowing Resolution, which �vas adopied by the Doard af [lirectors of ihe Compaoy,to �vie R£SO1A'Ep, �hat ihe Presiden�, Senior Vice Presidenl, ChieC Financial Olticer, SEcrelary or Assis�anl Secre�ary is here6y aulhorixed lo ezecute Powers of Auomey appointing as ailomeys-in-l6ct sdect�d employees of cenain surcry eompanies �vho shal4 have thc power for end on behalCof �he Company to exeeute and afl'iz the seal of �he Company to surny contraeis as co-sure�y. Does i�erebynominate, eons�i�me and appoinr. David M. i,ayman its true and Iawful aitamcy-in•faa, to makq exxute,sea{ and deliver for and on its behal f, and as iu aei anddeed; arry and ai{ 6onds, contrcis, agrcemants oE indemnitg and other undertakings in sureryship (NOT 1NCLUDING bonds �vifhom a(zed pcnaltyor financiaf guarantce 6ond5) and lo bind theCompanythereby as fiRy and to the seme extenl az it samt �vere sigtted by �he dufy authorized o�cers oC �he Company, provided, howevcr, ihat tfit pena{ sum oT any one sueh inshument executed hercunder shall no� exteed ihe sum of.� SSO,OOO,OUO single bond Iimi� A�I acts of said atlomcys-in-Caet pursuani ro ihe au�horiiies heroin given are here6y rotiCed and wnfirmed. The extcutive o[ficus {isted a6ove in the Rcsolution may Gom timc to time and et any time removc any sueh appointa and revoke the power given to him on c�r. The execulion of such Imnds or undenakings in pursuance af ihese preseNs, wi�hin ona year oCthe date of issue of these prcsenis, shail 6c 6inding upon said Company, as fiilly and ampty, to af l intents and pueposes, as iCthey had been doly exeeuted and ackno�vledged by the regutady elecied atfirers oC �he Company at i1s oCfite in Ve�v York, New Vork, in thair ownproperpe[mns. IN t{'(iNESS �YHEFZEOF, SiriusPoint America Inmrance Company has caused i�s carporate ssat to fx hereunta a�xad, and Ihuepresenw to be sigoed by ils Secretary this 17 �h day of August i n Ihc year2023. SirnisPoim Amedca Insura� Company �Y' J.b1� �ti `.� Mclissa 1, Relph.. .., � �t Secrctap• S�ateotNewlvsey j ) ss. County of Monmou�h � On �his 17'" day of August 2023, belore mc, a Nolary Pu61ic of tRe S�ate of Neiv )eracy in and Cor the Coumy of Mv�mouth duly eommissioned and quali6ed, came Mclissa J. Ralph, Secretary, ofSiriusPoint Amcriw lnsurance Company, to me psreonally knotm to tx the individual and oCficcr describcd in, and �vho executed �he preceding instmment, and aekno�vledged �he uecuiion of �he zame, and, being by me duly swom, deposcih and saiih, lhat she is lhe olTeer ofthe Company alomsaid, and ihat Ihe seal aRixed lo Ihe preceding insimmeN as the co�pora�e ssal of raid Company, and the said corporate seal and hcr signamre as offiter were duly a(fized and subscribed to the said inslmmen� by the amhnriiy and direc�ion of the said Company, reJcrred to in �he preceding inStNmenl, is no�v in larCc. 3IY 7'ESTti1t0�11' �YHEREOC'.1 havc hereunto set my hantl antl aRixed my onieial cwl, . _.. TNAEJA E_LEWIS-SGOTT NOTARY PUBl1C STATE OF P1EW JERSE`r MY COMMISSIQN E�tPIRE5 MARCH 31, 2028 State oCNmv JuscY ` COA�1M!$SiON: #E�208`aAi . . CountyofMonmouth - {' � ,�..} '' � a _ 1..._,. � ,�r: t�=''Fi f a -:�_. ! � �ttuvPubl.�.- '. uv �} ' �Nh Comrc�5ionexpirac r"'��� {.-taYG�-.� � t � �.flZF 1. Melissa 1. Ralph, Secretaty, ofSiriusPaint America Insurance Company, a Nnv Yark corporetioo, do hereby ccrti(y that Ihe abovt and forcgoing is a full, tme correm capy of Poiver of A�tomey, is sGll in force and effee� and haz not been revoked. iN �Yf7NRSS t�'HF.RTOC, ( haveheccunto xi myhand and a�xedlhe 5ea1 ofsaid Company this � In�'a�raF September, 20��j �I✓ ���•l .�� °,�'��``_` �t �.� i: a�inn �i Se retare EIGHTY DOLLARS ($3,499,780.22), afl6� �s -z PERTri3TLi�NCE BONNbD Page 2 of2 1 This ��d is �t�ds �d �xe�u�ed isa co�pfliaz�c� wi�e ihe px€�r�isio�s o� Ch�pier 22�3 c��f the T�xas 2 Cove�ame�t �ode, as �e�xd�d, �nd �11 liai�a�ti�s �� �has bond sh�tl �e det�r�iaa�s� in �cco�dar��e 3 with the provisioa�s of �i� s�at�.e. � �I� �`�"i��� ���:�, $�ee �x�e��p�1 � �� �a�x�� ��� �I�I'�L� �ad 5]Ef��i� ��s � ia���x,� b� �ul�� aa�i�e�a�e� a����s �� c��r,�� o�n �a,i� �a� l i�� �� �f���Q���, .� �c Q�U�. � s 9 �� 11 12 I3 �q� � : 24 l � . G�tz-��C� 16 (�€n�ap�) ��r�Yas� �7 1° 2� 2E} <' ° �' Gf �: F,y-�'�:: ... �z t ;�iF.Ya�SS �5 �ft F°C39i6B�a� �3 Z� 25 26 G! 2� 2� �a 3Y ,�i� 33 34 ,� �S ' ����J 36 ��'' 3i ���� as trs S�arc:i� 3� �� G�._.___ �� /s , .. . A. 8 .F� .. �� . �� �'`�`��`"�'. �� ���i��:��: ��a�q�� i.�tiiat�� �c�a�srEruc$i�� . . . ..fi r3 wuw.r�e...�.. a..,.k�...... , ��a�;.�.,,..,.�..... J �48: � r�`,�,'.n .�_...Sf�a'�, � _. . Co�Ei� �??orees. �r�ss�en� ��t� a�c�'�atl� �i��e��s; 2� ��� r'��� � 2�t� S� 5€��3 P� ��x �"s� _ — T.,''er.�fu�.T`�'�6�"s�,.__. ._. �. u �„J�.�S�4'�: a��.".�'6125��'���il� �Sa.tt`i3LtC�-S �Y�y`��..Ti?i ' . . ... . ��� '� � � __.. � -��.. ,. i�Y: ' �. r � r''�*�"''" .~ • ' �� .. L��Y'i(`; -' ,. � � wa �"'" ��a�ra� �a. ��Ya��a; <"���s�s���::�:�a�=��s� ._ �:���� ���a �;��: - w - � - :�i.4�f�C�S�: � �5���3 L���3't'�L'�:E:►a%9s�� �i � �� �tvn.��� �',� ?�2� €� �'�1e��ac���� �:��r: � _ �3 �� I ��� ��..�. �-- - P:.fd.[Csti t3ai43.cG.l.�e _.__ . _..�_ 4�k '�I�'ote: If s�grae� ��r � o�'ieer of' Ei�� �r.�r�Yy Compatl�, �h�re na�s� be o�a �le a c�r�a�iec� e�.z�ci �1 �em� the by-R��1US S�OEV`1�fl9� $ii�� fIA1S �f�TS�I[ �t��s �iB$�103'l%j/ L(3 31�C! Si1C�2 ��3�1��$1013. If 4� �aareiy's ph�rsicai ad�ess is diaf��r�nt ��m its �ailing �dc�zess, boi� znust b� rorovided. �� '�'�e date of i�e b�r�d s�a�al� ato� be p��r ic� �he d��e ihe �ar��rac� is ���rd�. 4Q Cb'€'�'' O£ rQ�^s W��'T'i� It�r�astdp Farttas sTANEgARFT ��bd5'F�ZiTCT'i�N S:'��t ?CATi41+i e'3��dJ1 t�.iV[TS Ifl5�S3S Revised �3�cemhsx x, 2(i23 EIGHTY DOLLARS SEVENTY-TWO CENTS ($3,499,780.22), 00 61 14 -2 PAYMENT BO�B Page2 of2 ? IN WITNESS �'HEREflF, the Principal and Surety have each SIGNED and SEALED 2 th's instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the �'�` day of � . aa�� ��.�s�: � .��--���.� . ��incipaij ^�tetar� :� � .��'��� � , - ;' _ �' ^ r� "�r� ^ �'—'' _ � -_. ... __ i�''s��c�s as ta �'cinciaai ` "� " A.�"I'LST: /� ���1 ll�. I �r��-- SaUFS€y' �CCI'C#1b'y � = � � ` ,�/��. _. .. . . ��.��.�..v �iYc�e�s as ta Surety �z S 6 ? � 9 10 1i 12 �x�c€���: Star��de Eltilitu�ortsFretetiQn.� .�,.. !. _ $'i: . f '��� s��f�wr� � - _ �t�tfiis� �arFer. i�r�:i�€ent hia�ne and '�itie �iddress: 25 � � S ��;v ?3? S€e ;E?Q PQ�#uk9�8 , ,. _....,<h T ........_„_,._�. . .LJCk$�% E��?�!?3� �€3R�T3': Pe.�sylvan�ainsurance �otnpany � FiY: �.. ��`��,_ I}avid M. �ay�ia�' �t�3rnsy-its-�ac�. � - %arsle 3[ts# �iie -'.: _ , '" - _ .�ddress: i34i3 �Ia�c€i.f��ad=�si "r' �- : S�n Antoniq �X�78�1 b Note: 1f signed by an officsr ofthe Surety, there must be on fiie a certified exiract from the bylaws shoiving that fhis person has authority to si$n such obligaiion. If Sunety's physical address is different from its xnailing address, both must be provided. The date of the bond shali not be prior to the date the Contract is awarded. END CiF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTR(ICTION SPECIFICATION DOCU7v1ENTS Revised Aecember 8, 2023 Narmendy Farms I05438 EIGHTY DOLLARS ($3,499,780.22), oa61 ig-z MAINTENANCE BO1VI3 Page 2 of 3 i NOW THEIZEFOItE, the condYtion of this obligation is sa�ch that if �rinc�pal shall remedy 2 any defectiv� Work, for which t�nely notice was provided by City, to a completion satisfacto� to 3 the City, then this obligation shall becorrae null and void; otherwise to rem�in in fibll force arnd 4 ��f�ct. 5 � PR� E�➢� �O`�E"��, u� l��a�c�q�a� �Ra�➢� ���� �� �� x��ab�° �sr �°���a���°a�c� �y ��e�y � ��ti��� ��f���a�� ����, �� � �gr��� Yfi�� ��� ��� ��� ��.an�� ��� �nd ��� ���h �e������� �lo�°k to �� � �ep���� �dlor r����n����� ��� a�l ����L�$�� 6��$� ��&�fi°����D�flE9� ��� �� �fl� �fl'flP&l�ll�➢�I �B�t� ��'9� 9 5urety under this Maintenance bond; and 10 11 P120VIDED �THEit, �hat if any Iegal acti�n b� filed on �his �ond, venue shall lie � 12 T�rt°atat Couniy, T'exas or the United States I�istrict Cour� for the 1\iorthern Iiistrict of Texas, Fort 13 VVorth Division, and 14 � � pR� �D �� $Fll�$ �A� ��9�fl��L��&d ��il�l.flp �� �O&Il�LTRAfi�@D� &Y] ��g@9�� �fl� �R,d�6l�5�fl�/� �� �����r��fl�� ��.�r �� ��d �����n fs�a° ��a�������� ��������, li �� 19 CITY OF FOYZT WORTH 1Vormandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRTJCTIOAi SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised December 8, 2023 ao����-3 �rr�tv�rc� Borat� �age 3 crf"a ,'I� �d�'�'1��� �'���➢�'S �a� i��i�ac�p�I and �e �t���� have e�cl� �I�l�� �d �����3 �ai� �s �e!�i by d�aly ��o�€� �g�a�s ��i s��ii��� t��a ��s �n� � Lr�` d��r Qi 2Q;,�. � � � � � � �� 11 l� �� 1�4 15 1� I`� �� �9 �Q .�� 2Z �� �4 2� 2� 2� 2$ 2R 3Q 3� 32 J� J� 3 J�'' 35 37 �,�€ T'. a�'��.J ,. _ ..,_ _ ,,,- : i��i�s�4� 5�s�`t�r� -- - - E;" �� .,� a �" "' � � __�-�� �'. � ����€�s � � ��as��6��3 t,� ����� E�+'� ��� if6 t�iiS �{i ��3Y�3`�' 3t � t - - � ��:B��T��.�.: ���d� �.l�e"�s:���sas�a����es�s ,„.._W., .: . �1,3 ,.. _ �__.. ._.._.. .. V__._ �°�°: � -- ���r��t€a �€3$�f�_�art�, �rs:�ac��:�i �..,.,�.� . _ . ���� ��� `�€2Ee ... i?e��e4-cc:. .�f��� � ��� ��� ��v ���t �'�D �ss�,��� ..<r _ ._ _ �s���sae, � � : ��� � ��a�"�`� : � �-�,'���'zi����� �€."�..5�%`3��'�:-.�`st����� . - - - -- -- - � -- _ -. 3- - - � - -` ,�� ' �.� `- _� �`��". ��: � ,:.���'� ��� ,� � � ���_��;�� -� f C�-- Li.�- �, � ,�����€� ��. ���-�. a�t�s�����ar�����i - - --- - — - ��s�;� ���� � i��� , _ - _ -_- --_.... r;t�E��+'.'�'�5: � a�?L� �{t�:�.i.L^�`��c`�a}€�e .`t�za'�: �aM1�S.�a£iLGli&Z'6=4 �dati �Glm��� �"�:1�}�hQa�e `ati&u�€�La. ��� ���, �a{;�?_ -- ._,.. . 3� *Nc���. If s�gn�d by a� �i��er c��'th� ��e� �a�p��,�9 ��e�� ��s� �s� a� �i� � �e��i�i�a ���r��� 3� f�o� �ia� by��a�u� showi��a� ��C�� �s�s �er�o�a has aa����s�r to si�� s�x�h €��liga�ic��. �� 4d ��€r��y's �Sh�rs��� �c����s� s� d��'�r��a� �s�a� ��s za�aal�ag ��ss, �Sr�� a�stast i�� �gQ�r����. 41 `T1�� d�i� af �� �c��d s��il aa�s� �€ pa ia�r �o �� a'}a�e �h� �fl�iracf � �*�v��d�. 42 �� QH �'$6T 5%J£Dfi�s AI9T�?.nC3y Fgs�ic S'i'A13�3AR�Cd31'3S'TRCIGkIt3N S�.�CiFIC,ta�iFJli ��L1i�F+1:� 4fl�4SfS a'ievise3 33.:.,�m�see' S,1A23 STREET LIGHTS INDEPENDENT UTILITY CONSTRUCTION, INC. February 5, 2025 Mr. Richard Wolfe, Jr. Independent Utility Construction, Inc. 5109 Sun Valley Drive Fort Worth, TX 76119 Re: City of Fort Worth Street Lighting Pre-Qualification Dear Mr. Wolfe: Please accept this letter as Independent Utility Construction, Inc. approval of pre-qualification for the installation of roadway and pedestrian lighting in the City of Fort Worth beginning today, February 5, 2025 through February 5, 2027. If you need additional information or have any questions, please contact me at 817-392-6573 or by email at Clint.Hoover@fortworthtexas.gov. Sincerely, Clint Hoover, P.E., S.E. Engineering Manager Transportation Management Division City of Fort Worth Transportation and Public Works Department y, Cli S pU451�-1 PREQL'..4LIFIC:ATION STATEIvIENT P1ge 1 of 1 I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 t) I1 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 SECTION 00 45 12 PREQUALIFICATION STATEMENT Each Bidder for a City procurement is required to complete the information below by identifying the prequalified contractors and%or subcontractors whom they intend to utilize for the major work type(s) listed. M1jor Work Type Roadway and Pedestricrn Ligh�in,g Contractor/Subcontractor � Prequali�cation Company Name Expiration Date Independent Utiliry Construction 02/05/2027 The undersigned hereby certifies that the contractors and/or subcontractors described in the table above are currently prequalified for the work types listed. BIDDER: Independent Utilitv Construction. Inc. Company 5109 Sun Vallev Drive Address Fort Worth. TX 76119 Ciry/State/Zip By: Ri hard Wolfe � lease Print -� Signature: �, Title: President (Please Print) Date: 09/18/2025 END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCli'�fENTS Recised Septe�vber 30, 2021 Nomiaudy Fanns I 054 i 8 00 42 43 DAP - BID PROPOSAL Page 5 of 7 UNIT PRICE BID Bidder's Application Specification Section No. Unit of Measure Unit Price Bid Value Project Item Information SECTION 00 42 43 Developer Awarded Projects - PROPOSAL FORM Bidder's Proposal Description Bid Quantity Bidlist Item No. 1 2605.3015 2" CONDT PVC SCH 80(T)26 05 33 LF 3,921 $24.86 $97,476.06 2 2605.3016 2" CONDT PVC SCH 80(B)26 05 33 LF 536 $34.58 $18,534.88 3 3441.1410 NO 6 Insulated Elec Condr 34 41 10 LF 13,371 $2.90 $38,775.90 4 3411.1502 Ground box 34 41 10 EA 21 $973.00 $20,433.00 5 3441.1636 Furnish/Install Type 33B Arm 34 41 20 EA 22 $353.00 $7,766.00 6 3441.3050 Furnish/Install LED Lighting Fixture (R2)34 41 20 EA 10 $436.00 $4,360.00 7 3441.3050 Furnish/Install LED Lighting Fixture (R4)34 41 20 EA 12 $436.00 $5,232.00 8 3441.3301 Rdy IIlum Foundation TY 1,2,and 4 34 41 20 EA 22 $2,180.00 $47,960.00 9 3441.3351 Furnish/Install Rdwy Iilum TY 11 Pole 34 41 20 EA 22 $2,497.00 $54,934.00 10 3441.1771 120/240V metered service pedestal w/34 41 20 EA 1 $7,084.00 $7,084.00 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 TOTAL UNIT V: STREET LIGHTING IMPROVEMENTS UNIT V: STREET LIGHTING IMPROVEMENTS $302,555.84 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Form Version May 22, 2019 Independant - 00 42 43_Bid Proposal_DAP (1) 00 42 43 DAP - BID PROPOSAL Page 7 of 7 UNIT PRICE BID Bidder's Application Specification Section No. Unit of Measure Unit Price Bid Value Project Item Information SECTION 00 42 43 Developer Awarded Projects - PROPOSAL FORM Bidder's Proposal Description Bid Quantity Bidlist Item No. This Bid is submitted by the entity named below: BIDDER:BY: <Company Name Here> <Address Here> <Address Here or Blank>TITLE: <City, State Zip Code Here>DATE: 60 END OF SECTION $302,555.84 UNIT II: SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS UNIT III: DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS UNIT IV: PAVING IMPROVEMENTS UNIT V: STREET LIGHTING IMPROVEMENTS $302,555.84Total Construction Bid UNIT VI: TRAFFIC SIGNAL IMPROVEMENTS Contractor agrees to complete WORK for FINAL ACCEPTANCE within working days after the date when the CONTRACT commences to run as provided in the General Conditions. Bid Summary <Title Here> <Date Here> <Name of Principal Here> <Signature Here> UNIT I: WATER IMPROVEMENTS CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Form Version May 22, 2019 Independant - 00 42 43_Bid Proposal_DAP (1) no a� �c - i CONTR4CTOR COVIPLIANCE WITH WORkER'S CUMPENSATION LAW Pagz 1 of I � 3 4 5 6 7 s 9 l0 11 12 13 14 15 I6 17 1$ 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 3� 36 37 38 39 40 SECTION 00 45 26 CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW Pursuant to Texas Labor Code Section 406.096(a), as amended, Contractor certifie�s that it provides worker's compensation insurance coverage for all of its employees employed on City Project No. 105438. Contractor fiirther certifies that, pursuant to Texas Labor Code, Section 406.OI6(b), as amended, it will provide to City its subcontractor's certificates of compliance with worker's compensation coverage. CONTRACTOR: Indenendent Utilitv Construction. Inc. Company 5109 Sun Vallev Dr Address Fort Worth, TX 76119 City/State/Zip THE STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF TARRANT � � By: Riclx�d Wolfe (PXease Print) ,/°��� Signature: L'�fL�,% (� � Title: President (Please Print) BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared _Richard Wolfe , known to me to be the person whose name is subscribed to the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged to me that he/she executed the same as the act and deed of Independent Utilitv Construction, Inc. for the purposes and consideration therein expressed and in the capacity therein stated. l� �r.. ���,j �� Y H ND AN �CL OF OFFICE this ,���-'"� day of �.-•� �' 1��'� , 20 � _ . .....�� -� � ,�`��vP��.,, CHRISTINA GARCIA � � �� f� /� �---�-�'"a � � I � _i;' ��_Notary Public, State of Texas � - ���+�; Comm. Expires 12-20-2028 _ % t���i�'�`� %F°;,;��` Notary ID t30940785 I�Ft3'�ary Public in and for the State of Texas END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRliCTION SPECIFICATION DOCLIMENTS Re�ised April ?, _014 Nonnandv Farms CPl� 105438 9-25-2025 OOS2-1;--' lleveloper Awarded Prqject A�reemznt Pa�e = of-1 ;8 Article 4. CONTRACT PRICE 39 Developer lgrees to pay Contractor for performance of the Work in accordance with the Gontract 40 Documents an amount in current fiinds of three hundred two thousand five hundred fiftv-five, 41 dollars and ei�Thtv-four cents (�302.555.841. 4? Article 5. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 43 5.1 CONTENTS: 44 A. The Contract Doctunents which comprise the entire agreement between Developer and 45 Contractor concerning the Work consist of the following: 46 l. This A�reement. 47 4$ 4I 50 51 52 53 54 �5 56 57 58 59 60 61 2. Attachments to this Agreement: a. Bid Fonn (As provided by Developer) 1) Proposal Form (DAP Version} 2) Prequaliiication Statement 3) State and Federal documents (���oject ,speca�c) b. Insurance ACORD Form(s) c. Payment Bond (DAP Version) d. Perforniance Bond (DAP Version) e. Maintenance Bond (DAP Version) f. Power of Attorney for the Bonds g. Worker's Compensation Affidavit h. MBE and/or SBE Commitment Fonn (If required) 3. Standard City General Conditions of the Construction Contract for Developer Awarded Projects. 4. Supplementary Conditions. 62 5. Specifications specifically made a part of the Contract Docimients by attachment 63 or, if not attached, as incorporated by reference and described in the Table of 64 Contents of the Project's Contract Documents. 65 C. Drawings. 66 ?. Addenda. 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 R. Documentation submitted by Contractor prior to Notice of Award, 9. The following which may be delivered or issued after the Effective Date of the Agreement and, if issued, become an incorporated part of the Contrlct Documents: a. Notice to Proceed. b. Field 0 rders. c. Change Orders. d. Letter of Final Acceptance. CTTY OF FORT WORTH Nonnandy Fanns STANDARD CONSTRliCTION SPECIFICATION DOCL.':vIENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJEC'CS CPN lO5d�3 Re�ised 3une 16.2016 �O i.�. -i i - i Developer Awarded Pro,ject Aereemznt P�ge 3 of4 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 8; 84 R5 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 Article 6. INDEMNIFICATION 6.1 Contractor covenants and agrees to inclemnify, hold harmless and defend, at its own expense, the city, its officers, servants and emplo,yees, from and against any and all claims arising out of, or allegecl to arise out of, the work and services to be performed by the contractor, its officers, agents, emplayees, subcontractors, licenses or invitees under this contract. This indemnification nrovision is soecificallv intended to onerate and be effective even if it is alleged or nroven that all or some of the damaues bein sou ht were causQd. in whole or in nart. bv anv act, omission or neali�ence of the citv. This indemnity provision is intended to include, without limitation, indemnity for costs, expenses and legal fees incurred by the city in defencling against such claims and causes of actions. 6.2 Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, at its own expense, the city, its ofiicers, servants and empl�yees, from and against any and all loss, damage or destruction of property of the city, arising out uf, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed by the contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licensees or invitees under this contract. This inciemnification nrovision is snecificallv intended to uuerate and be effective even if it is alle ee d or nroven that all or some of the dama�es bein� sou�ht were �;aucect, in� whole or in i�art. bv anv act, omission or ne,l�ence of the citv. Article 7. MISCELLANEOUS 98 7,1 Terms. 99 Terms used in this Agreement are defined in Artiele i of the Standard City Conditions of lU0 the Construction Contract for Developer Awarded Pro,jects. lUl 7,2 Assignment of Contract. 102 This Agreement, including all of the Contract Documents may not be assigned by the 103 Contractor without the advanced express written consent of the Developer. 104 7.3 Successors and Assigns. 105 Developer and Contractor each binds itself; its partners, successors, assigns and legal 106 representatives to the other party hereto, in respect to all covenants, agreements and 107 obligations contained in the ConCract Documents. 108 7.4 Severability. 109 Any provision or part of the Contract Documents held to be unconstitutional, void or 110 unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction shall be deemed stricken, and all 111 remaining provisions shall continue to be valid and binding upon DEVELOPER and 112 CONTRACTOR. 113 7.5 Governing Law and Venue. 114 This Agreement, including all of the Contract Documents is performable in the State of ll� Texas. Venue shall be Tarrant County, Texas, or the United 5tates District Court for the 116 Northern District of "I'exas, Fort Worth Division. CITY OF FORT WORTH Nomiandy Faims STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIOti DOCi,`ivIENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJEC"CS CPN 105433 Re�ised .iune Ib, 2l)IG Ur..rS��.-.� I3cvaiaper A.4-anieJ Arnject Agrc4�ruqt Page 4 of 4 �1� 1IS 7.G AuthOntV to $ign. il9 t 2El 121 �» i23 12� iis �z� [27 Contractor shaif attach e��idenCe af authority to sign Agreenient, if Qther tha.n duly authorized si;n�tory of the Contr�ctor. IN V4'ITNESS WHEREOF, De��elaper and Contractor ha�e executed this A�reement in ►t�ultipEe counEerparts. This Agreement is effective as of the last date signed by ti�e Parties ("Effective Date"}, Contractor; Indepe e� litility Constructifln; Inc �.. By: (Signature) Developer: TSMJV. LLC B: � (Si e) Richard Walfe (Printed Name) Titie: President Campany Name: Independent Utility Construction, tnc. Address: S1Q9 Sun Vaftev Drive City/Sia[elZip; Port Wacth, I'X 7G119 �-�:�,,�- �� Date `���`�;� �0`I�S i'��c +f�� �. (C ,......., l, , � � • � •.. f 'y �`J�•���° R'9� ��y � =z; �,:�_ ��: SEAL �d= =�; :�, f � � ; pb � � ,��A.., r�79 � �a��,,: '�/lf'f�w����a��+•°��r\3y yti� � \ �'�if�ri1�XrA �►ti�ti����` �,�E 1a z�� �f� Fi4-%L l (�'rinted Nanie) Title: Company name: TSMJV, LLC Adcl�ess; �t)39 Kel�er-Haslet Road Ciry,'StatelZip: Fort Worth, TX 76?�4 °�-� a oa � Date � C'CCY C�F FORT' W'QRTH Nurn�mady Fanns STA_�I�,-�RD CONSTRC�CIIt?Tv SP£CIFICAT1Uiti DOC'i�';v(EtiTS - DEV�LOPER A1L'ARDED PROJECTS CPN St1Sa:8 Rec�itied Jun� ]6, ?E7i6 i'(ip' f� I 1't'Ifh[)K�1.A;y('C', f3i1�'p P",;�c I t�l ? E3ond Nu. 48�)8��4V I � � � 3 b ; S 9 '�HE STATE O�' TE:X.�S CQLi�TY 4F TARR�II�T SEC�'[OV U!1 bl i3 PFRFUR�iA�fC'E E�OND § § K:VOW ALL 8Y�'!'HES� PE�ESENTS: � Chat we. Inc�eoenciert[ E�tili[r Cc�nst}�t�ct'ton. [�lc.. .. �nativn as "Prii�cipal" hereii� and V4`estfieicf fns�u'ance Con�aan� , a cc�rp���-ate surety(sureties, i f more than orte) darly autl�ariaed to �o busit�e:ss in [he Stat� a#�Texas. i:no�vn as''Suret�-" herein (wh�t�tcr anc c�r m�3re), l0 a�•e hela a��cJ liE�r��ly bc�u�td u�lto the Deve{opc:r, �[�SYiJV. LLG, ���thnri�ed t� do btssirsess in T�xas I I (:.�v�loper..) a�zd the Citv oP' Fort Wort�, a"fe:c�s municipa[ coa�paration {••City"�. in the perta[ 1' sum of, Three Hundred Ttva Th<>lEsa�►d. Five Fiurscired Fi�tt--�'ive Dollars & hi4htv-Four Ce�ts I: f�3(}�.S��.S�31 lawfui inonev c�f ttie Unit�d Stat�, to D� p�id in Fort Worth, Tarr�nt Cauntv. T�xas � a fur tlie pay�nent nf �vf�ich sum wefE and trufy ta be rriade. jaintfy' urttt� the �:velopir ae�a tlze City as i 3 di�al ahii�es, we binc! oitrselves, aur heirs. executors, dd���if�isiratc�rs, succ:e�u�rs and assigns. j�inily Iti and s�vera(ly�, firrnly }�y ti�esc presents. !7 WH�:REAS, [�veln}�ee snd City have eE�iered i�to ar� !1�reeinent FUr lhe �onsir�jctioji af f& coni�nunitr tacilities irt the City of Fort Wor€h by �nd thro��h a Coislm�itiitv F�cilitias A�;r��nient, E9 CF'A �umber �j-p130 ; ancf ?o WHERF:AS, the Pri«cipal I�as etztertd i�t€o a ceirtsin �vritten co«trd�t with t1�e Deveiaper ?� awarded the �,,� day �t-�� (��lTL� �, fD�4vltich Coni�~aci is ��er�k�y ret�n�ed ta anc{ �'� rnade a part f�erent rc»• a€� p�,rp�ses as it't�€Ily �et Forth I�erein, to [-urnish aI� materiais, equipment 23 lahor and athee a�cessaries cfetir�d by la�v, in �I�c prc�a�cutioEz crf Ehe 1�'ork, includin� any Chan�;e Z� Orders, as prc�vided For in saic# Contr;�et designated as Street E�i�htin� Iz��rovemencs [o serve 25 Norn�ar�dv �ar�ns. 26 1�fOW, THE�2E#URF, the c�nditian af'chis ob[igatian is such that if the ss�i�! Prineipal 27 shali Faitlaf�illy perti�rrn it ob#igatians und�r the Contract ancf shaii ir1 all res}�ects duly ar�d Faithfully 28 perform th� Wark. fncludin�; Change Orders, under tlle Contract, accordin� to the plar�s. 29 speciticatio�s. and contract docu�nents tEierein ref���red to, and as well during any period ot� 3R extcnsiors at� t�e Ccmt�-act ti�at �Ziay be grant�d on the part of tl�e [3evelo}aer and�or City, then this 3] ab�i�tios� s}�ai! bc and bc:eome nufl and r•oid, otherwise to remain in #'ual forCe ancf effect. 32 Cl'�'Y (?f� f•f)RT WOR'11�1 ST�1�iDr�RD C1'i'V COAiaiTICNv5 —[.)[V��,C)i�ER AWAftbE:E) i�ROJI=[:'I'S �lUR:IiifRfy FSrit15 C'iry Pn�,eclYn EUid38 Rcvrsed Junt�try 31. 2(11- 25September25 k�E�i I�-i p 1 Y�l f.�l�C Ht +Ivl] f�s,c I ul'2 �OC�Ct �V, �i��)$���% � � ; � 5 C: THE S'I'ATF ()� TF.XA5 C�UV7�Y OF TARRANT s�r.rio� oo bz « PAYi�tEN1- BnVD § § KV4W ALE. BY TFiES� �'RFSENTS: � 7 Tiiat we. Indeoen�icnt Utilitr Constructia��. [ne. . knowr� as "Principai" hereirt. � and WestPield {nsui•ance Companti , a cnrporate s�Erety (or sureties it rrsare tfitat� 9 onG), d��ly a�Ethorized to d� �iusincss in the State of T��, kn�l�wn as "Suret��' �erei�� (wP�ether �3ne io ar more), a�•e held and F'ir•n�ly bounc� �it�ta the f)eve�l��a• 1�SM.fV. LL� authoCi;�ed to c�[� �usi��e�r [ I i�i Texas {••i�eveln�+er"), anci t3►e Ciiy ot� Fprt Wa�th. a 1�eYas mL�niCipal e;c�r}jaratio�� ('`Ci[y"), iri t"� the �enaf surn nf ���ree HtEndred 't'w�c� �'ilt;�sar►ci. Five Huridred f•'ittv-F'i�� £)ollar� &�iu}�tv-Four l3 .�.[lIi_�,L.O�.?�.�..��� ��w1�ul �nan�y� vf�Ehe L)nizec� States. to be pai�3 in Fart Worth. T�arrant Count��, f�3 Texas, tar tk�e paymcnt of which sur�� �ve[I and truiy be �nade jointly unto the i7eveloper and Ciiy t5 as dual obfigees, we bind ourselves, uur heirs, exectEta.E•s, ad�nir;istratorc, s�CC�s5tlr5 �t1d 2�SSlgE;s. 16 je�i��tly a�td scverally, f r�nly by these Presents: 17 N'HEREAS, Deaeloper arod City hr�ve �:nte�•ed into an .��re�inen# for the construction Qt' i8 cortt�nunity facElicies in thc City� of Fort ilVorth, by and thro�k�h a Commtinity Eaciiities 19 A�reei�ent, CFA Nurt�ber 2>-0130 : and zD WHEREA�, i'rincipal has e«tercd ii�te� a cc:rEairt vvt-iEEert C€�ntract wit� Qevel�per, �I award�ci t�:e �_�_ day of <<EP i�r1f�(rQ . 2U�whici� E:ontract is hereby ret�reed to 2? and ��tade a part li�reot for a!l purpnscs as if te�lly set fc�rth herein, to t�urnish a�l i�sat�riafs, 23 �qui�mer►t. Iabc�E� ancf other access��•ies as d..fir�ed �y law. in the prose�utjan of the Wark as ,�t pravided fo�- in said Contract and c�esi�nat�i as S�rrc�et L�hting lmnrc�v��nents to serve Normartd� 25 F'ar�ns. ?6 27 28 �y 30 31 3? �10W, �"HER�;�4RE, TH� COND[T[ON OF THIS UB[.1GAT10N is s+�ch that if P�•i�cipaE sha[l pay a�i monies owing to any {and ali} payrnent boi�d beneticiary (as detined irs CY�a{ster F2�3 c�f tl�e Te�s Gavernm�t Cade, as airendedy in the prosec:utinn ofthe Vk�ark �nder t�t� Contract, ti�en Ehis obkigation shal] � and become null anc! vaid: otherwi�e ta rerrsait� in f�lE fnrce an� eF�'ect. c� ry or- ��oK r wc� rfi n;.xm�,dy r-a�,�� 5T.\Ni],1Ftf) CIT�' CY)h1�i1'1!)NS - DEVFi.�Pf-.fiAW ARt)Li3 NkCaJf:C7S City Projrri \4, 113�-i3d }�EY15[.'5�,�{41i1a(Y j�. �i)�i, September2525 1;i1 h� I �i . E �E,aIV f���A;VEE: IS[1�ii; Pa�r ! Rf 3 �4i1C� �CL =�$�)$=���+ I � 3 �t 5 ti 7 �'HE STATE UFTEXAS 5EC"f[OIV 1?0 bZ 19 �1r[AIN`�ENA�IC:E BOItiD S 0 I� II 1� f� 1� ]5 i fi i7 l8 COClNTY UF TARRA!YT § � KNOW ALI. BY 7'HES� PRESE�iTS: � �fhat we tncfeqer�dent L�tilitv �c�n�truction, Inc. , kno��n as "Principal" i�r�in and Westfield Insura.�ee Cain�anY , a corporate sureky (sueeties, it'inar� than o�e) dul,� ���t}tnrized co cfo bi�siness in H}e State of �I'eras. knaw�n as "�urety" he�e'rr� f wh�ther one nr mare), are held ans� Firmly bound untc� thc: f�evela�r. I�MlV. LLC. aEitt�orized �p �ic� bi�siness i« Texx.ti E"Devetoper•''j a��d the City c,� Fort Worth. a Texas �nunicipal corpt�rdliun {"City"), i11 iI1C SL{E17 UF Tt�ree F[uncfred '1"wa Thc�usand. Five F[ur�dred Fi fir-Five �lolkars & Ci�ltty-Pour Cents �30�a5S.$�� f�wlul mvney oFtlte Unit�d �tates, ic� be pgid in E'ort Vv'o3•!h, Tarr�nt County. Tr.x�s, fvr payment of w�ich surn tveEl a��d u•t�ly he r�ade jointly unto the D�velopes an� th�: City as dual ohligees nnd their y�ccessnrs, w�e bind ourse�ves, c�ur ]leirs, �xccutoi�, acirnin'ssFrators. successors and assi�ns, jointl� aE�d severall��, tirinly [�y thes� pre:;ents. t9 WHCREAS, Developer and City hade entered intn an Agrecrr�ent far the canstrExetion o4' 24 t;(Jf�3[I3UFtitV Facilities in the City of Fort Worth by artd tlirat€gh a C�rrtEt��inity' Facilities �E A�reement, C1'A Number �5-�130 ; and 2� WHER�AS, the Princip�l ii�� ei�te€��d intc� a certain �vritten conttact w€th the Df:ve�opei• ?3 awarded tl�t � day c�t P� M l�fr. (L. , ���wliich Caniracl is hereby referrCd to �� and a made part herec�f for a�! �ui-poses as ii't'uEly se� i'o�-t�� h�rei�. to fun�ish al! �naterial�. :,�5 eq�i�mern iabar and other accessorirs as defr�ed t�y E;�w, in tlje prosc;cutian o#�the WarEc, Z5 including any Wvrk �•�sultin� from a duly authorized Change Order {coflectivelv herein, ihe 27 `'Wark") as provided For in said Cc�ntract arid dcsignated as Street Lie�tiEte Irt�nrnvements io 28 serve Noi7nandv Farr�s; and 29 30 WHER�AS, Principal hinds itselfto use such rnateriaks and tn so eonstr�ct the Wvrk �n 3 t a�cordance with the pians, specificat+c�ns ancf Contract i)ocuments that the W'ark is and will 32 rerrt�in t�ee from defeets in material.s nr w�rlcmanship for �nd duris�g €h� period of twc� (2} years 33 after the date of FinaI Accep[ance ot�tf�e Work b�� the Cat}' 1"Mainienance i'eriod"): an� 34 Nrnn��+y ��arrns Csn Pro,�:d P1n itli�139 1 i � , f C]'I�Y U� F()R'i' W()R-I�i I S-fAl�pAf{ll Cl � Y C"(3AUCftC1N5 — 1JEVE[.�PF=FZ AV1rAR{]E(3 PROJEL�iS Revi9ed Jnnuary 3!. 3U13 iiqF' 19-_ �I;11N I F:� \NCk 13(�VD P't�e '_ ol ? BOI7C� VO. `-�g9g�J�V ( , 3 d � 6 7 x 9 10 Il (2 I� I �} IS IG 17 f� 19 �p �� �� ?3 V�'HEREAS, Principa( binds itself to repair or reconstruct the Work in whole or in part. upon receivin�� notice frorn the Developer and/or City of the need thereof at any time within the Nfaintenance Period. tYOW THEREFORE, the condition of this obli�ation is such that if Principal shail remedy any defective Work, for which timely nutice was provided by Devefopec or City, to a completion salilfactory to the Citv, then this obligation shall become null anci void; other��ise to rei��ain in full force and effect. PROV'[DF,D, HOWEVF.R, if Principal shall fail so to repair or reconstruct any timely noticed dePective Work, it is agreed that the Developer or City may cause any and all such defective Work to be repaired and/or reconstructcd with all associated costs thereof being borne by th� Principal and the Surety ur:der this iViaintenance Bond; and PROYIDED FURTH�R, that if any legal action be filed on chis Bond, �enue shall lie in Tarrant County, "feYas or the United States Dish•ict Court ior the Northei•n District ot Texas. Foi�t Wo�th Division; and PROVIDED FURTHER, that this obli��ation shall be continuous in nature and successive �•ecoveries may be had hereon for successive breaches. CP1 Y OP PORT WOR'1'}I ST�A�DARD CI TY CONDI"fIUNS— DC VL-LOPER AWARDFD PRO.IEC"fS Reviszd Januan � I . '01? Nonntutd� Farms Cltr Projcct \o. IOSd35 September2525 IMPORTANT NOTICE To obtain information or make a complaint: You may call Westfield Insurance Company's and/or Ohio Farmers Insurance Company's toil-free telephone number for information or to make a compiaint at: 1-800-368-3597 You may also write to Westfield Insurance Company and/or Ohio Farmers Insurance Company at: 955 Garden Park Drive, Suite 230 Allen, Texas 75013-3742 You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies, coverages, rights or complaints at: 1-800-252-3439 You may write the Texas Department of I nsurance: P. O. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 Fax: (512) 475-1771 Web: http://www.tdi.state.tx.us E-mail: ConsumerProtection�tdi.state.tx.us PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES: Should you have a dispute concerning your premium or about a claim you should contact the agent or Westfield Insurance Company and/or Ohio Farmers Insurance Comapny first. If the dispute is not resolved, you may contact the Texas Department of Insurance. ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR POLICY: This notice is for information only and does not become a part or condition of the attached document. AVISO IMPORTANTE Para obtener informacion o para someter una queja: Usted puede Ilamar al numero de telefono gratis de Westfield Insurance Company's / Ohio Farmers Insurance Company's para informacion o para someter una queja al: 1-800-368-3597 Usted tambien puede escribir a Westfield Insurance Company / Ohio Farmers Insurance Company: 955 Garden Park Drive, Suite 230 Allen, Texas 75013-3742 Puede comunicarse con el Departamento de Seguros de Texas para obtener informacion acerca de companias, coberturas, derechos o quejas al: 1-800-252-3439 Puede escribir al Departamento de Seguros de Texas: P. O. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 Fax: (512) 475-1771 Web: http://www.tdi.state.tx.us E-maiL ConsumerProtection(c�tdi.state.tx.us DISPUTAS SOBRE PRIMAS O RECLAMOS: Si tiene una disputa concerniente a su prima o a un reclamo, debe comunicarse con el agente o Westfield Insurance Company / Ohio Farmers Insurance Company primero. Si no se resuelve la disputa, puede entonces comunicarse con el departamento (TDI). UNA ESTE AVISO A SU POLIZA: Este aviso es solo para proposito de informacion y no se convierte en parte o condicion del documento adjunto. 2525September, CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT FOR DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Normandy Farms 105438 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT FOR DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS TABLE OF CONTENTS Page Article 1 – Definitions and Terminology .......................................................................................................... 1 1.01 Defined Terms ............................................................................................................................... 1 1.02 Terminology .................................................................................................................................. 5 Article 2 – Preliminary Matters ......................................................................................................................... 6 2.01 Before Starting Construction ........................................................................................................ 6 2.02 Preconstruction Conference .......................................................................................................... 6 2.03 Public Meeting .............................................................................................................................. 6 Article 3 – Contract Documents and Amending ............................................................................................... 6 3.01 Reference Standards ..................................................................................................................... 6 3.02 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents .................................................................. 6 Article 4 – Bonds and Insurance ....................................................................................................................... 7 4.01 Licensed Sureties and Insurers ..................................................................................................... 7 4.02 Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bonds ........................................................................ 7 4.03 Certificates of Insurance ............................................................................................................... 7 4.04 Contractor’s Insurance .................................................................................................................. 9 4.05 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace ........................................................... 12 Article 5 – Contractor’s Responsibilities ........................................................................................................ 12 5.01 Supervision and Superintendent ................................................................................................. 12 5.02 Labor; Working Hours ................................................................................................................ 13 5.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment ........................................................................................... 13 5.04 Project Schedule .......................................................................................................................... 14 5.05 Substitutes and “Or-Equals” ....................................................................................................... 14 5.06 Pre-Qualification of Bidders (Prime Contractors and Subcontractors) ..................................... 16 5.07 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others ................................................................... 16 5.08 Wage Rates.................................................................................................................................. 18 5.09 Patent Fees and Royalties ........................................................................................................... 19 5.10 Laws and Regulations ................................................................................................................. 19 5.11 Use of Site and Other Areas ....................................................................................................... 19 5.12 Record Documents ...................................................................................................................... 20 5.13 Safety and Protection .................................................................................................................. 21 5.14 Safety Representative ................................................................................................................. 21 5.15 Hazard Communication Programs ............................................................................................. 22 5.16 Submittals .................................................................................................................................... 22 5.17 Contractor’s General Warranty and Guarantee .......................................................................... 23 Normandy Farms 105438 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 5.18 Indemnification ........................................................................................................................... 24 5.19 Delegation of Professional Design Services .............................................................................. 24 5.20 Right to Audit: ............................................................................................................................ 25 5.21 Nondiscrimination....................................................................................................................... 25 Article 6 – Other Work at the Site ................................................................................................................... 26 6.01 Related Work at Site ................................................................................................................... 26 Article 7 – City’s Responsibilities................................................................................................................... 26 7.01 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals .............................................................................................. 26 7.02 Limitations on City’s Responsibilities ....................................................................................... 26 7.03 Compliance with Safety Program ............................................................................................... 27 Article 8 – City’s Observation Status During Construction ........................................................................... 27 8.01 City’s Project Representative ..................................................................................................... 27 8.02 Authorized Variations in Work .................................................................................................. 27 8.03 Rejecting Defective Work .......................................................................................................... 27 8.04 Determinations for Work Performed .......................................................................................... 28 Article 9 – Changes in the Work ..................................................................................................................... 28 9.01 Authorized Changes in the Work ............................................................................................... 28 9.02 Notification to Surety .................................................................................................................. 28 Article 10 – Change of Contract Price; Change of Contract Time ................................................................ 28 10.01 Change of Contract Price ............................................................................................................ 28 10.02 Change of Contract Time............................................................................................................ 28 10.03 Delays .......................................................................................................................................... 28 Article 11 – Tests and Inspections; Correction, Removal or Acceptance of Defective Work ...................... 29 11.01 Notice of Defects ........................................................................................................................ 29 11.02 Access to Work ........................................................................................................................... 29 11.03 Tests and Inspections .................................................................................................................. 29 11.04 Uncovering Work ....................................................................................................................... 30 11.05 City May Stop the Work ............................................................................................................. 30 11.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work ................................................................................ 30 11.07 Correction Period ........................................................................................................................ 30 11.08 City May Correct Defective Work ............................................................................................. 31 Article 12 – Completion .................................................................................................................................. 32 12.01 Contractor’s Warranty of Title ................................................................................................... 32 12.02 Partial Utilization ........................................................................................................................ 32 12.03 Final Inspection ........................................................................................................................... 32 12.04 Final Acceptance ......................................................................................................................... 33 Article 13 – Suspension of Work .................................................................................................................... 33 13.01 City May Suspend Work ............................................................................................................ 33 Article 14 – Miscellaneous .............................................................................................................................. 34 14.01 Giving Notice .............................................................................................................................. 34 Normandy Farms 105438 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 14.02 Computation of Times ................................................................................................................ 34 14.03 Cumulative Remedies ................................................................................................................. 34 14.04 Survival of Obligations ............................................................................................................... 35 14.05 Headings ...................................................................................................................................... 35 Normandy Farms 105438 00 73 10- 1 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 1 of 35 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 ARTICLE 1 – DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.01 Defined Terms A.Wherever used in these General Conditions or in other Contract Documents, the terms listed below have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof, and words denoting gender shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter. Said terms are generally capitalized or written in italics, but not always. When used in a context consistent with the definition of a listed-defined term, the term shall have a meaning as defined below whether capitalized or italicized or otherwise. In addition to terms specifically defined, terms with initial capital letters in the Contract Documents include references to identified articles and paragraphs, and the titles of other documents or forms. 1.Agreement - The written instrument which is evidence of the agreement between Developer and Contractor covering the Work 2.Asbestos—Any material that contains more than one percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels established by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration. 3.Business Day – A business day is defined as a day that the City conducts normal business, generally Monday through Friday, except for federal or state holidays observed by the City. 4.Buzzsaw – City’s on-line, electronic document management and collaboration system. 5.Calendar Day – A day consisting of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. 6.City— The City of Fort Worth, Texas, a Texas home-rule municipal corporation, acting by, its governing body through its City Manager, his designee, or agents authorized pursuant to its duly authorized charter on his behalf. 7.Community Facilities Agreement (CFA) -–A Contract between the Developer and the City for the Construction of one or more following public facilities within the City public right-of- way or easement: Water, Sanitary Sewer, Street, Storm Drain, Street Light, and Street Signs. A CFA may include private facilities within the right-of-way dedicated as private right-of- way or easement on a recorded plat. 8.Contract—The entire and integrated written document incorporating the Contract Documents between the Developer, Contractor, and/or City concerning the Work. The Contract supersedes prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, whether written or oral. 9.Contract Documents—Those items that make up the contract and which must include the Agreement, and it’s attachments such as standard construction specifications, standard City Conditions, other general conditions of the Developer, including: a.An Agreement Normandy Farms 105438 00 73 10- 2 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 2 of 35 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 b.Attachments to the Agreement i.Bid Form ii.Vendor Compliance with State Law Non-Resident Bidder iii.Prequalification Statement c.Current Prevailing Wage Rates Table (if required by City) d.Insurance Accord Form e.Payment Bond f.Performance Bond g.Maintenance Bond h.Power of Attorney for Bonds i.Workers Compensation Affidavit j.MWBE Commitment Form( If required by City) k.General Conditions l.Supplementary Conditions m.The Standard City Conditions n.Specifications specifically made part of the Contract Documents by attachment, if not attached, as incorporated by reference and described in the Table of Contents of the Project’s Contract Documents o.Drawings p.Documentation submitted by contractor prior to Notice of Award. q.The following which may be delivered or issued after the effective date if the Agreement and, if issued become an incorporated part of the Contract Documents i.Notice to Proceed ii.Field Orders iii.Change Orders iv.Letters of Final Acceptance r.Approved Submittals, other Contractor submittals, and the reports and drawings of subsurface and physical conditions are not Contract Documents. 10.Contractor—The individual or entity with whom Developer has entered into the Agreement. 11.Day or day – A day, unless otherwise defined, shall mean a Calendar Day. 12.Developer – An individual or entity that desires to make certain improvements within the City of Fort Worth 13.Drawings—That part of the Contract Documents prepared or approved by Engineer which graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work to be performed by Contractor. Submittals are not Drawings as so defined. 14.Engineer—The licensed professional engineer or engineering firm registered in the State of Texas performing professional services for the Developer. 15.Final Acceptance – The written notice given by the City to the Developer and/or Contractor that the Work specified in the Contract Documents has been completed to the satisfaction of the City. Normandy Farms 105438 00 73 10- 3 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 3 of 35 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 16.Final Inspection – Inspection carried out by the City to verify that the Contractor has completed the Work, and each and every part or appurtenance thereof, fully, entirely, and in conformance with the Contract Documents. 17.General Requirements—A part of the Contract Documents between the Developer and a Contractor. 18.Laws and Regulations—Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes, and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts having jurisdiction. 19.Liens—Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Project funds, real property, or personal property. 20.Milestone—A principal event specified in the Contract Documents relating to an intermediate Contract Time prior to Final Acceptance of the Work. 21.Non-Participating Change Order—A document, which is prepared for and reviewed by the City, which is signed by Contractor, and Developer, and authorizes an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. 22.Participating Change Order—A document, which is prepared for and approved by the City, which is signed by Contractor, Developer, and City and authorizes an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. 23.Plans – See definition of Drawings. 24.Project Schedule—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, in accordance with the General Requirements, describing the sequence and duration of the activities comprising the Contractor’s plan to accomplish the Work within the Contract Time. 25.Project—The Work to be performed under the Contract Documents. 26.Project Representative—The authorized representative of the City who will be assigned to the Site. 27.Public Meeting – An announced meeting conducted by the Developer to facilitate public participation and to assist the public in gaining an informed view of the Project. 28.Regular Working Hours – Hours beginning at 7:00 a.m. and ending at 6:00 p.m., Monday thru Friday (excluding legal holidays). 29.Samples—Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some portion of the Work and which establish the standards by which such portion of the Work will be judged. Normandy Farms 105438 00 73 10- 4 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 4 of 35 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 30.Schedule of Submittals—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, of required submittals and the time requirements to support scheduled performance of related construction activities. 31.Site—Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by City or Developer upon which the Work is to be performed, including rights-of-way, permits, and easements for access thereto, and such other lands furnished by City or Developer which are designated for the use of Contractor. 32.Specifications—That part of the Contract Documents consisting of written requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable thereto. Specifications may be specifically made a part of the Contract Documents by attachment or, if not attached, may be incorporated by reference as indicated in the Table of Contents (Division 00 00 00) of each Project. 33.Standard City Conditions – That part of the Contract Documents setting forth requirements of the City. 34.Subcontractor—An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the Site. 35.Submittals—All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for Contractor and submitted by Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work. 36.Superintendent – The representative of the Contractor who is available at all times and able to receive instructions from the City and/or Developer and to act for the Contractor. 37.Supplementary Conditions—That part of the Contract Documents which amends or supplements the General Conditions. 38.Supplier—A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by Contractor or Subcontractor. 39.Underground Facilities—All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities, including but not limited to, those that convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems. 40.Weekend Working Hours – Hours beginning at 9:00 a.m. and ending at 5:00 p.m., Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, as approved in advance by the City. Normandy Farms 105438 00 73 10- 5 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 5 of 35 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 41.Work—The entire construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be provided under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or providing all labor, services, and documentation necessary to produce such construction including any Participating Change Order, Non-Participating Change Order, or Field Order, and furnishing, installing, and incorporating all materials and equipment into such construction, all as required by the Contract Documents. 42.Working Day – A working day is defined as a day, not including Saturdays, Sundays, or legal holidays authorized by the City for contract purposes, in which weather or other conditions not under the control of the Contractor will permit the performance of the principal unit of work underway for a continuous period of not less than 7 hours between 7 a.m. and 6 p.m. 1.02 Terminology A.The words and terms discussed in Paragraph 1.02.B through D are not defined but, when used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, have the indicated meaning. B.Defective: 1.The word “defective,” when modifying the word “Work,” refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it: a.does not conform to the Contract Documents; or b.does not meet the requirements of any applicable inspection, reference standard, test, or approval referred to in the Contract Documents; or c.has been damaged prior to City’s written acceptance. C.Furnish, Install, Perform, Provide: 1.The word “Furnish” or the word “Install” or the word “Perform” or the word “Provide” or the word “Supply,” or any combination or similar directive or usage thereof, shall mean furnishing and incorporating in the Work including all necessary labor, materials, equipment, and everything necessary to perform the Work indicated, unless specifically limited in the context used. D.Unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, words or phrases that have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meaning. Normandy Farms 105438 00 73 10- 6 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 6 of 35 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 ARTICLE 2 – PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.01 Before Starting Construction Baseline Schedules: Submit to City in accordance with the Contract Documents, and prior to starting the Work. New schedules will be submitted to City when Participating Change Orders or Non- Participating Change Orders occur. 2.02 Preconstruction Conference Before any Work at the Site is started, the Contractor shall attend a Preconstruction Conference as specified in the Contract Documents. 2.03 Public Meeting Contractor may not mobilize any equipment, materials or resources to the Site prior to Contractor attending the Public Meeting as scheduled by the City. ARTICLE 3 – CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND AMENDING 3.01 Reference Standards A.Standards, Specifications, Codes, Laws, and Regulations 1.Reference to standards, specifications, manuals, or codes of any technical society, organization, or association, or to Laws or Regulations, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the standard, specification, manual, code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. 2.No provision or instruction shall be effective to assign to City, or any of its officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors, any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of the Contract Documents. 3.02 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents A.The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions, and revisions in the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof by a Participating Change Order or a Non-Participating Change Order. B.The requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations and deviations in the Work not involving a change in Contract Price or Contract Time, may be authorized, by one or more of the following ways: 1.A Field Order; Normandy Farms 105438 00 73 10- 7 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 7 of 35 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 1.City’s or Engineer’s review of a Submittal (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 5.16.C); or 2.City’s written interpretation or clarification. ARTICLE 4 – BONDS AND INSURANCE 4.01 Licensed Sureties and Insurers All bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by Contractor shall be obtained from surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the State of Texas to issue bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverage so required. Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such additional requirements and qualifications as may be provided Section 4.04. 4.02 Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bonds A.Contractor shall furnish performance and payment bonds in the name of Developer and City, in accordance with Texas Government Code Chapter 2253 or successor statute, each in an amount equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all of Contractor’s obligations under the Contract Documents. B.Contractor shall furnish maintenance bonds in the name of Developer and City in an amount equal to the Contract Price as security to protect the City against any defects in any portion of the Work described in the Contract Documents. Maintenance bonds shall remain in effect for two (2) years after the date of Final Acceptance by the City. C.All bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations, and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the list of “Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies” as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Financial Management Service, Surety Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the Treasury. All bonds signed by an agent or attorney-in-fact must be accompanied by a sealed and dated power of attorney which shall show that it is effective on the date the agent or attorney-in-fact signed each bond. D.If the surety on any bond furnished by Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in the State of Texas or it ceases to meet the requirements of Paragraph 4.02.C, Contractor shall promptly notify City and shall, within 30 days after the event giving rise to such notification, provide another bond and surety, both of which shall comply with the requirements of Paragraphs 4.01 and 4.02.C. 4.03 Certificates of Insurance Contractor shall deliver to Developer and City, with copies to each additional insured and loss payee identified in these Standard City Conditions certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by City or any other additional insured) which Contractor is required to purchase and maintain. Normandy Farms 105438 00 73 10- 8 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 8 of 35 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 1.The certificate of insurance shall document the City, an as “Additional Insured” on all liability policies. 2.The Contractor’s general liability insurance shall include a, “per project” or “per location”, endorsement, which shall be identified in the certificate of insurance provided to the City. 3.The certificate shall be signed by an agent authorized to bind coverage on behalf of the insured, be complete in its entirety, and show complete insurance carrier names as listed in the current A.M. Best Property & Casualty Guide 4.The insurers for all policies must be licensed and/or approved to do business in the State of Texas. Except for workers’ compensation, all insurers must have a minimum rating of A-: VII in the current A. M. Best Key Rating Guide or have reasonably equivalent financial strength and solvency to the satisfaction of Risk Management. If the rating is below that required, written approval of City is required. 5.All applicable policies shall include a Waiver of Subrogation (Rights of Recovery) in favor of the City. In addition, the Contractor agrees to waive all rights of subrogation against the Engineer (if applicable), and each additional insured identified in these Standard City Conditions. Failure of the City to demand such certificates or other evidence of full compliance with the insurance requirements or failure of the City to identify a deficiency from evidence that is provided shall not be construed as a waiver of Contractor’s obligation to maintain such lines of insurance coverage. 6.If insurance policies are not written for specified coverage limits, an Umbrella or Excess Liability insurance for any differences is required. Excess Liability shall follow form of the primary coverage. 7.Unless otherwise stated, all required insurance shall be written on the “occurrence basis”. If coverage is underwritten on a claims-made basis, the retroactive date shall be coincident with or prior to the date of the effective date of the agreement and the certificate of insurance shall state that the coverage is claims-made and the retroactive date. The insurance coverage shall be maintained for the duration of the Contract and for three (3) years following Final Acceptance provided under the Contract Documents or for the warranty period, whichever is longer. An annual certificate of insurance submitted to the City shall evidence such insurance coverage. 8.Policies shall have no exclusions by endorsements, which, neither nullify or amend, the required lines of coverage, nor decrease the limits of said coverage unless such endorsements are approved in writing by the City. In the event a Contract has been bid or executed and the exclusions are determined to be unacceptable or the City desires additional insurance coverage, and the City desires the contractor/engineer to obtain such coverage, the contract price shall be adjusted by the cost of the premium for such additional coverage plus 10%. 9.Any self-insured retention (SIR), in excess of $25,000.00, affecting required insurance coverage shall be approved by the City in regards to asset value and stockholders' equity. In Normandy Farms 105438 00 73 10- 9 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 9 of 35 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 lieu of traditional insurance, alternative coverage maintained through insurance pools or risk retention groups, must also be approved by City. 10.Any deductible in excess of $5,000.00, for any policy that does not provide coverage on a first-dollar basis, must be acceptable to and approved by the City. 11.City, at its sole discretion, reserves the right to review the insurance requirements and to make reasonable adjustments to insurance coverage’s and their limits when deemed necessary and prudent by the City based upon changes in statutory law, court decision or the claims history of the industry as well as of the contracting party to the City. The City shall be required to provide prior notice of 90 days, and the insurance adjustments shall be incorporated into the Work by Change Order. 12.City shall be entitled, upon written request and without expense, to receive copies of policies and endorsements thereto and may make any reasonable requests for deletion or revision or modifications of particular policy terms, conditions, limitations, or exclusions necessary to conform the policy and endorsements to the requirements of the Contract. Deletions, revisions, or modifications shall not be required where policy provisions are established by law or regulations binding upon either party or the underwriter on any such policies. 13.City shall not be responsible for the direct payment of insurance premium costs for Contractor’s insurance. 4.04 Contractor’s Insurance A.Workers Compensation and Employers’ Liability. Contractor shall purchase and maintain such insurance coverage with limits consistent with statutory benefits outlined in the Texas Workers’ Compensation Act (Texas Labor Code, Ch. 406, as amended), and minimum limits for Employers’ Liability as is appropriate for the Work being performed and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from Contractor’s performance of the Work and Contractor’s other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed by Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: 1.claims under workers’ compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit acts; 2.claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor’s employees. 3.The limits of liability for the insurance shall provide the following coverages for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by Laws and Regulations a.Statutory limits b.Employer's liability Normandy Farms 105438 00 73 10- 10 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 10 of 35 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 1)$100,000 each accident/occurrence 2)$100,000 Disease - each employee 3)$500,000 Disease - policy limit B.Commercial General Liability. Coverage shall include but not be limited to covering liability (bodily injury or property damage) arising from: premises/operations, independent contractors, products/completed operations, personal injury, and liability under an insured contract. Insurance shall be provided on an occurrence basis, and as comprehensive as the current Insurance Services Office (ISO) policy. This insurance shall apply as primary insurance with respect to any other insurance or self-insurance programs afforded to the City. The Commercial General Liability policy, shall have no exclusions by endorsements that would alter of nullify premises/operations, products/completed operations, contractual, personal injury, or advertising injury, which are normally contained with the policy, unless the City approves such exclusions in writing. 1.For construction projects that present a substantial completed operation exposure, the City may require the contractor to maintain completed operations coverage for a minimum of no less than three (3) years following the completion of the project 2.Contractor's Liability Insurance under this Section which shall be on a per project basis covering the Contractor with minimum limits of: a.$1,000,000 each occurrence b.$2,000,000 aggregate limit 3.The policy must have an endorsement (Amendment – Aggregate Limits of Insurance) making the General Aggregate Limits apply separately to each job site. 4.The Commercial General Liability Insurance policies shall provide “X”, “C”, and “U” coverage’s. Verification of such coverage must be shown in the Remarks Article of the Certificate of Insurance. C.Automobile Liability. A commercial business auto policy shall provide coverage on “any auto”, defined as autos owned, hired and non-owned and provide indemnity for claims for damages because bodily injury or death of any person and or property damage arising out of the work, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle by the Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. 1.Automobile Liability, Contractor’s Liability Insurance under this Section, which shall be in an amount not less than the following amounts: a.Automobile Liability - a commercial business policy shall provide coverage on "Any Auto", defined as autos owned, hired and non-owned. Normandy Farms 105438 00 73 10- 11 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 11 of 35 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 1)$1,000,000 each accident on a combined single limit basis. Split limits are acceptable if limits are at least: 2)$250,000 Bodily Injury per person 3)$500,000 Bodily Injury per accident / 4)$100,000 Property Damage D.Railroad Protective Liability. If any of the work or any warranty work is within the limits of railroad right-of-way, the Contractor shall comply with the following requirements: 1.The Contractor’s construction activities will require its employees, agents, subcontractors, equipment, and material deliveries to cross railroad properties and tracks owned and operated by: ____________________________________________________________ 2.The Contractor shall conduct its operations on railroad properties in such a manner as not to interfere with, hinder, or obstruct the railroad company in any manner whatsoever in the use or operation of its/their trains or other property. Such operations on railroad properties may require that Contractor to execute a “Right of Entry Agreement” with the particular railroad company or companies involved, and to this end the Contractor should satisfy itself as to the requirements of each railroad company and be prepared to execute the right-of-entry (if any) required by a railroad company. The requirements specified herein likewise relate to the Contractor’s use of private and/or construction access roads crossing said railroad company’s properties. 3.The Contractual Liability coverage required by Paragraph 5.04D of the General Conditions shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts, issued by companies satisfactory to the City and to the Railroad Company for a term that continues for so long as the Contractor’s operations and work cross, occupy, or touch railroad property: a.General Aggregate: _____________________________________ Enter limits provided by Railroad Company (If none, write none) b. Each Occurrence: : _____________________________________ Enter limits provided by Railroad Company (If none, write none) 4.With respect to the above outlined insurance requirements, the following shall govern: a.Where a single railroad company is involved, the Contractor shall provide one insurance policy in the name of the railroad company. However, if more than one grade separation or at-grade crossing is affected by the Project at entirely separate locations on the line or lines of the same railroad company, separate coverage may be required, each in the amount stated above. b.Where more than one railroad company is operating on the same right-of-way or where several railroad companies are involved and operated on their own separate rights-of- Normandy Farms 105438 None None None 00 73 10- 12 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 12 of 35 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 way, the Contractor may be required to provide separate insurance policies in the name of each railroad company. c.If, in addition to a grade separation or an at-grade crossing, other work or activity is proposed on a railroad company’s right-of-way at a location entirely separate from the grade separation or at-grade crossing, insurance coverage for this work must be included in the policy covering the grade separation. d.If no grade separation is involved but other work is proposed on a railroad company’s right-of-way, all such other work may be covered in a single policy for that railroad, even though the work may be at two or more separate locations. 5.No work or activities on a railroad company’s property to be performed by the Contractor shall be commenced until the Contractor has furnished the City with an original policy or policies of the insurance for each railroad company named, as required above. All such insurance must be approved by the City and each affected Railroad Company prior to the Contractor’s beginning work. 6.The insurance specified above must be carried until all Work to be performed on the railroad right-of-way has been completed and the grade crossing, if any, is no longer used by the Contractor. In addition, insurance must be carried during all maintenance and/or repair work performed in the railroad right-of-way. Such insurance must name the railroad company as the insured, together with any tenant or lessee of the railroad company operating over tracks involved in the Project. E.Notification of Policy Cancellation: Contractor shall immediately notify City upon cancellation or other loss of insurance coverage. Contractor shall stop work until replacement insurance has been procured. There shall be no time credit for days not worked pursuant to this section. 4.05 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace If City has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the bonds or insurance required to be purchased and maintained by the Contractor in accordance with Article 5 on the basis of non-conformance with the Contract Documents, the Developer and City shall so notify the Contractor in writing within 10 Business Days after receipt of the certificates (or other evidence requested). Contractor shall provide to the City such additional information in respect of insurance provided as the Developer or City may reasonably request. If Contractor does not purchase or maintain all of the bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents, the Developer or City shall notify the Contractor in writing of such failure prior to the start of the Work, or of such failure to maintain prior to any change in the required coverage. ARTICLE 5 – CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES 5.01 Supervision and Superintendent A.Contractor shall supervise, inspect, and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Normandy Farms 105438 00 73 10- 13 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 13 of 35 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction. B.At all times during the progress of the Work, Contractor shall assign a competent, English- speaking, Superintendent who shall not be replaced without written notice to City. The Superintendent will be Contractor’s representative at the Site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All communication given to or received from the Superintendent shall be binding on Contractor. C.Contractor shall notify the City 24 hours prior to moving areas during the sequence of construction. 5.02 Labor; Working Hours A.Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to perform construction as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the Site. B.Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the Site shall be performed during Regular Working Hours. Contractor will not permit the performance of Work beyond Regular Working Hours or for Weekend Working Hours without City’s written consent (which will not be unreasonably withheld). Written request (by letter or electronic communication) to perform Work: 1.for beyond Regular Working Hours request must be made by noon at least two (2) Business Days prior 2.for Weekend Working Hours request must be made by noon of the preceding Thursday 3.for legal holidays request must be made by noon two Business Days prior to the legal holiday. 5.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment A.Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall provide and assume full responsibility for all services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, Contractor required testing, start-up, and completion of the Work. B.All materials and equipment incorporated into the Work shall be as specified or, if not specified, shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. All special warranties and guarantees required by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of City. If required by City, Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment. Normandy Farms 105438 00 73 10- 14 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 14 of 35 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 C.All materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Work shall be stored, applied, installed, connected, erected, protected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise may be provided in the Contract Documents. 5.04 Project Schedule A.Contractor shall adhere to the Project Schedule established in accordance with Paragraph 2.01 and the General Requirements as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below. 1.Contractor shall submit to City for acceptance (to the extent indicated in Paragraph 2.01 and the General Requirements) proposed adjustments in the Project Schedule. 2.Proposed adjustments in the Project Schedule that will change the Contract Time shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article 9. Adjustments in Contract Time for projects with City participation shall be made by participating change orders. 5.05 Substitutes and “Or-Equals” A.Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function, appearance, and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent, or “or-equal” item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment of other Suppliers may be submitted to City for review under the circumstances described below. 1.“Or-Equal” Items: If in City’s sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by City as an “or-equal” item, in which case review and approval of the proposed item may, in City’s sole discretion, be accomplished without compliance with some or all of the requirements for approval of proposed substitute items. For the purposes of this Paragraph 5.05.A.1, a proposed item of material or equipment will be considered functionally equal to an item so named if: a.City determines that: 1)it is at least equal in materials of construction, quality, durability, appearance, strength, and design characteristics; 2)it will reliably perform at least equally well the function and achieve the results imposed by the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole; and 3)it has a proven record of performance and availability of responsive service; and b.Contractor certifies that, if approved and incorporated into the Work: 1)there will be no increase in cost to the City or increase in Contract Time; and Normandy Farms 105438 00 73 10- 15 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 15 of 35 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 2)it will conform substantially to the detailed requirements of the item named in the Contract Documents. 2.Substitute Items: a.If in City’s sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an “or-equal” item under Paragraph 5.05.A.1, it may be submitted as a proposed substitute item. b.Contractor shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow City to determine if the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and an acceptable substitute therefor. Requests for review of proposed substitute items of material or equipment will not be accepted by City from anyone other than Contractor. c.Contractor shall make written application to City for review of a proposed substitute item of material or equipment that Contractor seeks to furnish or use. The application shall comply with Section 01 25 00 and: 1)shall certify that the proposed substitute item will: i.perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design; ii.be similar in substance to that specified; iii.be suited to the same use as that specified; and 2)will state: i.the extent, if any, to which the use of the proposed substitute item will prejudice Contractor’s achievement of final completion on time; ii.whether use of the proposed substitute item in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with City for other work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute item; iii.whether incorporation or use of the proposed substitute item in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty; and 3)will identify: i.all variations of the proposed substitute item from that specified; ii.available engineering, sales, maintenance, repair, and replacement services; and Normandy Farms 105438 00 73 10- 16 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 16 of 35 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 4)shall contain an itemized estimate of all costs or credits that will result directly or indirectly from use of such substitute item, including costs of redesign and Damage Claims of other contractors affected by any resulting change. B.Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures: If a specific means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is expressly required by the Contract Documents, Contractor may furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction approved by City. Contractor shall submit sufficient information to allow City, in City’s sole discretion, to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that expressly called for by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall make written application to City for review in the same manner as those provided in Paragraph 5.05.A.2. C.City’s Evaluation: City will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposal or submittal made pursuant to Paragraphs 5.05.A and 5.05.B. City may require Contractor to furnish additional data about the proposed substitute. City will be the sole judge of acceptability. No “or-equal” or substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized until City’s review is complete, which will be evidenced by a Change Order in the case of a substitute and an accepted Submittal for an “or-equal.” City will advise Contractor in writing of its determination. D.Special Guarantee: City may require Contractor to furnish at Contractor’s expense a special performance guarantee, warranty, or other surety with respect to any substitute. Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless City and anyone directly or indirectly employed by them from and against any and all claims, damages, losses and expenses (including attorneys fees) arising out of the use of substituted materials or equipment. E.City’s Cost Reimbursement: City will record City’s costs in evaluating a substitute proposed or submitted by Contractor pursuant to Paragraphs 5.05.A.2 and 5.05.B. Whether or not City approves a substitute so proposed or submitted by Contractor, Contractor may be required to reimburse City for evaluating each such proposed substitute. Contractor may also be required to reimburse City for the charges for making changes in the Contract Documents. F.Contractor’s Expense: Contractor shall provide all data in support of any proposed substitute or “or-equal” at Contractor’s expense. G.Substitute Reimbursement: Costs (savings or charges) attributable to acceptance of a substitute shall be incorporated to the Contract by Participating Change Order. 5.06 Pre-Qualification of Bidders (Prime Contractors and Subcontractors) A.The Contractor and any subcontractors are required to be prequalified for the work types requiring pre-qualification 5.07 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others A.Minority and Women Owned Business Enterprise Compliance: Normandy Farms 105438 00 73 10- 17 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 17 of 35 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 Required for this Contract. (Check this box if there is any City Participation) Not Required for this Contract. It is City policy to ensure the full and equitable participation by Minority and Women Business Enterprises (MWBE) in the procurement of goods and services on a contractual basis. If the Contract Documents provide for a MWBE goal, Contractor is required to comply with the intent of the City’s MWBE Ordinance (as amended) by the following: 1.Contractor shall, upon request by City, provide complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by a MWBE on the Contract and payment therefor. 2.Contractor will not make additions, deletions, or substitutions of accepted MWBE without written consent of the City. Any unjustified change or deletion shall be a material breach of Contract and may result in debarment in accordance with the procedures outlined in the Ordinance. 3.Contractor shall, upon request by City, allow an audit and/or examination of any books, records, or files in the possession of the Contractor that will substantiate the actual work performed by an MWBE. Material misrepresentation of any nature will be grounds for termination of the Contract. Any such misrepresentation may be grounds for disqualification of Contractor to bid on future contracts with the City for a period of not less than three years. B.Contractor shall be fully responsible to City for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor’s own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents: 1.shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity any contractual relationship between City and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other individual or entity; nor 2.shall create any obligation on the part of City to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations. C.Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor. D.All Subcontractors, Suppliers, and such other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work shall communicate with City through Contractor. E.All Work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of these Contract Normandy Farms 105438 X 00 73 10- 18 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 18 of 35 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 Documents, Contractor shall provide City contract numbers and reference numbers to the Subcontractors and/or Suppliers. 5.08 Wage Rates Required for this Contract. Not Required for this Contract. A.Duty to pay Prevailing Wage Rates. The Contractor shall comply with all requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code (as amended), including the payment of not less than the rates determined by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth to be the prevailing wage rates in accordance with Chapter 2258. Such prevailing wage rates are included in these Contract Documents. B.Penalty for Violation. A Contractor or any Subcontractor who does not pay the prevailing wage shall, upon demand made by the City, pay to the City $60 for each worker employed for each calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the prevailing wage rates stipulated in these contract documents. This penalty shall be retained by the City to offset its administrative costs, pursuant to Texas Government Code 2258.023. C.Complaints of Violations and City Determination of Good Cause. On receipt of information, including a complaint by a worker, concerning an alleged violation of 2258.023, Texas Government Code, by a Contractor or Subcontractor, the City shall make an initial determination, before the 31st day after the date the City receives the information, as to whether good cause exists to believe that the violation occurred. The City shall notify in writing the Contractor or Subcontractor and any affected worker of its initial determination. Upon the City’s determination that there is good cause to believe the Contractor or Subcontractor has violated Chapter 2258, the City shall retain the full amounts claimed by the claimant or claimants as the difference between wages paid and wages due under the prevailing wage rates, such amounts being subtracted from successive progress payments pending a final determination of the violation. D.Arbitration Required if Violation Not Resolved. An issue relating to an alleged violation of Section 2258.023, Texas Government Code, including a penalty owed to the City or an affected worker, shall be submitted to binding arbitration in accordance with the Texas General Arbitration Act (Article 224 et seq., Revised Statutes) if the Contractor or Subcontractor and any affected worker does not resolve the issue by agreement before the 15th day after the date the City makes its initial determination pursuant to Paragraph C above. If the persons required to arbitrate under this section do not agree on an arbitrator before the 11th day after the date that arbitration is required, a district court shall appoint an arbitrator on the petition of any of the persons. The City is not a party in the arbitration. The decision and award of the arbitrator is final and binding on all parties and may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction. E.Records to be Maintained. The Contractor and each Subcontractor shall, for a period of three (3) years following the date of acceptance of the work, maintain records that show (i) the name and Normandy Farms 105438 x 00 73 10- 19 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 19 of 35 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 occupation of each worker employed by the Contractor in the construction of the Work provided for in this Contract; and (ii) the actual per diem wages paid to each worker. The records shall be open at all reasonable hours for inspection by the City. The provisions of Paragraph 6.23, Right to Audit, shall pertain to this inspection. F.Progress Payments. With each progress payment or payroll period, whichever is less, the Contractor shall submit an affidavit stating that the Contractor has complied with the requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code. G.Posting of Wage Rates. The Contractor shall post prevailing wage rates in a conspicuous place at all times. H.Subcontractor Compliance. The Contractor shall include in its subcontracts and/or shall otherwise require all of its Subcontractors to comply with Paragraphs A through G above. 5.09 Patent Fees and Royalties A.To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless City, from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device not specified in the Contract Documents. 5.10 Laws and Regulations A.Contractor shall give all notices required by and shall comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, the City shall not be responsible for monitoring Contractor’s compliance with any Laws or Regulations. B.If Contractor performs any Work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such Work. However, it shall not be Contractor’s responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor’s obligations under Paragraph 3.01. 5.11 Use of Site and Other Areas A.Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas: 1.Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment, and the operations of workers to the Site and other areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, and shall not unreasonably encumber the Site and other areas with construction equipment or Normandy Farms 105438 00 73 10- 20 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 20 of 35 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof, or of any adjacent land or areas resulting from the performance of the Work. 2.At any time when, in the judgment of the City, the Contractor has obstructed or closed or is carrying on operations in a portion of a street, right-of-way, or easement greater than is necessary for proper execution of the Work, the City may require the Contractor to finish the section on which operations are in progress before work is commenced on any additional area of the Site. 3.Should any Damage Claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly attempt to resolve the Damage Claim. 4.Pursuant to Paragraph 5.18, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless City, from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages arising out of or relating to any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against City. B.Removal of Debris During Performance of the Work: During the progress of the Work Contractor shall keep the Site and other areas free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish, and other debris. Removal and disposal of such waste materials, rubbish, and other debris shall conform to applicable Laws and Regulations. C.Site Maintenance Cleaning: 24 hours after written notice is given to the Contractor that the clean-up on the job site is proceeding in a manner unsatisfactory to the City or Developer, if the Contractor fails to correct the unsatisfactory procedure, the City may take such direct action as the City deems appropriate to correct the clean-up deficiencies cited to the Contractor in the written notice (by letter or electronic communication), and shall be entitled to recover its cost in doing so. The City may withhold Final Acceptance until clean-up is complete and cost are recovered. D.Final Site Cleaning: Prior to Final Acceptance of the Work Contractor shall clean the Site and the Work and make it ready for utilization by City or adjacent property owner. At the completion of the Work Contractor shall remove from the Site all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery, and surplus materials and shall restore to original condition or better all property disturbed by the Work. E.Loading Structures: Contractor shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall Contractor subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. 5.12 Record Documents A.Contractor shall maintain in a safe place at the Site or in a place designated by the Contractor and approved by the City, one (1) record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders, Field Orders, and written interpretations and clarifications in good order and annotated to show changes made during construction. These record documents together with all approved Normandy Farms 105438 00 73 10- 21 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 21 of 35 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 Samples and a counterpart of all accepted Submittals will be available to City for reference. Upon completion of the Work, these record documents, any operation and maintenance manuals, and Submittals will be delivered to City prior to Final Inspection. Contractor shall include accurate locations for buried and imbedded items. 5.13 Safety and Protection A.Contractor shall be solely responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Such responsibility does not relieve Subcontractors of their responsibility for the safety of persons or property in the performance of their work, nor for compliance with applicable safety Laws and Regulations. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: 1.all persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work; 2.all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the Site; and 3.other property at the Site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction. B.Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of persons or property, or to the protection of persons or property from damage, injury, or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and other utility owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property. C.Contractor shall comply with the applicable requirements of City’s safety programs, if any. D.Contractor shall inform City of the specific requirements of Contractor’s safety program, if any, with which City’s employees and representatives must comply while at the Site. E.All damage, injury, or loss to any property referred to in Paragraph 5.13.A.2 or 5.13.A.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier, or any other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor. F.Contractor’s duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and City has accepted the Work. 5.14 Safety Representative Contractor shall inform City in writing of Contractor’s designated safety representative at the Site. Normandy Farms 105438 00 73 10- 22 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 22 of 35 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 5.15 Hazard Communication Programs Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among employers in accordance with Laws or Regulations. 5.16 Submittals A.Contractor shall submit required Submittals to City for review and acceptance. Each submittal will be identified as required by City. 1.Submit number of copies specified in the General Requirements. 2.Data shown on the Submittals will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials, and similar data to show City the services, materials, and equipment Contractor proposes to provide and to enable City to review the information for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 5.16.C. 3.Submittals submitted as herein provided by Contractor and reviewed by City for conformance with the design concept shall be executed in conformity with the Contract Documents unless otherwise required by City. 4.When Submittals are submitted for the purpose of showing the installation in greater detail, their review shall not excuse Contractor from requirements shown on the Drawings and Specifications. 5.For-Information-Only submittals upon which the City is not expected to conduct review or take responsive action may be so identified in the Contract Documents. 6.Submit required number of Samples specified in the Specifications. 7.Clearly identify each Sample as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers, the use for which intended and other data as City may require to enable City to review the submittal for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 5.16.C. B.Where a Submittal is required by the Contract Documents or the Schedule of Submittals, any related Work performed prior to City’s review and acceptance of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of Contractor. C.City’s Review: 1.City will provide timely review of required Submittals in accordance with the Schedule of Submittals acceptable to City. City’s review and acceptance will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. Normandy Farms 105438 00 73 10- 23 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 23 of 35 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 2.City’s review and acceptance will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction (except where a particular means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and acceptance of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. 3.City’s review and acceptance shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has complied with the requirements of Section 01 33 00 and City has given written acceptance of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Submittal. City’s review and acceptance shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 5.17 Contractor’s General Warranty and Guarantee A.Contractor warrants and guarantees to City that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. City and its officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors shall be entitled to rely on representation of Contractor’s warranty and guarantee. B.Contractor’s warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by: 1.abuse, modification, or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or any other individual or entity for whom Contractor is responsible; or 2.normal wear and tear under normal usage. C.Contractor’s obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor’s obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 1.observations by City; 2.recommendation or payment by City or Developer of any progress or final payment; 3.the issuance of a certificate of Final Acceptance by City or any payment related thereto by City; 4.use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by City; 5.any review and acceptance of a Submittal by City; 6.any inspection, test, or approval by others; or Normandy Farms 105438 00 73 10- 24 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 24 of 35 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 7.any correction of defective Work by City. D.The Contractor shall remedy any defects or damages in the Work and pay for any damage to other work or property resulting therefrom which shall appear within a period of two (2) years from the date of Final Acceptance of the Work unless a longer period is specified and shall furnish a good and sufficient maintenance bond, complying with the requirements of Article 4.02.B. The City will give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. 5.18 Indemnification A.Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend, at its own expense, the City, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all claims arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed by the Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licenses or invitees under this Contract. THIS INDEMNIFICATION PROVISION IS SPECIFICALLY INTENDED TO OPERATE AND BE EFFECTIVE EVEN IF IT IS ALLEGED OR PROVEN THAT ALL OR SOME OF THE DAMAGES BEING SOUGHT WERE CAUSED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, BY ANY ACT, OMISSION OR NEGLIGENCE OF THE CITY. This indemnity provision is intended to include, without limitation, indemnity for costs, expenses and legal fees incurred by the City in defending against such claims and causes of actions. B.Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, at its own expense, the City, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all loss, damage or destruction of property of the City, arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed by the Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licensees or invitees under this Contract. THIS INDEMNIFICATION PROVISION IS SPECIFICALLY INTENDED TO OPERATE AND BE EFFECTIVE EVEN IF IT IS ALLEGED OR PROVEN THAT ALL OR SOME OF THE DAMAGES BEING SOUGHT WERE CAUSED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, BY ANY ACT, OMISSION OR NEGLIGENCE OF THE CITY. 5.19 Delegation of Professional Design Services A.Contractor will not be required to provide professional design services unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless such services are required to carry out Contractor’s responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures. B.If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials or equipment are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, City will specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a properly licensed professional, whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, and Submittals prepared by such professional. Submittals related to the Work designed or certified by such professional, if prepared by others, shall bear such professional’s written approval when submitted to City. Normandy Farms 105438 00 73 10- 25 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 25 of 35 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 C.City shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy and completeness of the services, certifications or approvals performed by such design professionals, provided City has specified to Contractor performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. D.Pursuant to this Paragraph 5.19, City’s review and acceptance of design calculations and design drawings will be only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with performance and design criteria given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. City’s review and acceptance of Submittals (except design calculations and design drawings) will be only for the purpose stated in Paragraph 5.16.C. 5.20 Right to Audit: A.The City reserves the right to audit all projects utilizing City funds B.The Contractor agrees that the City shall, until the expiration of three (3) years after final payment under this Contract, have access to and the right to examine and photocopy any directly pertinent books, documents, papers, and records of the Contractor involving transactions relating to this Contract. Contractor agrees that the City shall have access during Regular Working Hours to all necessary Contractor facilities and shall be provided adequate and appropriate work space in order to conduct audits in compliance with the provisions of this Paragraph. The City shall give Contractor reasonable advance notice of intended audits. C.Contractor further agrees to include in all its subcontracts hereunder a provision to the effect that the subcontractor agrees that the City shall, until the expiration of three (3) years after final payment under this Contract, have access to and the right to examine and photocopy any directly pertinent books, documents, papers, and records of such Subcontractor, involving transactions to the subcontract, and further, that City shall have access during Regular Working Hours to all Subcontractor facilities, and shall be provided adequate and appropriate work space in order to conduct audits in compliance with the provisions of this Paragraph. The City shall give Subcontractor reasonable advance notice of intended audits. D.Contractor and Subcontractor agree to photocopy such documents as may be requested by the City. The City agrees to reimburse Contractor for the cost of the copies as follows at the rate published in the Texas Administrative Code in effect as of the time copying is performed. 5.21 Nondiscrimination A.The City is responsible for operating Public Transportation Programs and implementing transit- related projects, which are funded in part with Federal financial assistance awarded by the U.S. Department of Transportation and the Federal Transit Administration (FTA), without discriminating against any person in the United States on the basis of race, color, or national origin. B.Title VI, Civil Rights Act of 1964 as amended: Contractor shall comply with the requirements of the Act and the Regulations as further defined in the Supplementary Conditions for any project receiving Federal assistance. Normandy Farms 105438 00 73 10- 26 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 26 of 35 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 ARTICLE 6 – OTHER WORK AT THE SITE 6.01 Related Work at Site A.City may perform other work related to the Project at the Site with City’s employees, or other City contractors, or through other direct contracts therefor, or have other work performed by utility owners. If such other work is not noted in the Contract Documents, then written notice thereof will be given to Contractor prior to starting any such other work; and B.Contractor shall afford each other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract, each utility owner, and City, if City is performing other work with City’s employees or other City contractors, proper and safe access to the Site, provide a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work, and properly coordinate the Work with theirs. Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work that may be required to properly connect or otherwise make its several parts come together and properly integrate with such other work. Contractor shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering such work; provided, however, that Contractor may cut or alter others' work with the written consent of City and the others whose work will be affected. C.If the proper execution or results of any part of Contractor’s Work depends upon work performed by others under this Article 7, Contractor shall inspect such other work and promptly report to City in writing any delays, defects, or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of Contractor’s Work. Contractor’s failure to so report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with Contractor’s Work except for latent defects in the work provided by others. ARTICLE 7 – CITY’S RESPONSIBILITIES 7.01 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals City’s responsibility with respect to certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in Paragraph 11.03. 7.02 Limitations on City’s Responsibilities A.The City shall not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, Contractor’s means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. City will not be responsible for Contractor’s failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. B.City will notify the Contractor of applicable safety plans pursuant to Paragraph 5.13. Normandy Farms 105438 00 73 10- 27 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 27 of 35 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 7.03 Compliance with Safety Program While at the Site, City’s employees and representatives shall comply with the specific applicable requirements of Contractor’s safety programs of which City has been informed pursuant to Paragraph 5.13. ARTICLE 8 – CITY’S OBSERVATION STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 8.01 City’s Project Representative City will provide one or more Project Representative(s) during the construction period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of City’s representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents. A.City’s Project Representative will make visits to the Site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction as City deems necessary in order to observe the progress that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of Contractor’s executed Work. Based on information obtained during such visits and observations, City’s Project Representative will determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. City’s Project Representative will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections on the Site to check the quality or quantity of the Work. City’s Project Representative’s efforts will be directed toward providing City a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform generally to the Contract Documents. B.City’s Project Representative’s visits and observations are subject to all the limitations on authority and responsibility in the Contract Documents. 8.02 Authorized Variations in Work City’s Project Representative may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and are compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on City Developer, and also on Contractor, who shall perform the Work involved promptly. 8.03 Rejecting Defective Work City will have authority to reject Work which City’s Project Representative believes to be defective, or will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. City will have authority to conduct special inspection or testing of the Work as provided in Article 11, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed, or completed. Normandy Farms 105438 00 73 10- 28 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 28 of 35 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 8.04 Determinations for Work Performed Contractor will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Work performed. City’s Project Representative will review with Contractor the preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written recommendation. City’s written decision will be final (except as modified to reflect changed factual conditions or more accurate data). ARTICLE 9 – CHANGES IN THE WORK 9.01 Authorized Changes in the Work A.Without invalidating the Contract and without notice to any surety, City may, at any time or from time to time, order Extra Work. Upon notice of such Extra Work, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise specifically provided). Extra Work shall be memorialized by a Participating Change Order which may or may not precede an order of Extra work. B.For minor changes of Work not requiring changes to Contract Time or Contract Price on a project with City participation, a Field Order may be issued by the City. 9.02 Notification to Surety If the provisions of any bond require notice to be given to a surety of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Time), the giving of any such notice will be Contractor’s responsibility. The amount of each applicable bond will be adjusted by the Contractor to reflect the effect of any such change. ARTICLE 10 – CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIME 10.01 Change of Contract Price A.The Contract Price may only be changed by a Participating Change Order for projects with City participation. 10.02 Change of Contract Time A.The Contract Time may only be changed by a Participating Change Order for projects with City participation. 10.03 Delays A.If Contractor is delayed, City shall not be liable to Contractor for any claims, costs, losses, or damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by Contractor on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. Normandy Farms 105438 00 73 10- 29 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 29 of 35 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 ARTICLE 11 – TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 11.01 Notice of Defects Notice of all defective Work of which City has actual knowledge will be given to Contractor. Defective Work may be rejected, corrected, or accepted as provided in this Article 13. 11.02 Access to Work City, independent testing laboratories, and governmental agencies with jurisdictional interests will have access to the Site and the Work at reasonable times for their observation, inspection, and testing. Contractor shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of Contractor’s safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable. 11.03 Tests and Inspections A.Contractor shall give City timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests, or approvals and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. B.If Contract Documents, Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any of the Work (or part thereof) to be inspected, tested, or approved, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such independent inspections, tests, retests or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish City the required certificates of inspection or approval; excepting, however, those fees specifically identified in the Supplementary Conditions or any Texas Department of Licensure and Regulation (TDLR) inspections, which shall be paid as described in the Supplementary Conditions. C.Contractor shall be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests, re-tests, or approvals required for City’s acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work; or acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor’s purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. Such inspections, tests, re-tests, or approvals shall be performed by organizations approved by City. D.City may arrange for the services of an independent testing laboratory (“Testing Lab”) to perform any inspections or tests (“Testing”) for any part of the Work, as determined solely by City. 1.City will coordinate such Testing to the extent possible, with Contractor; 2.Should any Testing under this Section 11.03 D result in a “fail”, “did not pass” or other similar negative result, the Contractor shall be responsible for paying for any and all retests. Contractor’s cancellation without cause of City initiated Testing shall be deemed a negative result and require a retest. Normandy Farms 105438 00 73 10- 30 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 30 of 35 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 3.Any amounts owed for any retest under this Section 11.03 D shall be paid directly to the Testing Lab by Contractor. City will forward all invoices for retests to Developer/Contractor. 4.If Contractor fails to pay the Testing Lab, City will not issue a letter of Final Acceptance until the Testing Lab is Paid E.If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered by Contractor without written concurrence of City, Contractor shall, if requested by City, uncover such Work for observation. 11.04 Uncovering Work A.If any Work is covered contrary to the Contract Documents or specific instructions by the City, it must, if requested by City, be uncovered for City’s observation and replaced at Contractor’s expense. 11.05 City May Stop the Work If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, City may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of City to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of City to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or any surety for, or employee or agent of any of them. 11.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work A.Promptly after receipt of written notice, Contractor shall correct all defective Work pursuant to an acceptable schedule, whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by City, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, additional testing, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). Failure to require the removal of any defective Work shall not constitute acceptance of such Work. B.When correcting defective Work under the terms of this Paragraph 11.06 or Paragraph 11.07, Contractor shall take no action that would void or otherwise impair City’s special warranty and guarantee, if any, on said Work. 11.07 Correction Period A.If within two (2) years after the date of Final Acceptance (or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Normandy Farms 105438 00 73 10- 31 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 31 of 35 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 Documents), any Work is found to be defective, or if the repair of any damages to the land or areas made available for Contractor’s use by City or permitted by Laws and Regulations as contemplated in Paragraph 5.10.A is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to City and in accordance with City’s written instructions: 1.repair such defective land or areas; or 2.correct such defective Work; or 3.if the defective Work has been rejected by City, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective, and 4.satisfactorily correct or repair or remove and replace any damage to other Work, to the work of others or other land or areas resulting therefrom. B.If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of City’s written instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, City may have the defective Work corrected or repaired or may have the rejected Work removed and replaced. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or repair or such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by Contractor. C.Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected or removed and replaced under this Paragraph 11.07, the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work may be required to be extended for an additional period of one year after the end of the initial correction period. City shall provide 30 days written notice to Contractor and Developer should such additional warranty coverage be required. Contractor’s obligations under this Paragraph 11.07 are in addition to any other obligation or warranty. The provisions of this Paragraph 11.07 shall not be construed as a substitute for, or a waiver of, the provisions of any applicable statute of limitation or repose. 11.08 City May Correct Defective Work A.If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from City to correct defective Work, or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by City in accordance with Paragraph 11.06.A, or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, City may, after seven (7) days written notice to Contractor and the Developer, correct, or remedy any such deficiency. B.In exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 11.09, City shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective or remedial action, City may exclude Contractor from all or part of the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and suspend Contractor’s services related thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment incorporated in the Work, stored at the Site or for which City has paid Contractor but which are Normandy Farms 105438 00 73 10- 32 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 32 of 35 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow City, City’s representatives, agents, consultants, employees, and City’s other contractors, access to the Site to enable City to exercise the rights and remedies under this Paragraph. C.All claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs) incurred or sustained by City in exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09 will be charged against Contractor, and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and City shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. D.Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Time because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise of City’s rights and remedies under this Paragraph 11.09. ARTICLE 12 – COMPLETION 12.01 Contractor’s Warranty of Title Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials, and equipment covered by any Application for Payment will pass to City no later than the time of Final Acceptance and shall be free and clear of all Liens. 12.02 Partial Utilization A.Prior to Final Acceptance of all the Work, City may use or occupy any substantially completed part of the Work which has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or which City, determines constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by City for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor’s performance of the remainder of the Work. City at any time may notify Contractor in writing to permit City to use or occupy any such part of the Work which City determines to be ready for its intended use, subject to the following conditions: 1.Contractor at any time may notify City in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use. 2.Within a reasonable time after notification as enumerated in Paragraph 14.05.A.1, City and Contractor shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If City does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, City will notify Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor. 3.Partial Utilization will not constitute Final Acceptance by City. 12.03 Final Inspection A.Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work is complete in accordance with the Contract Documents: Normandy Farms 105438 00 73 10- 33 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 33 of 35 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 1.within 10 days, City will schedule a Final Inspection with Contractor. 2.City will notify Contractor in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. 12.04 Final Acceptance A.Upon completion by Contractor to City’s satisfaction, of any additional Work identified in the Final Inspection, City will issue to Contractor a letter of Final Acceptance upon the satisfaction of the following: 1.All documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by Paragraph 5.03; 2.consent of the surety, if any, to Final Acceptance; 3.a list of all pending or released Damage Claims against City that Contractor believes are unsettled; and 4.affidavits of payments and complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to City) of all Lien rights arising out of or Liens filed in connection with the Work. 5.after all Damage Claims have been resolved: a.directly by the Contractor or; b.Contractor provides evidence that the Damage Claim has been reported to Contractor’s insurance provider for resolution. 6.Issuing Final Acceptance by the City shall not relieve the Contractor of any guarantees or other requirements of the Contract Documents which specifically continue thereafter. ARTICLE 13 – SUSPENSION OF WORK 13.01 City May Suspend Work A.At any time and without cause, City may suspend the Work or any portion thereof by written notice to Contractor and which may fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. During temporary suspension of the Work covered by these Contract Documents, for any reason, the City will stop contract time on City participation projects. B.Should the Contractor not be able to complete a portion of the Project due to causes beyond the control of and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, and should it be determined by mutual consent of the Contractor and City that a solution to allow construction to proceed is not Normandy Farms 105438 00 73 10- 34 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 34 of 35 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 available within a reasonable period of time, Contractor may request an extension in Contract Time, directly attributable to any such suspension. C.If it should become necessary to suspend the Work for an indefinite period, the Contractor shall store all materials in such a manner that they will not obstruct or impede the public unnecessarily nor become damaged in any way, and he shall take every precaution to prevent damage or deterioration of the work performed; he shall provide suitable drainage about the work, and erect temporary structures where necessary. ARTICLE 14 – MISCELLANEOUS 14.01 Giving Notice A.Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if: 1.delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended; or 2.delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. B.Business address changes must be promptly made in writing to the other party. C.Whenever the Contract Documents specifies giving notice by electronic means such electronic notice shall be deemed sufficient upon confirmation of receipt by the receiving party. 14.02 Computation of Times When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday the next Working Day shall become the last day of the period. 14.03 Cumulative Remedies The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or Regulations, by special warranty or guarantee, or by other provisions of the Contract Documents. The provisions of this Paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right, and remedy to which they apply. Normandy Farms 105438 00 73 10- 35 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 35 of 35 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 14.04 Survival of Obligations All representations, indemnifications, warranties, and guarantees made in, required by, or given in accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract Documents, will survive final payment, completion, and acceptance of the Work or termination or completion of the Contract or termination of the services of Contractor. 14.05 Headings Article and paragraph headings are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute parts of these General Conditions. Normandy Farms 105438 01 33 00 - 1 DAP SUBMITTALS Page 1 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised August 30, 2013 SECTION 01 33 00 DAP SUBMITTALS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. General methods and requirements of submissions applicable to the following Work-related submittals: a. Shop Drawings b. Product Data (including Standard Product List submittals) c. Samples d. Mock Ups B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination 1. Notify the City in writing, at the time of submittal, of any deviations in the submittals from the requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Coordination of Submittal Times a. Prepare, prioritize and transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of performing the related Work or other applicable activities, or within the time specified in the individual Work Sections, of the Specifications. b. Contractor is responsible such that the installation will not be delayed by processing times including, but not limited to: a) Disapproval and resubmittal (if required) b) Coordination with other submittals c) Testing d) Purchasing e) Fabrication f) Delivery g) Similar sequenced activities c. No extension of time will be authorized because of the Contractor's failure to transmit submittals sufficiently in advance of the Work. 01 33 00 - 2 DAP SUBMITTALS Page 2 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised August 30, 2013 d. Make submittals promptly in accordance with approved schedule, and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the work of any other contractor. B. Submittal Numbering 1. When submitting shop drawings or samples, utilize a 9-character submittal cross- reference identification numbering system in the following manner: a. Use the first 6 digits of the applicable Specification Section Number. b. For the next 2 digits number use numbers 01-99 to sequentially number each initial separate item or drawing submitted under each specific Section number. c. Last use a letter, A-Z, indicating the resubmission of the same drawing (i.e. A=2nd submission, B=3rd submission, C=4th submission, etc.). A typical submittal number would be as follows: 03 30 00-08-B 1) 03 30 00 is the Specification Section for Concrete 2) 08 is the eighth initial submittal under this Specification Section 3) B is the third submission (second resubmission) of that particular shop drawing C. Contractor Certification 1. Review shop drawings, product data and samples, including those by subcontractors, prior to submission to determine and verify the following: a. Field measurements b. Field construction criteria c. Catalog numbers and similar data d. Conformance with the Contract Documents 2. Provide each shop drawing, sample and product data submitted by the Contractor with a Certification Statement affixed including: a. The Contractor's Company name b. Signature of submittal reviewer c. Certification Statement 1) “By this submittal, I hereby represent that I have determined and verified field measurements, field construction criteria, materials, dimensions, catalog numbers and similar data and I have checked and coordinated each item with other applicable approved shop drawings." D. Submittal Format 1. Fold shop drawings larger than 8 ½ inches x 11 inches to 8 ½ inches x 11inches. 2. Bind shop drawings and product data sheets together. 3. Order a. Cover Sheet 1) Description of Packet 2) Contractor Certification b. List of items / Table of Contents c. Product Data /Shop Drawings/Samples /Calculations E. Submittal Content 1. The date of submission and the dates of any previous submissions 01 33 00 - 3 DAP SUBMITTALS Page 3 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised August 30, 2013 2. The Project title and number 3. Contractor identification 4. The names of: a.Contractor b. Supplier c.Manufacturer 5. Identification of the product, with the Specification Section number, page and paragraph(s) 6. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such 7. Relation to adjacent or critical features of the Work or materials 8. Applicable standards, such as ASTM or Federal Specification numbers 9. Identification by highlighting of deviations from Contract Documents 10. Identification by highlighting of revisions on resubmittals 11. An 8-inch x 3-inch blank space for Contractor and City stamps F.Shop Drawings 1. As specified in individual Work Sections includes, but is not necessarily limited to: a.Custom-prepared data such as fabrication and erection/installation (working) drawings b. Scheduled information c.Setting diagrams d. Actual shopwork manufacturing instructions e.Custom templates f.Special wiring diagrams g.Coordination drawings h. Individual system or equipment inspection and test reports including: 1) Performance curves and certifications i.As applicable to the Work 2. Details a.Relation of the various parts to the main members and lines of the structure b. Where correct fabrication of the Work depends upon field measurements 1) Provide such measurements and note on the drawings prior to submitting for approval. G.Product Data 1. For submittals of product data for products included on the City’s Standard Product List, clearly identify each item selected for use on the Project. 2. For submittals of product data for products not included on the City’s Standard Product List, submittal data may include, but is not necessarily limited to: a.Standard prepared data for manufactured products (sometimes referred to as catalog data) 1) Such as the manufacturer's product specification and installation instructions 2) Availability of colors and patterns 3) Manufacturer's printed statements of compliances and applicability 4) Roughing-in diagrams and templates 5) Catalog cuts 6) Product photographs 01 33 00 - 4 DAP SUBMITTALS Page 4 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised August 30, 2013 7)Standard wiring diagrams 8) Printed performance curves and operational-range diagrams 9) Production or quality control inspection and test reports and certifications 10) Mill reports 11) Product operating and maintenance instructions and recommended spare-parts listing and printed product warranties 12) As applicable to the Work H.Samples 1.As specified in individual Sections, include, but are not necessarily limited to: a.Physical examples of the Work such as: 1) Sections of manufactured or fabricated Work 2) Small cuts or containers of materials 3) Complete units of repetitively used products color/texture/pattern swatches and range sets 4) Specimens for coordination of visual effect 5) Graphic symbols and units of Work to be used by the City for independent inspection and testing, as applicable to the Work I.Do not start Work requiring a shop drawing, sample or product data nor any material to be fabricated or installed prior to the approval or qualified approval of such item. 1. Fabrication performed, materials purchased or on-site construction accomplished which does not conform to approved shop drawings and data is at the Contractor's risk. 2. The City will not be liable for any expense or delay due to corrections or remedies required to accomplish conformity. 3. Complete project Work, materials, fabrication, and installations in conformance with approved shop drawings, applicable samples, and product data. J.Submittal Distribution 1. Electronic Distribution a.Confirm development of Project directory for electronic submittals to be uploaded to City’s Buzzsaw site, or another external FTP site approved by the City. b. Shop Drawings 1) Upload submittal to designated project directory and notify appropriate City representatives via email of submittal posting. 2) Hard Copies a)3 copies for all submittals b) If Contractor requires more than 1 hard copy of Shop Drawings returned, Contractor shall submit more than the number of copies listed above. c.Product Data 1) Upload submittal to designated project directory and notify appropriate City representatives via email of submittal posting. 2) Hard Copies a)3 copies for all submittals d. Samples 1) Distributed to the Project Representative 2. Hard Copy Distribution (if required in lieu of electronic distribution) 01 33 00 - 5 DAP SUBMITTALS Page 5 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised August 30, 2013 a.Shop Drawings 1) Distributed to the City 2) Copies a)8 copies for mechanical submittals b) 7 copies for all other submittals c)If Contractor requires more than 3 copies of Shop Drawings returned, Contractor shall submit more than the number of copies listed above. b. Product Data 1) Distributed to the City 2) Copies a)4 copies c.Samples 1) Distributed to the Project Representative 2) Copies a)Submit the number stated in the respective Specification Sections. 3. Distribute reproductions of approved shop drawings and copies of approved product data and samples, where required, to the job site file and elsewhere as directed by the City. a.Provide number of copies as directed by the City but not exceeding the number previously specified. K.Submittal Review 1.The review of shop drawings, data and samples will be for general conformance with the design concept and Contract Documents. This is not to be construed as: a.Permitting any departure from the Contract requirements b. Relieving the Contractor of responsibility for any errors, including details, dimensions, and materials c.Approving departures from details furnished by the City, except as otherwise provided herein 2. The review and approval of shop drawings, samples or product data by the City does not relieve the Contractor from his/her responsibility with regard to the fulfillment of the terms of the Contract. a.All risks of error and omission are assumed by the Contractor, and the City will have no responsibility therefore. 3. The Contractor remains responsible for details and accuracy, for coordinating the Work with all other associated work and trades, for selecting fabrication processes, for techniques of assembly and for performing Work in a safe manner. 4. If the shop drawings, data or samples as submitted describe variations and show a departure from the Contract requirements which City finds to be in the interest of the City and to be so minor as not to involve a change in Contract Price or time for performance, the City may return the reviewed drawings without noting an exception. 5. Submittals will be returned to the Contractor under 1 of the following codes: a.Code 1 1) "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN" is assigned when there are no notations or comments on the submittal. a)When returned under this code the Contractor may release the equipment and/or material for manufacture. b. Code 2 01 33 00 - 6 DAP SUBMITTALS Page 6 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised August 30, 2013 1) "EXCEPTIONS NOTED". This code is assigned when a confirmation of the notations and comments IS NOT required by the Contractor. a)The Contractor may release the equipment or material for manufacture; however, all notations and comments must be incorporated into the final product. c.Code 3 1) "EXCEPTIONS NOTED/RESUBMIT". This combination of codes is assigned when notations and comments are extensive enough to require a resubmittal of the package. a)The Contractor may release the equipment or material for manufacture; however, all notations and comments must be incorporated into the final product. b) This resubmittal is to address all comments, omissions and non-conforming items that were noted. c)Resubmittal is to be received by the City within 15 Calendar Days of the date of the City's transmittal requiring the resubmittal. d. Code 4 1) "NOT APPROVED" is assigned when the submittal does not meet the intent of the Contract Documents. a)The Contractor must resubmit the entire package revised to bring the submittal into conformance. b) It may be necessary to resubmit using a different manufacturer/vendor to meet the Contract Documents. 6. Resubmittals a.Handled in the same manner as first submittals 1) Corrections other than requested by the City 2) Marked with revision triangle or other similar method a)At Contractor’s risk if not marked b. Submittals for each item will be reviewed no more than twice at the City’s expense. 1) All subsequent reviews will be performed at times convenient to the City and at the Contractor's expense, based on the City's or City Representative’s then prevailing rates. 2) Provide Contractor reimbursement to the City within 30 Calendar Days for all such fees invoiced by the City. c.The need for more than 1 resubmission or any other delay in obtaining City's review of submittals, will not entitle the Contractor to an extension of Contract Time. 7. Partial Submittals a.City reserves the right to not review submittals deemed partial, at the City’s discretion. b. Submittals deemed by the City to be not complete will be returned to the Contractor, and will be considered "Not Approved" until resubmitted. c.The City may at its option provide a list or mark the submittal directing the Contractor to the areas that are incomplete. 8. If the Contractor considers any correction indicated on the shop drawings to constitute a change to the Contract Documents, then written notice must be provided thereof to the Developer at least 7 Calendar Days prior to release for manufacture. 01 33 00 - 7 DAP SUBMITTALS Page 7 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised August 30, 2013 9. When the shop drawings have been completed to the satisfaction of the City, the Contractor may carry out the construction in accordance therewith and no further changes therein except upon written instructions from the City. 10. Each submittal, appropriately coded, will be returned within 30 Calendar Days following receipt of submittal by the City. L.Mock ups 1. Mock Up units as specified in individual Sections, include, but are not necessarily limited to, complete units of the standard of acceptance for that type of Work to be used on the Project. Remove at the completion of the Work or when directed. M.Qualifications 1. If specifically required in other Sections of these Specifications, submit a P.E. Certification for each item required. N.Request for Information (RFI) 1. Contractor Request for additional information a.Clarification or interpretation of the contract documents b. When the Contractor believes there is a conflict between Contract Documents c.When the Contractor believes there is a conflict between the Drawings and Specifications 1) Identify the conflict and request clarification 2. Sufficient information shall be attached to permit a written response without further information. 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 01 33 00 - 8 DAP SUBMITTALS Page 8 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised August 30, 2013 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.4.K.8. Working Days modified to Calendar Days 01 45 23 DAP TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES Page 1 of 2 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 20, 2020 SECTION 01 45 23 TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Testing and inspection services procedures and coordination B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. a. Contractor is responsible for performing, coordinating, and payment of all Quality Control testing. b. City is responsible for performing and payment for first set of Quality Assurance testing. 1) If the first Quality Assurance test performed by the City fails, the Contractor is responsible for payment of subsequent Quality Assurance testing until a passing test occurs. a) Final acceptance will not be issued by City until all required payments for testing by Contractor have been paid in full. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Testing 1. Complete testing in accordance with the Contract Documents. 2. Coordination a. When testing is required to be performed by the City, notify City, sufficiently in advance, when testing is needed. b. When testing is required to be completed by the Contractor, notify City, sufficiently in advance, that testing will be performed. 3. Distribution of Testing Reports a. Electronic Distribution 1) Confirm development of Project directory for electronic submittals to be uploaded to the City’s document management system, or another form of distribution approved by the City. 01 45 23 DAP TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES Page 2 of 2 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 20, 2020 2) Upload test reports to designated project directory and notify appropriate City representatives via email of submittal posting. 3) Hard Copies a) 1 copy for all submittals submitted to the Project Representative b. Hard Copy Distribution (if required in lieu of electronic distribution) 1) Tests performed by City a) Distribute 1 hard copy to the Contractor 2) Tests performed by the Contractor a) Distribute 3 hard copies to City’s Project Representative 4. Provide City’s Project Representative with trip tickets for each delivered load of Concrete or Lime material including the following information: a. Name of pit b. Date of delivery c. Material delivered B. Inspection 1. Inspection or lack of inspection does not relieve the Contractor from obligation to perform work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 03/20/2020 D.V. Magaña Removed reference to Buzzsaw and noted that electronic submittals be uploaded through the City’s document management system. 01 50 00 - 1 DAP TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Page 1 of 4 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised JULY 1, 2011 SECTION 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Provide temporary facilities and controls needed for the Work including, but not necessarily limited to: a. Temporary utilities b. Sanitary facilities c. Storage Sheds and Buildings d. Dust control e. Temporary fencing of the construction site B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Temporary Utilities 1. Obtaining Temporary Service a. Make arrangements with utility service companies for temporary services. b. Abide by rules and regulations of utility service companies or authorities having jurisdiction. c. Be responsible for utility service costs until Work is approved for Final Acceptance. 1) Included are fuel, power, light, heat and other utility services necessary for execution, completion, testing and initial operation of Work. 2. Water a. Contractor to provide water required for and in connection with Work to be performed and for specified tests of piping, equipment, devices or other use as required for the completion of the Work. b. Provide and maintain adequate supply of potable water for domestic consumption by Contractor personnel and City’s Project Representatives. c. Coordination 1) Contact City 1 week before water for construction is desired 01 50 00 - 2 DAP TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Page 2 of 4 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised JULY 1, 2011 d. Contractor Payment for Construction Water 1) Obtain construction water meter from City for payment as billed by City’s established rates. 3. Electricity and Lighting a.Provide and pay for electric powered service as required for Work, including testing of Work. 1) Provide power for lighting, operation of equipment, or other use. b. Electric power service includes temporary power service or generator to maintain operations during scheduled shutdown. 4. Telephone a.Provide emergency telephone service at Site for use by Contractor personnel and others performing work or furnishing services at Site. 5. Temporary Heat and Ventilation a.Provide temporary heat as necessary for protection or completion of Work. b. Provide temporary heat and ventilation to assure safe working conditions. B.Sanitary Facilities 1. Provide and maintain sanitary facilities for persons on Site. a.Comply with regulations of State and local departments of health. 2. Enforce use of sanitary facilities by construction personnel at job site. a.Enclose and anchor sanitary facilities. b. No discharge will be allowed from these facilities. c.Collect and store sewage and waste so as not to cause nuisance or health problem. d. Haul sewage and waste off-site at no less than weekly intervals and properly dispose in accordance with applicable regulation. 3. Locate facilities near Work Site and keep clean and maintained throughout Project. 4. Remove facilities at completion of Project C.Storage Sheds and Buildings 1. Provide adequately ventilated, watertight, weatherproof storage facilities with floor above ground level for materials and equipment susceptible to weather damage. 2. Storage of materials not susceptible to weather damage may be on blocks off ground. 3. Store materials in a neat and orderly manner. a.Place materials and equipment to permit easy access for identification, inspection and inventory. 4. Equip building with lockable doors and lighting, and provide electrical service for equipment space heaters and heating or ventilation as necessary to provide storage environments acceptable to specified manufacturers. 5. Fill and grade site for temporary structures to provide drainage away from temporary and existing buildings. 6. Remove building from site prior to Final Acceptance. D.Temporary Fencing 1. Provide and maintain for the duration or construction when required in contract documents E.Dust Control 01 50 00 - 3 DAP TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Page 3 of 4 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised JULY 1, 2011 1. Contractor is responsible for maintaining dust control through the duration of the project. a.Contractor remains on-call at all times b. Must respond in a timely manner F.Temporary Protection of Construction 1. Contractor or subcontractors are responsible for protecting Work from damage due to weather. 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 INSTALLATION A.Temporary Facilities 1. Maintain all temporary facilities for duration of construction activities as needed. 3.5 [REPAIR] / [RESTORATION] 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES A.Temporary Facilities 01 50 00 - 4 DAP TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Page 4 of 4 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised JULY 1, 2011 1. Remove all temporary facilities and restore area after completion of the Work, to a condition equal to or better than prior to start of Work. 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 01 55 26 - 1 DAP STREET USE PERMIT AND MODIFICATIONS TO TRAFFIC CONTROL Page 1 of 3 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised July 1, 2011 SECTION 01 55 26 STREET USE PERMIT AND MODIFICATIONS TO TRAFFIC CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Administrative procedures for: a. Street Use Permit b. Modification of approved traffic control c. Removal of Street Signs B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 3. Section 34 71 13 – Traffic Control 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD). 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Traffic Control 1. General a. When traffic control plans are included in the Drawings, provide Traffic Control in accordance with Drawings and Section 34 71 13. b. When traffic control plans are not included in the Drawings, prepare traffic control plans in accordance with Section 34 71 13 and submit to City for review. 1) Allow minimum 10 working days for review of proposed Traffic Control. B. Street Use Permit 1. Prior to installation of Traffic Control, a City Street Use Permit is required. a. To obtain Street Use Permit, submit Traffic Control Plans to City Transportation and Public Works Department. 01 55 26 - 2 DAP STREET USE PERMIT AND MODIFICATIONS TO TRAFFIC CONTROL Page 2 of 3 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised July 1, 2011 1) Allow a minimum of 5 working days for permit review. 2)Contractor’s responsibility to coordinate review of Traffic Control plans for Street Use Permit, such that construction is not delayed. C.Modification to Approved Traffic Control 1. Prior to installation traffic control: a.Submit revised traffic control plans to City Department Transportation and Public Works Department. 1) Revise Traffic Control plans in accordance with Section 34 71 13. 2) Allow minimum 5 working days for review of revised Traffic Control. 3) It is the Contractor’s responsibility to coordinate review of Traffic Control plans for Street Use Permit, such that construction is not delayed. D.Removal of Street Sign 1. If it is determined that a street sign must be removed for construction, then contact City Transportation and Public Works Department, Signs and Markings Division to remove the sign. E.Temporary Signage 1. In the case of regulatory signs, replace permanent sign with temporary sign meeting requirements of the latest edition of the Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD). 2. Install temporary sign before the removal of permanent sign. 3. When construction is complete, to the extent that the permanent sign can be reinstalled, contact the City Transportation and Public Works Department, Signs and Markings Division, to reinstall the permanent sign. F.Traffic Control Standards 1. Traffic Control Standards can be found on the City’s Buzzsaw website. 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION 01 55 26 - 3 DAP STREET USE PERMIT AND MODIFICATIONS TO TRAFFIC CONTROL Page 3 of 3 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised July 1, 2011 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 01 57 13 - 1 DAP STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION Page 1 of 3 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised July 1, 2011 SECTION 01 57 13 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A.Section Includes: 1. Procedures for Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plans B.Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C.Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 3. Section 31 25 00 – Erosion and Sediment Control 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A.Measurement and Payment 1. Construction Activities resulting in less than 1 acre of disturbance a.Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 2. Construction Activities resulting in greater than 1 acre of disturbance a.Measurement and Payment shall be in accordance with Section 31 25 00. 1.3 REFERENCES A.Abbreviations and Acronyms 1. Notice of Intent: NOI 2. Notice of Termination: NOT 3. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan: SWPPP 4. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality: TCEQ 5. Notice of Change: NOC A.Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. Integrated Storm Management (iSWM) Technical Manual for Construction Controls 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.General 1. Contractor is responsible for resolution and payment of any fines issued associated with compliance to Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan. 01 57 13 - 2 DAP STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION Page 2 of 3 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised July 1, 2011 B. Construction Activities resulting in: 1. Less than 1 acre of disturbance a. Provide erosion and sediment control in accordance with Section 31 25 00 and Drawings. 2. 1 to less than 5 acres of disturbance a. Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General Construction Permit is required b. Complete SWPPP in accordance with TCEQ requirements 1) TCEQ Small Construction Site Notice Required under general permit TXR150000 a) Sign and post at job site b) Prior to Preconstruction Meeting, send 1 copy to City Department of Transportation and Public Works, Environmental Division, (817) 392- 6088. 2) Provide erosion and sediment control in accordance with: a) Section 31 25 00 b) The Drawings c) TXR150000 General Permit d) SWPPP e) TCEQ requirements 3. 5 acres or more of Disturbance a. Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General Construction Permit is required b. Complete SWPPP in accordance with TCEQ requirements 1) Prepare a TCEQ NOI form and submit to TCEQ along with required fee a) Sign and post at job site b) Send copy to City Department of Transportation and Public Works, Environmental Division, (817) 392-6088. 2) TCEQ Notice of Change required if making changes or updates to NOI 3) Provide erosion and sediment control in accordance with: a) Section 31 25 00 b) The Drawings c) TXR150000 General Permit d) SWPPP e) TCEQ requirements 4) Once the project has been completed and all the closeout requirements of TCEQ have been met a TCEQ Notice of Termination can be submitted. a) Send copy to City Department of Transportation and Public Works, Environmental Division, (817) 392-6088. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. SWPPP 1. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00, except as stated herein. a. Prior to the Preconstruction Meeting, submit a draft copy of SWPPP to the City as follows: 1) 1 copy to the City Project Manager a) City Project Manager will forward to the City Department of Transportation and Public Works, Environmental Division for review 01 57 13 - 3 DAP STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION Page 3 of 3 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised July 1, 2011 B.Modified SWPPP 1. If the SWPPP is revised during construction, resubmit modified SWPPP to the City in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 01 60 00 DAP PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Page 1 of 2 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 20, 2020 SECTION 01 60 00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. References for Product Requirements and City Standard Products List B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES [NOT USED] 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A list of City approved products for use is available through the City’s website at: https://apps.fortworthtexas.gov/ProjectResources/ and following the directory path: 02 - Construction Documents\Standard Products List A. Only products specifically included on City’s Standard Product List in these Contract Documents shall be allowed for use on the Project. 1. Any subsequently approved products will only be allowed for use upon specific approval by the City. B. Any specific product requirements in the Contract Documents supersede similar products included on the City’s Standard Product List. 1. The City reserves the right to not allow products to be used for certain projects even though the product is listed on the City’s Standard Product List. C. Although a specific product is included on City’s Standard Product List, not all products from that manufacturer are approved for use, including but not limited to, that manufacturer’s standard product. D. See Section 01 33 00 for submittal requirements of Product Data included on City’s Standard Product List. 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 01 60 00 DAP PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Page 2 of 2 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 20, 2020 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 10/12/12 D. Johnson Modified Location of City’s Standard Product List 4/7/2014 M.Domenech Revised for DAP application 03/20/2020 D.V. Magaña Removed reference to Buzzsaw and noted that the City approved products list is accessible through the City’s website. 01 66 00 - 1 DAP PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS Page 1 of 4 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 7, 2014 SECTION 01 66 00 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Scheduling of product delivery 2. Packaging of products for delivery 3. Protection of products against damage from: a. Handling b. Exposure to elements or harsh environments B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY AND HANDLING A. Delivery Requirements 1. Schedule delivery of products or equipment as required to allow timely installation and to avoid prolonged storage. 2. Provide appropriate personnel and equipment to receive deliveries. 3. Delivery trucks will not be permitted to wait extended periods of time on the Site for personnel or equipment to receive the delivery. 01 66 00 - 2 DAP PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS Page 2 of 4 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 7, 2014 4. Deliver products or equipment in manufacturer's original unbroken cartons or other containers designed and constructed to protect the contents from physical or environmental damage. 5. Clearly and fully mark and identify as to manufacturer, item and installation location. 6. Provide manufacturer's instructions for storage and handling. B.Handling Requirements 1. Handle products or equipment in accordance with these Contract Documents and manufacturer’s recommendations and instructions. C.Storage Requirements 1.Store materials in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations and requirements of these Specifications. 2. Make necessary provisions for safe storage of materials and equipment. a.Place loose soil materials and materials to be incorporated into Work to prevent damage to any part of Work or existing facilities and to maintain free access at all times to all parts of Work and to utility service company installations in vicinity of Work. 3. Keep materials and equipment neatly and compactly stored in locations that will cause minimum inconvenience to other contractors, public travel, adjoining owners, tenants and occupants. a.Arrange storage to provide easy access for inspection. 4. Restrict storage to areas available on construction site for storage of material and equipment as shown on Drawings, or approved by City’s Project Representative. 5. Provide off-site storage and protection when on-site storage is not adequate. a.Provide addresses of and access to off-site storage locations for inspection by City’s Project Representative. 6. Do not use lawns, grass plots or other private property for storage purposes without written permission of owner or other person in possession or control of premises. 7.Store in manufacturers’ unopened containers. 8. Neatly, safely and compactly stack materials delivered and stored along line of Work to avoid inconvenience and damage to property owners and general public and maintain at least 3 feet from fire hydrant. 9. Keep public and private driveways and street crossings open. 10. Repair or replace damaged lawns, sidewalks, streets or other improvements to satisfaction of City’s Project Representative. a.Total length which materials may be distributed along route of construction at one time is 1,000 linear feet, unless otherwise approved in writing by City’s Project Representative. 01 66 00 - 3 DAP PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS Page 3 of 4 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 7, 2014 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 ERECTION [NOT USED] 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL A.Tests and Inspections 1. Inspect all products or equipment delivered to the site prior to unloading. B.Non-Conforming Work 1. Reject all products or equipment that are damaged, used or in any other way unsatisfactory for use on the project. 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION A.Protect all products or equipment in accordance with manufacturer's written directions. B.Store products or equipment in location to avoid physical damage to items while in storage. C.Protect equipment from exposure to elements and keep thoroughly dry if required by the manufacturer. 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION 01 66 00 - 4 DAP PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS Page 4 of 4 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 7, 2014 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 4/7/2014 M.Domenech Revised for DAP application 01 70 00 - 1 DAP MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION Page 1 of 4 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 7, 2014 SECTION 01 70 00 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A.Section Includes: 1. Mobilization and Demobilization a.Mobilization 1) Transportation of Contractor’s personnel, equipment, and operating supplies to the Site 2)Establishment of necessary general facilities for the Contractor’s operation at the Site 3) Premiums paid for performance and payment bonds 4)Transportation of Contractor’s personnel, equipment, and operating supplies to another location within the designated Site 5) Relocation of necessary general facilities for the Contractor’s operation from 1 location to another location on the Site. b. Demobilization 1)Transportation of Contractor’s personnel, equipment, and operating supplies away from the Site including disassembly 2) Site Clean-up 3) Removal of all buildings and/or other facilities assembled at the Site for this Contract c.Mobilization and Demobilization do not include activities for specific items of work that are for which payment is provided elsewhere in the contract. 2. Remobilization a.Remobilization for Suspension of Work specifically required in the Contract Documents or as required by City includes: 1) Demobilization a)Transportation of Contractor’s personnel, equipment, and operating supplies from the Site including disassembly or temporarily securing equipment, supplies, and other facilities as designated by the Contract Documents necessary to suspend the Work. b) Site Clean-up as designated in the Contract Documents 2) Remobilization a)Transportation of Contractor’s personnel, equipment, and operating supplies to the Site necessary to resume the Work. b) Establishment of necessary general facilities for the Contractor’s operation at the Site necessary to resume the Work. 3) No Payments will be made for: a)Mobilization and Demobilization from one location to another on the Site in the normal progress of performing the Work. b) Stand-by or idle time c)Lost profits 3. Mobilizations and Demobilization for Miscellaneous Projects a.Mobilization and Demobilization 01 70 00 - 2 DAP MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION Page 2 of 4 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 7, 2014 1) Mobilization shall consist of the activities and cost on a Work Order basis necessary for: a)Transportation of Contractor’s personnel, equipment, and operating supplies to the Site for the issued Work Order. b) Establishment of necessary general facilities for the Contractor’s operation at the Site for the issued Work Order 2) Demobilization shall consist of the activities and cost necessary for: a)Transportation of Contractor’s personnel, equipment, and operating supplies from the Site including disassembly for each issued Work Order b) Site Clean-up for each issued Work Order c)Removal of all buildings or other facilities assembled at the Site for each Work Oder b. Mobilization and Demobilization do not include activities for specific items of work for which payment is provided elsewhere in the contract. 4. Emergency Mobilizations and Demobilization for Miscellaneous Projects a.A Mobilization for Miscellaneous Projects when directed by the City and the mobilization occurs within 24 hours of the issuance of the Work Order. B.Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C.Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2.Division 1 – General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A.Measurement and Payment 1. Mobilization and Demobilization a.Measure 1) This Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item are subsidiary to the various Items bid and no other compensation will be allowed. 2. Remobilization for suspension of Work as specifically required in the Contract Documents a.Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each remobilization performed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price per each “Specified Remobilization” in accordance with Contract Documents. c.The price shall include: 1) Demobilization as described in Section 1.1.A.2.a.1) 2) Remobilization as described in Section 1.1.A.2.a.2) d. No payments will be made for standby, idle time, or lost profits associated this Item. 01 70 00 - 3 DAP MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION Page 3 of 4 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 7, 2014 3. Remobilization for suspension of Work as required by City a.Measurement and Payment 1) This shall be submitted as a Contract Claim in accordance with Article 10 of Section 00 72 00. 2) No payments will be made for standby, idle time, or lost profits associated with this Item. 4. Mobilizations and Demobilizations for Miscellaneous Projects a.Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be for each Mobilization and Demobilization required by the Contract Documents b. Payment 1) The Work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price per each “Work Order Mobilization” in accordance with Contract Documents. Demobilization shall be considered subsidiary to mobilization and shall not be paid for separately. c.The price shall include: 1) Mobilization as described in Section 1.1.A.3.a.1) 2) Demobilization as described in Section 1.1.A.3.a.2) d. No payments will be made for standby, idle time, or lost profits associated this Item. 5. Emergency Mobilizations and Demobilizations for Miscellaneous Projects a.Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be for each Mobilization and Demobilization required by the Contract Documents b. Payment 1) The Work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price per each “Work Order Emergency Mobilization” in accordance with Contract Documents. Demobilization shall be considered subsidiary to mobilization and shall not be paid for separately. c.The price shall include 1) Mobilization as described in Section 1.1.A.4.a) 2) Demobilization as described in Section 1.1.A.3.a.2) d. No payments will be made for standby, idle time, or lost profits associated this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 01 70 00 - 4 DAP MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION Page 4 of 4 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 7, 2014 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 4/7/2014 M.Domenech Revised for DAP application 01 71 23 - 1 DAP CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY Page 1 of 4 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 7, 2014 SECTION 01 71 23 CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Requirements for construction staking and construction survey B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Construction Staking a. Measurement 1) This Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. b. Payment 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item are subsidiary to the various Items bid and no other compensation will be allowed. 2. Construction Survey a. Measurement 1) This Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. b. Payment 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item are subsidiary to the various Items bid and no other compensation will be allowed. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals, if required, shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Certificates 1. Provide certificate certifying that elevations and locations of improvements are in conformance or non-conformance with requirements of the Contract Documents. a. Certificate must be sealed by a registered professional land surveyor in the State of Texas. 01 71 23 - 2 DAP CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY Page 2 of 4 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 7, 2014 B.Field Quality Control Submittals 1. Documentation verifying accuracy of field engineering work. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Construction Staking 1. Construction staking will be performed by the City. 2. Coordination a.Contact City’s Project Representative at least 2 weeks in advance for scheduling of Construction Staking. b.It is the Contractor’s responsibility to coordinate staking such that construction activities are not delayed or negatively impacted. 3. General a.Contractor is responsible for preserving and maintaining stakes furnished by City. b. If in the opinion of the City, a sufficient number of stakes or markings have been lost, destroyed or disturbed, by Contractor’s neglect, such that the contracted Work cannot take place, then the Contractor will be required to pay the City for new staking with a 25 percent markup. The cost for staking will be deducted from the payment due to the Contractor for the Project. B.Construction Survey 1. Construction Survey will be performed by the City. 2. Coordination a.Contractor to verify that control data established in the design survey remains intact. b. Coordinate with the City prior to field investigation to determine which horizontal and vertical control data will be required for construction survey. c.It is the Contractor’s responsibility to coordinate Construction Survey such that construction activities are not delayed or negatively impacted. d. Notify City if any control data needs to be restored or replaced due to damage caused during construction operations. 1) City shall perform replacements and/or restorations. 3. General a.Construction survey will be performed in order to maintain complete and accurate logs of control and survey work as it progresses for Project Records. b. The Contractor will need to ensure coordination is maintained with the City to perform construction survey to obtain construction features, including but not limited to the following: 1) All Utility Lines a)Rim and flowline elevations and coordinates for each manhole or junction structure 2) Water Lines a)Top of pipe elevations and coordinates for waterlines at the following locations: (1) Every 250 linear feet 01 71 23 - 3 DAP CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY Page 3 of 4 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 7, 2014 (2) Horizontal and vertical points of inflection, curvature, etc. (All Fittings) (3) Cathodic protection test stations (4) Sampling stations (5) Meter boxes/vaults (All sizes) (6) Fire lines (7) Fire hydrants (8) Gate valves (9) Plugs, stubouts, dead-end lines (10) Air Release valves (Manhole rim and vent pipe) (11) Blow off valves (Manhole rim and valve lid) (12) Pressure plane valves (13) Cleaning wyes (14) Casing pipe (each end) b) Storm Sewer (1) Top of pipe elevations and coordinates at the following locations: (a) Every 250 linear feet (b) Horizontal and vertical points of inflection, curvature, etc. c)Sanitary Sewer (1) Top of pipe elevations and coordinates for sanitary sewer lines at the following locations: (a) Every 250 linear feet (b) Horizontal and vertical points of inflection, curvature, etc. (c) Cleanouts c.Construction survey will be performed in order to maintain complete and accurate logs of control and survey work associated with meeting or exceeding the line and grade required by these Specifications. d. The Contractor will need to ensure coordination is maintained with the City to perform construction survey and to verify control data, including but not limited to the following: 1) Established benchmarks and control points provided for the Contractor’s use are accurate 2) Benchmarks were used to furnish and maintain all reference lines and grades for tunneling 3) Lines and grades were used to establish the location of the pipe 4) Submit to the City copies of field notes used to establish all lines and grades and allow the City to check guidance system setup prior to beginning each tunneling drive. 5) Provide access for the City to verify the guidance system and the line and grade of the carrier pipe on a daily basis. 6) The Contractor remains fully responsible for the accuracy of the work and the correction of it, as required. 7) Monitor line and grade continuously during construction. 8) Record deviation with respect to design line and grade once at each pipe joint and submit daily records to City. 9) If the installation does not meet the specified tolerances, immediately notify the City and correct the installation in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 01 71 23 - 4 DAP CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY Page 4 of 4 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 7, 2014 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 APPLICATION 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL A.It is the Contractor’s responsibility to maintain all stakes and control data placed by the City in accordance with this Specification. B.Do not change or relocate stakes or control data without approval from the City. 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 4/7/2014 M.Domenech Revised for DAP application 01 74 23 - 1 DAP CLEANING Page 1 of 4 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 7, 2014 SECTION 01 74 23 CLEANING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Intermediate and final cleaning for Work not including special cleaning of closed systems specified elsewhere B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 3. Section 32 92 13 – Hydro-Mulching, Seeding and Sodding 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Scheduling 1. Schedule cleaning operations so that dust and other contaminants disturbed by cleaning process will not fall on newly painted surfaces. 2. Schedule final cleaning upon completion of Work and immediately prior to final inspection. 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Storage and Handling Requirements 1. Store cleaning products and cleaning wastes in containers specifically designed for those materials. 01 74 23 - 2 DAP CLEANING Page 2 of 4 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 7, 2014 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 MATERIALS A.Cleaning Agents 1. Compatible with surface being cleaned 2. New and uncontaminated 3. For manufactured surfaces a.Material recommended by manufacturer 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 APPLICATION [NOT USED] 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING A.General 1. Prevent accumulation of wastes that create hazardous conditions. 2. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with laws and safety orders of governing authorities. 3. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil or paint thinner in storm or sanitary drains or sewers. 4. Dispose of degradable debris at an approved solid waste disposal site. 5. Dispose of nondegradable debris at an approved solid waste disposal site or in an alternate manner approved by City and regulatory agencies. 01 74 23 - 3 DAP CLEANING Page 3 of 4 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 7, 2014 6. Handle materials in a controlled manner with as few handlings as possible. 7. Thoroughly clean, sweep, wash and polish all Work and equipment associated with this project. 8. Remove all signs of temporary construction and activities incidental to construction of required permanent Work. 9. If project is not cleaned to the satisfaction of the City, the City reserves the right to have the cleaning completed at the expense of the Contractor. 10. Do not burn on-site. B.Intermediate Cleaning during Construction 1. Keep Work areas clean so as not to hinder health, safety or convenience of personnel in existing facility operations. 2. At maximum weekly intervals, dispose of waste materials, debris and rubbish. 3. Confine construction debris daily in strategically located container(s): a.Cover to prevent blowing by wind b. Store debris away from construction or operational activities c.Haul from site at a minimum of once per week 4. Vacuum clean interior areas when ready to receive finish painting. a.Continue vacuum cleaning on an as-needed basis, until Final Acceptance. 5. Prior to storm events, thoroughly clean site of all loose or unsecured items, which may become airborne or transported by flowing water during the storm. C.Exterior (Site or Right of Way) Final Cleaning 1. Remove trash and debris containers from site. a.Re-seed areas disturbed by location of trash and debris containers in accordance with Section 32 92 13. 2. Sweep roadway to remove all rocks, pieces of asphalt, concrete or any other object that may hinder or disrupt the flow of traffic along the roadway. 3. Clean any interior areas including, but not limited to, vaults, manholes, structures, junction boxes and inlets. 4. If no longer required for maintenance of erosion facilities, and upon approval by City, remove erosion control from site. 5. Clean signs, lights, signals, etc. 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 01 74 23 - 4 DAP CLEANING Page 4 of 4 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 7, 2014 END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 4/7/2014 M.Domenech Revised for DAP application 01 77 19 - 1 DAP CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Page 1 of 3 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 7, 2014 SECTION 01 77 19 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. The procedure for closing out a contract B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Guarantees, Bonds and Affidavits 1. No application for final payment will be accepted until all guarantees, bonds, certificates, licenses and affidavits required for Work or equipment as specified are satisfactorily filed with the City. B. Release of Liens or Claims 1. No application for final payment will be accepted until satisfactory evidence of release of liens has been submitted to the City. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit all required documentation to City’s Project Representative. 01 77 19 - 2 DAP CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Page 2 of 3 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 7, 2014 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURE A. Prior to requesting Final Inspection, submit: 1. Project Record Documents in accordance with Section 01 78 39 2. Operation and Maintenance Data, if required, in accordance with Section 01 78 23 B. Prior to requesting Final Inspection, perform final cleaning in accordance with Section 01 74 23. C. Final Inspection 1. After final cleaning, provide notice to the City Project Representative that the Work is completed. a. The City will make an initial Final Inspection with the Contractor present. b. Upon completion of this inspection, the City will notify the Contractor, in writing within 10 business days, of any particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is defective or incomplete. 2. Upon receiving written notice from the City, immediately undertake the Work required to remedy deficiencies and complete the Work to the satisfaction of the City. 3. Upon completion of Work associated with the items listed in the City's written notice, inform the City, that the required Work has been completed. Upon receipt of this notice, the City, in the presence of the Contractor, will make a subsequent Final Inspection of the project. 4. Provide all special accessories required to place each item of equipment in full operation. These special accessory items include, but are not limited to: a. Specified spare parts b. Adequate oil and grease as required for the first lubrication of the equipment c. Initial fill up of all chemical tanks and fuel tanks d. Light bulbs e. Fuses f. Vault keys g. Handwheels h. Other expendable items as required for initial start-up and operation of all equipment D. Notice of Project Completion 01 77 19 - 3 DAP CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Page 3 of 3 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 7, 2014 1. Once the City Project Representative finds the Work subsequent to Final Inspection to be satisfactory, the City will issue a Notice of Project Completion (Green Sheet). E.Supporting Documentation 1. Coordinate with the City Project Representative to complete the following additional forms: a.Final Payment Request b. Statement of Contract Time c.Affidavit of Payment and Release of Liens d. Consent of Surety to Final Payment e.Pipe Report (if required) f.Contractor’s Evaluation of City g.Performance Evaluation of Contractor F.Letter of Final Acceptance 1. Upon review and acceptance of Notice of Project Completion and Supporting Documentation, in accordance with General Conditions, City will issue Letter of Final Acceptance and release the Final Payment Request for payment. 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 4/7/2014 M.Domenech Revised for DAP application 01 78 23 - 1 DAP OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Page 1 of 5 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 7, 2014 SECTION 01 78 23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Product data and related information appropriate for City's maintenance and operation of products furnished under Contract 2. Such products may include, but are not limited to: a. Traffic Controllers b. Irrigation Controllers (to be operated by the City) c. Butterfly Valves B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Schedule 1. Submit manuals in final form to the City within 30 calendar days of product shipment to the project site. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Submittal Form 1. Prepare data in form of an instructional manual for use by City personnel. 2. Format a. Size: 8 ½ inches x 11 inches b. Paper 1) 40 pound minimum, white, for typed pages 2) Holes reinforced with plastic, cloth or metal c. Text: Manufacturer’s printed data, or neatly typewritten 01 78 23 - 2 DAP OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Page 2 of 5 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 7, 2014 d. Drawings 1) Provide reinforced punched binder tab, bind in with text 2) Reduce larger drawings and fold to size of text pages. e. Provide fly-leaf for each separate product, or each piece of operating equipment. 1) Provide typed description of product, and major component parts of equipment. 2) Provide indexed tabs. f. Cover 1) Identify each volume with typed or printed title "OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS". 2) List: a) Title of Project b) Identity of separate structure as applicable c) Identity of general subject matter covered in the manual 3. Binders a. Commercial quality 3-ring binders with durable and cleanable plastic covers b. When multiple binders are used, correlate the data into related consistent groupings. 4. If available, provide an electronic form of the O&M Manual. B. Manual Content 1. Neatly typewritten table of contents for each volume, arranged in systematic order a. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number b. A list of each product required to be included, indexed to content of the volume c. List, with each product: 1) The name, address and telephone number of the subcontractor or installer 2) A list of each product required to be included, indexed to content of the volume 3) Identify area of responsibility of each 4) Local source of supply for parts and replacement d. Identify each product by product name and other identifying symbols as set forth in Contract Documents. 2. Product Data a. Include only those sheets which are pertinent to the specific product. b. Annotate each sheet to: 1) Clearly identify specific product or part installed 2) Clearly identify data applicable to installation 3) Delete references to inapplicable information 3. Drawings a. Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate: 1) Relations of component parts of equipment and systems 2) Control and flow diagrams b. Coordinate drawings with information in Project Record Documents to assure correct illustration of completed installation. c. Do not use Project Record Drawings as maintenance drawings. 4. Written text, as required to supplement product data for the particular installation: a. Organize in consistent format under separate headings for different procedures. b. Provide logical sequence of instructions of each procedure. 01 78 23 - 3 DAP OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Page 3 of 5 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 7, 2014 5. Copy of each warranty, bond and service contract issued a.Provide information sheet for City personnel giving: 1) Proper procedures in event of failure 2) Instances which might affect validity of warranties or bonds C.Manual for Materials and Finishes 1. Submit 5 copies of complete manual in final form. 2. Content, for architectural products, applied materials and finishes: a.Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products 1)Catalog number, size, composition 2) Color and texture designations 3) Information required for reordering special manufactured products b. Instructions for care and maintenance 1) Manufacturer's recommendation for types of cleaning agents and methods 2) Cautions against cleaning agents and methods which are detrimental to product 3) Recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance 3. Content, for moisture protection and weather exposure products: a.Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products 1) Applicable standards 2) Chemical composition 3) Details of installation b. Instructions for inspection, maintenance and repair D.Manual for Equipment and Systems 1. Submit 5 copies of complete manual in final form. 2. Content, for each unit of equipment and system, as appropriate: a.Description of unit and component parts 1) Function, normal operating characteristics and limiting conditions 2) Performance curves, engineering data and tests 3) Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts b. Operating procedures 1) Start-up, break-in, routine and normal operating instructions 2) Regulation, control, stopping, shut-down and emergency instructions 3) Summer and winter operating instructions 4) Special operating instructions c.Maintenance procedures 1) Routine operations 2) Guide to "trouble shooting" 3) Disassembly, repair and reassembly 4) Alignment, adjusting and checking d. Servicing and lubrication schedule 1) List of lubricants required e.Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions f.Description of sequence of operation by control manufacturer 1) Predicted life of parts subject to wear 2) Items recommended to be stocked as spare parts g.As installed control diagrams by controls manufacturer h. Each contractor's coordination drawings 1) As installed color coded piping diagrams 01 78 23 - 4 DAP OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Page 4 of 5 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 7, 2014 i.Charts of valve tag numbers, with location and function of each valve j.List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage k.Other data as required under pertinent Sections of Specifications 3. Content, for each electric and electronic system, as appropriate: a.Description of system and component parts 1) Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions 2) Performance curves, engineering data and tests 3) Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts b. Circuit directories of panelboards 1) Electrical service 2) Controls 3) Communications c.As installed color coded wiring diagrams d. Operating procedures 1) Routine and normal operating instructions 2) Sequences required 3) Special operating instructions e.Maintenance procedures 1) Routine operations 2) Guide to "trouble shooting" 3) Disassembly, repair and reassembly 4) Adjustment and checking f.Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions g.List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage h. Other data as required under pertinent Sections of Specifications 4. Prepare and include additional data when the need for such data becomes apparent during instruction of City's personnel. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Provide operation and maintenance data by personnel with the following criteria: 1. Trained and experienced in maintenance and operation of described products 2. Skilled as technical writer to the extent required to communicate essential data 3. Skilled as draftsman competent to prepare required drawings 01 78 23 - 5 DAP OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Page 5 of 5 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 7, 2014 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 8/31/2012 D. Johnson 1.5.A.1 – title of section removed 4/7/2014 M.Domenech Revised for DAP Application 01 78 39 - 1 DAP PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 4 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 7, 2014 SECTION 01 78 39 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Work associated with the documenting the project and recording changes to project documents, including: a. Record Drawings b. Water Meter Service Reports c. Sanitary Sewer Service Reports d. Large Water Meter Reports B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to submitting a request for Final Inspection, deliver Project Record Documents to City’s Project Representative. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Accuracy of Records 1. Thoroughly coordinate changes within the Record Documents, making adequate and proper entries on each page of Specifications and each sheet of Drawings and other Documents where such entry is required to show the change properly. 2. Accuracy of records shall be such that future search for items shown in the Contract Documents may rely reasonably on information obtained from the approved Project Record Documents. 01 78 39 - 2 DAP PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 4 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 7, 2014 3. To facilitate accuracy of records, make entries within 24 hours after receipt of information that the change has occurred. 4. Provide factual information regarding all aspects of the Work, both concealed and visible, to enable future modification of the Work to proceed without lengthy and expensive site measurement, investigation and examination. 1.10 STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Storage and Handling Requirements 1. Maintain the job set of Record Documents completely protected from deterioration and from loss and damage until completion of the Work and transfer of all recorded data to the final Project Record Documents. 2. In the event of loss of recorded data, use means necessary to again secure the data to the City's approval. a. In such case, provide replacements to the standards originally required by the Contract Documents. 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Job set 1. Promptly following receipt of the Notice to Proceed, secure from the City, at no charge to the Contractor, 1 complete set of all Documents comprising the Contract. B. Final Record Documents 1. At a time nearing the completion of the Work and prior to Final Inspection, provide the City 1 complete set of all Final Record Drawings in the Contract. 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTS A. Maintenance of Job Set 1. Immediately upon receipt of the job set, identify each of the Documents with the title, "RECORD DOCUMENTS - JOB SET". 01 78 39 - 3 DAP PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 4 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 7, 2014 2.Preservation a.Considering the Contract completion time, the probable number of occasions upon which the job set must be taken out for new entries and for examination, and the conditions under which these activities will be performed, devise a suitable method for protecting the job set. b.Do not use the job set for any purpose except entry of new data and for review by the City, until start of transfer of data to final Project Record Documents. c.Maintain the job set at the site of work. 3. Coordination with Construction Survey a.At a minimum clearly mark any deviations from Contract Documents associated with installation of the infrastructure. 4.Making entries on Drawings a.Record any deviations from Contract Documents. b.Use an erasable colored pencil (not ink or indelible pencil), clearly describe the change by graphic line and note as required. c.Date all entries. d.Call attention to the entry by a "cloud" drawn around the area or areas affected. e.In the event of overlapping changes, use different colors for the overlapping changes. 5.Conversion of schematic layouts a.In some cases on the Drawings, arrangements of conduits, circuits, piping, ducts, and similar items, are shown schematically and are not intended to portray precise physical layout. 1)Final physical arrangement is determined by the Contractor, subject to the City's approval. 2)However, design of future modifications of the facility may require accurate information as to the final physical layout of items which are shown only schematically on the Drawings. b.Show on the job set of Record Drawings, by dimension accurate to within 1 inch, the centerline of each run of items. 1)Final physical arrangement is determined by the Contractor, subject to the City's approval. 2)Show, by symbol or note, the vertical location of the Item ("under slab", "in ceiling plenum", "exposed", and the like). 3)Make all identification sufficiently descriptive that it may be related reliably to the Specifications. c.The City may waive the requirements for conversion of schematic layouts where, in the City's judgment, conversion serves no useful purpose. However, do not rely upon waivers being issued except as specifically issued in writing by the City. B.Final Project Record Documents 1.Transfer of data to Drawings a.Carefully transfer change data shown on the job set of Record Drawings to the corresponding final documents, coordinating the changes as required. b.Clearly indicate at each affected detail and other Drawing a full description of changes made during construction, and the actual location of items. c.Call attention to each entry by drawing a "cloud" around the area or areas affected. 01 78 39 - 4 DAP PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Page 4 of 4 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS – DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 7, 2014 d.Make changes neatly, consistently and with the proper media to assure longevity and clear reproduction. 2.Transfer of data to other Documents a.If the Documents, other than Drawings, have been kept clean during progress of the Work, and if entries thereon have been orderly to the approval of the City, the job set of those Documents, other than Drawings, will be accepted as final Record Documents. b.If any such Document is not so approved by the City, secure a new copy of that Document from the City at the City's usual charge for reproduction and handling, and carefully transfer the change data to the new copy to the approval of the City. 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 4/7/2014 M.Domenech Revised for DAP Application 02 41 13 - 1 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION Page 1 of 5 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 11, 2022 SECTION 02 41 13 1 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A.Section Includes :5 1.Removing sidewalks and steps6 2. Removing ADA ramps , landings , and detectable warning surfaces7 3.Removing driveways8 4.Removing fences9 5.Removing guardrail10 6.Removing retaining walls (less than 4 feet tall)11 7.Removing mailboxes12 8.Removing rip rap13 9.Removing miscellaneous concrete structures including porches and foundations14 10.Disposal of removed materials15 B.Deviations this f rom City of Fort Worth Standard Specification16 1. None.17 C.Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:18 1.Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the19 Contract20 2.Division 1 – General Requirements21 3. Section 31 23 23 – Borrow22 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 23 A.Measurement and Payment24 1.Measurement25 a.Remove Sidewalk: Measure by square foot.26 b.Remove Steps: measure by the square foot as seen in the plan view only.27 c.Remove ADA Ramp: measure by each.28 d.Remove Detectable Warning Surface: measure by each29 e.Remove Driveway: measure by the square foot by type.30 f.Remove Fence: measure by the linear foot.31 g.Remove Guardrail: measure by the linear foot along the face of the rail in place32 including metal beam guard fence transitions and single guard rail terminal 33 sections from the center of end posts.34 h.Remove Retaining Wall (less than 4 feet tall): measure by the linear foot35 i.Remove Mailbox, Remove and Replace Mailbox, and Relocate Mailbox:36 measure by each.37 j.Remove Rip Rap: measure by the square foot.38 k.Remove Miscellaneous Concrete Structure: measure by the lump sum.39 2.Payment40 02 41 13 - 2 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION Page 2 of 5 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 11, 2022 a.Remove Sidewalk: full compensation for saw cutting, removal, hauling,1 disposal, tools, equipment, labor and incidentals needed to execute work.2 Sidewalk adjacent to or attached to retaining wall (including sidewalk that acts3 as a wall footing) shall be paid as sidewalk removal. For utility projects, this4 Item shall be considered subsidiary to the trench and no other compensation5 will be allowed.6 b.Remove Steps: full compensation for saw cutting, removal, hauling, disposal,7 tools, equipment, labor and incidentals needed to execute work. For utility8 projects, this Item shall be considered subsidiary to the trench and no other9 compensation will be allowed.10 c.Remove ADA Ramp and landing: full compensation for saw cutting, removal,11 hauling, disposal, tools, equipment, labor and incidentals needed to execute12 work. Work includes ramp landing removal. For utility projects, this Item shall 13 be considered subsidiary to the trench and no other compensation will be14 allowe d.15 d.Remove Detectable Warning Surface: full compensation for removal, hauling,16 disposal, tools, equipment, labor and incidentals needed to execute work. Work17 includes detectable warning surface removal from ramp.18 e.Remove Driveway: full compensation for saw cutting, removal, hauling,19 disposal, tools, equipment, labor and incidentals needed to remove improved20 driveway by type. For utility projects, this Item shall be considered subsidiary21 to the trench and no other compensation will be allowed.22 f.Remove Fence: full compensation for removal, hauling, disposal, tools,23 equipment, labor and incidentals needed to remove fence. For utility projects,24 this Item shall be considered subsidiary to the trench and no other25 compensation will be allowed.26 g.Remove Guardrail: full compensation for removing materials, loading, hauling,27 unloading, and storing or disposal; furnishing backfill material; backfilling the28 postholes; and equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals. For utility projects, this29 Item shall be considered subsidiary to the trench and no other compensation30 will be allowed.31 h.Remove Retaining Wall (less than 4 feet tall): full compensation for saw32 cutting, removal, hauling, disposal, tools, equipment, labor and incidentals33 needed to execute work. Sidewalk adjacent to or attached to retaining wall 34 (including sidewalk that acts as a wall footing) shall be paid as sidewalk35 removal. For utility projects, this Item shall be considered subsidiary to the36 trench and no other compensation will be allowed.37 i.Remove Mailbox: full compensation for removal, hauling, disposal, tools,38 equipment, labor and incidentals needed to execute work. For utility projects,39 this Item shall be considered subsidiary to the trench and no other40 compensation will be allowed.41 j.Remove and Replace Mailbox and Relocate Mailbox: full compensation for42 removal, hauling, disposal or relocation, and installation or construction of43 replacement, tools, equipment, labor and incidentals needed to execute work for44 different types: traditional pipe and mailbox or brick mailbox, at equal or better45 condition on completion46 k.Remove Rip Rap: full compensation for saw cutting, removal, hauling,47 disposal, tools, equipment, labor and incidentals needed to execute work. For48 utility projects, this Item shall be considered subsidiary to the trench and no49 other compensation will be allowed.50 02 41 13 - 3 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION Page 3 of 5 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 11, 2022 l.Remove Miscellaneous Concrete Structure: full compensation for saw cutting, 1 removal, hauling, disposal, tools, equipment, labor and incidentals needed to 2 execute work. For utility projects, this Item shall be considered subsidiary to 3 the trench and no other compensation will be allowed. 4 1.3 REFERENCES 5 A.Definitions6 1.Improved Driveway: Driveway constructed of concrete, asphalt paving or brick unit7 pavers.8 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUI REMENTS [NOT USED] 9 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 10 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTA LS [NOT USED] 11 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 12 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 13 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 14 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 15 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITI ONS [NOT USED] 16 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 17 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 18 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 19 2.2 MATERIALS 20 A.Fill Material: See Section 31 23 23 .21 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 22 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 23 PART 3 - EXECUTION 24 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED ] 25 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 26 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 27 3.4 REMOVAL 28 A.Remove Sidewalk29 1.Remove sidewalk to nearest existing dummy, expansion or construction joint.30 2.Sawcut when removing to nearest joint is not practical. See 3.4.K.31 B.Remove Steps32 1.Remove step to nearest existing dummy, expansion or construction joint.33 2.Sawcut when removing to nearest joint is not practical. See 3.4.K.34 C.Remove ADA Ramp35 02 41 13 - 4 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION Page 4 of 5 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 11, 2022 1.Sawcut existing curb and gutter and pavement prior to wheel chair ramp removal. 1 See 3.4.K.2 2.Remove ramp to nearest existing dummy, expansion or construction joint on3 existing sidewalk.4 D.Remove Detectable Warning Surface5 1.Remove old detectable warning surface from ramp, including either pavers or6 prefabricated panels7 2.Clean any glue or residue from the surface8 E.Remove Drive way9 1.Sawcut existing drive, curb and gutter and pavement prior to drive removal. See10 3.4.K.11 2.Remove drive to nearest existing dummy, expansion or construction joint.12 3.Sawcut when removing to nearest joint is not practical. See 3.4.K.13 4.Remove adjacent sidewalk to nearest existing dummy, expansion or construction14 joint on exis ting sidewalk.15 F.Remove Fenc e16 1.Remove all fence components above and below ground and backfill with acceptable17 fill material.18 2.Use caution in removing and salvaging fence materials.19 3.Salvaged materials may be used to reconstruct fence as approved by City or as20 shown on Drawings.21 4. Contractor responsible for keeping animals (livestock, pets, etc.) within the fenced22 areas during construction operation and while removing fences.23 G.Remove Guardrail24 1.Remove rail elements in original lengths.25 2.Remove fittings from the posts and the metal rail and then pull the posts.26 3.Do not mar or damage salvageable materials during removal.27 4.Completely remove posts and any concrete surrounding the posts.28 5.Furnish backfill material and backfill the hole with material equal in composition29 and density to the surrounding soil unless otherwise directed.30 6.Cut off or bend down eyebolts anchored to the dead man to an elevation at least 1-31 foot below the new subgrade elevation and leave in place along with the dead man.32 H.Remove Retaining Wall (le ss than 4 feet tall)33 1.Remove wall to nearest existing joint.34 2.Sawcut when removing to nearest joint is not practical. See 3.4.K.35 3.Removal includes all components of the retaining wall including footings.36 4.Sidewalk adjacent to or attached to retaining wall: See 3.4.A 37 I.Remove Mailbox38 1.Salvage existing materials for reuse. Mailbox materials m ay need to be used for39 reconstruction.40 J.Remove Rip Rap41 02 41 13 - 5 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION Page 5 of 5 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 11, 2022 1.Remove rip rap to nearest existing dummy, expansion or construction joint. 1 2.Sawcut when removing to nearest joint is not practical. See 3.4.K.2 K.Remove Miscellaneous C oncrete Structure3 1.Remove portions of miscellaneous concrete structures including foundations and4 slabs that do not interfere with proposed construction to 2 feet below the finished5 ground line.6 2.Cut reinforcement close to the portion of the concrete to remain in place.7 3.Break or perforate the bottom of structures to remain to prevent the entrapment of8 water.9 L.Sawcut10 1.Sawing Equipment11 a. Power -driven12 b.Manufactured for the purpose of sawing pavement13 c.In good operating condition14 d.Shall not spall or fracture the pavement to the removal area15 2.Sawcut perpendicular to the surface completely through existing pavement.16 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 17 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 18 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 19 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 20 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 21 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 22 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 23 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 24 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 25 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 26 END OF SECTION 27 28 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.2.A.2. Modified Payment - Items will be subsidiary to trench on utility projects 3/11/2022 M Owen /S Hobbs Added measurement and payment for Remove and Replace Mailbox and Relocate Mailbox and Remove Detectable Warning Surface 29 02 41 14 - 1 UTILITY REMOVAL/ABANDONMENT Page 1 of 16 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 0SECTION 02 41 14 UTILITY REMOVAL/ABANDONMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A.Section Includes: 1. Direction for the removal, abandonment or salvaging of the following utilities: a.Cathodic Protection Test Stations b. Water Lines c.Gate Valves d. Water Valves e.Fire Hydrants f.Water Meters and Meter Box g.Water Sampling Station h. Concrete Water Vaults i.Sanitary Sewer Lines j.Sanitary Sewer Manholes k.Sanitary Sewer Junction Boxes l.Storm Sewer Lines m.Storm Sewer Manhole Risers n. Storm Sewer Junction Boxes o. Storm Sewer Inlets p. Box Culverts q. Headwalls and Safety End Treatments r.Trench Drains B.Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C.Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 3. Section 03 34 13 – Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM) 4. Section 33 05 10 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 5. Section 33 05 24 – Installation of Carrier Pipe in Casing or Tunnel Liner Plate 6. Section 33 11 11 – Ductile Iron Fittings 7. Section 33 11 13 – Concrete Pressure Pipe, Bar-wrapped, Steel Cylinder Type 8. Section 33 11 14 – Buried Steel Pipe and Fittings 9. Section 33 12 25 – Connection to Existing Water Mains 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A.Utility Lines 1. Abandonment of Utility Line by Grouting a.Measurement 02 41 14 - 2 UTILITY REMOVAL/ABANDONMENT Page 2 of 16 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per cubic yard of existing utility line to be grouted. Measure by tickets showing cubic yards of grout applied. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the unit price per cubic yard of “Line Grouting” for: a)Various types of utility line c.The price bid shall include: 1) Low density cellular grout or CLSM 2) Water 3) Pavement removal 4) Excavation 5) Hauling 6) Disposal of excess materials 7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 8) Clean-up 2. Utility Line Removal, Separate Trench a.Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per linear foot of existing utility line to be removed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot of “Remove Line” for: a)Various types of existing utility line b) Various sizes c.The price bid shall include: 1) Removal and disposal of existing utility pipe 2) Pavement removal 3) Excavation 4) Hauling 5) Disposal of excess materials 6) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 7) Clean-up 3. Utility Line Removal, Same Trench a.Measurement 1) This Item is considered subsidiary the proposed utility line being installed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item are subsidiary to the installation of proposed utility pipe and shall be subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of pipe complete in place, and no other compensation will be allowed. 4. Manhole Abandonment a.Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item will be per each manhole to be abandoned. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Abandon Manhole” for: 02 41 14 - 3 UTILITY REMOVAL/ABANDONMENT Page 3 of 16 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 a)Various diameters b) Various types c.The price bid shall include: 1) Removal and disposal of manhole cone 2) Removal, salvage and delivery of frame and cover to City, if applicable 3) Cutting and plugging of existing sewer lines 4) Concrete 5) Acceptable material for backfilling manhole void 6) Pavement removal 7) Excavation 8) Hauling 9) Disposal of excess materials 10) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 11) Surface restoration 12) Clean-up 5. Cathodic Test Station Abandonment a.Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item will be per each cathodic test station to be abandoned. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Abandon Cathodic Test Station”. c.The price bid shall include: 1) Abandon cathodic test station 2) CLSM 3) Pavement removal 4) Excavation 5) Hauling 6) Disposal of excess materials 7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 8) Clean-up B.Water Lines and Appurtenances 1. Installation of a Water Line Pressure Plug a.Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each pressure plug to be installed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the unit price bid for each “Pressure Plug” installed for: a)Various sizes c.The price bid shall include: 1) Furnishing and installing pressure plug 2) Pavement removal 3) Excavation 4) Hauling 5) Disposal of excess material 6) Gaskets 7) Bolts and Nuts 02 41 14 - 4 UTILITY REMOVAL/ABANDONMENT Page 4 of 16 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 8) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 9) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 10) Disinfection 11) Testing 12) Clean-up 2. Abandonment of Water Line by Cut and installation of Abandonment Plug a.Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each cut and abandonment plug installed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the unit price bid for each “Water Abandonment Plug” installed for: a)Various sizes c.The price bid shall include: 1) Furnishing and installing abandonment plug 2) Pavement removal 3) Excavation 4) Hauling 5) CLSM 6) Disposal of excess material 7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 8) Clean-up 3. Water Valve Removal a.Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item will be per each water valve to be removed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Remove Water Valve” for: a)Various sizes c.The price bid shall include: 1) Removal and disposal of valve 2) CLSM 3) Pavement removal 4) Excavation 5) Hauling 6) Disposal of excess materials 7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 8) Clean-up 4. Water Valve Removal and Salvage a.Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item will be per each water valve to be removed and salvaged. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Salvage Water Valve” for: a)Various sizes 02 41 14 - 5 UTILITY REMOVAL/ABANDONMENT Page 5 of 16 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 c.The price bid shall include: 1) Removal and Salvage of valve 2) CLSM 3) Delivery to City 4) Pavement removal 5) Excavation 6) Hauling 7) Disposal of excess materials 8) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 9) Clean-up 5. Water Valve Abandonment a.Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item will be per each water valve to be abandoned. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Abandon Water Valve” for: a)Various Sizes c.The price bid shall include: 1) Abandonment of valve 2) CLSM 3) Pavement removal 4) Excavation 5) Hauling 6) Disposal of excess materials 7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 8) Clean-up 6. Fire Hydrant Removal and Salvage a.Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item will be per each fire hydrant to be removed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Salvage Fire Hydrant”. c.The price bid shall include: 1) Removal and salvage of fire hydrant 2) Delivery to City 3) Pavement removal 4) Excavation 5) Hauling 6) Disposal of excess materials 7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 8) Clean-up 7. Water Meter Removal and Salvage a.Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item will be per each water meter to be removed and salvaged. b. Payment 02 41 14 - 6 UTILITY REMOVAL/ABANDONMENT Page 6 of 16 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Salvage Water Meter” for: a)Various sizes 2)If a “Water Meter Service Relocate” is performed in accordance with Section 33 12 10, removal and salvage or disposal of the existing (2-inch or smaller) water meter shall be subsidiary to the cost of the “Water Meter Service Relocate”, no other compensation will be allowed. c.The price bid shall include: 1) Removal and salvage of water meter 2) Delivery to City 3) Pavement removal 4) Excavation 5) Hauling 6) Disposal of excess materials 7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 8) Clean-up 8. Water Sampling Station Removal and Salvage a.Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item will be per each water sampling station to be removed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Salvage Water Sampling Station”. c.The price bid shall include: 1) Removal and salvage of water sampling station 2) Delivery to City 3) Pavement removal 4) Excavation 5) Hauling 6) Disposal of excess materials 7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 8) Clean-up 9. Concrete Water Vault Removal a.Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item will be per each concrete water vault to be removed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Remove Concrete Water Vault”. c.The price bid shall include: 1) Removal and disposal of concrete water vault 2) Removal, salvage and delivery of frame and cover to City, if applicable 3) Removal, salvage and delivery of any valves to City, if applicable 4) Removal, salvage and delivery of any water meters to City, if applicable 5) Pavement removal 6) Excavation 02 41 14 - 7 UTILITY REMOVAL/ABANDONMENT Page 7 of 16 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 7) Hauling 8) Disposal of excess materials 9) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 10) Clean-up C.Sanitary Sewer Lines and Appurtenances 1. Abandonment of Sanitary Sewer Line by Cut and installation of Abandonment Plug a.Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each cut and abandonment plug installed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the unit price bid for each “Sewer Abandonment Plug” for: a)Various sizes c.The price bid shall include: 1) Furnishing and installing abandonment plug 2) Pavement removal 3) Excavation 4) Hauling 5) CLSM 6) Disposal of excess material 7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 8) Clean-up 2. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Removal a.Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item will be per each sanitary sewer manhole to be removed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Remove Sewer Manhole” for: a)Various diameters c.The price bid shall include: 1) Removal and disposal of manhole 2) Removal, salvage and delivery of frame and cover to City, if applicable 3) Cutting and plugging of existing sewer lines 4) Pavement removal 5) Excavation 6) Hauling 7) Disposal of excess materials 8) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 9) Clean-up 3. Sanitary Sewer Junction Structure Removal a.Measurement 1)Measurement for this Item will be per each sanitary sewer junction structure being removed. b. Payment 02 41 14 - 8 UTILITY REMOVAL/ABANDONMENT Page 8 of 16 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the lump sum bid per each “Remove Sewer Junction Box” location. c.The price bid shall include: 1) Removal and disposal of junction box 2) Removal, salvage and delivery of frame and cover to City. 3) Pavement removal 4) Excavation 5) Hauling 6) Disposal of excess materials 7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 8) Clean-up D.Storm Sewer Lines and Appurtenances 1. Abandonment of Storm Sewer Line by Cut and installation of Abandonment Plug a.Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each cut and abandonment plug to be installed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the unit price bid for each “Storm Abandonment Plug” installed for: a)Various sizes c.The price bid shall include: 1) Furnishing and installing abandonment plug 2) Pavement removal 3) Excavation 4) Hauling 5) CLSM 6) Disposal of excess material 7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 8) Clean-up 2. Storm Sewer Manhole Removal a.Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item will be per each storm sewer manhole to be removed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Remove Manhole Riser” for: a)Various sizes c.The price bid shall include: 1) Removal and disposal of manhole 2) Removal, salvage and delivery of frame and cover to City, if applicable 3) Pavement removal 4) Excavation 5) Hauling 6) Disposal of excess materials 7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 8) Clean-up 02 41 14 - 9 UTILITY REMOVAL/ABANDONMENT Page 9 of 16 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 3. Storm Sewer Junction Box Removal a.Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item will be per each storm sewer junction structure to be removed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Remove Storm Junction Box” for: a)Various sizes c.The price bid shall include: 1) Removal and disposal of junction box 2) Removal, salvage and delivery of frame and cover to City, if applicable 3) Pavement removal 4) Excavation 5) Hauling 6) Disposal of excess materials 7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 8) Clean-up 4. Storm Sewer Junction Structure Removal a.Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item will be per each storm sewer junction structure being removed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the lump sum bid per each “Remove Storm Junction Structure” location. c.The price bid shall include: 1) Removal and disposal of junction structure 2) Removal, salvage and delivery of frame and cover to City, if applicable 3) Pavement removal 4) Excavation 5) Hauling 6) Disposal of excess materials 7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 8) Clean-up 5. Storm Sewer Inlet Removal a.Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item will be per each storm sewer inlet to be removed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Remove Storm Inlet” for: a)Various types b) Various sizes c.The price bid shall include: 1) Removal and disposal of inlet 2) Pavement removal 3) Excavation 02 41 14 - 10 UTILITY REMOVAL/ABANDONMENT Page 10 of 16 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 4) Hauling 5) Disposal of excess materials 6) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 7) Clean-up 6. Storm Sewer Junction Box Removal a.Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per linear foot of existing storm sewer box to be removed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot of “Remove Storm Junction Box” for all sizes. c.The price bid shall include: 1) Removal and disposal of Storm Sewer Box 2) Pavement removal 3) Excavation 4) Hauling 5) Disposal of excess materials 6) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 7) Clean-up 7. Headwall/SET Removal a.Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item will be per each headwall or safety end treatment (SET) to be removed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Remove Headwall/SET”. c.The price bid shall include: 1) Removal and disposal of Headwall/SET 2) Pavement removal 3) Excavation 4) Hauling 5) Disposal of excess materials 6) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 7)Clean-up 8. Trench Drain Removal a.Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per linear foot of storm sewer trench drain to be removed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot of “Remove Trench Drain” for: a)Various sizes c.The price bid shall include: 1) Removal and disposal of storm sewer line 2) Pavement removal 3) Excavation 02 41 14 - 11 UTILITY REMOVAL/ABANDONMENT Page 11 of 16 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 4) Hauling 5) Disposal of excess materials 6) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 7) Clean-up 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.Coordination 1. Contact Inspector and the Water Department Field Operation Storage Yard for coordination of salvage material return. 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Storage and Handling Requirements 1. Protect and salvage all materials such that no damage occurs during delivery to the City. 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 MATERIALS 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 REMOVAL, SALVAGE, AND ABANDONMENT A.General 02 41 14 - 12 UTILITY REMOVAL/ABANDONMENT Page 12 of 16 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 1. Manhole Abandonment a.All manholes that are to be taken out of service are to be removed unless specifically requested and/or approved by City. b. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. c.Remove and salvage manhole frame and cover as coordinated with City. d. Deliver salvaged material to the City. e.Cut and plug sewer lines to be abandoned. f.Backfill manhole void in accordance with City Standard Details. B.Water Lines and Appurtenances 1. Water Line Pressure Plugs a.Ductile Iron Water Lines 1) Excavate, embed, and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 2) Plug with an MJ Plug with mechanical restraint and blocking in accordance with Section 33 11 11. 3) Perform Cut and Plug in accordance with Section 33 12 25. b. PVC C900 and C905 Water Lines 1) Excavate, embed, and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 2) Plug with an MJ Plug with mechanical restraint and blocking in accordance with Section 33 11 11. 3) Perform Cut and Plug in accordance with Section 33 12 25. c.Concrete Pressure Pipe, Bar Wrapped, Steel Cylinder Type Water Lines 1) Excavate, embed, and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10 2) Plug using: a)A fabricated plug restrained by welding or by a Snap Ring in accordance with Section 33 11 13; or b)A blind flange in accordance with Section 33 11 13 3) Perform Cut and Plug in accordance with Section 33 12 25. d. Buried Steel Water Lines 1) Excavate, embed, and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 2) Plug using: a)A fabricated plug restrained by welding in accordance with Section 33 11 14; or b) A blind flange in accordance with Section 33 11 14 3) Perform Cut and Plug in accordance with Section 33 12 25. 2. Water Line Abandonment Plug a.Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. b. Plug with CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13. 3. Water Line Abandonment by Grouting a.Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. b. Dewater from existing line to be grouted. c.Fill line with Low Density Cellular Grout in accordance with Section 33 05 24 or CLSM in accordance with 03 34 13. d. Dispose of any excess material. 4. Water Line Removal a.Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. b. Cut existing line from the utility system prior to removal. c.Cut any services prior to removal. d. Remove existing pipe line and properly dispose as approved by City. 02 41 14 - 13 UTILITY REMOVAL/ABANDONMENT Page 13 of 16 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 5. Water Valve Removal a.Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. b. Remove and dispose of valve bonnet, wedge and stem. c.Fill valve body with CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13. 6. Water Valve Removal and Salvage a.Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. b. Remove valve bonnet, wedge and stem. c.Deliver salvaged material to the Water Department Field Operation Storage Yard. d. Protect salvaged materials from damage. e.Fill valve body with CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13. 7. Water Valve Abandonment a.Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. b. Remove the top 2 feet of the valve stack and any valve extensions. c.Fill the remaining valve stack with CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13. 8. Fire Hydrant Removal and Salvage a.Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. b. Remove Fire Hydrant. c.Place abandonment plug on fire hydrant lead line. d. Deliver salvaged fire hydrant to the Water Department Field Operation Storage Yard. e.Protect salvaged materials from damage. 9. Water Meter Removal and Salvage a.Remove and salvage water meter. b. Return salvaged meter to Project Representative. c.City will provide replacement meter for installation. d. Meter Box and Lid 1) Remove and salvage cast iron meter box lid. 2) Remove and dispose of any non-cast iron meter box lid. 3) Return salvaged material to the Water Department Field Operation Storage Yard. 4) Remove and dispose of meter box. 10. Water Sample Station Removal and Salvage a.Remove and salvage existing water sample station. b. Deliver salvaged material to the Water Department Field Operation Storage Yard. 11. Concrete Water Vault Removal a.Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. b. Remove and salvage vault lid. c.Remove and salvage valves. d. Remove and salvage meters. e.Deliver salvaged material to the Water Department Field Operation Storage Yard. f.Remove and dispose of any piping or other appurtenances. g.Demolish and remove entire concrete vault. h. Dispose of all excess materials. 12. Cathodic Test Station Abandonment a.Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10 02 41 14 - 14 UTILITY REMOVAL/ABANDONMENT Page 14 of 16 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 b. Remove the top 2 feet of the cathodic test station stack and contents. c.Fill any remaining voids with CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13. C.Sanitary Sewer Lines and Appurtenances 1. Sanitary Sewer Line Abandonment Plug a.Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. b. Remove and dispose of any sewage. c.Plug with CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13. 2. Sanitary Sewer Line Abandonment by Grouting a.Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. b. Dewater and dispose of any sewage from the existing line to be grouted. c.Fill line with Low Density Cellular Grout in accordance with Section 33 05 24 or CLSM in accordance with 03 34 13. d. Dispose of any excess material. 3. Sanitary Sewer Line Removal a.Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. b. Cut existing line from the utility system prior to removal. c.Cut any services prior to removal. d. Remove existing pipe line and properly dispose as approved by City. 4. Sanitary Sewer Manholes Removal a.All sanitary sewer manholes that are to be taken out of service are to be removed unless specifically requested and/or approved by City. b. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. c.Remove and salvage manhole frame and cover. d. Deliver salvaged material to the Water Department Field Operation Storage. e.Demolish and remove entire concrete manhole. f.Cut and plug sewer lines to be abandoned. 5. Sanitary Sewer Junction Structure Removal a.Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. b. Remove and salvage manhole frame and cover. c.Deliver salvaged material to the Water Department Field Operation Storage. d. Demolish and remove entire concrete manhole. e.Cut and plug sewer lines to be abandoned. D.Storm Sewer Lines and Appurtenances 1. Storm Sewer Abandonment Plug a.Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. b. Dewater line. c.Plug with CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13. 2. Storm Sewer Line Abandonment by Grouting a.Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. b. Dewater the existing line to be grouted. c.Fill line with Low Density Cellular Grout in accordance with Section 33 05 24 or CLSM in accordance with 03 34 13. d. Dispose of any excess material. 3. Storm Sewer Line Removal a.Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. b. Remove existing pipe line and properly dispose as approved by City. 4. Storm Sewer Manhole Removal 02 41 14 - 15 UTILITY REMOVAL/ABANDONMENT Page 15 of 16 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 a.All storm sewer manholes that are to be taken out of service are to be removed unless specifically requested and/or approved by City. b.Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. c.Demolish and remove entire concrete manhole. d. Cut and plug storm sewer lines to be abandoned. 5. Storm Sewer Junction Box and/or Junction Structure Removal a.Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. b. Demolish and remove entire concrete structure. c.Cut and plug storm sewer lines to be abandoned. 6. Storm Sewer Inlet Removal a.Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. b. Demolish and remove entire concrete inlet. c.Cut and plug storm sewer lines to be abandoned. 7. Storm Sewer Box Removal a.Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. b. Cut existing line from the utility system prior to removal. c.Cut any services prior to removal. d. Remove existing pipe line and properly dispose as approved by City. 8. Headwall/SET Removal a.Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. b. Demolish and remove entire concrete inlet. c.Cut and plug storm sewer lines to be abandoned. 9. Storm Sewer Trench Drain Removal a.Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. b. Remove existing pipe line and dispose as approved by City. 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 02 41 14 - 16 UTILITY REMOVAL/ABANDONMENT Page 16 of 16 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/12 D.Johnson 1.2.C.3.c. – Include Frame and Cover in Payment description Throughout – added abandonment of storm and sewer manholes when requested and/or approved by City 02 41 15 - 1 PAVING REMOVAL Page 1 of 6 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised February 2, 2016 SECTION 02 41 15 PAVING REMOVAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Removing concrete paving, asphalt paving and brick paving 2. Removing concrete curb and gutter 3. Removing concrete valley gutter 4. Milling roadway paving 5. Pulverization of existing pavement 6. Disposal of removed materials B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 - General Requirements 3. Section 32 11 33 - Cement Treated Base Courses 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Measurement a. Remove Concrete Paving: measure by the square yard from back-to-back of curbs. b. Remove Asphalt Paving: measure by the square yard between the lips of gutters. c. Remove Brick Paving: measure by the square yard. d. Remove Concrete Curb and Gutter: measure by the linear foot. e. Remove Concrete Valley Gutter: measure by the square yard f. Wedge Milling: measure by the square yard for varying thickness. g. Surface Milling: measure by the square yard for varying thickness. h. Butt Milling: measured by the linear foot. i. Pavement Pulverization: measure by the square yard. j. Remove Speed Cushion: measure by each. 2. Payment a. Remove Concrete Paving: full compensation for saw cutting, removal, hauling, disposal, tools, equipment, labor and incidentals needed to execute work. For utility projects, this Item shall be considered subsidiary to the trench and no other compensation will be allowed. b. Remove Asphalt Paving: full compensation for saw cutting, removal, hauling, disposal, tools, equipment, labor and incidentals needed to execute work. For utility projects, this Item shall be considered subsidiary to the trench and no other compensation will be allowed. 02 41 15 - 2 PAVING REMOVAL Page 2 of 6 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised February 2, 2016 c.Remove Brick Paving: full compensation for saw cutting, removal, salvaging, cleaning, hauling, disposal, tools, equipment, labor and incidentals needed to execute work. For utility projects, this Item shall be considered subsidiary to the trench and no other compensation will be allowed. d. Remove Concrete Curb and Gutter: full compensation for saw cutting, removal, hauling, disposal, tools, equipment, labor and incidentals needed to execute work. For utility projects, this Item shall be considered subsidiary to the trench and no other compensation will be allowed. e.Remove Concrete Valley Gutter: full compensation for saw cutting, removal, hauling, disposal, tools, equipment, labor and incidentals needed to execute work. f.Wedge Milling: full compensation for all milling, hauling milled material to salvage stockpile or disposal, tools, labor, equipment and incidentals necessary to execute the work. g.Surface Milling: full compensation for all milling, hauling milled material to salvage stockpile or disposal, tools, labor, equipment and incidentals necessary to execute the work. h. Butt Milling: full compensation for all milling, hauling milled material to salvage stockpile or disposal, tools, labor, equipment and incidentals necessary to execute the work. i.Pavement Pulverization: full compensation for all labor, material, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to pulverize, remove and store the pulverized material, undercut the base, mixing, compaction, haul off, sweep, and dispose of the undercut material. j.Remove speed cushion: full compensation for removal, hauling, disposal, tools, equipment, labor, and incidentals needed to execute the work. For utility projects, this Item shall be considered subsidiary to the trench and no other compensation will be allowed. k.No payment for saw cutting of pavement or curbs and gutters will be made under this section. Include cost of such work in unit prices for items listed in bid form requiring saw cutting. l.No payment will be made for work outside maximum payment limits indicated on plans, or for pavements or structures removed for CONTRACTOR's convenience. 1.3 REFERENCES A.ASTM International (ASTM): a.D698, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12 400 ft-lbf/ft3 (600 kN-m/m3)) 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 02 41 15 - 3 PAVING REMOVAL Page 3 of 6 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised February 2, 2016 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 EQUIPMENT [NOT USED] 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.2 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION A.General: 1. Mark paving removal limits for City approval prior to beginning removal. 2. Identify known utilities below grade - Stake and flag locations. 3.4 PAVEMENT REMOVAL A.General. 1. Exercise caution to minimize damage to underground utilities. 2. Minimize amount of earth removed. 3. Remove paving to neatly sawed joints. 4. Use care to prevent fracturing adjacent, existing pavement. B.Sawing 1. Sawing Equipment. a.Power-driven. b. Manufactured for the purpose of sawing pavement. c.In good operating condition. d. Shall not spall or fracture the pavement structure adjacent to the removal area. 2. Sawcut perpendicular to the surface to full pavement depth, parallel and perpendicular to existing joint. 3. Sawcut parallel to the original sawcut in square or rectangular fashion. 4. If a sawcut falls within 5 feet of an en existing dummy joint, construction joint, saw joint, cold joint, expansion joint, edge of paving or gutter lip, remove paving to that joint, edge or lip. 5. If a pavement edge of a cut is damaged subsequent to saw cutting, saw to a new, neat, straight line for the purpose of removing the damaged area. C.Remove Concrete Paving and Concrete Valley Gutter 1. Sawcut: See 3.4.B. 2. Remove concrete to the nearest expansion joint or vertical saw cut. 02 41 15 - 4 PAVING REMOVAL Page 4 of 6 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised February 2, 2016 D.Remove Concrete Curb and Gutter 1. Sawcut: See 3.4.B. 2. Minimum limits of removal: 30 inches in length. E.Remove Asphalt Paving 1. Sawcut: See 3.4.B. 2. Remove pavement without disturbing the base material. 3. When shown on the plans or as directed, stockpile materials designated as salvageable at designated sites. 4. Prepare stockpile area by removing vegetation and trash and by providing for proper drainage. F.Milling 1. General a.Mill surfaces to the depth shown in the plans or as directed. b. Do not damage or disfigure adjacent work or existing surface improvements. c.If milling exposes smooth underlying pavement surfaces, mill the smooth surface to make rough. d. Provide safe temporary transition where vehicles or pedestrians must pass over the milled edges. e.Remove excess material and clean milled surfaces. f.Stockpiling of planed material will not be permitted within the right of way unless approved by the City. g.If the existing base is brick and cannot be milled, remove a 5 foot width of the existing brick base. See 3.3.G. for brick paving removal. 2. Milling Equipment a.Power operated milling machine capable of removing, in one pass or two passes, the necessary pavement thickness in a five-foot minimum width. b. Self-propelled with sufficient power, traction and stability to maintain accurate depth of cut and slope. c.Equipped with an integral loading and reclaiming means to immediately remove material cut from the surface of the roadway and discharge the cuttings into a truck, all in one operation. d. Equipped with means to control dust created by the cutting action. e.Equipped with a manual system providing for uniformly varying the depth of cut while the machine is in motion making it possible to cut flush to all inlets, manholes, or other obstructions within the paved area. f.Variable Speed in order to leave the specified grid pattern. g.Equipped to minimize air pollution. 3. Wedge Milling and Surface Milling a.Wedge Mill existing asphalt, concrete or brick pavement from the lip of gutter at a depth of 2 inches and transitioning to match the existing pavement (0-inch cut) at a minimum width of 5 feet. b. Surface Mill existing asphalt pavement to the depth specified, c.Provide a milled surface that provides a uniform surface free from gouges, ridges, oil film, and other imperfections of workmanship with a uniform textured appearance. 02 41 15 - 5 PAVING REMOVAL Page 5 of 6 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised February 2, 2016 d. In all situations where the existing H.M.A.C. surface contacts the curb face, the wedge milling includes the removal of the existing asphalt covering the gutter up to and along the face of curb. e.Perform wedge or surface milling operation in a continuous manner along both sides of the street or as directed. 4. Butt Joint Milling a.Mill butt joints into the existing surface, in association with the wedge milling operation. b. Butt joint will provide a full width transition section and a constant depth at the point where the new overlay is terminated. c.Typical locations for butt joints are at all beginning and ending points of streets where paving material is removed. Prior to the milling of the butt joints, consult with the City for proper location and limits of these joints. d. Butt Milled joints are required on both sides of all railroad tracks and concrete valley gutters, bridge decks and culverts and all other items which transverse the street and end the continuity of the asphalt surface. e.Make each butt joint 20 feet long and milled out across the full width of the street section to a tapered depth of 2 inch. f.Taper the milled area within the 20-feet to a depth from 0-inch to 2-inch at a line adjacent to the beginning and ending points or intermediate transverse items. g.Provide a temporary wedge of asphalt at all butt joints to provide a smooth ride over the bump. G.Remove Brick Paving 1. Remove masonry paving units to the limits specified in the plans or as directed by the City. 2. Salvage existing bricks for re-use, clean, palletize, and deliver to the City Stock pile yard at 3300 Yuma Street or as directed. H.Pavement Pulverization 1. Pulverization a.Pulverize the existing pavement to depth of 8 inches. See Section 32 11 33. b. Temporarily remove and store the 8-inch deep pulverized material, then cut the base 2 inches. c.Start 2-inch base cut at a depth of 8 inches from the existing pulverized surface. 2. Cement Application a.Use 3.5% Portland cement. b. See Section 32 11 33. 3. Mixing: see Section 32 11 33. 4. Compaction: see Section 32 11 33. 5. Finishing: see Section 32 11 33. 6. Curing: see Section 32 11 33. 7. If the existing pavement has a combination of 10 inches of H.M.A.C. and crushed stone/gravel: a.Undercut not required b. Pulverize 10 inches deep. c.Remove 2-inch the total pulverized amount. 02 41 15 - 6 PAVING REMOVAL Page 6 of 6 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised February 2, 2016 I. Remove speed cushion 1. Scrape or sawcut speed cushion from existing pavement without damaging existing pavement. 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.2.A – modified payment requirements on utility projects 2/2/2016 F. Griffin 1.2.A.2.b. – Removed duplicate last sentence. 03 30 00 - 1 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 1 of 26 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised June 13, 2025 SECTION 03 30 00 1 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A.Section Includes:5 1.Cast-in place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement, concrete materials,6 mixture design, placement procedures and finishes, for the following:7 a.Piers8 b.Footings9 c.Slabs-on-grade10 d.Foundation walls11 e.Retaining walls (non TxDOT)12 f.Suspended slabs13 g. Blocking14 h.Cast-in-place manholes15 i.Concrete vaults for meters and valves16 j.Concrete encasement of utility lines17 B.Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification18 1. None.19 C.Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:20 1.Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract21 2.Division 1 – General Requirements22 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 23 A. Cast-in-Place Concrete24 1.Measurement25 a.This Item is considered subsidiary to the structure or Items being placed.26 2.Payment27 a.The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item28 are subsidiary to the structure or Items being placed and no other compensation29 will be allowed.30 1.3 REFERENCES 31 A.Definitions32 1.Cementitious Materials33 a.Portland or Blended hydraulic cements alone or in combination with 1 or more34 of the following:35 1)Fly ash36 2)Other pozzolans37 3)Ground granulated blast-furnace slag38 03 30 00 - 2 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 2 of 26 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised June 13, 2025 4)Silica fume1 b.Subject to compliance with the requirements of this specification2 B.Reference Standards3 1.Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference4 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this5 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited.6 2.American Association of State Highway and Transportation (AASHTO):7 a.M182, Burlap Cloth Made from Jute or Kenaf.8 3.American Concrete Institute (ACI):9 a.ACI 117 Specification for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials10 b.ACI 301 Specifications for Structural Concrete11 c.ACI 305.1 Specification for Hot Weather Concreting12 d.ACI 306.1 Standard Specification for Cold Weather Concreting13 e.ACI 308.1 Standard Specification for Curing Concrete14 f.ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete15 g.ACI 347 Guide to Formwork for Concrete16 4.American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC):17 a.303, Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges.18 5.ASTM International (ASTM):19 a.A36, Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel.20 b.A153, Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel21 Hardware.22 c.A193, Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting23 Materials for High-Temperature Service and Other Special Purpose24 Applications.25 d. A615, Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for26 Concrete Reinforcement.27 e.A706, Standard Specification for Low-Alloy Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for28 Concrete Reinforcement.29 f.C31, Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the30 Field.31 g. C33, Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates.32 h.C39, Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete33 Specimens.34 i.C42, Standard Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed35 Beams of Concrete.36 j.C94, Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete.37 k.C109, Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement38 Mortars (Using 2-inch or {50-milimeter] Cube Specimens)39 l.C143, Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic-Cement Concrete.40 m.C171, Standard Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete.41 n. C150, Standard Specification for Portland Cement.42 o.C172, Standard Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete.43 p.C219, Standard Terminology Relating to Hydraulic Cement.44 q.C231, Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the45 Pressure Method.46 03 30 00 - 3 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 3 of 26 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised June 13, 2025 r.C260, Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. 1 s.C309, Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for2 Curing Concrete.3 t.C494, Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete.4 u. C595, Standard Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements5 v. C618, Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural6 Pozzolan for Use in Concrete.7 w.C881, Standard Specification for Epoxy-Resin-Base Bonding Systems for8 Concrete.9 x.C989, Standard Specification for Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag for10 Use in Concrete and Mortars.11 y.C1017, Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Use in Producing12 Flowing Concrete.13 z.C1059, Standard Specification for Latex Agents for Bonding Fresh to Hardened14 Concrete.15 aa. C1064, Standard Test Method for Temperature of Freshly Mixed Hydraulic-16 Cement Concrete. 17 bb. C1240, Standard Specification for Silica Fume Used in Cementitious Mixtures. 18 cc.E1155, Standard Test Method for Determining FF Floor Flatness and FL Floor19 Levelness Numbers.20 dd.F436, Standard Specification for Hardened Steel Washers.21 6.American Welding Society (AWS).22 a.D1.1, Structural Welding Code - Steel.23 b.D1.4, Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel.24 7.Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI)25 a.Manual of Standard Practice26 8.Texas Department of Transportation27 a.Standard Specification for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets28 and Bridges29 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 30 A.Work Included31 1.Design, fabrication, erection and stripping of formwork for cast-in-place concrete32 including shoring, reshoring, falsework, bracing, proprietary forming systems,33 prefabricated forms, void forms, permanent metal forms, bulkheads, keys,34 blockouts, sleeves, pockets and accessories.35 a.Erection shall include installation in formwork of items furnished by other36 trades.37 2.Furnish all labor and materials required to fabricate, deliver and install38 reinforcement and embedded metal assemblies for cast-in-place concrete, including39 steel bars, welded steel wire fabric, ties, supports and sleeves.40 3.Furnish all labor and materials required to perform the following:41 a. Cast-in-place concrete42 b.Concrete mix designs43 c.Grouting44 03 30 00 - 4 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 4 of 26 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised June 13, 2025 1.5 SUBMITTALS 1 A.Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00.2 B.All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication for3 specials.4 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 5 A.Product Data6 1.Required for each type of product indicated7 B.Design Mixtures8 1.For each concrete mixture submit proposed mix designs in accordance with ACI9 318, chapter 5.10 2.Submit each proposed mix design with a record of past performance.11 3.Submit alternate design mixtures when characteristics of materials, Project condi-12 tions, weather, test results or other circumstances warrant adjustments.13 4.Indicate amounts of mixing water to be withheld for later addition at Project site.14 a.Include this quantity on delivery ticket.15 C.Steel Reinforcement Submittals for Information16 1.Mill test certificates of supplied concrete reinforcing, indicating physical and chem-17 ical analysis.18 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 19 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 20 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 21 A.Manufacturer Qualifications22 1.A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete products and that com-23 plies with ASTM C94 requirements for production facilities and equipment24 2.Manufacturer certified according to NRMCA's "Certification of Ready Mixed25 Concrete Production Facilities”26 B.Source Limitations27 1.Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from the same28 manufacturer's plant, obtain aggregate from 1 source and obtain admixtures through29 1 source from a single manufacturer.30 C.ACI Publications31 1.Comply with the following unless modified by requirements in the Contract Docu-32 ments:33 a. ACI 301 Sections 1 through 534 b.ACI 11735 D.Concrete Testing Service36 1.Engage a qualified independent testing lab to perform material evaluation tests.37 03 30 00 - 5 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 5 of 26 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised June 13, 2025 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 1 A.Steel Reinforcement2 1.Deliver, store, and handle steel reinforcement to prevent bending and damage.3 2.Avoid damaging coatings on steel reinforcement.4 B.Waterstops5 1.Store waterstops under cover to protect from moisture, sunlight, dirt, oil and other6 contaminants.7 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 8 A. Weather Conditions9 1.Place concrete when concrete temperature is between 40°F and 95°F when meas-10 ured in accordance with ASTM C1064 at point of placement.11 2.Hot Weather Concreting12 a.When first concrete temperature reading is over 95°F (but under 100°F), no13 more trucks shall be loaded at the plant. Truck already in transit can place con-14 crete. Concrete shall not be placed when concrete temperature is above 100°F15 under any circumstances.16 b.Contractor, at his or her option and expense, may continue to load trucks if ice17 or other effective cooling methods are used to lower temperatures. The resultant18 temperatures shall be in the acceptable range.19 3.Cold Weather Concreting20 a.No concrete shall be placed when ambient temp in shade and away from artifi-21 cial heat is below 40°F and falling. Concrete may be placed when ambient temp22 is above 35°F and rising. Unless the City Project Manager or designee approves23 placement to continue, suspend concreting operations if a descending air tem-24 perature in the shade and away from artificial heat falls below 40°F. Do not re-25 sume concreting operations until an ascending air temperature in the shade and26 away from artificial heat reaches 35°F and rising. Contractor should take all the27 precautions necessary to prevent freezing of concrete. Frozen concrete must be28 removed and replaced.29 4.It is to be distinctly understood that the contractor is responsible for the quality and30 strength of the concrete placed under any weather conditions.31 B.Time: Place concrete after sunrise and no later than sunset shall permit the finishing of32 the pavement in natural light, or as directed by the City.33 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 34 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 35 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED OR OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 36 2.2 PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS 37 A. Manufacturers38 03 30 00 - 6 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 6 of 26 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised June 13, 2025 1.In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements 1 apply to product selection:2 a.Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that3 may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products4 specified.5 b.Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,6 manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work7 include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified.8 B. Form-Facing Materials9 1.Rough-Formed Finished Concrete10 a.Plywood, lumber, metal or another approved material11 b.Provide lumber dressed on at least 2 edges and 1 side for tight fit.12 2.Chamfer Strips13 a.Wood, metal, PVC or rubber strips14 b.¾-inch x ¾-inch, minimum15 3.Rustication Strips16 a.Wood, metal, PVC or rubber strips17 b.Kerfed for ease of form removal18 4.Form-Release Agent19 a.Commercially formulated form-release agent that will not bond with, stain or20 adversely affect concrete surfaces21 b.Shall not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces22 c.For steel form-facing materials, formulate with rust inhibitor.23 5.Form Ties24 a. Factory-fabricated, removable or snap-off metal or glass-fiber-reinforced25 plastic form ties designed to resist lateral pressure of fresh concrete on forms26 and to prevent spalling of concrete on removal.27 b.Furnish units that will leave no corrodible metal closer than 1 inch to the plane28 of exposed concrete surface.29 c.Furnish ties that, when removed, will leave holes no larger than 1 inch in30 diameter in concrete surface.31 d.Furnish ties with integral water-barrier plates to walls indicated to receive32 dampproofing or waterproofing.33 C.Steel Reinforcement34 1.Reinforcing Bars35 a.ASTM A615, Grade 60, deformed36 D.Reinforcement Accessories37 1.Smooth Dowel Bars38 a.ASTM A615, Grade 60, steel bars (smooth)39 b.Cut bars true to length with ends square and free of burrs.40 2.Bar Supports41 a.Bolsters, chairs, spacers and other devices for spacing, supporting and fastening42 reinforcing bars and welded wire reinforcement in place43 03 30 00 - 7 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 7 of 26 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised June 13, 2025 b.Manufacture bar supports from steel wire, plastic or precast concrete according 1 to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice," of greater compressive strength than 2 concrete and as follows: 3 1)For concrete surfaces exposed to view where legs of wire bar supports4 contact forms, use CRSI Class 1 plastic-protected steel wire or CRSI5 Class 2 stainless-steel bar supports.6 2)For slabs-on-grade, provide sand plates, horizontal runners or precast7 concrete blocks on bottom where base material will not support chair legs8 or where vapor barrier has been specified.9 E.Embedded Metal Assemblies10 1.Steel Shapes and Plates: ASTM A3611 2.Headed Studs: Heads welded by full-fusion process, as furnished by TRW Nelson12 Stud Welding Division or approved equal13 F.Expansion Anchors14 1.Available Products15 a. Wej-it Bolt, Wej-it Corporation, Tulsa, Oklahoma16 b.Kwik Bolt II, Hilti Fastening Systems, Tulsa, Oklahoma17 c.Trubolt, Ramset Fastening Systems, Paris, Kentucky18 G.Adhesive Anchors and Dowels19 1.Adhesive anchors shall consist of threaded rods anchored with an adhesive system20 into hardened concrete or grout-filled masonry.21 a.The adhesive system shall use a 2-component adhesive mix and shall be22 injected with a static mixing nozzle following manufacturer’s instructions.23 b.The embedment depth of the rod shall provide a minimum allowable bond24 strength that is equal to the allowable yield capacity of the rod, unless otherwise25 specified.26 2.Available Products27 a.Hilti HIT HY 150 Max28 b. Simpson Acrylic-Tie29 c.Powers Fasteners AC 100+ Gold30 3.Threaded Rods: ASTM A19331 a.Nuts: ASTM A563 hex carbon steel32 b.Washers: ASTM F436 hardened carbon steel33 c.Finish: Hot-dip zinc coating, ASTM A153, Class C34 H. Inserts35 1.Provide metal inserts required for anchorage of materials or equipment to concrete36 construction where not supplied by other trades:37 a.In vertical concrete surfaces for transfer of direct shear loads only, provide38 adjustable wedge inserts of malleable cast iron complete with bolts, nuts and39 washers.40 1) Provide ¾-inch bolt size, unless otherwise indicated.41 b.In horizontal concrete surfaces and whenever inserts are subject to tension42 forces, provide threaded inserts of malleable cast iron furnished with full depth43 bolts.44 03 30 00 - 8 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 8 of 26 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised June 13, 2025 1)Provide ¾-inch bolt size, unless otherwise indicated. 1 I.Concrete Materials2 1.Cementitious Material3 a.Use the following cementitious materials, of the same type, brand, and source,4 throughout Project:5 1)Portland Cement, Blended hydraulic Cement6 a)ASTM C150, Type I/II, gray7 b)ASTM C595, Type IL cement8 c)Supplement with the following:9 (1)Fly Ash10 (a)ASTM C618, Class C or F11 (2)Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag12 (a)ASTM C989, Grade 100 or 120.13 2)Silica Fume14 a)ASTM C1240, amorphous silica15 3)Normal-Weight Aggregates16 a)ASTM C33, Class 3S coarse aggregate or better, graded17 b)Provide aggregates from a single source.18 4)Maximum Coarse-Aggregate Size19 a)¾-inch nominal20 5)Fine Aggregate21 a)Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement22 6)Water23 a)ASTM C94 and potable24 J.Admixtures25 1.Air-Entraining Admixture26 a.ASTM C26027 2.Chemical Admixtures28 a.Provide admixtures certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other ad-29 mixtures and that will not contribute water-soluble chloride ions exceeding30 those permitted in hardened concrete.31 b.Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride.32 c. Water-Reducing Admixture33 1)ASTM C494, Type A34 d.Retarding Admixture35 1)ASTM C494, Type B36 e. Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture37 1)ASTM C494, Type D38 f.High-Range, Water-Reducing Admixture39 1)ASTM C494, Type F40 g.High-Range, Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture41 1)ASTM C494, Type G42 h.Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture43 1)ASTM C1017, Type II44 K. Waterstops45 1.Self-Expanding Butyl Strip Waterstops46 03 30 00 - 9 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 9 of 26 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised June 13, 2025 a.Manufactured rectangular or trapezoidal strip, butyl rubber with sodium1 bentonite or other hydrophilic polymers, for adhesive bonding to concrete, ¾-2 inch x 1-inch.3 b.Available Products4 1)Colloid Environmental Technologies Company; Volclay Waterstop-RX5 2)Concrete Sealants Inc.; Conseal CS-2316 3)Greenstreak; Swellstop7 4)Henry Company, Sealants Division; Hydro-Flex8 5)JP Specialties, Inc.; Earthshield Type 209 6)Progress Unlimited, Inc.; Superstop10 7)TCMiraDRI; Mirastop11 L.Curing Materials12 1.Absorptive Cover13 a. AASHTO M182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing14 approximately 9 ounces/square yard when dry15 2.Moisture-Retaining Cover16 a.ASTM C171, polyethylene film or white burlap-polyethylene sheet17 3.Water18 a.Potable19 4.Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing Compound20 a.ASTM C309, Type 1, Class B, dissipating21 b.Available Products22 1)Anti-Hydro International, Inc.; AH Curing Compound #2 DR WB23 2)Burke by Edoco; Aqua Resin Cure24 3)ChemMasters; Safe-Cure Clear25 4)Conspec Marketing & Manufacturing Co., Inc., a Dayton Superior26 Company; W.B. Resin Cure27 5)Dayton Superior Corporation; Day Chem Rez Cure (J-11-W)28 6)Euclid Chemical Company (The); Kurez DR VOX29 7)Kaufman Products, Inc.; Thinfilm 42030 8)Lambert Corporation; Aqua Kure-Clear31 9)L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.; L&M Cure R32 10)Meadows, W. R., Inc.; 1100 Clear33 11)Nox-Crete Products Group, Kinsman Corporation; Resin Cure E34 12)Symons Corporation, a Dayton Superior Company; Resi-Chem Clear Cure35 13)Tamms Industries, Inc.; Horncure WB 3036 14)Unitex; Hydro Cure 30937 15)US Mix Products Company; US Spec Maxcure Resin Clear38 16)Vexcon Chemicals, Inc.; Certi-Vex Enviocure 10039 M.Related Materials40 1.Bonding Agent41 a.ASTM C1059, Type II, non-redispersible, acrylic emulsion or styrene42 butadiene43 2.Epoxy Bonding Adhesive44 03 30 00 - 10 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 10 of 26 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised June 13, 2025 a.ASTM C881, 2-component epoxy resin, capable of humid curing and bonding 1 to damp surfaces, of class suitable for application temperature and of grade to 2 suit requirements, and as follows: 3 1) Types I and II, non-load bearing4 2)IV and V, load bearing, for bonding5 3)Hardened or freshly mixed concrete to hardened concrete6 3.Reglets7 a.Fabricate reglets of not less than 0.0217-inch thick, galvanized steel sheet8 b.Temporarily fill or cover face opening of reglet to prevent intrusion of concrete9 or debris.10 4.Sleeves and Blockouts11 a.Formed with galvanized metal, galvanized pipe, polyvinyl chloride pipe, fiber12 tubes or wood13 5.Nails, Spikes, Lag Bolts, Through Bolts, Anchorages14 a.Sized as required15 b.Shall be of strength and character to maintain formwork in place while placing16 concrete17 N.Repair Materials18 1.Repair Underlayment19 a. Cement-based, polymer-modified, self-leveling product that can be applied in20 thicknesses of 1/8 inch or greater21 1)Do not feather.22 b.Cement Binder23 1)ASTM C150, C595, Portland cement, Portland-Limestone Cement or hy-24 draulic or blended hydraulic cement as defined in ASTM C21925 c.Primer26 1)Product of underlayment manufacturer recommended for substrate, condi-27 tions, and application28 d.Aggregate29 1)Well-graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch or coarse sand as30 recommended by underlayment manufacturer31 e.Compressive Strength32 1)Not less than 4100 psi at 28 days when tested according to33 ASTM C109/C109M34 2.Repair Overlayment35 a. Cement-based, polymer-modified, self-leveling product that can be applied in36 thicknesses of 1/8 inch or greater37 1)Do not feather.38 b.Cement Binder39 1)ASTM C150, C595, Portland cement, Portland-Limestone Cement or hy-40 draulic or blended hydraulic cement as defined in ASTM C21941 c.Primer42 1)Product of topping manufacturer recommended for substrate, conditions,43 and application44 d.Aggregate45 03 30 00 - 11 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 11 of 26 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised June 13, 2025 1)Well-graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch or coarse sand as recom-1 mended by topping manufacturer 2 e.Compressive Strength3 1)Not less than 5000 psi at 28 days when tested according to ASTM C1094 O.Concrete Mixtures, General5 1.Prepare design mixtures for each type and strength of concrete, proportioned on the6 basis of laboratory trial mixture or field test data, or both, according to ACI 301.7 a.Required average strength above specified strength8 1)Based on a record of past performance9 a)Determination of required average strength above specified strength10 shall be based on the standard deviation record of the results of at least11 30 consecutive strength tests in accordance with ACI 318, Chapter 5.312 by the larger amount defined by formulas 5-1 and 5-2.13 2)Based on laboratory trial mixtures14 a)Proportions shall be selected on the basis of laboratory trial batches15 prepared in accordance with ACI 318, Chapter 5.3.3.2 to produce an16 average strength greater than the specified strength f'c by the amount17 defined in table 5.3.2.2.18 3)Proportions of ingredients for concrete mixes shall be determined by an in-19 dependent testing laboratory or qualified concrete supplier.20 4)For each proposed mixture, at least 3 compressive test cylinders shall be21 made and tested for strength at the specified age.22 a)Additional cylinders may be made for testing for information at earlier23 ages.24 2.Cementitious Materials25 a.Limit percentage, by weight, of cementitious materials other than Portland ce-26 ment or Blended hydraulic cement in concrete as follows, unless specified oth-27 erwise:28 1)Fly Ash: 25 percent29 2)Combined Fly Ash and Pozzolan: 25 percent30 3)Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag: 50 percent31 4)Combined Fly Ash or Pozzolan and Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace32 Slag: 50 percent33 5)Portland cement minimum, with fly ash or pozzolan not exceeding 25 per-34 cent35 6)Silica Fume: 10 percent36 7)Combined Fly Ash, Pozzolans, and Silica Fume: 35 percent with fly ash or37 pozzolans not exceeding 25 percent and silica fume not exceeding 10 per-38 cent39 8)Combined Fly Ash or Pozzolans, Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag,40 and Silica Fume: 50 percent with fly ash or pozzolans not exceeding 2541 percent and silica fume not exceeding 10 percent42 3.Limit water-soluble, chloride-ion content in hardened concrete to:43 a.0.30 percent by weight of cement if concrete will have no exposure to chlorides44 (typical)45 b.0.15 percent by weight if concrete will be exposed to chlorides46 03 30 00 - 12 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 12 of 26 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised June 13, 2025 c.1.0 percent by weight if concrete will have no exposure to chlorides and will be 1 continually dry and protected.2 4. Admixtures3 a.Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions.4 b.Do not use admixtures which have not been incorporated and tested in accepted5 mixes.6 c. Use water-reducing high-range water-reducing or plasticizing admixture in7 concrete, as required, for placement and workability.8 d.Use water-reducing and retarding admixture when required by high9 temperatures, low humidity or other adverse placement conditions.10 e.Use water-reducing admixture in pumped concrete, concrete for heavy-use11 industrial slabs and parking structure slabs, concrete required to be watertight,12 and concrete with a water-cementitious materials ratio below 0.50.13 f.Use corrosion-inhibiting admixture in concrete mixtures where indicated.14 P.Concrete Mixtures15 1.Refer to TxDOT “Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of16 Highways, Streets, and Bridges” for:17 a.Culverts18 b.Headwalls19 c.Wingwalls20 2.Proportion normal-weight concrete mixture as follows:21 a.Minimum Compressive Strength: 3,000 psi at 28 days22 b.Maximum Water-Cementitious Materials Ratio: 0.5023 c.Slump Limit: 5 inches, or 8 inches for concrete with verified slump of 2 to 424 inches before adding high-range water-reducing admixture or plasticizing25 admixture, plus or minus 1 inch26 d.Air Content: 6 percent, plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery for 3/4-27 inch nominal maximum aggregate size28 Q.Fabricating Reinforcement29 1.Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice."30 R.Fabrication of Embedded Metal Assemblies31 1.Fabricate metal assemblies in the shop. Holes shall be made by drilling or32 punching. Holes shall not be made by or enlarged by burning. Welding shall be in33 accordance with AWS D1.1.34 2.Metal assemblies exposed to earth, weather or moisture shall be hot dip galvanized.35 All other metal assemblies shall be either hot dip galvanized or painted with an36 epoxy paint. Repair galvanizing after welding with a Cold Galvanizing compound37 installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Repair painted38 assemblies after welding with same type of paint.39 S.Concrete Mixing40 1.Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to41 ASTM C94, and furnish batch ticket information.42 03 30 00 - 13 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 13 of 26 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised June 13, 2025 a.When air temperature is between 85 and 90 degrees Fahrenheit, reduce mixing 1 and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is 2 above 90 degrees Fahrenheit, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. 3 2.Project-Site Mixing: Measure, batch, and mix concrete materials and concrete4 according to ASTM C94/C94M. Mix concrete materials in appropriate drum-type5 batch machine mixer.6 a.For mixer capacity of 1 cubic yard or smaller, continue mixing at least 1-1/27 minutes, but not more than 5 minutes after ingredients are in mixer, before any8 part of batch is released.9 b.For mixer capacity larger than 1 cubic yard, increase mixing time by 1510 seconds for each additional 1 cubic yard.11 c.Provide batch ticket for each batch discharged and used in the Work, indicating12 Project identification name and number, date, mixture type, mixture time,13 quantity, and amount of water added. Record approximate location of final14 deposit in structure.15 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 16 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 17 PART 3 - EXECUTION 18 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 19 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 20 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 21 3.4 INSTALLATION 22 A.Formwork23 1.Design, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork, according to ACI 301, to24 support vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic loads, and construction loads that might25 be applied, until structure can support such loads.26 2.Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size, shape,27 alignment, elevation, and position indicated, within tolerance limits of ACI 117.28 a.Vertical alignment29 1)Lines, surfaces and arises less than 100 feet in height - 1 inch.30 2)Outside corner of exposed corner columns and control joints in concrete31 exposed to view less than 100 feet in height - 1/2 inch.32 3)Lines, surfaces and arises greater than 100 feet in height - 1/1000 times the33 height but not more than 6 inches.34 4)Outside corner of exposed corner columns and control joints in concrete35 exposed to view greater than 100 feet in height - 1/2000 times the height36 but not more than 3 inches.37 b.Lateral alignment38 1)Members - 1 inch.39 2)Centerline of openings 12 inches or smaller and edge location of larger40 openings in slabs - 1/2 inch.41 03 30 00 - 14 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 14 of 26 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised June 13, 2025 3)Sawcuts, joints, and weakened plane embedments in slabs - 3/4 inch. 1 c.Level alignment2 1)Elevation of slabs-on-grade - 3/4 inch.3 2)Elevation of top surfaces of formed slabs before removal of shores - 3/44 inch.5 3)Elevation of formed surfaces before removal of shores - 3/4 inch.6 d.Cross-sectional dimensions: Overall dimensions of beams, joists, and columns7 and thickness of walls and slabs.8 1)12 inch dimension or less - plus 1/2 inch to minus 1/4 inch.9 2)Greater than 12 inch to 3 foot dimension - plus 1/2 inch to minus 3/8 inch.10 3)Greater than 3 foot dimension - plus 1 inch to minus 3/4 inch.11 e.Relative alignment12 1)Stairs13 a)Difference in height between adjacent risers - 1/8 inch.14 b)Difference in width between adjacent treads - 1/4 inch.15 c)Maximum difference in height between risers in a flight of stairs - 3/816 inch.17 d)Maximum difference in width between treads in a flight of stairs - 3/818 inch.19 2) Grooves20 a)Specified width 2 inches or less - 1/8 inch.21 b)Specified width between 2 inches and 12 inches - 1/4 inch.22 3)Vertical alignment of outside corner of exposed corner columns and control23 joint grooves in concrete exposed to view - 1/4 inch in 10 feet.24 4)All other conditions - 3/8 inch in 10 feet.25 3.Limit concrete surface irregularities, designated by ACI 347R as abrupt or gradual,26 as follows:27 a. Class B, 1/4 inch for smooth-formed finished surfaces.28 b.Class C, 1/2 inch for rough-formed finished surfaces.29 4.Construct forms tight enough to prevent loss of concrete mortar.30 5.Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete31 surfaces. Provide crush or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast32 concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces steeper than 1.533 horizontal to 1 vertical.34 a.Install keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like, for easy removal.35 b.Do not use rust-stained steel form-facing material.36 6.Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve37 required elevations and slopes in finished concrete surfaces. Provide and secure38 units to support screed strips; use strike-off templates or compacting-type screeds.39 7.Construct formwork to cambers shown or specified on the Drawings to allow for40 structural deflection of the hardened concrete. Provide additional elevation or41 camber in formwork as required for anticipated formwork deflections due to weight42 and pressures of concrete and construction loads.43 8.Foundation Elements: Form the sides of all below grade portions of beams, pier44 caps, walls, and columns straight and to the lines and grades specified. Do no earth45 form foundation elements unless specifically indicated on the Drawings.46 03 30 00 - 15 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 15 of 26 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised June 13, 2025 9.Provide temporary openings for cleanouts and inspection ports where interior area1 of formwork is inaccessible. Close openings with panels tightly fitted to forms and2 securely braced to prevent loss of concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in3 forms at inconspicuous locations.4 10.Chamfer exterior corners and edges of permanently exposed concrete.5 11.Form openings, chases, offsets, sinkages, keyways, reglets, blocking, screeds, and6 bulkheads required in the Work. Determine sizes and locations from trades7 providing such items.8 12.Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood,9 sawdust, dirt, and other debris just before placing concrete.10 13.Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar11 leaks and maintain proper alignment.12 14.Coat contact surfaces of forms with form-release agent, according to manufacturer's13 written instructions, before placing reinforcement, anchoring devices, and14 embedded items.15 a.Do not apply form release agent where concrete surfaces are scheduled to16 receive subsequent finishes which may be affected by agent. Soak contact17 surfaces of untreated forms with clean water. Keep surfaces wet prior to18 placing concrete.19 B.Embedded Items20 1.Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for21 adjoining work that is attached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. Use22 setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with23 items to be embedded.24 a.Install anchor rods, accurately located, to elevations required and complying25 with tolerances in AISC 303, Section 7.5.26 1)Spacing within a bolt group:1/8 inch 27 2)Location of bolt group (center): ½ inch28 3)Rotation of bolt group:5 degrees 29 4)Angle off vertical:5 degrees 30 5)Bolt projection: ± 3/8 inch 31 b.Install reglets to receive waterproofing and to receive through-wall flashings in32 outer face of concrete frame at exterior walls, where flashing is shown at lintels,33 shelf angles, and other conditions.34 C.Removing and Reusing Forms35 1.Do not backfill prior to concrete attaining 70 percent of its 28-day design36 compressive strength.37 2.General: Formwork for sides of beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of the38 Work that does not support weight of concrete may be removed after cumulatively39 curing at not less than 50 degrees Fahrenheit for 24 hours after placing concrete, if40 concrete is hard enough to not be damaged by form-removal operations and curing41 and protection operations are maintained.42 a.Leave formwork for beam soffits, joists, slabs, and other structural elements43 that supports weight of concrete in place until concrete has achieved at least 7044 percent of its 28-day design compressive strength.45 03 30 00 - 16 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 16 of 26 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised June 13, 2025 b.Do not remove formwork supporting conventionally reinforced concrete until1 concrete has attained 70 percent of its specified 28 day compressive strength as2 established by tests of field cured cylinders. In the absence of cylinder tests,3 supporting formwork shall remain in place until the concrete has cured at a4 temperature of at least 50 degrees Fahrenheit for the minimum cumulative time5 periods given in ACI 347, Section 3.7.2.3. Add the period of time when the6 surrounding air temperature is below 50 degrees Fahrenheit, to the minimum7 listed time period. Formwork for 2-way conventionally reinforced slabs shall8 remain in place for at least the minimum cumulative time periods specified for9 1-way slabs of the same maximum span.10 c.Immediately reshore 2-way conventionally reinforced slabs after formwork11 removal. Reshores shall remain until the concrete has attained the specified 2812 day compressive strength.13 d.Minimum cumulative curing times may be reduced by the use of high-early14 strength cement or forming systems which allow form removal without15 disturbing shores, but only after the Contractor has demonstrated to the16 satisfaction of the Engineer that the early removal of forms will not cause17 excessive sag, distortion or damage to the concrete elements.18 e.Completely remove wood forms. Provide temporary openings if required.19 f.Provide adequate methods of curing and thermal protection of exposed concrete20 if forms are removed prior to completion of specified curing time.21 g.Reshore areas required to support construction loads in excess of 20 pounds per22 square foot to properly distribute construction loading. Construction loads up23 to the rated live load capacity may be placed on unshored construction provided24 the concrete has attained the specified 28 day compressive strength.25 h.Obtaining concrete compressive strength tests for the purposes of form removal26 is the responsibility of the Contractor.27 i.Remove forms only if shores have been arranged to permit removal of forms28 without loosening or disturbing shores.29 3.Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed,30 delaminated, or otherwise damaged form-facing material will not be acceptable for31 exposed surfaces. Apply new form-release agent.32 4.When forms are reused, clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten to33 close joints. Align and secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for34 exposed concrete surfaces unless approved by Engineer.35 D.Shores and Reshores36 1.The Contractor is solely responsible for proper shoring and reshoring.37 2.Comply with ACI 318 and ACI 301 for design, installation, and removal of shoring38 and reshoring.39 a.Do not remove shoring or reshoring until measurement of slab tolerances is40 complete.41 3.Plan sequence of removal of shores and reshore to avoid damage to concrete.42 Locate and provide adequate reshoring to support construction without excessive43 stress or deflection.44 E.Steel Reinforcement45 03 30 00 - 17 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 17 of 26 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised June 13, 2025 1.General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for placing 1 reinforcement.2 a.Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder3 before placing concrete.4 2.Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other foreign5 materials that would reduce bond to concrete.6 3.Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement.7 Locate and support reinforcement with bar supports to maintain minimum concrete8 cover. Do not tack weld crossing reinforcing bars.9 a.Weld reinforcing bars according to AWS D1.4, where indicated. Only steel10 conforming to ASTM A706 may be welded.11 4.Installation tolerances12 a.Top and bottom bars in slabs, girders, beams and joists:13 1)Members 8 inches deep or less: ±3/8 inch14 2)Members more than 8 inches deep: ±1/2 inch15 b.Concrete Cover to Formed or Finished Surfaces: ±3/8 inches for members 816 inches deep or less; ±1/2 inches for members over 8 inches deep, except that17 tolerance for cover shall not exceed 1/3 of the specified cover.18 5.Concrete Cover19 a.Reinforcing in structural elements deposited against the ground: 3 inches20 b.Reinforcing in formed beams, columns and girders: 1-1/2 inches21 c.Grade beams and exterior face of formed walls and columns exposed to22 weather or in contact with the ground: 2 inches23 d.Interior faces of walls: 1 inches24 e.Slabs: 3/4 inches25 6.Splices: Provide standard reinforcement splices by lapping and tying ends. Comply26 with ACI 318 for minimum lap of spliced bars where not specified on the27 documents. Do not lap splice no. 14 and 18 bars.28 7.Field Welding of Embedded Metal Assemblies29 a.Remove all paint and galvanizing in areas to receive field welds.30 b.Field Prepare all areas where paint or galvanizing has been removed with the31 specified paint or cold galvanizing compound, respectively.32 F. Joints33 1.General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of34 concrete.35 2.Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not36 impaired, at locations indicated or as approved by Engineer.37 a.Place joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement38 across construction joints, unless otherwise indicated. Do not continue39 reinforcement through sides of strip placements of floors and slabs.40 b.Form keyed joints as indicated. Embed keys at least 1-1/2 inches into concrete.41 c.Locate joints for beams, slabs, joists, and girders in the middle third of spans.42 Offset joints in girders a minimum distance of twice the beam width from a43 beam-girder intersection.44 d.Locate horizontal joints in walls and columns at underside of floors, slabs,45 beams, and girders and at the top of footings or floor slabs.46 03 30 00 - 18 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 18 of 26 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised June 13, 2025 e.Space vertical joints in walls as indicated. Locate joints beside piers integral 1 with walls, near corners, and in concealed locations where possible. 2 f.Use a bonding agent at locations where fresh concrete is placed against3 hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces.4 3.Doweled Joints: Install dowel bars and support assemblies at joints where5 indicated. Lubricate or asphalt coat 1-1/2 of dowel length to prevent concrete6 bonding to 1 side of joint.7 G. Waterstops8 1.Flexible Waterstops: Install in construction joints and at other joints indicated to9 form a continuous diaphragm. Install in longest lengths practicable. Support and10 protect exposed waterstops during progress of the Work. Field fabricate joints in11 waterstops according to manufacturer's written instructions.12 2.Self-Expanding Strip Waterstops: Install in construction joints and at other13 locations indicated, according to manufacturer's written instructions, adhesive14 bonding, mechanically fastening, and firmly pressing into place. Install in longest15 lengths practicable.16 H.Adhesive Anchors17 1.Comply with the manufacturer's installation instructions on the hole diameter and18 depth required to fully develop the tensile strength of the adhesive anchor or19 reinforcing bar.20 2.Properly clean out the hole utilizing a wire brush and compressed air to remove all21 loose material from the hole, prior to installing adhesive material.22 I.Concrete Placement23 1.Before placing concrete, verify that installation of formwork, reinforcement, and24 embedded items is complete and that required inspections have been performed.25 2.Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement26 unless approved by Engineer.27 3.Before test sampling and placing concrete, water may be added at Project site,28 subject to limitations of ACI 301.29 a.Do not add water to concrete after adding high-range water-reducing30 admixtures to mixture.31 b.Do not exceed the maximum specified water/cement ratio for the mix.32 4.Deposit concrete continuously in 1 layer or in horizontal layers of such thickness33 that no new concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause34 seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide35 construction joints as indicated. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation.36 a.Deposit concrete in horizontal layers of depth to not exceed formwork design37 pressures, 15 feet maximum and in a manner to avoid inclined construction38 joints.39 b.Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment according to40 ACI 301.41 03 30 00 - 19 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 19 of 26 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised June 13, 2025 c.Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw1 vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations to rapidly penetrate placed2 layer and at least 6 inches into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into3 lower layers of concrete that have begun to lose plasticity. At each insertion,4 limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and5 complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without6 causing mixture constituents to segregate.7 d.Do not permit concrete to drop freely any distance greater than 10 feet for8 concrete containing a high range water reducing admixture (superplasticizer) or9 5 feet for other concrete. Provide chute or tremie to place concrete where longer10 drops are necessary. Do not place concrete into excavations with standing11 water. If place of deposit cannot be pumped dry, pour concrete through a tremie12 with its outlet near the bottom of the place of deposit.13 e. Discard pump priming grout and do not use in the structure.14 5.Deposit and consolidate concrete for floors and slabs in a continuous operation,15 within limits of construction joints, until placement of a panel or section is16 complete.17 a.Consolidate concrete during placement operations so concrete is thoroughly18 worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners.19 b.Maintain reinforcement in position on chairs during concrete placement.20 c.Screed slab surfaces with a straightedge and strike off to correct elevations.21 d.Slope surfaces uniformly to drains where required.22 e.Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open-23 textured surface plane, before excess bleedwater appears on the surface. Do not24 further disturb slab surfaces before starting finishing operations.25 6.Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1 and as follows. Protect26 concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by27 frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures.28 a.When average high and low temperature is expected to fall below 4029 degrees Fahrenheit for 3 successive days, maintain delivered concrete mixture30 temperature within the temperature range required by ACI 301.31 b.Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place32 concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials.33 c.Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze34 agents or chemical accelerators unless otherwise specified and approved in35 mixture designs.36 7.Hot-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 305.1 and as follows:37 a.Maintain concrete temperature below 95 degrees Fahrenheit at time of38 placement. Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control39 temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of40 mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option.41 b.Fog-spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing42 concrete. Keep subgrade uniformly moist without standing water, soft spots, or43 dry areas.44 J.Finishing Formed Surfaces45 03 30 00 - 20 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 20 of 26 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised June 13, 2025 1. Rough-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material1 with tie holes and defects repaired and patched. Remove fins and other projections2 that exceed specified limits on formed-surface irregularities.3 a. Apply to concrete surfaces not exposed to public view.4 2.Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar5 unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a6 texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of7 formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces, unless otherwise8 indicated.9 K.Miscellaneous Concrete Items10 1.Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures, unless otherwise11 indicated, after work of other trades is in place. Mix, place, and cure concrete, as12 specified, to blend with in-place construction. Provide other miscellaneous13 concrete filling indicated or required to complete the Work.14 2.Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while15 concrete is still green and by steel-troweling surfaces to a hard, dense finish with16 corners, intersections, and terminations slightly rounded.17 3.Equipment Bases and Foundations: Provide machine and equipment bases and18 foundations as shown on Drawings. Set anchor bolts for machines and equipment19 at correct elevations, complying with diagrams or templates from manufacturer20 furnishing machines and equipment.21 a.Housekeeping pads: Normal weight concrete (3000 psi), reinforced with22 #3@16 inches on center set at middepth of pad. Trowel concrete to a dense,23 smooth finish. Set anchor bolts for securing mechanical or electrical equipment24 during pouring of concrete fill.25 4.Protective slabs ("Mud slabs"): Normal weight concrete (2500 psi minimum) with a26 minimum thickness of 3-1/2 inches. Finish slab to a wood float finish.27 L.Concrete Protecting and Curing28 1.General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold29 or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection and30 ACI 305.1 for hot-weather protection during curing.31 2.Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams,32 supported slabs, and other similar surfaces. If forms remain during curing period,33 moist cure after loosening forms. If removing forms before end of curing period,34 continue curing for the remainder of the curing period.35 3.Unformed Surfaces: Begin curing immediately after finishing concrete. Cure36 unformed surfaces, including floors and slabs, concrete floor toppings, and other37 surfaces.38 4.Cure concrete according to ACI 308.1, by 1 or a combination of the following39 methods:40 a.Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than 7 days41 with the following materials:42 1)Water43 2)Continuous water-fog spray44 03 30 00 - 21 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 21 of 26 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised June 13, 2025 3)Absorptive cover, water saturated, and kept continuously wet. Cover1 concrete surfaces and edges with 12-inch lap over adjacent absorptive2 covers3 b.Moisture-Retaining-Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-4 retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with5 sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches, and sealed by waterproof tape or6 adhesive. Cure for not less than 7 days. Immediately repair any holes or tears7 during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape.8 1)Moisture cure or use moisture-retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to9 receive floor coverings.10 2)Moisture cure or use moisture-retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to11 receive penetrating liquid floor treatments.12 3)Cure concrete surfaces to receive floor coverings with either a moisture-13 retaining cover or a curing compound that the manufacturer certifies will14 not interfere with bonding of floor covering used on Project.15 c.Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray16 or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas17 subjected to heavy rainfall within 3 hours after initial application. Maintain18 continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period.19 3.5 REPAIR 20 A.Concrete Surface Repairs21 1.Defective Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Engineer.22 Remove and replace concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to Engineer’s23 approval.24 2.Patching Mortar: Mix dry-pack patching mortar, consisting of 1 part Portland25 cement to 2-1/2 parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 sieve, using only enough26 water for handling and placing.27 3.Repairing Formed Surfaces: Surface defects include color and texture28 irregularities, cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycombs, rock pockets, fins and other29 projections on the surface, and stains and other discolorations that cannot be30 removed by cleaning.31 a.Immediately after form removal, cut-out honeycombs, rock pockets, and voids32 more than 1/2 inch in any dimension in solid concrete, but not less than 1 inch33 in depth. Make edges of cuts perpendicular to concrete surface. Clean, dampen34 with water, and brush-coat holes and voids with bonding agent. Fill and35 compact with patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Fill form-tie36 voids with patching mortar or cone plugs secured in place with bonding agent.37 b.Repair defects on surfaces exposed to view by blending white Portland cement38 and standard Portland cement so that, when dry, patching mortar will match39 surrounding color. Patch a test area at inconspicuous locations to verify40 mixture and color match before proceeding with patching. Compact mortar in41 place and strike off slightly higher than surrounding surface.42 c.Repair defects on concealed formed surfaces that affect concrete's durability43 and structural performance as determined by Engineer.44 03 30 00 - 22 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 22 of 26 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised June 13, 2025 4.Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as floors and slabs,1 for finish and verify surface tolerances specified for each surface. Correct low and2 high areas. Test surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope and smoothness; use3 a sloped template.4 a.Repair finished surfaces containing defects. Surface defects include spalls, pop5 outs, honeycombs, rock pockets, crazing and cracks in excess of 0.01 inch wide6 or that penetrate to reinforcement or completely through unreinforced sections7 regardless of width, and other objectionable conditions.8 b.After concrete has cured at least 14 days, correct high areas by grinding.9 c.Correct localized low areas during or immediately after completing surface10 finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching11 mortar. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete.12 d.Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in13 diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective14 areas with clean, square cuts and expose steel reinforcement with at least a 3/4-15 inch clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching16 concrete and apply bonding agent. Mix patching concrete of same materials17 and mixture as original concrete except without coarse aggregate. Place,18 compact, and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same19 manner as adjacent concrete.20 e.Repair random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in diameter with patching21 mortar. Groove top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean off22 dust, dirt, and loose particles. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and apply23 bonding agent. Place patching mortar before bonding agent has dried.24 Compact patching mortar and finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep patched25 area continuously moist for at least 72 hours.26 5.Perform structural repairs of concrete, subject to Engineer’s approval, using epoxy27 adhesive and patching mortar.28 6.Repair materials and installation not specified above may be used, subject to29 Engineer’s approval.30 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 31 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 32 A.Testing and Inspecting: City will engage a special inspector and qualified testing and33 inspecting lab to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports.34 B.Inspections35 1.Steel reinforcement placement36 2.Headed bolts and studs37 3.Verification of use of required design mixture38 4.Concrete placement, including conveying and depositing39 5.Curing procedures and maintenance of curing temperature40 6.Verification of concrete strength before removal of shores and forms from beams41 and slabs42 03 30 00 - 23 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 23 of 26 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised June 13, 2025 C.Concrete Tests: Perform testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained 1 according to ASTM C172 according to the following requirements: 2 1.Testing Frequency: Obtain 1 composite sample for each day's pour of each3 concrete mixture exceeding 5 cubic yard, but less than 25 cubic yard, plus 1 set for4 each additional 50 cubic yard or fraction thereof.5 2.Slump: ASTM C143; 1 test at point of placement for each composite sample, but6 not less than 1 test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. Perform additional7 tests when concrete consistency appears to change.8 3.Air Content: ASTM C231, pressure method, for normal-weight concrete; 1 test for9 each composite sample, but not less than 1 test for each day's pour of each concrete10 mixture.11 4.Concrete Temperature: ASTM C1064; 1 test hourly when air temperature is 4012 degrees Fahrenheit and below and when 80 degrees Fahrenheit and above, and 113 test for each composite sample.14 5.Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C31.15 a.Cast and laboratory cure 5 cylinders of size 4”x8” for each composite sample.16 1)Do not transport field cast cylinders until they have cured for a17 minimum of 24 hours.18 6.Compressive-Strength Tests: ASTM C39;19 a. Test 1 cylinder at the 7th day.20 b.Test 3 cylinders at the 28th day.21 c. Hold 1 cylinder for testing at the 56th day as needed.22 7.When strength of field-cured cylinders is less than 85 percent of companion23 laboratory-cured cylinders, evaluate operations and provide corrective procedures24 for protecting and curing in-place concrete.25 8.Strength of each concrete mixture will be satisfactory if every average of any 326 consecutive compressive-strength tests equals or exceeds specified compressive27 strength and no compressive-strength test value falls below specified compressive28 strength by more than 500 psi.29 9.Report test results in writing to Engineer, concrete manufacturer, and Contractor30 within 48 hours of testing. Reports of compressive-strength tests shall contain31 Project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of32 concrete testing and inspecting lab, location of concrete batch in Work, design33 compressive strength at the 28th days concrete mixture proportions and materials,34 compressive breaking strength, and type of break for both 7- and 28-day tests.35 10.Additional Tests: Testing and inspecting lab shall make additional tests of concrete36 when test results indicate that slump, air entrainment, compressive strengths, or37 other requirements have not been met, as directed by Engineer. Testing and38 inspecting lab may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored39 cylinders complying with ASTM C42 or by other methods as directed by Engineer.40 03 30 00 - 24 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 24 of 26 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised June 13, 2025 a.When the strength level of the concrete for any portion of the structure, as1 indicated by cylinder tests, falls below the specified requirements, provide2 improved curing conditions and/or adjustments to the mix design as required to3 obtain the required strength. If the average strength of the laboratory control4 cylinders falls so low as to be deemed unacceptable, follow the core test5 procedure set forth in ACI 301, Chapter 17. Locations of core tests shall be6 approved by the Engineer. Core sampling and testing shall be at Contractors7 expense.8 b.If the results of the core tests indicate that the strength of the structure is9 inadequate, any replacement, load testing, or strengthening as may be ordered10 by the Engineer shall be provided by the Contractor without cost to the City.11 11.Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to12 determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements.13 12.Correct deficiencies in the Work that test reports and inspections indicate does not14 comply with the Contract Documents.15 D.Measure floor and slab flatness and levelness according to ASTM E1155 within 4816 hours of finishing.17 E.Concrete Finish Measurement and Tolerances18 1.All floors are subject to measurement for flatness and levelness and comply with19 the following:20 a.Slabs shall be flat within a tolerance of 5/16 inches in 10 feet when tested with21 a 10 foot long straightedge. Apply straightedge to the slab at 3 foot intervals in22 both directions, lapping straightedge 3 feet on areas previously checked. Low23 spots shall not exceed the above dimension anywhere along the straightedge.24 Flatness shall be checked the next work day after finishing.25 b.Slabs shall be level within a tolerance of ± 1/4 inch in 10 feet, not to exceed 3/426 inches total variation, anywhere on the floor, from elevations indicated on the27 Drawings. Levelness shall be checked on a 10 foot grid using a level after28 removal of forms.29 c.Measurement Standard: All floors are subject to measurement for flatness and30 levelness, according to ASTM E1155.31 2.Tiered Measurement Standard32 a.Each floor test section and the overall floor area shall conform to the 2-tiered33 measurement standard as specified herein.34 1)Minimum Local Value: The minimum local FF/FL values represent the ab-35 solute minimum surface profile that will be acceptable for any 1 test sample36 (line of measurements) anywhere within the test area.37 2)Specified Overall Value: The specified overall FF/FL values represent the38 minimum values acceptable for individual floor sections as well as the floor39 as a whole.40 3.Floor Test Sections41 a.A floor test section is defined as the smaller of the following areas:42 1)The area bounded by column and/or wall lines43 2)The area bounded by construction and/or control joint lines44 3)Any combination of column lines and/or control joint lines45 03 30 00 - 25 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 25 of 26 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised June 13, 2025 b.Test sample measurement lines within each test section shall be1 multidirectional along 2 orthogonal lines, as defined by ASTM E1155, at a2 spacing to be determined by the City's testing lab.3 c.The precise layout of each test section shall be determined by the City's testing4 lab.5 4.Concrete Floor Finish Tolerance6 a.The following values apply before removal of shores. Levelness values (FL) do7 not apply to intentionally sloped or cambered areas, nor to slabs poured on8 metal deck or precast concrete.9 1)Slabs10 Overall Value FF45/FL30 11 Minimum Local Value FF30/FL20 12 5.Floor Elevation Tolerance Envelope13 a.The acceptable tolerance envelope for absolute elevation of any point on the14 slab surface, with respect to the elevation shown on the Drawings, is as follows:15 1)Slab-on-Grade Construction: ± ¾ inch16 2)Top surfaces of formed slabs measured prior to removal of supporting17 shores: ± ¾ inch18 3)Top surfaces of all other slabs: ± ¾ inch19 4)Slabs specified to slope shall have a tolerance from the specified slope of20 3/8 inch in 10 feet at any point, up to ¾ inch from theoretical elevation at21 any point.22 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 23 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 24 3.10 CLEANING 25 A.Defective Work26 1.Imperfect or damaged work or any material damaged or determined to be defective27 before final completion and acceptance of the entire job shall be satisfactorily re-28 placed at the Contractor's expense, and in conformity with all of the requirements of29 the Drawings and Specifications.30 2.Perform removal and replacement of concrete work in such manner as not to impair31 the appearance or strength of the structure in any way.32 B.Cleaning33 1.Upon completion of the work remove from the site all forms, equipment, protective34 coverings and any rubbish resulting therefrom.35 2.After sweeping floors, wash floors with clean water.36 3.Leave finished concrete surfaces in a clean condition, satisfactory to the City.37 03 30 00 - 26 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 26 of 26 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised June 13, 2025 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 1 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 2 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 4 END OF SECTION 5 6 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D.Johnson 2.2.O.3 – Removed Blue Text/Added Descriptions for water-soluble, chloride-ion content 3.4.C.1 – Changed 75% to 70% 3/11//2022 Zelalem Arega 1.3.B.5.t, 2.2.I.1, 2.2.O.2, – Added ASTM C595 – Type IL cement 6/13/25 M Owen Updated references throughout related to blended hydraulic cement Updated references throughout related to lab not agency 1.11 A. clarified weather conditions/hot weather concreting section 3.7 C. 5. Corrected #/size of cylinders 7 03 34 13 - 1 CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (CLSM) Page 1 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised March 7, 2025 SECTION 03 34 13 1 CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (CLSM) 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A.Section includes:5 1. Controlled low strength material (CLSM) for use in the following:6 a.Flowable backfill7 B.Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification8 1.None.9 C.Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:10 1.Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract11 2.Division 1 – General Requirements12 3.Section 03 30 00 - Cast-in-Place Concrete13 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14 A.Measurement and Payment15 1.Measurement16 a.This Item is considered subsidiary to the structure or Items being placed.17 2.Payment18 a.The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item19 are subsidiary to the structure or Items being placed and no other compensation20 will be allowed.21 1.3 REFERENCES 22 A.Reference Standards23 1.Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference24 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this25 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited.26 B.ASTM International (ASTM):27 1.C33 - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates.28 2.C39 - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete29 Specimens.30 3. C138/C138M-Test Method for Density (Unit Weight), Yield, and Air Content31 (Gravimetric) of Concrete.32 4.C143 - Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete.33 5. C173/C173M-Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by34 Volumetric Method35 6.C231 - Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the36 Pressure Method.37 03 34 13 - 2 CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (CLSM) Page 2 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised March 7, 2025 7.C260 - Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. 1 8.C618 - Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural2 Pozzolan for Use in Concrete.3 9.ASTM C1611/C1611M Standard Test Method for Slump Flow of Self-4 Consolidating Concrete5 10. D4832-Test Method for Preparation and Testing of Controlled Low Strength6 Material (CLSM) Test Cylinders.7 11. D5971/D971M-Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Controlled Low-Strength8 Material.9 12. D6023-16 Standard Test Method for Density (Unit Weight), Yield, Cement10 Content, and Air Content (Gravimetric) of Controlled Low-Strength Material11 (CLSM)12 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 13 1.5 SUBMITTALS 14 A.Provide submittals in accordance with Section 01 33 00.15 B.All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication for16 specials.17 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 18 A.Product data19 B.Sieve analysis20 1.Submit sieve analyses of fine and coarse aggregates being used.21 a.Resubmit at any time there is a significant change in grading of materials.22 2.Mix23 a.Submit full details, including mix design calculations for mix proposed for use.24 C.Trial batch test data25 1.Submit data for each test cylinder.26 2.Submit data that identifies mix and slump flow for each test cylinder.27 03 34 13 - 3 CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (CLSM) Page 3 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised March 7, 2025 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 3 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 4 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 5 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 6 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 7 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED OR OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 8 2.2 PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS 9 A.Materials10 1.Portland cement: Type II low alkali Portland Cement as specified in Section 03 3011 00.12 2.Fly ash: Class F fly ash in accordance with ASTM C618.13 3.Water: As specified in Section 03 30 00.14 4.Admixture: Air entraining admixture in accordance with ASTM C260.15 5.Fine aggregate: Concrete sand (does not need to be in accordance with16 ASTM C33). No more than 12 percent of fine aggregate shall pass a No. 200 sieve,17 and no plastic fines shall be present.18 6.Coarse aggregate: Pea gravel no larger than 3/8 inch.19 B.Mixes20 1.Performance requirements21 a.Total calculated air content22 1)Not less than 10.0 percent or greater than 30.0 percent.23 b.Minimum unconfined compressive strength24 1)Not less than 50 psi measured at 28 days.25 c.Maximum unconfined compressive strength26 1)Not greater than 150 psi measured at 28 days.27 2)Limit the long-term strength (90 days) to 200 psi such that material could28 be re-excavated with conventional excavation equipment in the future if29 necessary.30 d.Wet density31 1)No greater than 132 pounds per cubic foot.32 e.Color33 1)No coloration required unless noted.34 2)Submit dye or other coloration means for approval.35 2.Suggested design mix36 03 34 13 - 4 CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (CLSM) Page 4 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised March 7, 2025 Material Weight Specific Gravity Absolute Volume Cubic Foot Cement 30 pounds 3.15 0.15 Fly Ash 300 pounds 2.30 2.09 Water 283 pounds 1.00 4.54 Coarse Aggregate 1,465 pounds 2.68 8.76 Fine Aggregate 1,465 pounds 2.68 8.76 Admixture 4-6 ounces - 2.70 TOTAL 3,543 pounds - 27.00 1 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 3 A.Trial batch4 1.After mix design has been accepted by City, have trial batch of the accepted mix5 design prepared by testing laboratory acceptable to City.6 2.Prepare trial batches using specified cementitious materials and aggregates7 proposed to be used for the Work.8 3.Prepare trial batch with sufficient quantity to determine slump flow, workability,9 consistency, and to provide sufficient test cylinders.10 B.Test cylinders:11 a.Prepare test cylinders in accordance with ASTM D483212 2.Place test cylinders in a moist curing room. Exercise caution in moving and13 transporting the cylinders since they are fragile and will withstand only minimal14 bumping, banging, or jolting without damage.15 3.Do not remove the test cylinder from mold until the cylinder is to be capped and16 tested.17 4.The test cylinders may be capped with standard sulfur compound or neoprene pads:18 a.Perform the capping carefully to prevent premature fractures.19 b.Use neoprene pads a minimum of 1/2 inch thick, and 1/2 inch larger in diameter20 than the test cylinders.21 c.Do not perform initial compression test until the cylinders reach a minimum22 age of 4 days.23 C.Compression test 8 test cylinders: Test 4 test cylinders at 4 days and 4 at 28 days in24 accordance with ASTM D4832.25 1.The compression strength of the 4 test cylinders tested at 28 days shall be equal to26 or greater than the minimum required compression strength, but not exceed27 maximum compression strength.28 D.If the trial batch tests do not meet the Specifications for strength or density, revise and29 resubmit the mix design, and prepare additional trial batch and tests. Repeat until an30 acceptable trial batch is produced that meets the Specifications.31 03 34 13 - 5 CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (CLSM) Page 5 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised March 7, 2025 1.All the trial batches and acceptability of materials shall be paid by the 1 CONTRACTOR.2 2.After acceptance, do not change the mix design without submitting a new mix3 design, trial batches, and test information.4 E.Determine slump flow in accordance with ASTM C1611/C1611M5 6 PART 3 - EXECUTION 7 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 8 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 9 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 10 3.4 INSTALLATION 11 A. Place CLSM by any method which preserves the quality of the material in terms of12 compressive strength and density:13 1.Limit lift heights of CLSM placed against structures and other facilities that could14 be damaged due to the pressure from the CLSM, to the lesser of 4 feet or the lift15 height indicated on the Drawings. Do not place another lift of CLSM until the last16 lift of CLSM has set and gained sufficient strength to prevent lateral load due to the17 weight of the next lift of CLSM.18 2.The basic requirement for placement equipment and placement methods is the19 maintenance of its fluid properties.20 3.Transport and place material so that it flows easily around, beneath, or through21 walls, pipes, conduits, or other structures.22 4.Use a slump flow of the placed material greater than 9 inches, and sufficient to23 allow the material to flow freely during placement:24 a.After trial batch testing and acceptance, maintain the slump within ± 1 inch25 during construction at all times.26 5.Use a slump flow, consistency, workability, flow characteristics, and pumpability27 (where required) such that when placed, the material is self-compacting,28 self-densifying, and has sufficient plasticity that compaction or mechanical29 vibration is not required.30 6.When using as embedment for pipe take appropriate measures to ensure line and31 grade of pipe.32 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 33 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 34 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 35 A. General36 1.Make provisions for and furnish all material for the test specimens, and provide37 manual assistance to assist the Engineer /City in preparing said specimens.38 03 34 13 - 6 CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (CLSM) Page 6 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised March 7, 2025 2.Be responsible for the care of and providing curing condition for the test specimens. 1 B.Tests by the City/ Testing Lab2 1.During the progress of construction, the City will have tests made to determine3 whether the CLSM, as being produced, complies with the requirements specified4 hereinbefore. Test cylinders will be made and test reports will be uploaded into the5 City’s construction website portal. The testing expense will be borne by the City.6 2.Test cylinders7 a.Prepare test cylinders in accordance with ASTM D48328 b.Place the cylinders in a safe location away from the construction activities.9 Keep the cylinders moist by covering with wet burlap, or equivalent. Do not10 sprinkle water directly on the cylinders.11 c. After 2 days, place the cylinders in a protective container for transport to the12 laboratory for testing. The concrete test cylinders are fragile and shall be13 handled carefully. The container may be a box with a Styrofoam or similar14 lining that will limit the jarring and bumping of the cylinders.15 d.Place test cylinders in a moist curing room. Exercise caution in moving and16 transporting the cylinders since they are fragile and will withstand only17 minimal bumping, banging, or jolting without damage.18 e.Do not remove the test cylinder from mold until the cylinder is to be capped19 and tested.20 f.The test cylinders may be capped with standard sulfur compound or neoprene21 pads:22 1)Perform the capping carefully to prevent premature fractures.23 2)Use neoprene pads a minimum of 1/2 inch thick, and 1/2 inch larger in24 diameter than the test cylinders.25 3)Do not perform initial compression test until the cylinders reach a26 minimum age of 3 days.27 3.The number of cylinder specimens taken each day shall be determined by the28 Inspector.29 a.Test 1 cylinder at 4 days and 2 at 28 days in accordance with D4832.30 b.The average compression strength of the cylinders tested at 28 days shall be31 equal to or greater than the minimum required compression strength, but not32 exceed maximum compression strength.33 4.The City/ Testing Lab will test the yield and air content of the CLSM. Test will be34 made immediately after discharge from the mixer in accordance with ASTM35 D6023-16.36 5.Test the slump flow of CLSM using a slump cone in accordance with37 ASTM C1611/C1611M38 6.If compressive strength of test cylinders does not meet requirements, make39 corrections to the mix design to meet the requirements of this specification.40 03 34 13 - 7 CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (CLSM) Page 7 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised March 7, 2025 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 1 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 2 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 4 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 5 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 6 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 7 8 9 END OF SECTION 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 03/07/25 M Owen 1.3 B Update references 2.2 B. 1. A. Revised range for air content to match TxDOT allowable range 2.4 A. Revised to “accepted by” City 2.4 B. 4. C. and C. – Revised from 3 to 4 days to match ASTM requirements 19 03 80 00 - 1 MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING CONCRETE Page 1 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 SECTION 03 80 00 MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING CONCRETE STRUCTURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A.Section includes: 1. Modifications to existing concrete structures, including: a.Manholes b. Junction boxes c.Vaults d. Retaining walls e.Wing and head walls f.Culverts 2. This section does not include modifications to Reinforced Concrete Pipe. B.Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C.Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A.Measurement and Payment 1. Measurement a.This Item is considered subsidiary to the structure or Items being placed. 2. Payment a.The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item are subsidiary to the structure or Items being placed and no other compensation will be allowed. 1.3 REFERENCES A.Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. ASTM International (ASTM): a.A615, Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. b. C881, Standard Specification for Epoxy-Resin-Base Bonding Systems for Concrete. c.C882, Standard Test Method for Bond Strength of Epoxy-Resin Systems Used with Concrete by Slant Sheer. d. D570, Standard Test Method for Water Absorption of Plastics. e.D638, Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics. 03 80 00 - 2 MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING CONCRETE Page 2 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 f.D695, Standard Test Method for Compressive Properties of Rigid Plastics. g.D732, Standard Test Method for Shear Strength of Plastics by Punch Tool. h. D790, Standard Test Methods for Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and Reinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials. B.Where reference is made to 1 of the above standards, the revision in effect at the time of bid opening applies. 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS A.Provide submittals in accordance with Section 01 33 00. B.All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication for specials. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.Product Data 1. Submit manufacturer's Product Data on all product brands proposed for use to the Engineer for review. 2. Include the manufacturer's installation and/or application instructions. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.When removing materials or portions of existing structures and when making openings in existing structures, take precautions and all erect all necessary barriers, shoring and bracing, and other protective devices to prevent damage to the structures beyond the limits necessary for the new work, protect personnel, control dust, and to prevent damage to the structures or contents by falling or flying debris. B.Core sanitary sewer manhole penetrations. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Deliver the specified products in original, unopened containers with the manufacturer's name, labels, product identification, and batch numbers. B.Store and condition the specified product as recommended by the manufacturer. 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED OR OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS A.Manufacturers 03 80 00 - 3 MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING CONCRETE Page 3 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 1. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: a.Available Products 1) Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products specified. b. Available Manufacturers 1) Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. B.Materials 1. General a.Comply with this Section and any state or local regulations. C.Steel Reinforcement 1. Reinforcing Bars a.ASTM A615, Grade 60, deformed. D.Epoxy Bonding Agent 1. A 2-component, solvent-free, asbestos-free, moisture-insensitive epoxy resin material used to bond plastic concrete to hardened concrete complying with the requirements of ASTM C881, Type V, and the additional requirements specified herein. 2. Properties of the cured material a.Compressive Strength (ASTM D695) 1) 8,500 psi minimum at 28 days b. Tensile Strength (ASTM D638) 1) 4,000 psi minimum at 14 days c.Flexural Strength (ASTM D790 - Modulus of Rupture) 1) 6,300 psi minimum at 14 days d. Shear Strength (ASTM D732) 1) 5,000 psi minimum at 14 days e.Water Absorption (ASTM D570 - 2 hour boil) 1) 1 percent maximum at 14 days f.Bond Strength (ASTM C882) Hardened to Plastic 1) 1,500 psi minimum at 14 days moist cure g.Color 1) Gray h. Available Manufacturers: 1) Sika Corporation, Lyndhurst, New Jersey - Sikadur 32, Hi-Mod 2) BASF, Cleveland, Ohio - Concresive 1438 E.Epoxy Paste 1. A 2-component, solvent-free, asbestos free, moisture insensitive epoxy resin material used to bond dissimilar materials to concrete such as setting railing posts, dowels, anchor bolts, and all-threads into hardened concrete and complying with the requirements of ASTM C881, Type I, Grade 3, and the additional requirements specified herein. 2. Properties of the cured material a.Compressive Properties (ASTM D695): 10,000 psi minimum at 28 days 03 80 00 - 4 MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING CONCRETE Page 4 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 b. Tensile Strength (ASTM D638): 3,000 psi minimum at 14 days. Elongation at Break - 0.3 percent minimum c.Flexural Strength (ASTM D790 - Modulus of Rupture): 3,700 psi minimum at 14 days d. Shear Strength (ASTM D732): 2,800 psi minimum at 14 days e.Water Absorption (ASTM D570): 1.0 percent maximum at 7 days f.Bond Strength (ASTM C882): 2,000 psi at 14 days moist cure g.Color: Concrete grey h. Available Manufacturers 1) Overhead Applications a)Sika Corporation, Lyndhurst, New Jersey - Sikadur 32, Hi-Mod LV b) BASF - Concresive 1438 2) All Other Applications a)Sika Corporation, Lyndhurst, New Jersey - Sikadur Hi-mod LV 31 b) BASF - Concresive 1401 F.Repair Mortars 1. Provide an asbestos free, moisture insensitive, polymer-modified, Portland cement- based cementitious trowel grade mortar for repairs on horizontal or vertical surfaces. a.Available Manufacturers 1) Sika Corporation, Lyndhurst New Jersey - SikaTop 122 2) BASF – Emaco Nanocrete R3 G.Pipe Penetration Sealants 1. 1 component polyurethane, extrudable swelling bentonite-free waterstop that is chemically resistant, not soluble in water and capable of withstanding wet/dry cycling. a.Available Manufacturers 1) Sika Corporation, Lyndhurst New Jersey – SikaSwell S-2 2) Approved equal 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION A.General 1. Cut, repair, reuse, demolish, excavate or otherwise modify parts of the existing structures or appurtenances, as indicated on the Drawings, specified herein, or necessary to permit completion of the Work. Finishes, joints, reinforcements, sealants, etc., are specified in respective Sections. Comply with other requirements of this of Section and as shown on the Drawings. 03 80 00 - 5 MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING CONCRETE Page 5 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 2. Store, mix, and apply all commercial products specified in this Section in strict compliance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 3. Make repairs in all cases where concrete is repaired in the vicinity of an expansion joint or control joint to preserve the isolation between components on either side of the joint. 4. When drilling holes for dowels/bolts at new or existing concrete, stop drilling if rebar is encountered and relocate the hole to avoid rebar as approved by the Engineer. Do not cut rebar without prior approval by the Engineer. B.Concrete Removal 1. Remove concrete designated to be removed to specific limits as shown on the Drawings or directed by the Engineer, by chipping, jack-hammering, or saw-cutting as appropriate in areas where concrete is to be taken out. Do not jackhammer sanitary sewer manhole penetrations. Remove concrete in such a manner that surrounding concrete or existing reinforcing to be left in place and existing in place equipment is not damaged. 2. Where existing reinforcing is exposed due to saw cutting/core drilling and no new material is to be placed on the sawcut surface, apply a coating or surface treatment of epoxy paste to the entire cut surface to a thickness of 1/4 inch. 3. In all cases where the joint between new concrete or grout and existing concrete will be exposed in the finished work, except as otherwise shown or specified, provide a 1-inch deep saw cut on each exposed surface of the existing concrete at the edge of concrete removal. 4. Repair concrete specified to be left in place that is damaged using approved means to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 5. The Engineer may from time to time direct additional repairs to existing concrete. Make these repairs as specified or by such other methods as may be appropriate. C.Connection Surface Preparation 1. Prepare connection surfaces as specified below for concrete areas requiring patching, repairs or modifications as shown on the Drawings, specified herein, or as directed by the Engineer. 2. Remove all deteriorated materials, dirt, oil, grease, and all other bond inhibiting materials from the surface by dry mechanical means, i.e., sandblasting, grinding, etc., as approved by the Engineer. Be sure the areas are not less than 1/2-inch in depth. Irregular voids or surface stones need not be removed if they are sound, free of laitance, and firmly embedded into parent concrete, subject to the Engineer's final inspection. 3. If reinforcing steel is exposed, it must be cleaned by wire brush or other similar means to remove all contaminants, rust, etc., as approved by the Engineer. If 1/2 of the diameter of the reinforcing steel is exposed, chip out behind the steel. Chip a minimum of 1 inch behind the steel. Do not Damage reinforcing to be saved during the demolition operation. 4. Clean reinforcing from existing demolished concrete that is shown to be incorporated in new concrete by wire brush or other similar means to remove all loose material and products of corrosion before proceeding with the repair. Cut, bend, or lap to new reinforcing as shown on the Drawings and provided with 1-inch minimum cover all around. 03 80 00 - 6 MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING CONCRETE Page 6 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 5. The following are specific concrete surface preparation "methods" to be used where called for on the Drawings, specified herein, or as directed by the Engineer. a.Method A 1) After the existing concrete surface at connection has been roughened and cleaned, thoroughly moisten the existing surface with water. 2) Brush on a 1/16-inch layer of cement and water mixed to the consistency of a heavy paste. 3) Immediately after application of cement paste, place new concrete or grout mixture as detailed on the Drawings. b. Method B 1) After the existing concrete surface has been roughened and cleaned, apply epoxy bonding agent at connection surface. 2) Comply strictly with the manufacturer's recommendations for the field preparation and application of the epoxy bonding agent. 3) Place new concrete or grout mixture to limits shown on the Drawings within time constraints recommended by the manufacturer to ensure bond. c.Method C 1) Drill a hole 1/4 inch larger than the diameter of the dowel. 2) Blow the hole clear of loose particles and dust just prior to installing epoxy. First fill the drilled hole with epoxy paste, then butter the dowels/bolts with paste then insert by tapping. 3) Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, drill and set deformed bars to a depth of 10 bar diameters and smooth bars to a depth of 15 bar diameters. 4) If not noted on the Drawings, the Engineer will provide details regarding the size and spacing of dowels. d. Method D 1) Combination of Method B and C. 3.4 INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION 03 80 00 - 7 MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING CONCRETE Page 7 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 26 05 00 - 1 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL Page 1 of 5 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 11, 2022 SECTION 26 05 00 1 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A.Section Includes :5 1. All labor, materials and equipment required to install, test and provide an6 operational, electrical system as specif ied and as shown on the Drawings7 B.Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification8 1. None.9 C.Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:10 1.Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract11 2.Division 1 – General Requirements12 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13 A.Measurement and Payment14 1.Electrical Facilities15 a. Measurement16 1)Measurement for this Item shall be by lump sum.17 b.Payment18 1)The work performed and materials furnished in accordance to this Item19 shall be paid for at the lump sum price bid for “Electrical Facilities”.20 c.The price bid shall include:21 1)Furnishing and installing a complete electrical system22 2)Wire23 3)Cable24 4) Conduit and related hardware25 5) Supports26 6) Excavation27 7)Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill28 8)Hauling29 9)Clean-up30 2.Furnish and Install Electrical Service31 a. Measurement32 1)Measurement for electrical service shall be per each type and size furnished33 and installed.34 b.Payment35 1)The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this36 Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid for “Furnish/Install Electrica l37 Service ” shall be made at the price bid per each type and size installed.38 c.The price bid shall include all aspects of completing the installation of electrical 39 service including, but not limited to:40 1) Conduit41 26 05 00 - 2 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL Page 2 of 5 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 11, 2022 2)Pole risers1 3)Meter base2 4)Breaker box3 5)Breakers4 6)Coordination with Electrical Service Provider5 3.Install Electrical Service6 a. Measurement7 1)Measurement for electrical service shall be per each type and size installed.8 b.Payment9 1)The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this10 Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid for “Install Electrical Service ”11 shall be made at the price bid per each type and size installed.12 c.The price bid shall include all aspects of completing the installation of electrical 13 service including, but not limited to:14 1) Conduit15 2)Pole risers16 4.Remove Electrical Service17 a. Measurement18 1)Measurement for electrical service shall be per each type and size removed.19 b.Payment20 1)The work performed in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the21 unit price bid for “Remove Electrical Service” shall be made at the price bid22 per each type and size removed.23 c.The Price bid shall include all aspects of completing the removal of electrical 24 service including, but not limited to:25 1)Foundation 2 ft below ground surface26 2)Stand alone poles that services only the electrical service27 1.3 REFERENCES 28 A.Reference Standards29 1.Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference30 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this31 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited.32 2.Underwriters Laboratories , Inc. (UL)33 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUI REMENTS 34 A.Coordination35 1.Where references are made to the Related Work paragraph in each Specification36 Section, referring to other Sections and other Divisions of the Specifications, the37 Contractor shall provide such information or Work as may be required in those38 references, and include such information or Work as may be specified.39 2. Division 26 requirements apply to electrical work provided under any division of40 the Specifications41 B.Service and Metering42 1.Obtain s ervice from the electric service provider at 120/240 Volts, Single Phase,43 Three Wire, 60 Hz from transformer equipment furnished and installed by the44 power company.45 26 05 00 - 3 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL Page 3 of 5 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 11, 2022 2. Power company responsibilities 1 a.Furnishing and installing the primary overhead conductors and pole line2 b.Furnishing and installing the transformer or riser pole, primary cutouts, 3 lightning arresters and grounding4 c.Furnishing and installing primary conduits and cables5 d. Furnishing and installing the transformer pad and grounding (if pad-mounted6 transformer)7 e.Furnishing and installing transformer8 f.Terminating underground primary cables9 g.Furnishing metering current transformers (CT's), meter and meter wiring10 h.Terminating secondary cables to the service transformer11 i.Furnishing meter base and enclosure12 3.Contractor responsibilit ies13 a.Furnishing and installing secondary conduits and cables14 b.Furnishing and installing power company approved metering current15 transformer enclosure (if required by power company)16 c.Ins talling meter base17 d.Furnishing and installing an empty conduit with pull line from the metering18 current transformer enclosure to the meter enclosure. Conduit size and type19 approved by the power company20 e.Coordinating electrical service installation with power company21 4.City responsibilities22 a.Negotiating with power company for the costs of new or revised services23 b. Making payment directly to power company for such costs24 C.Codes, Inspections and Fees25 1.Obtain all necessary permits and pay all fees required for permits and inspections.26 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 27 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTA LS [NOT USED] 28 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 29 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 30 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 31 A.Materials and Equipment32 1. New, except where specific ally identified on the Drawings to be reused.33 2. UL listed , where such listing exists .34 3.Electrical service35 a.Service type shall be as shown on the Drawings.36 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 37 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NO T USED] 38 1.12 WARRANTY 39 A.Manufacturer Warranty40 1.Man ufacturer’s warranties are specified in each of the Specification Sections.41 26 05 00 - 4 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL Page 4 of 5 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 11, 2022 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 2 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED ] 3 3.2 EXAMINATION 4 A. Interpretation of Drawings 5 1. Coordinate the conduit installation with other trades and the actual supplied 6 equipment. 7 2. Where circuits are shown as home runs: Provide fittings and boxes for complete 8 raceway installation. 9 3. Verify exact locations and mounting heights of lighting fixtures, switches and 10 receptacles prior to installation . 11 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 12 3.4 INSTALLATION 13 A. Phase Balancing 14 1. Connect circuits on motor control centers and panelboards to result in evenly 15 balanced loads across all phases . 16 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 17 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 18 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 19 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP 20 A. Tests and Settings 21 1. Test systems and equipment furnished under Division 26. 22 2. Repair or replace all defective work. 23 3. Make adjustments to the systems as specified and/or required. 24 4. Prior to energizing electrical equipment, make all tests required by the individual 25 Specification sections. 26 a. Submit a sample test form or procedure. 27 b. Submit the required test reports and data within 30 days after the test. 28 c. Include names of all test personnel. 29 d. Initial each test. 30 5. Check wire and cable terminations for tightness. 31 6. Verify all terminations at transformers, equipment, capacitor connections, panels, 32 and enclosures by producing a 1 2 3 rotation on a phase sequence motor when 33 connected to A, B, and C phases. 34 7. Inspect, set, and test mechanical operation for circuit breakers, disconnect switches, 35 motor starters, and control equipment. 36 26 05 00 - 5 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL Page 5 of 5 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 11, 2022 8.Check interlocking, control and instrument wiring for each system and/or part of a 1 system to prove that the system will function properly as indicated by schematic 2 and wiring diagrams . 3 9.Schedule and coordinate testing wit h the City at least 2 weeks in advance.4 10.Provide qualified test personnel, instruments and test equipment.5 11.Refer to the individual equipment Sections for additional specific testing6 requirements.7 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 8 3.10 CLEA NING [NOT USED] 9 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 10 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED ] 11 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 12 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 13 END OF SECTION 14 15 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 11/22/13 S. Arnold Added installation only pay item for electrical services 3/11/22 S. Hobbs Added removal only pay item for electrical service 16 26 05 10 - 1 DEMOLITION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 1 of 4 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 SECTION 26 05 10 DEMOLITION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A.Section Includes: 1. Furnish, install and test all equipment, wiring and appurtenances as may be required to perform the electrical demolition shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. B.Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C.Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A.Measurement and Payment 1. Measurement a.Measurement for this Item shall be by lump sum. 2. Payment a.The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the lump sum price bid for “Salvage Electrical Equipment”. 3. The price bid shall include: a.Removing and salvaging electrical equipment including, but not limited to: 1) Wire and cable 2) Encasement 3) Conduit 4) Supports b. Excavation c.Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill d. Hauling e.Clean-up 1.3 REFERENCES A.Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) a.70, National Electrical Code (NEC) 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.Coordination 26 05 10 - 2 DEMOLITION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 2 of 4 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 1. Coordinate with the City or their designee 48 hours in advance of removals. 2. Coordinate with other Trades for removal of electrical services in conjunction with the removal of the associated equipment. 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 1. All salvage materials will be delivered by the Contractor to the City at a location designated by the Inspector. The Inspector, assisted by authorized representatives, will serve as the receiving agent for salvage material. 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION A.Verify field measurements and circuiting arrangements. B.Verify that abandoned wiring and equipment serve only abandoned facilities. C.Report Drawing discrepancies to City before disturbing the existing installation. 3.3 PREPARATION A.Disconnect electrical systems in walls, floors and ceilings scheduled for removal. B.Coordinate utility service outages with Utility Company to minimize length and number of outages. C.Provide temporary wiring and connections to maintain existing systems in service during construction. D.When work must be performed on energized equipment or circuits, use personnel experienced in such operations. E.Existing Electrical Service: Maintain existing system in service until new system is complete and ready for service. F.Disable system only to make switchovers and connections. 26 05 10 - 3 DEMOLITION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 3 of 4 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 G.Obtain permission from City at least 1 week in advance, before partially or completely disabling system. 3.4 DEMOLITION AND EXTENSION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL WORK A.Remove, relocate and extend existing installations to accommodate new construction. B.Remove abandoned wiring to source of supply. C.Remove exposed abandoned conduit, including abandoned conduit above accessible ceiling finishes. 1. Cut conduit flush with walls and floors and patch surfaces. D.Disconnect abandoned outlets and remove devices. 1. Remove abandoned outlets if conduit serving them is abandoned and removed. 2. Provide blank cover for abandoned outlets which are not removed. E.Disconnect and remove abandoned panelboards and distribution equipment. F.Disconnect and remove electrical devices and equipment that has been removed. G.Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during demolition and extension work. H.Maintain access to existing installations which remain active. Modify installation or provide access to panels as appropriate. I.Where the demolition or revision of any portion of a raceway or box in the raceway system, in an area, causes the raceway system of the area to no longer comply with the classification or Specification requirements of the area, provide and install such boxes, fittings, etc. as may be necessary to return the raceway system to compliance with Specifications. J.Extend existing installations using materials and methods as specified for new Work. K.Minimize noise, dust, and vibration and conduct the work so as to avoid any damage to the surroundings. L.Salvaged Equipment and Materials 1. The City shall have the right to retain any or all electrical and instrumentation equipment shown or specified to be removed from the site. 2.Deliver the City’s equipment to a site designated by the City. 3. If the City refuses the salvage, the Contractor must claim ownership of the materials and dispose of them properly. 4. Prior to starting demolition, the Contractor and City shall jointly visit the areas of demolition and the City will designate those items that are to remain the property of the City. 5. Take necessary precautions in removing City designated property to prevent damage during the demolition process. a.Remove steel structural members by unbolting, cutting welds, or cutting rivet heads and punching shanks through holes. b. Do not use a cutting torch to separate the City’s equipment or material. 6. Remove items in 1 piece or in a manner that does not impact their reuse. a.Loose components may be removed separately. 26 05 10 - 4 DEMOLITION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 4 of 4 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 b. Controls and electrical equipment may be removed from the equipment and handled separately. c.Large units may be handled separately. d. Salvaged piping shall be taken apart at flanges or fittings and removed in sections. M.Material removed from the construction site during demolition, and any equipment not otherwise designated to remain the property of the City in accordance with the pre- demolition identification process shall become the property of the Contractor, and shall be promptly removed from the construction site. N.Refurbish and replace any existing facility, to be left in place, which is damaged by the demolition operations. 1. The repair of such damage shall leave the parts in a condition at least equal to that found at the start of the work. 3.5 RESTORATION A.Clean and repair existing materials and equipment which remain or are to be reused. B.Panelboards 1. Clean exposed surfaces. 2. Check tightness of electrical connections. 3. Replace damaged circuit breakers. 4. Provide closure plates for vacant positions. 5. Provide typed circuit directory showing revised circuiting arrangement. 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 26 05 33 - 1 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 1 of 12 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 SECTION 26 05 33 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A.Section Includes: 1. Furnish and install complete raceway systems as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. B.Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C.Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2.Division 1 – General Requirements 3. Section 26 05 43 – Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical Systems 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A.Measurement and Payment 1. Conduits and Related Hardware, when a bid item for Electrical Facilities exists a.Measurement 1) This Item is considered subsidiary to Electrical Facilities. b. Payment 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item are subsidiary to Electrical Facilities and shall be subsidiary to the lump sum price bid for Electrical Facilities, and no other compensation will be allowed. 2. Conduits and Related Hardware, when no bid item for Electrical Facilities exists a.Measurement 1) Measurement for conduit shall be per linear foot of the size, installation method, and type of conduit installed. 2) Limits of measurement for conduit are from center to center between ground boxes or poles, a combination of the two or to the termination point. b. Payment 1) Payment for conduit shall be made at the price bid per linear foot of the size, installation method, and type of conduit installed. c.The price bid shall include: 1) Installation of Conduit and Related Hardware including, but not limited to: a)Elbows b) Couplings c)Weatherheads 3. Conduit Boxes, when a bid item for Electrical Facilities exists a.Measurement 1) This Item is considered subsidiary to Electrical Facilities. b. Payment 26 05 33 - 2 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 2 of 12 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item are subsidiary to Electrical Facilities and shall be subsidiary to the lump sum price bid for Electrical Facilities, and no other compensation will be allowed. 4. Conduit Boxes, when no bid item for Electrical Facilities exists a.Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Conduit Box installed per location of installation. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance to this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid for “Conduit Box” installed. c.The price bid shall include: 1) Furnishing and installing the Conduit Box 2) Excavation 3) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 4) Clean-up 1.3 REFERENCES A.Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. American National Standards Institute, Inc. (ANSI). a.ANSI C80.5, American National Standard for Electrical Rigid Aluminum Conduit (ERAC). 3. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA). a.250, Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volt Maximum). b. C80.1, Electrical Rigid Steel Conduit. c.TC-2, Electrical Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Tubing and Conduit. d.TC-3, Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing. e.TC-7, Smooth-Walled Coilable Electrical Polyethylene Conduit. 4. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) a.70 – National Electrical Code (NEC). 1) Article 350, Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit: Type LFMC. 2) Chapter 9, Tables. 5. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) a.6, Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit – Steel. b.514B, Conduit, Tubing and Cable Fittings. c.651, Standard for Schedule 40 and 80 Rigid PVC Conduit. B.All equipment components and completed assemblies specified in this Section of the Specifications shall bear the appropriate label of UL. 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 26 05 33 - 3 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 3 of 12 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 A.Product Data 1. Submit to the City, in accordance with Division 1, the manufacturers' names and product designation or catalog numbers of all materials specified. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Qualifications 1. Manufacturers a.Refer to Specification Section 01 60 00 for listing of approved manufacturers for all materials. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Storage and Handling Requirements 1. Handling: In accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2. Storage a.In accordance with manufacturer's instructions b. Not exposed to sunlight c.Completely covered 3. Materials showing signs of previous or jobsite exposure will be rejected. 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY A.No separate warranty on conduit. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 CONDUIT A.Liquidtight Steel Flexible Metal Conduit 1. Interlocked steel core 2. PVC jacket rated for 80 degrees Celsius 3. Complies with NEC Article 350 4. Fittings 5. Extruded from 6063 T-1 alloy 6. Maximum 0.1 percent copper content 7. Conform to: a.ANSI C80.5 b.UL-6 B.Rigid Steel Conduit 1. Hot dip galvanized 2. Threads: Hot galvanized after cutting 26 05 33 - 4 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 4 of 12 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 3. Conforms to: a.NEMA C80.1 C.Rigid PVC Schedule 80 Conduit 1. Designed for use above ground and underground as described in the NEC 2. Resistant to sunlight 3. UL Labeled 4. Conforms to: a.NEMA TC-2 b. UL 651 5. Fittings conform to: a.NEMA TC-3 b. UL 514B D.Rigid PVC Schedule 40 Conduit 1. Designed for use underground as described in the NEC 2. Resistant to sunlight 3. UL Labeled. 4. Conforms to: a.NEMA TC-2 b. UL 651 5. Fittings conform to: a.NEMA TC-3 b. UL 514B E.High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Conduit 1. Designed for use underground as described in the NEC 2. Resistant to sunlight 3. UL Labeled 4. Conforms to: a.UL 651A b. UL 651B c.NEMA TC-7 F.Raceway Boxes 1. Use: Exposed raceway systems only 2. Boxes for underground systems: Refer to Section 26 05 43. 3. Box size a.Distance between each raceway entry inside the box and the opposite wall: Not be less than 6 times the trade size of the largest raceway in a row. b. Distance shall be increased for additional entries by the amount of the sum of the diameters of all other raceway entries in the same row on the same wall of the box. c.Each row calculated individually, and the single row that provides the maximum distance used to size box. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A.Conduit Outlet Bodies 26 05 33 - 5 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 5 of 12 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 1. Up to and including 2-1/2 inches a.Conduit outlet bodies and covers: Galvanized steel b. Captive screw-clamp cover c.Neoprene gasket d. Stainless steel screws and clamps 2. Larger than 2-1/2 inches a.Use junction boxes. B.Conduit Hubs 1. Watertight 2. Threaded galvanized steel 3. Insulated throat 4. Stainless steel grounding screw C.Grounding Bushings 1. Insulated lay-in lug grounding bushings 2. Tin-plated copper grounding path 3. Integrally molded noncombustible phenolic insulated surfaces rated 150 degrees Celsius 4. Plastic insert cap each bushing 5. Lug size: Sufficient to accommodate maximum ground wire size required by the NEC for the application D.Raceway Sealant 1. Use for sealing of raceway hubs, entering or terminating in boxes or enclosures where shown or specified E.Conduit Penetration Seals 1. Use for conduit wall and floor seals F.Conduit and related hardware 1. All polyvinyl chloride conduits, including elbows and couplings shall be schedule 40 PVC conduit, conforming to Federal Specification W-C-1094 and Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Standard UL-651. All conduit sizes shall be as indicated on the Drawings. 2.Rigid metal conduit shall be steel, hot-dipped galvanized inside and outside. 3. Weather heads shall be made of aluminum and may be the threaded or the clamp on type. G.Expansion/Deflection Fittings 1. Use a.Embedded in concrete b. Exposed 2. Description a.Internal grounding b. 4 inch movement c.Stainless steel/cast iron H.Expansion Fittings 26 05 33 - 6 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 6 of 12 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 1. Galvanized steel 2. 8 inch movement 3. Internal grounding 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 APPLICATION A.Interface with Other Work 1. Coordinate the placement of conduit and related components with other trades and existing installations. B.Unless shown on the Drawings or specified otherwise, the conduit type installed with respect to the location shall be as follows: 1. Underground, 18 inches or more cover: Rigid PVC Schedule 40 or HDPE 2. Underground, less than 18 inches cover: Rigid PVC Schedule 80 or HDPE 3. Exposed: Rigid galvanized steel 4. Final connection to equipment subject to vibration: Liquidtight Steel Flexible Metal Conduit C.Box Applications 1. Furnish raceway junction, pull and terminal boxes with NEMA ratings for the location in which they are installed. 2. Exposed switch, receptacle and lighting outlet boxes and conduit fittings: Galvanized steel 3. Furnish boxes with factory mounting lugs. Drilling through the back of any box or enclosure is prohibited D.Conduit Outlet Bodies Applications 1. Conduits up to and including 2-1/2 inches: Conduit outlet bodies may be used, except where junction boxes are shown or otherwise specified 2. Conduits larger than 2-1/2 inches: Use junction boxes E.Conduit Hub Applications 1. Unless specifically stated herein or described on the Drawings, all raceways shall terminate at an outlet with a conduit hub. Locknut or double locknut terminations will not be permitted. F.Insulated Grounding Bushing Applications 1. Use: Terminate raceways at bottom entry to pad-mounted electrical equipment or switchgear, if there is no wall or floor pan on which to anchor or terminate the raceway. 26 05 33 - 7 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 7 of 12 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 2. Other raceways: Terminate on enclosures with a conduit hub. 3. Grounding bushing caps: Remain on the bushing until the wire is ready to be pulled. G.Conduit Fittings Applications 1. Combination expansion deflection fittings: Install where conduits cross structure expansion joints, on conduit transitions from underground to above ground, and where installed in exposed conduit runs such that the distance between expansion- deflection fittings does not exceed 150 feet of conduit run. 2. Expansion fittings: Install in lieu of a combination expansion-deflection fitting, on the exposed side of conduit transitions from underground to above ground, where the earth has been disturbed to a depth of more than 10 feet. H.Conduit Penetration Seals Applications 1. Conduit wall seals: Use where underground conduits penetrate walls or at other locations shown on the Drawings 2. Conduit sealing bushings: Use to seal conduit ends exposed to the weather and at other locations shown on the Drawings I.Conduit Tag Applications 1. Tag all conduits within 1 foot of the entry of equipment, and wall and floor penetrations. 2. Tag all underground conduits and ducts at all locations, exiting and entering from underground, including manholes and handholes. J.Raceway Installation 1. No conduit smaller than 1¼ inch electrical trade size. 2. No more than the equivalent of 3 - 90 degree bends in any 1 run. 3. Do not pull wire until the conduit system is complete in all details. 4. Install all underground raceways in accordance with Section 26 05 43. 5. Where raceways enter or leave the raceway system, where the raceway origin or termination, could be subjected to the entry of moisture, rain or liquid of any type, particularly where the termination of such raceways terminate in any equipment, new or existing at a lower elevation, such raceways shall be tightly sealed, using watertight sealant (Duxseal or equal), at the higher elevation, both before and after the installation of cables, such that there shall be no entry of water or moisture to the Raceway System at any time. Any damage to new or existing equipment, due to the entrance of moisture from unsealed raceways, shall be corrected by complete replacement of such equipment, at no cost to the City. Cleaning or drying of such damaged equipment will not be acceptable. 6. Conduit supports, for other than for underground raceways: Space at intervals of 8 feet or less as required to obtain rigid construction. 7. Single conduits: Support with 1 hole pipe clamps in combination with 1 screw back plates, to raise conduits from the surface. 8. Multiple runs of conduits: Supported on trapeze type hangers with horizontal members and threaded hanger rods not less than 3/8 inch in diameter. 9. Surface mounted panel boxes, junction boxes, and conduit: Supported by strut to provide a minimum of 1/2 inch clearance between wall and equipment. 26 05 33 - 8 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 8 of 12 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 10. Conduit hangers: Attach to structural steel by means of beam or channel clamps. Use concrete inserts of the spot type where attached to concrete surfaces. 11. Conduits on exposed work a.Install at right angles to and parallel with the surrounding wall. b. Conform to the form of the ceiling. c.No diagonal runs. d. Provide concentric bends in parallel conduit runs. e.Install conduit perfectly straight and true. 12. Conduits terminated into enclosures: Install perpendicular to the walls where flexible liquidtight or rigid conduits are required. a.Do not use short sealtight elbow fittings for such terminations, except for connections to instrumentation transmitters where multiple penetrations are required. 13. Use insulated throat grounding bushings for conduits containing equipment grounding conductors and terminating in boxes. Connect grounding conductors to the box. 14. Install conduits using threaded fittings. Do not use running threads. 15. PVC conduit: Use glued type conduit fittings. 16. HDPE conduit: Use fittings by same manufacturer as conduit. 17.Liquidtight flexible steel conduit a.Primary and secondary of transformers b. Generator terminations c.Other equipment where vibration is present d. Connections to instrumentation transmitters, where multiple penetrations are required e.Do not use in other locations. f.Maximum length: Not greater than that of a factory manufactured long radius elbow of the conduit size being used g.Maximum bending radius: Not less than that shown in the NEC Chapter 9, Table 2, “Other Bends”. h. Do not use BX or AC type prefabricated cables. 18. Conduits passing through openings in walls or floor slabs: Seal remaining openings against the passage of flame and smoke. 19. Conduit ends exposed to the weather or corrosive gases: Seal with conduit sealing bushings. 20. Raceways terminating in Control Panels or boxes containing electrical equipment a.Do not install to enter from the top of the panel or box. b. Seal with a watertight sealant: Duxseal or equal 21. Conduit a.The Contractor will be required to coordinate with all local utility companies, long distance communication companies, City utilities, railroad companies, and Dig Tess if applicable, to ascertain exact locations of conflicting underground services. b. The location of conduits and ground boxes are diagrammatic only and may be shifted by the Inspector to accommodate field conditions. c.The maximum allowable overcut shall be 1 inch (25 mm) in diameter for bores. 26 05 33 - 9 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 9 of 12 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 d. The vertical and horizontal tolerances shall not exceed 18 inches (457 mm) as measured from the intended target point for bores. e.The use of a pneumatically driven device for punching holes beneath the pavement (commonly known as a "missile") will not be permitted. f.Conduit installed for future use shall have a non-metallic, nylon type pull string and shall be capped using standard weather tight conduit caps, as approved by the Inspector. g.The Contractor shall place duct seal or foam at the ends of all conduit where conductors and/or cables are present. h. New Conduit 1) All underground conduit shall be schedule 40 PVC conduit. 2) All conduit or raceways above ground shall be rigid metal. 3) All conduit and fittings shall be of the sizes and types shown on the Drawings. 4) Each section of conduit shall bear evidence of approval by Underwriter's Laboratories. 5) Conduit terminating in posts or pedestal bases shall not extend vertically more than 3 inches above the concrete foundation. 6) Field bends in conduit shall have a minimum radius of 12 diameters of the nominal size of the conduit. 7) Exposed vertical conduit shall be galvanized rigid metal, and reamed and couplings made tight. PVC conduit shall be joined by the solvent--weld method in accordance with the conduit manufacturer's recommendations. 8) No reducer couplings shall be used unless specifically indicated on the Drawings. 9) Conduit and fittings shall have burrs and rough places smoothed and shall be clean and free of obstructions before the cable is installed. 10) Field cuts shall be made with a hacksaw only, and shall be square and true so that the ends will butt or come together for the full diameter thereof. a)In no case shall a cutting torch be used to cut or join conduit. 11) Slip joints or running threads will not be permitted for coupling conduit unless approved by the Inspector. 12) When a standard coupling cannot be used, an approved union coupling shall be used and shall provide a water-tight coupling between the conduit. 13) Couplings shall be properly installed to bring their ends of connected conduit together to produce a good rigid connection throughout the entire length of the conduit run. 14) Where the coating on a rigid metal conduit run has been damaged in handling or installation, such damaged parts shall be thoroughly painted with rust preventive paint. 15) Ends of conduits shall be capped or plugged until installation of the wire is complete. 16) Upon request by the Inspector, the Contractor shall draw a full-size metal wire brush, attached by swivel joint to a pull tape, through the metal conduit to insure that the conduit is clean and free from obstructions. 17) Conduits shall be placed in an open trench at a minimum 24 inches (612 mm) depth below the curb grade in the sidewalk areas, or 18 inches (450 mm) below the finished street grade in the street area. 26 05 33 - 10 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 10 of 12 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 18) Conduit placed for concrete encasement shall be secured and supported in such a manner that the alignment will not be disturbed during placement of the concrete. a)No concrete shall be placed until all of the conduit ends have been capped and all box openings closed. 19) PVC conduit, which is to be placed under existing pavement, sidewalks, and driveways, shall be placed by first providing a void through which the PVC conduit shall be inserted. a)The void may be made by boring. b) Use of water or other fluids in connection with the boring operation will be permitted only to lubricate cuttings. c)Water jetting will not be permitted. 20) If it is determined by the Inspector that it is impractical to place the conduit by boring as outlined above due to unforeseen obstructions, written permission may be granted by the Traffic Services Manager or designee for the Contractor to cut the existing pavement. 21) Pits for boring shall not be closer than 2 feet (612 mm) to the back of the curb or the outside edge of the shoulder. a)The boring method used shall not interfere with the operation of streets, highways, or other facilities, and shall not weaken or damage any embankment structure, or pavement. 22) Backfill - Compaction & Density Test for All Ditchlines a)All ditchlines within paving areas of existing and proposed streets and within 2 feet (600 mm) back of curb are to be mechanically tamped. b) All tamping is to be density controlled to 90 percent standard proctor density at optimum moisture content and no greater than 5 percent optimum or less than 2 percent below optimum. c)All backfill material is to be select native material, 6 inches (150 mm) diameter clods and smaller. d) It is permissible to put backfill in 6 inches to 8 inches (150 mm to 400 mm) lifts with densities being taken for each 1feet (300 mm) of compacted material on offsetting stations of 50 feet (15.9 M). 23) Provide adequately bent conduit and properly excavate so as to prevent damage to the conduit or conductor by a bend radius which is too short. 24) All conduit runs shall be continuous and of the same material (metal only or PVC only). 25) Where tying into existing conduit, the Contractor must continue with the same material (metal to metal or PVC to PVC). 26) Each length of galvanized rigid metal conduit, where used, shall be reamed and threaded on each end and couplings shall be made up tight. 27) White-lead paint or equal shall be used on threads of all joints. 28) Metal conduit and fittings shall have the burrs and rough places smoothed. 29) Where the coating on a metal conduit run has been damaged in handling or installation, such damaged parts shall be thoroughly painted with rust preventive paint. i.Existing Conduit 1) Prior to pulling cable in existing underground conduit, the conduit shall be cleaned with a mandrel or cylindrical wire brush and blown out with compressed air. 26 05 33 - 11 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 11 of 12 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 2) If conduit appears to be blocked, the Contractor shall make an attempt to clear the conduit by rodding (The Contractor will not receive extra compensation for rodding). 3) If the existing conduit cannot be used, the Contractor may be required to repair and/or replace this conduit as directed by the Engineer. a)Repair of this conduit will be paid for as "extra work" on a Change Order. 4) The Inspector shall be notified prior to disconnection or removal of any existing cable. 22. Conduits from external sources entering or leaving a multiple compartment enclosure: Stub up into the bottom horizontal wireway or other manufacturer designated area, directly below the vertical section in which the conductors are to be terminated. 23. Conduits entering from cable tray: Stub into the upper section. 24. Install conduit sealing and drain fittings in areas designated as NEMA 4X or NEMA 7. 25. Conduit identification platens a.Install on all power, instrumentation, alarm and control conduits at each end of the run and at intermediate junction boxes and manholes. b. Install conduit plates before conductors are pulled into conduits. c.Coordinate exact identification plate location with the City at the time of installation to provide uniformity of placement and ease of reading. 26. Pull mandrels through all existing conduits that will be reused and through all new conduits 2 inches in diameter and larger prior to installing conductors. 27. Install 3/16 inch polypropylene pull lines in all new conduits noted as spares or designated for future equipment. 28. Install conduit to drain away from the equipment served. If conduit drainage is not possible, use conduit seals to plug the conduits at the point of attachment to the equipment 29. Route conduits to avoid crossing pipe shafts, access hatches or vent duct openings, present or future, in floor or ceiling construction. 30. Do not use running threads. 31. Conduits passing from heated to unheated spaces, exterior spaces, refrigerated spaces, or cold air plenums: Sealed with watertight sealant: Duxseal or equal 32. Locate conduits a minimum of 3 inches from steam or hot water piping. a.Where crossings are unavoidable, locate conduit at least 1 inch from the covering of the pipe crossed. 33. Conduits terminating at a cable tray a.Support independently from the cable tray. b. Provide conduit support within 1-feet of the cable tray. c.Weight of the conduit not supported by cable tray 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 26 05 33 - 12 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 12 of 12 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 26 05 43 - 1 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 1 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised July 1, 2011 SECTION 26 05 43 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Furnish and install a complete underground system of raceways, manholes and handholes 2. Raceways for use in structural concrete are specified in Section 26 05 33, Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 3. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete 4. Section 26 05 33 – Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 5. Section 33 05 10 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Measurement a. This Item is considered subsidiary to the Electrical Facilities being installed. 2. Payment a. The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item are subsidiary to the electrical facilities specified on the Drawings and shall be subsidiary to the lump sum price bid for Electrical Facilities, and no other compensation will be allowed. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) a. M306 – Standard Specification for Drainage Structure Castings. 3. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL). 26 05 43 - 2 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 2 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised July 1, 2011 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.Product Data 1. Plastic duct spacers B.Shop Drawings 1. Manholes, handholes and associated hardware 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Qualifications 1. Manufacturers a.Precast manholes: Manufactured in a NPCA (National Precast Concrete Association) Certified Plant 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Storage and Handling Requirements 1. Handle and store material in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2. Store materials completely covered; do not expose materials to sunlight. 3. Materials showing signs of previous or jobsite exposure will be rejected. 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS 1.12 WARRANTY A.No separate warranty for this equipment PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 MATERIALS A.Manufacturers 1. Manufacturer List a.Refer to Section 01 60 00. B.Conduit 1. PVC Schedule 40 or HDPE 2. Refer to Section 26 05 33 3. Terminators: Same size and type as the raceway C.Concrete cap for raceways and duct banks 1. Refer to Section 03 30 00. 26 05 43 - 3 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 3 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised July 1, 2011 2. Red dye a.40 pounds per 10 cubic yards of concrete D.Manholes and Handholes 1. Precast concrete 2. Designed for a AASHTO Class H20 load. 3. Sizes shown on Drawings 4. Manhole tops a.Field removable b. Stainless steel lifting eyes 5. Duct bank entries into the manhole or handhole a.Centered on the entering wall b. Contain the number and size of duct terminators to match the corresponding duct bank 6. Concrete sump a.Minimum dimensions: 12 inches x 12 inches x 2 inches deep b. Located in the middle of the floor of the manhole or handhole, or as shown on the Drawings E.Manhole Covers 1. Heavy duty 2. 36 inch diameter 3. Machined gray iron 4. AASHTO M306 CL35B minimum 5. 40,000-pound proof load value (AASHTO Class H20 X 2.5) 6. Including frame 7.“Electric” or “Communication” raised lettering recessed flush on the cover 8. Drop handles F.Castings 1. Made In the USA 2.Cast with the foundry’s name and production date (example: mm/dd/yy) 3. True to pattern in form and dimension 4. Free from pouring faults, sponginess, cracks, blow holes, or other defects in positions affecting strength and value 5. Angles: Filleted 6. Arises: Sharp and true G.Hardware 1. Cable racks a.Heavy duty b. Non-metallic c.Arm lengths of 8 inches, 14 inches and 20 inches, each supporting a load of not less than 250 pounds at the outer end d. Molded in 1 piece of U.L. listed glass reinforced nylon e.Secured to the manhole and walls using drilled epoxy anchoring system, with 316 stainless steel bolts 26 05 43 - 4 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 4 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised July 1, 2011 f.Arms vertically spaced not greater than 24 inches on center 2. Pulling irons a.Copolymer polypropylene coated 1/2 inch diameter cable b. Rated pulling strength: 7500 lbs c.Polyethylene pulling iron pocket d. Manholes: Recessed in wall opposite each duct entry e.Handholes: Located near center of handhole floor 3. Ladders a.Fiberglass reinforced plastic b. Safety yellow c.18 inch rung width d. 12 inch rung spacing e.Furnish 2 ladders, length 4 feet greater than the deepest manhole in the underground system H.Polyethylene Warning Tape 1. Red polyethylene film 2. 2 inches minimum width 3. Embedded metallic wire for location tracing 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION A.Verification of Conditions 1. Field verify the routing of all underground duct banks before placement 2. Modify the routing to avoid underground utilities or above ground objects 3. Provide any alternate routing of the duct banks to the City for approval before installation 3.3 TRENCH EXCAVATION A.Provide suitable room for installing manholes, handholes, ducts and appurtenances B.Furnish and place all sheeting, bracing and supports. C.Excavate material of every description and of whatever substance encountered. D.Pavement: Cut with saw, wheel or pneumatic chisel along straight lines before excavating E.Refer to Section 33 05 10. 3.4 INSTALLATION A.Trench Excavation 1. Provide suitable room for installing manholes, handholes, ducts and appurtenances. 26 05 43 - 5 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 5 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised July 1, 2011 2. Furnish and place all sheeting, bracing and supports. 3. Excavate material of every description and of whatever substance encountered in conformance with Section 33 05 10. 4. Pavement a.Cut with saw, wheel or pneumatic chisel along straight lines before excavating. 5. Trenching and Compaction shall be in accordance with Section 33 05 10. B.Special Techniques 1. Changes of direction a.Less than 20 degrees 1) Use hotbox, strictly in conformance with the conduit manufacturer’s instructions b. Greater than 20 degrees 1) Use long radius bends 2. Minimum raceway size between manholes or handholes shall be 2 inches C.Slopes 1. Install raceways to drain away from buildings. 2. Install raceways between manholes or handholes to drain toward the manholes or handholes. 3. Slopes a.At least 3 inches per 100 feet D.Lay raceway lines in trenches on sand bedding. E.Plastic spacers 1. Not more than 4 feet apart 2. Provide not less than 2 inch clearance between raceways. F.Raceway banks cover: 24 inches G.Raceway terminations at manholes: Terminator for PVC conduit H.Blank duct plugs 1. Use to seal the ends of all unused ducts in the duct system 2. Installed where ducts enter manholes or handholes, and at entrances and exits to the underground system I.Raceways entering or exiting the underground system, rising to higher elevation 1. Seal at higher elevation before and after the installation of cables 2. No entry of water or moisture to the Underground System at any time J.Complete duct system before pulling any wire. K.Swab all raceways clean before installing cable. L.Cables in manholes and handholes 1. Train, support and restrain on cable racks. 2. Route cables passing duct entrances above all duct entrances. 3. Do not route cable in front of or below duct bank entrances. 4. Install polyethylene warning tape trench above each raceway or duct bank. 26 05 43 - 6 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 6 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised July 1, 2011 M. Tag all underground conduits at all locations exiting and entering from underground, including manholes and handholes 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION A. Remove and replace sub grade soils which become soft, loose or otherwise unsatisfactory as a result of inadequate excavation, dewatering or other trenching methods, using gravel fill. B. Existing pavement 1. Saw cut and repair existing pavements above new and modified existing duct banks. 2. Cut along straight lines. 3. Replace pavement with the same type and quality of the existing paving. C. Grassy areas 1. Remove and replace sod, or 2. Loam and reseed surface 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION A. Backfilling 1. Remove materials unsuitable for backfilling. 2. Trench fill a. Common fill material b. Void of rock or other non-porous material c. Layers not to exceed 8-inches in loose measure d. Compact to 90 percent standard Proctor density at optimum moisture content of ± 4 percent e. Mounded 6-inches above existing grade 3. Existing grass, loam or gravel surface a. Remove surface material b. Conserve c. Replace to the full original depth 4. Paved areas or designated future paved areas a. Backfill with select fill material b. Layers not to exceed 8-inches loose measure c. Compact to 95 percent standard Proctor density at optimum moisture content of ± 3 percent 5. Compaction a. Hand or pneumatic tamping with tools weighing at least 20 pounds b. Place material being spread and compacted in layers not over 8-in loose thick. c. Sprinkle in conjunction with rolling or ramming, if needed to achieve required compaction 6. Do not place bituminous paving in backfill. 7. Do not use water jetting as a means of consolidating or compacting backfill. 8. Road surfaces a. Broom and hose-clean immediately after backfilling b. Employ dust control measures at all times. 26 05 43 - 7 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 7 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised July 1, 2011 3.7 CLEANING A.Remove all rubbish and debris from inside and around the underground system. B.Remove dirt, dust, or concrete spatter from the interior and exterior of manholes, handholes and structures, using brushes, vacuum cleaner or clean, lint free rags. C.Do not use compressed air. 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 31 10 00 - 1 SITE CLEARING Page 1 of 6 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 22 , 2021 SECTION 31 10 00 SITE CLEARING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A.Section Includes: 1.Pr eparation of right-of-way and other designated areas for construction operations by removing and disposing of all obstructions including clearing and grubbing andtrees, w hen removal of such obstructions is not specifically shown on the Drawings to be paid by other Sections. B.Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1.None. C.Related S p ecification Sections include but are not necessarily limited to 1.Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2.Division 1 – General Requirements 3.Section 02 41 13 – S e lective Site Demolition 4. Section 02 41 14 – Utility Removal/Ab andonment 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A.Measurement and Payment 1.Site Clearinga.Meas urement 1)Measurement for this Item shall be by lump sum, square yard, or per acre. b.Payment 1)The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with thisItem shall be paid for at the lump sum, square yard, or per acre price bid for “Site Clearing”. c.The price bid shall include: 1)Pruning of designated trees and shrubs 2)Removal and disposal of structures and obstructions (unless separate bid item is provided under 02 41 13 “Selective Site Demolition or 02 41 14“Utility Removal/Abandonment”). 3)Removal and disposal of trees under 6-inc h in diameter when bidding by lump sum or square yard 4)Removal of ALL trees when bidding by acre. 5)Bac kfilling of holes6)Clean-up 2.Tr ee Removal (for trees 6-inch or larger in diameter when Site Clearing is bid by lump sum or square yard) a.Meas urement 1)Measurement for this Item shall be per each. 2)Measurement of diameter for tree removal shall be at standard “Diameter at Breast Height” or DBH, where Breast Height shall be 54” above grade. 31 10 00 - 2 SITE CLEARING Page 2 of 6 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 22 , 2021 3) b.Payment1)The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this I tem shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Tree Removal” for: a)Various diameter ranges c.The price bid shall include: 1)Removal and dis pos al of tree, including removal of root to a depth at least 2foot below grade 2)Grading and backfilling of holes 3)Exc avation 4)Clean-up 3.Tr ee Removal and Transplantationa.Meas urement 1)Measurement for this Item shall be per each. b.Payment 1)The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with thisItem shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Tree Transplant” for: a)Various diameter ranges c.The price bid shall include: 1) Pruning of designated trees and shrubs 2)Moving tree with truck mounted tree spade 3)Grading and backfilling of holes 4)Replanting tree at temporary location (determined by Contractor) 5)Maintaining tree until Work is completed 6)Replanting tree into original or designated location 7)Exc avation 8)Fertilization9) Mulching 10)Watering 11)Clean-up 12)War ranty period 4.Tree Protection a.Meas urement 1)Measurement for this Item shall be per each as designated on Construction Drawings for protection b.Payment 1)The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Tree Protection” for: a)Various caliper ranges c.The price bid shall include: 1)Protection of tree utilizing measures designated on Construction Drawings2)Installation of work of barriers as designated on Construction Drawings 3)Maintenance of protection measures throughout construction completed 4)Replanting tree into original or designated location 5) Excavation 6)Fertilization 7) Mulching 8)Clean-up including removal on constriction completion of protection measures 31 10 00 - 3 SITE CLEARING Page 3 of 6 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 22 , 2021 5. 1.3 REFERENCES [NO T USED] 1.4 ADMINSTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.Permits 1.Contractor shall obtain T r ee Removal Permits and Urban Forestry Permits as required by the City’s Tree Ordinance. PAR D -Forestry details can be found here:Fores try – Welcome to the City of Fort Worth (fortworthtexas.gov). Urban Forestry Compliance's ordinance and requirements are within Zoning and can be found here: Zoning – Welcome to the City of Fort Worth (fortworthtexas.gov). B.Preinstallation Meetings 1.Hold a preliminary site clearing meeting and include the Contractor, City Forester (if City owned tree) or representative of Urban Forestry if privately owned trees), City I nspector, and the Project Manager for the purpose of reviewing the Contractor’s tree removal plan. Clear ly mark all trees to remain on the project site prior to the meeting. 2.The Contractor will provide the City with a Disposal Letter in accordance toDivision 01. 1.5 SUB MITTALS [NOT USED ] 1.6 A CTION SUBMITTALS/INFO R MATIONAL SUBMITTA LS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MA I NTENANCE MATERIAL SUB MITTALS [NOT USED ] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT US ED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 F I ELD COND ITIONS [NOT US ED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED ] PART 3 - EXECUTI ON 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED ] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION A.All trees identified to be protected and/or preserved should be clearly flagged with survey tape as per Construction Drawings. 31 10 00 - 4 SITE CLEARING Page 4 of 6 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 22 , 2021 B.Following taping and prior to any removals or site clearing, the Contractor shall meet with the City, the Engineer and the Landowner, if necessary, to confirm trees to besaved. 3.4 I NSTALLATION A.Protection of Trees 1.Protect designated trees and prune trees and shrubs as shown on the Drawings. Refer to the Drawing s for tree protection details. 2.If the Drawing s do not provide tree protection details, protected trees shall befenced by placing 6-foot t all metal T -posts in a square around the tree trunk with the corners located on the canopy drip line, unless instructed otherwise. 3.When site conditions do not allow for the T -pos ts to be installed at the drip line , the T-pos ts may be installed no less than 8 feet from the tree trunk. 4-foot high 12 ½ gauge stock fencing or orange plastic snow fence shall be attached to the T -posts to form the enclosure. 4.For city -ow ned trees, PARD-Forestry permission required to install protective fencing inside of canopy dripline (Critical Root Zone). 5.Additional trunk protection (cladding) is required when protective fencing is approved within the Critical Root Zone. 6.Do not park equipment, service equipment, store materials, or disturb the root areaunder the branches of trees designated for preservation. 7.When shown on the Drawing s, treat cuts on trees with an approved tree wound dressing within 30 m in utes of making a pruning cut or otherwise causing damage to the tree. 8.Trees and brush shall be mulched on-sit e. a.Burning as a method of disposal is not allowed. B.Hazardous Materials 1.The Contractor will notify the Engineer immediately if any hazardous or questionable materials not shown on the Drawing s ar e encountered. This includes;but not limited to: a.Floor tiles b.Roof tiles c.Shingles d.Sidinge.Utility piping 2.The testing, removal, and disposal of hazardous materials w ill be in accordance with Division 1. C.Site Clearing 1.Clear areas shown on the Drawing s of all obstructions, except those landscape features that are to be preserved. Such obstructions include, but are not limited to: a.Remains of buildings and other structures b. Foundations c.Floor slabs d.Conc rete e.Brickf.Lumber 31 10 00 - 5 SITE CLEARING Page 5 of 6 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 22 , 2021 g.Plaster h. Septic tank drain fieldsi.Abandoned utility pipes or conduits j.Equipment k.Trees l.Fences m.Retaining wallsn. Other items as specified on the Drawing s 2.Remove vegetation and other landscape features not des ignated for preservation, whether above or below ground, including, but not limited to: a.Curb and gutter b.Driveways c.Paved parking areas d.Miscellaneous stone e.Sidewalks f.Drainage structuresg. Manholes h.Inlets i.Abandoned railroad tracks j.Scrap iron k.Other debris 3.Remove culverts, storm sewers, manholes, and inlets in proper sequence tomaintain traffic and drainage in a ccordance with Section 02 41 14. 4.In areas receiving embankment, remove obstructions not designated for pres ervation to 2 feet below natural ground. 5.In areas to be excavated, remove obstructions to 2 feet below the excavation level. 6.In all other areas, remove obstructions to 1 foot below natural ground. 7.When allowed by the Dra w ing s or directed by the Engineer, cut trees and stumps off to ground level. a.Removal of existing structures shall be as per Section 02 41 13. D.Disposal 1.Dispose of all trees within 24 hours of removal at an approved off-site facility. 2.All materials and debris removed becomes the property of the Contractor, unless otherwise stated on the D rawing s . 3.The Contractor will dis pos e of material and debris off-site in accordance with local, state, and federal laws and regulations . 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 3.6 RE-INSTA LLATION [NOT US ED] 3.7 F I ELD QUALI TY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED ] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 31 10 00 - 6 SITE CLEARING Page 6 of 6 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 22 , 2021 END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.4.A Permits: Removed ordinance number and added City’s website address 3/22/2021 M Owen 1.2 Clarified measurement and payment . 1.4. Clarified administrative requirements. 3.4 Clarified additional installation requirements for tree protection and disposal. 31 23 16 - 1 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION Page 1 of 5 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised January 28, 2013 1 2 3 SECTION 31 23 16 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A.Section Includes:6 1.Excavate areas as shown on the Drawings or as directed. Removal of materials7 encountered to the lines, grades, and typical sections shown on the Drawings and8 removal from site. Excavations may include construction of9 a.Roadways10 b.Drainage Channels11 c.Site Excavation12 d.Excavation for Structures13 e.Or any other operation involving the excavation of on-site materials14 B.Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification15 1.None.16 C.Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:17 1.Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract18 2.Division 1 – General Requirements19 3.Section 31 23 23 – Borrow20 4.Section 31 24 00 – Embankments21 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 A.Measurement and Payment 1.Excavation by Plan Quantity a.Measurement 1)Measurement for this Item shall be by the cubic yard in its final position using the average end area method. Limits of measurement are shown on the Drawings. 2)When measured by the cubic yard in its final position, this is a plans quantity measurement Item. The quantity to be paid is the quantity shown in the proposal, unless modified by Article 11.04 of the General Conditions. Additional measurements or calculations will be made if adjustments of quantities are required. b.Payment 1)The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per cubic yard of “Unclassified Excavation by Plan”. No additional compensation will be allowed for rock or shrinkage/swell factors, as these are the Contractor’s responsibility. 42 31 23 16 - 2 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION Page 2 of 5 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised January 28, 2013 c.The price bid shall include:1 1)Excavation2 2)Excavation Safety3 3)Drying4 4)Dust Control5 5)Reworking or replacing the over excavated material in rock cuts6 6)Hauling7 7)Disposal of excess material not used elsewhere onsite8 8)Scarification9 9)Clean-up10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 38 A.Definitions39 1.Unclassified Excavation – Without regard to materials, all excavations shall be40 considered unclassified and shall include all materials excavated. Any reference to41 Rock or other materials on the Drawings or in the specifications is solely for the42 City and the Contractor’s information and is not to be taken as a classification of43 the excavation.44 1.4 ADMINSTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 45 A.The Contractor will provide the City with a Disposal Letter in accordance to Division46 01.47 31 23 16 - 3 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION Page 3 of 5 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised January 28, 2013 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 5 A.Excavation Safety6 1.The Contractor shall be solely responsible for making all excavations in a safe7 manner.8 2.All excavation and related sheeting and bracing shall comply with the requirements9 of OSHA excavation safety standards 29 CFR part 1926 and state requirements.10 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 11 A.Storage12 1.Within Existing Rights-of-Way (ROW)13 a.Soil may be stored within existing ROW, easements or temporary construction14 easements, unless specifically disallowed in the Contract Documents.15 b.Do not block drainage ways, inlets or driveways.16 c.Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 31 25 00.17 d.When the Work is performed in active traffic areas, store materials only in18 areas barricaded as provided in the traffic control plans.19 e.In non-paved areas, do not store material on the root zone of any trees or in20 landscaped areas.21 2.Designated Storage Areas22 a.If the Contract Documents do not allow the storage of spoils within the ROW,23 easement or temporary construction easement, then secure and maintain an24 adequate storage location.25 b.Provide an affidavit that rights have been secured to store the materials on26 private property.27 c.Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 31 25 00.28 d.Do not block drainage ways.29 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 30 A.Existing Conditions31 1.Any data which has been or may be provided on subsurface conditions is not32 intended as a representation or warranty of accuracy or continuity between soils. It33 is expressly understood that neither the City nor the Engineer will be responsible34 for interpretations or conclusions drawn there from by the Contractor.35 2.Data is made available for the convenience of the Contractor.36 31 23 16 - 4 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION Page 4 of 5 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised January 28, 2013 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [NOT USED] 3 2.2 PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS 4 A.Materials5 1.Unacceptable Fill Material6 a.In-situ soils classified as ML, MH, PT, OL or OH in accordance with ASTM7 D24878 PART 3 - EXECUTION 9 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 10 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 11 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 12 3.4 CONSTRUCTION 13 A.Accept ownership of unsuitable or excess material and dispose of material off-site14 accordance with local, state, and federal regulations at locations.15 B.Excavations shall be performed in the dry, and kept free from water, snow and ice16 during construction with eh exception of water that is applied for dust control.17 C.Separate Unacceptable Fill Material from other materials, remove from the Site and18 properly dispose according to disposal plan.19 D.Maintain drainage in the excavated area to avoid damage to the roadway sections and20 proposed or existing structures.21 E.Correct any damage to the subgrade caused by weather, at no additional cost to the22 City.23 F.Shape slopes to avoid loosening material below or outside the proposed grades.24 Remove and dispose of slides as directed.25 G.Rock Cuts26 1.Excavate to finish grades.27 2.In the event of over excavation due to contractor error below the lines and grades28 established in the Drawings, use approved embankment material compacted in29 accordance with Section 31 24 00 to replace the over excavated at no additional30 cost to City.31 H.Earth Cuts32 1.Excavate to finish subgrade33 31 23 16 - 5 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION Page 5 of 5 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised January 28, 2013 2.In the event of over excavation due to contractor error below the lines and grades 1 established in the Drawings, use approved embankment material compacted in 2 accordance with Section 31 24 00 to replace the over excavated at no additional 3 cost to City. 4 3.Manipulate and compact subgrade in accordance with Section 31 24 00.5 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 6 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 7 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 8 A.Subgrade Tolerances9 1.Excavate to within 0.1 foot in all directions.10 2.In areas of over excavation, Contractor provides fill material approved by the City11 at no expense to the City.12 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 13 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 14 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 15 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 16 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 17 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 18 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 19 END OF SECTION 20 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.2 - Measurement and Payment Section modified; Blue Text added for clarification 1/28/13 D. Johnson 1.2 – Modified Bid Item names in payment section to differentiate between Payment Methods on bid list. 21 31 23 23 - 1 BORROW Page 1 of 6 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised January 28, 2013 SECTION 31 23 23 1 BORROW 2 [Text in Blue is for information or guidance. Remove all blue text in the final project document.] 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A.Section Includes:6 1.Furnish, place and compact Borrow material for grading.7 B.Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification8 1.None.9 C.Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:10 1.Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract11 2.Division 1 – General Requirements12 3.Section 31 23 16 – Unclassified Excavation13 4.Section 31 24 00 – Embankments14 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 A.Measurement and Payment 1.Borrow by Plan Quantity a.Measurement 1)Measurement for this Item shall be by the cubic yard in its final position using the average end area method. Limits of measurement are shown on the Drawings. 2)When measured by the cubic yard in its final position, this is a plans quantity measurement Item. The quantity to be paid is the quantity shown in the proposal, unless modified by Article 11.04 of the General Conditions. Additional measurements or calculations will be made if adjustments of quantities are required. b.Payment 1)The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per cubic yard of “Borrow by Plan” for the various borrow materials. No additional compensation will be allowed for rock or shrinkage/swell factors, as these are the Contractor’s responsibility. c.The price bid shall include: 1)Transporting or hauling material 2)Furnishing, placing, compacting and finishing Borrow 3)Construction Water 42 Page 1 of 5 31 23 23 - 2 BORROW Page 2 of 6 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised January 28, 2013 4)Dust Control1 5)Clean-up2 6)Proof Rolling3 7)Disposal of excess or waste material4 8)Reworking or replacement of undercut material5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 Page 2 of 5 31 23 23 - 4 BORROW Page 4 of 6 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised January 28, 2013 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 1 A.Delivery2 1.Coordinate all deliveries and haul-off.3 B.Storage4 1.Within Existing Rights-of-Way (ROW)5 a.Borrow materials may be stored within existing ROW, easements or temporary6 construction easements, unless specifically disallowed in the Contract7 Documents.8 b.Do not block drainage ways, inlets or driveways.9 c.Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 31 25 00.10 d.Store materials only in areas barricaded as provided in the traffic control plans.11 e.In non-paved areas, do not store material on the root zone of any trees or in12 landscaped areas.13 2.Designated Storage Areas14 a.If the Contract Documents do not allow the storage of Borrow materials within15 the ROW, easement or temporary construction easement, then secure and16 maintain an adequate storage location.17 b.Provide an affidavit that rights have been secured to store the materials on18 private property.19 c.Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 31 25 00.20 d.Do not block drainage ways.21 e.Only materials used for 1 working day will be allowed to be stored in the work22 zone.23 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 24 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 25 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 26 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [NOT USED] 27 2.2 PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS 28 A.Borrow29 1.Additional soil beneath pavements, roadways, foundations and other structures30 required to achieve the elevations shown on the Drawings.31 2.Acceptable Fill Material32 a.In-situ or imported soils classified as CL, CH, SC or GC in accordance with33 ASTM D248734 b.Free from deleterious materials, boulders over 6 inches in size and organics35 c.Can be placed free from voids36 d.Must have 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve37 3.Blended Fill Material38 a.In-situ soils classified as SP, SM, GP or GM in accordance with ASTM D248739 b.Blended with in-situ or imported Acceptable Fill material to meet the40 requirements of an Acceptable Fill Material41 c.Free from deleterious materials, boulders over 6 inches in size and organics42 Page 3 of 5 31 23 23 - 5 BORROW Page 5 of 6 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised January 28, 2013 d.Must have 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve 1 4.Select Fill2 a.Classified as SC or CL in accordance with ASTM D24873 b.Liquid limit less than 354 c.Plasticity index between 8 and 205 5.Cement Stabilized Sand (CSS)6 a.Sand or silty sand7 b.Free of clay or plastic material8 c.Minimum of 4 percent cement content of Type I/II portland cement9 d.100 to 150 psi compressive strength at 2 days in accordance with ASTM10 D1633, Method A11 e.200 to 250 psi compressive strength at 23 days in accordance with ASTM12 D1633, Method A13 f.Mix in a stationary pug mill, weigh-batch or continuous mixing plant14 2.3 ASSEMBLY OR FABRICATION TOLERANCES [NOT USED] 15 2.4 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 16 2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 17 PART 3 - EXECUTION 18 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 19 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 20 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 21 3.4 INSTALLATION 22 A.All Borrow placement shall be performed in accordance to Section 31 24 00.23 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 24 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 25 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 26 A.Field quality control will be performed in accordance to Section 31 24 00.27 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 28 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 29 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 30 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 31 Page 4 of 5 31 23 23 - 6 BORROW Page 6 of 6 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised January 28, 2013 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 1 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 2 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 3 END OF SECTION 4 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.2 - Measurement and Payment Section modified; Blue Text added for clarification 1/28/13 D. Johnson 1.2 – Modified Bid Item names in payment section to differentiate between Payment Methods on bid list. 5 Page 5 of 5 31 24 00 - 1 EMBANKMENTS Page 1 of 9 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised January 28, 2013 SECTION 31 24 00 1 EMBANKMENTS 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A.Section Includes:5 1.Transporting and placement of Acceptable Fill Material within the boundaries of6 the Site for construction of:7 a.Roadways8 b.Embankments9 c.Drainage Channels10 d.Site Grading11 e.Any other operation involving the placement of on-site materials12 B.Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification13 1.None.14 C.Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:15 1.Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract16 2.Division 1 – General Requirements17 3.Section 31 23 16 – Unclassified Excavation18 4.Section 31 23 23 – Borrow19 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 20 A.Measurement and Payment [Measurement and payment method in this Specification21 should coordinate with the method chosen in Section 31 23 16 and Section 31 23 23.]22 1.Embankments by Plan Quantity [This method requires the Design Engineer to23 estimate quantities. Care should be taken to verify calculation procedures are in24 accordance with all Specification Sections.]25 a.Measurement26 1)Measurement for this Item shall be by the cubic yard in its final position27 using the average end area method. Limits of measurement are shown on28 the Drawings.29 2)When measured by the cubic yard in its final position, this is a plans30 quantity measurement Item. The quantity to be paid is the quantity shown31 in the proposal, unless modified by Article 11.04 of the General32 Conditions. Additional measurements or calculations will be made if33 adjustments of quantities are required.34 b.Payment35 1)The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item36 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit37 price bid per cubic yard of “Embankment by Plan”. No additional38 compensation will be allowed for rock or shrinkage/swell factors, as these39 are the Contractor’s responsibility.40 c.The price bid shall include:41 1)Transporting or hauling material42 31 24 00 - 2 EMBANKMENTS Page 2 of 9 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised January 28, 2013 2)Placing, compacting, and finishing Embankment 1 3)Construction Water2 4)Dust Control3 5)Clean-up4 6)Proof Rolling5 7)Disposal of excess materials6 8)Reworking or replacement of undercut material7 2.Embankments by Surveyed Quantity [This method is intended for Projects in8 heavily wooded areas or other areas where the accuracy required to determine9 quantities for measurement and payment is unattainable during design.]10 a.Measurement11 1)Measurement for this Item shall be by the cubic yard in its final position12 calculated using the average end area or composite method.13 a)The City will perform a reference survey once the Site has been cleared14 to obtain existing ground conditions.15 b)The City will perform a final post-construction survey.16 c)The Contractor will be paid for the cubic yardage of Embankment17 calculated as the difference between the two surveys.18 d)Partial payments will be based on estimated plan quantity19 measurements calculated by the Engineer.20 b.Payment21 1)The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item22 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit23 price bid per cubic yard of “Embankment by Survey”.24 c.The price bid shall include:25 1)Transporting or hauling material26 2)Placing, compacting, and finishing Embankment27 3)Construction Water28 4)Dust Control29 5)Clean-up30 6)Proof Rolling31 7)Disposal of excess materials32 8)Reworking or replacement of undercut material33 1.3 REFERENCES 34 A.Reference Standards35 1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard36 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this37 specification, unless a date is specifically cited.38 2. ASTM Standards39 a.ASTM D4318-10, Test Procedure for Determining Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit,40 and Plasticity Index of Soils41 b. ASTM D4943-08, Standard Test Method for Shrinkage Factors of Soils by the42 Wax Method43 c.ASTM D698-07e1, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction44 Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort45 d. ASTM D1557-09, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction46 Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort47 31 24 00 - 3 EMBANKMENTS Page 3 of 9 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised January 28, 2013 e.ASTM D7382-08, Standard Test for Determination of Maximum Dry Unit 1 Weight and Water Content Range for Effective Compaction of Granular Soils 2 Using a Vibrating Hammer 3 f.ASTM D1556-07, Standard Test for Density and Unit Weight of Soil In-Place4 by the Sand Cone Method5 1.4 ADMINSTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 6 A.Sequencing7 1.Sequence work such that calls of proctors are complete in accordance with ASTM8 D698 prior to commencement of construction activities.9 1.5 SUBMITTALS 10 A.Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00.11 B.All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to construction12 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 13 A.Shop Drawings14 1.Stockpiled material15 a.Provide a description of the storage of the excavated material only if the16 Contract Documents do not allow storage of materials in the right-of-way or the17 easement18 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 19 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 20 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 21 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 22 A.Storage23 1.Within Existing Rights-of-Way (ROW)24 a.Soil may be stored within existing ROW, easements or temporary construction25 easements, unless specifically disallowed in the Contract Documents.26 b.Do not block drainage ways, inlets or driveways.27 c.Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 31 25 00.28 d.When the Work is performed in active traffic areas, store materials only in29 areas barricaded as provided in the traffic control plans.30 e.In non-paved areas, do not store material on the root zone of any trees or in31 landscaped areas.32 2.Designated Storage Areas33 a.If the Contract Documents do not allow the storage within the ROW, easement34 or temporary construction easement, then secure and maintain an adequate35 storage location.36 b.Provide an affidavit that rights have been secured to store the materials on37 private property.38 c.Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 31 25 00.39 d.Do not block drainage ways.40 31 24 00 - 4 EMBANKMENTS Page 4 of 9 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised January 28, 2013 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 1 A.Existing Conditions2 1.Any data which has been or may be provided on subsurface conditions is not3 intended as a representation or warranty of accuracy or continuity between soils. It4 is expressly understood that neither the City nor the Engineer will be responsible5 for interpretations or conclusions drawn there from by the Contractor.6 2.Data is made available for the convenience of the Contractor.7 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 8 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 9 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [NOT USED] 10 2.2 PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS 11 A.Materials12 1.Acceptable Fill Material13 a.In-situ or imported soils classified as CL, CH, SC or GC in accordance with14 ASTM D248715 b.Free from deleterious materials, boulders over 6 inches in size and organics16 c.Can be placed free from voids17 d.Must have 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve18 2.Blended Fill Material19 a.In-situ soils classified as GW, GP, GM, SW, SP, or SM in accordance with20 ASTM D248721 b.Blended with in-situ or imported acceptable backfill material to meet the22 requirements of an Acceptable Backfill Material23 c.Free from deleterious materials, boulders over 6 inches in size and organics24 d.Must have 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve25 3.Unacceptable Fill Material26 a.In-situ soils classified as ML, MH, PT, OL or OH in accordance with ASTM27 D248728 4.Select Fill29 a.Classified as SC or CL in accordance with ASTM D248730 b.Liquid limit less than 3531 c.Plasticity index between 8 and 2032 31 24 00 - 5 EMBANKMENTS Page 5 of 9 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised January 28, 2013 2.3 ASSEMBLY OR FABRICATION TOLERANCES [NOT USED] 1 2.4 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2 2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 4 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 5 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 6 3.3 PREPARATION 7 A.Protection of In-Place Conditions8 1.Pavement9 a.Conduct activities in such a way that does not damage existing pavement that is10 designated to remain.11 b.Repair or replace any pavement damaged due to the negligence of the12 contractor outside the limits designated for pavement removal at no additional13 cost14 2.Trees15 a.When operating outside of existing ROW, stake permanent and temporary16 construction easements.17 b.Restrict all construction activities to the designated easements and ROW.18 c.Flag and protect all trees designated to remain in accordance with Section 31 1019 00.20 d.Conduct embankments in a manner such that there is no damage to the tree21 canopy.22 e.Prune or trim tree limbs as specifically allowed by the Drawings or as23 specifically allowed by the City.24 1)Pruning or trimming may only be accomplished with equipment25 specifically designed for tree pruning or trimming.26 3.Above ground Structures27 a.Protect all above ground structures adjacent to the construction.28 4.Traffic29 a.Maintain existing traffic, except as modified by the traffic control plan, and in30 accordance with Section 34 71 13.31 b.Do not block access to driveways or alleys for extended periods of time unless:32 1)Alternative access has been provided33 2)Proper notification has been provided to the property owner or resident34 3)It is specifically allowed in the traffic control plan35 3.4 INSTALLATION 36 A.Embankments General37 1.Placing and Compacting Embankment Material38 a.Perform fill operation in an orderly and systematic manner using equipment in39 proper sequence to meet the compaction requirements40 31 24 00 - 6 EMBANKMENTS Page 6 of 9 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised January 28, 2013 b.Scarify and loosen the unpaved surface areas, except rock, to a depth of at least 1 6 inches, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings 2 c.Place fill on surfaces free from trees, stumps, roots, vegetation, or other3 deleterious materials4 d.Bench slopes before placing material.5 e.Begin filling in the lowest section or the toe of the work area6 f.When fill is placed directly or upon older fill, remove debris and any loose7 material and proof roll existing surface.8 g.After spreading the loose lifts to the required thickness and adjusting its9 moisture content as necessary, simultaneously recompact scarified material10 with the placed embankment material.11 h.Roll with sufficient number passes to achieve the minimum required12 compaction.13 i.Provide water sprinkled as necessary to achieve required moisture levels for14 specified compaction15 j.Do not add additional lifts until the entire previous lift is properly compacted.16 2.Surface Water Control17 a.Grade surface horizontally but provide with sufficient longitudinal and18 transverse slope to allow for runoff of surface water from every point.19 b.Conduct fills so that no obstruction to drainage from any other sections of fill is20 created.21 c.Install temporary dewatering sumps in low areas during filling where excess22 amounts of runoff collect.23 d.Compact uniformly throughout. Keep surfaces of fill reasonably smooth and24 free from humps and hollows that would prevent proper uniform compaction.25 e.Do not place fill during or shortly after rain events which prevent proper work26 placement of the material and compaction27 f.Prior to resuming compaction operations, remove muddy material off the28 surface to expose firm and compacted materials29 B.Embankments for Roads30 1.Only Acceptable Fill Material will be allowed for roadways31 2.Embankments for roadbeds shall be constructed in layers approximately parallel to32 the finished grade of the street33 3.Construct generally to conform to the cross section of the subgrade section as34 shown in the Drawings.35 4.Establish grade and shape to the typical sections shown on the Drawings36 5.Maintain finished sections of embankment to the grade and compaction37 requirements until the project is accepted.38 C.Earth Embankments39 1.Earth embankment is mainly composed of material other than rock. Construct40 embankments in successive layers, evenly distributing materials in lengths suited41 for sprinkling and rolling.42 2.Rock or Concrete43 a.Obtain approval from the City prior to incorporating rock and broken concrete44 produced by the construction project in the lower layers of the embankment.45 b.No Rock or Concrete will be permitted in embankments in any location where46 future utilities are anticipated.47 31 24 00 - 7 EMBANKMENTS Page 7 of 9 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised January 28, 2013 c.When the size of approved rock or broken concrete exceeds the layer thickness 1 place the rock and concrete outside the limits of the proposed structure or 2 pavement. Cut and remove all exposed reinforcing steel from the broken 3 concrete. 4 3.Move the material dumped in piles or windrows by blading or by similar methods5 and incorporate it into uniform layers.6 4.Featheredge or mix abutting layers of dissimilar material for at least 100 feet to7 ensure there are no abrupt changes in the material.8 5.Break down clods or lumps of material and mix embankment until a uniform9 material is attained.10 D.Rock Embankments11 1.Rock embankment is mainly composed of rock.12 2.Rock Embankments for roadways are only allowed when specifically designated on13 the Drawings.14 3.Construct rock embankments in successive layers for the full width of the roadway15 cross-section with a depth of 18-inches or less.16 4.The layer depth for large rock sizes shall not exceed a depth of 18-inches in any17 case. Fill voids created by the large stone matrix with smaller stones during the18 placement and filling operations.19 5.Ensure the depth of the embankment layer is greater than the maximum dimension20 of any rock.21 6.Do not place rock greater than 18-inches in its maximum dimension.22 7.Construct the final layer with graded material so that the density and uniformity is23 in accordance compaction requirements.24 8.The upper or final layer of rock embankments shall contain no material larger than25 4 inches in their maximum dimension.26 E.Density27 1.Compact each layer until the maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D69828 is achieved.29 a.Not Under Roadway or Structure:30 1)areas to be compacted in the open, not beneath any structure, pavement,31 flatwork, or is a minimum of 1foot outside of the edge of any structure,32 edge of pavement, or back of curb.33 a)Compact each layer to a minimum of 90 percent Standard Proctor34 Density.35 b.Embankments under future paving:36 1)Compact each layer to a minimum of 95 percent standard proctor density37 with a moisture content not to exceed +4 percent or -2 percent of optimum38 moisture or as indicated on the Drawings39 c.Embankments under structures:40 1)Compacted each layer as indicated on the Drawings41 F.Maintenance of Moisture and Reworking42 1.Maintain the density and moisture content once all requirements are met.43 2.For soils with a PI greater than 15, maintain the moisture content no lower than 444 percentage points below optimum.45 31 24 00 - 8 EMBANKMENTS Page 8 of 9 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised January 28, 2013 3.Rework the material to obtain the specified compaction when the material loses the 1 required stability, density, moisture, or finish.2 4.Alter the compaction methods and procedures on subsequent work to obtain3 specified density as directed by the City.4 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 5 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 6 3.7 FIELD QUAILITY CONTROL 7 A.Field Tests and Inspections8 1.Proctors9 a.The City will perform Proctors in accordance with ASTM D698.10 b.Test results will generally be available to within 4 calendar days and distributed11 to:12 1)Contractor13 2)City Project Manager14 3)City Inspector15 4)Engineer16 c.Notify the City if the characteristic of the soil changes.17 d.City will perform new proctors for varying soils:18 1)When indicated in the geotechnical investigation in the Appendix19 2)If notified by the Contractor20 3)At the convenience of the City21 e.Embankments where different soil types are present and are blended, the22 proctors shall be based on the mixture of those soils.23 2.Proof Rolling24 a.Embankments under Future Pavement25 1)City Project Representative must be on-site during proof rolling operations.26 2)Use equipment that will apply sufficient load to identify soft spots that rut27 or pump.28 a)Acceptable equipment includes fully loaded single-axle water truck29 with a 1500 gallon capacity.30 3)Make at least 2 passes with the proof roller (down and back = 1 pass).31 4)Offset each trip by at most 1 tire width.32 5)If an unstable or non-uniform area is found, correct the area.33 6)Correct34 a)Soft spots that rut or pump greater than 3/4 inch.35 b)Areas that are unstable or non-uniform36 7)If a non-uniform area is found then correct the area.37 b.Embankments Not Under Future Paving38 1)No Proof Rolling is required.39 3.Density Testing of Embankments40 a.Density Test shall be in conformance with ASTM D2922.41 b.For Embankments under future pavement:42 1)The City will perform density testing twice per working day when43 compaction operations are being conducted.44 2)The testing lab shall take a minimum of 3 density tests, but the number of45 test shall be appropriate for the area being compacted.46 31 24 00 - 9 EMBANKMENTS Page 9 of 9 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised January 28, 2013 3)Testing shall be representative of the current lift being compacted. 1 4)Special attention should be placed on edge conditions.2 c.For Embankments not under future pavement or structures:3 1)The City will perform density testing once working day when compaction4 operations are being conducted.5 2)The testing lab shall take a minimum of 3 density tests.6 3)Testing shall be representative of the current lift being compacted.7 d.Make the area where the embankment is being placed available for testing.8 e.The City will determine the location of the test.9 f.The City testing lab will provide results to Contractor and the City’s Inspector10 upon completion of the testing.11 g.A formal report will be posted to the City’s Buzzsaw site within 48 hours.12 h.Test reports shall include:13 1)Location of test by station number14 2)Time and date of test15 3)Depth of testing16 4)Field moisture17 5)Dry density18 6)Proctor identifier19 7)Percent Proctor Density20 B.Non-Conforming Work21 1.All non-conforming work shall be removed and replaced.22 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 23 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 24 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 25 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 26 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 27 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 28 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 29 END OF SECTION 30 31 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.2 – Added possible measurement and payment procedures and Blue text for instructions on how the methods should be applied 2.2.2.a added GW and SW material classifications 1/28/13 D. Johnson 1.2 – Modified Bid Item names in payment section to differentiate between Payment Methods on bid list. 32 31 25 00 - 1 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 1 of 9 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 29, 2021 SECTION 31 25 00 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PART 1 - GENER A L 1.1 SUMMARY A.Section Includes : 1.Implementation of the project’s Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) and ins tallation, maintenance, removal of erosion and sediment controls devices,and es tablishment of final stabilization. B.Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specif ica t ion 1. None. C.Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1.Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2.Division 1 – General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A.Measurement and P ayment 1.Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan <1 acre a. Meas urement 1)This I tem is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid.b.Payment 1)The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item ar e subsidiary to the structure or Items being bid and no other c ompensation will be allowed. 2.Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan ≥ 1 acre a.Measurement for this Item shall be by lump sum. b.Payment 1)The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the lump sum price bid for “SWPPP ≥ 1 acre”. c.The price bid s hall include: 1)Preparation of SWPPP 2)Implementation 3)Permitting fees 4)Installation5)Maintenance 6)Removal 7)Obtaining and/or complying with grading and/or fill permits, if required 8)Final stabilization 1.3 REF ER ENCES A.Reference Standards 1.Ref erence standards cited in this Spec ification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 31 25 00 - 2 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 2 of 9 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 29, 2021 2.ASTM Standard: a.ASTM D3786, Standard Test Method for Bursting Strength of TextileFabrics—Diaphragm Bursting Strength Tester Method b.AST M D4632, Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles c.ASTM D4751, Standard Test Method for Determining Apparent Opening Size of a Geotextiled.ASTM D4833, Standard Test Method for Index Puncture Resistance of Geomembranes and Related Products 3.Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) TPDES General Permit No. TXR150000 4.TxDOT Departmental Material Specifications (DMS) a.DMS -6230 “Temporary Sediment Control Fence Fabric” 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUI REMEN TS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS A.Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) B.TCEQ Notice of Intent (NOI) for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction Activity under the TPDES General Permit C.Construction Site Notice D.TCEQ Notice of Termination (NOT) for Storm Water Discharges Associated withConstruction Activity under the TPDES General Permit E.Notice of Change (if applicable) F.Grading and/or fill permit, if required 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MA I NTENANCE MATERIAL SUB MITTALS [NOT USED ] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT US ED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HA NDLING [NOT USED ] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITI ONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER -FUR NI SHED [OR ] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS A.Rock Filter Dams 1.Aggregate 31 25 00 - 3 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 3 of 9 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 29, 2021 a.Furnish aggregate with hardness, durability, cleanliness and resistance to crumbling, flaking and eroding acceptable to the Engineer.b.Provide the following: 1)Types 1, 2 and 4 Roc k Filter Dams a)Use 3 to 6 inch aggr egate. 2)Type 3 Rock Filter Dams a)Use 4 to 8 inch aggr egate. 2.Wire a.Provide minimum 20 gauge galvanized wire for the steel wire mesh and tie wires for Types 2 and 3 rock filter dams b.Type 4 dams require: 1) Double-twisted, hexagonal weave with a nominal mesh opening of 2½ inches x 3 ¼ inc hes 2) Minimum 0.0866 inc h s teel wire for netting 3) Minimum 0.1063 inc h s teel wire for selvages and corners 4) Minimum 0.0866 inc h f or binding or tie wire B.Geotextile Fabric 1.Place the aggregate over geotextile fabric meeting the following criteria:a.Tensile Strength of 250 pounds, per ASTM D4632 b.Puncture Strength of 135 pounds, per ASTM D4833 c.Mullen Burst Rate of 420 psi, per ASTM D3786 d.Apparent Opening Size of No. 20 (max), per ASTM D4751 C.Stabilized Construction Entrances 1.Provide materials that meet the details shown on the Drawings and this Section. a.Provide crushed aggregate for long and short-term construction exits. b.Furnish aggregates that are clean, har d, durable and free from adherent coatings such as salt, alkali, dirt, clay, loam, shale, soft or flaky materials and organic and injurious matter. c.Use 3 to 5 inch coarse aggregate with a minimum thickness of 12 inches. d.The aggregate shall be placed over a geotextile fabric meeting the followingcriteria: 1)Tensile Strength of 300 pounds , per ASTM D4632 2)Puncture Strength of 120 pounds, per ASTM D4833 3)Mullen Burst Rate of 600 psi, per ASTM D3786 4)Apparent Opening Size of No. 40 (max), per ASTM D4751 D.Embankment for Erosion Control 1.Provide rock, loam, clay, topsoil or other earth materials that will form a stable embankment to meet the intended use. E.Sandbags 1.Provide sandbag material of polypropylene, polyethylene or polyamide woven fabric w ith a minimum unit weight of 4 ounces per square yard, a Mullen burst- strength exceeding 300 psi, and an ultraviolet stability exceeding 70 percent. 2.Use natural coarse sand or manufactured sand meeting the gradation given in Table 1 to fill sandbags. 3.Filled sandbags must be 24 to 30 inches long, 16 to 18 inches wide, and 6 to 8inches thick. 31 25 00 - 4 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 4 of 9 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 29, 2021 Table 1 Sand Gradation Sieve # Maximum Retained (% by Weight) 4 3 percent 100 80 percent 200 95 percent F.Temporary Sediment Control Fence 1.Provide a net-reinforced fence using woven geo-textile fabric. 2.Logos visible to the traveling public will not be allowed.a.Fabric 1)Provide fabric materials in accordance with DMS-6230, “Temporary Sediment Control Fence Fabric.” b.Pos ts1)Provide essentially straight wood or steel posts w ith a minimum length of 48 inches, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings . 2)Soft wood posts must be at least 3 inches in diameter or nominal 2 x 4 inch 3)Hardwood posts must have a minimum cross-section of 1-1/2 x 1-1/2 inch 4) T- or L-s haped steel posts must have a minimum weight of 1.3 pounds perfoot. c.Net Reinforcement 1)Provide net reinforcement of at least 12-1/2 gauge galvanized welded wire mesh, with a maximum opening size of 2 x 4 inch, at least 24 inches wide, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings . d.S taples1)Provide staples with a crown at least 3/4 inch w ide and legs 1/2 inch long. 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXEC UTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED ] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 INSTALLATION A.Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 1.Develop and implement the project’s Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan(SWPPP) in accordance with the TPDES Construction General Permit TXR150000 requirements . Prevent water pollution from storm water runoff by using and maintaining appropriate structural and nonstructural BMPs to reduce pollutants discharges to the MS4 from the construction site. B.Control Measures 31 25 00 - 5 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 5 of 9 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 29, 2021 1.Implement control measures in the area to be disturbed before beginning construction, or as directed. Limit the disturbance to the area shown on theDrawings or as directed. 2.Control site waste such as discarded building materials, concrete truck washout water , chemicals, litter and sanitary waste at the construction site. 3.If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the Contractor cannot control soil erosion and sedimentation resulting from construction operations, the Engineer will limit the dis turbed area to that which the Contractor is able to control. 4.I mmediately correct ineffective control measures. Implement additional controls as directed. Remove excavated material within the time requirements specified in the applicable storm water permit. 5.Upon acceptance of vegetative cover by the City, remove and dispose of all temporary control measures, temporary embankments, bridges, matting, falsework, piling, debris, or other obstructions placed during construction that are not a part of the finished work, or as directed. C.Do not locate disposal areas, stockpiles, or haul roads in any wetland, water body, orstreambed. D.Do not install temporary construction crossings in or across any water body without theprior approval of the appropriate resource agency and the Engineer. E.P rovide protected storage area for paints, chemicals, solvents, and fertilizers at anapproved location. Keep paints, chemicals, solvents, and fertilizers off bare ground and provide shelter for stored chemicals. F.Installation and Maint enance 1.Perform work in accordance with the TPDES Construction General Permit TXR150000. 2.When approved, sediments may be disposed of within embankments, or in areas where the material will not contribute to further siltation and when appropriate stabilization is provided. 3.Dispose of removed material in accordance with federal, state, and local regulations. 4.Remove devices upon approval or when directed. a.Upon removal, finish-gr ade and dress the area. b.Stabilize disturbed areas in accordance with the permit, and as shown on the Drawings or directed. 5.The Contractor retains ownership of stockpiled material and must remove it from the project when new installations or replacements are no longer required. G.Rock Filter Dams for Erosion Control 1.Remove trees, brush, stumps and other objectionable material that may interfere with the construction of rock filter dams. 2.Place sandbags as a foundation when required or at the Contractor’s option. 3.For Types 1, 2, 3, and 5, place the aggregate to the lines, height, and slopes spec ified, without undue voids. 31 25 00 - 6 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 6 of 9 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 29, 2021 4.For Types 2 and 3, place the aggregate on the mesh and then fold the mesh at the upstream side over the aggregate and secure it to itself on the downstream side withwire ties, or hog rings, or as directed. 5.Place rock filter dams perpendicular to the flow of the stream or channel unless otherwise directed. 6.Construct filter dams according to the following criteria, unless otherwise shown on the D rawings: a.Type 1 (Non-reinforced) 1)Heig h t - At least 18 inches measured vertically from existing ground to top of filter dam 2)Top Width - At least 2 feet 3) Slopes - At most 2:1 b.Type 2 (Reinforced) 1) Height - At least 18 inches measured vertically from existing ground to top of filter dam2)Top Width - At least 2 feet 3) Slopes - At most 2:1 c.Type 3 (Reinforc ed) 1) Height - At least 36 inches measured vertically from existing ground to top of filter dam2)Top Width - At least 2 feet 3) Slopes - At most 2:1 d.Type 4 (Sack Gabions) 1)Unfold sack gabions and smooth out kinks and bends. 2)For vertical filling, connec t the sides by lacing in a single loop–double loop pattern on 4- to 5-inches spacing. At 1 end, pull the end lacing rod until tight, wrap around the end, and twist 4 times. At the filling end, fill with stone, pull the rod tight, cut the wire with approximately 6 inches remaining, and twist wires 4 times. 3)For horizontal filling, place sack flat in a filling trough, fill with stone, and connect sides and secure ends as described above.4)Lift and place without damaging the gabion. 5)Shape sack gabions to existing contours. e.Type 5 1)Provide rock filter dams as shown on the Drawings . H.Construction Entrances 1.When tracking conditions exist, prevent traffic from crossing or exiting the cons truction site or moving directly onto a public roadway, alley, sidewalk, parkingarea, or other right of way areas other than at the loc ation of construction entrances. 2.Place the exit over a foundation course, if necessary. a.Grade the foundation course or compacted subgrade to direct runoff from the cons truction exits to a sediment trap as shown on the Drawings or as directed. 3.At drive approaches, make s ure the construction entrance is the full width of the drive and meets the length shown on the Drawings. a.The width s h all be at least 14 feet for 1-way and 24 feet for 2-way traffic for allother points of ingress or egress or as directed by the Engineer. I.Earthwork for Erosion Control 31 25 00 - 7 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 7 of 9 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 29, 2021 1.Perform excavation and embankment operations to minimize erosion and to remove collected sediments from other erosion control devices.a. Excavation and Embankment for Erosion Control Measures 1)Place earth dikes, swales or combinations of both along the low crown of daily lift placement, or as directed, to prevent runoff spillover. 2)Place swales and dikes at other locations as shown on the Drawings or as directed to prevent runoff spillover or to divert runoff.3)Construct cuts with the low end blocked with undisturbed earth to prevent eros ion of hillsides. 4)Construct sediment traps at drainage structures in conjunction with other eros ion control measures as s hown on the Drawings or as directed. 5)Where required, create a sediment basin providing 3,600 cubic feet of s torage per acre drained, or equivalent control measures for drainage locations that serve an area with 10 or more disturbed acres at 1 time, not including offsite areas. b.Exc avation of Sediment and Debris 1)Remove sediment and debris when accumulation affects the performance of the devices, after a rain, and when directed.2)Remove sediment from sediment traps and sedimentation ponds no later than the time that design capacity has been reduced by 50%. J.Sandbags for Erosion Control 1.Construct a berm or dam of sandbags that will intercept sediment-laden storm water runoff from disturbed areas, create a retention pond, detain sediment and release water in sheet flow. 2.Fill each bag with sand so that at least the top 6 inches of the bag is unfilled to allow for proper tying of the open end. 3.Place the sandbags with their tied ends in the same direction. 4.Offset subsequent rows of sandbags 1/2 the length of the preceding row. 5.Place a single layer of sandbags downstream as a secondary debris trap. 6.Place additional sandbags as necessary or as directed for supplementary support to berms or dams of sandbags or earth. K.Temporary Sediment-Control Fence 1.Provide temporary sediment-control fence near the downstream perimeter of a disturbed area to intercept sediment from sheet flow. 2.Incorporate the fence into erosion-control measures used to control sediment inareas of higher flow. Install the fence as shown on the Drawings , a s specified in this Section, or as directed by the Engineer or City representative. a.Post I nstallation 1)Embed posts at least 18 inches deep, or adequately anchor, if in rock, with a spacing of 6 to 8 feet and ins tall on a slight angle toward the run-off source. b.Fabric Anchoring 1)Dig trenches along the uphill side of the fence to anchor 6 to 8 inches of fabric. 2)Provide a minimum trench cross -section of 6 x 6 inch es3)Place the fabric against the side of the trench and align approximately 2 in ches of fabric along the bottom in the upstream direction. 4)Backfill the trench, then hand-tamp. 31 25 00 - 8 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 8 of 9 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 29, 2021 c.Fabric and Net Reinforcement Attachment 1)Unless otherwise shown under the Drawings , attach the reinforcement towooden posts with staples, or to steel posts with T-clips , in at least 4 places equally spaced. 2)Sewn vertical pockets may be used to attach reinforcement to end posts. 3)Fasten the fabric to the top strand of reinforcement by hog rings or cord every 15 inches or less.d.Fabric and Net Splices 1)Lo cate splices at a fence post with a minimum lap of 6 inches att ac hed in at least 6 places equally spaced, unless otherwise shown under the Drawings. a)Do not locate splices in concentrated flow areas. 2) Requirements for installation of used temporary sediment-control fence include the following: a)Fabric with minimal or no visible signs of biodegradation (weak fibers) b) Fabric without excessive patching (more than 1 patch every 15 to 20 feet) c)Posts without bends d)Backing without holes 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT US ED] 3.7 F I ELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTR OL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED ] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEA NING A.Waste Management 1.Remove s ediment, debris and litter as needed. 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES A.Erosion control measures remain in place and are maintained until all soil disturbingactivities at the project site have been completed. B.Establish a uniform vegetative cover with a density of 70 percent on all unpaved areas,on areas not covered by permanent structures, or in areas where permanent erosion control measures (i.e. riprap, gabions, or geotextiles) have been employed. C.Once vegetative cover is achieved, the contractor shall remove all temporary control measur es, before final project acceptance. It is the contractor’s responsibility to remove all temporary control measures, unless transfer of maintenance and subsequent removal is transferred to another entity in writing. D.Upon achievement of final stabilization, submit NOT to TCEQ, and provide a copy ofthe NOT to the City of Fort Worth’'s Environmental Quality Division, if required. E.Complete and submit a Fina l G rading Certificate to Development Services , if required. 31 25 00 - 9 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 9 of 9 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 29, 2021 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED ] 3.13 MAINTENANCE A.Install and maintain the integrity of temporary erosion and sedimentation control devic es to accumulate silt and debris until earthwork construction and permanenterosion control features are in place or the disturbed area has been adequately stabilized as determined by the Engineer. B.If a device ceases to function as intended, repair or replace the device or portionsthereof as necessary. C.Perform inspections of the construction site as prescribed in the Construction General Per mit TXR150000. D.Records of inspections and modifications based on the results of inspections must be maintained and available in accordance with the permit. 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE April 29, 2021 M Owen 1.1 A. 1. Revised language re: what section includes, 1.2 A. 2. c. Clarified items included in price, 1.5 Added items to list of submittals, 2.2Revised language under product types/mat erials, 3.4 Revised language under “Installation”, and 3.11 C. Added language to clarify responsibility to remove temporary protection device and emphasize clearing of ROW 31 37 00 - 1 RIPRAP Page 1 of 10 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 SECTION 31 37 00 RIPRAP PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A.Section Includes: 1. Furnishing and installing concrete, stone, cement-stabilized, or special riprap. B.Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C.Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 3. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-In -Place Concrete 4. Section 31 25 00 – Erosion and Sediment Control 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A.Measurement and Payment 1. Measurement a.Measurement for this Item shall be by the face square yard to the depth specified of material complete in place. Volume will be computed on the basis of the measured area and type, verified by field measurements. 2. Payment a.The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per square yard of “Riprap” installed for: 1) Various types 2) Various thicknesses 3) Various void-filling techniques 3. The price bid shall include: a.Furnishing, hauling, and placing riprap b. Filter fabric c.Expansion joint material d. Concrete and reinforcing steel e.Excavation of toe wall trenches, as applicable f.Excavation below natural ground or bottom of excavated channel, as applicable g.Shaping of slopes, as applicable h. Bedding i.Grout and mortar j.Scales k.Test weights l.Clean-up 1.3 REFERENCES A.Reference Standards 31 37 00 - 2 RIPRAP Page 2 of 10 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. ASTM Standards a.ASTM C136-06, Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates b. ASTM D7370-09, Standard Test Method for Determination of Relative Density and Absorption of Fine, Coarse, and Blended Aggregate Using Combined Vacuum Saturation and Rapid Submersion c.ASTM C5240-04, Standard Test Method for, Testing Rock Slabs to Evaluate the Soundness of Riprap by Use of Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate d. ASTM D4632-08, Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles e.ASTM D4533-04, Standard Test Method for Trapezoid Tearing Strength of Geotextiles f.ASTM D751-06, Standard Test Methods for Coated Fabrics g.ASTM D4751-04, Standard Test Method for Determining Apparent Opening Size of a Geotextile h. ASTM D4491-99a, Standard Test Methods for Water Permeability of Geotextiles by Permittivity 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [NOT USED] 2.2 PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS A.Concrete Riprap 1. Use concrete with a compressive strength of 4,000 psi at 28-days, according to Section 03 30 00, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. B.Stone Riprap 1. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, use durable natural stone with a minimum bulk specific gravity of 2. Provide stone that has a maximum weight loss of 18 percent after 5 cycles of magnesium sulfate solution and 14 percent after 5 cycles of sodium sulfate solution. 31 37 00 - 3 RIPRAP Page 3 of 10 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 2. For all types of stone riprap perform a size verification test on the first 5,000 square yards of finished riprap stone at a location determined by the Engineer. Weigh each stone in a square test area with the length of each side of the square equal to 3 times the specified riprap thickness. The weight of the stones, excluding spalls, should be as specified below. Additional tests may be required. Do not place additional riprap until the initial 5,000 square yards of riprap has been approved. 3. When specified, provide grout and mortar as defined as 1 part Portland cement to 3 parts sand and mixed with water until it achieves a consistency that will flow into and completely fill all voids. 4. Provide filter fabric in accordance with Section 31 25 00. For slab riprap, provide the filter fabric type shown on the Drawings a.Large 1) Use stones between 50 and 250 pounds with a minimum of 50 percent of the stones heavier than 100 pounds b. Medium 1) Use stones between 50 and 250 pounds with a minimum of 40 percent of the stones heavier than 100 pounds Use stones with at least 1 broad flat surface. c.Block 1) Use stones between 50 and 250 pounds. Use stones that are at least 3 inches in their least dimension. Use stones that are at least twice as wide as they are thick. When shown on the Drawings or approved, material may consist of broken concrete removed under the Contract or from other approved sources. Before placement of each piece of broken concrete, cut exposed reinforcement flush with all surfaces. d. Slab 1) Use boulders or quarried rock that meets the gradation requirements of Table 1. Both the width and the thickness of each piece of riprap must be a least 1/3 of the length. When shown on the Drawings or as approved, material may consist of broken concrete removed under the Contract or from other approved sources. Before placement of each piece of broken concrete, cut exposed reinforcement flush with all surfaces. 2) Provide bedding stone that in-place meets the gradation requirements shown in Table 2 or as otherwise shown on the Drawings. Table 1 Riprap Gradation Requirements Thickness Maximum Size (lb.) 90 percent Size1 (lb.) 50& Size1 (lb.) 8 percent Size, Minimum (lb.) 12 in. 200 80-180 30-75 3 15in. 320 170-300 60-165 20 18in. 530 290-475 105-220 22 21in. 800 460-720 175-300 25 24in. 1,000 550-850 200-325 30 30in. 2,600 1,150-2.50 400-900 40 31 37 00 - 4 RIPRAP Page 4 of 10 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 Table 2 Bedding Stone Gradation Sieve Size (Square Mesh) Percent by Weight Passing 3 inches 100 1-1/2 inches 50-80 3/4 inches 20-60 No. 4 0-15 No. 10 0-5 C.Special Riprap 1. Furnish materials for special riprap according to the Drawings. 2.3 ASSEMBLY OR FABRICATION TOLERANCES [NOT USED] 2.4 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 INSTALLATION A.Dress slopes and protected areas to the line and grade shown on the Drawings before the placement of riprap. Place riprap and toe walls according to details and dimensions shown on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer. B.Concrete Riprap 1. Reinforce concrete riprap with No. 3 reinforcing bars spaced at a maximum of 18 inches in each direction unless otherwise shown. Provide a minimum 6-inch lap at all splices. At the edge of the riprap, provide a minimum horizontal cover of 1 inch and a maximum cover of 3 inches. Place the first parallel bar at most 6 inches from the edge of concrete. Use approved supports to hold the reinforcement approximately equidistant from the top and bottom surface of the slab. Adjust reinforcement during concrete placement to maintain correct position. 2. As directed, sprinkle or sprinkle and consolidate the subgrade before the concrete is placed. All surfaces must be moist when concrete is placed. 3. Compact each layer to a minimum of 95 percent standard proctor density with a moisture content not to exceed +4 percent or -2 percent of optimum moisture or as indicated on the Drawings. 4. After placing the concrete, compact and shape it to conform to the dimensions shown on Drawings. After it has set sufficiently to avoid slumping, finish the surface with a wood float to secure a smooth surface or broom finish as approved. 5. Immediately after the finishing operation, cure the riprap according to Section 03 30 00. 31 37 00 - 5 RIPRAP Page 5 of 10 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 C.Stone Riprap 1. Provide the following types of stone riprap when shown on the Drawings. a.Dry Riprap 1) Dry riprap is stone riprap with voids filled with only spalls or small stones. b. Grouted Riprap 1) Grouted riprap is Type Large, Medium, or Block stone riprap with voids grouted after all the stones are in place. c.Mortared Riprap 1) Mortared riprap is Medium stone riprap laid and mortared as each stone is placed. 2. Use spalls and small stones lighter than 25 pounds to fill open joints and voids in stone riprap, and place to a tight fit. 3. Do not place mortar or grout when the air temperature is below 35 degrees Fahrenheit. 4. Protect work from rapid drying for at least 3 days after placement. Unless otherwise approved, place filter fabric with the length running up and down the slope. Ensure fabric has a minimum overlap of 2 feet. 5. Secure fabric with nails or pins. Use nails at least 2 inches long with washers or U- shaped pins with legs at least 9 inches long. Space nails or pins at a maximum of 10 feet in each direction and 5 feet along the seams. Alternative anchorage and spacing may be used when approved. 6. Large a.Construct riprap as shown in Figure 1 and as shown on the Drawings. Place stones in a single layer with close joints so that most of their weight is carried by the earth and not by the adjacent stones. b. Place the upright axis of the stones at an angle of approximately 90 degrees to the embankment slope. c.Place each course from the bottom of the embankment upward with the larger stones in the lower courses. d. Fill open joints between stones with spalls. e.Place stones to create a uniform finished top surface. Do not exceed a 6-inch variation between the tops of adjacent stones. Replace, embed deeper, or chip away stones that project more than the allowable amount above the finished surface. f.When the Drawings require Large stone riprap to be grouted, prevent earth, sand, or foreign material from filling the spaces between the stones. After the stones are in place, thoroughly wet the stones, fill the spaces between the stones with grout, and pack. Sweep the surface of the riprap with a stiff broom after grouting. 7. Medium a.Dry Placement 1) Construct riprap as shown in Figure 2. Set the flat surface on a prepared horizontal earth bed, and overlap the underlying course to secure a lapped surface. 2) Place the large stones first, roughly arranged in close contact. Fill the spaces between the large stones with suitably sized stones placed to leave the surface evenly stepped and conforming to the contour required. 3) Place stone to drain water down the face of the slope. 31 37 00 - 6 RIPRAP Page 6 of 10 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 b. Grouting 1) Construct riprap as shown in Figure 3. Size, shape, and lay large flat- surfaced stones to produce an even surface with minimal voids. 2) Place stones with the flat surface facing upward parallel to the slope. Place the largest stones near the base of the slope. 3) Fill spaces between the larger stones with stones of suitable size, leaving the surface smooth, tight, and conforming to the contour required. 4) Place the stones to create a plane surface with a maximum variation of 6 inches in 10 feet from true plane. Provide the same degree of accuracy for warped and curved surfaces. 5) Prevent earth, sand or foreign material from filling the spaces between the stones. After the stones are in place, thoroughly wet them, fill the spaces between them with grout, and pack. Sweep the surface with a stiff broom after grouting. c.Mortaring 1) Construct riprap as shown in Figure 2. Lap courses as described for dry placement. Before placing mortar, wet the stones thoroughly. 2) As the larger stones are placed, bed them in fresh mortar and shove adjacent stones into contact with one another. 3) After completing the work, spread all excess mortar forced out during placement of the stones uniformly over them to fill all voids completely. Point up all joints roughly either with flush joints or with shallow, smooth- raked joints as directed. D.Block 1. Construct riprap as shown in Figure 4. Place stones on a bed excavated for the base course. Bed the base course of stone well into the ground with the edges in contact. Bed and place each succeeding course in even contact with the preceding course. 2. Use spalls and small stones to fill any open joints and voids in the riprap. Ensure the finished surface presents an even, tight surface, true to the line and grades of the typical sections. 3. When the Drawings require grouting Block stone riprap, prevent earth, sand, or foreign material from filling the spaces between the stones. After the stones are in place, wet them thoroughly, fill the spaces between them with grout, and pack. Sweep the surface with a stiff broom after grouting. E.Slab 1. Construct riprap as shown in Figure 5. Place riprap stone on the slopes within the limits shown on the Drawings. Place stone for riprap on the bedding material to produce a reasonably well-graded mass of riprap with the minimum practicable percentage of voids. 2. Construct the riprap to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings or staked in the field. A tolerance of +6 inches and -0 inch from the slope line and grades shown on the Drawings is allowed in the finished surface of the riprap. 3. Place riprap to its full thickness in a single operation. Avoid displacing the bedding material. Ensure that the entire mass of stones in their final position is free from objectionable pockets of small stones and clusters of larger stones. 31 37 00 - 7 RIPRAP Page 7 of 10 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 4. Do not place riprap in layers, and do not place it by dumping it into chutes, dumping it from the top of the slope, pushing it from the top of the slope, or any method likely to cause segregation of the various sizes. 5. Obtain the desired distribution of the various sizes of stones throughout the mass by selective loading of material at the quarry or other source or by other methods of placement that will produce the specified results. 6. Rearrange individual stones by mechanical equipment or by hand if necessary to obtain a reasonably well-graded distribution of stone sizes. F.Special Riprap 1. Construct special riprap according to the Drawings. 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS Figure 1 - Large stone riprap, dry or grouted. 31 37 00 - 8 RIPRAP Page 8 of 10 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 Figure 2 - Medium stone riprap, dry or grouted. Figure 3 - Medium stone riprap, mortared. 31 37 00 - 9 RIPRAP Page 9 of 10 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 Figure 4 – Block stone riprap, dry or grouted. Figure 5 – Slab stone riprap END OF SECTION 31 37 00 - 10 RIPRAP Page 10 of 10 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 3.4.B. – defined compaction requirements beneath concrete rip rap 32 01 29 - 1 CONCRETE PAVING REPAIR Page 1 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised June 13, 2025 1 2 3 SECTION 32 01 29 CONCRETE PAVING REPAIR PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section includes:6 1.Concrete pavement repair to include, but not limited to:7 a.Utility cuts (water, sanitary sewer, drainage, etc.)8 b.Warranty work9 c.Repairs of damage caused by Contractor10 d.Any other concrete pavement repair needed during the course of construction11 e.Full-depth concrete pavement panel replacement12 f.Concrete Spall repair13 g.Concrete crack repair14 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification15 1.None.16 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:17 1.Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract18 2.Division 1 - General Requirements19 3.Section 32 01 18 - Temporary Asphalt Paving Repair20 4.Section 32 11 23 – Flex Base Courses21 5.Section 32 12 16 - Asphalt Paving22 6.Section 32 13 13 - Concrete Paving23 7.Section 33 05 10 - Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill24 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 A. Measurement and Payment 1.Concrete Pavement Repair a.Measurement 1)Measurement for concrete pavement repair including full-depth panel replacement shall be by the square yard of completed and accepted concrete pavement repair for various concrete class and thickness 2)Measurement for concrete crack repair shall be by the foot of exterior crack length, injected gallon, square footage for flood coats, or lump sum. 3)Measurement for concrete spall repair shall be by the cubic foot of concrete repair material placed. 39 32 01 29 - 2 CONCRETE PAVING REPAIR Page 2 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised June 13, 2025 4)Limits of repair for utility cuts will be based on the time of service of the1 existing pavement as per the Utility Cut Policy. Full-depth panel2 replacement, spall repair, and crack sealing will be as per the plan details,3 contract document, or as directed by the City.4 b.Payment5 1)The work performed and materials furnished for concrete pavement repair6 and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the7 unit price bid per square yard of concrete pavement repair. This price is full8 compensation for removal, stockpiling, and disposal of waste material and9 for equipment, materials, labor, tools, and incidentals.10 2)The work performed and the materials furnished for concrete spall repair11 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit12 price bid per cubic foot of concrete repair material placed. This price is full13 compensation for sawing, chipping, milling, cleaning, abrasive blasting,14 repairing spalled concrete pavement, disposal of materials, materials,15 equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals.16 3)The work performed and the materials furnished for concrete crack repair17 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit18 price bid for the type specified. This price is full compensation for19 furnishing and installing all repair materials, equipment, labor, and20 incidentals.21 c.The price bid shall include:22 1)The removal, stockpiling, and disposal of waste material23 2)Shaping and fine grading the placement area24 3)Furnishing and applying all water required25 4)Furnishing, loading and unloading, storing, hauling and handling all26 concrete27 5)Furnishing, loading and unloading, storing, hauling and handling all base28 material29 6)Mixing, placing, finishing and curing all concrete30 7)Furnishing and installing reinforcing steel31 8)Furnishing all materials and placing longitudinal, warping, expansion and32 contraction joints, including all steel dowels, dowel caps and load33 transmission units required, wire and devices for placing, holding and34 supporting the steel bar, load transmission units, and joint filler in the35 proper position; for coating steel bars where required by the Drawings36 9)Sealing joints37 10)Monolithically poured curb-and-gutter38 11)All equipment and machinery that will be applied to the work39 12)All costs associated with tie bars pullout testing, according to ASTM40 E488/E488M41 13)Cleanup42 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 43 A. Reference Standards44 1.Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference45 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this46 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited.47 2.American concrete Institute (ACI):48 32 01 29 - 3 CONCRETE PAVING REPAIR Page 3 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised June 13, 2025 a.ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete 1 3.American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)2 a.ASTM C881/ C881M Standard Specification for Epoxy-Resin-Base Bonding3 System for Concrete4 b.ASTM E488/ E488 M Standard Test Methods for Strength of Anchors in5 Concrete Elements6 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 7 A. Permitting8 1.Obtain Street Use Permit to make utility cuts in the street from the Transportation9 and Public Works Department in conformance with current ordinances.10 2.Transportation and Public Works Department will inspect paving repair after11 construction.12 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 13 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 14 A. Concrete Mix Design: submit for approval in accordance with Section 32 13 13.15 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 16 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 17 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 18 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 19 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 20 A. Weather Conditions: Place concrete as specified in Section 32 13 13.21 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 22 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 23 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 24 2.2 MATERIALS 25 A. Embedment and Backfill: see Section 33 05 10.26 B. Base material: Concrete base: see Section 32 13 13.27 C. Concrete: see Section 32 13 13.28 1.Concrete paving: Class H or Class HES.29 2.Replace concrete to the specified thickness.30 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 31 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 32 PART 3 - EXECUTION 33 32 01 29 - 4 CONCRETE PAVING REPAIR Page 4 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised June 13, 2025 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 1 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 2 3.3 UTILITY CUT REPAIR 3 A. Preparation4 1.Replace a continuous section if multiple repairs are closer than 10 feet apart from5 edge of one repair to the edge of a second repair.6 2.If the cut is to be covered, use steel plates of sufficient strength and thickness to7 support traffic.8 a.Construct a transition of hot-mix or cold-mix asphalt from the top of the steel9 plate to the existing pavement to create a smooth riding surface.10 1)Hot-mix or cold-mix asphalt: conform to the requirements of Section 32 1211 16.12 3.Surface Preparation: mark pavement cut repairs for approval by the City.13 B. Installation14 1.Sawing15 a.General16 1)Saw cut perpendicular to the surface to full pavement depth.17 2)Saw cut the edges of pavement and appurtenances damaged subsequent to18 sawing to remove damaged areas.19 3)Such saw cuts shall be parallel to the original saw cut and to neat straight20 lines.21 b.Sawing equipment22 1)Power-driven23 2)Manufactured for the purpose of sawing pavement24 3)In good operating condition25 4)Shall not spall or facture concrete adjacent to the repair area26 c.Repairs: In true and straight lines to dimensions shown on the Drawings27 d.Utility Cuts28 1)In a true and straight line on both sides of the trench29 2)Minimum of 12 inches outside the trench walls30 e.Prevent dust and residues from sawing from entering the atmosphere or31 drainage facilities.32 2.Removal33 a.Use care in removing concrete to be repaired to prevent spalling or fracturing34 concrete adjacent to the repair area.35 3.Base: as specified in Drawings36 4.Concrete Paving37 a.Concrete placement: in accordance with Section 32 13 13.38 b.Reinforce concrete replacement: as specified in Drawings39 3.4 FULL-DEPTH CONCRETE PAVEMENT PANEL REPLACEMENT 40 A. Repair limits41 1.The Contractor shall submit his method of repair to the Project Manager for approval.42 2.The project manager will use sound engineering judgment to determine the43 32 01 29 - 5 CONCRETE PAVING REPAIR Page 5 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised June 13, 2025 appropriate repair limits. For Jointed Reinforced Concrete Pavement (JRCP), any 1 slab identified for repair must be fully removed and replaced—small, localized 2 repairs are not permitted. However, partial panel replacement may be allowed if the 3 original panel exceeds 20 feet in length. In such cases, the panel may be divided into 4 two sections, and a transverse dummy joint must be added to ensure that each section 5 does not exceed 15 feet in length. 6 B. Concrete pavement removal7 3.Provide concrete pavement removal equipment including chipping hammers or8 hydro-demolition equipment for bulk concrete removal; steel chains, lift pins, and a9 crane or front-end loader for lifting and loading pavement onto a flatbed or dump10 truck; a maximum 40-lb. drill with tungsten carbide bits; and an air compressor11 equipped with oil-removal filters capable of delivering air to clear dust and debris.12 4.Saw-cut the concrete using diamond-blade saws through the full depth of the13 concrete slab. Saw-cutting with diamond-blade saws will result in a smooth cut14 surface with little damage to the surrounding concrete. Carbide-tooth wheel saws can15 cause damage to the surrounding concrete and are not permitted for saw-cutting for16 full-depth pavement repairs. The saw-cut concrete panels should be removed, and the17 concrete placed as quickly as possible. Schedule work so that concrete placement18 follows full-depth saw-cutting by no more than 7 days unless otherwise approved by19 the project manager.20 5.Once the saw-cut for the pavement slab is complete, remove the slab by lifting the21 slab with a minimum disturbance to the base materials and surrounding concrete. Do22 not spall or fracture concrete adjacent to the repair area. Saw-cut and remove23 additional concrete as directed, after slab removal, if distresses are found in the24 surrounding concrete pavement. Repair damages to concrete pavement caused by the25 Contractor’s operation without additional compensation. The breakup method for26 removing concrete slabs is not allowed, as it could disturb the base and cause damage27 to the surrounding concrete.28 6.Completely remove all loose or damaged base material, ensuring no unstable material29 remains. Recompact the base to the satisfaction of the project manager or inspector.30 Before concrete placement, level the base layer using Type A, Grade 1-2 flexible31 base to match the original grade of the concrete slab or as otherwise directed.32 C. Base Material33 7.Provide Type A, Grade 1-2 flexible base material in accordance with City34 Specification 32 11 23, for flexible base repairs. In the areas where base repairs are35 required, place a minimum of 8 inches of flexible base over a compacted subgrade,36 unless otherwise directed by the Project Manager. If three or more consecutive37 concrete panels require replacement, an approved geogrid material may be installed38 on top of the compacted subgrade prior to placing the flexible base.39 8.Compact the flexible base materials to a minimum 95% proctor with -2 to +4 of40 optimum moisture content. Level the base layer with Type A, Grade 1-2 flexible base41 to the original grade of the concrete slab or as directed before concrete placement.42 Place concrete directly onto the compacted base layer unless otherwise directed.43 D. Mix Design44 1.Obtain approval for the repair hydraulic cement concrete mix design 10 days prior to45 beginning any repair work. The selection of concrete mix should be based on the time46 for opening the road to traffic and temperature range during the repair.47 32 01 29 - 6 CONCRETE PAVING REPAIR Page 6 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised June 13, 2025 2.Hydraulic cement concrete mix design. Provide Class HES concrete in accordance1 with City spec Section 32 13 13, “Concrete Paving”, and designed to attain a2 minimum compressive strength of 3,000 psi within the designated timeframe if the3 timeframe designated for opening the road to traffic is less than 72 hr. (3-days) after4 concrete placement. Otherwise, provide Class H concrete conforming to City spec5 Section 32 13 13, “Concrete Paving”.6 E. Concrete Pavement7 1.Thickness: The new concrete pavement thickness shall match the existing concrete8 pavement thickness. However, the new concrete pavement shall be constructed with9 minimum thicknesses of 9 inches for Arterial and Industrial streets, 7 inches for10 Collector streets, and 6 inches for Residential streets, regardless of the existing11 pavement thickness.12 2.Tie bars: Place tie bars to restore the continuity of the concrete pavement as shown13 on the details in the contract document. Drill holes into the existing concrete to a14 minimum depth of 6 inches, unless otherwise directed. Use a drill bit with a diameter15 1/8 inch larger than the diameter of the tie bars. Clean each hole thoroughly with a16 wire brush and compressed air to remove all dust and moisture. Only cartridge or17 machine applicator epoxy systems are permitted. Apply epoxy in accordance with the18 manufacturer's instructions. Insert the tip of the epoxy cartridge or machine19 applicator into the back of the hole and inject Type III, Class C epoxy, ensuring the20 hole is filled completely. Immediately insert the tie bars into the filled holes. Ensure21 that the bond strength of the epoxy-grouted tie bars achieves a pullout strength of at22 least 75% of the tie bar’s yield strength, tested in accordance with ASTM E488 and23 within the epoxy manufacturer’s recommended curing time. If the specified pull-out24 strength is not achieved, increase the embedment depth and retest. Other variables,25 such as epoxy application and hole cleanout, can also be adjusted to improve pull-out26 strength. The failure of drilled and epoxied bars to achieve the required pull-out27 strength is typically due to inadequate filling of the drilled holes with epoxy, rather28 than the length of embedment. Complete all tie bar testing prior to starting repair29 work. All activities related to pullout testing and corrective measures shall be at the30 Contractor’s expense.31 3.Deformed reinforcing bars: Install new deformed reinforcing steel bars matching the32 size and spacing specified in the plans or details in the contract document. Comply33 with ACI 318 for minimum lap of spliced bars where not specified on the Drawings.34 Provide and place supports to securely hold the new reinforcing steel in place.35 4.Dowel bars: Place dowel bars as shown on the details in the contract document or36 plans for jointly reinforced concrete pavement (JRCP). Provide and place supports to37 securely hold the dowel bars in place. The spacing between transverse joints shall not38 exceed 15 feet.39 5.After installing the required reinforcing steel, place the concrete directly onto the40 properly compacted base. Mix, place, cure, and test the concrete according to the41 City’s concrete paving specification, Section 32 13 13 – Concrete Paving. Broom-42 finish the surface unless otherwise indicated in the plans or details in the contract43 document.44 6.Perform a timely saw-cut at transverse contraction joints for JRCP in accordance45 with City specification, Section 32 13 13 – Concrete Paving.46 7.Clean and seal transverse contraction joints with an approved sealant in accordance47 with City specification, Section 32 13 13 – Concrete Paving.48 32 01 29 - 7 CONCRETE PAVING REPAIR Page 7 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised June 13, 2025 8.Ensure the new pavement matches with the grade and alignment of existing concrete 1 pavement.2 9.Concrete pavement may be opened to traffic when specified strength is achieved.3 Unless the pavement is required to be open to traffic within 72 hours, use a standard4 concrete mix instead of a high-early strength (HES) concrete mix. The use of HES5 concrete during the summer, when ambient temperatures are high, can result in6 excessive heat of hydration and premature pavement distress due to thermal cracking.7 It may also lead to increased drying shrinkage, particularly near the surface. Proper8 curing of HES mixes is essential to minimize map cracking caused by large9 temperature gradients and high evaporation rates.10 3.5 CONCRETE SPALL REPAIR 11 A. Description12 1.Repair spalling and partial-depth failures in concrete pavement using Type VIII13 epoxy that meets ASTM C 881 Type I or IV, rapid-set concrete that meets DMS-14 4655, “Concrete Repair Materials,” Type “B.”, or approved concrete mix designs15 B. Spall category16 1.Spalls are categorized based on severity of damage. Type of repair material and17 installation procedures differ based on spall category. Spalls are categorized as18 minor, intermediate, or major based on severity. Spall repair materials and methods19 differ significantly depending on the spall depth, area, causes, and configurations.20 Contractor shall use TxDOT procedure to perform spall repair.21 a.Minor Spalls22 1)Damage is less than 1 inch deep, and it covers an area less than 12 square23 inches24 2)Use epoxy or epoxy mortar that is formulated for concrete repair to repair25 minor spalls26 3)Use materials from TxDOT’s preapproved list for Type VIII epoxy.27 Contractors may use other materials only if specifically authorized by the28 City in writing.29 b.Intermediate spall30 1)Use only TxDOT pre-approved materials meeting the requirements of31 DMS-4655, “Concrete Repair Materials.”32 2)Form-and-pour materials are typically the best option in pavement33 applications because they can be extended with coarse aggregate, which34 significantly reduces the potential for shrinkage cracking.35 c.Major Spall36 1)Major spalls typically involve deep repairs to members in which capacity37 has been reduced because of damage and deterioration. The repair is meant38 to restore the capacity of the damaged concrete. Use approved mix designs39 to repair major spalls.40 3.6 CONCRETE CRACK REPAIR 41 A. Repair cracks in concrete pavement by epoxy injection, gravity filling, routing and42 sealing, or surface sealing.43 32 01 29 - 8 CONCRETE PAVING REPAIR Page 8 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised June 13, 2025 B. Concrete cracks as narrow as 0.002 inches can be injected with epoxy resin. However, it 1 is often difficult to effectively fill cracks that are narrower than 0.005 inches. It is 2 important to use a crack gauge to get accurate readings on crack widths. Contractors shall 3 use TxDOT crack sealing procedures to perform crack repairs. 4 C. Pressure-inject TxDOT Type IX low-viscosity epoxy resin (ASTM C 881 Type IV,5 Grade 1) into concrete cracks to restore structural integrity of damaged members or to6 prevent water and chloride infiltration.7 D. Use TxDOT approved Type V or VII concrete epoxy adhesive for sealing the surface of8 cracks.9 3.7 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 10 3.8 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 11 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 12 3.10 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 13 3.11 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 14 3.12 CLEANING [NOT USED] 15 3.13 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 16 3.14 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 17 3.15 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 18 3.16 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 19 END OF SECTION 20 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.2.A – Modified Items to be included in price bid; Added blue text for clarification of repair width on utility trench repair 2.2.C.1 – Changed to Class P to Class H 6/13/25 M Owen 1.2 Update price and payment procedures 1.3 Added reference standards 3.4 Added Full Depth Concrete Pavement Panel Replacement section 3.5 Added concrete Spall Repair section 3.6 Added Concrete Crack Repair Section 21 32 11 23 - 1 FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES Page 1 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 SECTION 32 11 23 FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A.Section Includes: 1. Foundation course for surface course or for other base course composed of flexible base constructed in one or more courses in conformity with the typical section. B.Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None C.Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2.Division 1 – General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A.Measurement and Payment 1. Measurement a.Measurement for this Item will be by the square yard of Flexible Base Course for various: 1) Depths 2) Types 3) Gradations 2. Payment a.The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per square yard of Flexible Base Course. 3. The price bid shall include: a.Preparation and correction of subgrade b. Furnishing of material c.Hauling d. Blading e.Sprinkling f.Compacting 1.3 REFERENCES A.Definitions 1. RAP – Recycled Asphalt Pavement. B.Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. ASTM International (ASTM): 32 11 23 - 2 FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES Page 2 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 a.D698, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12 400 ft-lbf/ft3 (600 kN-m/m3)) 3. Texas Department of Transportation (TXDOT): a.Tex-104-E, Determining Liquid Limits of Soils b. Tex-106-E, Calculating the Plasticity Index of Soils c.Tex-107-E, Determining the Bar Linear Shrinkage of Soils d. Tex-110-E, Particle Size Analysis of Soils e.Tex-116-E, Ball Mill Method for Determining the Disintegration of Flexible Base Material f.Tex-117-E, Triaxial Compression for Disturbed Soils and Base Materials g.Tex-411-A, Soundness of Aggregate Using Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate h. Tex-413-A, Determining Deleterious Material in Mineral Aggregate 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 MATERIALS A.General 1. Furnish uncontaminated materials of uniform quality that meet the requirements of the Drawings and specifications. 2. Obtain materials from approved sources. 3. Notify City of changes to material sources. 4. The City may sample and test project materials at any time before compaction throughout the duration of the project to assure specification compliance. B.Aggregate 1. Furnish aggregate of the type and grade shown on the Drawings and conforming to the requirements of Table 1. 2. Each source must meet Table 1 requirements for liquid limit, plastiCity index, and wet ball mill for the grade specified. 3. Do not use additives such as but not limited to lime, cement, or fly ash to modify aggregates to meet the requirements of Table 1, unless shown on the Drawings. 32 11 23 - 3 FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES Page 3 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 Table 1 Material Requirements Property Test Method Grade 1 Grade 2 Master gradation sieve size (% retained) Tex-110-E 2-1/2 in. – 0 1-3/4 in. 0 0–10 7/8 in. 10–35 – 3/8 in. 30–50 – No. 4 45–65 45–75 No. 40 70–85 60–85 Liquid limit, % max.1 Tex-104-E 35 40 PlastiCity index, max.1 Tex-106-E 10 12 Wet ball mill, % max.2 Tex-116-E 40 45 Wet ball mill, % max. increase passing the No. 40 sieve 20 20 Classification3 Tex-117-E 1.0 1.1–2.3 Min. compressive strength3, psi lateral pressure 0 psi 45 35 lateral pressure 15 psi 175 175 1. Determine plastic index in accordance with Tex-107-E (linear shrinkage) when liquid limit is unattainable as defined in Tex-104-E. 2. When a soundness value is required by the Drawings, test material in accordance with Tex-411-A. 3. Meet both the classification and the minimum compressive strength, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 4. Material Tolerances a. The City may accept material if no more than 1 of the 5 most recent gradation tests has an individual sieve outside the specified limits of the gradation. b. When target grading is required by the Drawings, no single failing test may exceed the master grading by more than 5 percentage points on sieves No. 4 and larger or 3 percentage points on sieves smaller than No. 4. c. The City may accept material if no more than 1 of the 5 most recent plasticity index tests is outside the specified limit. No single failing test may exceed the allowable limit by more than 2 points. 5. Material Types a. Do not use fillers or binders unless approved. b. Furnish the type specified on the Drawings in accordance with the following: 1) Type A a) Crushed stone produced and graded from oversize quarried aggregate that originates from a single, naturally occurring source. b) Do not use gravel or multiple sources. 2) Type B a) Only for use as base material for temporary pavement repairs. b) Do not exceed 20 percent RAP by weight unless shown on Drawings. 3) Type D a) Type A material or crushed concrete. b) Crushed concrete containing gravel will be considered Type D material. 32 11 23 - 4 FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES Page 4 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 c)The City may require separate dedicated stockpiles in order to verify compliance. d) Crushed concrete must meet the following requirements: (1) Table 1 for the grade specified. (2) Recycled materials must be free from reinforcing steel and other objectionable material and have at most 1.5 percent deleterious material when tested in accordance with TEX-413-A. C.Water 1. Furnish water free of industrial wastes and other objectionable matter. 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION A.General 1. Shape the subgrade or existing base to conform to the typical sections shown on the Drawings or as directed. 2. When new base is required to be mixed with existing base: a.Deliver, place, and spread the new flexible base in the required amount. b. Manipulate and thoroughly mix the new base with existing material to provide a uniform mixture to the specified depth before shaping. B.Subgrade Compaction 1. Proof roll the roadbed before pulverizing or scarifying in accordance with the following: a.Proof Rolling 1) City Project Representative must be on-site during proof rolling operations. 2) Use equipment that will apply sufficient load to identify soft spots that rut or pump. a)Acceptable equipment includes fully loaded single-axle water truck with a 1500 gallon capacity. 3) Make at least 2 passes with the proof roller (down and back = 1 pass). 4) Offset each trip by at most 1 tire width. 5) If an unstable or non-uniform area is found, correct the area. b. Correct 1) Soft spots that rut or pump greater than 3/4 inch 2) Areas that are unstable or non-uniform 2. Installation of base material cannot proceed until compacted subgrade approved by the City. 3.4 INSTALLATION A.General 32 11 23 - 5 FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES Page 5 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 1. Construct each layer uniformly, free of loose or segregated areas, and with the required density and moisture content. 2. Provide a smooth surface that conforms to the typical sections, lines, and grades shown on the Drawings or as directed. 3. Haul approved flexible base in clean, covered trucks. B. Equipment 1. General a. Provide machinery, tools, and equipment necessary for proper execution of the work. 2. Rollers a. The Contractor may use any type of roller to meet the production rates and quality requirements of the Contract unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or directed. b. When specific types of equipment are required, use equipment that meets the specified requirements. c. Alternate Equipment. 1) Instead of the specified equipment, the Contractor may, as approved, operate other compaction equipment that produces equivalent results. 2) Discontinue the use of the alternate equipment and furnish the specified equipment if the desired results are not achieved. d. City may require Contractor to substitute equipment if production rate and quality requirements of the Contract are not met. C. Placing 1. Spread and shape flexible base into a uniform layer by approved means the same day as delivered unless otherwise approved. 2. Place material such that it is mixed to minimize segregation. 3. Construct layers to the thickness shown on the Drawings, while maintaining the shape of the course. 4. Where subbase or base course exceeds 6 inches in thickness, construct in 2 or more courses of equal thickness. 5. Minimum lift depth: 3 inches 6. Control dust by sprinkling. 7. Correct or replace segregated areas as directed. 8. Place successive base courses and finish courses using the same construction methods required for the first course. D. Compaction 1. General a. Compact using density control unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. b. Multiple lifts are permitted when shown on the Drawings or approved. c. Bring each layer to the moisture content directed. When necessary, sprinkle the material to the extent necessary to provide not less than the required density. d. Compact the full depth of the subbase or base to the extent necessary to remain firm and stable under construction equipment. 2. Rolling 32 11 23 - 6 FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES Page 6 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 a.Begin rolling longitudinally at the sides and proceed towards the center, overlapping on successive trips by at least 1/2 the width of the roller unit. b. On superelevated curves, begin rolling at the low side and progress toward the high side. c.Offset alternate trips of the roller. d. Operate rollers at a speed between 2 and 6 mph as directed. e.Rework, recompact, and refinish material that fails to meet or that loses required moisture, density, stability, or finish before the next course is placed or the project is accepted. f.Continue work until specification requirements are met. g.Proof roll the compacted flexible base in accordance with the following: 1) Proof Rolling a)City Project Representative must be on-site during proof rolling operations. b) Use equipment that will apply sufficient load to identify soft spots that rut or pump. (1) Acceptable equipment includes fully loaded single-axle water truck with a 1500 gallon capacity. c)Make at least 2 passes with the proof roller (down and back = 1 pass). d) Offset each trip by at most 1 tire width. e)If an unstable or non-uniform area is found, correct the area. 2) Correct a)Soft spots that rut or pump greater than 3/4 inch. b) Areas that are unstable or non-uniform. 3. Tolerances a.Maintain the shape of the course by blading. b. Completed surface shall be smooth and in conformity with the typical sections shown on the Drawings to the established lines and grades. c.For subgrade beneath paving surfaces, correct any deviation in excess of 1/4 inch in cross section in length greater than 16 feet measured longitudinally by loosening, adding or removing material. Reshape and recompact by sprinkling and rolling. d. Correct all fractures, settlement or segregation immediately by scarifying the areas affected, adding suitable material as required. Reshape and recompact by sprinkling and rolling. e.Should the subbase or base course, due to any reason, lose the required stability, density and finish before the surfacing is complete, it shall be recompacted at the sole expense of the Contractor. 4. Density Control a.Minimum Density: 95 percent compaction as determined by ASTM D698. b. Moisture content: minus 2 to plus 4 of optimum. E.Finishing 1. After completing compaction, clip, skin, or tight-blade the surface with a maintainer or subgrade trimmer to a depth of approximately 1/4 inch. 2. Remove loosened material and dispose of it at an approved location. 3. Seal the clipped surface immediately by rolling with an appropriate size pneumatic tire roller until a smooth surface is attained. 4. Add small increments of water as needed during rolling. 32 11 23 - 7 FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES Page 7 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 5. Shape and maintain the course and surface in conformity with the typical sections, lines, and grades as shown on the Drawings or as directed. 6. In areas where surfacing is to be placed, correct grade deviations greater than 1/4 inch in 16 feet measured longitudinally or greater than 1/4 inch over the entire width of the cross-section. 7. Correct by loosening, adding, or removing material. 8. Reshape and recompact in accordance with 3.4.C. 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 QUALITY CONTROL A. Density Test 1. City to measure density of flexible base course. a. Notify City Project Representative when flexible base ready for density testing. b. Spacing directed by City (1 per block minimum). c. City Project Representative determines location of density testing. 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 32 11 29 - 1 LIME TREATED BASE COURSES Page 1 of 9 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 SECTION 32 11 29 LIME TREATED BASE COURSES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A.Section Includes: 1. Treating subgrade, subbase and base courses by the pulverization, addition of lime, mixing and compacting the mix material to the required density. 2. Item applies to the natural ground, embankment, existing pavement; base or subbase courses placed and shall conform to the typical section, lines and grades shown on the Drawings. B.Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C.Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2.Division 1 - General Requirements 3. Section 31 23 23 - Borrow 4. Section 32 11 23 - Flexible Base Courses 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A.Measurement and Payment 1. Hydrated Lime a.Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the ton (dry weight) of Hydrated Lime used to prepare slurry at the job site. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per ton of Hydrated Lime. c.The price bid shall include: 1) Furnishing the material 2) All freight involved 3) All unloading, storing, and handling 2. Commercial Lime Slurry a.Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the ton (dry weight) as calculated from the minimum percent dry solids content of the slurry multiplied by the weight of the slurry in tons delivered. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per ton of Commercial Lime Slurry. c.The price bid shall include: 1) Furnishing the material 32 11 29 - 2 LIME TREATED BASE COURSES Page 2 of 9 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 2) All freight involved 3) All unloading, storing, and handling 3. Quicklime a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the ton (dry weight) of Quicklime. Measurement for Quicklime in slurry form shall be measured by the ton (dry weight) of the Quicklime used to prepare the slurry. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per ton of Quicklime. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Furnishing the material 2) All freight involved 3) All unloading, storing, and handling 4. Lime Treatment a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the square yard of surface area as established by the widths shown on the Drawings and the lengths measured at placement. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per square yard of Lime Treatment applied for: a) Various depths c. The price bid shall include: 1) Preparing the roadbed 2) Loosening, pulverizing application of lime, water content in the slurry mixture and the mixing water 3) Mixing, shaping, sprinkling, compacting, finishing, curing and maintaining 4) Performing all manipulations required 1.3 REFERENCES A. Definitions 1. Hydrated Lime: dry powdered material consisting of calcium hydroxide. 2. Commercial Lime Slurry: liquid mixture of hydrated lime solids and water delivered to a project in slurry form. 3. Quicklime: dry material consisting of calcium oxide furnished in either of two grades: a. Grade DS – grade of “pebble” quicklime suitable for use in the preparation of slurry for wet placing. b. Grade S – finely graded quicklime for use only in the preparation of slurry for wet placing. B. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. ASTM International (ASTM): 32 11 29 - 3 LIME TREATED BASE COURSES Page 3 of 9 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 a.D698, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12 400 ft-lbf/ft3 (600 kN-m/m3)) b. D6938, Standard Test Method for In-Place Density and Water Content of Soil and Soil-Aggregate by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) 3. Texas Department of Transportation (TXDOT): a.Tex-101-E, Preparing Soil and Flexible Base Materials for Testing b. Tex-140-E, Measuring Thickness of Pavement Layer c.Tex-600-J, Sampling and Testing of Hydrated Lime, Quicklime and Commercial Lime Slurry 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTLAS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A.Truck Delivered Lime 1. Each truck ticket shall bear the weight of lime measured on certified scales. 2. Submit delivery tickets, certified by supplier, that include weight with each bulk delivery of lime to the site. 1.11 SITE CONDITIONS A.Start lime application only when the air temperature is at least 35°F and rising or is at least 40°F. Measure temperature in the shade and away from artificial heat. B.Suspend application when the City determines that weather conditions are unsuitable. 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 MATERIALS A.General 1. Furnish uncontaminated materials of uniform quality that meet the requirements of the Drawings and specifications. 2. Notify the City of the proposed material sources and of changes to material sources. 3. Obtain verification from the City that the specification requirements are met before using the sources. 4. The City may sample and test project materials at any time before compaction. B.Lime 1. Hydrated Lime a.pumpable suspension of solids in water 32 11 29 - 4 LIME TREATED BASE COURSES Page 4 of 9 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 b.solids portion of the mixture when considered as a basis of “solids content,” shall consist of principally hydrated lime of a quality and fineness sufficient to meet the chemical and physical requirements. 2. Dry Lime: Do not use unless approved by City. 3. Quicklime a.Use quicklime only when specified by the City. b. dry material consisting of essentially calcium oxide. c.Furnished in either of two grades: 1) Grade DS 2) Grade S 4. Furnish lime that meets the following requirements a.Chemical Requirements Table 2 Lime Chemical Requirements Hydrated Lime Commercial Lime Slurry Quicklime Total “active” lime content, percent by weight 90.0 Min 87.0 Min Unhydrated lime content, percent by weight CaO 5.0 Max 87.0 Min “Free Water” content, percent by weight water 5.0 Max b. Physical Requirements Table 3 Lime Physical Requirements Hydrated Lime Commercial Lime Slurry Quicklime Wet Sieve Requirement, As percentage by Weight Residue: Retained on No. 6 sieve 0.2 Max 0.2 Max 8.0 Max1 Retained on No. 30 sieve 4.0 Max 4.0 Max Dry Sieve Requirement, As percentage by Weight Residue: Retained on a 1-in sieve 0.0 Retained on a 3/4 –in sieve 10.0 Max Retained on a No. 100 sieve Grade Ds – 80 Min Grade S – no limits Retained on a No. 6 sieve 0.2 Max 0.2 Max 8.0 Max1 1 The amount total ”active” lime content, as CaO, in the material retained on the No. 6 sieve must not exceed 2.0% by weight of the original quicklime. c.Slurry Grades Table 4 Lime Slurry Grades Minimum Dry Solids Contents by Percentage of the Slurry 32 11 29 - 5 LIME TREATED BASE COURSES Page 5 of 9 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 Grade 1 31 Grade 2 35 Grade 3 46 C. Flexible Base Courses: Furnish base material that meets the requirements of Section 32 11 23, for the type and grade shown on the Drawings, before the addition of lime. D. Water: Furnish water free of industrial wastes and other objectionable material. E. Borrow: See Section 31 23 23. 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION A. Shape the subgrade or existing base to conform to the typical sections shown on the Drawings or as directed. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. General 1. Produce a completed course of treated material containing: a. uniform lime mixture, free from loose or segregated areas. b. uniform density and moisture content. c. well bound for full depth. d. with smooth surface and suitable for placing subsequent courses. 2. Maximum layer depth of lime treatment in single layer: 8 inches. 3. For treated subgrade exceeding 8 inches deep, pulverize, apply lime, mix, compact and finish in equal layers not exceeding 5 inches deep. B. Equipment 1. General: Provide machinery, tools, and equipment necessary for proper execution of the work. 2. Rollers a. The Contractor may use any type of roller to meet the production rates and quality requirements of the Contract unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or directed. b. When specific types of equipment are required, use equipment that meets the specified requirements. c. Alternate Equipment 1) Instead of the specified equipment, the Contractor may, as approved, operate other compaction equipment that produces equivalent results. 2) Discontinue the use of the alternate equipment and furnish the specified equipment if the desired results are not achieved. d. City may require Contractor to substitute equipment if production rate and quality requirements of the Contract are not met. 32 11 29 - 6 LIME TREATED BASE COURSES Page 6 of 9 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 3. Storage Facility a.Store quicklime and dry hydrated lime in closed, weatherproof containers. 4. Slurry Equipment a.Use slurry tanks equipped with agitation devices to slurry hydrated lime or quicklime on the project or other approved location. b. The City may approve other slurrying methods. c.Provide a pump for agitating the slurry when the distributor truck is not equipped with an agitator. 5. Pulverization Equipment a.Provide pulverization equipment that: 1) Cuts and pulverizes material uniformly to the proper depth with cutters that plane to a uniform surface over the entire width of the cut 2) Provides a visible indication of the depth of cut at all times, and uniformly mixes the materials C.Pulverization 1. Pulverize or scarify existing material after shaping so that 100 percent passes a 2 1/2 inch sieve. 2. If the material cannot be uniformly processed to the required depth in a single pass, excavate and windrow the material to expose a secondary grade to achieve processing to depth as shown in the Drawings. D.Application of Lime 1. Uniformly apply lime as shown on the Drawings or as directed. 2. Add lime at the percentage specified in Drawings. 3. Apply lime only on an area where mixing can be completed during the same working day. 4. Minimize dust and scattering of lime by wind. Do not apply lime when wind conditions, in the opinion of the City, cause blowing lime to become dangerous to traffic or objectionable to adjacent property owners. 5. Slurry Placement a.Hydrated Lime 1) Mix Lime with water and apply slurry 2) Apply Type B, commercial lime slurry, with a lime percentage not less applicable for grade used 3) Distribute lime at the rate shown on the Drawings 4) Make successive passes over a measured surface of roadway until the proper moisture and lime content have been achieved. b. Quicklime 1) Spread the residue for the Quicklime slurrying procedure uniformly over the length of the roadway. 2) Residue is primarily inert material with little stabilizing value; however, may contain a small amount of Quicklime particles that slake slowly. A concentration of these particles could cause the compacted stabilized material to swell during slaking. E.Mixing 1. Begin mixing within 6 hours of application of lime. 32 11 29 - 7 LIME TREATED BASE COURSES Page 7 of 9 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 2. Hydrated lime exposed to the open air for 6 hours or more between application and mixing, or that experiences excessive loss due to washing or blowing, will not be accepted for payment. 3. Thoroughly mix the material and lime using approved equipment. 4. Mix until a homogeneous, friable mixture of material and lime is obtained, free from all clods and lumps. 5. Do not mix greater than 1 inch deeper than the stabilization depth specified. 6. Materials containing plastic clay or other materials that are not readily mixed with lime shall be mixed as thoroughly as possible at the time of lime application, brought to the proper moisture content and sealed with a pneumatic roller. 7. Allow the mixture to cure for 72 hours or as directed by City. 8. When pebble grade quicklime is used, allow the mixture to cure for 2 to 4 days. 9. Sprinkle the treated materials during the mixing and curing operation to achieve adequate hydration and proper moisture content. 10. After curing, resume mixing until a homogeneous, friable mixture is obtained. 11. After mixing, City will sample the mixture at roadway moisture and test in accordance with Tex-101-E, Part III, to determine compliance with the gradation requirements in Table 5. Table 5 Gradation Requirements (Minimum % Passing) Sieve Size Base 1-3/4 in. 100 3/4 in. 85 No. 4 60 F. Compaction 1. General a. Begin compaction immediately after final mixing. b. Aerate and sprinkle as necessary to provide optimum moisture content. c. Multiple lifts are permitted when shown on the Drawings or approved. d. Bring each layer to the moisture content directed. 2. Rolling a. Begin rolling longitudinally at the sides and proceed toward the center, overlapping on successive trips by at least one-half the width of the roller unit. b. On superelevated curves, begin rolling at the low side and progress toward the high side. c. Offset alternate trips of the roller. d. Operate rollers at a speed between 2 and 6 MPH or as directed. e. Rework, recompact, and refinish material that fails to meet or that loses required moisture, density, stability, or finish before the next course is placed or the project is accepted. 1) Continue work until specification requirements are met. 2) Rework in accordance with Maintenance item of this Section. f. Proof roll the lime treated base course in accordance with the following: 1) Proof Rolling a) City Project Representative must be on-site during proof rolling operations. 32 11 29 - 8 LIME TREATED BASE COURSES Page 8 of 9 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 b) Use equipment that will apply sufficient load to identify soft spots that rut or pump. (1) Acceptable equipment includes fully loaded single-axle water truck with a 1500 gallon capacity. c)Make at least 2 passes with the proof roller (down and back = 1 pass). d) Offset each trip by at most 1 tire width. e)If an unstable or non-uniform area is found, correct the area. 2) Correct a)Soft spots that rut or pump greater than 3/4 inch. b) Areas that are unstable or non-uniform. 3. Density Control a.Compact until the entire depth of the mixture has achieved a uniform density of not less than 95 percent of the maximum density as determined by ASTM D698. b. Moisture content: minus 2 to plus 4 optimum. G.Maintenance 1. Maintain the completed soil lime base in good condition, satisfactory to the City as to grade, crown and cross section until the overlaying or next course is constructed. 2. Keep surface of the compacted course moist until covered by other base or pavement. 3. Reworking a Section a.When a section is reworked within 72 hours after completion of compaction, rework the section to provide the required density. b. When a section is reworked more than 72 hours after completion of compaction, add additional lime at 25 percent of the percentage specified. c.Reworking includes loosening, adding material or removing unacceptable material if necessary, mixing as directed, compacting, and finishing. H.Finishing 1. After completing compaction of the final course, clip, skin, or tight-blade the surface of the lime-treated material with a maintainer or subgrade trimmer to a depth of approximately 1/4 inch. 2. Remove loosened material and dispose of at an approved location. 3. Roll the clipped surface immediately with a pneumatic tire roller until a smooth surface is attained. 4. Add small amounts of water as needed during rolling. 5. Shape and maintain the course and surface in conformity with the typical sections, lines, and grades shown on the Drawings or as directed. I.Curing 1. Cure for the minimum number of days shown in Table 6 and by finished pavement type: a.Concrete pavement 1) Sprinkle with water 2) Maintain moisture during curing 3) Do not allow equipment on the finished course during curing except as required for sprinkling. b. Asphalt Pavement 32 11 29 - 9 LIME TREATED BASE COURSES Page 9 of 9 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 1) Apply an asphalt material at a rate of 0.05 to 0.20 gallon per square yard. 2) Do not allow equipment on the finished course during curing. Table 6 Minimum Curing Requirements Before Placing Subsequent Courses1 Untreated Material Curing (Days) PI 35 2 PI > 35 5 1. Subject to the approval of the City. Proof rolling may be required as an indicator of adequate curing. 2. Begin paving operations or add courses within 14 calendar days of final compaction. 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 QUALITY CONTROL A. Density Test 1. City Project Representative must be on site during density testing 2. City to measure density of lime treated base course in accordance with ASTM D6938. 3. Spacing directed by City (1 per block minimum). 4. City Project Representative determines density testing locations. B. Depth Test 1. In -place depth will be evaluated for each 500-foot roadway section 2. Determine in accordance with Tex-140-E in hand excavated holes. 3. For each 500-foot section, 3 phenolphthalein tests will be performed. 4. City Project Representative determines depth testing locations. 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 32 11 33 - 1 CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES Page 1 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 10, 2022 SECTION 32 11 33 1 CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A.Section Includes5 1.Treating subgrade, subbase and base courses by the pulverization, addition of6 cement (or CEM-LIMETM), mixing and compacting the mix material to the required7 density.8 2.Item applies to the natural ground, embankment, existing pavement, base or9 subbase courses placed and shall conform to the typical section, lines and grades10 shown on the Drawings.11 3.For asphalt pavement pulverization projects, CEM-LIMETM (or approved equal)12 may be used, in lieu of cement, for subgrade soils with high plasticity index13 (plasticity index (PI) of 15 or above).14 4.The procedures and methods outlined in this spec for cement applies to CEM-15 LIMETM except that CEM-LIMETM needs to be applied using the slurry method.16 5.If the existing asphalt is milled off exposing the subgrade soil, the stabilizing agent17 may need to be lime, in lieu of cem-lime, for soils with high PI18 B. Deviations from City of Fort Worth Standards19 1. None20 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not necessarily limited to21 1.Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract22 2.Division 1 - General Requirements23 3.Section 32 11 23 - Flexible Base Courses24 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 25 A.Measurement and Payment26 1.Cement27 a.Measurement28 1)Measurement for this Item shall be by the ton (dry weight).29 b.Payment30 1)The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item31 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit32 price bid per ton (dry weight) of Cement.33 c.The price bid shall include:34 1)Furnishing Cement material35 2)All freight involved36 3)All unloading, storing and handling37 2.CEM-LIMETM38 a.Measurement39 1)Measurement for this Item shall be by the ton (dry weight).40 b.Payment41 32 11 33 - 2 CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES Page 2 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 10, 2022 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 1 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 2 price bid per ton (dry weight) of CEM-LIMETM (or approved equal). 3 c. The price bid shall include: 4 1) Furnishing CEM-LIMETM 5 2) All freight involved 6 3) All unloading, storing and handling 7 3. Cement Treatment 8 a. Measurement 9 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the square yard of surface area. 10 2) The dimensions for determining the surface area are established by the 11 widths shown on the Drawings and the lengths measured at placement. 12 b. Payment 13 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 14 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 15 price bid per square yard of Cement Treatment placed for: 16 a) Various depths 17 c. The price bid shall include: 18 1) Pulverizing or providing the soil material 19 2) Handling, hauling and spreading dry or slurry cement 20 3) Mixing the cement with the soil either in-place or in a mixing plant 21 4) Furnishing, hauling and mixing water with the soil-cement mixture 22 5) Spreading and shaping the mixture; compacting the mixture, including all 23 rolling required for compaction 24 6) Surface finishing 25 7) Water and sprinkling 26 8) Curing 27 1.3 REFERENCES 28 A.Reference Standards 29 1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard 30 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 31 specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 32 2. ASTM International (ASTM): 33 a. C150, Standard Specification for Portland Cement 34 b. C595, Standard Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements 35 c. D698, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil 36 Using Standard Effort (12 400 ft-lbf/ft3 (600 kN-m/m3)) 37 3. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) 38 a. Tex -101-E, Preparing soil and flexible base materials for testing 39 b. Tex-140-E, Measuring thickness of paving layers 40 32 11 33 - 3 CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES Page 3 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 10, 2022 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTLAS [NOT USED] 5 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 6 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 7 A.Truck Delivered Cement8 1.Each truck ticket shall bear the weight of cement measured on certified scales.9 2.Submit delivery tickets, certified by supplier, that include weight with each bulk10 delivery of cement to the site.11 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS 12 A.Start cement application only when the air temperature is at least 35 degrees F and ris in g13 or is at least 40 degrees F.14 B. Measure temperature in the shade away from artificial heat.15 C. Suspend application when the City determines that weather conditions are unsuitable.16 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 17 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 18 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 19 2.2 MATERIALS 20 A.General21 1.Furnish uncontaminated materials of uniform quality that meet the requirements of22 the Drawings and specifications.23 2.Notify the City of the proposed material sources and of changes to material sources.24 3.Obtain verification from the City that the specification requirements are met before25 using the sources.26 4.The City may sample and test project materials at any time before compaction.27 B. Cement: ASTM C150 or ASTM C595 Type I, II, IL or IP.28 C. Flexible Base Courses: Furnish base material that meets the requirements of Section 3229 11 23 for the type and grade shown on the Drawings , before the addition of cement.30 D.Water: Furnish water free of industrial wastes and other objectionable material.31 32 11 33 - 4 CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES Page 4 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 10, 2022 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 1 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 4 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 5 3.3 PREPARATION 6 A.Shape existing material in accordance with applicable bid items to conform to typical 7 sections shown on the Drawings and as directed. 8 3.4 INSTALLATION 9 A.General 10 1. Produce a completed course of treated material containing: 11 a. Uniform Portland cement mixture, free from loose or segregated areas 12 b. Uniform density and moisture content 13 c. Well bound for full depth 14 d. With smooth surface and suitable for placing subsequent courses 15 2. Maximum layer depth of cement treatment in single layer: 8 inches. 16 3. For treated subgrade exceeding 8 inches deep, pulverize, apply cement, mix, 17 compact and finish in equal layers not exceeding 5 inches deep. 18 B. Equipment 19 1. Provide machinery, tools, and equipment necessary for proper execution of the 20 work. 21 2. Rollers 22 a. The Contractor may use any type of roller to meet the production rates and 23 quality requirements of the Contract unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or 24 directed. 25 b. When specific types of equipment are required, use equipment that meets the 26 specified requirements. 27 c. Alternate Equipment 28 1) Instead of the specified equipment, the Contractor may, as approved, 29 operate other compaction equipment that produces equivalent results. 30 2) Discontinue the use of the alternate equipment and furnish the specified 31 equipment if the desired results are not achieved. 32 d. City may require Contractor to substitute equipment if production rate and 33 quality requirements of the Contract are not met. 34 3. Slurry Equipment 35 a. Use slurry tanks equipped with agitation devices for cement application. 36 b. The City may approve other slurrying methods. 37 c. Provide a pump for agitating the slurry when the distributor truck is not 38 equipped with an agitator. 39 4. Pulverization Equipment 40 a. Provide pulverization equipment that: 41 1) Cuts and pulverizes material uniformly to the proper depth with cutters that 42 plane to a uniform surface over the entire width of the cut 43 32 11 33 - 5 CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES Page 5 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 10, 2022 2) Provides a visible indication of the depth of cut at all times 1 3)Uniformly mixes the materials2 C. Pulverization3 1.Pulverize or scarify existing material after shaping so that 100 percent by dry4 weight passes a 1-inch sieve, and 80 percent by dry weight passes a No. 4 siev e5 exclusive of gravel or stone retained in sieves.6 2.Pulverize recycled asphalt pavement so that 100 percent by dry weight passes a 2-7 inch sieve, and 60 percent by dry weight passes a No. 4 sieve exclusive of gravel or8 stone retained in sieves.9 D.Cement Application10 1.Spread by an approved dry or slurry method uniformly on the soil at the rate11 specified on the Drawings12 a.CEM-LIMETM shall be applied using the slurry method.13 2.If a bulk cement spreader is used, position by string lines or other approved method14 during spreading to insure a uniform distribution of cement.15 3.Apply to an area that all the operations can be continuous and completed in daylight16 within 6-hours of initial application.17 4.Do not exceed the quantity of cement that permits uniform and intimate mixture of18 soil and cement during dry -mixing operations19 5.Do not exceed the specified optimum moisture content for the soil and cement20 mixture.21 6.No equipment, except that used in the spreading and mixing, allowed to pass over22 the freshly spread cement until it is mixed with the soil.23 E. Mixing24 1. Thoroughly mix the material and cement using approved equipment.25 2.Mix until a homogeneous, friable mixture of material and cement is obtained, free26 from all clods and lumps.27 3.Keep mixture within moisture tolerances throughout the operation.28 4.Spread and shape the completed mixture in a uniform layer.29 5.After mixing, the City shall sample the mixture at roadway moisture and test in30 accordance with Tex 101 E, Part III, to determine compliance with the gradation31 requirements in Table 1.32 Table 1 33 Gradation Requirements Minimum % Passing 34 Sieve Size Base 1-3/4 in.100 3/4 in. 85 No. 4 60 F. Compaction35 1.Prior to the beginning of compaction, the mixture shall be in a loose condition for36 its full depth.37 2.Compact material to at least 95-percent of the maximum density as determined b y38 ASTM D698.39 32 11 33 - 6 CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES Page 6 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 10, 2022 3. At the start of compaction, the percentage of moisture in the mixture and in un-1 pulverized soil lumps shall be less than the quantity which shall cause the soil-2 cement mixture to become unstable during compaction and finishing. 3 4. When the uncompacted soil-cement mixture is wetted by rain so that the average 4 moisture content exceeds the tolerance given at the time of final compaction, the 5 entire section shall be reconstructed in accordance with this specification at the sole 6 expense of the Contractor . 7 5. The specified optimum moisture content and density shall be determined in the 8 field on the representative samples of soil-cement mixture obtained from the area 9 being processed. 10 6. Final moisture content shall be within minus-2 to plus-4-of-optimum. 11 7. Begin compaction after mixing and after gradation and moisture requirements have 12 been met. 13 8. Begin compaction at the bottom and continue until the entire depth of the mixture is 14 uniformly compacted. 15 9. Uniformly compact the mixture to the specified density within 2-hours. 16 10. After the soil and cement mixture is compacted uniformly apply water as needed 17 and thor oughly mix in. 18 11. Reshape the surface to the required lines, grades and cross section and then lightly 19 scarify to loosen any imprint left by the compacting or shaping equipment. 20 G.Maintenance 21 1. Maintain the soil-cement treatment in good condition from the time it first starts 22 work until all work shall is completed. 23 2. Maintenance includes immediate repairs of any defect that may occur after the 24 cement is applied. 25 3. Maintenance work shall be done by the Contractor at the Contractor’s expense and 26 repeated as often as necessary to keep the area continuously intact. 27 4. Repairs are to be made in such a manner as to insure restoration of a uniform 28 surface for the full depth of treatment. 29 5. Remedy any low area of treated subgrade by scarifying the surface to a depth of at 30 least 2 inches, filling the area with treated material and compacting. 31 6. Remedy any low area of subbase or base shall by replacing the material for the full 32 depth of subbase or base treatment rather than adding a thin layer of stabilized 33 material to the completed work. 34 H.Finishing 35 1. After completing compaction of the final course, clip, skin, or tight-blade the 36 surface of the cement-treated material with a maintainer or subgrade trimmer to a 37 depth of approximately 1/4 inch. 38 2. Remove loosened material and dispose of at an approved location. 39 3. Roll the clipped surface immediately with a pneumatic tire roller adding small 40 increments of moisture as needed and until a smooth surface is attained. 41 4. Add small amounts of water as needed during rolling. Shape and maintain the 42 course and surface in conformity with the typical sections, lines, and grades shown 43 on the Drawings or as directed. 44 32 11 33 - 7 CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES Page 7 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 10, 2022 5. Surface compaction and finishing shall proceed in such a manner as to produce, in 1 not more than 2 -hours, a smooth, closely knit surface, free of cracks, ridges or loose 2 material, conforming to the drawn grade and line shown on the Drawings . 3 6. After the final layer or course of the cement modified soil has been compacted, it 4 shall be brought to the required lines and grades in accordance with the typical 5 sections. 6 7. The completed section shall then be finished by rolling with a pneumatic tire or 7 other suitable roller sufficiently to create micro cracking. 8 I. Curing 9 1. General 10 a. Cure for at lea st 48 hours. 11 b. Maintain the moisture content during curing at no lower than 2 percentage 12 points below optimum. 13 2. Curing method depends on finished pavement type: 14 a. Concrete pavement: 15 1) Sprinkle with water 16 2) Maintain moisture during curing 17 3) Do not allow equipment on the finished course during curing except as 18 required for sprinkling, unless otherwise approved. 19 b. Asphalt Pavement: 20 1) Apply an asphalt material at a rate of 0.05 to 0.20 gallon per square yard. 21 2) Do not allow equipment on the finished course during curing 22 3. Begin paving operations or add courses within 14 calendar days of final compaction 23 of the cement treated base. 24 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 25 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 26 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 27 A.Density Test 28 1. City Project Representative must be on site during density testing 29 2. City to measure density of cement treated base course in accordance with ASTM 30 D6938. 31 3. Spacing directed by City (1 per block minimum). 32 4. City Project Representative determines density testing locations. 33 B. Depth Test 34 1. Take minimum of one core per 500 linear feet per each direction of travel 35 staggering test location in each lane to determine in-place depth. 36 2. City Project Representative determines depth testing locations. 37 32 11 33 - 8 CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES Page 8 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 10, 2022 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 1 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 2 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 4 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 5 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 6 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 7 END OF SECTION 8 9 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 3-11-2022 Zelalem Arega 1.3.A.2, 2.2.B – Added ASTM C595 – Type IL Cement 6-10-2022 M Owen 1.1 A. – Added alternative of using CEM-LIME TM in areas with high PI 1.2 A. – Added Measurement and Payment section for CEM-LIMETM 3.4 D. – Added clarification re: slurry application for CEM-LIMETM 3.4 I. 3. – Clarified time limits between application and paving 10 32 13 13 - 1 CONCRETE PAVING Page 1 of 22 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 13, 2025 SECTION 32 13 13 1 CONCRETE PAVING 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A.Section includes:5 1.Finished pavement constructed of Portland cement or Blended Hydraulic Cements6 concrete including monolithically poured curb on the prepared subgrade or other7 base course.8 B.Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification9 1. None.10 C.Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:11 1.Division 0 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements12 2.Division 1 - General Requirements13 3.Section 32 01 29 - Concrete Paving Repair14 4.Section 32 13 73 - Concrete Paving Joint Sealants15 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 16 A. Measurement17 1.Measurement18 a.Measurement for this Item shall be by the square yard of completed and19 accepted Concrete Pavement in its final position as measured from back of curb20 for various:21 1)Classes22 2)Thicknesses23 2.Payment24 a.The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item will25 be paid for at the unit price bid per square yard of Concrete Pavement.26 3.The price bid shall include:27 a.Shaping and fine grading the placement area28 b.Furnishing and applying all water required29 c.Furnishing, loading and unloading, storing, hauling and handling all concrete30 ingredients including all freight and royalty involved31 d.Mixing, placing, finishing and curing all concrete32 e.Furnishing and installing all reinforcing steel33 f.Formworks, braces and supports34 g.Furnishing all materials and placing longitudinal, warping, expansion, and35 contraction joints, including all steel dowels, dowel caps and load transmission36 units required, wire and devices for placing, holding and supporting the steel37 bar, load transmission units, and joint filler material in the proper position; for38 coating steel bars where required by the Drawings39 h.Sealing joints40 i.Monolithically poured curb and gutter if needed41 32 13 13 - 2 CONCRETE PAVING Page 2 of 22 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 13, 2025 j.Cleanup1 1.3 REFERENCES 2 A.Reference Standards3 1.Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard4 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this5 specification, unless a date is specifically cited.6 2.ASTM International (ASTM):7 a.A615/A615M, Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel8 Bars for Concrete Reinforcement9 b.C31/C31M, Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens10 in the Field11 c.C33/C33M, Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates12 d.C39/C39M, Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical13 Concrete Specimens14 e.C42/C42M, Standard Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and15 Sawed Beams of Concrete16 f. C94/C94M, Standard Specifications for Ready-Mixed Concrete17 g. C150/C150M, Standard Specification for Portland Cement18 h. C156, Standard Test Method for Water Loss (from a mortar specimen) Through19 Liquid Membrane-Forming Curing Compounds for Concrete20 i.C172/C172M, Standard Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete21 j.C260/C260M, Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete22 k. C309, Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for23 Curing Concrete, Type 224 l.C494/C494M, Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete,25 Types “A”, “D”, “F” and “G”26 m.C595/C595M, Standard Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements27 n.C618, Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for use as a Mineral28 Admixture in Concrete29 o. C881/C881M, Standard Specification for Epoxy-Resin-Base Bonding Systems30 for Concrete31 p. C1064/C1064M, Standard Test Method for Temperature of Freshly Mixed32 Hydraulic-Cement Concrete33 q. C1602/C1602M, Standard Specification for Mixing Water Used in the34 Production of Hydraulic Cement Concrete.35 r.D698, Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort36 (12,400 ft-lbf/ft3)37 3.American Concrete Institute (ACI):38 a.ACI 305.1-14 Specification for Hot Weather Concreting39 b.ACI 306.1-90, Standard Specification for Cold Weather Concreting40 c.ACI 318, Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary41 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 42 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 43 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 44 A. Mix Design: submit for approval. See Item 2.4.A.45 32 13 13 - 3 CONCRETE PAVING Page 3 of 22 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 13, 2025 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 3 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 4 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 5 A. Weather Conditions6 1.Place concrete when concrete temperature is between 40°F and 95°F when7 measured in accordance with ASTM C1064 at point of placement.8 2.Hot Weather Concreting9 a.When first concrete temperature reading is over 95°F (but under 100°F), no10 more trucks shall be loaded at the plant. Truck already in transit can place11 concrete.12 b.Contractor, at his or her option and expense, may continue to load trucks if ice13 or other effective cooling methods are used to lower temperatures. The resultant14 temperatures shall be in the acceptable range.15 c.Concrete shall not be placed when concrete temperature is above 100°F under16 any circumstances.17 3.Cold Weather Concreting18 a.No concrete shall be placed when ambient temp in shade and away from19 artificial heat is below 40°F and falling. Concrete may be placed when ambient20 temp is above 35°F and rising. Unless the City Project Manager or designee21 approves paving to continue, suspend concreting operations if a descending air22 temperature in the shade and away from artificial heat falls below 40°F. Do not23 resume concreting operations until an ascending air temperature in the shade and24 away from artificial heat reaches 35°F and rising. Contractor should take all the25 precautions necessary to prevent freezing of concrete. Frozen concrete must be26 removed and replaced.27 4.It is to be distinctly understood that the Contractor is responsible for the quality and28 strength of the concrete placed under any weather conditions.29 B. Time: Place concrete after sunrise and no later than sunset shall permit the finishing of the30 pavement in natural light, or as directed by the City.31 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 32 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 33 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 34 2.2 MATERIALS 35 A. Cementitious Material: ASTM C150, ASTM C595 Type IL Cement.36 B.Aggregates: ASTM C33.37 C.Water: ASTM C1602.38 D.Admixtures: When admixtures are used, conform to the appropriate specification:39 32 13 13 - 4 CONCRETE PAVING Page 4 of 22 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 13, 2025 1.Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete: ASTM C260. 1 2.Chemical Admixtures for Concrete: ASTM C494, Types “A”, “D”, “F” and “G.”2 3.Fly Ash3 a.Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete:4 ASTM C618.5 b.Fly ash may be substituted at one pound per pound of cement up to 25% of the6 specified cement content when such batch design is approved by the Engineer.7 E.Steel Reinforcement: ASTM A615.8 F.Steel Wire Reinforcement: Not used for concrete pavement.9 G. Dowels and Tie Bars10 1.Dowel and tie bars: ASTM A615.11 2.Dowel Caps12 a.Provide and install dowel caps with enough range of movement to allow13 complete closure of the expansion joint.14 b.Caps for dowel bars shall be of the length shown on the Drawings and shall have15 an internal diameter sufficient to permit the cap to freely slip over the bar.16 c.In no case shall the internal diameter exceed the bar diameter by more 1/8 inch,17 and one end of the cap shall be tightly closed.18 3.Epoxy for Dowel and Tie Bars: ASTM C881.19 a. See the following table for approved producers of epoxies and adhesives20 Table 1:21 Pre-Qualified Producers of Epoxies and Adhesives Product Name Producer Concresive 1420 BASF HTE-50 Hilti T 308 + Powers Fasteners P E 1000+ Powers Fasteners C-6 Ramset-Redhead Epcon G-5 Ramset-Redhead Pro-Poxy-300 Fast Tube Unitex Shep-Poxy TxIII CMC Construction Services Ultrabond 1300 Tubes Adhesives Technology Ultrabone 2300 N.S. A-22-2300 Slow Set Adhesives Technology Dynapoxy EP-430 Pecora Corp. EDOT Simpson Strong Tie ET22 Simpson Strong Tie SET 22 Simpson Strong Tie SpecPoxy 3000FS SpecChem 22 b.Epoxy Use, Storage and Handling23 32 13 13 - 5 CONCRETE PAVING Page 5 of 22 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 13, 2025 1)Package components in airtight containers and protect from light and 1 moisture.2 2)Include detailed instructions for the application of the material and all3 safety information and warnings regarding contact with the components.4 3)Epoxy label requirements5 a)Resin or hardener components6 b)Brand name7 c)Name of manufacturer8 d)Lot or batch number9 e)Temperature range for storage10 f)Date of manufacture11 g)Expiration date12 h)Quantity contained13 4)Store epoxy and adhesive components at temperatures recommended by the14 manufacturer.15 5)Do not use damaged or previously opened containers and any material that16 shows evidence of crystallization, lumps skinning, extreme thickening, or17 settling of pigments that cannot be readily dispersed with normal agitation.18 6)Follow sound environmental practices when disposing of epoxy and19 adhesive wastes.20 7)Dispose of all empty containers separately.21 8)Dispose of epoxy by completely emptying and mixing the epoxy before22 disposal23 H.Reinforcement Bar Chairs24 1.Reinforcement bar chairs or supports shall be of adequate strength to support the25 reinforcement bars and shall not bend or break under the weight of the26 reinforcement bars or Contractor’s personnel walking on the reinforcing bars.27 2.Bar chairs may be made of metal (free of rust), precast mortar or concrete blocks or28 plastic.29 3.For approval of plastic chairs, representative samples of the plastic shall show no30 visible indications of deterioration after immersion in a 5-percent solution of31 sodium hydroxide for 120-hours.32 4.Bar chairs may be rejected for failure to meet any of the requirements of this33 specification.34 I. Joint Filler35 1.Joint filler is the material placed in concrete pavement and concrete structures to36 allow for the expansion and contraction of the concrete.37 2.Wood Boards: Used as joint filler for concrete paving.38 a.Boards for expansion joint filler shall be of the required size, shape and type39 indicated on the Drawings or required in the specifications.40 1)Boards shall be of selected stock of redwood or cypress. The boards shall41 be sound heartwood and shall be free from sapwood, knots, clustered42 birdseyes, checks and splits.43 2)Joint filler, boards, shall be smooth, flat and straight throughout, and shall44 be sufficiently rigid to permit ease of installation.45 3)Boards shall be furnished in lengths equal to the width between46 longitudinal joints, and may be furnished in strips or scored sheet of the47 required shape.48 32 13 13 - 6 CONCRETE PAVING Page 6 of 22 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 13, 2025 3.Dimensions.1 a.The thickness of the expansion joint filler shall be shown on the Drawings; the2 width shall be not less than that shown on the Drawings, providing for the top3 seal space.4 4.Rejection.5 a.Expansion joint filler may be rejected for failure to meet any of the requirements6 of this specification.7 J.Joint Sealants.8 a.Provide Joint Sealants in accordance with Section 32 13 73.9 K.Curing Materials10 1.Membrane-Forming Compounds.11 a.Conform to the requirements of ASTM C309, Type 2, white pigmented12 compound and be of such nature that it shall not produce permanent13 discoloration of concrete surfaces nor react deleteriously with the concrete.14 b.The compound shall produce a firm, continuous uniform moisture-impermeable15 film free from pinholes and shall adhere satisfactorily to the surfaces of damp16 concrete.17 c.It shall, when applied to the damp concrete surface at the specified rate of18 coverage, dry to touch in 1 hour and dry through in not more than 4 hours under19 normal conditions suitable for concrete operations.20 d.It shall adhere in a tenacious film without running off or appreciably sagging.21 e.It shall not disintegrate, check, peel or crack during the required curing period.22 f.The compound shall not peel or pick up under traffic and shall disappear from23 the surface of the concrete by gradual disintegration.24 g.The compound shall be delivered to the job site in the manufacturer's original25 containers only, which shall be clearly labeled with the manufacturer's name, the26 trade name of the material and a batch number or symbol with which test27 samples may be correlated.28 h.When tested in accordance with ASTM C156 Standard Test Method for Water29 Loss (from a mortar specimen) Through Liquid Membrane-Forming Curing30 Compounds for Concrete, the liquid membrane-forming compound shall restrict31 the loss of water present in the test specimen at the time of application of the32 curing compound to not more than 0.01-oz.-per-2 inches of surface.33 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 34 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 35 A.Mix Design36 1.Concrete Mix Design and Control37 a.The City has a pre-approved list of concrete mix designs. The pre-approved list38 can be found on e-Builder under 000000 “Project Resources”. These mix39 designs meet the requirements of applicable City specifications, and the40 Contractor may use mix designs from the list without the need for review and41 approval. The Contractor shall notify the City in writing which mix in the pre-42 approved list the Contractor uses for a project.43 32 13 13 - 7 CONCRETE PAVING Page 7 of 22 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 13, 2025 b. For a mix design not included in the pre-approved list, the Contractor shall 1 submit a design of the concrete mix it proposes to use and a full description of 2 the source of supply of each material component at least 10 calendar days prior 3 to the start of concrete paving operations. 4 c. The design of the concrete mix shall produce a quality concrete complying with 5 these specifications and shall include the following information: 6 1) Design Requirements and Design Summary 7 2) Material source 8 3) Dry weight of cement/cubic yard and type 9 4) Dry weight of fly ash/cubic yard and type, if used 10 5) Saturated surface dry weight of fine and coarse aggregates/cubic yard 11 6) Design water/cubic yard 12 7) Quantities, type, and name of admixtures with manufacturer's data sheets 13 8) Current strength tests or strength tests in accordance with ACI 318 14 9) Current Sieve Analysis and -200 Decantation of fine and coarse aggregates 15 and date of tests 16 10) Fineness modulus of fine aggregate 17 11) Specific Gravity and Absorption Values of fine and coarse aggregates 18 12) L.A. Abrasion of coarse aggregates 19 d. Once mix design approved by City, maintain intent of mix design and 20 maximum water to cement ratio. 21 e. No concrete may be placed on the job site until the mix design has been 22 approved by the City. 23 2. Quality of Concrete 24 a. Consistency 25 1) In general, the consistency of concrete mixtures shall be such that: 26 a) Mortar shall cling to the coarse aggregate 27 b) Aggregate shall not segregate in concrete when it is transported to the 28 place of deposit 29 c) Concrete, when dropped directly from the discharge chute of the mixer, 30 shall flatten out at the center of the pile, but the edges of the pile shall 31 stand and not flow 32 d) Concrete and mortar shall show no free water when removed from the 33 mixer 34 e) Concrete shall slide and not flow into place when transported in metal 35 chutes at an angle of 30 degrees with the horizontal 36 f) Surface of the finished concrete shall be free from a surface film or 37 laitance 38 2) When field conditions are such that additional moisture is needed for the 39 final concrete surface finishing operation, the required water shall be applied 40 to the surface by hand sprayer only and be held to a minimum amount. 41 3) The concrete shall be workable, cohesive, possess satisfactory finishing 42 qualities and be of the stiffest consistency that can be placed and vibrated into 43 a homogeneous mass. 44 4) Excessive bleeding shall be avoided. 45 32 13 13 - 8 CONCRETE PAVING Page 8 of 22 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 13, 2025 5) If the strength or consistency required for the class of concrete being 1 produced is not secured with the minimum cement specified or without 2 exceeding the maximum water/cement ratio, the Contractor may use, or the 3 City may require, an approved cement dispersing agent (water reducer); or 4 the Contractor shall furnish additional aggregates, or aggregates with 5 different characteristics, or the Contractor may use additional cement in 6 order to produce the required results. 7 6) The additional cement may be permitted as a temporary measure, until 8 aggregates are changed and designs checked with the different aggregates 9 or cement dispersing agent. 10 7) The Contractor is solely responsible for the quality of the concrete 11 produced. 12 8) The City reserves the right to independently verify the quality of the 13 concrete through inspection of the batch plant, testing of the various 14 materials used in the concrete and by casting and testing concrete cylinders 15 or beams on the concrete actually incorporated in the pavement. 16 b. Standard Class 17 1) Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or detailed specifications, the 18 standard class for pavement and related concrete for streets and alleys is 19 shown in the following table: 20 21 Table 2: Standard Classes of Pavement and Related Concrete 22 Class of Concrete1 Minimum Cementitious (Lb. /CY) 28 Day Min. Compressive Strength (Psi) Max. w/c Ratio Coarse Aggregate Maximum Size (Inch) General Usage (Informational Only) A 470 3,000 0.58 1-1/2 Sidewalks and ADA ramps, driveways, curb & gutter, median pavement CIP 470 3.000 0.50 1-1/2 Inlets, manholes, junction boxes, encasement, blocking, collars, footing light pole foundations C 517 3,600 0.45 1-1/2 Headwalls, wing walls, culverts, drilled shaft light-pole foundations P 517 3,600 0.45 1-1/2 Machine-Placed Paving H 564 4,500 0.45 1-1/2 Hand-Placed Paving HES 564 4,500 0.45 1-1/2 HES Paving S 564 4,000 0.45 1-1/2 Bridge slabs, top slabs of direct traffic culverts, approach slabs 1. All exposed horizontal concrete shall have a minimum of 3% entrained-air. 23 24 a) Concrete Sidewalks and Curb & Gutter: Class A 25 b) Cast-In-Place Concrete Structures: Class CIP and Class C 26 c) Machine-Laid concrete: Class P 27 d) Hand-Laid concrete: Class H 28 e) Structural Concrete: Class S 29 f) High Early Strength Concrete: Class HES 30 (1) When shown on the Drawings or allowed, provide Class HES 31 concrete for very early opening of pavements area or leave outs to 32 traffic. 33 32 13 13 - 9 CONCRETE PAVING Page 9 of 22 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 13, 2025 (2)Design class HES to meet the requirements of class specified for 1 concrete pavement and a minimum compressive strength of 2,600 psi 2 in 24 hours, or 3000 psi in 72 hours unless other early strength and 3 time requirements are shown on the Drawings allowed. 4 5 c.Slump6 1)Slump requirements for pavement and related concrete shall be as specified7 in the following table:8 9 Table 3: Concrete Pavement and Related Concrete Slump Requirements Add 10 classes of concrete 11 Concrete Use Recommended Design and Placement Slump (Inch) Acceptable Placement Slump (Inch) Slip-Form/Form-Riding Paving 1-1/2 1 – 3 Hand Formed Paving 4 3 – 5 Headwalls, wing walls, culverts, inlets, manholes, junction boxes, encasement, blocking, collars, light pole Footing Foundations, slabs, sidewalk, curb and gutter, concrete valley gutter and other miscellaneous concrete 4 3 – 5 Drilled shaft Foundations 61/2 51/2 – 71/2 12 2)No concrete shall be permitted with slump in excess of the maximums shown.13 3)Any concrete mix failing to meet the above consistency requirements, although14 meeting the slump requirements, shall be considered unsatisfactory, and the mix15 shall be changed to correct such unsatisfactory conditions.16 PART 3 - EXECUTION 17 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 18 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 19 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 20 3.4 INSTALLATION 21 A.Equipment22 1.All equipment necessary for the construction of this item shall be on the project.23 2.The equipment shall include spreading devices (augers), internal vibration,24 tamping, and surface floating necessary to finish the freshly placed concrete in such25 a manner as to provide a dense and homogeneous pavement.26 3.Machine-Laid Concrete Pavement27 a.Fixed-Form Paver. Fixed-form paving equipment shall be provided with forms28 that are uniformly supported on a sufficiently firm subbase to prevent sagging29 under the weight of machine.30 b.Slip-Form Paver31 1)Slip-form paving equipment shall be provided with traveling side forms of32 sufficient dimensions, shape and strength so as to support the concrete33 laterally for a sufficient length of time during placement.34 32 13 13 - 10 CONCRETE PAVING Page 10 of 22 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 13, 2025 2)City may reject use of Slip-Form Paver if paver requires over-digging and 1 impacts trees, mailboxes or other improvements. 2 4.Hand-Laid Concrete Pavement3 a.Machines that do not incorporate these features, such as roller screeds or4 vibrating screeds, shall be considered tools to be used in hand-laid concrete5 construction, as slumps, spreading methods, vibration, and other procedures are6 more common to hand methods than to machine methods.7 5.City may reject equipment and stop operation if equipment does not meet8 requirements.9 B.Concrete Mixing and Delivery10 1.Transit Batching: shall not be used – onsite mixing not permitted11 2.Ready Mixed Concrete12 a.The concrete shall be produced in an approved method conforming to the13 requirements of this specification and ASTM C94/C94M.14 b.City shall have access to ready mix plant to obtain material samples.15 c.When ready-mix concrete is used, sample concrete per ASTM C17216 1)As the mixer is being emptied, individual samples shall be taken between17 the discharge of approximately 10 percent and 90 percent of the load.18 2)The method of sampling shall provide that the samples are representative of19 widely separated portions, but not from the very ends of the batch.20 d.The mixing of each batch, after all materials are in the drum, shall continue until21 it produces a thoroughly mixed concrete of uniform mass as determined by22 established mixer performance ratings and inspection, or appropriate uniformity23 tests as described in ASTM C94.24 e.The entire contents of the drum shall be discharged before any materials are25 placed therein for the succeeding batch.26 f.Retempering or remixing shall not be permitted.27 3.Delivery28 a.Deliver concrete at an interval not exceeding 30 minutes or as determined by29 City to prevent cold joint.30 4.Delivery Tickets (Batch Tickets)31 a.For all operations, the Contractor shall, before unloading, furnish to the City32 Project Manager with each batch of concrete at the site a copy of delivery ticket/33 batch ticket on which is printed, stamped, or written, the following information34 to determine that the concrete was proportioned in accordance with the35 approved mix design. Concrete delivered without a delivery ticket/ batch ticket36 containing complete information as specified herein may be rejected:37 1)Name of concrete supplier38 2)Serial number of ticket39 3)Date40 4)Truck number41 5)Name of purchaser42 6)Specific designation of job (name and location)43 7)Concrete Class designation44 8)Approved Mix Design number45 9)Amount of concrete in cubic yards46 10)Time loaded or of first mixing of cement and aggregates47 11)Water added by receiver of concrete48 32 13 13 - 11 CONCRETE PAVING Page 11 of 22 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 13, 2025 12)Type, brand, and amount of admixtures 1 b.Electronic tickets (e-tickets) are allowed as long as the City will get access to the2 delivery ticket/ batch ticket and if the ticket is downloadable and saved by the3 Project Manager in PDF format for future reference. The Project Manager may4 discontinue use of the e-ticketing and require printed tickets as needed if the e-5 ticketing system fails to meet the above requirements.6 C.Subgrade7 1.When manipulation or treatment of subgrade is required on the Drawings, the work8 shall be performed in proper sequence with the preparation of the subgrade for9 pavement.10 2.The roadbed shall be excavated and shaped in conformity with the typical sections11 and to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings or established by the City.12 3.All holes, ruts and depressions shall be filled and compacted with suitable material13 and, if required, the subgrade shall be thoroughly wetted and reshaped.14 4.Irregularities of more than 1/2 inch, as shown by straightedge or template, shall be15 corrected.16 5.The subgrade shall be uniformly compacted to at least 95 percent of the maximum17 dry density as determined by ASTM D698.18 6.Moisture content shall be within minus 2 percent to plus 4 percent of optimum.19 7.The prepared subgrade shall be wetted down sufficiently in advance of placing the20 pavement to ensure its being in a firm and moist condition.21 8.Sufficient subgrade shall be prepared in advance to ensure satisfactory prosecution22 of the work.23 9.The Contractor shall notify the City/ Testing Lab at least 24 hours in advance of its24 intention to place concrete pavement.25 10.After the specified moisture and density are achieved, the Contractor shall maintain26 the subgrade moisture and density in accordance with this Section.27 11.In the event that rain or other conditions may have adversely affected the condition28 of the subgrade or base, additional tests may be required as directed by the City.29 D.Placing and Removing Forms30 1.Placing Forms31 a.Forms for machine-laid concrete (Fixed-Form Paver)32 1)The side forms shall be metal, of approved cross section and bracing, of a33 height no less than the prescribed edge thickness of the concrete section, and a34 minimum of 10 feet in length for each individual form.35 2)Forms shall be of ample strength and staked with adequate number of pins36 capable of resisting the pressure of concrete placed against them and the37 thrust and the vibration of the construction equipment operating upon them38 without appreciable springing, settling or deflection.39 3)The forms shall be free from warps, bends or kinks and shall show no40 variation from the true plane for face or top.41 4)Forms shall be jointed neatly and tightly and set with exactness to the42 established grade and alignment.43 5)Forms shall be set to line and grade at least 200 feet, where practicable, in44 advance of the paving operations.45 32 13 13 - 12 CONCRETE PAVING Page 12 of 22 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 13, 2025 6) In no case shall the base width be less than 8 inches for a form 8 inches or 1 more in height. 2 7) Forms must be in firm contact with the subgrade throughout their length 3 and base width. 4 8) If the subgrade becomes unstable, forms shall be reset, using heavy stakes 5 or other additional supports may be necessary to provide the required 6 stability. 7 8 b. Forms for hand-laid concrete 9 1) Forms shall extend the full depth of concrete and be a minimum of 1-1/2 10 inches in thickness or equivalent when wooden forms are used, or be of a 11 gauge that shall provide equivalent rigidity and strength when metal forms are 12 used. 13 2) For curves with a radius of less than 250 feet, acceptable flexible metal or 14 wood forms shall be used. 15 3) All forms showing a deviation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet from a straight line 16 shall be rejected. 17 2. Form-Release Agent 18 a. Shall not bond with, stain or adversely affect concrete surfaces and 19 reinforcement bars. 20 b. For steel form-facing materials, formulate with rust inhibitor 21 3. Settling. 22 When forms settle over 1/8 inch under finishing operations, paving operations shall 23 be stopped, the forms reset to line and grade and the pavement then brought to the 24 required section and thickness. 25 4. Cleaning. 26 5. Forms shall be thoroughly cleaned of all debris before each use.Removal. 27 a. Forms shall remain in place until the concrete has taken its final set. 28 b. Avoid damage to the edge of the pavement when removing forms. 29 c. Repair damage resulting from form removal and honeycombed areas with a 30 mortar mix within 24 hours after form removal unless otherwise approved. 31 d. Clean joint face and repair honeycombed or damaged areas within 24 hours 32 after a bulkhead for a transverse construction joint has been removed unless 33 otherwise approved. 34 e. When forms are removed before 72 hours after concrete placement, promptly 35 apply membrane curing compound to the edge of the concrete pavement. 36 E. Placing Reinforcing Steel, Tie, and Dowel Bars 37 1. General 38 a. When reinforcing steel tie bars, dowels, etc., are required, they shall be placed as 39 shown on the Drawings. All reinforcement bars shall have a clear cover as 40 shown on the Drawings. 41 b. All reinforcing steel shall be clean, free from rust in the form of loose or 42 objectionable scale, and of the type, size and dimensions shown on the 43 Drawings. 44 c. Reinforcing bars shall be securely wired together at all intersections except 45 where spacing is less than 1 foot in each direction, in which case, alternative 46 intersections shall be tied, and all splices shall be securely tied at each 47 intersection dowel and load-transmission unit intersected. 48 32 13 13 - 13 CONCRETE PAVING Page 13 of 22 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 13, 2025 d.All reinforcement bars shall be installed in their required position as shown on 1 the Drawings.2 e.The storing of reinforcing or structural steel on completed roadway slabs3 generally shall be avoided and, where permitted, such storage shall be limited to4 quantities and distribution that shall not induce excessive stresses.5 2.Splices6 a.Provide standard reinforcement splices by lapping and tying ends.7 b.Comply with ACI 318 for minimum lap of spliced bars where not specified on8 the Drawings.9 3.Installation of Reinforcing Steel10 a.All reinforcing bars and bar mats shall be installed in the slab at the required11 depth below the finished surface and supported by and securely attached to bar12 chairs installed on prescribed longitudinal and transverse centers as shown by13 sectional and detailed drawings on the Drawings.14 b.The chair assembly shall be similar and equal to that shown on the Drawings15 and shall be approved by the City prior to extensive fabrication.16 c.After the reinforcing steel is securely installed above the subgrade as specified17 in Drawings and as herein prescribed, no loading shall be imposed upon the bar18 mats or individual bars before or during the placing or finishing of the concrete.19 4.Installation of Dowel Bars20 a.Install through the predrilled joint filler and rigidly support in true horizontal21 and vertical positions by an assembly of bar chairs and dowel baskets.22 b.Dowel Baskets23 1)The dowels shall be held in position exactly parallel to surface and24 centerline of the slab, by a dowel basket that is left in the pavement.25 2)The dowel basket shall hold each dowel in exactly the correct position so26 firmly that the dowel’s position cannot be altered by concreting operations.27 c.Dowel Caps28 1)Install cap to allow the bar to move not less than 1-1/4 inch in either29 direction. Apply grease coat on the bar before adding cap to prevent bonding30 with the concrete.31 5.Tie Bar and Dowel Placement32 a.Place at mid-depth of the pavement slab, parallel to the surface.33 b.Place as shown on the Drawings.34 6. Epoxy for Tie and Dowel Bar Installation35 1) Epoxy bars as shown on the Drawings.36 2)Use only drilling operations that do not damage the surrounding structures.37 3)Blow out drilled holes with compressed air.38 4)Completely fill the drilled hole with approved epoxy before inserting the tie39 bar into the hole.40 5)Install epoxy grout and bar at least 6 inches embedded into concrete.41 F. Joints42 1.Joints shall be placed where shown on the Drawings or where directed by the City.43 2.The plane of all joints shall make a right angle with the surface of the pavement.44 3.No joints shall have an error in alignment of more than 1/2 inch at any point.45 4.Joint Dimensions46 32 13 13 - 14 CONCRETE PAVING Page 14 of 22 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 13, 2025 a.The width of the joint shall be shown on the Drawings, creating the joint 1 sealant reservoir.2 b.The depth of the joint shall be shown on the Drawings.3 c. Dimensions of the sealant reservoir shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s4 recommendations.5 d.After curing, the joint sealant shall be 1/8 inch to 1/4 inch below the pavement6 surface at the center of the joint.7 5.Transverse Expansion Joints8 a.Expansion joints shall be installed perpendicularly to the surface and to the9 centerline of the pavement at the locations shown on the Drawings, or as10 approved by the City. Expansion joints shall continue to the farthest outside11 edge of paving and adjacent slabs, and should extend through monolithic or12 attached curbs so that there is no restriction to the movement of the joint at any13 point.14 b.Joints shall be of the design width, and spacing shown on the Drawings, or as15 approved by the City.16 c.Dowel bars, shall be of the size and type shown on the Drawings, or as17 approved by the City, and shall be installed at the specified spacing.18 d.Support dowel bars with dowel baskets.19 e. Dowels shall not restrict the free opening and closing of the expansion join and20 shall not make planes of weaknesses in the pavement.21 f.Greased Dowels for Expansion Joints.22 1)Coat dowels with a thin film of grease or other approved de-bonding23 material.24 2)Provide dowel caps on the lubricated end of each dowel bar.25 g.Proximity to Existing Structures. When the pavement is adjacent to or around26 existing structures, expansions joints shall be constructed in accordance with the27 details shown on the Drawings.28 6.Transverse Contraction Joints29 a.Contraction or dummy joints shall be installed at the locations and at the30 intervals shown on the Drawings.31 b.Joints shall be of the design width, and spacing shown on the Drawings, or as32 approved by the City.33 c.Dowel bars shall be of the size and type shown on the Drawings, or as34 approved by the City, and shall be installed at the specified spacing.35 d.Saw joints in a single cut to the width and depth the plans show. Begin sawing36 as soon as the concrete hardens sufficiently to prevent excessive raveling along37 the saw cut and finish before conditions induce uncontrolled cracking.38 e.The joints shall be constructed by sawing to a 1/4 - inch width and to a depth of39 1/4 of the actual pavement thickness, or deeper if so indicated on the Drawings.40 f.Complete sawing as soon as possible in hot weather conditions and within a41 maximum of 24 hours after saw cutting begins under cool weather conditions.42 g.If sharp edge joints are being obtained, the sawing process shall be sped up to43 the point where some raveling is observed.44 h.Damage by blade action to the slab surface and to the concrete immediately45 adjacent to the joint shall be minimized.46 i.Any portion of the curing membrane which has been disturbed by sawing47 operations shall be restored by spraying the areas with additional curing48 compound.49 32 13 13 - 15 CONCRETE PAVING Page 15 of 22 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 13, 2025 7. Transverse Construction Joints 1 a.Construction joints formed at the close of each day’s work or when the placing2 of concrete has been interrupted for 30-minutes or longer shall be constructed3 by use of metal or wooden bulkheads cut true to the section of the finished4 pavement and cleaned.5 b.Wooden bulkheads shall be constructed using material of a thickness not less6 than nominal 2” lumber.7 c.Longitudinal bars shall be held securely in place in a plane perpendicular to the8 surface and at right angles to the centerline of the pavement.9 d.Edges shall be rounded to 1/4-inch radius.10 e.Any surplus concrete on the subgrade shall be removed upon the resumption of11 the work.12 8.Longitudinal Construction Joints13 a.Longitudinal construction joints shall be of the type shown on the Drawings.14 9.Joint Filler15 a.Joint filler shall be as specified in 2.2.I of the size and shape shown on the16 Drawings.17 b.Redwood Board joints shall be used for all pavement joints except for18 expansion joints that are coincident with a butt joint against existing19 pavements.20 c.Boards with less than 25-percent of moisture at the time of installation shall be21 thoroughly wetted on the job.22 d.Green lumber of much higher moisture content is desirable and acceptable.23 e.The joint filler shall be appropriately drilled to admit the dowel bars when24 required.25 f.The bottom edge of the filler shall extend to or slightly below the bottom of the26 slab. The top edge shall be held not less than 1/2 inch below the finished27 surface of the pavement in order to allow the finishing operations to be28 continuous.29 g.The joint filler may be composed of more than one length of board in the30 length of joint, but no board of a length less than 6 foot may be used unless31 otherwise shown on the Drawings.32 h.After the removal of the side forms, the ends of the joints at the edges of the33 slab shall be carefully opened for the entire depth of the slab.34 10.Joint Sealing. Routine pavement joints shall be filled consistent with paving details35 and as specified in Section 32 13 73. Materials shall generally be handled and36 applied according to the manufacturer’s recommendations as specified in Section37 32 13 73.38 G.Placing Concrete39 1.Unless otherwise specified in the Drawings, the finished pavement shall be40 constructed monolithically and all concrete lane paving within the ROW greater41 than 150 LF will require the use of a slipform or form riding paving machine by a42 prequalified paving contractor.43 2.The concrete shall be rapidly deposited on the subgrade in successive batches and44 shall be distributed to the required depth and for the entire width of the pavement45 by approved methods.46 3.Any concrete not placed as herein prescribed within the time limits in the following47 table will be rejected. Time begins when the water is added to the mixer.48 32 13 13 - 16 CONCRETE PAVING Page 16 of 22 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 13, 2025 Temperature –Time Requirements1 Concrete Temperature (at point of placement) Max Time – minutes (no retarding agent) Max Time – minutes (with retarding agent)1 Non-Agitated Concrete All temperatures 45 45 Agitated Concrete Above 90°F 45 75 Above 75°F thru 90°F 60 90 75°F and Below 60 120 1 Normal dosage of retarder. 2 3 4.Rakes shall not be used in handling concrete.4 5.At the end of the day, or in case of unavoidable interruption or delay of more than5 30 minutes or longer to prevent cold joints, a transverse construction joint shall be6 placed in accordance with 3.4.F.7 of this Section.7 6. Honeycombing8 a.Special care shall be taken in placing and vibrating the concrete against the9 forms and at all joints and assemblies so as to prevent honeycombing Concrete10 shall be uniformly consolidated throughout its width and depth, free from honey11 combed areas, and has a consistent void-free closed surface.12 b.Excessive voids and honeycombing in the edge of the pavement, revealed by the13 removal of the side forms, may be cause for rejection of the section of slab in14 which the defect occurs.15 H.Finishing16 1.Machine17 a.Tolerance Limits18 1)While the concrete is still workable, it shall be tested for irregularities with19 a 10-foot straightedge placed parallel to the centerline of the pavement so as20 to bridge depressions and to touch all high spots.21 2)Ordinates measured from the face of the straightedge to the surface of the22 pavement shall at no place exceed 1/16 inch-per-foot from the nearest point of23 contact.24 3)In no case shall the maximum ordinate to a 10-foot straightedge be greater25 than 1/8 inch.26 4)Any surface not within the tolerance limits shall be reworked and27 refinished.28 b. Edging29 1)The edges of slabs and all joints requiring edging shall be carefully tooled30 with an edger of the radius required by the Drawings at the time the concrete31 begins to take its “set” and becomes non-workable.32 2)All such work shall be left smooth and true to lines.33 2.Hand34 32 13 13 - 17 CONCRETE PAVING Page 17 of 22 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 13, 2025 a.Hand finishing permitted only in intersections and areas inaccessible to a 1 finishing machine.2 b.When the hand method of striking off and consolidating is permitted, the3 concrete, as soon as placed, shall be approximately leveled and then struck off4 with screed bar to such elevation above grade that, when consolidated and5 finished, the surface of the pavement shall be at the grade elevation shown on6 the Drawings.7 .8 c.The straightedge and joint finishing shall be as prescribed herein.9 I. Curing10 1.The curing of concrete pavement shall be thorough and continuous throughout the11 entire curing period.12 a.The minimum curing period shall be the time from placing of concrete until the13 concrete attains 80% of the required strength.14 b.When ambient temperature is below 35 0F, the Contractor shall maintain the15 concrete temperature above 50 0F during the curing period using approved16 heating methods.17 2.Failure to provide proper curing as herein prescribed shall be considered as18 sufficient cause for immediate suspension of the paving operations.19 3.The curing method as herein specified does not preclude the use of any of the other20 commonly used methods of curing, and the City may approve another method of21 curing if so requested by the Contractor.22 4.If any selected method of curing does not afford the desired results, the City shall23 have the right to order that another method of curing be instituted.24 5.After removal of the side forms, the sides of the slab shall receive a like coating25 before earth is banked against them.26 6.The solution shall be applied, under pressure with a spray nozzle, in such a manner27 as to cover the entire surfaces thoroughly and completely with a uniform film.28 7.The rate of application shall be such as to ensure complete coverage and shall not29 exceed 20-square-yards-per-gallon of curing compound.30 8.When thoroughly dry, it shall provide a continuous and flexible membrane, free31 from cracks or pinholes, and shall not disintegrate, check, peel or crack during the32 curing period.33 9.If for any reason the seal is broken during the curing period, it shall be immediately34 repaired with additional sealing solution.35 10.When tested in accordance with ASTM C156 Standard Test Method for Water Loss36 (from a mortar specimen) Through Liquid Membrane-Forming Curing Compounds37 for Concrete, the curing compound shall provide a film which shall have retained38 within the test specimen a percentage of the moisture present in the specimen when39 the curing compound was applied according to the following.40 11. Contractor shall maintain and properly repair damage to curing materials on41 exposed surfaces of concrete pavement continuously for a least 72 hours.42 J.Monolithic Curbs43 1.Concrete for monolithic curb shall be the same as for the pavement and shall be44 placed within 20 minutes of the placement of the slab concrete.45 32 13 13 - 18 CONCRETE PAVING Page 18 of 22 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 13, 2025 2.After the concrete has been struck off and sufficiently set, the exposed surfaces 1 shall be thoroughly worked to achieve an acceptable surface finish. 2 3.The exposed edges shall be rounded by the use of an edging tool to the radius3 indicated on the Drawings.4 4.All exposed surfaces of curb shall be brushed to a smooth and uniform surface.5 K.Pavement Leaveouts6 1.Pavement leaveouts as necessary to maintain and provide for local traffic shall be7 provided at location indicated on the Drawings or as directed by the City.8 2.The extent and location of each leaveout required and a suitable crossover9 connection to provide for traffic movements shall be determined in the field by the10 City.11 3.5 REPAIR 12 A. Repair of concrete pavement concrete shall be consistent with the Drawings and as13 specified in Section 32 01 29.14 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 15 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 16 A.Concrete Placement17 1.Place concrete using a fully automated paving machine. Hand paving is only18 permitted in areas such as intersections where use of paving machine is not19 practical.20 a.All concrete pavement not placed by hand shall be placed using a fully21 automated paving machine as approved by the City.22 b.Screeds are considered hand placement paving method.23 B.Testing of Materials24 1.Samples of all materials for testing shall be provided by the Contractor at no25 expense to the City, unless otherwise specified in the special provisions or in the26 Drawings.27 2.In the event the initial sampling and testing does not comply with the specifications,28 all subsequent testing of the material in order to determine if the material is29 acceptable shall be at the Contractor’s expense at the same rate charged by the30 commercial laboratories.31 3.All testing shall be in accordance with applicable ASTM Standards and concrete32 testing technician must be ACI certified or equivalent.33 C.Pavement Thickness Test34 1.Pavement thickness test shall be performed by a commercial testing laboratory35 approved by the City every 100 feet or fraction thereof in accordance with TxDOT36 Designation: Tex-423-A, unless otherwise shown on the plans. Test locations shall37 be at the discretion of the City.38 2.In the event a deficiency in the thickness of pavement is revealed during normal39 testing operations, core samples shall be taken at the Contractor’s expense to verify40 deficiency of more than 0.2 in. from plan thickness and to isolate the deficient area.41 32 13 13 - 19 CONCRETE PAVING Page 19 of 22 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 13, 2025 3.Where the average thickness of pavement in the area found to be deficient in 1 thickness by more than 0.20 inch, but not more than 0.50-inch, payment shall be 2 made at an adjusted price as specified in the following table. 3 4 Deficiency in Thickness Determined by Cores [Inches] Proportional Part Of Contract Price [Allowed] 0.00 – 0.20 100 percent 0.21 – 0.30 80 percent 0.31 – 0.40 70 percent 0.41 – 0.50 60 percent 5 4.Any area of pavement found deficient in thickness by more than 0.50 inch but not6 more than 0.75 inch or 1/10 of the thickness specified on the Drawings, whichever7 is greater, shall be evaluated by the City.8 5.If, in the judgment of the City the area of such deficiency should not be removed9 and replaced, there shall be no payment for the area retained.10 6.If, in the judgment of the City, the area of such deficiency warrants removal, the11 area shall be removed and replaced, at the Contractor’s entire expense, with12 concrete of the thickness shown on the Drawings.13 7.Any area of pavement found deficient in thickness by more than 0.75 inch or more14 than 1/10 of the plan thickness, whichever is greater, shall be removed and replaced15 with concrete of the thickness shown on the Drawings at the Contractor’s sole16 expense.17 8.No additional payment over the contract unit price shall be made for any pavement18 of a thickness exceeding that required by the Drawings.19 D.Pavement Strength Test20 1.During the progress of the work the commercial testing laboratory casts test21 cylinders for conforming to ASTM C31, to maintain a check on the compressive22 strengths of the concrete being placed.23 2.Test cylinders shall be taken from a representative portion of concrete being placed24 for every 150-cubic yards of concrete pavement placed, but in no case shall fewer25 than 1 set of cylinders be taken per day of placement. The first three trucks of,26 every 150-cubic yards of concrete shall be sampled and tested for air content, slump27 and temperature. After the cylinders have been cast, they shall remain on the job28 site and then transported, moist cured, and tested in accordance with ASTM C3129 and ASTM C39.30 3.A set of four (4) cylinders of 6” by 12” or a set of five (5) cylinders of 4” by 8” will31 be prepared on site per ASTM C31. In each set, one of the cylinders shall be tested32 at 7 days (3 days for HES concrete), two cylinders for 6” by 12” cylinders and three33 for 4” by 8” cylinders shall be tested at the 28th day (), and the remaining cylinder34 shall be retained for testing at the 56th day, if necessary. Concrete must attain its35 design strength within 56 days. The compressive strength of concrete is considered36 satisfactory if both the following criteria are met:37 32 13 13 - 20 CONCRETE PAVING Page 20 of 22 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 13, 2025 a.No single strength test falls below the specified compressive strength, f’c, by 1 more than 500 psi (3.45 MPa) when f’c is 5000 psi (34.5 MPa) or less; 2 b.The average of every three consecutive strength tests equals or exceeds the3 specified compressive strength.4 The 4” by 8” cylinders are acceptable only when the nominal maximum aggregate 5 size of the mix is less than 1-1/4 inch. 6 4.If the average 28-day and/ or the 56th day break, from the hold, test results indicate7 deficient strength, the Contractor may, at its option and expense, core the pavement8 in question and have the cores tested by an approved laboratory in accordance with9 ASTM C42 and ACI 318 protocol. The average of all cores must meet 100 percent10 of the minimum specified strength, with no individual core resulting in less than 9011 percent of design strength, in order to override the results of the cylinder tests.12 5.In the event cylinders and/or cores do not meet minimum specified strength,13 additional cores may be taken to identify the limits of deficient concrete pavement14 at the expense of the Contractor.15 6.Cylinders and/or cores must meet minimum specified strength. Pavement not16 meeting the minimum specified strength shall be subject to the money penalties or17 removal and placement at the Contractor’s expense as shown in the following table.18 19 Percent Deficient Percent of Contract Price Allowed Greater Than 0 percent - Not More Than 10 percent 90-percent Greater Than 10 percent - Not More Than 15 percent 80-percent Greater Than 15 percent 0-percent or removed and replaced at the entire cost and expense of Contractor as directed by City 20 7.Deficiency shall be determined on a panel by panel basis.21 8.The amount of penalty shall be deducted from payment due to Contractor22 9.No additional payment over the contract unit price shall be made for any pavement23 with a strength exceeding that required by the Drawings and/or specifications.24 E. Cracked Concrete Acceptance Policy25 1.If cracks exist in concrete pavement upon completion of the project, the Project26 Inspector shall decide as to the need for action to address the cracking as to its27 cause and recommended remedial work.28 2.If the recommended remedial work is routing and sealing of the cracks to protect29 the subgrade, the Inspector shall make the determination as to whether to rout and30 seal the cracks at the time of final inspection and acceptance or at any time prior to31 the end of the project maintenance period. The Contractor shall perform the routing32 and sealing work as directed by the Project Inspector, at no cost to the City,33 regardless of the cause of the cracking.34 3.If remedial work beyond routing and sealing is determined to be necessary, the35 Inspector and the Contractor shall meet to determine the cause of the cracking.36 a.If agreement is reached that the cracking is due to deficient materials or37 workmanship, the Contractor shall perform the remedial work at no cost to the38 City. Remedial work in this case shall be limited to removing and replacing the39 deficient work with new material and workmanship that meets the requirements40 of the contract.41 32 13 13 - 21 CONCRETE PAVING Page 21 of 22 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 13, 2025 b.If the Inspector and the Contractor agree that the cause of the cracking is not 1 deficient materials or workmanship, the City may request the Contractor to 2 provide an estimate of the cost of the necessary remedial work and/or additional 3 work to address the cause of the cracking, and the Contractor will perform that 4 work at the agreed-upon price if the City elects to do so. 5 4.If the Inspector and the Contractor cannot agree on the cause of the cracking, the6 City may hire an independent geotechnical engineer, acceptable to the Contractor,7 to perform testing and analysis to determine the cause of the cracking. The8 Contractor shall pay 50 percent of the costs of the independent testing. Contractor9 shall provide one half of the estimated costs of the independent testing to be held by10 the City.11 5.If the independent geotechnical engineer determines that the primary cause of the12 cracking is the Contractor’s deficient material or workmanship, the remedial work13 will be performed at the Contractor’s entire expense and the Contractor will also14 reimburse the City for the City’s portion of cost of the geotechnical investigation.15 Remedial work in this case shall be limited to removing and replacing the deficient16 work with new material and workmanship that meets the requirements of the17 contract.18 6.If the geotechnical engineer determines that the primary cause of the cracking is not19 the Contractor’s deficient material or workmanship, the City will return the held20 funds to the Contractor. The Contractor, on request, will provide the City an21 estimate of the costs of the necessary remedial work and/or additional work and22 will perform the work at the agreed-upon price as directed by the City.23 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 24 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 25 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 26 A. No concrete washout, mix, slurry, cuts, mud or solids etc., may enter the storm water27 system including curb lines. Equipment washout allowed only in areas shown on drawings28 and test materials or slag must be removed from site prior to final acceptance.29 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 30 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 31 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 32 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 33 34 32 13 13 - 22 CONCRETE PAVING Page 22 of 22 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 13, 2025 END OF SECTION 1 2 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 1.2.A – Modified items to be included in price bid 05/21/2014 Doug Rademaker 2.2.D – Modified to clarify acceptable fly ash substitution in concrete paving 03/19/2021 Zelalem Arega/Doug Black 1.11.A – modified to clarify concrete placement temperature restrictions 2.4.A, B, D – to clarify concrete quality control process and requirements 3.7. C & D - to modify and clarify the pavement strength test and change in pavement thickness measurement methodology 3.7.E – Modified to clarify cracked concrete acceptance policy 3/11/2022 Zelalem Arega 1.3.A.h, 2.2 – Added ASTM C595, Type IL cement 6/10/2022 M Owen 3.4 G. 1. – Clarified language re: machine laid vs. hand poured 6/13/25 M Owen Updated references throughout related to blended hydraulic cement Updated references throughout related to lab not agency 1.11 A. Clarified weather conditions/hot weather concreting section 1.2 A. 3. Provided clarifications re: what is included in bid item 1.3 A. Updated references Table 2 and 3 – Clarified between footings and drilled shafts 3.4 B. 4. – Provided additional clarification re: delivery tickets 3.4 E. Provided additional clarification re: reinforcement 3.4 G. Provided minimum length of paving where machine paving is required 3.4 I. Provided clarification related to curing 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 - 1 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS AND BARRIER FREE RAMPS Page 1 of 6 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised December 9, 2022 SECTION 32 13 20 1 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS AND BARRIER FREE RAMPS 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes:5 1.Concrete sidewalks6 2.Driveways7 3.Barrier free ramps8 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification9 1. None.10 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:11 1.Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract12 2.Division 1 - General Requirements13 3.Section 02 41 13 - Selective Site Demolition14 4.Section 32 13 13 - Concrete Paving15 5.Section 32 13 73 - Concrete Paving Joint Sealants16 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 17 A. Measurement and Payment18 1.Concrete Sidewalk19 a. Measurement20 1)Measurement for this Item shall be by the square foot of completed and21 accepted Concrete Sidewalk in its final position for various:22 a) Thicknesses23 b) Types24 b.Payment25 1)The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item26 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit27 price bid per square foot of Concrete Sidewalk.28 c.The price bid shall include:29 1)Excavating and preparing the subgrade30 2)Furnishing and placing all materials31 3)Thickened edge under sidewalk limits, if adjacent to curb or retaining wall32 33 2.Concrete Curb at Back of Sidewalk (6 to 12-inch max)34 a. Measurement35 1)Measurement for this Item shall be by the linear foot of completed and36 accepted Concrete Curb at the Back of Sidewalk within the 6 to 12-inch curb37 height at back of walk in its final position.38 b.Payment39 1)The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item40 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit41 price bid per linear foot of Concrete Curb at the Back of Sidewalk.42 - 2 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS AND BARRIER FREE RAMPS Page 2 of 6 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised December 9, 2022 c. The price bid shall include: 1 1)Excavating and preparing the subgrade2 2)Furnishing and placing all materials, including concrete and reinforcing3 steel4 3)Excavation in back of “retaining” curb5 4)Furnishing, placing, and compacting backfill6 3.Concrete Driveway7 a. Measurement8 1)Measurement for this Item shall be by the square foot of completed and9 accepted Concrete Driveway in its final position for various:10 a) Thicknesses11 b) Types12 2)Dimensions will be taken from the back of the projected curb, including the13 area of the curb radii and will extend to the limits specified in the Drawings.14 3)Sidewalk portion of drive will be included in driveway measurement.15 4)Curb on drive will be included in the driveway measurement.16 b.Payment17 1)The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item18 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit19 price bid per square foot of Concrete Driveway.20 c.The price bid shall include:21 1)Excavating and preparing the subgrade22 2)Furnishing and placing all materials23 3)Temporary asphalt transition at width shown on plans (typically 9 inches)24 when the pavement adjacent to the driveway will be improved25 26 4.Barrier Free Ramps27 a. Measurement28 1)Measurement for this Item shall be per each Barrier Free Ramp completed29 and accepted for various:30 a)Types31 b.Payment32 1)The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item33 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit34 price bid per each “Barrier Free Ramp” installed.35 c.The price bid shall include:36 1)Excavating and preparing the subgrade37 2)Furnishing and placing all materials38 3)Curb Ramp39 4)Landing and detectable warning surface as shown on the Drawings40 5)Adjacent flares or side curb41 6)Concrete gutter width along ramp opening42 7)Doweling into adjacent concrete pavement, if applicable43 1.3 REFERENCES 44 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms45 1.TAS – Texas Accessibility Standards46 2.TDLR – Texas Department of Licensing and Regulation47 B. Reference Standards48 - 3 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS AND BARRIER FREE RAMPS Page 3 of 6 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised December 9, 2022 1.Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference1 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this2 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited.3 2.American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)4 a.D545, Test Methods for Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete5 Construction (Non-extruding and Resilient Types)6 b. D698, Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using7 Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lbf/ft3)8 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 9 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 10 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 11 A. Mix Design: submit for approval. Section 32 13 13.12 B. Product Data: submit product data and sample for pre-cast detectable warning for barrier13 free ramp.14 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 15 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 16 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 17 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 18 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 19 A. Weather Conditions: Placement of concrete shall be as specified in Section 32 13 13.20 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 21 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 22 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 23 2.2 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 24 A. Forms: wood or metal straight, free from warp and of a depth equal to the thickness of the25 finished work.26 B. Concrete: see Section 32 13 13.27 1.Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or detailed specifications, the standard28 class for concrete sidewalks, driveways and barrier free ramps is shown in the29 following table:30 Standard Classes of Pavement Concrete 31 Class of Concrete1 Minimum Cementitious, Lb./CY 28 Day Min. Compressive Strength2 psi Maximum Water/ Cementitious Ratio Course Aggregate Maximum Size, inch A 470 3000 0.58 1-1/2 C. Reinforcement: see Section 32 13 13.32 - 4 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS AND BARRIER FREE RAMPS Page 4 of 6 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised December 9, 2022 1.Sidewalk, driveway and barrier free ramp reinforcing steel shall be #3 deformed 1 bars at 18 inches on-center-both-ways at the center plane of all slabs, unless 2 otherwise shown on the Drawings or detailed specifications. 3 D. Joint Filler4 1. Wood Filler: see Section 32 13 13.5 2.Pre-Molded Asphalt Board Filler6 a.Use only in areas where not practical for wood boards.7 b.Pre-molded asphalt board filler: ASTM D545.8 c. Install the required size and uniform thickness and as specified in Drawings.9 d. Include 2 liners of 0.016 asphalt impregnated kraft paper filled with a mastic10 mixture of asphalt and vegetable fiber and/or mineral filler.11 E. Expansion Joint Sealant: see Section 32 13 73 where shown on the Drawings.12 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 13 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 14 PART 3 - EXECUTION 15 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 16 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 17 3.3 PREPARATION 18 A. Surface Preparation19 1.Excavation: Excavation required for the construction of sidewalks, driveways and20 barrier free ramps shall be to the lines and grades as shown on the Drawings or as21 established by the City.22 2.Fine Grading23 a. The Contractor shall do all necessary filling, leveling and fine grading required24 to bring the subgrade to the exact grades specified and compacted to at least 9025 percent of maximum density as determined by ASTM D698.26 b.Moisture content shall be within minus 2 to plus 4 of optimum.27 c.Any over-excavation shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the City.28 B. Demolition / Removal29 1.Sidewalk, Driveway and/ or Barrier Free Ramp Removal: see Section 02 41 13.30 3.4 INSTALLATION 31 A. General32 1.Concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum thickness of 4 inches.33 2.Sidewalks constructed in driveway approach sections shall have a minimum34 thickness equal to that of driveway approach or as called for by Drawings and35 specifications within the limits of the driveway approach.36 3.Driveways shall have a minimum thickness of 6 inches. Standard cross-slopes for37 walks shall be 2 percent max in accordance with current TAS/TDLR guidelines.38 The construction of the driveway approach shall include the variable height radius39 curb or a pan driveway approach in accordance with the Drawings.40 - 5 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS AND BARRIER FREE RAMPS Page 5 of 6 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised December 9, 2022 4.All pedestrian facilities shall comply with provisions of TAS including location, 1 slope, width, shapes, texture and coloring. Pedestrian facilities installed by the 2 Contractor and not meeting TAS must be removed and replaced to meet TAS (no 3 separate pay). 4 B. Forms: Forms shall be securely staked to line and grade and maintained in a true position5 during the depositing of concrete.6 C. Reinforcement: see Section 32 13 13.7 D. Concrete Placement: see Section 32 13 13.8 E. Finishing9 1. Concrete sidewalks, driveways and barrier free ramps shall be finished to a true,10 even surface.11 2.Trowel and then brush transversely to obtain a smooth uniform brush finish.12 3.Provide exposed aggregate finish for driveways and sidewalks if specified.13 4.Edge joints and sides shall with suitable tools.14 F. Joints15 1.Expansion joints for sidewalks, driveways and barrier free ramps shall be formed16 using redwood.17 2.Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals ten times the width of the sidewalk.18 3.Expansion joints shall also be placed at all intersections, sidewalks with concrete19 driveways, curbs, formations, other sidewalks and other adjacent old concrete work.20 Similar material shall be placed around all obstructions protruding into or through21 sidewalks or driveways.22 4.All expansion joints shall be 1/2 inch in thickness.23 5.Edges of all construction and expansion joints and outer edges of all sidewalks shall24 be finished to approximately a 1/2 inch radius with a suitable finishing tool.25 6.Sidewalks shall be marked at intervals equal to the width of the walk with a26 marking tool. Saw cutting of joints to the required depth may be desirable on wider27 sidewalks and is acceptable if approved by the City28 7.When sidewalk is against the curb, expansion joints shall be spaced to match those29 in the curb, possibly in addition to the required spacing above.30 G. Barrier Free Ramp31 1.Furnish and install red color detectable warning surface included in Standard32 Product List, or approved equal.33 2.Detectable warning surface shall be a minimum of 24-inch in depth in the direction34 of pedestrian travel, and extend to the limit of the width of the curb ramp (exclusive35 of flares), the landing or the blended transition.36 3.Locate detectable warning surface so that the edge nearest the curb line is at the37 extension of the back of the curb.38 4.Detectable warning surface may be curved along the corner radius.39 5.Install detectable warning surface according to manufacturer’s instructions.40 - 6 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS AND BARRIER FREE RAMPS Page 6 of 6 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised December 9, 2022 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 1 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 2 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 4 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 5 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 6 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 7 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 8 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 9 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 10 END OF SECTION 11 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.2.A.3 – Measurement and Payment for Barrier Free Ramps modified to match updated City Details 4/30/2013 F. Griffin Corrected Part 1, 1.2, A, 3, b, 1 to read; from . . . square foot of Concrete Sidewalk. to . . .each “Barrier Free Ramp” installed. June 5, 2018 M Owen Revised Measurement and Payment.section. April 29, 2021 M Owen 1.2 A. 4. c. Revise Barrier Free Ramp – Payment Section December 9, 2021 M Owen 1.2 A. 1.c. and 1.2 A. 3. c. Clarified what is included in bid items for sidewalk and driveway, respectively December 9, 2022 M Owen 3.4 G. Remove reference to specific DWS and referred to SPL, revised to clarify limit of DWS, and revised reference to back of curb for placement of DWS. 12 32 13 73 - 1 CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS Page 1 of 4 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 SECTION 32 13 73 CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A.Section Includes: 1. Specification for silicone joint sealing for concrete pavement and curbs. B.Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C.Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2.Division 1 - General Requirements 3. Section 32 13 13 - Concrete Paving 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A.Measurement and Payment 1. Measurement a.Measurement for this Item shall be by the linear foot of Joint Sealant completed and accepted only when specified in the Drawings to be a pay item. 2. Payment a.The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item are subsidiary to the various items bid and no other compensation will be allowed, unless specifically specified on Drawings. 1.3 REFERENCES A.Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. ASTM International (ASTM): a.D5893, Standard Specification for Cold Applied, Single Component, Chemically Curing Silicone Joint Sealant for Portland Cement Concrete Pavements 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.Test and Evaluation Reports 1. Prior to installation, furnish certification by an independent testing laboratory that the silicone joint sealant meets the requirements of this Section. 32 13 73 - 2 CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS Page 2 of 4 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 2. Submit verifiable documentation that the manufacturer of the silicone joint sealant has a minimum 2-year demonstrated, documented successful field performance with concrete pavement silicone joint sealant systems. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS A.Do not apply joint sealant when the air and pavement temperature is less than 35 degrees F B.Concrete surface must be clean, dry and frost free. C.Do not place sealant in an expansion-type joint if surface temperature is below 35 degrees F or above 90 degrees F. 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 MATERIALS & EQUIPMENT A.Materials 1. Joint Sealant: ASTM D5893. 2. Joint Filler, Backer Rod and Breaker Tape a.The joint filler sop shall be of a closed cell expanded polyethylene foam backer rod and polyethylene bond breaker tape of sufficient size to provide a tight seal. b. The back rod and breaker tape shall be installed in the saw-cut joint to prevent the joint sealant from flowing to the bottom of the joint. c.The backer rod and breaker tape shall be compatible with the silicone joint sealant and no bond or reaction shall occur between them. 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 32 13 73 - 3 CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS Page 3 of 4 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 3.4 INSTALLATION A.General 1. The silicone sealant shall be cold applied. 2. Allow concrete to cure for a minimum of 7 days to ensure it has sufficient strength prior to sealing joints. 3. Perform joint reservoir saw cutting, cleaning, bond breaker installation, and joint sealant placement in a continuous sequence of operations. 4. See Drawings for the various joint details with their respective dimensions. B.Equipment 1. Provide all necessary equipment and keep equipment in a satisfactory working condition. 2. Equipment shall be inspected by the City prior to the beginning of the work. 3. The minimum requirements for construction equipment shall be as follows: a.Concrete Saw. The sawing equipment shall be adequate in size and power to complete the joint sawing to the required dimensions. b. Air Compressors. The delivered compressed air shall have a pressure in excess of 90 psi and shall be suitable for the removal of all free water and oil from the compressed air. c.Extrusion Pump. The output shall be capable of supplying a sufficient volume of sealant to the joint. d. Injection Tool. This mechanical device shall apply the sealant uniformly into the joint. e.Sandblaster. The design shall be for commercial use with air compressors as specified in this Section. f.Backer Rod Roller and Tooling Instrument. These devices shall be clean and free of contamination. They shall be compatible with the joint depth and width requirements. C.Sawing Joints: see Section 32 13 13. D.Cleaning joints 1. Dry saw in 1 direction with reverse cutting blade then sand blast. 2. Use compressed air to remove the resulting dust from the joint. 3. Sandblast joints after complete drying. a.Attach nozzle to a mechanical aiming device so that the sand blast will be directed at an angle of 45 degrees and at a distance of 1 to 2 inches from the face of the joint. b. Sandblast both joint faces sandblasted in separate, 1 directional passes. c.When sandblasting is complete, blow-out using compressed air. d. The blow tube shall fit into the joints. 4. Check the blown joint for residual dust or other contamination. a.If any dust or contamination is found, repeat sandblasting and blowing until the joint is cleaned. b. Do not use solvents to remove stains and contamination. 5. Place the bond breaker and sealant in the joint immediately upon cleaning. 6. Bond Breaker Rod and Tape: install in the cleaned joint prior to the application of the joint sealant. 32 13 73 - 4 CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS Page 4 of 4 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 7. Do not leave open, cleaned joints unsealed overnight. E. Joint Sealant 1. Apply the joint sealant upon placement of the bond breaker rod and tape, using the mechanical injection tool. 2. Do not seal joints unless they are clean and dry. 3. Remove and discard excess sealant left on the pavement surface. a. Do not excess use to seal the joints. 4. The pavement surface shall present a clean final condition as determined by City. 5. Do not allow traffic on the fresh sealant until it becomes tack-free. F. Approval of Joints 1. The City may request a representative of the sealant manufacturer to be present at the job site at the beginning of the final cleaning and sealing of joints. a. The representative shall demonstrate to the Contractor and the City the acceptable method for sealant installation. b. The representative shall approve the clean, dry joints before the sealing operation commences. 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 32 16 13 - 1 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTERS AND VALLEY GUTTERS Page 1 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 9, 2022 SECTION 32 16 13 1 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTERS AND VALLEY GUTTERS 2 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Concrete Curbs and Gutters 7 2. Concrete Valley Gutters 8 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 9 1. None. 10 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 11 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 12 2. Division 1 - General Requirements 13 3. Section 02 41 13 - Selective Site Demolition 14 4. Section 32 13 13 - Concrete Paving 15 5. Section 32 13 73 - Concrete Paving Joint Sealants 16 6. Section 32 11 23 – Flexible Base Courses 17 18 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 19 A. Measurement and Payment 20 1. Concrete Curb and Gutter 21 a. Measurement 22 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the linear foot of Concrete Curb and 23 Gutter. 24 b. Payment 25 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 26 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 27 price bid per linear foot of Concrete Curb and Gutter complete and in place by 28 curb height. 29 c. The price bid shall include: 30 1) Excavation and preparing the subgrade, including placement of flexbase or 31 cement treated base under curb & gutter and 12” behind back of curb 32 2) Required excavation and backfill behind the curb 33 3) Removal and disposal of all excavated material 34 4) Furnishing and placing all materials, including foundation course, 35 reinforcing steel, and expansion material 36 5) Temporary asphalt transition at width shown on plans (typically 9 inches) 37 when the pavement adjacent to the curb & gutter will be improved 38 2. Concrete Valley Gutter 39 a. Measurement 40 32 16 13 - 2 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTERS AND VALLEY GUTTERS Page 2 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 9, 2022 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the square yard of Concrete Valley 1 Gutter. 2 b. Payment 3 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 4 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 5 price bid per square yard of Concrete Valley Gutter complete and in place for: 6 a) Various street types 7 c. The price bid shall include: 8 1) Required excavation 9 2) Preparing the subgrade, including placement of flexbase or stabilized 10 cement treated subgrade 11 3) Furnishing and placing all materials, including foundation course, 12 reinforcing steel, and expansion material 13 4) Temporary asphalt transition at width shown on plans (typically 9”) when 14 the pavement adjacent to the valley gutter will improved 15 3. Concrete Laydown Curb 16 a. Measurement 17 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the linear foot of Concrete Laydown 18 Curb, when crossing on-street parking or parking lots. 19 2) Laydown Curb pay item is not to be used when crossing driveways or 20 alleys. 21 b. Payment 22 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 23 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 24 price bid per linear foot of Concrete Laydown Curb complete and in place by 25 curb height. 26 c. The price bid shall include: 27 1) Excavation and preparing the subgrade, including placement of flexbase or 28 cement treated base under curb & gutter and 12” behind back of curb 29 2) Required excavation and backfill behind the curb 30 3) Removal and disposal of all excavated material 31 4) Furnishing and placing all materials, including foundation course, 32 reinforcing steel, and expansion material 33 5) Temporary asphalt transition at width shown on plans (typically 9 inches) 34 when the pavement adjacent to the curb & gutter will be improved 35 32 16 13 - 3 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTERS AND VALLEY GUTTERS Page 3 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 9, 2022 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 2 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 5 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 6 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 7 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 8 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 9 A. Weather Conditions: See Section 32 13 13. 10 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 11 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 12 2.1 OWNER FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 13 2.2 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 14 A. Forms: See Section 32 13 13. 15 B. Concrete: 16 1. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or detailed specifications, the standard 17 class for concrete curb & gutter and valley gutter is shown in the following table: 18 19 Standard Classes of Pavement Concrete 20 Item Class of Concret e Minimum Cementitious , Lb./CY 28 Day Min. Compressiv e Strength psi Maximum Water/ Cementitiou s Ratio Course Aggregat e Maximu m Size, inch Curb & Gutte r A 470 3,000 0.58 1-1/2 Valle y Gutte r H 564 4,500 0.45 1-1/2 C. Reinforcement: See Section 32 13 13. 21 D. Joint Filler 22 32 16 13 - 4 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTERS AND VALLEY GUTTERS Page 4 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 9, 2022 1. Wood Filler: see Section 32 13 13. 1 2. Pre-Molded Asphalt Board Filler 2 a. Use only in areas where not practical for wood boards 3 b. Pre-molded asphalt board filler: ASTM D545 4 c. Install the required size and uniform thickness and as specified in the Drawings. 5 d. Include two liners of 0.016 asphalt impregnated kraft paper filled with a mastic 6 mixture of asphalt and vegetable fiber and/or mineral filler. 7 E. Expansion Joint Sealant: See Section 32 13 73. 8 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 9 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 10 PART 3 - EXECUTION 11 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 12 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 13 3.3 PREPARATION 14 A. Demolition / Removal: See Section 02 41 13. 15 3.4 INSTALLATION 16 A. Forms 17 1. Extend forms the full depth of concrete. 18 2. Wood forms: minimum of 1-1/2 inches in thickness 19 3. Metal Forms: a gauge that shall provide equivalent rigidity and strength 20 4. Use acceptable wood or metal forms for curves with a radius of less than 250 feet. 21 5. All forms showing a deviation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet from a straight line shall be 22 rejected. 23 B. Reinforcing Steel 24 1. Place all necessary reinforcement for City approval prior to depositing concrete. 25 2. All steel must be free from paint and oil and all loose scale, rust, dirt and other 26 foreign substances. 27 3. Remove foreign substances from steel before placing. 28 4. Wire all bars at their intersections and at all laps or splices. 29 5. Lap all bar splices a minimum of 20 diameters of the bar or 12 inches, whichever is 30 greater. 31 C. Concrete Placement 32 1. Deposit concrete to maintain a horizontal surface. 33 2. Work concrete into all spaces and around any reinforcement to form a dense mass 34 free from voids. 35 3. Work coarse aggregate away from contact with the forms 36 4. Hand-Laid Concrete – Curb and gutter 37 32 16 13 - 5 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTERS AND VALLEY GUTTERS Page 5 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 9, 2022 a.Shape and compact subgrade to the lines, grades and cross section shown on the 1 Drawings.2 b.Lightly sprinkle subgrade material immediately before concrete placement.3 c. Deposit concrete into forms.4 d.Shape the concrete to the required curb and gutter design and provide a brush5 finish.6 5.Machine-Laid Concrete – Curb and Gutter7 a.Hand-tamp and sprinkle subgrade material before concrete placement.8 b.Provide clean surfaces for concrete placement.9 c.Place the concrete to correct line and grade with approved self-propelled10 equipment.11 d.Brush finish surfaces immediately after extrusion or slipforming.12 6.Hand-Laid Concrete – Concrete Valley Gutter: See Section 32 13 13.13 7.Expansion joints14 a.Place expansion joints in the curb and gutter at 200-foot intervals and at15 intersection returns and other rigid structures.16 b.Place tooled joints at 15-foot intervals or matching abutting sidewalk joints and17 pavement joints to a depth of 1-1/2 inches.18 c.Place expansion joints at all intersections with concrete driveways, structures,19 valley gutters, and existing curb and gutters.20 d.Make expansion joints no less than 1/2 inch in thickness, extending the full21 depth of the concrete.22 e.Make expansion joints perpendicular and at right angles to the face of the curb.23 f. Neatly trim any expansion material extending above the surface of the finished24 work.25 g.Make expansion joints in the curb and gutter coincide with existing concrete26 expansion joints.27 h.Longitudinal dowels across the expansion joints in the curb and gutter are28 required.29 i.Install 3 - 1/2” round, smooth bars, 24 inches in length, for dowels at each30 expansion joint.31 j.Coat 1/2 of the dowel with a bond breaker and terminate with a dowel cap that32 provides a minimum of 1-inch free expansion.33 k.Support dowels by an approved method.34 D. Curing: see Section 32 13 13.35 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 36 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 37 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 38 A. Inspections39 1.Steel reinforcement placement40 2.Headed bolts and studs41 3.Verification of use of required design mixture42 4.Concrete placement, including conveying and depositing43 5.Curing procedures and maintenance of curing temperature44 32 16 13 - 6 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTERS AND VALLEY GUTTERS Page 6 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 9, 2022 B. Concrete Tests: Perform testing of fresh concrete sample obtained according to 1 ASTM C172 with the following requirements: 2 1. Testing Frequency: Obtain 1 fresh concrete sample for each day's pour of each 3 concrete mixture exceeding 5 cubic yards, but less than 150 cubic yards, plus 1 set 4 for each additional 150 cubic yard or fraction thereof. 5 2. Slump: ASTM C143; 1 test at point of placement for each concrete sample, but not 6 less than 1 test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. Perform additional 7 tests when concrete consistency appears to change. 8 3. Air Content: ASTM C231, pressure method, for normal-weight concrete; 1 test for 9 each sample, but not less than 1 test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. 10 4. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C1064; 1 test for each concrete sample. 11 5. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C31. 12 a. Cast and laboratory cure 3 cylinders for each fresh concrete sample. 13 1) Do not transport field cast cylinders until they have cured for a 14 minimum of 24 hours. 15 6. Compressive-Strength Tests: ASTM C39; 16 a. Test 1 cylinder at 7 days. 17 b. Test 2 cylinders at 28 days. 18 7. Upload test results into Buzzsaw within 48 hours of testing. Reports of 19 compressive-strength tests shall contain Project identification name and number, 20 date of concrete placement, name of concrete tester and inspector, location of 21 concrete batch in Work, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mixture 22 proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength, and type of break for 23 both 7- and 28-day tests. 24 8. Additional Tests: Additional tests of concrete shall be made when test results 25 indicate that slump, air entrainment, compressive strengths, or other City 26 specification requirements have not been met. The Lab Services division may 27 conduct or request tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders 28 complying with ASTM C42 or by other methods as directed by the Project 29 Manager. 30 a. When the strength level of the concrete for any portion of the structure, as 31 indicated by cylinder tests, falls below the specified requirements, provide 32 improved curing conditions and/or adjustments to the mix design as required to 33 obtain the required strength. If the average strength of the laboratory control 34 cylinders falls so low as to be deemed unacceptable, follow the core test 35 procedure set forth in ACI 301, Chapter 17. Locations of core tests shall be 36 approved by the Project Engineer. Core sampling and testing shall be at 37 Contractors expense. 38 b. If the results of the core tests indicate that the strength of the structure is 39 inadequate, any replacement, load testing, or strengthening as may be ordered by 40 the Project Engineer shall be provided by the Contractor without cost to the 41 City. 42 9. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to 43 determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 44 10. Correct deficiencies in the Work that test reports and inspections indicate does not 45 comply with the Contract Documents. 46 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 47 32 16 13 - 7 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTERS AND VALLEY GUTTERS Page 7 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 9, 2022 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 1 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 2 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 4 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 5 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 6 END OF SECTION 7 8 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.2.A.2. Modified payment item to vary by street type 10/05/2016 Z. Arega Added Subsection 2.2.B.1 and Subsection 3.7 12/09/2021 M Owen 1.2 A. 1. c. Clarified what price bid includes for curb & gutter 1..2 A. 2. d. Clarified what price bid includes for valley gutter 2.2 B. 1. Updated table: Valley gutter concrete shall meet hand poured concrete paving requirements 6/10/2022 M Owen 1.2 A. 1. C. Clarify that price for curb & gutter to include excavation and removal and disposal of excavated material 12/9/2022 M Owen 1.2 A. 3. Added Laydown Curb to measurement and payment section 9 32 17 23 - 1 PAVEMENT MARKINGS Page 1 of 11 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 10, 2022 SECTION 32 17 23 1 PAVEMENT MARKINGS 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A.Section Includes : 5 1. Pavement Markings 6 a. Thermoplastic, hot -applied, spray (HAS) pavement markings 7 b. Thermoplastic, hot-applied, extruded (HAE) pavement markings 8 c. Preformed polymer tape 9 d. Preformed heat-activated thermoplastic tape 10 e. Preformed Contrast Markings 11 2. Raised markers 12 3. Work zone markings 13 4. Removal of pavement markings and markers 14 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 15 1. None. 16 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 17 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 18 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 19 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 20 A.Measurement and Payment 21 1. Pavement Markings 22 a. Measurement 23 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per linear foot of material placed. 24 b. Payment 25 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 26 and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the unit 27 price bid per linear foot of “Pvmt Marking” installed for: 28 a) Various Widths 29 b) Various Types 30 c) Various Materials 31 d) Various Colors 32 c. The price bid shall include: 33 1) Installation of Pavement Marking 34 2) Glass beads, when required 35 3) Surface preparation 36 4) Clean-up 37 5) Testing (when required) 38 2. Legends 39 a. Measurement 40 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Legend installed. 41 32 17 23 - 2 PAVEMENT MARKINGS Page 2 of 11 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 10, 2022 b.Payment1 1)The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item2 shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Legend” installed for:3 a)Various types4 b)Various applications5 c.The price bid shall include:6 1)Installation of Pavement Marking7 2)Glass beads, when required8 3)Surface preparation9 4)Clean-up10 5)Testing11 3.Preformed Thermoplastic – Contrast Markings12 a.Measurement13 1)Measurement for this Item shall be per linear foot of material placed or per14 each for legend items15 b.Payment16 1)The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item17 shall be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot or per each for legends for18 “Preformed Thermoplastic – Contract Markings” installed for:19 a)Various Widths20 b)Various Types21 c)Various Applications22 c.The price bid shall include:23 1)Installation of Contrast Markings, including solid black and solid white or24 yellow material as preformed25 2)Railroad Legend shall include X and RR legend markings and three 24”26 stop bars27 3)Surface preparation28 4)Clean-up29 5)Testing30 4.Raised Markers31 a.Measurement32 1)Measurement for this Item shall be per each Raised Marker installed.33 b.Payment34 1)The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item35 shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Raised Marker ” installed for:36 a)Various types37 c.The price bid shall include:38 1)Installation of Raised Markers39 2)Surface preparation40 3)Clean-up41 4)Testing42 5.Work Zone Tab Markers43 a.Measurement44 1)Measurement for this Item shall be per each Tab Marker installed.45 b.Payment46 1)The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item47 shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Tab Marker” installed for:48 a)Various types49 32 17 23 - 3 PAVEMENT MARKINGS Page 3 of 11 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 10, 2022 c. The price bid shall include: 1 1) Installation of Tab Work Zone Markers 2 6. Fire Lane Markings 3 a. Measurement 4 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per the linear foot. 5 b. Payment 6 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 7 and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the unit 8 price bid per linear foot of “Fire Lane Marking” installed. 9 c. The price bid shall include: 10 1) Surface preparation 11 2) Clean-up 12 3) Testing 13 7. Pavement Marking Removal 14 a. Measurement 15 1) Measure for this Item shall be per linear foot. 16 b. Payment 17 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 18 and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the unit 19 price bid per linear foot of “Remove Pvmt Marking” performed for: 20 a) Various widths 21 c. The price bid shall include: 22 1) Removal of Pavement Markings 23 2) Clean-up 24 8. Raised Marker Removal 25 a. Measurement 26 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Pavement Marker removed. 27 b. Payment 28 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 29 shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Remove Raised Marker ” 30 performed. 31 c. The price bid shall include: 32 1) Removal of each Marker 33 2) Disposal of removed materials 34 3) Clean-up 35 9. Legend Removal 36 a. Measurement 37 1) Measure for this Item shall be per each L egend removed. 38 b. Payment 39 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 40 and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the unit 41 price bid per linear foot of “Remove Legend” performed for: 42 a) Various types 43 b) Various applications 44 c. The price bid shall include: 45 1) Removal of Pavement Markings 46 2) Clean-up 47 32 17 23 - 4 PAVEMENT MARKINGS Page 4 of 11 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 10, 2022 1.3 REFERENCES 1 A.Reference Standards2 1.Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference3 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this4 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited.5 2.Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD), 2011 Edition6 a.Part 3, Markings7 3.American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO)8 a.Standard Specification for Glass Beads Used in Pavement Markings, M 247-099 4.Federal Highway Administration (FHWA)10 a.23 CFR Part 655, FHWA Docket No. FHWA-2009-013911 5.Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT)12 a.DMS-4200, Pavement Markers (Reflectorized)13 b.DMS-4300, Traffic Buttons14 c.DMS-8220, Hot Applied Thermoplastic15 d.DMS-8240, Permanent Prefabricated Pavement Markings16 e.DMS-8241, Removable Prefabricated Pavement Markings17 f.DMS-8242, Temporary Flexible-Reflective Road Marker Tabs18 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 19 1.5 SUBMITTALS 20 A.Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00.21 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication for22 specials.23 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 24 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 25 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 26 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 27 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 28 A.Storage and Handling Requirements29 1.The Contractor shall secure and maintain a location to store the material in30 accordance with Section 01 50 00.31 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 32 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 33 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 34 2.1 OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS 35 A.New Products36 1.Refer to Drawings to determine if there are owner -supplied products for the Project.37 32 17 23 - 5 PAVEMENT MARKINGS Page 5 of 11 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 10, 2022 2.2 MATERIALS 1 A.Manufacturers2 1.Only the manufacturers as listed in the City’s Standard Products List will be3 considered as shown in Section 01 60 00.4 a.The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections.5 2.Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a6 substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00.7 B. Materials8 1.Pavement Markings9 a.Thermoplastic, hot applied, spray10 1)Refer to Drawings and City Standard Detail Drawings for width of11 longitudinal lines.12 2)Product shall be especially compounded for traffic markings.13 3)When placed on the roadway, the markings shall not be slippery when wet,14 lift from pavement under normal weather conditions nor exhibit a tacky15 exposed surface.16 4)Cold ductility of the material shall permit normal road surface expansion17 and contraction without chipping or cracking.18 5)The markings shall retain their original color, dimensions and placement19 under normal traffic conditions at road surface temperatures of 158 degrees20 Fahrenheit and below.21 6)Markings shall have uniform cross-section, clean edges, square ends and no22 evidence of tracking.23 7)The density and quality of the material shall be uniform throughout the24 markings.25 8)The thickness shall be uniform throughout the length and width of the26 markings.27 9)The markings shall be 95 percent free of holes and voids, and free of28 blisters for a minimum of 60 days after application.29 10)The material shall not deteriorate by contact with sodium chloride, calcium30 chloride or other chemicals used to prevent roadway ice or because of the oil31 content of pavement markings or from oil droppings or other effects of traffic.32 11)The material shall not prohibit adhesion of other thermoplastic markings if,33 at some future time, new markings are placed over existing material.34 a)New material shall bond itself to the old line in such a manner that no35 splitting or separation takes place.36 12)The markings placed on the roadway shall be completely retroreflective37 both internally and externally with traffic beads and shall exhibit uniform38 retro-directive reflectance.39 13)Traffic beads40 a)Manufactured from glass41 b)Spherical in shape42 c)Essentially free of sharp angular particles43 d)Essentially free of particles showing cloudiness, surface scoring or44 surface scratching45 e)Water white in color46 f)Applied at a uniform rate47 32 17 23 - 6 PAVEMENT MARKINGS Page 6 of 11 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 10, 2022 g) Meet or exceed Specifications shown in AASHTO Standard 1 Specification for Glass Beads Used in Pavement Markings, AASHTO 2 Designation: M 247-09. 3 b. Thermoplastic, hot applied, extruded 4 1) Product shall be especially compounded for traffic markings 5 2) When placed on the roadway, the markings shall not be slippery when wet, 6 lift from pavement under normal weather conditions nor exhibit a tacky 7 exposed surface. 8 3) Cold ductility of the material shall permit normal road surface expansion 9 and contraction without chipping or cracking. 10 4) The markings shall retain their original color, dimensions and placement 11 under normal traffic conditions at road surface temperatures of 158 degrees 12 Fahrenheit and below. 13 5) Markings shall have uniform cross-section, clean edges, square ends and no 14 evidence of tracking. 15 6) The density and quality of the material shall be uniform throughout the 16 markings. 17 7) The thickness shall be uniform throughout the length and width of the 18 markings. 19 8) The markings shall be 95 percent free of holes and voids, and free of 20 blisters for a minimum of 60 days after application. 21 9) The minimum thickness of the marking, as measured above the plane 22 formed by the pavement surface, shall not be less than 1/8 inch in the center 23 of the marking and 3/32 inch at a distance of ½ inch from the edge. 24 10) Maximum thickness shall be 3/16 inch. 25 11) The material shall not deteriorate by contact with sodium chloride, calcium 26 chloride or other chemicals used to prevent roadway ice or because of the oil 27 content of pavement markings or from oil droppings or other effects of traffic. 28 12) The material shall not prohibit adhesion of other thermoplastic markings if, 29 at some future time, new markings are placed over existing material. New 30 material shall bond itself to the old line in such a manner that no splitting or 31 separation takes place. 32 13) The markings placed on the roadway shall be completely retroreflective 33 both internally and externally with traffic beads and shall exhibit uniform 34 retro-directive reflectance. 35 14) Traffic beads 36 a) Manufactured from glass 37 b) Spherical in shape 38 c) Essentially free of sharp angular particles 39 d) Essentially free of particles showing cloudiness, surface scoring or 40 surface scratching 41 e) Water white in color 42 f) Applied at a uniform rate 43 g) Meet or exceed Specifications shown in AASHTO Standard 44 Specification for Glass Beads Used in Pavement Markings, AASHTO 45 Designation: M 247-09. 46 c. Preformed Polymer Tape 47 1) Material shall meet or exceed the Specifications for SWARCO Director 35, 48 3M High Performance Tape Series 3801 ES, or approved equal. 49 d. Preformed Heat-Activated Thermoplastic Tape 50 32 17 23 - 7 PAVEMENT MARKINGS Page 7 of 11 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 10, 2022 1) Material shall meet or exceed the Specifications for HOT Tape Brand 0.125 1 mil preformed thermoplastic or approved equal. 2 2. Raised Markers 3 a. Markers shall meet the requirements of the Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic 4 Control Devices. 5 b. Non-reflective markers shall be Type Y (yellow body) and Type W (white body) 6 round ceramic markers and shall meet or exceed the TxDOT Specification 7 DMS-4300. 8 c. The reflective markers shall be plastic, meet or exceed the TxDOT Specification 9 DMS-4200 for high-volume retroreflective raised markers and be available in 10 the following types: 11 1) Type I-C, white body, 1 face reflects white 12 2) Type II-A-A, yellow body, 2 faces reflect amber 13 3) Type II-C-R, white body, 1 face reflects white, the other red 14 15 3. Work Zone Markings 16 a. Tabs 17 1) Temporary flexible-reflective roadway marker tabs shall meet requirements 18 of TxDOT DMS-8242, “Temporary Flexible-Reflective Road Marker Tabs.” 19 2) Removable markings shall not be used to simulate edge lines. 20 3) No segment of roadway open to traffic shall remain without permanent 21 pavement markings for a period greater than 14 calendar days. 22 b. Raised Markers 23 1) All raised pavement markers shall meet the requirements of DMS-4200. 24 c. Striping 25 1) Work Zone striping shall meet or exceed the TxDOT Specification DMS-26 8200. 27 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 28 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 29 A.Performance 30 1. Minimum maintained retroreflectivity levels for longitudinal markings shall meet 31 the requirements detailed in the table below for a minimum of 30 calendar days . 32 Posted Speed (mph) ≤ 30 35 – 50 ≥ 55 2-lane roads with centerline markings only (1) n/a 100 250 All other roads (2) n/a 50 100 (1) Measured at standard 30-m geometry in units of mcd/m2/lux. 33 (2) Exceptions: 34 A. When raised reflective pavement markings (RRPMs) supplement or substitute for a 35 longitudinal line, minimum pavement marking retroreflectivity levels are not applicable as 36 long as the RRPMs are maintained so that at least 3 are visible from any position along that 37 line during nighttime conditions. 38 B. When continuous roadway lighting assures that the markings are visible, minimum 39 pavement marking retroreflectivity levels are not applicable. 40 32 17 23 - 8 PAVEMENT MARKINGS Page 8 of 11 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 10, 2022 PART 3 - EXECUTION 1 3.1 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 2 3.2 PREPARATION 3 A.Pavement Conditions 4 1. Roadway surfaces shall be free of dirt, grease, loose and/or flaking existing 5 markings and other forms of contamination. 6 2. New Portland cement concrete surfaces shall be cleaned sufficiently to remove the 7 curing membrane. 8 3. Pavement to which material is to be applied shall be completely dry. 9 4. Pavement shall be considered dry, if, on a sunny day after observation for 15 10 minutes, no condensation develops on the underside of a 1 square foot piece of 11 clear plastic that has been placed on the pavement and weighted on the edges. 12 5. Equipment and methods used for surface preparation shall not damage the 13 pavement or present a hazard to motorists or pedestrians. 14 3.3 INSTALLATION 15 A.General 16 1. The materials shall be applied according to the manufacturer’s recommendations. 17 2. Markings and markers shall be applied within temperature limits recommended by 18 the material manufacturer, and shall be applied on clean, dry pavement having a 19 surface temperature above 50 degrees Fahrenheit. 20 3. Markings that are not properly applied due to faulty application methods or being 21 placed in the wrong position or alignment shall be removed and replaced by the 22 Contractor at the Contractor’s expense. If the mistake is such that it would be 23 confusing or hazardous to motorists, it shall be remedied the same day of 24 notification. Notification will be made by phone and confirmed by fax. Other 25 mistakes shall be remedied within 5 days of written notification. 26 4. When markings are applied on roadways open to traffic, care will be taken to 27 ensure that proper safety precautions are followed, including the use of signs, 28 cones, barricades, flaggers, etc. 29 5. Freshly applied markings shall be protected from traffic damage and disfigurement. 30 6. Temperature of the material must be equal to the temperature of the road surface 31 before allowing traffic to travel on it. 32 B. Pavement Markings 33 1. Thermoplastic, hot applied, spray 34 a. This method shall be used to install and replace long lines – centerlines, lane 35 lines, edge lines, turn lanes, and dots. 36 b. Markings shall be applied at a 110-mil thickness. 37 c. Markings shall be applied at a 90-mil thickness when placed over existing 38 markings. 39 d. A sealer shall be used if concrete or asphalt is older than three (3) years. 40 e. Typical setting time shall be between 4 minutes and 10 minutes depending upon 41 the roadway surface temperature and the humidity factor. 42 32 17 23 - 9 PAVEMENT MARKINGS Page 9 of 11 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 10, 2022 f.Retroreflective raised markers shall be used to supplement the centerlines, lane 1 lines, and turn lanes. Refer to City Standard Detail Drawings for placement. 2 g.Minimum retroreflectivity of markings shall meet or exceed values shown in3 subparagraph 2.4.A.1 of this Specification.4 2.Thermoplastic, hot applied, extruded5 a.This method shall be used to install and replace crosswalks and stop -lines.6 b.Markings shall be applied at a 125-mil thickness.7 c.Minimum retroreflectivity of markings shall meet or exceed values shown in8 this Specification.9 3.Preformed Polymer Tape10 a.This method shall be used to install and replace crosswalks, stop -lines, a nd11 legends.12 b.The applied marking shall adhere to the pavement surface with no slippage or13 lifting and have square ends, straight lines and clean edges.14 c.Minimum retroreflectivity of markings shall meet or exceed values shown in15 this Specification.16 4.Preformed Heat-Activated Thermoplastic Tape17 a.This method shall be used to install and replace crosswalks, stop -lines, a nd18 legends.19 b.The applied marking shall adhere to the pavement surface with no slippage or20 lifting and have square ends, straight lines and clean edges.21 c.Minimum retroreflectivity of markings shall meet or exceed values shown in22 this Specification.23 C. Raised Markers24 1.All permanent raised pavement markers on Portland Cement roadways shall be25 installed with epoxy adhesive. Bituminous adhesive is not acceptable.26 2.All permanent raised pavement markers on new asphalt roadways may be installed27 with epoxy or bituminous adhesive.28 3.A chalk line, chain or equivalent shall be used during layout to ensure that29 individual markers are properly aligned. All markers shall be placed uniformly30 along the line to achieve a smooth continuous appearance.31 D.Work Zone Markings32 1.Work shall be performed with as little disruption to traffic as possible.33 2.Install longitudinal markings on pavement surfaces before opening to traffic.34 3.Maintain lane alignment traffic control devices and operations until markings are35 installed.36 4.Install markings in proper alignment in accordance with the Texas MUTCD and as37 shown on the Drawings.38 5.Place standard longitudinal lines no sooner than 3 calendar days after the placement39 of a surface treatment, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings.40 6.Place markings in proper alignment with the location of the final pavement41 markings.42 7.Do not use raised pavement markers for words, symbols, shapes, or diagonal or43 transverse lines.44 32 17 23 - 10 PAVEMENT MARKINGS Page 10 of 11 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 10, 2022 8.All markings shall be visible from a distance of 300 feet in daylight conditions and 1 from a distance of at least 160 feet in nighttime conditions, illuminated by low-2 beam automobile headlight. 3 9.The daytime and nighttime reflected color of the markings must be distinctly white4 or yellow.5 10.The markings must exhibit uniform retroreflective characteristics.6 11.Epoxy adhesives shall not be used to work zone markings.7 3.4 REMOVALS 8 1.Pavement Marking and Marker Removal9 a.The industry’s best practice shall be used to remove existing pavement markings10 and markers.11 b.If the roadway is being damaged during the marker removal, Work shall b e12 halted until consultation with the City.13 c.Removals shall be done in such a matter that color and texture contrast of the14 pavement surface will be held to a minimum.15 d.Repair damage to asphaltic surfaces, such as spalling, shelling, etc., greater than16 ¼ inch in depth resulting from the removal of pavement markings and markers.17 Driveway patch asphalt emulsion may be broom applied to reseal damage to18 asphaltic surfaces.19 e.Dispose of markers in accordance with federal, state, and local regulations.20 f.Use any of the following methods unless otherwise shown on the Drawings.21 1)Surface Treatment Method22 a)Apply surface treatment at rates shown on the Drawings or as directed.23 Place a surface treatment a minimum of 2 feet wide to cover the existing24 marking.25 b)Place a surface treatment, thin overlay, or microsurfacing a minimum26 of 1 lane in width in areas where directional changes of traffic are27 involved or in other areas as directed by the City.28 2)Burn Method29 a)Use an approved burning method.30 b)For thermoplastic pavement markings or prefabricated pavement31 markings, heat may be applied to remove the bulk of the marking material32 prior to blast cleaning.33 c)When using heat, avoid spalling pavement surfaces.34 d)Sweeping or light blast cleaning may be used to remove minor residu e.35 3)Blasting Method36 a)Use a blasting method such as water blasting, abrasive blasting, water37 abrasive blasting, shot blasting, slurry blasting, water-injected abrasive38 blasting, or brush blasting as approved.39 b)Remove pavement markings on concrete surfaces by a blasting method40 only.41 4)Mechanical Method42 a)Use any mechanical method except grinding.43 b)Flail milling is acceptable in the removal of markings on asphalt and44 concrete surfaces.45 2.If a location is to be paved over, no additional compensation will be allowed for46 marking or marker removal.47 32 17 23 - 11 PAVEMENT MARKINGS Page 11 of 11 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 10, 2022 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 1 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 2 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 3 A.All lines must have clean edges, square ends, and be uniform cross-section.4 B. The density and quality of markings shall be uniform throughout their thickness.5 C. The applied markings shall have no more than 5 percent, by area, of holes or voids and6 shall be free of blisters.7 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 8 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 9 3.10 CLEANING 10 A.Contractor shall clean up and remove all loose material resulting from construction11 operations.12 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 13 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 14 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 15 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 16 END OF SECTION 17 18 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 11/22/13 S.Arnold Removed paint type marking, updated references, added sealer language 6/10/22 M Owen 1.1 A and 1.2 A – Revised to address preformed “contrast” pavement markings 19 32 17 25 - 1 CURB ADDRESS PAINTING Page 1 of 3 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Version November 4, 2013 SECTION 32 17 25 CURB ADDRESS PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A.Section Includes: 1. Painting of house addresses on curb of driveway radiuses that are removed and replaced as shown on the Drawings B.Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C.Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A.Measurement and Payment 1. Measurement a.Measurement for this Item shall include two curb faces. Both curb faces shall be paid for as a single bid item. 2. Payment a.The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Curb Address Painting” completed per address. 3. The price bid shall include: a.Furnishing all labor, materials and equipment b. Any incidentals necessary to complete Curb Address Painting 1.3 REFERENCES A.Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 1.4 – 1.12 [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [NOT USED] 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, MATERIALS A.Materials 1. All materials shall be of recent product and suitable for its intended purpose. 32 17 25 - 2 CURB ADDRESS PAINTING Page 2 of 3 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Version November 4, 2013 2. Background paint shall be 7100 Series 100% Acrylic Satin White paint manufactured by Kwal Paint, or approved equal. 3. Lettering paint shall be 7100 Series 100% Acrylic Satin Black paint manufactured by Kwal Paint, or approved equal. B.Size Requirements 1. The minimum size for the background shall be 6-inches wide by 16-inches long, or as directed in the Drawings. 2. The minimum size for letters shall be 4-inches high, or as directed in the Drawings. 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION A.Surface Preparation 1. Provide surface preparation in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. B.Surface Conditions 1. Unless approved otherwise by the City, surface conditions must meet the following minimum requirements: a.Concrete has cured for a minimum of 28-days b. Surface temperature greater than 50˚F and less than 95˚F 2. No work shall occur if weather conditions may harm or damage the final finished surface. 3.4 APPLICATION A.Apply in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. B.Background Application 1. Apply the background with 3- or 4-inch roller with ½-inch nap, unless otherwise approved by the City. C.Letter Application 1. Apply the lettering with 1- or ½-inch artificial nylon or polyester or combination brush and stencils, unless otherwise approved by the City. 32 17 25 - 3 CURB ADDRESS PAINTING Page 3 of 3 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Version November 4, 2013 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 11/4/2013 Fred Griffin Clarified 1.2.A.1.a – to show bid item includes two curb faces. And 1.2.A.2.a – includes per address. 32 31 13 - 1 CHAIN LINK FENCE AND GATES Page 1 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 SECTION 32 31 13 CHAIN LINK FENCE AND GATES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A.Section Includes: 1. Galvanized coated chain link (non-security) fencing and accessories in accordance with the City’s Zoning Ordinance. 2. Wrought iron fencing and accessories 3. Steel tube fencing and accessories 4. On utility projects: a.When existing fence is within the project Site (i.e. parallel to the utility trench and/or within utility easement) and is directly disturbed by construction activities, fencing will be paid for as listed in Article 1.2 below. b. When existing fence is crossing the proposed utility trench, the work performed and materials furnished in accordance with fence replacement will be considered subsidiary to the trench and no other compensation will be allowed. c.When existing fence is outside of the limits of the project Site or is identified as protected on the Drawings and is disturbed and/or by construction activities, replacement will be at the expense of the Contractor and no other compensation will be allowed. B.Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C.Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2.Division 1 - General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A.Measurement and Payment 1. Chain Link Fence a.Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the linear foot of Chain Link Fence installed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot of Chain Link Fence installed for various: a)Heights b) Fabric materials c.The price bid shall include: 1) Furnishing and installing all fence and gate materials 2) Mow strip, if shown in Drawings 3) Cleanup 4) Hauling 2. Wrought Iron Fence 32 31 13 - 2 CHAIN LINK FENCE AND GATES Page 2 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the linear foot of Wrought Iron Fence installed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot of Wrought Iron Fence installed for various heights. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Furnishing and installing all fence and gate materials 2) Mow strip, if shown in Drawings 3) Cleanup 4) Hauling 3. Steel Tube Fence a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the linear foot of Steel Tube Fence installed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot of Steel Tube Fence installed for various heights. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Furnishing and installing all fence and gate materials 2) Mow strip, if shown in Drawings 3) Cleanup 4) Hauling 1.3 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): a. A 36, Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel b. A 123, Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products c. A 392, Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated Steel Chain-Link Fence Fabric d. A 500, Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes e. F 626, Standard Specification for Fence Fittings f. F 1043, Standard Specification for Strength and Protective Coatings on Steel Industrial Chain Link Fence Framework g. F 1083, Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Hot-Dipped Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Welded, for Fence Structures h. F 1183, Specification for Aluminum Alloy Chain Link Fence Fabric 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings 32 31 13 - 3 CHAIN LINK FENCE AND GATES Page 3 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 1. Layout of fences and gates with dimensions, details, and finishes of components, accessories and post foundations if requested by the City. B.Product data 1.Manufacturer’s catalog cuts indicating material compliance and specified options. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [NOT USED] 2.2 MANUFACTURED UNITS / MATERIALS A.Manufacturer 1. Minimum of 5 years of experience manufacturing galvanized coated chain link fencing. 2. Approved Manufacturer or equal: a.Allied Fence, Inc. b. American Fence Corp. c.Anchor Fence, Inc. d. Master Halco, Inc. B.Materials 1. Chain Link Fence a.General 1) Posts, gate frames, braces, rails, stretcher bars, truss rods and tension wire shall be of steel. 2) Gate hinges, post caps, barbed wire supporting arms, stretcher bar bands and other parts shall be of steel, malleable iron, ductile iron or equal 3) Post tops, rail end, ties and clips may be of aluminum. 4) Use only new material, or salvaged/existing material if approved by City or noted on Drawings. b. Steel Fabric 1) Fabric a)No. 9 gauge b) 2-inch mesh (1) Commercial: both top and bottom selvages twisted and barged Residential: match existing or both top and bottom selvages knuckled (2) Furnish 1-piece fabric widths. 2) Fabric Finish: Galvanized, ASTM A 392, Class I, with not less than 1.2 oz. zinc per square foot of surface. c.Aluminum Fabric 32 31 13 - 4 CHAIN LINK FENCE AND GATES Page 4 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 1) Fabric a) ASTM F 1183 b) No. 9 gauge c) 2-inch mesh, with both top and bottom selvages twisted and barged. d) Furnish 1-piece fabric widths. d. Steel Framing 1) Steel pipe - Type I a) ASTM F 1083 b) Standard weight schedule 40 c) Minimum yield strength: 30,000 psi d) Sizes as indicated e) Hot-dipped galvanized with minimum average 1.8 oz/ft² of coated surface area 2) Steel pipe - Type II a) ASTM F 1043, Group IC b) Minimum yield strength: 50,000 psi c) Sizes as indicated on Drawings d) Protective coating per ASTM F 1043 (1) External coating Type B (a) Zinc with organic overcoat (b) 0.9 oz/ft² minimum zinc coating with chromate conversion coating and verifiable polymer film (2) Internal coating Type B (a) Minimum 0.9 oz/ft² zinc or Type D, zinc pigmented, 81 percent nominal coating, minimum 3 mils 3) Formed steel (“C”) sections: a) Roll formed steel shapes complying with ASTM F 1043, Group II b) Minimum yield strength: 45,000 psi (310 MPa) c) Sizes as indicated on Drawings d) External coating per ASTM F 1043, Type A (1) Minimum average 2.0 oz/ft² of zinc per ASTM A 123 4) Steel square sections a) ASTM A 500, Grade B b) Minimum yield strength: 40,000 psi c) Sizes as indicated on Drawings d) Hot-dipped galvanized with minimum 1.8 oz/ft² of coated surface area e. Accessories 1) Chain link fence accessories a) ASTM F 626 b) Provide items required to complete fence system. c) Galvanize each ferrous metal item and finish to match framing. 2) Post caps a) Formed steel or cast malleable iron weather tight closure cap for tubular posts. b) Provide 1 cap for each post. c) Cap to have provision for barbed wire when necessary. d) “C” shaped line post without top rail or barbed wire supporting arms do not require post caps. e) Where top rail is used, provide tops to permit passage of top rail. 3) Top rail and rail ends 32 31 13 - 5 CHAIN LINK FENCE AND GATES Page 5 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 a)1 5/8 inch diameter galvanized round pipe for horizontal railing b) Pressed steel per ASTM F626 c)For connection of rail and brace to terminal posts 4) Top rail sleeves a)7-inch expansion sleeve with a minimum 0.137 inch wire diameter and 1.80 inch length spring, allowing for expansion and contraction of top rail 5) Wire ties a)9 gauge galvanized steel wire for attachment of fabric to line posts b) Double wrap 13 gauge for rails and braces. c)Hog ring ties of 12-1/2 gauge for attachment 6) Brace and tension (stretcher bar) bands a)Pressed steel b) Minimum 300 degree profile curvature for secure fence post attachment c)At square post provide tension bar clips. 7) Tension (stretcher) bars: a)1 piece lengths equal to 2 inches less than full height of fabric b) Minimum cross-section of 3/16 inch x 3/4 inch c)Provide tension (stretcher) bars where chain link fabric meets terminal posts. 8) Tension wire a)Galvanized coated steel wire, 6 gauge, [0.192 inch] diameter wire b) Tensile strength: 75,000 psi 9) Truss rods & tightener a)Steel rods with minimum diameter of 5/16 inch b) Capable of withstanding a tension of minimum 2,000 pounds 10) Nuts and bolts are galvanized. 2. Wrought Iron Fence: specified per Drawings. 3. Steel Tube Fence: specified per Drawings. 4. Setting Materials a.Concrete 1) Minimum 28 day compressive strength of 3,000 psi 2) Bagged concrete allowed. b. Drive Anchors 1) Galvanized angles 2) ASTM A 36 steel 3) 1 inch x 1 inch x 30 inch galvanized shoe clamps to secure angles to posts. 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION A.Verification of Conditions 1.Verify areas to receive fencing are completed to final grades and elevations. 2. Ensure property lines and legal boundaries of work are clearly established 32 31 13 - 6 CHAIN LINK FENCE AND GATES Page 6 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 INSTALLATION A.Chain Link Fence Framing 1. Locate terminal post at each fence termination and change in horizontal or vertical direction of 30 degrees or more. 2. Space line posts uniformly at 10 feet on center. 3. Set all posts in concrete a.Drill holes in firm, undisturbed or compacted soil. b. Drill hole diameter 4 times greater than outside dimension of post. c.Set post bottom 24 inches below surface when in firm, undisturbed soil. d. Excavate deeper as required for adequate support in soft and loose soils, and for posts with heavy lateral loads. e.Place concrete around posts in a continuous pour. Trowel finish around post. Slope to direct water away from posts. 4. Check each post for vertical and top alignment, and maintain in position during placement and finishing operations. 5. Bracing a.Install horizontal pipe brace at mid-height for fences 6 feet and taller, on each side of terminal posts. b. Firmly attach with fittings. c.Install diagonal truss rods at these points. d. Adjust truss rod, ensuring posts remain plumb. 6. Tension wire a.Provide tension wire at bottom of fabric and at top, if top rail is not specified. b. Install tension wire before stretching fabric and attach to each post with ties. c.Secure tension wire to fabric with 12-1/2 gauge hog rings 24 inches on center. 7. Top rail a.Install lengths, 21 feet b. Connect joints with sleeves for rigid connections for expansion/contraction. 8. Center Rails for fabric height 12 feet and taller. a.Install mid rails between posts with fittings and accessories. 9. Bottom Rails: Install bottom rails between posts with fittings and accessories. B.Chain Link Fabric Installation 1. Fabric a.Install fabric on security side and attach so that fabric remains in tension after pulling force is released. b. Leave approximately 2 inches between finish grade and bottom selvage. c.Attach fabric with wire ties to line posts at 15 inches on center and to rails, braces, and tension wire at 24 inches on center. 2. Tension (stretcher) bars a.Pull fabric taut. b. Thread tension bar through fabric and attach to terminal posts with bands or clips spaced maximum of 15 inches on center. 3. Accessories a.Tie wires: Bend ends of wire to minimize hazard to persons and clothing. b. Fasteners: Install nuts on side of fence opposite fabric side for added security. 32 31 13 - 7 CHAIN LINK FENCE AND GATES Page 7 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 c. Slats: Install slats in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. C. Wrought Iron Installation: install per Drawings D. Steel Tube Fence: install per Drawings 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.1.A. modified to describe when City would pay for fence replacement on utility projects 32 31 29 - 1 WOOD FENCE AND GATES Page 1 of 5 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 SECTION 32 31 29 WOOD FENCE AND GATES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A.Section Includes 1. Construction of wood fences and gates along boundaries, property lines in accordance with the City’s Zoning Ordinance. 2. On utility projects: a.When existing fence is within the project Site (i.e. parallel to the utility trench and/or within utility easement) and is directly disturbed by construction activities, fencing will be paid for as listed in Article 1.2 below. b. When existing fence is crossing the proposed utility trench, the work performed and materials furnished in accordance with fence replacement will be considered subsidiary to the trench and no other compensation will be allowed. c.When existing fence is outside of the limits of the project Site or is identified as protected on the Drawings and is disturbed and/or by construction activities, replacement will be at the expense of the Contractor and no other compensation will be allowed. B.Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C.Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2.Division 1 - General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A.Measurement and Payment 1. Measurement a.Measurement for this Item shall be by the linear foot of Wood Fence installed, including gates. 2. Payment a.The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot of Wood Fence installed for by height. 3. The price bid shall include: a.Furnishing all materials for fence and gates b. All preparation, erection and installation of materials 1.3 REFERENCES A.Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 32 31 29 - 2 WOOD FENCE AND GATES Page 2 of 5 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 a.A 123, Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products b. A 500, Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes c.F 1043, Standard Specification for Strength and Protective Coatings on Steel Industrial Chain Link Fence Framework d. F 1083, Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Hot-Dipped Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Welded, for Fence Structures 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS A.Shop drawings: Layout of fences and gates with dimensions, details, and finishes of components, accessories and post foundations B.Product data: Manufacturer’s catalog cuts indicating material compliance and specified options C.Building Permit: All fences over 6 feet 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 MATERIALS A.General 1. Gate hinges and post caps shall be of steel, malleable iron, ductile iron or equal. 2. Post tops may be of aluminum. B.Slats: Redwood or cedar free from all major decay or defects which would weaken or otherwise cause them to be unsuitable for fence slats. C.Bottom and Top Rail: Minimum 2-inch x 4-inch x 8-foot cedar stud or match existing. D.Corner, Gate, End, or Line Posts 1. Wood Posts a.Minimum size: 4-inch x 4-inch cedar wood post or match existing b. Free from all decay, splits, multiple cracks, or any other defect which would weaken the posts or otherwise cause them to be structurally unsuitable for the purpose intended 2. Steel Posts a.Steel pipe - Type I 32 31 29 - 3 WOOD FENCE AND GATES Page 3 of 5 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 1) ASTM F 1083 2) Standard weight schedule 40 3) Minimum yield strength: 30,000 psi 4) Sizes as indicated on Drawings 5) Hot-dipped galvanized with minimum average 1.8 oz/ft² of coated surface area. b. Steel pipe - Type II 1) ASTM F 1043, Group IC 2) Minimum yield strength: 50,000 psi 3) Sizes as indicated on Drawings 4) Protective coating per ASTM F 1043 5) External coating Type B a) Zinc with organic overcoat b) 0.9 oz/ft² minimum zinc coating with chromate conversion coating and verifiable polymer film 6) Internal coating Type B a) Minimum 0.9 oz/ft² zinc or Type D, zinc pigmented, 81 percent nominal coating, minimum 3 mils c. Formed steel (“C”) sections 1) Roll formed steel shapes complying with ASTM F 1043, Group II 2) Minimum yield strength: 45,000 psi (310 MPa) 3) Sizes as indicated on Drawings 4) External coating per ASTM F 1043, Type A a) Minimum average 2.0 oz/ft² of zinc per ASTM A 123 d. Steel square sections 1) ASTM A 500, Grade B 2) Minimum yield strength: 40,000 psi 3) Sizes as indicated 4) Hot-dipped galvanized with minimum 1.8 oz/ft² of coated surface area 3. Accessories a. Post caps 1) Formed steel or cast malleable iron weather tight closure cap for tubular posts. 2) Provide one cap for each post. 3) Cap to have provision for barbed wire when necessary. 4) “C” shaped line post without top rail or barbed wire supporting arms do not require post caps. 5) Where top rail is used, provide tops to permit passage of top rail. 4. Setting Materials a. Concrete 1) Minimum 28 day compressive strength of 3,000 psi 2) Bagged concrete allowed. 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 32 31 29 - 4 WOOD FENCE AND GATES Page 4 of 5 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 3.2 EXAMINATION A.Verification of Conditions 1. Verify areas to receive fencing are completed to final grades and elevations. 2. Ensure property lines and legal boundaries of work are clearly established. 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 INSTALLATION A.Wood Fence Framing 1. Steel Posts are required for all required screening fences. 2. Locate terminal post at each fence termination and change in horizontal or vertical direction of 30 degrees or more. 3. Space line posts uniformly at 10 feet on center. 4. Set all posts in concrete. a.Drill holes in firm, undisturbed or compacted soil. b. Drill hole diameter 4 times greater than outside dimension of post (minimum 12 inches). c.Set post bottom 24 inches below surface when in firm, undisturbed soil. d. Excavate deeper as required for adequate support in soft and loose soils, and for posts with heavy lateral loads. e.Place concrete around posts in a continuous pour. f.Trowel finish around post. Slope to direct water away from posts. 5. Check each post for vertical and top alignment, and maintain in position during placement and finishing operations. B.Slats 1. Place slats approximately 1 inch above the ground, and on a straight grade between posts by excavating high points of the ground. 2. Fasten slats to top and bottom railings with 2 galvanized screws designed for wood fence construction at both the top and bottom rail. 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION 32 31 29 - 5 WOOD FENCE AND GATES Page 5 of 5 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.1.A. modified to describe when City would pay for fence replacement on utility projects 32 32 13 - 1 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE RETAINING WALLS Page 1 of 6 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 5, 2018 SECTION 32 32 13 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE RETAINING WALLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Construction of cast-in-place concrete retaining wall adjacent to concrete sidewalk (3 foot maximum height) of the size and shape detailed on the Drawings and at the location shown on the Drawings. 2. Construction of TxDOT standard cast-in-place, spread foot concrete retaining wall of the size and shape detailed on the Drawings and at the location shown on the Drawings. B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 - General Requirements 3. Section 03 30 00 - Cast-in-Place Concrete 4. Section 31 23 16 – Unclassified Excavation 5. Section 31 23 23 - Borrow 6. Section 31 24 00 - Embankments 7. Section 32 13 20 - Concrete Sidewalks, Driveways and Barrier Free Ramps 8. Section 33 46 00 - Subdrainage 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Concrete Retaining Wall Adjacent to Sidewalk a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the square foot of the front surface of the wall (face) from the top of the adjacent sidewalk to the top of the wall. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per square foot of Concrete Retaining Wall Adjacent to Sidewalk constructed. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Excavation in back of Retaining Walls 2) Furnishing and placing footings 3) Leveling pads and copings 4) Furnishing, placing, and compacting backfill (except in embankment areas) 5) Furnishing and placing concrete, reinforcing steel, waterproofing material, filter material and drain pipe, joint material, water stop, and filter fabric when required 32 32 13 - 2 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE RETAINING WALLS Page 2 of 6 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 5, 2018 6) Fabricating, curing, and finishing wall including special coatings when specified 2. Concrete Sidewalk Adjacent to Retaining Wall a.Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the square foot of completed and accepted Concrete Sidewalk Adjacent to Retaining Wall in its final position. Measurement shall be taken from face of wall to edge of concrete sidewalk. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per square foot of Concrete Sidewalk Adjacent to Retaining Wall installed. c.The price bid shall include: 1) Excavating and preparing the subgrade 2) Furnishing and placing all materials 3. TxDOT Standard – Spread Footing Walls a.Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the square foot of the front surface of the wall. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, measure area from finished ground line on the face of the exterior wall to the top of the wall including any coping required (not including railing). b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per square foot of Spread Footing Wall constructed. c.The price bid shall include: 1) Excavation in back of Retaining Walls 2) Furnishing and placing footings 3) Leveling pads and copings 4) Furnishing, placing, and compacting backfill (except in embankment areas) 5) Furnishing and placing concrete, reinforcing steel, waterproofing material, filter material and drain pipe, joint material, water stop, and filter fabric when required 6) Fabricating, curing, and finishing wall including special coatings when specified 1.3 REFERENCES A.Definitions 1. Permanent Wall - Retaining wall with a design service life of 75 years. All walls are presumed to be permanent walls unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. B.Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 1. ASTM International (ASTM): a.D4491, Standard Test Methods for Water Permeability of Geotextiles by Permittivity b. D4533, Standard Test Method for Trapezoid Tearing Strength of Geotextiles 32 32 13 - 3 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE RETAINING WALLS Page 3 of 6 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 5, 2018 c. D4632, Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles d. D4751, Standard Test Method for Determining Apparent Opening Size of a Geotextile 2. Texas Department of Transportation (TXDOT), Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of Highways and Bridges: a. 110, Excavation b. 132, Embankment c. 400, Excavation and Backfill for Structures d. 420, Concrete Structures e. 421, Hydraulic Cement Concrete f. 423, Retaining Walls g. 440, Reinforcing Steel h. 445, Galvanizing i. 458, Waterproofing Membranes for Structures j. 556, Pipe Underdrains 3. TxDOT Standard – Spread Footing Walls a. RW 1 (L) A – Low Footing Pressure, Design A Retaining Walls b. RW 1 (L) B – Low Footing Pressure, Design B Retaining Walls c. RW 1 (L) C – Low Footing Pressure, Design C Retaining Walls d. RW 1 (H) A – High Footing Pressure, Design A Retaining Walls e. RW 1 (H) B – High Footing Pressure, Design B Retaining Walls f. RW 1 (H) C – High Footing Pressure, Design C Retaining Walls g. RW 2 – Retaining Wall Miscellaneous Details 4. Texas Department of Transportation (TXDOT), Manual of Testing Procedures: a. Tex-616-J, Construction Fabrics 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 03 30 00. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. See Section 03 30 00. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. See Section 03 30 00. 1.11 SITE CONDITIONS A. Ambient Conditions: See Section 03 30 00. 32 32 13 - 4 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE RETAINING WALLS Page 4 of 6 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 5, 2018 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 MATERIALS A. Concrete and Reinforcing Steel 1. Concrete Retaining Wall with Sidewalk a. Section 03 30 00. 2. TxDOT Standard – Spread Footing Walls a. 420, Concrete Structures b. 421, Hydraulic Cement Concrete c. 440, Reinforcing Steel d. 445, Galvanizing e. 458, Waterproofing Membranes for Structures B. Backfill 1. Concrete Retaining Wall with Sidewalk a. Section 31 23 23 2. TxDOT Standard – Spread Footing Walls a. 132, Embankments C. Underdrains 1. Concrete Retaining Wall with Sidewalk a. Section 33 46 00 2. TxDOT Standard – Spread Footing Walls a. 556, Pipe Underdrains D. Filter Fabric 1. General a. Provide standard weight fabric for retaining walls and soil separation. b. Provide filter fabric rated as UV-resistant when used as part of the exposed facing for a temporary wall. c. The fabric consists exclusively of manmade thermoplastic fibers, is a non- woven geotextile fabric, and forms a mat of uniform quality. d. Fabric fibers are continuous and random throughout the fabric. e. The fabric is mildew resistant and rot-proof, and it is satisfactory for use in a wet soil and aggregate environment. 2. Physical Requirements: The fabric must conform to the requirements listed in Table 1 when tested in accordance with the test methods specified. Table 1 Filter Fabric Requirements Physical Properties Test Method Value Fabric Weight, on an ambient temperature air-dried, tension free sample Tex-616-J 4 oz/yard Permittivity, 1/sec ASTM D4491 1.0, min 32 32 13 - 5 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE RETAINING WALLS Page 5 of 6 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 5, 2018 Tensile Strength, lbs ASTM D4632 100 lbs Apparent Opening Size ASTM D4751 70-100 Elongation at yield, percent ASTM D4632 20-100 Trapezoidal Tear, lbs ASTM D4533 35 lbs 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 INSTALLATION A.Construct retaining walls in accordance with the Drawings and to the pertinent requirements of the following Sections: 1. Concrete Retaining Wall with Sidewalk a.Section 03 30 00 b. Section 31 23 16 c.Section 31 23 23 d. Section 31 24 00 e.Section 33 46 00 2. TxDOT Standard – Spread Footing Walls a.110, Excavation b. 132, Embankment c.400, Excavation and Backfill for Structures d. 423, Retaining Walls e.420, Concrete Structures f.458, Water proofing Membranes for Structures g.556, Pipe Underdrains 3.5 REPAIR A.See Section 03 30 00. 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.See Section 03 30 00. 32 32 13 - 6 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE RETAINING WALLS Page 6 of 6 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 5, 2018 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.2.A – Payment Item for concrete retaining wall with sidewalk was broken into two Items: one for the face of wall and one for the sidewalk. 6/5/18 M Owen Revised Summary and Measurement and Payment sections. 32 91 19 - 1 TOPSOIL PLACEMENT AND FINISHING OF PARKWAYS Page 1 of 3 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised March 11, 2022 SECTION 32 91 19 1 TOPSOIL PLACEMENT AND FINISHING OF ROADWAY RIGHT -OF-WAYS 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 1.Section Includes:5 1.Furnish and place topsoil to a minimum of 3-inch depth unless otherwise shown on6 the Drawings within the Roadway Right-of ways (Roadway ROW includes7 medians and parkways between the curb and property line.8 2.Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification9 1. None.10 3.Related Specification Sections include but are not necessarily limited to11 1.Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract12 2.Division 1 - General Requirements13 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14 1.Measurement and Payment15 1.Measurement16 a.Measurement for this Item shall be by cubic yard of Topsoil in place.17 2.Payment18 a.The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and19 measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price20 bid per cubic yard of in place/tamped Topsoil.21 b.All excavation required by this Item in cut sections shall be measured in22 accordance with provisions for the various excavation items involved with the23 provision that excavation will be measured and paid for once, regardless of the24 manipulations involved.25 3.The price bid shall include:26 a.Furnishing Topsoil27 b. Loading28 c.Hauling29 d.Placing30 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED ] 31 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUI REMENTS [NOT USED] 32 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 33 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 34 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTA LS [NOT USED] 35 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTA LS [NOT USED] 36 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 37 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 38 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITI ONS [NOT USED] 39 32 91 19 - 2 TOPSOIL PLACEMENT AND FINISHING OF PARKWAYS Page 2 of 3 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised March 11, 2022 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [OR ] OWNER -SUPPLIEDPROD UCTS [NOT USED] 3 2.2 MATERIA LS 4 1. Topsoil5 1.Use easily cultivated, fertile topsoil that :6 a.Is free from objectionable material including subsoil, weeds , clay lumps , non-7 soil materials , roots , stumps or stones larger than 1.0 inches8 b. Has a high resistance to erosion9 c.Is able to support plant growth10 2.Secure topsoil from approved sources .11 3.Topsoil is subject to testing by the City . Contractor shall have soil delivery tickets12 available upon request.13 4.pH: 5.5 to 8.5.14 5.Liquid Limit: 50 or less15 6.Plasticity Index : 20 or less16 7.Gradation: maximum of 10 percent passing No. 200 sieve17 2.Water: Clean and free of industrial wastes and other substances harmful to the growth18 of vegetation19 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 20 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 21 PART 3 - EXECUTION 22 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED ] 23 3.2 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 24 3.4 INSTALLATION 25 1.Fin ishing of Roadway Right-of-Ways26 1.Smoothly shape right-of-ways , shoulders, slopes, and ditches.27 2.Cut right-of-ways to finish grade prior to the placing of any improvements in or28 adjacent to the roadway.29 3.In the event that unsuitable material for right-of-ways is encountered, extend the30 depth of excavation in the right-of-ways to 6 inches and backfill with minimum of 331 inches of topsoil.32 4.Make s tandard right-of-ways grade perpendicular to and draining to the curb line.33 a.Minimum : 1/4 inch per foot34 b.Maximum: 4:135 c.City may approve variations from these requirements in special cases.36 5.Whenever the adjacent property is lower than the design curb grade and runoff37 drains away from the street, the right-of-ways grade must be set level with the top38 of the curb.39 32 91 19 - 3 TOPSOIL PLACEMENT AND FINISHING OF PARKWAYS Page 3 of 3 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised March 11, 2022 6.The design grade from the right-of-ways extends to the back of the walk line. 1 7.From that point (behind the walk), the grade may slope up or down at maximum2 slope of 4:1 .3 2.Placing of Topsoil4 1.Spread the topsoil to a uniform loose cover at the thickness specified.5 2.Place and shape the topsoil as directed.6 a.Hand tamp or roll topsoil surface (with hand tamper or landscaping roller or7 other accepted method) and finish a minimum of 5 feet from all flatwork.8 b.Ensure topsoil is f ree from objectionable material including subsoil, weeds,9 clay lumps, non-soil materials, roots, stumps or stones larger than 1.0 inches10 c .No additional topsoil should be added within the critical root zone of trees.11 Tamp the topsoil with a light roller or other suitable equipment.12 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION] [NOT USED] 13 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 14 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 15 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 16 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 17 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 18 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 19 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED ] 20 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 21 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 22 END OF SECTION 23 24 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 3/11/2022 M Owen Revised title of specification and provided clarifications in Sections 1.1 Summary, 2.2 Materials, 3.4 Installation 25 32 92 13 - 1 SODDING Page 1 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised May 13, 2021 SECTION 32 92 13 1 SODDING 2 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A.Section Includes :6 1.Furnishing and installing grass sod as shown on Drawings , or as directed.7 B.Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification8 1. None.9 C.Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:10 1.Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract11 2.Division 1 - General Requirements12 3.Section 31 10 00 – Site Clearing13 4.Section 32 91 19 – Topsoil Placement and Finishing of Parkways14 5.Section 32 84 23 - Irrigation15 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 16 A.Measurement and Payment17 1.Sod Placement18 a. Measurement19 1)Measurement for this Item shall be by the square yard of Sod complete in20 place for uniform vegetative coverage.21 b.Payment22 1)The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item23 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit24 price bid per square yard of Sod placed.25 c.The price bid shall include:26 1)Surface preparation, scarifying subgrade, cleaning, and fine grading as27 described in section 3.3 Preparation28 2)Furnishing and placing all sod (until established complete in place with no29 gaps or overlaps)30 3)Rolling and tamping31 4)Watering (until established)32 5)Fertilizer, if required by City to be determined by soil test33 6)Disp osal of surplus materials off site or as directed by City34 7)Weed removal (until established)35 8) Mowing of two cycles, beginning at thirty (30) days from installation or36 when blade height is 4” or greater, whichever comes first37 9)Mowing cycles shall be spaced a minimum of ten (10) days apart (until 38 established)39 d. Exceptions to c. include the following for areas to be turned over to adjacent40 properties for maintenance:41 32 92 13 - 2 SODDING Page 2 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438] Revised May 13, 2021 1)Sod shall be watered until turned over to adjacent property owner for 1 maintenance2 2)Fertilization will not be required3 3)Mowing not required for projects in areas where maintenance will be4 immediately turned over to adjacent property owners5 2. Mowing6 a. Measurement7 1)Measurement for this Item shall be per each for the project, beyond the two8 (2)mow cycles included in sodding price, as approved and directed by the9 City10 b.Payment11 1)The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item12 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit13 price bid per each.14 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED ] 15 1.4 ADMI NISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 16 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 17 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 18 A.Certifications, Samples and Documentation19 1. Certificates and/or labels and samples of sod, fertilizer, compost, soil amendments20 and/or other materials , including a certificate from the vendor indicating sod is free21 from weeds . 22 2. Delivery receipts and copies of invoices for materials used for this work shall be23 subject to verification by the City24 B.Exceptions25 1.Certifications, samples and associated documentation will not be required for sod to26 be turned over to adjacent property owner for maintenance27 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 28 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTA LS [NOT USED] 29 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 30 A.Developer/contractor who plants material is responsible for the supervision of crew, the31 site, and the maintenance of the material until the project is accepted by the City32 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 33 A.Sod34 1. Protect from exposure to wind, sun and freezing.35 2.Keep stacked sod moist , consistently throughout stack.36 3.Sod upon delivery may be inspected by City37 4.Harvesting and planting operations shall be coordinated with not more than seventy-38 two (72) hours elapsing between harvesting and placement, rolling, tamping, and39 watering of sod. 40 B.Fertilizer , as determined by soil testing report provided to Contractor, if specifically41 required by City for the project.42 32 92 13 - 3 SODDING Page 3 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised May 13, 2021 1. Provide unopened bags labeled with the manufacturer’s guaranteed fertilizer 1 analysis.2 2.Conform to Texas fertilizer law , Texas Agriculture Code Chapter 63.3 3.Provide to City application rate for which fertilizer will be applied.4 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITI ONS 5 A.Grading of site and installation of topsoil must be approved by City prior to application6 of sod.7 1.12 WARRANTY 8 A.Warranty Period: Until project acceptance or through required maintenance period,9 whichever is longer duration of time.10 B.Warrant sod against defects in product, installation and workmanship.11 1.Exceptions include12 a.When maintenance is transferred to the adjacent property owner during the13 project or after project acceptance14 b. Vandalism caused by persons other than contractor or subcontractors of this15 project16 c.Improper watering by persons other than contractor or subcontractors of this17 project18 d. Damage caused by vehicles or equipment other than contractor or19 subcontractors of this project.20 e.Sod that goes dormant after job acceptance21 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 22 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 23 2.2 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 24 A.Materials25 1. Sod26 a.Sod Varieties (match existing if applicable)27 1)"Cynodon dactylon TIF419" or “TIFWAY” or “TIFTUF” (Be rmudagrass28 hybrid)29 2)or an approved St. Augustine grass30 3)or an approved Zoys ia grass31 b.Sod must contain stolons, leaf blades, rhizomes and roots as appropriate to32 species .33 c.Sod shall be alive, healthy and free of insects, disease, stones, undesirable34 foreign materials and weeds and grasses deleterious to its growth or which might35 aff ect its subsistence or hardiness when transplanted.36 1)Johnsongrass not allowed37 2)Nutgrass not allowed38 3) Millet not allowed39 d.Sod shall have been produced on growing beds of clay or clay loam topsoil.40 e.Sod must not be harvested or planted when its moisture condition is so41 excessively wet or dry that its survival will be affected.42 2.Minimum sod thickness: 1/2-inch minimum43 32 92 13 - 4 SODDING Page 4 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised May 13, 2021 a.Maximum grass height: 2-inches 1 b. Dimensions2 1) Machine cut to uniform soil thickness .3 2)Sod is to be cut in strips 16-inches wide and 24-inches long or approved4 equal.5 3)Sod shall be of equal width and of a size that permits the sod to be lifted,6 handled and rolled without breaking.7 c.Broken or torn sod or sod with uneven ends shall be rejected.8 d.Temporary Erosion Control or Over Seed of dormant sod– consist of the sowing9 of cool season plant seed. Seed must be included between November 1 through10 March 1 or as directed by the City.11 12 13 Common Name Botanical Name Lbs./Acre broadcast method Lbs./Acre drilled seed method Elbon Rye Secale cereale 100-120 80-100 3. Fertilizer to be installed only as directed by City or as indicated in construction14 documents15 a.Determined by soil testing report16 b. Acceptable condition for distribution per manufacturer’s instructions17 c.Applied uniformly over sod area. Do not fertilize inside th e dripline of trees , or18 Tree Protection Area.19 4.Topsoil: See Section 32 91 19.20 5.Water : clean and free of industrial wastes or other substances harmful to the21 germination of seed or to the growth of the vegetation.22 2.3 ACCESSORIES 23 A.SOD PINS24 1.Metal25 2.Wood pegs26 2.4 SOUR CE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 27 PART 3 - EXECUTION 28 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED ] 29 3.2 EXAMINATION 30 A.City may examine site grading to ensure it conforms to approved drawings, prior to31 installing sod .32 1.City will notify Contractor if grading is to be inspected prior to sod installatio n.33 2.If required for specific project, Contractor must coordinate inspection seventy-two34 (72) hours prior to cutting of sod and delivery35 B.Sod may be inspected by City upon delivery.36 3.3 PREPARATION 37 A.Surface Preparation: clear surface of all material including the following and dispose of38 off-site or as directed by City:39 32 92 13 - 5 SODDING Page 5 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised May 13, 2021 1.Stumps, stones, and other objects larger than 1-inch. 1 2.Roots, brush, wire, stakes, etc.2 3.Any objects that may interfere with sodding or maintenance.3 B.Scarify Subgrade4 1.Scarify subgrade to a depth of 2-inches before depositing the required topsoil.5 2. Compacted or heavily vegetated areas may be tilled 3-inches deep with City approval6 a. For tilled areas, use a heavy-duty dis c or a chisel-type breaking plow, chisels7 set not more than 10-inch es apart. 8 b. Initial tillage shall be done in a crossing pattern for double coverage, then9 followed by a disc harrow. Depth of tillage may be up to 3-inches.10 c. Areas sloped greater than 3:1: run a tractor parallel to slope to provide less11 seed/water run-off12 3.Areas near trees: Do not till within dripline of tree. Do not disturb the Tree Protection13 Area, or canopy dripline.14 C.Cleaning15 1.Soil shall be further prepared by the removal of debris, building materials , rubbish,16 and rock 1-inch and greater, and weeds.17 2.Remove and dispose of debris off-site.18 D.Fine Grading:19 1.After scarifying or tilling and cleaning, all areas to be sodded shall have 3-inches of20 topsoil placed, be leveled, fine graded by use of weighted spike and harrow , or float21 drag, or hand grading to eliminat e ruts, depressions, humps, and objectionable soil 22 clods. This shall be the final soil preparation step to be completed prior to 23 inspection before sodding. 24 2.Areas near trees: Do not disturb the Tree Protection Area, or canopy dripline25 3.4 INSTALLATION 26 A.General27 1.Do not lay sod when ground is frozen.28 2.Over -seeding with Elbon Rye shall be included from November 1 until March 1.29 Refer to Section 32 92 14 “Seeding” for seed rates.30 B.Installation31 1.Plant sod specified after the area has been inspected and accepted by City for32 planting33 2.Scarify 2-inches of subgrade and place a minimum of 3-inches of topsoil per Section34 32 91 19 on areas to receive sod.35 3.Sod to be laid parallel to the contours in areas as specified. Sod to be laid36 perpendicular to slopes greater than or equal to 4:1.37 4.Use care to retain native soil on the roots of the sod during the process of excavating,38 hauling and planting.39 5.Keep sod material moist from the time it is dug until planted. Dry sod shall be40 rejected.41 6.Fill in slumped areas du e to watering to keep sod moist.42 32 92 13 - 6 SODDING Page 6 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised May 13, 2021 7.Place sod so that the entire area designated for sodding is covered with no gaps or 1 overlapping material2 8.Fill voids left in the solid sodding with additional sod and tamp.3 9.Stagger joints and seams.4 10. Roll and tamp sod so that sod is in complete contact with topsoil at a uniform slope.5 a.Use pedestrian mechanical process (no motorized vehicles / equipment).6 b.Low spots, or settlement greater than 1-inch, that may cause tripping hazard7 shall be leveled8 c.Finished grade of sod shall be maximum 1-inch below adjacent edges including9 curbs, drives, and walkways.10 11.Peg sod with wooden pegs (or wire staple) driven through the sod block to the firm11 earth in areas that may slide due to the height or slope of the surface or nature of the12 soil.13 C.Watering and Finishing14 1.Water sod to a minimum depth of 4-inches immediately after placed and tamped and15 rolled.16 2.Generally, as recommended by the vendor17 3.Water source shall be clean and free of industrial waste or other substances harmful 18 to the germination of the seed or growth of the vegetation.19 4.Water until 100 percent green and established as defined in 3.13. Dormant sod must20 be over-seeded as directed in 2.2 A.2.d.21 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 22 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT US ED] 23 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED ] 24 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 25 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 26 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 27 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES 28 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 29 3.13 MAINTENANCE 30 A.Sodding31 1.Water and mow sod until completion and final acceptance of the Project or as32 directed by the City .33 2.Trim and maintain along edges including curbs, drives, and walkways with34 maximum 1-inch surface elevation change.35 3.Sod shall be rooted to scarified soil with continuous surface coverage with no gaps or36 overlapping edges.37 4.Includes protection, replanting, and maintaining grades with no settlement over 1-38 inch, and immediate repair of erosion damage until the project receives final 39 acceptance. 40 5.Sod shall not be considered finally accepted until the sod has started to peg down41 (roots growing into the soil) and is free from dead blocks of sod.42 32 92 13 - 7 SODDING Page 7 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised May 13, 2021 B.Acceptance1 1. Sod shall be accepted onc e fully established.2 a.Sodded area must have 100 percent ground coverage and a blade height of 3-3 inches with 2 mow cycles, minimum ten (10) days apart, performed by the4 Contractor prior to consideration of acceptance by the City.5 b.Grass shall be actively growing and free of disease and pests .6 c.Ground surface to be smooth and free of foreign material and rock or clods 1-7 inch diameter and greater.8 C.Replanting9 1.Replant areas with dead blocks of sod (50 percent of individual block or greater ).10 D.Rejection11 1.City may reject sod area based on the following items prior to final acceptance:12 a.Weed populations13 b. Poor installation including but not limited to gaps and/or overlapping sod14 c.Disease and/or pests15 d.Insufficient or over watering16 e.Poor or improper maintenance17 f.Soil settlement in excess of 1-inch .18 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 19 END OF SECTION 20 21 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE May 13, 2021 M Owen Removed information and details regarding seed, native grasses and wildflowers. These items are addressed in new specification 32 92 14 and Parks specification for native grasses/wildflowers. Items pertaining to fertilizer throughout document updated to include soil testing. Remove and replace “block sod” with “sod” throughout document. Updated 1.2 payment measurement. 3.3 Preparation updated to reflect current industry tree care standards for root zone disturbance. 3.4 Installation added descriptions to clarify acceptable installation. 3.13 Maintenance added descriptions to clarify acceptance and rejection of sodded areas including growth, mow cycle and watering. Inserted exceptions associated with sod to be turned over to adjacent property owner. 22 32 93 43 - 1 TREES AND SHRUBS Page 1 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 SECTION 32 93 43 TREES AND SHRUBS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Tree and shrub planting and maintenance within street right-of-way and easements. 2. Tree removal and transplant is to be performed in accordance with Section 31 10 00 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 - General Requirements 3. Section 31 10 00 – Site Clearing 4. Section 32 92 13 - Hydromulching, Seeding and Sodding 5. Section 32 91 19 - Topsoil Placement and Finishing of Parkways 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Plant Tree a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each by caliper inch. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per each tree to be Planted by caliper inch. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Furnishing and installing trees 2) Hauling 3) Grading and backfilling 4) Excavation 5) Fertilization 6) Water 7) Removing and disposing of surplus material 1.3 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): a. ANSI Z60.1, American Standard for Nursery Stock 3. Hortus Third, The Staff of the L.H. Bailey Hortorium. 1976. MacMillan Publishing Co., New York. 32 93 43 - 2 TREES AND SHRUBS Page 2 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Tree data: Submit certification from supplier that each type of tree conforms to specification requirements. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Coordination 1. Coordinate with City Forester prior to beginning construction activities adjacent to or that will impact existing trees and shrubs. B. Qualifications 1. Landscaper specialized in landscape and planting work C. Substitutions 1. Not permitted unless approved by City when specified planting material is not obtainable a. Submit proof of non-availability together with proposal for use of equivalent material. b. Substitutions of larger size or better grade than specified will be allowed upon approval by City Forester, but with no increase in unit price. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Do not remove container grown stock from containers before time of planting. B. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 1. Ship trees with Certificates of Inspection as required by governing authorities. 2. Label each tree and shrub with securely attached waterproof tag bearing legible designation of botanical and common name. 3. Use protective covering during delivery. 4. Deliver packaged materials in fully labeled original containers showing weight, analysis and name of manufacturer. C. Storage and Handling Requirements 1. Protect materials from deterioration during delivery, and while stored at Site. 2. Do not prune prior to installation. 3. Do not bend or bind-tie trees or shrubs in such manner as to damage bark, break branches, or destroy natural shape. 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY A. Warranty Period: 12 months after job acceptance B. Warrant trees against defects including: 1. Death 32 93 43 - 3 TREES AND SHRUBS Page 3 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 2. Unsatisfactory growth 3. Loss of shape due to improper pruning, maintenance, or weather conditions C. Plumb leaning trees during warranty period. D. Remove and replace trees found to be dead during warranty period. E. Remove and replace trees which are in doubtful condition at end of warranty period, or when approved by City, extend warranty period for trees for full growing season. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 MATERIALS 1. General a. Plants shall be true to species and variety specified, grown under climatic conditions similar to those in the locality of the project for at least 2 years and have been freshly dug during the most recent favorable harvest season. b. All plant names and descriptions are as defined in Hortus Third. c. All plants are to be grown and harvested in accordance with the American Standard for Nursery Stock. d. Unless approved by the City Forester, plants shall have been grown in a latitude not more than 200 miles north or south of the latitude of the project unless the provenance of the plant can be documented to be compatible with the latitude and cold hardiness zone of the planting location. 2. Trees a. Provide container grown trees which are straight and symmetrical and have persistently preferred main leader. b. Mark the tree’s north orientation in the nursery for all deciduous trees grown in the field with a 1-inch diameter spot of white paint on the tree trunk within the bottom twelve inches of the trunk. c. Crown shall be in good overall proportion to entire height of tree with branching configuration as recommended by ANSI Z60.1 for type and species specified. d. Trees designated as balled and burlapped (B&B) shall be properly dug with firm, natural balls of soil retaining as many fibrous roots as possible, in sizes and shapes as specified in the American Standard for Nursery Stock. Balls shall be firmly wrapped with nonsynthetic, rottable burlap and secured with nails and heavy, nonsynthetic, rottable twine. The root collar shall be apparent at surface of ball. Trees with loose, broken, processed, or manufactured root balls will not be accepted, except with special written approval before planting. e. Where clump is specified, furnish plant having minimum of three stems originating from common base at ground line. f. Measure trees by average caliper of trunk as follows: 1) For trunks up to 4 inches or less in diameter, measure caliper 6 inches above top of root ball. 2) For trunks more than 4 inches, measure caliper 12 inches above top of root ball. 3) Caliper measurements a) By diameter tape measure 32 93 43 - 4 TREES AND SHRUBS Page 4 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 b) Indicated calipers on Drawings are minimum c) Averaging of plant caliber: not permitted g. Trees shall conform to following requirements: 1) Healthy 2) Vigorous stock 3) Grown in recognized nursery 4) Free of: a) Disease b) Insects c) Eggs d) Larvae e) Defects such as: (1) Knots (2) Sun-scald (3) Injuries (4) Abrasions (5) Disfigurement (6) Borers and infestations 3. Soil Products a. Topsoil: See 32 91 19. b. Peat moss, mulch and fertilizer: Use material recommended by City Forester for establishment of healthy stock after replanting. 4. Stakes and Guys a. Provide minimum 8-foot long steel T-stakes and 1 inch wide plastic tree chains. b. Where applicable for anchoring trees, use wood deadmen: 1) Minimum: 2-inch by 4-inch stock 2) Minimum: 36 inches long and buried 3 feet. 3) Provide white surveyor's plastic tape for flagging tree guys. 5. Tree Wrap, Twine and Seal a. Wrap 1) First quality 2) Bituminous impregnated tape 3) Corrugated or crepe paper, specifically manufactured for tree wrapping and having qualities to resist insect infestation b. Twine 1) Lightly tarred, medium-coarse sisal (lath) yarn 2) Do not use nails or staples to fasten wrapping c. Seal: Commercially available tree wound dressing specifically produced for use in sealing tree cuts and wounds 6. Water: clean and free of industrial wastes or other substances harmful to the growth of the tree 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Notify City, prior to installation, of location where trees that have been selected for planting may be inspected. B. Plant material will be inspected for compliance with following requirements. 1. Genus, species, variety, size and quality 32 93 43 - 5 TREES AND SHRUBS Page 5 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 2. Size and condition of balls and root systems, insects, injuries and latent defects PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION A.General 1. Schedule work so that planting can proceed rapidly as portions of site become available. 2. Plant trees after final grades are established and prior to seeding or sodding. 3. When planting of trees occurs after seeding work, protect seeded areas and promptly repair damage to seeded areas resulting from tree planting operations in compliance with requirements of Section 32 92 13. 4. Layout individual trees at locations shown on Drawings. 5. In case of conflicts, notify City before proceeding with work. 6. Stake trees for City approval. B.Preparation of Planting Soil 1. Before mixing, clean topsoil of roots, plants, sod, stones, clay lumps, and other extraneous materials harmful or toxic to plant growth. 2. Strip and utilize 4 inch layer of top soil from existing ground. 3. Delay mixing of fertilizer when planting will not follow placing of planting soil within 48 hours. 4. Incorporate amendments into soil as part of soil preparation process prior to fine grading, fertilizing, and planting. 5. Broadcast or spread amendments evenly at specified rate over planting area. 6. Thoroughly incorporate amendments into top 3 or 4 inches of soil until amendments are pulverized and have become homogeneous layer of topsoil ready for planting. 3.4 INSTALLATION A.Planting 1. Excavate pits, beds, or trenches with vertical sides and with bottom of excavation raised minimum of 6 inches at center for proper drainage. 2. Provide following minimum widths: a.15 gallon containers or larger, 2 feet wider than diameter of root ball b. 1 and 5 gallon containers, 6 inches wider than diameter of root ball 3. When conditions detrimental to plant growth are encountered, such as unsatisfactory soil, obstructions, or adverse drainage conditions, notify City before planting. 4. Deliver trees after preparations for planting have been completed and plant immediately. 5. When planting is delayed more than 6 hours after delivery a.Set trees and shrubs in shade. 32 93 43 - 6 TREES AND SHRUBS Page 6 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 b. Protect from weather and mechanical damage. c.Keep roots moist by covering with mulch, burlap, or other acceptable means of retaining moisture, and water as needed. 6. Lift plants only from the bottom of the root balls or with belts or lifting harnesses of sufficient width not to damage the root balls. Do not lift trees by their trunk as a lever in positioning or moving the tree in the planting area. 7. Remove plastic, paper, or fibrous pots from the containerized plant material. Pull roots out of the root mat, and cut circling roots with a sharp knife. Loosen the potting medium and shake away from the root mat. Immediately after removing the container, install the plant such that the roots do not dry out. Pack planting mix around the exposed roots while planting. 8. Cut ropes or strings from the top of root balls and trees after plant has been set. Remove burlap or cloth wrapping and any wire baskets from around top half of balls. Do not turn under and bury portions of burlap at top of ball. Set balled and burlapped trees in the hole with the north marker facing north. 9. Set root ball on undisturbed soil in center of pit or trench and plumb plant. 10. Place plants at level that, after settlement, natural relationship of plant crown with ground surface will be established. 11. When set, place additional backfill around base and sides of ball, and work each layer to settle backfill and eliminate voids and air pockets. 12. When excavation is approximately 2/3 full, water thoroughly before placing remainder of backfill. 13. Repeat watering until no more water is absorbed. 14. Dish top of backfill to allow for mulching. 15. Mulch pits, trenches and planted areas. a.All trees, shrubs and other plantings will be mulched with mulch previously approved by the City Forester. The mulch on trees and shrubs shall be to the depths shown on the drawing. Mulch must not be placed within 3 inches of the trunks of trees and shrubs. 16. Provide 2 to 4 inch thickness of mulch, work into top of backfill, and finish level with adjacent finish grades. 17. Cover entire root ball. 18. Prune a.Plants shall not be heavily pruned at the time of planting. Pruning is required at planting to correct defects in the tree structure, including removal of injured branches, double leaders, watersprouts, suckers, and interfering branches. Healthy lower branches and interior small twigs should not be removed except as necessary to clear walks and roads. In no case should more than 1/4 of the branching structure be removed. Retain the normal shape of the plant. b. All pruning shall be completed using clean sharp tools. All cuts shall be clean and smooth, with the bark intact with no rough edges or tears. c.Except in circumstances dictated by the needs of specific pruning practices, tree paint shall not be used. The use of tree paint shall be only upon approval of the City Forester. Tree paint, when required, shall be paint specifically formulated and manufactured for horticultural use. 19. Prune trees to retain required height and spread. 32 93 43 - 7 TREES AND SHRUBS Page 7 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 20. Do not cut tree leaders, and remove only injured and dead branches from flowering trees. 21. Remove and replace excessively pruned or misformed stock resulting from improper pruning. 22. Inspect tree trunks for injury, improper pruning and insect infestation and take corrective measures. 23. Guy and stake trees immediately after planting. B.Moving Existing Trees 1. Coordinate tree moving and replanting with City Forester during dormant growth season. 2. Provide tree spade of adequate size as directed by City Forester. 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.City may reject unsatisfactory or defective material at anytime during progress of work. B.Remove rejected trees immediately from site and replace with specified materials. C.Plant material not installed in accordance with these Specifications will be rejected. D.An inspection to determine final acceptance will be conducted by City at end of 12 month maintenance period. E.Warranty periods provided for in paragraph 1.12A. 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING A.During planting work, keep pavements clean and work area in orderly condition. B.Dispose of excess soil and waste in approved location. C.Waste Material Disposal: On-site burning of combustible cleared materials shall not be permitted. 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION A.Protect planting work and materials from damage due to planting operations. B.Maintain protection during installation and maintenance period. C.Treat, repair, or replace damaged planting work. 3.13 MAINTENANCE A.Maintenance Period shall be 12 months after final acceptance. B.During the maintenance period if a work schedule and frequency are not shown on the Drawings, perform the minimum requirements shown below: 1. Water trees to full depth a minimum of once each week or as required to maintain healthy, vigorous growth. 32 93 43 - 8 TREES AND SHRUBS Page 8 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 2. Prune, cultivate, and weed as required for healthy growth. 3. Restore planting saucers. 4. Tighten and repair stake and guy supports, and reset trees and shrubs to proper grades or vertical position as required. 5. Restore or replace damaged wrappings. 6. Spray as required to keep trees and shrubs free of insects and disease. 7. Contractor shall replace any plant that does not survive. It shall be replaced as soon as it is determined no longer alive. Contractor is to maintain new plants as described above until growth is established and maintenance period expires unless waived by the City. 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.1.A – Payment Items removed for tree removal and transplantation; these Items are to be performed in accordance with Section 31 10 00. 3.13.A – modified maintenance period to begin 12 months after final acceptance 3.13.B – Modified maintenance period requirements 33 01 30 - 1 SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING Page 1 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised S eptember 7, 2018 SECTION 33 01 30 1 SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A.Section Includes :5 1.Testing for sanitary sewer pipe and manholes prior to placing in service6 a.Low Pressure Air Test and Deflection (Mandrel) Test7 1)Excludes pipe with flow8 2)Hydrostatic Testing is not allowed.9 b.Vacuum Testing for sanitary sewer manholes10 2.Before any newly constructed sanitary sewer pipe and manholes are placed into11 service it shall be cleaned and tested.12 3.Pipe testing will include low pressure air test for 60-inch pipe and smaller.13 4.Pipe testing will include low pressure air test of joints for 27-inch or larger pipe.14 5.Pipe testing will include deflection (mandrel) test for pipe.15 6.Hydrostatic testing is not allowed.16 7.Manhole testing will include vacuum test.17 B.Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification18 1. None.19 C.Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:20 1.Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the21 Contract22 2.Division 1 – General Requirements23 3.Section 03 80 00 – Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures24 4.Section 33 04 50 – Cleaning of Sewer Mains25 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 26 A.Measurement and Payment27 1.Pipe Testing28 a. Measurement29 1) T his Item is considered subsidiary to the sanitary sewer main (pipe)30 completed in place.31 b.Payment32 1)The work performed and the materials furnishing in accordance with this33 Item are subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of sanitary sewer main34 (pipe) complete in place, and no other compensation will be allowed .35 2.Manhole Testing36 a. Measurement37 1)Measurement for testing manholes shall be per each vacuum test.38 b.Payment39 33 01 30 - 2 SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING Page 2 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised S eptember 7, 2018 1)The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 1 Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each vacuum test completed. 2 c.The price bid shall include:3 1)Mobilization4 2) Plugs5 3)Clean-up6 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 7 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 8 1.5 SUBMITTALS 9 A.Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00.10 B.All submittals sh all be approved by the City prior to delivery.11 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 12 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 13 A.Test and Evaluation Reports14 1.All test reports generated during testing (pass and fail)15 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 16 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 17 A.Certifications18 1.Mandrel Equipment19 a.If requested by City, provide Quality Assurance certification that the equipment20 used has been designed and manufactured in accordance to the required21 specifications.22 2.Joint Testing23 a.Testing Service - Engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform24 joint evaluation tests25 b. Equipment - If requested by City, provide Quality Assurance certification that26 the equipment used has been designed and manufactured in accordance to the27 required specifications.28 33 01 30 - 3 SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING Page 3 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised S eptember 7, 2018 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 2 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 4 PART 3 - EXECUTION 5 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 6 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 7 3.3 PREPARATION 8 A.Low Pressure Air Test (Pipe 60 inch and smaller)9 1.Clean the sewer main before testing , as outlined in Section 33 04 50.10 2.Plug ends of all branches, laterals, tees, wyes, and stubs to be included in test.11 B.Low Pressure Joint Air Test (Pipe 27 inch or larger )12 1.Clean the sewer main before testing, as outlined in Section 33 04 50.13 2.Assemble individual joint tester over each joint from within the pipe.14 C.Deflection (mandrel) test (Pipe)15 1.Perform as last work item before final inspection.16 2.Clean the sewer main and inspect for offset and obstruction prior to testing.17 3.Materials18 a.Mandrel used for deflection test19 1)Use of an uncertified mandrel or a mandrel altered or modified after20 certification will invalidate the deflection test.21 2)Mandrel requirements22 a)Odd number of legs with 9 leg s minimum23 b)Effective length not less than its nominal diameter24 c)Fabricated of rigid and nonadjustable steel25 d)Fitted with pulling rings and each end26 e)Stamped or engraved on some segment other than a runner indicating27 the following:28 (1)Pipe material specification29 (2)Nominal size30 (3)Mandrel outside diameter (OD)31 f)Mandrel diameter must be 95 percent of inside diameter (ID) of pipe.32 g)Mandrel equipment shall be suitable for the pipe material to prevent33 damage to the pipe. Consult manufacturer for appropriate mandrel 34 equipment.35 D.Vacuum test (Manhole)36 1.Plug lifting holes and exterior joints.37 2.Plug pipes and stubouts entering the manhole.38 33 01 30 - 4 SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING Page 4 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised S eptember 7, 2018 3.Secure stubouts, manhole boots, and pipe plugs to prevent movement while vacuum 1 is drawn.2 4.Plug pipes with drop connections beyond drop.3 5.Place test head inside the frame at the top of the manhole.4 3.4 INSTALLATION 5 A.Low pressure air test (Pipe 60” Inch and Smaller )6 1.Install plug with inlet tap.7 2.Connect air hose to inlet tap and a portable air control source.8 3.After the stabilization period (3.5 psig minimum pressure) start the stop watch.9 4.Deter mine time in seconds that is required for the internal air pressure to reach 2.510 psig. Minimum permissible pressure holding time per diameter per length of pipe11 is computed from the following equation:12 13 T = (0.0850*D*K) 14 Q 15 Where: 16 T = shortest time, seconds, allowed for air pressure to drop to 1.0 psig 17 K = 0.000419*D*L, but not less than 1.0 18 D = nominal pipe diameter, inches 19 L = length of pipe being tested (by pipe size), feet 20 Q = 0.0015, cubic feet per minute per square foot of internal surface 21 5.UNI -B-6, Table 1 provides required time for given lengths of pipe for sizes 4-inch22 through 60-inch based on the equation above.23 24 UNI -B-6, Table 1 25 Minimum specified time required for a 1.0 psig pressure drop for size and length of pipe 26 indicated for q = 0.0015 27 1 2 3 4 Pipe Diameter (in.) Minimum Time (min: sec} Length for Minimum Time (ft) Time for Longer Length (sec) 100ft 150ft 200ft 250ft 300ft 350ft 400ft 450ft 4 3:46 597 .380 L 3:46 3:46 3:46 3:46 3:46 3:46 3:46 3:46 6 5:40 398 .854 L 5:40 5:40 5:40 5:40 5:40 5:40 5:42 6:24 8 7:34 298 1.520 L 7:34 7:34 7:34 7:34 7:36 8:52 10:08 11:24 10 9:26 239 2.374 L 9:26 9:26 9:26 9:53 11:52 13:51 15:49 17:48 12 11:20 199 3.418 L 11:20 11:20 11:24 14:15 17:05 19:56 22:47 25:38:00 15 14:10 159 5.342 L 14:10 14:10 17:48 22:15 26:42:00 31:09:00 35:36:00 40:04:00 18 17:00 133 7.692 L 17:00 19:13 25:38:00 32:03:00 38:27:00 44:52:00 51:16:00 57:41:00 21 19:50 114 10.470 L 19:50 26:10:00 34:54:00 43:37:00 52:21:00 61:00:00 69:48:00 78:31:00 24 22:40 99 13.674 L 22:47 34:11:00 45:34:00 56:58:00 68:22:00 79:46:00 91:10:00 102:33:00 27 25:30:00 88 17.306 L 28:51:00 43:16:00 57:41:00 72:07:00 86:32:00 100:57:00 115:22:00 129:48:00 30 28:20:00 80 21.366 L 35:37:00 53:25:00 71:13:00 89:02:00 106:50:00 124:38:00 142:26:00 160:15:00 33 31:10:00 72 25.852 L 43:05:00 64:38:00 86:10:00 107:43:00 129:16:00 150:43:00 172:21:00 193:53:00 36 34:00:00 66 30.768 L 51:17:00 76:55:00 102:34:00 128:12:00 153:50:00 179:29:00 205:07:00 230:46:00 42 39:48:00 57 41.883L 69:48:00 104:42:00 139:37:00 174:30:00 209:24:00 244:19:00 279:13:00 314:07:00 48 45:34:00 50 54.705 L 91:10:00 136:45:00 182:21:00 227:55:00 273:31:00 319:06:00 364:42:00 410:17:00 54 51:02:00 44 69.236 L 115:24:00 173:05:00 230:47:00 288:29:00 346:11:00 403:53:00 461:34:00 519:16:00 60 56:40:00 40 85.476 L 142:28:00 213:41:00 284:55:00 356:09:00 427:23:00 498:37:00 569:50:00 641:04:00 Specification Time for Length (L) Shown (min:sec) 28 29 33 01 30 - 5 SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING Page 5 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised S eptember 7, 2018 1 6.Stop test if no pressure loss has occurred during the firs t 25 percent of the2 calculated testing time.3 B.Low pressure joint air test (27 Inch or larger pipe)4 1.All pipe joints, for all pipe materials, shall be tested in accordance with ASTM5 C1103 as follows:6 2.Equipment shall be the product of manufacturers having more than five years of7 regular production of successful joint testers. Joint tester shall be as manufactured8 by Cherne Industrial, Inc., of Edina, Minnesota, or approved equal.9 3.Follow equipment manufacturer's recommendations when performing tests; only10 experienced technicians shall perform tests.11 4.The testing equipment shall be assembled and positioned over the center of the pipe12 joint and the end element tubes inflated to a maximum of 25 psi.13 5.Pressurize the center joint test area to 4.0 psig and allow the temperature and14 pressure to stabilize at the minimum of 2.5 psig for a period of 2.0 minutes prior to15 testing.16 6.To test, adjust the pressure to 3.5 psig and measure the time required to decrease the17 pressure from 3.5 psig to 2.5 psig.18 7.The joint is acceptable if the time for the pressure to drop from 3.5 psig to 2.5 psig19 is greater than 10 seconds.20 C.Deflection (mandrel) test (Pipe)21 1.For pipe 36 inch es and smaller , the mandrel is pulled through the pipe by hand to22 ensure that maximum allowable deflection is not exceeded.23 2.Maximum percent deflection by pipe size is as follow s:24 25 Nominal Pipe Size Inches Percent Deflection Allowed 12 and smaller 5.0 15 through 30 4.0 Greater than 30 3.0 26 D.Vacuum test (Manhole)27 1.Test manhole prior to coating with epoxy or other material.28 2.Draw a vacuum of 10 inches of mercury and turn off the pump.29 3.With the valve closed, read the level vacuum level after the required test time.30 4.Minimum time required for vacuum drop of 1 inch of mercury is as follows:31 32 33 01 30 - 6 SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING Page 6 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised S eptember 7, 2018 1 2 Depth of Manhole, feet 4-foot Dia Seconds 5-foot Dia Seconds 6-foot Dia Seconds 8 20 26 33 10 25 33 41 12 30 39 49 14 35 45 57 16 40 52 67 18 40 59 73 ** T=5 T=6.5 T=8 ** For manholes over 18 feet deep, add “T” seconds as shown for each respective 3 diameter for each 2 feet of additional depth of manhole to the time shown for 18 foot 4 depth. (Example: A 30 foot deep, 4-foot diameter. Total test time would be 70 5 seconds. 40+6(5)=70 seconds) 6 7 5.Manhole vacuum levels observed to drop greater than 1 inch of mercury will have8 failed the test.9 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 10 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 11 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 12 A.Non-Conforming Work13 1.Low pressure air test (Pipe 60 Inch and smaller)14 a.Should the air test fail, find and repair leak(s) and retest.15 2.Low pressure joint air test (Pipe 27 inch or larger )16 a.100 percent of all joints shall be field tested, prior to the placement of backfill 17 over the spring line of the pipe, after the pipe has been substantially locked in to18 place by embedment. If the pipe does not pass the field air test, the joint will be19 pulled and refitted or rejected and removed from the project. After full 20 placement of backfill and proper compaction, 100% of all joints will be tested21 again, as the installation progresses. At no time shall pipe installation exceed22 300 feet beyond the last joint tested.23 b.No more than 2 percent of the total number of joints failing to meet the24 requirements of this test shall be field repaired by joint grout injection, or band25 clamps, or other method. Any joints over 2% requiring field repairs shall be26 rejected and removed from the project site. Rejected pipe shall be removed27 from the project. Installation shall be stopped until defective joints are repaired28 or replaced.29 3. Should Deflection (mandrel) test (Pipe)30 a.Should the mandrel fail to pass, the pipe is considered overdeflected.31 b.Uncover overdeflected pipe. Reinstall if not damaged.32 c.If damaged, remove and replace.33 4.Vacuum test (Manhole)34 33 01 30 - 7 SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING Page 7 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised S eptember 7, 2018 a.Should the vacuum test fail, repair suspect area and retest. 1 1)External repairs required for leaks at pipe connection to manhole.2 a)Shall be in accordance with Section 03 80 00.3 2)Leaks within the manhole structure may be repaired internally or4 externally.5 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 6 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 7 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 8 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 9 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 10 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 11 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 12 END OF SECTION 13 14 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 8 /10/201 8 W. Norwood 3.4.D Require testing prior to coating manholes 9/7/2018 W. Norwood 3.3, A&B, Add individual joint testing option for 27 inch and larger with independent testing. 3.4.A Include UNI-B-6, Table 1 for low pressure air test 4.4.B Include individual joint testing requirements 15 33 01 31 - 1 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION – SANITARY SEWER Page 1 of 10 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised March 11, 2022 SECTION 33 01 31 1 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION – SANITARY SEWER 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A.Section Includes :5 1. Requirements and procedures for Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) I nspection6 of sanitary sewer7 2.For City Capital Improvement Projects, which include sanitary sewer8 rehabilitation projects, a Post-CCTV is required. Pre-CCTV for mains will be9 project specific and noted on the plans.10 3.For new development sanitary sewer installation, a Post-CCTV is required.11 4.For all City Capital Improvement Projects and new development sanitary sewer 12 installation, a Final Manhole CCTV is required.13 5.Final-CCTV will be project specific, and would include major c ollector, arterial,14 County, Railroad, and TXDOT projects that include extensive paving,15 structures, drainage, and grading activities16 B.Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification17 1. None.18 C.Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to :19 1.Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the20 Contract21 2.Division 1 – General Requirements22 3.Section 33 03 10 – Bypass Pumping of Existing Sewer Systems23 4. Section 33 04 50 – Cleaning of Sewer Mains24 5.Section 01 32 16 – Construction Progress Schedule25 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 26 A.Pre-CCTV Inspection27 1.Measurement28 a.Measurement for this Item will be by the linear foot of line televised for CCTV 29 Inspection performed prior to any line modification or replacement determined30 from the distance recorded on the video log.31 2.Payment32 a.The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and33 measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price34 bid per linear foot for “Pre-CCTV Inspection”.35 1) Contractor will not be paid for unaccepted video.36 3.The price bid shall include:37 a.Mobilization38 b.Cleaning39 c.Digital file40 33 01 31 - 2 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION – SANITARY SEWER Page 2 of 10 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised March 11, 2022 B.Post-CCTV Inspection1 1.Measurement2 a.Measurement for this Item will be by the linear foot of line televised for CCTV 3 Inspection performed following repair or installation determined from the4 distance recorded on the video log.5 2.Payment6 a.The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and7 measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price8 bid per linear foot for “Post-CCTV Inspection”.9 1)Contractor will only be paid for video that is accepted in writing by Water10 Department.11 3.The price bid shall include:12 a.Mobilization13 b.Cleaning14 c.Digital file15 C.Final-CCTV Inspection16 1.Measurement17 a.Measurement for this Item will be by the linear foot of line televised for CCTV 18 Inspection performed following repair or installation determined from the19 distance recorded on the video log.20 2.Payment21 a.The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and22 measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid23 per linear foot for “Final-CCTV Inspection”.24 1) Contractor will only be paid for video that is accepted in writing by Water25 Department.26 3.The price bid shall include:27 a.Mobilization28 b.Cleaning29 c.Digital file30 D.Final- Manhole CCTV Inspection31 1.Measurement32 a.Measurement for this Item will be per each manhole, junction structure,33 televised for CCTV Inspection performed following repair, manhole coating,34 final adjustments to grade, and/or installation determined on the video log.35 2.Payment36 a.The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and37 measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid38 per each for “Final-Manhole CCTV Inspection”.39 1) Contractor will only be paid for video that is accepted in writing by Water40 Department.41 3.The price bid shall include:42 a.Mobilization43 b.Cleaning44 c.Digital file45 33 01 31 - 3 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION – SANITARY SEWER Page 3 of 10 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised March 11, 2022 1.3 REFERENCES 1 A.Reference Standards2 1.Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference3 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this4 Specification , unless a date is specifically cited .5 2.City of Fort Worth Water Department6 a.Cit y of Fort Worth Water Department CCTV Inspection and Defect Coding7 Program (CCTV Manual). City of Fort Worth Water Department CCTV 8 Inspection Log.9 B.Definitions10 1.Pre-CCTV – CCTV Inspection performed by Contractor on existing mains prior11 to any line modification or replacement.12 2.Post CCTV – CCTV Inspection performed by Contractor following installation13 of new mains but before completion of other infrastructure (i.e. streets,14 sidewalks, final grading, etc.)15 3.Final CCTV – CCTV Inspection performed by Contractor on mains and16 manholes after all construction is complete. Includes CCTV of the manholes17 (including grade rings, casting, etc.) after street construction, final grading, and18 manhole coating, if the coating is required.19 C.Final Manhole CCTV – CCTV Inspection performed by Contractor on manholes and/or20 junction structures, after all construction is complete. Includes CCTV of the manholes/21 (including grade rings, casting, etc.) after street construction, final grading, and22 manhole coating, if the coating is required.23 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUI REMENTS 24 A.Coordination25 1.Sanitary Sewer Lines26 a.Meet with City of Fort Worth Water Department staff to confirm that the27 appropriate equipment, software, standard templates, defect codes and defect 28 rankings are being used, if required.29 B.Schedule30 1.Include Pre, Post, Final Manhole, and Final CCTV schedule as part of the31 Construction Progress Schedule per Section 01 32 16.32 2.Allow time for City review (2 weeks minimum – Notification needs to be sent33 out to Project Manager , City Inspector, & Field Operations). Post-CCTV can be34 scheduled and submitted for review after each sewer main construction has been35 completed.36 3.If CCTV is accepted by City Project Manager, proceed with work. If rejected, 37 coordinate with City per Part 1.4 A.38 1.5 SUBMITTALS 39 A.Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00.40 33 01 31 - 4 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION – SANITARY SEWER Page 4 of 10 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised March 11, 2022 B.All CCTV submittals shall be submitted to the City Inspector to be uploaded to1 common location for review and comment by Water Operations and Inspections.2 Alternatively, the Inspector can provide Contractor access to upload directly to common3 location. Inspection and Water Operations staff shall be notified when CCTV upload is4 completed.5 C.If inspected with Infrastructure Technologies IT Pipes Software per CCTV Manual 6 provide video data per the CCTV Manual. Provide additional copy of video in video7 file MP4 with H.264 code – Advanced Video Coding and compression s tandard.8 D.If inspected with other software provide video data in video file MP4 with H.264 code –9 Advanced Video Coding and compression standard.10 E.Inspection Report shall include:11 1.Asset12 a. Date of I nspection13 b.City14 c.Project Name (Address accepted if project name does not exist)15 d.Main Number – as shown on drawings or GIS ID (If Available)16 e.Upstream Manhole Station – as shown on drawings or GIS ID (If Available)17 f.Downstream Manhole Station – as shown on drawings or GIS ID (If Available)18 g.Pipe Diameter19 h.Material20 i.Pipe Length21 j.Mapsco Location Number22 k.Date Constructed23 l.Pipe Wall Thickness24 m.Grade percentage25 n.Inspector Name26 2. Inspection27 a.Inspection Number (i.e. 1st, 2nd,etc…)28 b.Crew Number29 c.Operator Name30 d.Operator Comments31 e.Reason for Inspection32 f.Equipment Number33 g.Camera Travel Direction is Upstream to Downstream – Deviation will require34 written justification, with the exception of stubouts & abandonment plugs that35 will always be recorded from the downstream side.36 h.Inspected Length (feet)37 i.Work Order Number (if required)38 j.City Project Number (if required)39 k.City Contract Name40 l.Consultant Company Name41 m.Consultant Contact Name42 n.Consultant Contact Phone Number43 o.Contractor Company Name44 p.Contractor Contact Name45 q.Contractor Contact Phone Number46 F.CCTV overlay screen shall include (opening text to CCTV inspection)47 a.Date of inspection48 33 01 31 - 5 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION – SANITARY SEWER Page 5 of 10 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised March 11, 2022 b.City Name1 c.City Project number2 d.Project name3 e.Main number4 f.Upstream SS Manhole (or Plug) station5 g.Downstream SS Manhole station6 h.Diameter7 i.Grade/Slope8 j.Material9 k. Length10 l.Contractor11 m.Inspectors name12 n.Travel direction13 o.Date Construction14 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 15 A.Pre- and Post CCTV submittals16 1.CCTV video results shall be submitted to City that can be uploaded to shared17 common location by the inspection staff, upon confirmation that the submittal is18 complete (partial submissions are not accepted, except in special situations that19 are approved by the Water Department). For pre-CCTV submittals, approval of20 the submittal shall be provided by the Project Manager prior to construction21 start when connecting to existing sewer.22 2.Alternatively, the Inspector can provide Contractor access to upload directly to23 common location. Inspection and Water Operations staff shall be notified when24 CCTV upload is completed in order to confirm submittal is complete. Inspection25 Report (separate report file for each individual shall be submitted to Inspector or26 directly uploaded to shared common location.27 B.Additional information that may be requested by the City28 1.Listing of cleaning equipment and procedures29 2.Listing of flow diversion procedures if required30 3.Listing of CCTV equipment31 4.Lis ting of backup and standby equipment32 5.Listing of safety precautions and traffic control measures33 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 34 A.Final CCTV shall not be completed until all manholes and surface covers are set to final 35 grade. All as built changes to plan and profile drawings (redlines), are required to be36 reflected on the final CCTV inspection information. Final CCTV shall not be37 completed until all as built corrections have been made.38 1.Final-CCTV submittals39 33 01 31 - 6 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION – SANITARY SEWER Page 6 of 10 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised March 11, 2022 a.CCTV video results shall be submitted to City that can be uploaded to shared 1 common location by the inspection staff, upon confirmation that the submittal 2 is complete (partial submissions are not accepted, except in special situations 3 that are approved by the Water Department). Alternatively, the Inspector can 4 provide Contractor access to upload directly to common location. Inspection 5 and Water Operations staff shall be notified when CCTV upload is completed 6 in order to confirm submittal is complete. Sanitary sewer video file(s) in MP4 7 with H.264 code Advanced Video Coding and compression standard 8 b.City Project Number displayed within text of sanitary sewer video.9 c.Construction Plans identifying the line segments that were videoed. Include10 cover sheet, 1 digital copy of the redlines (Contractor to upload into Accela or11 BIM 360), overall line layout sheet(s), and plan and profile sheet(s).12 1)One (1) 11”X 17” copy13 d.Sanitary sewer line segment from drawings match line segments on Inspection14 Report. Recommend some minimum guidance for standardization of line15 segment submittals , to include proper identification of Project: name, CPN, line16 identification and stations, as well as format (e.g. PDF?) and minimum17 annotations required to explain deviations from policies as specified in this18 document, or any anomalies that are considered within tolerance.19 e.Inspection Report (separate report file for each individual shall be submitted to20 Inspector or directly uploaded to shared common location.21 f.Allow two (2) weeks to review before requesting final inspection. After review22 by the City Inspector and Water Field Operations, if applicable a combined set23 of punch list items will be submitted to the Contractor for correction.24 g. 25 1.8 J. CCTV SPEADSHEET LOG IN EXCEL FORMAT MAINTENANCE MATERIAL 26 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 27 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 28 1.10 DELIVER Y, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 29 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 30 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 31 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 32 A.Equipment–33 1.Closed Circuit Television Camera34 a.The television camera used shall be one specifically designed and constructed35 for sewer inspection. Lighting for the camera shall be suitable to allow a clear36 picture of the entire periphery of the pipe. The camera shall be operative in 10037 percent humidity/submerged conditions. The equipment will provide a view of38 the pipe ahead of the equipment and of features to the side of the equipment39 through turning and rotation of the lens. The camera shall be capable of tilting40 at right angles along the axis of the pipe while panning the camera lens through41 a full circle about the circumference of the pipe. The lights on the camera shall 42 also be capable of panning 90-degrees to the axis of the pipe.43 33 01 31 - 7 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION – SANITARY SEWER Page 7 of 10 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised March 11, 2022 b.The radial view camera must be solid state color and have remote control of the1 rotational lens. The camera shall be capable of viewing the complete2 circumference of the pipe and manhole structure, including the cone-section or3 corbel. The camera lens shall be an auto-iris type with remote controlled4 manual override.5 2.Video Capture System6 a.The video and audio recordings of the sewer inspections shall be made using7 digital video equipment. A video enhancer may be used in conjunction with,8 but not in lieu of, the required equipment. The digital recording equipment shall 9 capture sewer inspection on USB drive, with each sewer segment (from10 upstream manhole to downstream manhole) ins pection recorded as an individual 11 file in MP4 with H.264 code format.12 13 b.The system shall be capable of printing pipeline inspection reports with14 captured images of defects or other related significant visual information on a15 standard color printer.16 c.The system shall store digitized color picture images and be saved in digital 17 format on a USB drive.18 d.The system shall be able to produce data reports to include, at a minimum, all 19 observation points and pertinent data. All data reports shall match the defect20 severity codes outlined in the City’s CCTV manual (electronic copy available21 on Water Department’s website –22 http://fortworthtexas.gov/water/wastewater/CCTV Manual .23 24 e.Camera footage, date & manhole numbers shall be maintained in real time and25 shall be displayed on the video monitor as well as the video character26 generators illuminated footage display at the control console.27 PART 3 - EXECUTION 28 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 29 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 30 3.3 PREPARATION 31 A.General32 1.Prior to inspection obtain pipe and manhole asset identification numbers from33 the plans or City to be used during inspections. Inspections performed using34 identification numbers other than the line number (or existing sanitary sewer35 main/lateral) and station numbers from plans or from assigned numbers from the36 City will not be accepted.37 2.CCTV Inspection shall not commence until the sewer section to be televised has38 been completely cleaned in conformance with Section 33 04 50.39 3.CCTV Inspection shall not commence until the sewer section to be televised40 has been completely cleaned in conformance with Section 33 04 50. (Sewer41 system should be connected to existing sewer system and should be active)42 4.A final CCTV Inspection of newly installed sewers (not yet in ser vice) shall not43 commence until completion of the following items:44 33 01 31 - 8 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION – SANITARY SEWER Page 8 of 10 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised March 11, 2022 a.Manhole final grade is set (after street paving, under Final CCTV, Final 1 Manhole CCTV)2 b.Manhole lining is complete (after street paving, under Final CCTV, Final 3 Manhole CCTV)4 c.Sewer main is cleaned5 d.Sewer air test is complete6 e.Vacuum test of manholes7 f.Installation of all lateral services and completion of low pressure testing of all 8 new services9 g.All sewer main and manhole work is complete10 Once reviewed and accepted by Water Field Operations the sewer system should be 11 connected to existing sewer system and ready for use upon final acceptance of the 12 project. 13 5.Temporary Bypass Pumping (if required) shall conform to Section 33 03 10.14 B.General15 1.Use manual winches, power winches, TV cable, and power rewinds that do not16 obstruct the camera view, allowing for proper evaluation.17 C.Pipe18 1.Begin inspection immediately after cleaning of the main.19 2.Move camera through the line in either direction at a moderate rate, stopping20 when necessary to permit proper documentation of the main’s condition.21 3.Do not move camera at a speed greater than 30 feet per minute.22 4.During investigation stop camera at each defect along the main.23 a.Record the nature, location and orientation of the defect or infiltration location24 as specified in th e CCTV Manual.25 5.Service connections, Pan the Camera to get a complete overview of service26 connection including zooming into service connection Include location (i.e. 127 o’clock, etc…) See photos 17 thru 23 for examples28 6.Joint defects, Include comment on condition, signs of damage, etc… Note29 offset and/or separation at a joint. Includes joints where one pipe is not30 correctly aligned with the connecting section of pipe causing a lip that could31 impede flow or a section of pipe that is aligned but has pulled apart horizontally32 and may not connect to the other section of pipe. See Photos 24 thru 29, 35, 3633 for examples34 7.Notate visible pipe defects such as cracks, broken or deformed pipe, holes,35 offset joints, obstructions, sags or debris (show as % of pipe diameter). If debris36 has been found in the pipe during the post or final-CCTV inspection, additional 37 cleaning is required, and pipe shall be re-televised. See Photos 1 thru 12 for38 examples39 8.Notate Infiltration/Inflow locations. See Photos 13, 20 for examples40 9.Notate Pipe material transitions. See Photos 30 for example41 33 01 31 - 9 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION – SANITARY SEWER Page 9 of 10 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised March 11, 2022 10.Notate other locations that do not appear to be typical for normal pipe1 conditions. For example, locations could include conflicts between the replaced2 main with other utilities (including paving and storm sewer), causing pipe3 deflections, sags, etc. holding water. This could also include any damage to the4 main and/or services after the main has been replaced. These locations could5 occur between the Post-CCTV and Final-CCTV submittals. See Photos 31 thru6 34 for examples7 11.Note locations where camera is underwater and level as a % of pipe diameter.8 Camera underwater – Point in which the camera lens is 100% submerged9 underwater and/or 50% of the pipe’s diameter. Camera emerged – Point in10 which the camera lens has emerged from being underwater. Severity is11 described in ranges by linear feet. This would include pipe deflections causing12 a considerable increase (i.e. double or more) in the depth of flow in the pipe (to13 at least between 1/3 to ½ of the pipe diameter). See attached example photos at14 the end of this Specification showing the depth changes in % full of pipe. See15 Photos 14 thru 16 for examples .16 12.Provide accurate distance measurement.17 a.The meter device is to be accurate to the nearest 1/10 foot.18 13.CCTV recording segments are to be single continuous file item .19 a.A single segment is defined from manhole to manhole.20 b.Only single segment video’s will be accepted and preferably include manhole21 inspections (manhole to manhole).22 c.Individual manhole inspection will require written justification, included under23 the Final-CCTV bid item.24 14.Pre-Installation Inspection for Sewer Mains to be rehabilitated25 a.Perform Pre-CCTV inspection immediately after cleaning of the main and26 before rehabilitation work.27 1)No cleanin g equipment in the main during CCTV.28 2)Water shall be present (or flowing) while recording CCTV to confirm29 system functionality.30 b.If, during inspection, the CCTV will not pass through the entire section of main31 due to blockage or pipe defect, set up so the inspection can be performed from32 the opposite manhole.33 c.City Project Manager (PM) shall review and may consult with Sewer Projects34 Reporting and Operations (SPRO), and provide comments on identified defects.35 Contractor shall present proposed repair method(s) for approval by the City36 PM, before proceeding with construction.37 d.Provisions for repairing or replacing the impassable location are addressed in38 Section 33 31 20, Section 33 31 21, Section 33 31 22 and Section 33 31 23.39 15. Post-and Final Installation Inspection40 a.Prior to inserting the camera, flush and clean the main in accordance to Section41 33 04 50. Water should be present/flowing during the recording operation, to42 demonstrate the functioning of the installed system.43 16.Documentation of CCTV Inspection44 a. Sanitary Sewer Lines45 1)Follow the CCTV Manual (CCTV standard manual supplied by City upon46 request) for the inspection video, data logging and reporting or Part 1.5 E of47 this section .48 33 01 31 - 10 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION – SANITARY SEWER Page 10 of 10 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised March 11, 2022 D.Manhole1 1.Final Manhole CCTV Inspection recording segments, will reveal condition of2 manhole in its entirety, including corrosion protection if applicable. Camera3 should pan the entire manhole while lowering to include complete view of4 invert. This requirement applies to new manhole installations and rehabilitated5 manholes after epoxy lining installed, if applicable.6 2.Notate Infiltration/Inflow locations for Pre-construction CCTV recordings.7 3. Post-Installation CCTV Inspection is only done after all construction is8 complete.9 E.Complete manhole installation before inspection begins .10 3.4 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 11 3.5 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 12 3.6 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTR OL [NOT USED] 13 3.7 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 14 3.8 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 15 3.9 CLEANING 16 A.See Section 33 04 50.17 3.10 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 18 3.11 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 19 3.12 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 20 3.13 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 21 22 END OF SECTION 23 24 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson Various – Added requirements for coordination with T/PW for Storm Sewer CCTV 4/29/2021 J Kasavich Various – Alternative to CCTV Manual, modified submittal detail requirements 3/11/2022 M Owen Removed referenced to storm drain 25 Photo 1 Flow Depth Acceptable Photo 2 Flow Level Acceptable Photo 3 Flow Level Acceptable Photo 4 Flow Level is elevated. Photo 5 Flow Elevated but below 1/3 capacity. No action required Photo 6 Flow above 30%. Potential Sag or debris. Photo 7 Offset Joint Example Photo 8 Flow appears to be stagnant possible sag. Photo 9 Debris evident. Clean and Re-CCTV prior to submittal Photo 10 Debris evident. Clean and Re-CCTV prior to submittal. Photo 11 CCTV should not be submitted. Clean and Re-CCTV prior to submittal Photo 12 Survey was not completed. Take corrective action and Re-CCTV Photo 13 Example of Potential Infiltration/Inflow location Photo 14 Water level approaching submerging camera. Record beginning of level increase and note the point at which the water level returns to normal. Corrective action will be required. Photo 15 Camera submerged. Note beginning point of increase level and the end of the increased depth. Corrective action will be required Photo 16 Camera submerged. Note beginning point of increase level and the end of the increased depth. Corrective action will be required Photo 17 Service Tap. Note the location and position of tap in relation to the sewer main. Repair required? Photo 18 CCTV should include view of service line. Retake CCTV Video? Photo 19 Service tap holding water. Corrective action required. Photo 20 Service tap is installed incorrectly. Also is a point of potential Infiltration and Inflow location. Photo 21 Proper Shot of Sewer Tap Photo 22 Debris in service line. Corrective action required Photo 23 Service tap at proper location. Photo 24 Damage to liner. Repaired is required. Photo 25 Damage to liner. Repair is required. Photo 26 Damage to Liner. Repair is required. Photo 27 Liner Damage. Repair required. Photo 28 Damaged Liner. Damage to be repaired. Photo 29 Liner Damaged. Damaged to be repaired. Photo 30 Change of material. Note change on CCTV log. Repair required? Photo 31 Beginning of potential impact from adjacent utilities Repair required? Photo 32 Continuation of impact from adjacent utilities Repair required? Photo 33 Continuation of impact from adjacent utilities Repair required? Photo 34 End of impact for potential impact from adjacent utilities. Repair required? Photo 35 Short Joint installed (not a closure piece) does not comply with specification Repair required? Photo 36 Short piece installed with wye inserted does not comply with design � ti � . ,�. . • ���■� .� : I .�,4.'_'' � ... . �� �� , . .., � �+,,w- �'. ► ���•.�� '•�; ;t' • f't_� � '',0� Nnnnand4• FarittS IU543R Nunnundv Farrtiw IU543R s l l f � � � � �► � , • . ,� . � . � , t! • v��� � 4 � � � � � ` � � � ��� � � �. � . y `t� �� ` . ' F i � �e ; ,, � �, .< < r � y* , ���'`�' ` , N � ~ , � � , � � . i � � �. a ' � � ���� �;� �� r� � �Mi 4{" ` �• ' � �� � �,� . �• � , � � ! � , �� � � ,.�`�. t �;�� � � ,� * ,A� L , �� � .,� � r•� � � r ��� �� ����" • . .r �� ' � . 1 -� ��F �� 'r; ' . �� ��� r � a e � i 14�*�t e�,.y�' � � �� h1� �' • � '� ,, � . { • � � � � . �R-,. �• � ,• �� � ` � . �1�, .. � , 7.MrY.ir �� , -.����'f � � � ,�+ � � � ` � f '� � � � ; �, "" �'��, - � - ,�� r , '� �- � .� . r- ' � � � ��T� �+ � � � � . '�• � � .►, � ' ' '�• e 1 ' ;� �r • ��" � �r,.., � ` . f �• • I � `+ �'�4 . 1 � r . �, C7 � �� •� . � � � M ; ; �� � � r, � � � � r� ; r � i 1. � �a i�►�t � �r`= ��•, �i 1!�'�!� A� J� ' �.�r "' r � I , � • • . . � r� � % ' �� 1 + � �x � M � � O ?1 � � C � � L z h � �� � �� � ���� � �; �; ���`�����_ .. ♦ _ a_ �.. � -,--_ ; �� _ � :' � �'; �'l �. - �t L �� I� �� . � �Lj� . i; �i1"` �w � +. • �S � t t l F - »� � � � . � . : ����.���� _ ..� hlnnnand4• FarittS IU543R _� �! ! �'��������I��;��;��� �"���� ft, � , .., . � r t� r � „ " .� _ � � � , � ' , � ! �'� • •��� � . .!� W � � ► 'y� . + �. , � r � w � . � .� � M "�. I`,-,1 ; ��� f i� '; ,�.. li �l ,. r �lII , �� � ���� � � � I ' „ r • ��s � � . �� 7{ � � � l' � " � ���` �r � � �` • � -��+► �'�' 1 ► ' +� . �' _ '� ' . . w • r �R , � i s � ",.r� . � � � �," ' � � r► � "� • ~*,. i, � �� � r i � � � '� I M� ` ' . . a �� - '�. ! \ �• • • � r ,� r+ � �" • � . .. � _ +'` � � `R � r• » ,� .� � ,. " ` `~� ,,r r. �i�;, � - i r ' , r f� � s{", }�``� i � ��` . ♦ ~ ��'���. 1 � , �� % • fi �� �_�:.�1 r..r��- � ti � � � '"' �r�i .. � � .t � ��.� •. ��* V ����.+�.'1 '� ` --' K �r , • .� a,. � '` � � -r �. 1. r � , +'x - � i • � . �/ f' rll � � � ` � ' �� • ` -, � r ` . . � � . ..,,,� . +,_ � ��� .� y - • � l'� � ♦ . ' � " W. t � *F� •� + � �j� � f � „_,. ., � � , ��' . + �_„] f'�> >.I • M 1 * I � � ' ►� �, .r�►' • r. ' .r. r. � � � ; � � . , • • . ' • t � . * �--� `� ' � i1�� .. j; , ' '� � � _� � _� - � . � � r r �� � t���" � ' � • . » i � � � � 4�� i � i.�� . ` #�4 , ! • �F * • '..:• ,� �� � � •� M�ri * .� ` • �-�� `►� � ■ � • . ' � . _ �• "`� � ` � �'`� � f'i•�.� ' , —� �, �r �. «�►� " � . ' � �# F�� � �- ♦� � �` 't � � � `� •F�_.{ � ' � �� ` . • � �__' � _ � r � � ti w � � 4 '`��+ r � ��y� • . � � �� � � ' 1�� �! L-_�� � � '!` i/p � � . r �� " � '� w � r � s � • .;,,,,t_. - i _ , �.u� �x � M � � O ?1 � � C � � L z �a �l • r I.�•-�,�,�t'-�,-,,,� , r ^ � . � � �». j � . �� � � i `' � � , .. � r , � A � i - _ - , . _��� I`,Y', � - �� w±•'� �..w� ��� Nonnandv Farittti I [7543 R � i � � � i� ii�11}r � �_ �� wr � . � �r ' a� . `� �•.i � � ` w 7.f i} 1%'. . `, � ' � ' / r I� �' � , • ,� � �'+rx r` '` •� I y . r � �'. •�, � r�t � � ' �,.. -� � - . t � . *,y v�- - � �,, f . �; ' ��� . _ ul/ p' 1 • r f 'y"',�'j�� . �'� � M� �� ! � � � • , � aiT� ���7%s • � ! � � ��� : � .. : 4 ' � � . r .. r t _ .-�' - - r. � � � �� ` �, � � I �. , �. a.r �. _ _ �.Ir� �al{�' : �a�i°a; �� �L ;�r ''� � r i �� . �J ,� , '1 ��� Nunnundv Farrttw IU543R . , i � a �.�. -4 , � �< '%1 �a . . , � � � t i . �` �� w / � h�"— . i . ► � -- _� f *�� # � � , ._ __ � ' �� �� � « � "�E .s ..�f?��� , `� - _� . , t� s� - _ .._ ' ' y i ' + •. � . s , r . - . - � , � � � . � � . ! " ' • ww..ar r -. r -�a�,,� � 3 s, ,� r ,y r- - � � s s . t � � ,i � f � � �j��j i � ! � t � � � � • � . , � � I, � � � � � ` ` t� ' • L.. . i'. �ti ,t i i ,l� y�{' . �, sI * i ' �w �1�i 4 � r , 4 � A � �� � t� � " �� ,h�� t. � t � . -v +�r ' , ♦ �iF ' E s � �� • . � �'� � ;� t j f ; � � i '� � w � 4 —�' �� i � . . � .E R r . . y z a , I � � c * . . , � , . . rt 4 • ,,' ! � � E • � ' e � �. �i t . j , : i� � t�� ` '� ' y. � - ,��.'1_ .?.•�� ♦t ♦�! *��+ � i� � ��� ''!� r Nnnr�aiticl4' Fariti5 I U543 Fi , •.. Y -`��� , � • • �► V �A ,+ . � �--�� , _� r� r ��� I �,) , �, � r ^ � . a�,, j lC� 1 "; .' I:-=• � �_� � ji,tfl ��-`�� 5� �1 i-� f���•�! . ��� i �.� � ,. i�i �r.�t I r--. i R.b� ��i 1 '�I �`<I ��.�� ., .,,; ❑ �-: � t' r. .i -r ' '� 1 t'' � _ � � �J � ~ � r �, , ! ` � ! �s �' �^ �.4 i / � , 'f � � � � � �°� + ,� . . f���,�� � � f `` %� � � � ` r � �� T M t � w r, � • ! � � �.� � - �`�� � . , 1 � t + , � f�� ; r''� � . � � ..,F�� ; �„ . k � ! e � i� ,% ' Jj� ' � � ' � 1 '� y ,• +, �� [ � f � j �� .�,��.�� �.,M'. , ! � �,� , _ . � , , '-� , _ � . ' ' � + .•yy.� , .� � . f+, � . . ' , vwEl1�''��� .a.• ,�r rr �t�'` • •. � ♦ ` '+�� �h . • ., v �t i't _ r�� . 0 . � ��� � � i _t � � �� =� �� 0 x, — � c a � r 2 Nnnnundv Farrtiw IU543R -4 . ` r� Z. ', � �� ��Y: � �eC ��� � ��. ,x x�'�.¢ �'+,f �: � � ��. � ' ,' � ` - - . '.k�. " t a : � . _'_ ��� � � �-'.`y + �ti '. , s ' - �' __f..,� 4+ . . • 4.'� � 4� '�•�r� -� . . � ,. ' � '� i ` ��. . S � • •xk �- , � � �.. ^ \ ' •� ..: p � ,.o,,� • . wti : , � . + , � 1�1-� -•' ti■ t ., , - ': �y '•�`t �`. � , . . l; _ t ' � i � [ •..J�r . .. ' �- - ' . �� Y� ,�� µfA :c+ •�M .. r��- � tiJy'� �1R� (� w. . i� 7� . r �1 • p � � �'i� � '4 :'I �I�'� � r }� . �, r' , � �.! ' , ; �. X�� `{ ~ ~��� ��a� ►, Jr!�1 y47��� • • '° r �c • � � � r �,. . r, o�� �!. � �; w ;s:��.= �,. � � a � � r • �+�! + P �� �� ��z� xr ''�s� , �f.. . .r�s� Nnnnundv Farrtiw IU543R �r M � �� .�a '� ;�! iK��*i I�' `"� tr;�� ��.�� s.� 1'�� �� � i j �':�y � 'L��J 1 �� ��• �� . � - r � r" i � r , •� � ' � �F7C1� , � �� � � • � � .,� � } , _� e.� � r �i, % ' �t- . � �• � . ■,� '� i `.� I ;;- � I�Z'[ �wFw L � �:: ^.r E r� E �. �F_r��� � y �• . ��A 1 '- " � ' - ' �4� .. r � . • � .� � ., , � � � i� � . ��� 4� . ��� �crz{ ►: r .. 1' �� � ' �''� �. - -�-�r�' ��� � � �� � � , 1 ti ' � ,.�,, 1 �' w.+r� � � e,' r �� � i, � , � r ,y, '� r . � ; �; , � ' � �� .�� r � � e, � +f � 1 i, • � , "� ,� ; ' f � ' � � E � ` E� r � �` � , �� ' � ��1 r -� , �,�_, _ �� =� �� 0 x, — � c a � r � � � � . • �1�� � �.r'�_� , ',T' � � ��1 �� I,�"� . ,� � � + � � �,{ � ► .� �,_ � � 1`�� � ,; ��� ,, � .� ��]r '� - • � ����j ��;�,M '1;� � �� � ��.+�� �.�I ► �� � � � ' I 1 �',..= i � Il7�7� +i:. � � fi �l.l 1 _ _.� I �� � M � � 3 }1 � � C � � L z � .--' `i l i • -`-�i � . MH �+��.5� T� M� �+��.5� 9�����D1� ��NT���T�R � 1�=11 y ,P �� �, • �';'�- ��"'• � t , ' .� . r ' ,�.r . . j # � •rt�+ i � �-: �: x _ `�. ��, .'• �.� s,; �. � .` � t .. ��k � �� . ` � . � �r- : r �• - � r • {t , .i. �S .f / �`4.�' .�' � �+ 1 • .��' , � �. � �� i - �. ��. s �=, � �" . �� . i! r ', e i �� � t: i � I.1 F � ���� 1 � " - '— �' � � a _ � � � � _ ti �: iL i �. t . . i; i .� � i} � �_ � fi+l'� — ,� _ � � �_ � � - �_ �� ��_ _, _ -- - __ _ _ z _ __ - -� - t .. �- .T. . n V '�__ ��.�r_ � ! !".i ' 1�',I . +. T , _ �. � - - — - 1Vnnnand4• FarmS IU543R . . _ + • � � 33 04 10 - 1 JOINT BONDING AND ELECTRICAL ISOLATION Page 1 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 SECTION 33 04 10 JOINT BONDING AND ELECTRICAL ISOLATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A.Section Includes: 1. Joint bonding requirements for electrical continuity of: a.Concrete cylinder pipe b. Mortar coated steel pipe c.Dielectrically coated steel pipe d. Ductile iron pipe, as required on Drawings 2. Electrical isolation devices for installation at: a.Connections to existing piping b. Laterals c.Cased crossings d. Tunnels e.Selected below grade to above ground piping transitions B.Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 3. Section 33 05 24 – Installation of Carrier Pipe in Casing or Tunnel Liner Plate 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A.Measurement and Payment 1. When a pay item for Cathodic Protection exists: a.Measurement 1) This Item is subsidiary to Cathodic Protection construction. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item are subsidiary to the lump sum price bid for “Cathodic Protection” for each material of utility pipe bid, and no other compensation will be allowed. 2. When a pay item for Cathodic Protection does not exist: a.Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item is by lump sum. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the lump sum price bid for “Joint Bonding and Electrical Isolation”. 3. The price bid shall include: 33 04 10 - 2 JOINT BONDING AND ELECTRICAL ISOLATION Page 2 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 a.Furnishing and installing Joint Bonding and Electrical Isolation as specified by the Drawings b. Mobilization c.Excavation d. Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill e.Field welding f.Connections g.Adjustments h. Testing i.Clean-up j.Start-up/Commissioning 1.3 REFERENCES A.Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. ASTM International (ASTM). 3. American Water Works Association (AWWA): a.C207, Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service - Sizes 4 IN through 144 IN. 4. NACE International (NACE). 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS A.Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. B.All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication for specials. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.Product Data 1. Manufacturer's catalog cut sheets shall be submitted for each item. a.Include the manufacturer's name and provide sufficient information to show that the materials meet the requirements of the Contract Documents for: 1) Flange Isolation 2) Bonding Clips for Concrete Cylinder Pipe 3) Petrolatum tape 2. Where more than 1 item or catalog number appears on a catalog cut sheet, clearly identify the item proposed. B.Test and Evaluation Reports 1. Record results for the Post-Installation Thermite Weld Inspection and submit to the City for approval prior to backfilling. 2. Record results for bonded joint testing and submit to City for approval prior to backfilling. 3. Record results for the continuity test for casing to carrier pipe and submit to the City for approval prior to backfilling. 33 04 10 - 3 JOINT BONDING AND ELECTRICAL ISOLATION Page 3 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A.Test results for electrical continuity, flange isolation and casing to carrier pipe isolation shall be submitted to the City. B.Results of all testing are to be submitted to City for inclusion in the O&M manual. 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 MATERIALS A.Joint Bonding and Electrical Isolation Materials to be incorporated into the project include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Electrical continuity bonds 2. Flange isolation assemblies 3. Casing spacers 4. Casing end seals B.Electrical Continuity Bonds 1. Applications for Electrical Continuity Bonding include the following: a.Bonding across bolted joint assemblies b. Bonding across gasketed joint assemblies C.Flange Isolation 1. Required applications of dielectric flange isolation assemblies include, but are not limited to, selected locations where new piping is mechanically connected to existing piping. 2. Gasket a.Isolating and seal gasket b. G-10 Epoxy Glass material c.Full face d. 1/8-inch thickness e.Use with a minimum of 1 EDPM sealing element placed in a tapered groove. f.NSF 61 certified g.A minimum of 800 volts/mil dielectric strength is required. h. Flange shall seal for the test pressure without leaking. 3. Sleeves a.Provide full length mylar sleeves. 4. Washers 33 04 10 - 4 JOINT BONDING AND ELECTRICAL ISOLATION Page 4 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 a.Provide double G-10 washer sets. D.Casing Spacers 1. For piping installed in tunnels or cased crossings, install casing spacers between the piping and the casing or tunnel liner to provide electrical isolation in accordance with Section 33 05 24. E.Casing End Seals 1. See Section 33 05 24 for casing end seals. 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION A.Preparation of Concrete Pipe for Bonding 1. General a.Fabrication 1) Use concrete pipe for this project that has been fabricated in such a manner as to establish electrical continuity between metallic components of pipe and joints. b. Acceptable Methods 1) Establish electrical continuity as indicated in the Contract Documents. 2. Criteria for Electric Continuity a.Tensile Wire 1) Pipe manufacturer is to obtain a resistance no greater than 0.03 ohms between any wire and steel joint ring at end of pipe farthest from that wire. 2) Manufacturer is to report values obtained and method of measurement. b. Internal Pipe Joint Components 1) Pipe manufacturer is to obtain resistance of less than 0.03 ohms between any component and steel pipe cylinder. 3. Tensile Wire Continuity a.Establish continuity between tensile wire coils and steel cylinder on embedded cylinder type pre-stressed pipe by tightly wrapping tensile wire over longitudinal mild steel straps during pipe manufacture. b. Use and install 2 continuous straps 180 degrees apart longitudinally along the pipe. 1) These straps must maintain electrical continuity between metallic components. c.Use steel straps made of mild steel and free of grease, mill scale or other high resistance deposits. d. Make longitudinal straps electrically continuous with pipe cylinder by steel fasteners of suitable dimensions placed between steel cylinder and longitudinal straps. 33 04 10 - 5 JOINT BONDING AND ELECTRICAL ISOLATION Page 5 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 1) Connect fasteners so as to remain intact during pipe fabrication process. 4. Steel Cylinder Continuity a. Establish continuity of all joint components and steel cylinder. 1) These components include anchor socket brackets, anchor socket, spigot ring and bell ring. b. If mechanical contact does not provide a resistance of less than 0.03 ohms between components, tack weld component to provide electrical continuity. B. Preparation of Steel Pipe for Bonding 1. Bonding wires are not required for welded steel pipe. 2. Mechanical jointed steel pipe requires the installation of bond wires across the joint as shown on the Drawings. C. Preparation of Ductile Iron Pipe for Bonding 1. Install insulated bond wires as shown on the Drawings. D. Electrical Bond Wires 1. Electrical bond wires are to be a minimum No. 4 AWG, 7 stranded, copper cable with THHN insulation. 2. Remove 1 inch of THHN insulation from each end of the bond wire. 3. Thermite weld the bond wires to the pipeline. 4. Provide the minimum number of bond wires as shown on Drawings for steel or ductile iron pipe. E. Electrical Bond Clip 1. Weld 3 ASTM 366 steel bonding clips, each approximately 0.13 inches thick, 2.5 inches long, and 1.25 inches wide, with 1/8-inch fillet welds to the bell and spigot of adjacent pre-stressed concrete cylinder pipe or steel pipe with rubber gasketed joints. 2. Manufacture clips to maintain continuity regardless of small deflections of finished joints. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Installation of Electrical Continuity Bonds by Thermite Welding 1. Inspection a. Use continuous bond wires with no cuts or tears in the insulation covering the conductor. 2. General a. Attach bond wires at required locations by thermite welding process. 3. Thermite Welding Methods a. Perform thermite welding of bond wires to piping in the following manner: 1) Clean and dry pipe to which the wires are to be attached. 2) Use grinding wheel to remove all coating, mill scale, oxide, grease and dirt from an area approximately 3 inches square. a) Grind surface to bright metal. 3) Remove approximately 1 inch of insulation from each end of wire to be thermite welded to pipe exposing clean, oxide-free copper for welding. 4) Select proper size thermite weld mold as recommended by manufacturer. Place wire or strap between graphite mold and the prepared metal surface. 33 04 10 - 6 JOINT BONDING AND ELECTRICAL ISOLATION Page 6 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 5) Place metal disk in bottom of mold. 6) Pour thermite weld charge into the mold. Squeeze bottom of cartridge to spread ignition powder over charge. 7) Close mold cover and ignite starting powder with flint gun. 8) After exothermic reaction, remove thermite weld mold and gently strike weld with a hammer to remove weld slag. 9) Pull on wire or strap to assure a secure connection. 10) If weld is not secure or the bond breaks, repeat procedure with new wire. 11) If the weld is secure, coat all bare metal and weld metal with Stopaq CZ tape. 4. Post-Installation Thermite Weld Inspection a.Contractor is responsible for all testing. b. All testing is to be performed by or under the supervision of certified NACE personnel. c.Visually examine each thermite weld connection for strength and suitable coating prior to backfilling. d. Measure resistance through selected bonded joints with a digital low resistance ohmmeter (DLRO). 1) Resistance of 0.001 ohms or less is acceptable. 2) If the above procedure indicates a poor quality bond connection, reinstall the bond. 3) Record results and submit to the City for approval prior to backfilling. 5. Backfilling of Bonded Joints a.Perform backfilling of bonded piping in manner that prevents damage to the bonds and all connections to the metallic structures. b. Use appropriate backfill material to completely cover the electrical bond. c.Provide protection so that future construction activities in the area will not destroy the bonded connections. d. If construction activity damages a bonded connection, install new bond wire. B.Installation of Pipeline Flange Isolation Devices 1. Placement a.Install isolation joints at the locations shown on the Drawings. 2. Assembly a.Place gasket, sleeves and washers as recommended by the manufacturer. b. Follow manufacturer's recommendations for even tightening to proper torque. 3. Testing a.Immediately after an electrical isolation fitting has been installed, contact the City to perform testing for electrical isolation effectiveness. 4. Painting a.Do not use metal base paints on electrical isolation devices. 5. Encapsulation a.Encapsulate below-grade isolation joints with the Denso Densyl Tape system after the isolation joint has been tested for effectiveness. C.Installation of Casing Spacers 1. Casing spacers shall be installed in accordance with Section 33 05 24. D.Installation of End Seals 33 04 10 - 7 JOINT BONDING AND ELECTRICAL ISOLATION Page 7 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 1. End seals shall be installed in accordance with Section 33 05 24. 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Testing of Joint Continuity Bonds and Isolation Joints 1. After the completion of the continuity bonding of individual joints, but before the pipe is backfilled, each bonded joint shall be tested for electrical continuity. 2. A DC current shall be impressed on the pipe on 1 side of the joint under test using a portable 12-volt battery and a driven ground rod. The battery shall be connected such that the positive terminal is connected to the ground rod and the negative terminal is connected to the pipe section under test. The magnitude of test current is not important as long as it causes a change in pipe-to-soil potential on the section of pipe that is in the test current circuit. 3. The pipe-to-soil potential shall be measured on each side of the isolation joint using a high impedance voltmeter and portable copper/copper sulfate reference electrode with the test current “on” and “off’. 4.A joint is considered electrically continuous if the “on” and “off’ potentials are the same on either side of the joint under test. 5. This same procedure shall be used to test individual isolation joints except that the joint is considered effective if the pipe-to-soil potential is not the same when measured on each side of the joint when the test current is “on”. 6. Record results and submit in accordance with this Specification. B.Casing to Carrier Pipe Isolation Tests 1. Immediately after the pipe has been installed in the casing, but prior to connecting the line, make pipe available for testing and contact the City to perform an electrical continuity test to determine that the casing is electrically isolated from the pipeline. 2. The continuity test shall be fully documented and approved by the City prior to backfilling. 3. Record results and submit in accordance with this Specification. 4. If the electrical isolation between carrier pipe and casing is not effective, the cause shall be immediately investigated and the situation remedied. 5. Under no circumstances shall a shorted casing be backfilled. 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 33 04 10 - 8 JOINT BONDING AND ELECTRICAL ISOLATION Page 8 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 2.2.C - Modified material specifications for gaskets, sleeves and washers 33 04 11 - 1 CORROSION CONTROL TEST STATIONS Page 1 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 SECTION 33 04 11 CORROSION CONTROL TEST STATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Test station materials and installation requirements, as shown on the Drawings, at: a. Foreign pipeline crossings b. Cased crossings c. Below-grade pipeline electrical isolation joints 2. Required applications of corrosion control test stations include locations where future testing is anticipated for the following reasons: a. Testing to determine the effectiveness of the installed Cathodic Protection systems and to allow for startup adjustments b. Testing to determine interference effects from and on adjacent or crossing foreign underground structures c. Testing to determine sources and magnitude of stray DC currents and required mitigative measures d. Periodic monitoring to determine status of existing Cathodic Protection systems, stray current and foreign line influence B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 3. Section 33 04 12 – Magnesium Anode Cathodic Protection System 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Measurement a. This Item is considered subsidiary to the Cathodic Protection construction. 2. Payment a. The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item are subsidiary to the lump sum price bid for “Cathodic Protection” for each material of utility pipe bid, and no other compensation will be allowed. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. NACE International (NACE). 33 04 11 - 2 CORROSION CONTROL TEST STATIONS Page 2 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS A.Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. B.All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication for specials. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.Product Data 1. Submit product data for all components of the Corrosion Control Test Stations. Data submitted shall include: a.Test Station b. Wiring c.Splicing materials d. Thermite weld materials e.Weld coatings 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A.Structure-to-soil potential data shall be submitted to the City. 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Certifications 1. Provide manufacturer's certifications that all components of the corrosion control system meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. a.The certification shall reference the applicable Section of the Specifications and the applicable standard details. B.Inspection 1. The City may, at its own cost, inspect the Cathodic Protection materials prior to, or during, installation. C.Drawings 1. The drawings for the corrosion control test stations are diagrammatic and shall not be scaled for exact locations, unless scales are explicitly stated on the specific drawing. 2. Field conditions, conflicts with other utilities or mechanical and structural features shall determine exact locations. 3. Contractor shall note other existing utilities in the area and during excavation, shall not damage these utilities. 4. Any damaged utilities shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the City at the Contractor's expense. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Delivery 1. Coordinate the delivery of test station materials. 33 04 11 - 3 CORROSION CONTROL TEST STATIONS Page 3 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 B.Storage and Handling Requirements 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 66 00. C.Packaging Waste Management 1. Dispose of waste materials properly and remove from job site after installation is complete. 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 MATERIALS A.Flush Mount Test Stations 1. Test stations shall consist of test wires, a terminal head and a traffic box as shown on the Drawings. 2. The terminal head shall be a 7 terminal “Big Fink” as manufactured by Cott Manufacturing Company or approved equal. 3. The test station shall be installed in a 24-inch x 24-inch x 6-inch concrete pad. 4. The Precast Concrete traffic box shall be a 10.25-inch diameter 3-RT with a cast iron cover marked "CP Test" as manufactured by Brooks Products, Inc. or approved equal. 5. Install a marker sign adjacent to all flush-mounted test stations. B.Above-Grade Test Stations 1. At test station locations where flush mounted structures cannot be installed, or where stated on Drawings, an above-grade test station shall be used, and placed such that possible damage from vandalism, traffic, etc. is minimized. 2. The test station shall be a 7 terminal "Big Fink" as manufactured by Cott Manufacturing or approved equal. 3.The “Big Fink” test station shall be mounted on a 5 foot length of 3-inch diameter UV-resistant plastic conduit in populated locations, and mounted on a 5 foot length of 3-inch diameter concrete filled galvanized steel conduit in low population locations. 4. The test station shall be installed adjacent to a permanent structure, if available, for physical protection. a.If exposed to traffic, provide a frangible base for test station. 5. The interior of the test station conduit shall be filled with Portland cement concrete after the installation of the test and bond wires. 6. The test station conduit shall be installed with a 24-inch x 24-inch x 6-inch concrete pad. C.Permanent Reference Electrodes 33 04 11 - 4 CORROSION CONTROL TEST STATIONS Page 4 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 1. The permanent reference electrode shall be a copper sulfate Permacell Plus double membrane ceramic cell in a geomembrane package as manufactured by Corrpro Companies, Inc. or approved equal. 2. Equip with No. 14 AWG stranded copper wire with blue HMWPE insulation of suitable length to attach to the terminal board of the test station. D. Test Station Lead Wires 1. Test station lead wires of all sizes shall have TW, THW, or THHN insulation as shown on the Drawings. 2. Insulation type shall be color coded based upon connection to underground structures. a. Protected pipeline: white b. Foreign structures: red c. Steel casings: yellow d. Permanent reference cells: blue e. Anode header cable: black (HMWPE) f. Unprotected or existing pipeline: black (HMWPE) 3. Test station lead wires shall be terminated on the test station terminal board utilizing crimped on solderless ring terminals. 4. All terminal boards shall be wired by the installer as shown on the Drawings. E. Thermite Weld Equipment 1. Charges and Molds a. Weld charges and mold size shall be specified by the manufacturer for the specific surface configuration. b. Use only the correct charges for the specific application. c. Welding charges and molds shall be Erico, Cadweld or Continental Industries Thermoweld. 2. Weld Coating a. Coat weld with Stopaq CZ tape or approved equal. 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 APPLICATION / INSTALLATION 1. Install test stations at each of the locations scheduled on the Drawings. At a minimum, test stations are required at each of the following locations: a. At all major underground metallic pipeline crossings b. At all cased crossings and tunnels (both ends) c. At all underground isolation flanges d. At all magnesium anode ground bed locations 33 04 11 - 5 CORROSION CONTROL TEST STATIONS Page 5 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 B.General 1. Install test stations at locations indicated on Drawings. a.If a flush mounted test station is not feasible in a particular location, then an above-grade test station may be used, subject to approval by the City or its designated representative. 2. Use continuous test station lead wires without cuts or tears in the insulation. 3. Locate test stations as indicated on Drawings, as close to the pipe as possible. a.If the pipe is installed under a road, place the test station at the curb for easy access. 4. Attach test lead wires to the pipe by thermite welding. 5. Attach test wires to the pipe prior to backfilling. 6. Use color coded test wires as indicated on the Contract Documents. 7. Wire test station terminal board configurations as shown on the Drawings. 8. At foreign pipeline crossing test stations: a.Notify the owners of the pipeline and obtain permission before the test leads are connected to their pipeline. b. The foreign pipeline owner should have a representative present. c.Contractor shall not install lead wires or bond wires on foreign pipelines. d. If foreign pipeline owner refuses test leads connected to their pipeline, then document owner’s refusal and install potential test station on water main. e.Document the owner’s contact name, phone number, email address and date of contact. f.Submit documentation to the City or its designated representative. C.Flush-Mount Test Stations 1. Install as shown on the Drawings. 2. Sufficient slack shall be coiled beneath the test station to allow for soil settlement and to prevent damage to the leads during backfilling. a.Additional slack shall be left to allow for withdrawal of the terminal board a minimum of 18 inches above the top of the precast concrete traffic box for test purposes. 3. Install with permanent copper sulfate reference electrodes where indicated on the Drawings. a.Install permanent reference electrode approximately 6 inches from the pipe. b. Compact native soil by hand around the electrode. c.The balance of the backfill shall be select granular backfill material. d. Saturate the backfilled permanent reference electrode with 5 gallons of water. 4. Set test stations installed outside areas of permanent paving materials in a Portland cement concrete pad. a.The concrete pad shall be a minimum of 24 inches square and no less than 6 inches thick. D.Above-Grade Test Stations 1. Install above-grade test stations where a flush mounted test station cannot be located. 2. Use and location of above-grade test stations shall be approved by the City or its designated representative. 33 04 11 - 6 CORROSION CONTROL TEST STATIONS Page 6 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 3. Locate test station adjacent to a permanent structure (e.g. a power pole), if available, for physical protection. 4. Coil sufficient slack beneath the test station to allow for soil settlement and to prevent damage to the leads during backfilling. 5. Pour a 24-inch x 24-inch x 6-inch concrete pad at grade around the test station conduit. 6. Fill the interior of the 3-inch above-grade test station steel galvanized conduit with Portland cement concrete after installation of the test stations wires. E.Test Lead Wire Attachment 1. Attach test leads to the pipe by thermite welding directly to the pipe on steel and ductile iron pipelines as shown on Drawings. a.See Drawings. 2. The pipe to which the wires are to be attached shall be clean and dry. 3. When connecting directly to the pipe, use a grinding wheel to remove all coating, mill scale, oxide, grease and dirt from an area approximately 3 inches square. a.Grind the surface to bright metal. 4. The wires to be thermite welded to the pipe shall have approximately 1 inch of insulation removed from each end, exposing clean, oxide-free copper for welding. 5. Using the proper size thermite weld mold as recommended by the manufacturer, place the wire between the graphite mold and the prepared metal surface. a.Use a copper sleeve crimped over the wire for all No. 10 AWG or smaller wires. 6. Place the metal disk in the bottom of the mold. 7. Pour the thermite weld charge into the mold. 8. Squeeze the bottom of the cartridge to spread ignition powder over the charge. 9. Close the mold cover and ignite the starting powder with a flint gun. 10. After the exothermic reaction, remove the thermite weld mold and gently strike the weld with a hammer to remove the weld slag. 11. Pull on the wire to assure a secure connection. 12. If the weld is not secure or the wire breaks, repeat the procedure. 13. If the weld is secure, coat all bare metal and weld metal with Stopaq CZ tape. F.Post Installation Backfilling of Test Station – Lead Wires 1. Protect test station wires to prevent damage to the wire insulation and conductor integrity during backfilling. 2. After completion of the backfilling of the test wires to the pipe, verify the connection by measuring and recording a pipe-to-soil potential. 3. Replace any test wire found to have a high resistance connection. 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.All test stations shall be visually inspected during the final walk through. 33 04 11 - 7 CORROSION CONTROL TEST STATIONS Page 7 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 B. Materials or installation work not conforming to the requirement of this Specification shall be replaced or repaired to the City’s satisfaction. C. Damaged or missing test station components shall be replaced by equal components. 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP A. Commissioning 1. Native state structure-to-soil potentials shall be acquired along the water main and submitted to the City. B. Method 1. Measure native state structure-to-soil potentials along the water line using a portable reference electrode at the following locations: a. Each test station b. Above grade pipeline appurtenances c. Test stations on foreign pipelines crossing or parallel to the water main. 2. Verify that all electrical isolation devices are operating properly including flange isolators and casing spacers. C. Contractor is responsible for all testing. D. All testing is to be done by or under the supervision of certified NACE personnel. E. Record results and submit in accordance with this Specification. 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE A. Refer to Section 33 04 12. 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 2.2.D.2 – revised insulation color coding 33 04 30 - 1 TEMPORARY WATER SERVICES Page 1 of 4 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised July 1, 2011 SECTION 33 04 30 TEMPORARY WATER SERVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Temporary Water Service needed to maintain service during water main replacement project B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Products Installed But Not Furnished Under This Section 1. Fire Hydrant Meters D. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 3. Specification 32 12 16 – Asphalt Paving 4. Specification 33 05 10 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 5. Specification 33 04 40 – Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water Mains 6. Specification 33 12 10 – Water Services 1-inch to 2-inch 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Measurement a. Measurement for Temporary Water Services will be measured by: 1) Lump sum or 2) Per linear foot of Temporary Water Main for Miscellaneous Projects only 2. Payment a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid for “Temporary Water Service” of the type specified. 3. The price bid shall include: a. Temporary water service line b. Connections c. Fittings d. Valves e. Corporation stops f. Temporary asphalt for crossings g. Traffic Control h. Disinfection i. Removal of temporary services 33 04 30 - 2 TEMPORARY WATER SERVICES Page 2 of 4 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised July 1, 2011 1.3 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. NSF International a. 61, Drinking Water System Components – Health Effects 3. ASTM International (ASTM): a. D3035, Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (DR-PR) Based on Controlled Outside Diameter 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Scheduling 1. Provide advance notice for service interruption and meet requirements of Division 1. 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS A. Fire Hydrant Meters 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPE, AND MATERIALS A. Description 1. Regulatory Requirements a. All Temporary Water Service components in contact with potable water shall conform to the requirements of NSF 61. B. Materials 1. Service Couplings, Fittings, and Corporation Stops a. Conform to Section 33 12 10. 2. Service lines a. Polyethylene tubing b. Conform to ASTM D3035 and SDR 11 33 04 30 - 3 TEMPORARY WATER SERVICES Page 3 of 4 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised July 1, 2011 3. Temporary Water Service Main a.Galvanized steel pipe b. Conform to Schedule 40. 4. Driveway Approach a.Asphalt 1) Type B Asphalt in accordance with Section 32 12 16 C.Design Criteria 1. Service lines a.¾-inch minimum pipe size b. Minimum flow rate of 5 GPM at a dynamic pressure of 35 psi 2. Temporary Water Service Main a.2-inch minimum pipe size 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 INSTALLATION A.General 1. Install Temporary Water Services in accordance with provisions herein and in accordance with City Standard Details. 2. Perform disinfection test of temporary water service main and water services in accordance with Section 33 04 40. B.Temporary Water Service Installation 1. Connect to existing water supply a.Fire hydrant 1) Connect to fire hydrant with hydrant meter and 2-inch gate valve. b. If a fire hydrant is not available, tap existing water main. 1) Connect to water main with 2-inch service tap and a corporation stop in accordance with Section 33 12 10. 2) Record water usage with a hydrant meter. 3) Do not tap existing water main, unless approved by the City. 2. Water service a.Connect ¾-inch water service to 2-inch temporary water service main. b. Remove existing meters, tag with address and provide to City Inspector. c.Connect ¾-inch temporary water service to existing private service. d. Cover domestic meter box with protective guard or barricade. C.Intersection and Driveway Approach Crossing for Temporary Water Service 1. Crossing for Temporary Water Service Main 33 04 30 - 4 TEMPORARY WATER SERVICES Page 4 of 4 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised July 1, 2011 a.Cover temporary service line with sufficient asphalt to protect service line and to provide a driveable crossing. b. If required to bury temporary service line due to high volume traffic, or other reasons required by the City, excavate, embed and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL A.Field Tests and Inspections 1. Check each water service installation for leaks with full flow through the curb stop at the time the main is tested in accordance with Section 33 04 40. 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 33 04 40 - 1 CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF WATER MAINS Page 1 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised February 6, 2013 SECTION 33 04 40 CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF WATER MAINS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. General 1. Before any newly constructed potable water mains will be permitted to be placed into service in the Fort Worth Water Department’s Water Distribution System, it shall be cleaned (purged) and tested, or cleaned, disinfected, and tested until the bacteria count within the water main meets the standards established by the Fort Worth Water Department and the requirements of Chapter 290 of the Texas Administrative Code (TAC) established by the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ). B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 3. Section 33 01 31 – Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Measurement a. This Item is considered subsidiary to the water main being Cleaned and Tested. 2. Payment a. The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item are subsidiary to cleaning, disinfection, hydrostatic testing, and bacteriological testing and shall be subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of water pipe complete in place, and no other compensation will be allowed. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. American Water Works Association/American (AWWA): a. C301, Prestressed Concrete Pressure Pipe, Steel-Cylinder Type. b. C303, Concrete Pressure Pipe, Bar-Wrapped, Steel-Cylinder Type. c. C651, Disinfecting Water Mains. d. C655, Field De-Chlorination. 33 04 40 - 2 CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF WATER MAINS Page 2 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised February 6, 2013 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS A.Submittals For 24-inch and larger water mains, provide the following: 1. Cleaning Plan – Prior to the start of construction, submit a water main cleaning plan detailing the methods and schedule, including: a.A detailed description of cleaning procedures b. Pigging entry and exit ports c.Flushing procedures d. Plans and hydraulic calculations to demonstrate adequate flushing velocities e.Control of water f.Disposal 2. Disinfection Plan – prior to the start of construction submit a disinfection plan including: a.The method mixing and introducing chlorine b. Flushing c.De-chlorination d. Sampling 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 PRODUCT TYPES A.Pigs 1. Open cell polyurethane foam body 2. Densities between 2 pounds per cubic foot up to 8 pounds per cubic foot 3. May be wrapped with polyurethane spiral bands 4. Abrasives are not permitted, unless expressly approved by the City in writing for the particular application. 5. Must pass through a reduction up to 65 percent of the cross sectional area of the nominal pipe diameter 33 04 40 - 3 CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF WATER MAINS Page 3 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised February 6, 2013 6. Pigs shall be able to traverse standard piping arrangements such as 90 degree bends, tees, crosses, wyes, and gate valves. 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 ERECTION/INSTALLATION/APPLICATION [NOT USED] 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING A.General 1. All water mains shall be cleaned prior to bacteriological testing. a.Pig all 36-inch and smaller water mains. b. Pig or manually sweep 42-inch and larger mains. c.Flushing is only permitted when specially designated in the Drawings, or if pigging is not practical and approved by the City. B.Pigging Method 1. If the method of pigging is to be used, prepare the main for the installation and removal of a pig, including: a.Furnish all equipment, material and labor to satisfactorily expose cleaning wye, remove cleaning wye covers, etc. b. Where expulsion of the pig is required through a dead-ended conduit: 1) Prevent backflow of purged water into the main after passage of the pig. 2) Install a mechanical joint to provide a riser out of the trench on 12-inch and smaller mains to prevent backwater re-entry into the main. 3) Additional excavation of the trench may be performed on mains over 12 inches, to prevent backwater re-entry into the main. 4) Flush any backflow water that inadvertently enters the main. c.Flush short dead-end pipe sections not swabbed by a pig. d. Once pigging is complete: 1) Pigging wyes shall remain in place unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. 2) Install cleaning wye, blind flanges or mechanical joint plugs. 33 04 40 - 4 CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF WATER MAINS Page 4 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised February 6, 2013 3) Plug and place blocking at other openings. 4) Backfill 5) Complete all appurtenant work necessary to secure the system and proceed with disinfection. C.Flushing Method 1. Prepare the main by installing blow-offs at appropriate locations, of sufficient sizes and numbers, and with adequate flushing to achieve a minimum velocity in the main of 2.5 feet per second. a.Minimum blow-off sizes for various main sizes are as follows: 1) 4-inch through 8-inch main – ¾-inch blow-off 2) 10-inch through 12-inch main – 1-inch blow-off 3) 16-inch and greater main – 2-inch blow-off b. Flushing shall be subject to the following limitations: 1) Limit the volume of water for flushing to 3 times the volume of the water main. 2) Do not unlawfully discharge chlorinated water. 3) Do not damage private property. 4) Do not create a traffic hazard. c.Once Flushing is complete: 1) Corporations stops used for flushing shall be plugged. D.Daily main cleaning 1. Wipe joints and then inspect for proper installation. 2. Sweep each joint and keep clean during construction. 3. Install a temporary plug on all exposed mains at the end of each working day or an extended period of work stoppage. E.Hydrostatic Testing 1. All water main that is to be under pressure, shall be hydrostatically tested to meet the following criteria: a.Furnish and install corporations for proper testing of the main. 1) Furnish adequate and satisfactory equipment and supplies necessary to make such hydrostatic tests. 2) The section of line to be tested shall be gradually filled with water, carefully expelling the air and the specified pressure applied. b. The City will furnish water required for the testing at its nearest City line. c.Expel air from the pipe before applying the required test pressure. d. Test Pressure 1) Test pressures should meet the following criteria: a)Not less than 1.25 (187 psi minimum) times the stated working pressure of the pipeline measured at the highest elevation along the test section. b) Not less than 1.5 (225 psi minimum) times the stated working pressure at the lowest elevation of the test section. e.Test Conditions 1) Must be at least 2 hour duration 2) Add water as necessary to sustain the required test pressure. 3) Test fire hydrants to the fire hydrant valve. 33 04 40 - 5 CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF WATER MAINS Page 5 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised February 6, 2013 a)Leave the isolation valve on the fire hydrant lead line open during the hydrostatic testing. 4) Test service lines to curb stop a)Leave the corporation stop on the service line open during the hydrostatic testing. 5) Close isolation valves for air release valves. 6) Makeup water must come from a container of fixed 55 gallon container that does not have a water source. f.Measure all water used in the pressure test through an approved meter, or measure the difference in volume within a 55 gallon container. 1) Do not test against existing water distribution valves unless expressly provided for in the Drawings, or approved by the City. 2) If the City denies approval to test against existing water distribution system valve, then make arrangements to plug and test the pipe at no additional cost. 2. Allowable Leakage a.No pipe installation should be accepted if the amount of makeup water is greater than that determined using the following formula: In inch-pound units, L = SD P 148,000 Where: L = testing allowance (make up water), gallons per hour S = length of pipe tested, ft. D = nominal diameter of pipe, in. P = average test pressure during the hydrostatic test, psi b. For any pipeline that fails to pass hydrostatic test: 1) Identify the cause 2) Repair the leak 3) Restore the trench and surface 4) Retest c.All costs associated with repairing the pipeline to pass the hydrostatic test is the sole responsibility of the Contractor and included in the price per linear foot of pipe. d. If the City determines that an existing system valve is responsible for the hydrostatic test to fail, the Contractor shall make provisions to test the pipeline without the use of the system valve. e.There shall be no additional payment to the Contractor if the existing valve is unable to sustain the hydrostatic test and shall be included in the price per linear foot of pipe. F.Disinfection 1. General a.Disinfection of the main shall be accomplished by the “continuous feed” method or the “slug” method as determined by the Contractor. b. The free chlorine amounts shown are minimums. The Contractor may require higher rates. 1) Calcium hypochlorite granules shall be used as the source of chlorine. c.Continuous Feed Method 33 04 40 - 6 CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF WATER MAINS Page 6 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised February 6, 2013 1) Apply water at a constant rate in the newly laid main. a)Use the existing distribution system or other approved source of supply. 2) At a point not more than 10 feet downstream from the beginning of the new main, water entering the new main shall receive a dose of chlorine. a)Free chlorine concentration: 50 mg/L minimum, or as required by TCEQ, whichever is greater. b) Chlorine applications shall not cease until the entire conduit is filled with heavily chlorinated water. 3) Retain chlorinated water in the main for at least 24 hours. a)Operate valves and hydrants in the section treated in order to disinfect the appurtenances. b) Prevent the flow of chlorinated water into mains in active service. c)Residual at the end of the 24-hour period: 10 mg /L free chlorine, minimum, for the treated water in all portions of the main. 4) Flush the heavily chlorinated water from the main and dispose of in a manner and at a location accepted by the City. 5) Test the chlorine residual prior to flushing operations. a)If the chlorine residual exceeds 4 mg/L, the water shall remain in the new main until the chlorine residual is less the 4 mg/L. b) The Contractor may choose to evacuate the water into water trucks, or other approved storage facility, and treat the water with Sodium Bisulfate, or another de-chlorination chemical, or method appropriate for potable water and approved by the City until the chlorine residual is reduced to 4 mg/L or less. c)After the specified chlorine residual is obtained, the water may then be discharged into the drainage system or utilized by the Contractor. d. Slug Method 1) Water from the existing distribution system or other approved source of supply shall be made to flow at a constant rate in the newly laid main. 2) At a point not more than 10 feet downstream from the beginning of the new main, water entering the new main shall receive a dose of chlorine. a)Free chlorine concentration: 100 mg/L minimum, or as required by TCEQ, whichever is greater. b) The chlorine shall be applied continuously and for a sufficient time to develop a solid column or “slug” of chlorinated water that shall expose all interior surfaces to the “slug” for at least 3 hours. 3) Operate the fittings and valves as the chlorinated water flows past to disinfect the appurtenances. 4) Prevent the flow of chlorinated water into mains in active service. 5) Flush the heavily chlorinated water from the main and dispose of in a manner and at a location accepted by the City. 6) Upon completion, test the chlorine residual remaining in the main. a)Chlorine levels of 4 mg/l or less should be maintained. 2. Contractor Requirements a.Furnish all equipment, material and labor to satisfactorily prepare the main for the disinfection method approved by the City with adequate provisions for sampling. b. Make all necessary taps into the main to accomplish chlorination of a new line, unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. 33 04 40 - 7 CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF WATER MAINS Page 7 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised February 6, 2013 c.After satisfactory completion of the disinfection operation, as determined by the City, remove surplus pipe at the chlorination and sampling points, plug the remaining pipe, backfill and complete all appurtenant work necessary to secure the main. G.Dechlorination 1.General. All chlorinated water shall be de-chlorinated before discharge to the environment. Chemical amounts, as listed in ANSI/AWWA C651: “Disinfecting Water Mains”, shall be used to neutralize the residual chlorine concentrations using de-chlorination procedures listed in ANSI/AWWA C655: “Field De-Chlorination”. De-Chlorination shall continue until chlorine residual is non-detectable. 2.Testing. Contractor shall continuously test for the chlorine residual level immediately downstream of the de-chlorination process, during the entire discharge of the chlorinated water. Contractor shall periodically conduct chlorine residual testing and check for possible fish kills at locations where discharged water enters the existing watershed. 3.Fish Kill. If a fish kill occurs associated with the discharge of water from the distribution system or any other construction activities: a.The Contract shall immediately alter activities to prevent further fish kills. b. The Contractor shall immediately notify Water Department Field Operations Dispatch. c.The Contractor shall coordinate with City to properly notify TCEQ. d. Any fines assessed by the TCEQ (or local, state of federal agencies) for fish kills shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. H.Bacteriological Testing (Water Sampling) 1. General a.Notify the City when the main is suitable for sampling. b. The City shall then take water samples from a suitable tap for analysis by the City’s laboratory, unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. 1) No hose or fire hydrant shall be used in the collection of samples. 2. Water Sampling a.Complete microbiological sampling prior to connecting the new main into the existing distribution system in accordance with AWWA C651. b. Collect samples for bacteriological analysis in sterile bottles treated with sodium thiosulfate. c.Collect 2 consecutive sets of acceptable samples, taken at least 24 hours apart, from the new main. d. Collect at least 1 set of samples from every 1,000 linear feet of the new main (or at the next available sampling point beyond 1,000 linear feet as designated by the City), plus 1 set from the end of the line and at least 1 set from each branch. e.If trench water has entered the new main during construction or, if in the opinion of the City, excessive quantities of dirt or debris have entered the new main, obtain bacteriological samples at intervals of approximately 200 linear feet. f.Obtain samples from water that has stood in the new main for at least 16 hours after formal flushing. 3. Repetition of Sampling 33 04 40 - 8 CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF WATER MAINS Page 8 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised February 6, 2013 a.Unsatisfactory test results require a repeat of the disinfection process and re- sampling as required above until a satisfactory sample is obtained. 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 3.10.E.1.e.- Added service lines to hydrostatic testing requirements 2/6/2013 D Townsend 1.3.A.2.d Added AWWA C655 Field De-Chlorination as reference 3.10.G – Added De-Chlorination Requirement 33 04 50 ?? - 1 CLEANING OF SEWER MAINS PIPES Page 1 of 5 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised March 11, 2022 SECTION 33 04 50 1 CLEANING OF PIPES 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A.General5 1.Before any television inspection, pipes shall be cleaned to remove all debris, solids,6 sand, grease, grit, etc. from the sewer and manholes.7 B.Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification8 1. None.9 C.Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:10 1.Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the11 Contract12 2.Division 1 – General Requirements13 3.Section 33 01 31 – Closed Circu it Television (CCTV) Inspection – Sanitary Sewer14 4.Section 33 01 32 – Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection – Storm15 Drain/Storm Sewer16 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 17 A.Cleaning of Pipe18 1.Measurement and Payment19 a. Measurement20 1) T his I tem is considered subsidiary to the pipe being cleaned.21 b. Payment22 1)The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this23 Item are subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of pipe complete in24 place, and no other compensation will be allowed.25 B.Cleaning of Pipe – Condition Assessment for Storm Drain26 1.Measurement and Payment27 a. Measurement28 1)This I tem is to be measured by the linear foot when performed ahead of29 storm drain condition assessment. Measurement for this Item will be by the30 linea r foot of pipe cleaned.31 b. Payment32 1)The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this33 Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will paid for at the unit34 price bid per linear foot for “Clean Storm Pipe Ahead of Condition35 Assessment” for different ranges of pipe diameters , and no other36 compensation will be allowed.37 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 38 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUI REMENTS [NOT USED] 39 33 04 50 ?? - 2 CLEANING OF SEWER MAINS PIPES Page 2 of 5 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised March 11, 2022 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTA LS [NOT USED] 2 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3 1.8 MAI NTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 5 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 6 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITI ONS [NOT USED] 7 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 8 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 9 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [OR ] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRO DUCTS 10 2.2 PRODUCT TYPES 11 A.Use only the type of cleaning material which will not create hazards to health or12 property or affect treatment plant processes .13 2.3 ACCESSORIES 14 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 15 PART 3 - EXECUTION 16 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED ] 17 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 18 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 19 3.4 ERECTION/INSTALLATIO N/APP LICATION [NOT USED] 20 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 21 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 22 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTR OL [NOT USED] 23 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 24 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 25 3.10 CLEANING 26 A.General27 1. All materials, equipment, and personnel necessary to complete the cleaning of pipes28 and manholes must be present on the jobsite prior to isolating the manhole or line29 segment and beginning the cleaning process .30 33 04 50 ?? - 3 CLEANING OF SEWER MAINS PIPES Page 3 of 5 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised March 11, 2022 2.Maintain clean work and surrounding premises within the work limits so as to1 comply with Federal, State, and local environmental and anti-pollution laws,2 ordinances, codes, and regulations when cleaning and disposing of waste materials,3 debris, and rubbish.4 3. Keep the work and surrounding premises within work limits free of accumulations5 of dirt, dust, waste materials, debris, and rubbish.6 4.Suitable containers for storage of waste materials, debris, and rubbish shall be7 provided until time of disposal.8 a.It is the sole responsibility of the Contractor to secure a licensed legal dump site9 for the disposal of this material.10 b.Un der no circumstances shall sewage or solids removed from the main or11 manhole be dumped onto streets or into ditches, catch basins, storm drains, or12 sanitary sewers.13 5.The cleaning process shall remove all grease, sand, silts, solids, rags, debris, etc.14 from each sewer segment, including the manhole(s).15 6.Selection of cleaning equipment and the method for cleaning shall be based on the16 condition of the pipes at the time work commences and will be subject to approval17 by the City.18 7.All cleaning equipment and devices shall be operated by experienced personnel.19 8.Satisfactory precautions shall be taken to protect the pipes and manholes from20 damage that might be inflicted by the improper use of the cleaning process or21 equipment.22 9.Any damages done to a sewer main and/or structure by the Contractor shall be23 repaired by the Contractor at no additional cost and to the satisfaction of the City.24 10.Cleaning shall also include the manhole wall washing by high pressure water jet.25 11.The Contractor may be required to demonstrate the performance capabilities of the26 cleaning equipment proposed for use on the project.27 a.If the results obtained by the proposed pipe cleaning equipment are not28 satisfactory, the Contractor shall use different equipment and/or attachments, as29 required, to meet City satisfaction.30 b.More than 1 type of equipment/attachments may be required at a location.31 12.When hydraulic or high velocity cleaning equipment is used, a suitable sand trap,32 weir, dam, or suction shall be constructed in the downstream manhole in such a33 manner that all the solids and debris are trapped for removal.34 13.Whenever hydraulically-propelled cleaning tools which depend upon water35 pressure to provide their cleaning force, or any tool which retard the flow of water 36 in the pipes are used, precautions s hall be taken to ensure that the water pressure37 created does not cause any damage or flooding to public or private property being38 served by the manhole section involved.39 14.Any damage of property, as a result of flooding, shall be the liability and40 responsibility of the Contractor.41 15.The flow of wastewater present in a sanitary sewer main shall be utilized to provide42 necessary fluid for hydraulic cleaning devices whenever possible.43 16.When additional quantities of water from fire hydrants are necessary to avoid delay44 in normal working procedures, the water shall be conserved and not used45 unnecessarily.46 a.No fire hydrant shall be obstructed or used when there is a fire in the area.47 33 04 50 ?? - 4 CLEANING OF SEWER MAINS PIPES Page 4 of 5 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised March 11, 2022 b.It is the responsibility of the Contractor to obtain the fire hydrant, water meter 1 and all related charges for the set-up, including the water usage bills from 2 respective water purveyor agency. 3 c.All expenses shall be considered incidental to the cleaning of the existing pipes.4 B.Methods5 1.Hydraulic Cleaning6 a.Hydraulic-propelled devices which require a head of water to operate must7 utilize a collapsible dam.8 b.The dam must be easily collapsible to prevent damage to the sewer main,9 property, etc.10 c.When using hydraulically-propelled devices, precautions shall be taken to11 ensure that the water pres sure created does not cause damage or flood public or12 private property.13 d.Do not increase the hydraulic gradient of the sanitary sewers beyond the14 elevation that could cause overflow of sewage into area waterways or laterals.15 e.The flow of wastewater present in a sanitary sewer main shall be utilized to16 provide necessary fluid for hydraulic cleaning devices whenever possible.17 2.High -Velocity Cleaning18 a.Cleaning equipment that uses a high velocity water jet for removing debris shall 19 be capable of producing a minimum volume of 50 gpm, with a pressure of 1,50020 psi, for a pipe and 3,500 psi for the (manhole) structure at the pump.21 1)Any variations to this pumping rate must be approved, in advance, by the22 City .23 2)To prevent damage to older pipes and property, a pressure less than 150024 psi can be used.25 3)A working pressure gauge shall be used on the discharge of all high-26 pressure water pumps. 27 4) For pipes 18 inches and larger in diameter , in addition to conventional28 nozzles , use a nozzle which directs the cleaning force to the bottom of the29 pipe.30 5) Operate the equipment so that the pressurized nozzle continues to move at31 all times.32 6)The pressurized nozzle shall be turned off or reduced anytime the hose is33 on hold or delayed in order to prevent damage to the line.34 3.Mechanical Cle aning35 a.Mechanical cleaning, in addition to normal cleaning when required, shall be36 with approved equipment and accessories driven by power winching devices.37 b. Submit the equipment manufacturer's operational manual and guidelines to the38 City , which shall be followed strictly unless modified by the City .39 c.All equipment and devices shall be operated by experienced operators so that40 they do not damage the pipe in the process of cleaning.41 d.Buckets, scrapers, scooters, porcupines, kites, heavy duty brushes, and other42 debris-removing equipment/accessories shall be used as appropriate and43 necessary in the field, in conjunction with the approved power machines.44 e.The use of cleaning devices such as rods, metal pigs, porcupines, root saws, 45 snakes, scooters, sewer balls, kites, and other approved equipment, in46 conjunction with hand winching device, and/or gas, electric rod propelled47 devices, shall be considered normal cleaning equipment.48 33 04 50 ?? - 5 CLEANING OF SEWER MAINS PIPES Page 5 of 5 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised March 11, 2022 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 1 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED ] 2 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 4 END OF SECTION 5 6 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 3/11/2022 M Owen Revised language to refer to cleaning of pipes instead of sewer 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 - 1 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 1 of 21 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised June 13, 2025 SECTION 33 05 10 1 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT AND BACKFILL 2 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes:6 1.Excavation, Embedment and Backfill for:7 a.Pressure Applications8 1)Water Distribution or Transmission Main9 2)Wastewater Force Main10 3)Reclaimed Water Main11 b.Gravity Applications12 1)Wastewater Gravity Mains13 2)Storm Sewer Pipe and Culverts14 3)Storm Sewer Precast Box and Culverts15 2.Including:16 a.Excavation of all material encountered, including rock and unsuitable materials17 b.Disposal of excess unsuitable material18 c.Site specific trench safety19 d.Pumping and dewatering20 e.Embedment21 f.Concrete encasement for utility lines22 g.Backfill23 h.Compaction24 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification25 1.None.26 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:27 1.Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the28 Contract29 2.Division 1 – General Requirements30 3.Section 02 41 13 – Selective Site Demolition31 4.Section 02 41 15 – Paving Removal32 5.Section 02 41 14 – Utility Removal/Abandonment33 6.Section 03 30 00 – Cast-in-place Concrete34 7.Section 03 34 13 – Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM)35 8.Section 31 10 00 – Site Clearing36 9.Section 31 25 00 – Erosion and Sediment Control37 10.Section 33 05 26 – Utility Markers/Locators38 11.Section 34 71 13 – Traffic Control39 - 2 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 2 of 21 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised June 13, 2025 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 1 A. Measurement and Payment 2 1. Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill associated with the installation of an 3 underground utility or excavation 4 a. Measurement 5 1) This Item is considered subsidiary to the installation of the utility pipe line 6 as designated in the Drawings. 7 b. Payment 8 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 9 Item are considered subsidiary to the installation of the utility pipe for the 10 type of embedment and backfill as indicated on the plans. No other 11 compensation will be allowed. 12 2. Imported Embedment or Backfill 13 a. Measurement 14 1) Measured by the cubic yard as delivered to the site and recorded by truck 15 ticket provided to the City 16 b. Payment 17 1) Imported fill shall only be paid when using materials for embedment and 18 backfill other than those identified in the Drawings. The work performed and 19 materials furnished in accordance with pre-bid item and measured as provided 20 under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per cubic yard of 21 “Imported Embedment/Backfill” delivered to the Site for: 22 a) Various embedment/backfill materials 23 c. The price bid shall include: 24 1) Furnishing backfill or embedment as specified by this Specification 25 2) Hauling to the site 26 3) Placement and compaction of backfill or embedment 27 3. Concrete Encasement for Utility Lines 28 a. Measurement 29 1) Measured by the cubic yard per plan quantity. 30 b. Payment 31 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 32 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 33 price bid per cubic yard of “Concrete Encasement for Utility Lines” per plan 34 quantity. 35 c. The price bid shall include: 36 1) Furnishing, hauling, placing and finishing concrete in accordance with 37 Section 03 30 00 38 2) Clean-up 39 4. Ground Water Control 40 a. Measurement 41 1) Measurement shall be lump sum when a ground water control plan is 42 specifically required by the Contract Documents. 43 b. Payment 44 1) Payment shall be per the lump sum price bid for “Ground Water Control” 45 including: 46 a) Submittals 47 b) Additional Testing 48 - 3 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 3 of 21 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised June 13, 2025 c) Ground water control system installation 1 d) Ground water control system operations and maintenance 2 e) Disposal of water 3 f) Removal of ground water control system 4 5. Trench Safety 5 a. Measurement 6 1) Measured per linear foot of excavation for all trenches that require trench 7 safety in accordance with OSHA excavation safety standards (29 CFR Part 8 1926 Subpart P Safety and Health regulations for Construction) 9 b. Payment 10 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 11 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 12 price bid per linear foot of excavation to comply with OSHA excavation 13 safety standards (29 CFR Part 1926.650 Subpart P), including, but not limited 14 to, all submittals, labor and equipment. 15 6. Trench Water Stops 16 a. Measurement 17 1) Measured per each installed. 18 b. Payment 19 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 20 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 21 price bid per each for “Trench Water Stops.” 22 c. The price bid shall include: 23 1) Excavation and disposal of material 24 2) Furnishing and placement controlled slow strength material (CLSM) 25 backfill or embedment as specified by this Specification and as shown on the 26 drawings 27 1.3 REFERENCES 28 A. Definitions 29 1. General – Definitions used in this section are in accordance with Terminologies 30 ASTM F412 and ASTM D8 and Terminology ASTM D653, unless otherwise 31 noted. 32 2. Definitions for trench width, backfill, embedment, initial backfill, pipe zone, 33 haunching bedding, springline, pipe zone and foundation are defined as shown in 34 the following schematic: 35 - 4 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 4 of 21 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised June 13, 2025 1 3. Deleterious materials – Harmful materials such as clay lumps, silts and organic 2 material 3 4. Excavated Trench Depth – Distance from the surface to the bottom of the bedding 4 or the trench foundation 5 5. Final Backfill Depth 6 a. Unpaved Areas – The depth of the final backfill measured from the top of the 7 initial backfill to the surface 8 b. Paved Areas – The depth of the final backfill measured from the top of the 9 initial backfill to bottom of permanent or temporary pavement repair 10 B. Reference Standards 11 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 12 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 13 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 14 2. ASTM Standards: 15 a. ASTM C33-24 Standard Specifications for Concrete Aggregates 16 b. ASTM C88-24 Soundness of Aggregate by Use of Sodium Sulfate or 17 Magnesium Sulfate 18 c. C131/C131M-20 Standard Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Small-19 Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine 20 d. ASTM C136-19 Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregate 21 - 5 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 5 of 21 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised June 13, 2025 e.ASTM C535-16 Standard Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Large-1 Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine 2 f.ASTM D448-12 Standard Classification for Sizes of Aggregate for Road and3 Bridge Construction.4 g. 5 h.ASTM D558/D558M-19 – Standard Test method for Moisture-Density6 Relations of Soil-Cement Mixture7 i.ASTM D698-12 Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil8 Using Stand Efforts (12,400 ft-lb/ft3 600 Kn-m/M3)).9 j.ASTM D1556/D1556M Standard Test Methods for Density and Unit Weight of10 Soils in Place by Sand Cone Method.11 k.ASTM D2321-10 Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers12 and Other Gravity-Flow Applications13 l.ASTM 2487 – 1 Standard Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes14 (Unified Soil Classification System)15 m.ASTM D2922 – Standard Test Methods for Density of Soils and Soil Aggregate16 in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)17 n.ASTM D3017 - Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in18 place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)19 o.ASTM D4254 - Standard Test Method for Minimum Index Density and Unit20 Weight of Soils and Calculations of Relative Density21 3.OSHA22 a.Occupational Safety and Health Administration CFR 29, Part 1926-Safety23 Regulations for Construction, Subpart P - Excavations24 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 25 A. Coordination26 1.Utility Company Notification27 a.Notify area utility companies at least 48 hours in advance, excluding weekends28 and holidays, before starting excavation.29 b.Request the location of buried lines and cables in the vicinity of the proposed30 work.31 B. Sequencing32 1.Sequence work for each section of the pipe installed to complete the embedment33 and backfill placement on the day the pipe foundation is complete.34 2.Sequence work such that proctors are complete in accordance with ASTM D69835 prior to commencement of construction activities.36 1.5 SUBMITTALS 37 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00.38 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to construction.39 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 40 A. Shop Drawings41 1.Provide detailed drawings and explanation for ground water and surface water42 control, if required.43 - 6 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 6 of 21 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised June 13, 2025 2.Trench Safety Plan in accordance with Occupational Safety and Health1 Administration CFR 29, Part 1926-Safety Regulations for Construction, Subpart P -2 Excavations3 3.Stockpiled excavation and/or backfill material4 a.Provide a description of the storage of the excavated material only if the5 Contract Documents do not allow storage of materials in the right-of-way of the6 easement.7 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 8 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 9 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 10 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 11 A. Storage12 1.Within Existing Rights-of-Way (ROW)13 a.Spoil, imported embedment and backfill materials may be stored within existing14 ROW, easements or temporary construction easements, unless specifically15 disallowed in the Contract Documents.16 b.Do not block drainage ways, inlets or driveways.17 c.Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 31 25 00.18 d.Store materials only in areas barricaded as provided in the traffic control plans.19 e.In non-paved areas, do not store material on the root zone of any trees or in20 landscaped areas.21 2.Designated Storage Areas22 a.If the Contract Documents do not allow the storage of spoils, embedment or23 backfill materials within the ROW, easement or temporary construction24 easement, then secure and maintain an adequate storage location.25 b.Provide an affidavit that rights have been secured to store the materials on26 private property.27 c.Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 31 25 00.28 d.Do not block drainage ways.29 e.Only materials used for 1 working day will be allowed to be stored in the work30 zone.31 B. Deliveries and haul-off - Coordinate all deliveries and haul-off.32 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS 33 A. Existing Conditions34 1.Any data which has been or may be provided on subsurface conditions is not35 intended as a representation or warranty of accuracy or continuity between soils. It36 is expressly understood that neither the City nor the Engineer will be responsible37 for interpretations or conclusions drawn there from by the Contractor.38 2.Data is made available for the convenience of the Contractor.39 - 7 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 7 of 21 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised June 13, 2025 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS 3 2.2 MATERIALS 4 A. Materials5 1.Utility Sand6 a.Granular and free flowing7 b.Generally, meets or exceeds the limits on deleterious substances per Table 1 for8 fine aggregate according to ASTM C 339 c.Reasonably free of organic material10 d.Gradation: sand material consisting of durable particles, free of thin or elongated11 pieces, lumps of clay, loam or vegetable matter and meets the following12 gradation may be used for utility sand embedment/backfill13 14 Sieve Size Percent Retained ½” 0 ¼” 0-5 #4 0-10 #16 0-20 #50 20-70 #100 60-90 #200 90-100 15 e.The City has a pre-approved list of sand sources for utility embedment. The16 pre-approved list can be found on the City website, Project Resources page.17 The utility sand sources in the pre-approved list have demonstrated continued18 quality and uniformity on City of Fort Worth projects. Sand from these sources19 are pre-approved for use on City projects without project specific testing.20 2.Crushed Rock21 a.Durable crushed rock or recycled concrete22 b.Meets the gradation of ASTM D448 size numbers 56, 57 or 6723 c.May be unwashed24 d.Free from significant silt clay or unsuitable materials25 e.Percentage of wear not more than 40 percent per ASTM C131 or C53526 f.Not more than a 12 percent maximum loss when subjective to 5 cycles of27 sodium sulfate soundness per ASTM C8828 3.Fine Crushed Rock29 a.Durable crushed rock30 b.Meets the gradation of ASTM D448 size numbers 8 or 8931 c.May be unwashed32 d.Free from significant silt clay or unsuitable materials.33 e.Have a percentage of wear not more than 40 percent per ASTM C131 or C53534 f.Not more than a 12 percent maximum loss when subjective to 5 cycles of35 sodium sulfate soundness per ASTM C8836 4.Ballast Stone37 - 8 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 8 of 21 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised June 13, 2025 a. Stone ranging from 3 inches to 6 inches in greatest dimension. 1 b. May be unwashed 2 c. Free from significant silt clay or unsuitable materials 3 d. Percentage of wear not more than 40 percent per ASTM C131 or C535 4 e. Not more than a 12 percent maximum loss when subjected to 5 cycles of sodium 5 sulfate soundness per ASTM C88 6 5. Acceptable Backfill Material 7 a. In-situ or imported soils classified as CL, CH, SC or GC in accordance with 8 ASTM D2487 9 b. Free from deleterious materials, boulders over 6 inches in size and organics 10 c. Can be placed free from voids 11 d. Must have 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve 12 6. Blended Backfill Material 13 a. In-situ soils classified as SP, SM, GP or GM in accordance with ASTM D2487 14 b. Blended with in-situ or imported acceptable backfill material to meet the 15 requirements of an Acceptable Backfill Material 16 c. Free from deleterious materials, boulders over 6 inches in size and organics 17 d. Must have 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve 18 7. Unacceptable Backfill Material 19 a. In-situ soils classified as ML, MH, PT, OL or OH in accordance with ASTM 20 D2487 21 8. Select Fill 22 a. Classified as SC or CL in accordance with ASTM D2487 23 b. Liquid limit less than 35 24 c. Plasticity index between 8 and 20 25 9. Cement Stabilized Sand (CSS) 26 a. Sand 27 1) Shall be clean, durable sand meeting grading requirements for fine 28 aggregates of ASTM C33 and the following requirements: 29 a) Classified as SW, SP, or SM by the United Soil Classification System 30 of ASTM D2487 31 b) Deleterious materials 32 (1) Clay lumps, ASTM C142, less than 0.5 percent 33 (2) Lightweight pieces, ASTM C123, less than 5.0 percent 34 (3) Organic impurities, ASTM C40, color no darker than standard 35 color 36 (4) Plasticity index of 4 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM 37 D4318. 38 b. Minimum of 4 percent cement content of Type I/II Portland or Blended 39 hydraulic cement 40 c. Water 41 1) Potable water, free of soils, acids, alkalis, organic matter or other 42 deleterious substances, meeting requirements of ASTM C94 43 d. Mix in a stationary pug mill, weigh-batch or continuous mixing plant. 44 e. Strength 45 1) A minimum of 100 psi compressive strength at 7 days in accordance with 46 ASTM D1633, Method A 47 2) The maximum compressive strength in 7 days shall be 400 psi. 48 - 9 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 9 of 21 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised June 13, 2025 3)The material will be considered unacceptable and subject to removal and 1 replacement at contractor’s expense when the 7-day compressive strength is 2 less than 100 psi or more than 400 psi. 3 f.Random samples of delivered product will be taken in the field at point of4 delivery for each day of placement in the work area. Specimens will be prepared5 in accordance with ASTM D1632.6 10.Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM)7 a.Conform to Section 03 34 138 11.Trench Geotextile Fabric9 a.Soils other than ML or OH in accordance with ASTM D248710 1)Needle punch, nonwoven geotextile composed of polypropylene fibers11 2)Fibers shall retain their relative position12 3)Inert to biological degradation13 4)Resist naturally occurring chemicals14 5)UV Resistant15 6)Mirafi 140N by Tencate, or approved equal16 b.Soils Classified as ML or OH in accordance with ASTM D248717 1)High-tenacity monofilament polypropylene woven yarn18 2)Percent open area of 8 percent to10 percent19 3)Fibers shall retain their relative position20 4)Inert to biological degradation21 5)Resist naturally occurring chemicals22 6)UV Resistant23 7)Mirafi FW402 by Tencate, or approved equal24 12.Concrete Encasement25 a.Conform to Section 03 30 00.26 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 27 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 28 PART 3 - EXECUTION 29 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 30 3.2 EXAMINATION 31 A. Verification of Conditions32 1.Review all known, identified or marked utilities, whether public or private, prior to33 excavation.34 2.Locate and protect all known, identified and marked utilities or underground35 facilities as excavation progresses.36 3.Notify all utility owners within the project limits 48 hours prior to beginning37 excavation.38 4.The information and data shown in the Drawings with respect to utilities is39 approximate and based on record information or on physical appurtenances40 observed within the project limits.41 5.Coordinate with the Owner(s) of underground facilities.42 - 10 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 10 of 21 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised June 13, 2025 6.Immediately notify any utility owner of damages to underground facilities resulting 1 from construction activities.2 7.Repair any damages resulting from the construction activities.3 B. Notify the City immediately of any changed condition that impacts excavation and4 installation of the proposed utility.5 3.3 PREPARATION 6 A. Protection of In-Place Conditions7 1.Pavement8 a.Conduct activities in such a way that does not damage existing pavement that is9 designated to remain.10 1)Where desired to move equipment not licensed for operation on public11 roads or across pavement, provide means to protect the pavement from all12 damage.13 b.Repair or replace any pavement damaged due to the negligence of the contractor14 outside the limits designated for pavement removal at no additional cost to the15 City.16 2.Drainage17 a.Maintain positive drainage during construction and re-establish drainage for all18 swales and culverts affected by construction.19 3.Trees20 a.When operating outside of existing ROW, stake permanent and temporary21 construction easements.22 b.Restrict all construction activities to the designated easements and ROW.23 c.Flag and protect all trees designated to remain in accordance with Section 31 1024 00.25 d.Conduct excavation, embedment and backfill in a manner such that there is no26 damage to the tree canopy.27 e.Prune or trim tree limbs as specifically allowed by the Drawings or as28 specifically allowed by the City.29 1)Pruning or trimming may only be accomplished with equipments30 specifically designed for tree pruning or trimming.31 f.Remove trees specifically designated to be removed in the Drawings in32 accordance with Section 31 10 00.33 4.Above ground Structures34 a.Protect all above ground structures adjacent to the construction.35 b.Remove above ground structures designated for removal in the Drawings in36 accordance with Section 02 41 1337 5.Traffic38 a.Maintain existing traffic, except as modified by the traffic control plan, and in39 accordance with Section 34 71 13.40 b.Do not block access to driveways or alleys for extended periods of time unless:41 1)Alternative access has been provided42 2)Proper notification has been provided to the property owner or resident43 3)It is specifically allowed in the traffic control plan44 c.Use traffic rated plates to maintain access until access is restored.45 6.Traffic Signal – Poles, Mast Arms, Pull boxes, Detector loops46 - 11 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 11 of 21 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised June 13, 2025 a.Notify the City’s Transportation Management Division a minimum of 48 hours 1 prior to any excavation that could impact the operations of an existing traffic 2 signal. 3 b.Protect all traffic signal poles, mast arms, pull boxes, traffic cabinets, conduit4 and detector loops.5 c.Immediately notify the City’s Transportation Management Division if any6 damage occurs to any component of the traffic signal due to the contractors7 activities.8 d.Repair any damage to the traffic signal poles, mast arms, pull boxes, traffic9 cabinets, conduit and detector loops as a result of the construction activities.10 7.Fences11 a.Protect all fences designated to remain.12 b.Leave fence in the equal or better condition as prior to construction.13 3.4 INSTALLATION 14 A. Excavation15 1.Excavate to a depth indicated on the Drawings.16 2.Trench excavations are defined as unclassified. No additional payment shall be17 granted for rock or other in-situ materials encountered in the trench.18 3.Excavate to a width sufficient for laying the pipe in accordance with the Drawings19 and bracing in accordance with the Excavation Safety Plan.20 4.The bottom of the excavation shall be firm and free from standing water.21 a.Notify the City immediately if the water and/or the in-situ soils do not provide22 for a firm trench bottom.23 b.The City will determine if any changes are required in the pipe foundation or24 bedding.25 5.Unless otherwise permitted by the Drawings or by the City, the limits of the26 excavation shall not advance beyond the pipe placement so that the trench may be27 backfilled in the same day.28 6.Over Excavation29 a.Fill over excavated areas with the specified bedding material as specified for the30 specific pipe to be installed.31 b.No additional payment will be made for over excavation or additional bedding32 material.33 7.Unacceptable Backfill Materials34 a.In-situ soils classified as unacceptable backfill material shall be separated from35 acceptable backfill materials.36 b.If the unacceptable backfill material is to be blended in accordance with this37 Specification, then store material in a suitable location until the material is38 blended.39 c.Remove all unacceptable material from the project site that is not intended to be40 blended or modified.41 8.Rock – No additional compensation will be paid for rock excavation or other42 changed field conditions.43 B. Shoring, Sheeting and Bracing44 - 12 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 12 of 21 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised June 13, 2025 1.Engage a Licensed Professional Engineer in the State of Texas to design a site 1 specific excavation safety system in accordance with Federal and State 2 requirements. 3 2.Excavation protection systems shall be designed according to the space limitations4 as indicated in the Drawings.5 3.Furnish, put in place and maintain a trench safety system in accordance with the6 Excavation Safety Plan and required by Federal, State or local safety requirements.7 4.If soil or water conditions are encountered that are not addressed by the current8 Excavation Safety Plan, engage a Licensed Professional Engineer in the State of9 Texas to modify the Excavation Safety Plan and provide a revised submittal to the10 City.11 5.Do not allow soil, or water containing soil, to migrate through the Excavation12 Safety System in sufficient quantities to adversely affect the suitability of the13 Excavation Protection System. Movable bracing, shoring plates or trench boxes14 used to support the sides of the trench excavation shall not:15 a.Disturb the embedment located in the pipe zone or lower16 b.Alter the pipe’s line and grade after the Excavation Protection System is17 removed18 c.Compromise the compaction of the embedment located below the spring line of19 the pipe and in the haunching20 C. Water Control21 1.Surface Water22 a.Furnish all materials and equipment and perform all incidental work required to23 direct surface water away from the excavation.24 2.Ground Water25 a.Furnish all materials and equipment to dewater ground water by a method which26 preserves the undisturbed state of the subgrade soils.27 b.Do not allow the pipe to be submerged within 24 hours after placement.28 c.Do not allow water to flow over concrete until it has sufficiently cured.29 d.Engage a Licensed Engineer in the State of Texas to prepare a Ground Water30 Control Plan if any of the following conditions are encountered:31 1)A Ground Water Control Plan is specifically required by the Contract32 Documents33 2)If in the sole judgment of the City, ground water is so severe that an34 Engineered Ground Water Control Plan is required to protect the trench or the35 installation of the pipe which may include:36 a)Ground water levels in the trench are unable to be maintained below37 the top of the bedding38 b)A firm trench bottom cannot be maintained due to ground water39 c)Ground water entering the excavation undermines the stability of the40 excavation.41 d)Ground water entering the excavation is transporting unacceptable42 quantities of soils through the Excavation Safety System.43 e.In the event that there is no bid item for a Ground Water Control and the City44 requires an Engineered Ground Water Control Plan due to conditions discovered45 at the site, the contractor will be eligible to submit a change order.46 f.Control of ground water shall be considered subsidiary to the excavation when:47 - 13 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 13 of 21 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised June 13, 2025 1)No Ground Water Control Plan is specifically identified and required in the 1 Contract Documents2 g.Ground Water Control Plan installation, operation and maintenance3 1)Furnish all materials and equipment necessary to implement, operate and4 maintain the Ground Water Control Plan.5 2)Once the excavation is complete, remove all ground water control6 equipment not called to be incorporated into the work.7 h.Water Disposal8 1)Dispose of ground water in accordance with City policy or Ordinance.9 2)Do not discharge ground water onto or across private property without10 written permission.11 3)Permission from the City is required prior to disposal into the Sanitary12 Sewer.13 4)Disposal shall not violate any Federal, State or local regulations.14 D. Embedment and Pipe Placement15 1.Water Lines less than, or equal to, 12 inches in diameter:16 a.The entire embedment zone shall be of uniform material.17 b.Utility sand shall be generally used for embedment.18 c.If ground water is in sufficient quantity to cause sand to pump, then use crushed19 rock as embedment.20 1)If crushed rock is not specifically identified in the Contract Documents,21 then crushed rock shall be paid by the pre-bid unit price.22 d.Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom.23 e.Provide firm, uniform bedding.24 f.Place pipe on the bedding in accordance with the alignment of the Drawings.25 g.In no case shall the top of the pipe be less than 42 inches from the surface of the26 proposed grade, unless specifically called for in the Drawings.27 h.Place embedment, including initial backfill, to a minimum of 6 inches, but not28 more than 12 inches, above the pipe.29 i.Where gate valves are present, the initial backfill shall extend to 6 inches above30 the elevation of the valve nut.31 j.Form all blocking against undisturbed trench wall to the dimensions in the32 Drawings.33 k.Compact embedment and initial backfill.34 l.Place marker tape on top of the initial trench backfill in accordance with Section35 33 05 26.36 2.Water Lines 16-inches through 24-inches in diameter:37 a.The entire embedment zone shall be of uniform material.38 b.Utility sand may be used for embedment when the excavated trench depth is less39 than 15 feet deep.40 c.Crushed rock or fine crushed rock shall be used for embedment for excavated41 trench depths 15 feet, or greater.42 d.Crushed rock shall be used for embedment for steel pipe.43 e.Provide trench geotextile fabric at any location where crushed rock or fine44 crushed rock come into contact with utility sand45 f.Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom.46 g.Provide firm, uniform bedding.47 1)Additional bedding may be required if ground water is present in the48 trench.49 - 14 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 14 of 21 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised June 13, 2025 2)If additional crushed rock is required not specifically identified in the1 Contract Documents, then crushed rock shall be paid by the pre-bid unit price.2 h.Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment shown on the Drawings.3 i.The pipe line shall be within:4 1)±3 inches of the elevation on the Drawings for 16-inch and 24-inch water5 lines6 j.Place and compact embedment material to adequately support haunches in7 accordance with the pipe manufacturer’s recommendations.8 k.Place remaining embedment including initial backfill to a minimum of 6 inches,9 but not more than 12 inches, above the pipe.10 l.Where gate valves are present, the initial backfill shall extend to up to the valve11 nut.12 m.Compact the embedment and initial backfill to 95 percent Standard Proctor13 ASTM D 698.14 n.Density test performed by a commercial testing firm approved by the City to15 verify that the compaction of embedment meets requirements.16 o.Place trench geotextile fabric on top of the initial backfill.17 p.Place marker tape on top of the trench geotextile fabric in accordance with18 Section 33 05 26.19 3.Water Lines 30-inches and greater in diameter20 a.The entire embedment zone shall be of uniform material.21 b.Crushed rock shall be used for embedment.22 c.Provide trench geotextile fabric at any location where crushed rock or fine23 crushed rock come into contact with utility sand.24 d.Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom.25 e.Provide firm, uniform bedding.26 1)Additional bedding may be required if ground water is present in the27 trench.28 2)If additional crushed rock is required which is not specifically identified in29 the Contract Documents, then crushed rock shall be paid by the pre-bid unit30 price.31 f.Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment shown on the Drawings.32 g.The pipe line shall be within:33 1)±1 inch of the elevation on the Drawings for 30-inch and larger water lines34 h.Place and compact embedment material to adequately support haunches in35 accordance with the pipe manufacturer’s recommendations.36 i.For steel pipe greater than 30 inches in diameter, the initial embedment lift shall37 not exceed the spring line prior to compaction.38 j.Place remaining embedment, including initial backfill, to a minimum of 639 inches, but not more than 12 inches, above the pipe.40 k.Where gate valves are present, the initial backfill shall extend to up to the valve41 nut.42 l.Compact the embedment and initial backfill to 95 percent Standard Proctor43 ASTM D 698.44 m.Density test may be performed by a commercial testing firm approved by the45 City to verify that the compaction of embedment meets requirements.46 n.Place trench geotextile fabric on top of the initial backfill.47 o.Place marker tape on top of the trench geotextile fabric in accordance with48 Section 33 05 26.49 - 15 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 15 of 21 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised June 13, 2025 4.Sanitary Sewer Lines and Storm Sewer Lines (HDPE) 1 a.The entire embedment zone shall be of uniform material.2 b.Crushed rock shall be used for embedment.3 c.Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom.4 d.Spread bedding so that lines and grades are maintained and that there are no sags5 in the sanitary sewer pipe line.6 e.Provide firm, uniform bedding.7 1)Additional bedding may be required if ground water is present in the8 trench.9 2)If additional crushed rock is required which is not specifically identified in10 the Contract Documents, then crushed rock shall be paid by the pre-bid unit11 price.12 f.Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment shown in the Drawings.13 g.The pipe line shall be within ±0.1 inches of the elevation, and be consistent with14 the grade shown on the Drawings.15 h.Place and compact embedment material to adequately support haunches in16 accordance with the pipe manufacturer’s recommendations.17 i.For sewer lines greater than 30 inches in diameter, the embedment lift shall not18 exceed the spring line prior to compaction.19 j.Place remaining embedment including initial backfill to a minimum of 6 inches,20 but not more than 12 inches, above the pipe.21 k.Compact the embedment and initial backfill to 95 percent Standard Proctor22 ASTM D 698.23 l.Density test may be performed by a commercial testing firm approved by the24 City to verify that the compaction of embedment meets requirements.25 m.Place trench geotextile fabric on top of the initial backfill.26 n.Place marker tape on top of the trench geotextile fabric in accordance with27 Section 33 05 26.28 5.Storm Sewer (RCP)29 a.The bedding and the pipe zone up to the spring line shall be of uniform material.30 b.Crushed rock shall be used for embedment up to the spring line.31 c.The specified backfill material may be used above the spring line.32 d.Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom.33 e.Spread bedding so that lines and grades are maintained and that there are no sags34 in the storm sewer pipe line.35 f.Provide firm, uniform bedding.36 1)Additional bedding may be required if ground water is present in the37 trench.38 2)If additional crushed rock is required which is not specifically identified in39 the Contract Documents, then crushed rock shall be paid by the pre-bid unit40 price.41 g.Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment of the Drawings.42 h.The pipe line shall be within ±0.1 inches of the elevation, and be consistent with43 the grade, shown on the Drawings.44 i.Place embedment material up to the spring line.45 1)Place embedment to ensure that adequate support is obtained in the haunch.46 j.Compact the embedment and initial backfill to 95 percent Standard Proctor47 ASTM D 698.48 k.Density test may be performed by a commercial testing firm approved by the49 City to verify that the compaction of embedment meets requirements.50 - 16 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 16 of 21 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised June 13, 2025 l.Place trench geotextile fabric on top of pipe and crushed rock. 1 6.Storm Sewer (PP - Polypropylene)2 a.The entire embedment zone shall be of uniform material.3 b.Crushed rock shall be used for embedment up to top of pipe.4 c.Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom.5 d.Spread bedding so that lines and grades are maintained and that there are no sags6 in the storm sewer pipe line.7 e.Provide firm, uniform bedding.8 1)Additional bedding may be required if ground water is present in the9 trench.10 2)If additional crushed rock is required which is not specifically11 identified in the Contract Documents, then crushed rock shall be paid12 by the pre-bid unit price.13 f.Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment shown in the Drawings.14 g.The pipe line shall be within ±0.1 inches of the elevation, and be consistent with15 the grade shown on the Drawings.16 h.Place and compact embedment material to adequately support haunches in17 accordance with the pipe manufacturer’s recommendations.18 i.Compact the embedment and initial backfill to 95 percent Standard Proctor19 ASTM D 698.20 j.Density test may be performed by City to verify that the compaction of21 embedment meets requirements.22 k.Place trench geotextile fabric on top of the initial backfill.23 7.Storm Sewer Reinforced Concrete Box24 a.Crushed rock shall be used for bedding.25 b.The pipe zone and the initial backfill shall be:26 1)Crushed rock, or27 2)Acceptable backfill material compacted to 95 percent Standard Proctor28 density29 c.Place evenly spread compacted bedding material on a firm trench bottom.30 d.Spread bedding so that lines and grades are maintained and that there are no sags31 in the storm sewer pipe line.32 e.Provide firm, uniform bedding.33 1)Additional bedding may be required if ground water is present in the34 trench.35 2)If additional crushed rock is required which is not specifically identified in36 the Contract Documents, then crushed rock shall be paid by the pre-bid unit37 price.38 f.Fill the annular space between multiple boxes with crushed rock, CLSM39 according to 03 34 13.40 g.Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment of the Drawings.41 h.The pipe shall be within ±0.1 inches of the elevation, and be consistent with the42 grade, shown on the Drawings.43 i.Compact the embedment initial backfill to 95 percent Standard Proctor ASTM44 D698.45 8.Water Services (Less than 2 Inches in Diameter)46 a.The entire embedment zone shall be of uniform material.47 b.Utility sand shall be generally used for embedment.48 c.Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom.49 - 17 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 17 of 21 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised June 13, 2025 d. Provide firm, uniform bedding. 1 e. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment of the Plans. 2 f. Compact the initial backfill to 95 percent Standard Proctor ASTM D698. 3 9. Sanitary Sewer Services 4 a. The entire embedment zone shall be of uniform material. 5 b. Crushed rock shall be used for embedment. 6 c. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. 7 d. Spread bedding so that lines and grades are maintained and that there are no sags 8 in the sanitary sewer pipe line. 9 e. Provide firm, uniform bedding. 10 1) Additional bedding may be required if ground water is present in the 11 trench. 12 2) If additional crushed rock is required which is not specifically identified in 13 the Contract Documents, then crushed rock shall be paid by the pre-bid unit 14 price. 15 f. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment of the Drawings. 16 g. Place remaining embedment, including initial backfill, to a minimum of 6 17 inches, but not more than 12 inches, above the pipe. 18 h. Compact the initial backfill to 95 percent Standard Proctor ASTM D698. 19 i. Density test may be required to verify that the compaction meets the density 20 requirements. 21 E. Trench Backfill 22 1. At a minimum, place backfill in such a manner that the required in-place density 23 and moisture content is obtained, and so that there will be no damage to the surface, 24 pavement or structures due to any trench settlement or trench movement. 25 a. Meeting the requirement herein does not relieve the responsibility to damages 26 associated with the Work. 27 2. Backfill Material 28 a. Final backfill (not under existing pavement or future pavement) 29 1) Backfill with: 30 a) Acceptable backfill material 31 b) Blended backfill material, or 32 c) Select backfill material, CSS, or CLSM when specifically required 33 b. Final backfill depth 15 feet or greater (under existing or future pavement) 34 1) Backfill depth from 0 to15 feet deep 35 a) Backfill with: 36 (1) Acceptable backfill material 37 (2) Blended backfill material, or 38 (3) Select backfill material, CSS, or CLSM when specifically required 39 2) Backfill depth from 15 feet and greater 40 a) Backfill with: 41 (1) Select Fill 42 (2) CSS, or 43 (3) CLSM when specifically required 44 c. Backfill for service lines: 45 1) Backfill for water or sewer service lines shall be the same as the 46 requirement of the main that the service is connected to. 47 3. Required Compaction and Density 48 - 18 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 18 of 21 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised June 13, 2025 a. Final backfill (depths less than 15 feet/under existing or future pavement) 1 1) Compact acceptable backfill material, blended backfill material or select 2 backfill to a minimum of 95 percent Standard Proctor per ASTM D698 at 3 moisture content within -2 to +5 percent of the optimum moisture. 4 2) CSS or CLSM requires no compaction. 5 b. Final backfill (depths 15 feet and greater/under existing or future pavement) 6 1) Compact select backfill to a minimum of 98 percent Standard Proctor per 7 ASTM D 698 at moisture content within -2 to +5 percent of the optimum 8 moisture up to the final grade. 9 2) CSS or CLSM requires no compaction. 10 c. Final backfill (not under existing or future pavement) 11 1) Compact acceptable backfill material blended backfill material, or select 12 backfill to a minimum of 95 percent Standard Proctor per ASTM D 698 at 13 moisture content within -2 to +5 percent of the optimum moisture. 14 4. Saturated Soils 15 a. If in-situ soils consistently demonstrate that they are greater than 5 percent over 16 optimum moisture content, the soils are considered saturated. 17 b. Flooding the trench or water jetting is strictly prohibited. 18 c. If saturated soils are identified in the Drawings or Geotechnical Report in the 19 Appendix, Contractor shall proceed with Work following all backfill procedures 20 outlined in the Drawings for areas of soil saturation greater than 5 percent. 21 d. If saturated soils are encountered during Work but not identified in Drawings or 22 Geotechnical Report in the Appendix: 23 1) The Contractor shall: 24 a) Immediately notify the City. 25 b) Submit a Contract Claim for Extra Work associated with direction from 26 City. 27 2) The City shall: 28 a) Investigate soils and determine if Work can proceed in the identified 29 location. 30 b) Direct the Contractor of changed backfill procedures associated with 31 the saturated soils that may include: 32 (1) Imported backfill 33 (2) A site specific backfill design 34 5. Placement of Backfill 35 a. Use only compaction equipment specifically designed for compaction of a 36 particular soil type and within the space and depth limitation experienced in the 37 trench. 38 b. Flooding the trench or water setting is strictly prohibited. 39 c. Place in loose lifts not to exceed 12 inches. 40 d. Compact to specified densities. 41 e. Compact only on top of initial backfill, undisturbed trench or previously 42 compacted backfill. 43 f. Remove any loose materials due to the movement of any trench box or shoring 44 or due to sloughing of the trench wall. 45 g. Install appropriate tracking balls for water and sanitary sewer trenches in 46 accordance with Section 33 05 26. 47 6. Backfill Means and Methods Demonstration 48 - 19 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 19 of 21 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised June 13, 2025 a. Notify the City in writing with sufficient time for the City to obtain samples and 1 perform standard proctor test in accordance with ASTM D698. 2 b. The results of the standard proctor test must be received prior to beginning 3 excavation. 4 c. Upon commencing of backfill placement for the project the Contractor shall 5 demonstrate means and methods to obtain the required densities. 6 d. Demonstrate Means and Methods for compaction including: 7 1) Depth of lifts for backfill which shall not exceed 12 inches 8 2) Method of moisture control for excessively dry or wet backfill 9 3) Placement and moving trench box, if used 10 4) Compaction techniques in an open trench 11 5) Compaction techniques around structure 12 e. Provide a testing trench box to provide access to the recently backfilled material. 13 f. The City will provide a qualified testing lab full time during this period to 14 randomly test density and moisture continent. 15 1) The testing lab will provide results as available on the job site. 16 7. Varying Ground Conditions 17 a. Notify the City of varying ground conditions and the need for additional 18 proctors. 19 b. Request additional proctors when soil conditions change. 20 c. The City may acquire additional proctors at its discretion. 21 d. Significant changes in soil conditions will require an additional Means and 22 Methods demonstration. 23 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 24 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 25 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 26 A. Field Tests and Inspections 27 1. Proctors 28 a. The City will perform Proctors in accordance with ASTM D698. 29 b. Test results will generally be available to within 4 calendar days and distributed 30 to: 31 1) Contractor 32 2) City Project Manager 33 3) City Inspector 34 4) Engineer 35 c. Notify the City if the characteristic of the soil changes. 36 d. City will perform new proctors for varying soils: 37 1) When indicated in the geotechnical investigation in the Appendix 38 2) If notified by the Contractor 39 3) At the convenience of the City 40 e. Trenches where different soil types are present at different depths, the proctors 41 shall be based on the mixture of those soils. 42 2. Density Testing of Backfill 43 a. Density Tests shall be in conformance with ASTM D2922. 44 b. Provide a testing trench protection for trench depths in excess of 5 feet. 45 c. Place, move and remove testing trench protection as necessary to facilitate all 46 test conducted by the commercial testing firm approved by the City. 47 - 20 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 20 of 21 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised June 13, 2025 d. The commercial testing lab will perform moisture/density test for every 200-ft 1 or less of trench length, as measured along the length of the pipe. A minimum of 2 one test shall be performed for every 2 vertical feet of compacted backfill 3 material, independent of the contractor’s lift thickness for compaction. Test 4 locations shall be staggered within each lift so that successive lifts are not tested 5 in the same location. A random number generator may be used to determine test 6 locations. Moisture/density tests shall be performed at a depth not more than 2 7 feet above the top of the pipe bedding and in 2-foot increments up to the final 8 grade. The project inspector or project manager may request testing at an 9 increased frequency and/or at specific locations. 10 e. The contractor can proceed with subsequent earthwork only after test results for 11 previously completed work comply with requirements. If the required 12 compaction density has not been obtained, the backfill should be scarified and 13 moistened or aerated, or removed to a depth required, and be replaced with 14 approved backfill, and re-compacted to the specified density at the contractor’s 15 expense. In no case will excavation, pipe-laying, or other operation be allowed 16 to proceed until the specified compaction is attained. 17 f. The testing lab will provide results to Contractor and the City’s Inspector upon 18 completion of the testing. 19 g. A formal report will be posted to the City’s Accela (Developer Projects) and 20 BIM 360 (City Projects) site within 48 hours. 21 h. Test reports shall include: 22 1) Location of test by station number 23 2) Time and date of test 24 3) Depth of testing 25 4) Field moisture 26 5) Dry density 27 6) Proctor identifier 28 7) Percent Proctor Density 29 3. Density of Embedment 30 a. Storm sewer boxes that are embedded with acceptable backfill material, blended 31 backfill material, cement modified backfill material or select material will 32 follow the same testing procedure as backfill. 33 b. The City may test fine crushed rock or crushed rock embedment in accordance 34 with ASTM D2922 or ASTM 1556. 35 B. Non-Conforming Work 36 1. All non-conforming work shall be removed and replaced. 37 - 21 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 21 of 21 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised June 13, 2025 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 1 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 2 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 4 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 5 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 6 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 7 END OF SECTION 8 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.2 – Added Item for Concrete Encasement for Utility Lines Various Sections – Revised Depths to Include 15’ and greater 3.3.A – Additional notes for pavement protection and positive drainage. 3.4.E.2 – Added requirements for backfill of service lines. 3.4.E.5 – Added language prohibiting flooding of trench 6/18/2013 D. Johnson 1.2.A.3 – Clarified measurement and payment for concrete encasement as per plan quantity 2.2.A – Added language for concrete encasement 11/09/16 Z. Arega 2.2.A.1.d Modify gradation for sand material 2/26/2021 Z. Arega 2.2 A. 1. E. - Added reference to pre-approved list of sand sources for embedment; 3.3 A. 6. - Changed reference to Transportation Management Division; 3.4 - Provided clarification re: use of commercial testing firms approved by City and backfill requirements; and 3.7 A. 2. Provided clarification re: backfill testing requirements. 4/2/2021 M Owen 3.4 D. 6. Add requirements Storm Sewer (PP - Polypropylene) 12/13/24 M Owen 1.3 B. – Updated reference standards 2.2 A. 9. b. – Clarified Portland or Blended hydraulic cement 2.2 A. 9. e. – Added limits for methods of CSS mixing and clarified testing values resulting in required replacement 6/13/25 M Owen Removed blue text guidance, as there are no required changes. 1.2 A. 6. Added water trench stop to M&P section. 9 33 05 13 - 1 FRAME, COVER, AND GRADE RINGS Page 1 of 6 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised September 9, 2022 SECTION 33 05 13 1 FRAME, COVER, AND GRADE RINGS 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes:5 1.Cast iron frame, cover and grade rings used as access ports into water, sanitary6 sewer and storm drain structures such manholes or vaults7 2.Compression Molded Composite Frames and Covers used as access ports into8 sanitary sewer and water structures such as manholes and junction boxes.9 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification10 1.None.11 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:12 1.Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the13 Contract14 2.Division 1 – General Requirements15 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 16 A. Measurement and Payment17 1.Measurement18 a.This Item is considered subsidiary to the structure containing the frame, cover19 and grade rings.20 2.Payment21 a.The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item22 are subsidiary to the unit price bid per each structure complete in place, and no23 other compensation will be allowed.24 1.3 REFERENCES 25 A. Reference Standards26 1.Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference27 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this28 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited.29 2.ASTM International (ASTM)30 a.ASTM A48 – Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings31 b.ASTM A536 - Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings32 c.ASTM C478 - Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections33 3.American Association of State Highways and Transportation Officials (AASHTO)34 a.AASHTO HS-25 – AASHTO Highway Bridge Specification: Axial Loading to35 meet or exceed 21,280 pounds/wheel load36 b.AASHTO M306 – Standard Specification for Drainage, Sewer, Utility and37 Related Castings38 33 05 13 - 2 FRAME, COVER, AND GRADE RINGS Page 2 of 6 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised September 9, 2022 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1 1.5 SUBMITTALS 2 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00.3 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication for4 specials.5 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 6 A. Product Data7 1.All castings shall be cast with:8 a.Approved foundry’s name9 b.Part number10 c.Country of origin11 2.All moldings shall display:12 a.Approved Molder13 b.Molding date14 c.Wording that material is non-metallic15 d.Country of origin16 3. Provide manufacturers:17 a.Specifications18 b.Load tables19 c.Dimension diagrams20 d.Anchor details21 e.Installation instructions22 B. Certificates23 1.Manufacturer shall certify that all castings or moldings conform to the ASTM and24 AASHTO designations.25 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 26 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 27 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 28 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 29 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 30 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 31 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 32 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 33 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, MATERIALS 34 A. Manufacturers35 1.Only the manufacturers as listed on the City’s Standard Products List will be36 considered as shown in Section 01 60 00 unless otherwise specified on the plans.37 33 05 13 - 3 FRAME, COVER, AND GRADE RINGS Page 3 of 6 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised September 9, 2022 a.The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 1 2.Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a2 substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00.3 B. Cast Iron Covers4 1.Use castings for frames that conform to ASTM A48, Class 35B or better.5 2.Use castings for covers that conform to ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12 or better.6 3.Use clean casting capable of withstanding application of AASHTO HS-20 vehicle7 loading with permanent deformation.8 4.Covers9 a.Size to set flush with the frame with no larger than a 1/8-inch gap between the10 frame and cover11 b.Provide with 2-inch wide pick slots in lieu of pick holes.12 c.Provide gasket in frame and cover.13 d.Standard Dimensions14 1)Sanitary Sewer15 a)Provide a clear opening of 30 inches for all sanitary sewer frames and16 cover assemblies unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents.17 2)Storm Drain18 a)Provide a clear opening of 24 inches for all storm drain frames, inlets19 and cover assemblies unless otherwise specified in the Contract20 Documents.21 b)Provide a minimum clear opening of 30 inches for all storm sewer22 manholes and junction structures.23 e.Standard Labels24 1)Water25 a)Cast lid with the word “WATER” in 2-inch letters across the lid.26 2)Sanitary Sewer27 a)Cast lid with the word “SANITARY SEWER” in 2-inch letters across28 the lid.29 3)Storm Drain30 a)Cast lid with the word “STORM DRAIN” in 2-inch letters across the31 lid.32 f.Hinge Covers33 1)Provide water tight gasket on all hinged covers.34 2)Water35 a)Provide hinged covers for all water structures.36 3)Sanitary Sewer37 a)Provide hinged covers for all manholes or structures constructed over38 24-inch sewer lines and larger and for manholes where rim elevations are39 greater than 12 inches above the surface.40 C. Composite Covers41 1.All composite moldings shall consist of a thermosetting resin matrix blended and/or42 combined with reinforcing fiber rovings, short fiber filaments, or equivalent43 nonmetallic reinforcing structure(s). The thermosetting resin matrix shall be a44 polymer, vinylester, or a blend of these. The moldings shall be true to pattern in45 locations affecting their strength and value for the service intended. Before the46 moldings are removed from the molding operation, they shall be thoroughly47 deflashed and cleaned at the parting lines, holes, notches and all exposed edges.48 33 05 13 - 4 FRAME, COVER, AND GRADE RINGS Page 4 of 6 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised September 9, 2022 2.Use clean molding capable of withstanding application of AASHTO HS-25 vehicle1 loading with permanent deformation. Composite frames shall have a minimum wall2 thickness of 0.75 inches in sections exposed to traffic and potential traffic wheel3 impact.4 3.Metal reinforcements or metal hinges molded within the composite shall not be5 permitted.6 4.All composite moldings shall have UV stabilizers (concentrations from 0.05% to7 5%) added prior to shaping the product by injection molding.8 5.Covers9 a.Composite covers shall be compression molded under high pressures (>0.510 tons/sq inch of x-y surface area) and high temperatures (>200 degrees F).11 Components for locking systems below the cover exposed to sewer environment12 shall be made of noncorrosive materials such as nonmagnetic 316 stainless steel13 (Austenite) or a polymer.14 b.Size to set flush with the frame with no larger than a 1/8 -inch gap between the15 frame and cover16 c.Provide with 2 - inch wide pick slots in lieu of pick holes.17 d.Provide gasket in frame and cover.18 e.Standard Dimensions19 1)Sanitary Sewer and Water20 a)Provide a clear opening of 30 inches for all sanitary sewer frames and21 cover assemblies unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents.22 f.Standard Labels23 1)Sanitary Sewer24 a)Cast lid with the word “SANITARY SEWER” in 1-1/2-inch25 (minimum) or 2-inch (maximum) letters across the lid.26 2)Water27 a)Cast lid with the word “WATER” in 1-1/2-inch (minimum) or 2-inch28 (maximum) letters across the lid.29 b) 30 g.Hinge Covers31 1)Hinged covers shall be double-hinged allowing a minimal 180o full32 opening.33 2)Provide water tight gasket on all hinged covers.34 3)Sanitary Sewer35 a)Provide hinged covers for all manholes or structures constructed over36 all sewer lines.37 D. Grade Rings38 1. Provide composite grade rings in sizes from 2-inch up to 8-inch.39 2.Precast concrete grade rings are not permitted40 3.Riser adjustment to surface grade may be constructed using circular Sonotube®41 forms42 E. Joint Sealant43 1.Provide a pre-formed or trowelable bitumastic sealant in an extrudable or flat tape44 form.45 2.Provide sealant that is not dependant on a chemical action for its adhesive46 properties or cohesive strength.47 33 05 13 - 5 FRAME, COVER, AND GRADE RINGS Page 5 of 6 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised September 9, 2022 3. Provide adhesive as recommended by manufacturer on composite covers/grade 1 rings.2 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 3 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 4 PART 3 - EXECUTION 5 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 6 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 7 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 8 3.4 INSTALLATION 9 A. Grade Rings10 1.Place as shown in the City Standard Details.11 2.Clean surfaces of dirt, sand, mud or other foreign matter before placing sealant.12 3.Seal each composite grade ring with sealant specified in this Specification and as13 shown on the City Standard Details.14 B. Frame and Cover15 1.Water16 a.For water structures install frame, cover and grade rings in accordance with17 applicable City Standard Detail.18 2.Sanitary Sewer19 a.For sanitary sewer structures install frame, cover and grade rings in accordance20 with applicable City Standard Detail.21 3.Storm Drain22 a.For storm drain structures install frame, cover and grade rings in accordance23 with applicable City Standard Detail.24 4.Hinge Cover25 a.Provide hinge cover on elevated manholes, junction boxes, in the flood plain and26 where specified on the Drawings. Hinges are not required on composite manhole27 covers.28 C. Joint Sealing29 1.Seal frame, grade rings and structure with specified sealant.30 D. Concrete Collar31 1.Provide concrete collar around all frame and cover assemblies constructed at grade.32 33 05 13 - 6 FRAME, COVER, AND GRADE RINGS Page 6 of 6 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised September 9, 2022 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 1 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 2 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 4 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 5 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 6 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 7 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 8 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 9 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 10 END OF SECTION 11 12 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 2.2.B.4.d.2)b) – Updated to clear opening dimensions to 22 ½ inches 3/19/2021 C. Henry 2.2.B.4.d.2)a) – Updated to clear opening dimensions to 24 inches 2.2.B.4.d.2)b) – Updated to clear opening dimensions to 30 inches 7/02/2021 M Owen Included composite requirements 12/09/2021 M Owen Update specification to correspond to standard detail revisions. 9/09/2022 M Owen 2.2 D and E and 3.4 A – Clarified use of composite grade rings or adjustment using circular Sonotube® forms and that precast concrete grade rings are not permitted. 13 33 05 14 - 1 ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE Page 1 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised March 11, 2022 SECTION 33 05 14 1 ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO 2 GRADE 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A.Section Includes:6 1.Vertical adjustments to manholes, drop inlets, valve boxes , cathodic protection test7 stations and other miscellaneous structures to a new grade8 B.Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification9 1. None.10 C.Related Specification Sections inclu de, but are not necessarily limited to:11 1.Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the12 Contract13 2.Division 1 – General Requirements14 3. Section 32 01 17 – Permanent Asphalt paving Repair15 4.Section 32 01 29 – Concrete Paving Repair16 5.Section 33 05 10 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill17 6.Section 33 05 13 – Frame, Cover and Grade Rings18 7.Section 33 39 10 – Cast-in -Place Concrete Manholes19 8.Section 33 39 20 – Prec ast Concrete Manholes20 9.Section 33 12 20 – Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valve21 10.Section 33 12 21 – AWWA Rubber -Seated Butterfly Valve22 11.Section 33 04 11 – Corrosion Control Test Station23 12.Section 33 04 12 – Magnesium Anode Cathodic Protection System24 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 25 A.Measurement and Payment26 1. Manhole – Minor Adjustment27 a. Measurement28 1)Measurement for this Item shall be per each adjustment using only grade29 rings or other minor adjustment devices to raise or lower a manhole to a grade30 as specified on the Drawings.31 b.Payment32 1)The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this33 Item will be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Manhole Adjustment,34 Minor ” completed.35 c.The price bid shall include:36 1)Pavement removal37 2) Excavation38 3)Hauling39 4)Disposal of excess material40 33 05 14 - 2 ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE Page 2 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised March 11, 2022 5)Grade rings or other adjustment device 1 6)Reuse of the existing manhole frame and cover2 7)Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment and backfill3 8)Concrete base material4 9)Permanent asphalt patch or concrete paving repair, as required5 10)Clean-up6 2. Manhole - Major Adjustment7 a. Measurement8 1)Measurement for this Item shall be per each adjustment requiring structural 9 modifications to raise or lower a manhole to a grade as specified on the10 Drawings.11 b.Payment12 1)The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this13 Item will be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Manhole Adjustment,14 Major ” completed.15 c.The price bid shall include:16 1)Pavement removal17 2) Excavation18 3)Hauling19 4)Disposal of excess material20 5)Structural modifications, grade rings or other adjustment device21 6)Reuse of the existing manhole frame and cover22 7)Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment and backfill23 8)Concrete base material24 9)Permanent asphalt patch or concrete paving repair, as required25 10)Clean-up26 3. Manhole - Major Adjustment with Frame and Cover27 a. Measurement28 1)Measurement for this Item shall be per each adjustment requiring structural 29 modifications to raise or lower a manhole to a grade specified on the30 Drawings or structural modifications for a manhole requiring a new frame and31 cover, often for changes to cover diameter .32 b.Payment33 1)The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this34 Item will be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Manhole Adjustment,35 Major w/ Cover” completed.36 c.The price bid shall include:37 1)Pavement removal38 2) Excavation39 3)Hauling40 4)Disposal of excess material41 5)Structural modifications, grade rings or other adjustment device42 6)Frame and cover43 7)Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment and backfill44 8)Concrete base material45 9)Permanent asphalt patch or concrete paving repair, as required46 10)Clean-up47 4.Inlet48 a. Measurement49 33 05 14 - 3 ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE Page 3 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised March 11, 2022 1)Measurement for this Item shall be per each adjustment requiring structural 1 modifications to inlet to a grade specified on the Drawings.2 b.Payment3 1)The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this4 Item will be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Inlet Adjustment”5 completed.6 c.The price bid shall include:7 1)Pavement removal8 2) Excavation9 3)Hauling10 4)Disposal of excess material11 5)Structural modifications12 6)Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment and backfill13 7)Concrete base material, as required14 8)Surface restoration, per manent asphalt patch or concrete paving repair, as15 required16 9)Clean-up17 5.Valve Box18 a. Measurement19 1)Measurement for this Item shall be per each adjustment to a grade specified20 on the Drawings.21 b.Payment22 1)The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this23 Item will be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Valve Box Adjustment”24 completed.25 c.The price bid shall include:26 1)Pavement removal27 2) Excavation28 3)Hauling29 4)Disposal of excess material30 5)Adjustment device31 6)Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment and backfill32 7)Concrete base material, as required33 8)Surface restoration, permanent asphalt patch or concrete paving repair, as34 required35 9)Clean-up36 6.Cathodic Protection Test Station37 a. Measurement38 1)Measurement for this Item shall be per each adjustment to a grade specif ied39 on the Drawings.40 b.Payment41 1)The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this42 Item will be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Cathodic Protection Test43 Station Adjustment” completed.44 c.The price bid shall include:45 1)Pavement removal46 2) Excavation47 3)Hauling48 4)Disposal of excess material49 33 05 14 - 4 ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE Page 4 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised March 11, 2022 5)Adjustment device1 6)Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment and backfill2 7)Concrete base material, as required3 8)Surface restoration, permanent asphalt patch or concrete paving repair, as4 required5 9)Clean-up6 7. Fire Hydrant7 a. Measurement8 1)Measurement for this Item shall be per each adjustment requiring stem9 extensions to meet a grade specified by the Drawings.10 b.Payment11 1)The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this12 Item will be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Fire Hydrant Stem13 Extension” completed.14 c.The price bid shall include:15 1)Pavement removal16 2) Excavation17 3)Hauling18 4)Disposal of excess material19 5)Adjustment materials20 6)Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment and backfill21 7)Concrete base material, as required22 8)Surface restoration, permanent asphalt patch or concrete paving repair, as23 required24 9)Clean-up25 8.Meter Box26 a. Measurement27 1)Minor adjustments to meter box less than 6-inches vertical shall be28 considered subsidiary to the meter box pay item.29 2)Measurement for this Item shall be per each water meter adjustment30 required in excess of 6-inches vertically to meet a grade specified by the31 Drawings.32 b.Payment33 1)The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this34 Item will be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Meter Box Adjustment35 Extension” completed.36 c.The price bid shall include:37 1) Excavation38 2)Hauling39 3)Disposal of excess material40 4)Adjustment materials41 5)Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment and backfill42 6)Concrete base material, as required43 7)Surface restoration, unimproved area, as required44 8)Clean-up45 46 9.Miscellaneous Structure This Item is intended for a unique structure. Bid Item47 should include details to identify the specific structure (i.e. Miscellaneous Structure48 Adjustment, Sta. 1+00)49 33 05 14 - 5 ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE Page 5 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438] Revised March 11, 2022 a. Measurement1 1)Measurement for this Item shall be per each adjustment requiring structural 2 modifications to said structure to a grade specified on the Drawings.3 b.Payment4 1)The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this5 Item will be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Miscellaneous Structure6 Adjustment” completed.7 c.The price bid shall include:8 1)Pavement removal9 2) Excavation10 3)Hauling11 4)Disposal of excess material12 5)Structural modifications13 6)Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment and backfill14 7)Concrete base material15 8)Permanent asphalt patch or concrete paving repair, as required16 9)Clean-up17 1.3 REFERENCES 18 A.Definitions19 1.Minor Adjustment20 a.Refers to a small elevation change performed on an existing manhole where the21 existing frame and cover are reused.22 2.Major Adjustment23 a.Refers to a significant elevation change performed on an existing manhole24 which requires structural modification or when a 24-inch ring is changed to a25 30-inch ring.26 B.Reference Standards27 1.Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference28 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this29 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited.30 2.Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ):31 a.Title 30, Part I, Chapter 217, Subchapter C, Rule 217.55 – Manholes and32 Related Structures .33 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUI REMENTS [NOT USED] 34 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 35 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTA LS [NOT USED] 36 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 37 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 38 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 39 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 40 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 41 33 05 14 - 6 ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE Page 6 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised March 11, 2022 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [OR ] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 3 2.2 MATERIALS 4 A.Cast -in -Place Concrete5 1.See Section 03 30 00.6 B.Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures7 1.See Section 03 80 00.8 C.Grade Rings9 1.See Section 33 05 13.10 D.Frame and Cover11 1.See Section 33 05 13.12 E.Backfill material13 1.See Section 33 05 10.14 F.Water valve box extension15 1.See Section 33 12 20.16 G.Corrosion Protection Test Station17 1.See Section 33 04 11.18 H.Cast -in -Place Concrete Manholes19 1.See Section 33 39 10.20 I.Precast Concrete Manholes21 1.See Section 33 39 20.22 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 23 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 24 PART 3 - EXECUTION 25 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 26 3.2 EXAMINATION 27 A.Verification of Conditions28 1.Examine existing structure to be adjusted, for damage or defects that may affect 29 grade adjustment.30 a.Report issue to City for consideration before beginning adjustment.31 3.3 PREPARATION 32 A.Grade Verification33 33 05 14 - 7 ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE Page 7 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised March 11, 2022 1.On major adjustments c onfirm any grade change noted on Drawings is consistent 1 w ith field measurements.2 a.If not, coordinate with City to verify final grade before beginning adjustment.3 3.4 ADJUSTMENT 4 A.Manholes, Inlets , and Miscellaneous Structures5 1.On any sanitary sewer adjustment replace 24-inch frame and cover assembly with6 30-inch frame and cover assembly per TCEQ requirement.7 2.On manhole major adjustments, inlets and miscellaneous structures protect the8 bottom using wood forms shaped to fit so that no debris blocks the invert or the9 inlet or outlet piping in during adjustments.10 a.Do not use any more than a 2-piece bottom.11 3.Use the least number of grade rings necessary to meet required grade.12 a.For example, if a 1-foot adjustment is required, use 2 6-inch rings, not 6 2-inch13 rings.14 b.The maximum height of adjustment shall be no more than 12 inches for any15 combination of grade rings. If 12 inches is required, use 3 – 4 inch rings.16 B.Valve Boxes17 1.Utilize typical 3 piece adjustable valve box for adjusting to final grade as shown on18 the Drawings.19 C.Backfill and Grading20 1.Backfill area of excavation surrounding each adjustment in accordance to Section21 33 05 10.22 D.Pavement Repair23 1.If required pavement repair is to be performed in accordance with Section 32 01 1724 or Section 32 01 29.25 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 26 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 27 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUA LITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 28 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 29 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 30 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 31 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 32 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 33 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 34 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 35 36 33 05 14 - 8 ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE Page 8 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised March 11, 2022 END OF SECTION 1 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2 012 D. Johnson 1.2.A – Pay item added for a major manhole adjustment which reuses the existing frame and cover and a major adjustment requiring a new frame and cover; Added items to be included in price bids; Blue text added for clarification for miscellaneous structure adjustments 3.4 – Pavement repair requirements were added 9/20/2017 W. Norwood 3.4.3 Eliminate 24 inch requirement for maximum chimney height adjustment. 3.4.4.b Add requirement for maximum height of grade rings to be 12 inches or 3-4 inch rings 3/11/2022 M Owen Add measurement and payment section for meter box adjustment 2 33 05 17 - 1 CONCRETE COLLARS Page 1 of 4 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised March 11, 2022 SECTION 33 05 17 1 CONCRETE COLLARS 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A.Section Includes :5 1.Concrete Collars for Manholes6 2.Concrete Collars for Valves7 3.These Items are intended for use in asphalt streets and unimproved areas – not for8 use in concrete streets.9 B.Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification10 1. None.11 C.Related Specification Sections include but are not necessarily limited to:12 1.Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the13 Contract14 2.Division 1 – General Requirements15 3. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-In-Place Concrete16 4.Section 03 80 00 – Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures17 5.Section 33 05 13 – Frame, Cover, and Grade Rings18 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 19 A.Measurement and Payment20 1. Manhole21 a. Measurement22 1)Measurement for this Item shall be per each.23 b.Payment24 1)The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this25 Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Concrete Collar for26 Manhole” installed.27 c.The price bid will include :28 1)Concrete Collar29 2) Excavation30 3) Forms31 4) Reinforcing steel (if required)32 5) Concrete33 6) Backfill34 7)Pavement removal35 8)Hauling36 9)Disposal of excess material37 10)Placement and compaction of backfill38 11)Clean-up39 12)Additional pavement around perimeter of concrete collar as required for40 rim adjustment on existing manhole.41 33 05 17 - 2 CONCRETE COLLARS Page 2 of 4 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised March 11, 2022 2.Valve1 a. Measurement2 1)Measurement for this Item shall be per each.3 b.Payment4 1)The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this5 Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Concrete Collar for6 Valve ” installed .7 c.The price bid will include :8 1)Concrete Collar9 2) Excavation10 3) Forms11 4) Reinforcing steel (if required)12 5) Concrete13 6) Backfill14 7)Pavement removal15 8)Hauling16 9)Disposal of excess material17 10)Placement and compaction of backfill18 11)Clean-up19 12)Additional pavement around perimeter of concrete collar as required for20 rim adjustment on existing manhole.21 22 33 05 17 - 3 CONCRETE COLLARS Page 3 of 4 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised March 11, 2022 1.3 REFERENCES 1 A.Reference Standards2 1.Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference3 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this4 Specification , unless a date is specifically cited.5 2.ASTM International (ASTM):6 a.D4258, Standard Practice for Surface Cleaning Concrete for Coating.7 b. D4259, Standard Practice for Abrading Concrete.8 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 9 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 10 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTA LS [NOT USED] 11 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 12 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 13 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 14 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 15 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 16 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 17 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 18 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [OR ] OWNER -SUPPLIEDPROD UCTS [NOT USED] 19 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, MATERIALS 20 A.Materials21 1.Concrete – Conform to Section 03 30 00.22 2.Reinforcing Steel – Conform to Section 03 21 00.23 3.Frame and Cover – Conform to Section 33 05 13.24 4.Grade Ring – Conform to Section 33 05 13.25 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 26 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 27 PART 3 - EXECUTION 28 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 29 3.2 EXAMINATION 30 A.Evaluation and Assessment31 1.Verify lines and grades are in accordance to the Drawings.32 33 05 17 - 4 CONCRETE COLLARS Page 4 of 4 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised March 11, 2022 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 1 3.4 INSTALLATION 2 A.Final Rim Elevation3 1.Install concrete grade rings for height adjustment.4 a.Construct grade ring on load bearing shoulder of manhole.5 b.Use sealant between rings as shown on Drawings.6 c.Sono Tube or approved equivalent may be used to perform the adjustment as7 substitute for grade rings.8 2.Set frame on top of manhole or grade rings using continuous water sealant o clean9 smooth surface (when sono tube is used in lieu of grade rings, sealant is not10 required).11 3.Remove debris, stones and dirt to ensure a watertight seal.12 4.Do not use steel shims, wood, stones or other unspecified material to obtain the13 final surface elevation of the manhole frame.14 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 15 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 16 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 17 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 18 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 19 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 20 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 21 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED ] 22 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 23 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 24 END OF SECTION 25 26 Revis ion Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.1.A.2 – Blue text added to clarify where concrete collars are to be installed. 3/11/2022 M Owen Added measurement and payment for “Concrete Collar for Valve” and provided option to use Sono tube or approved equal product in lieu of grade rin gs 27 33 05 20 - 1 AUGER BORING Page 1 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 SECTION 33 05 20 AUGER BORING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Minimum requirements for auger boring using 48-inch and smaller casing pipe with lengths less than 350 feet at the locations shown on the Drawings B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 3. Section 33 05 10 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 4. Section 33 05 22 – Steel Casing Pipe 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Measurement a. This Item is considered subsidiary to steel casing pipe construction. 2. Payment a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item are subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of By Other Than Open Cut to be complete in place, and no other compensation will be allowed. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) a. OSHA Regulations and Standards for Underground Construction, 29 CFR Part 1926, Subpart S, Underground Construction and Subpart P, Excavation. 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Pre-installation 1. Provide written notice to the City at least 3 workings days in advance of the planned launch of auger boring operations. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 33 05 20 - 2 AUGER BORING Page 2 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications 1. Contractor a. All boring work shall be performed by an experienced subcontractor or Contractor who has at least 5 years of experience in performing tunneling work and has completed at least 5 boring projects of similar diameter and ground conditions. 1) At least 1 of the projects shall have an individual boring length equal to or greater in length than the longest tunnel on this project. 2) Submit details of referenced projects including owner’s name and contact information, project superintendent and machine operators. b. The project superintendent shall have at least 5 years of experience supervising boring construction. 1) The Contractor may be required to submit details of referenced project including owner’s name, contact information and project superintendent. c. The site safety representative and personnel responsible for air quality monitoring shall be experienced in tunnel construction and shall have current certification by OSHA. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 MATERIALS A. Description 1. Steel Casing Pipe shall be in accordance with Section 33 05 22. 2. Tunnel Liner Plate is not permitted for use with Auger Boring. B. Design Criteria 1. Design excavation methods and spoil conveyance system for the full range of ground conditions described in the Geotechnical Reports anticipated 2. Tolerance a. Pressurized Carrier pipe 33 05 20 - 3 AUGER BORING Page 3 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 1) Lateral or vertical variation in the final position of the pipe casing from the line and grade established by the Drawings shall be permitted only to the extent of 1inch in 10 feet provided that such variation shall be regular and only in the direction that will not detrimentally affect the function of the carrier pipe and clearances from other underground utilities or structures. b. Gravity Carrier Pipe 1) Lateral variation in the final position of the pipe casing from the line and grade established by the Drawings shall be permitted only to the extent of 1inch in 10 feet provided that such variation shall be regular and only in the direction that will not detrimentally affect the function of the carrier pipe and clearances from other underground utilities or structures. 2) Grades shown on Drawings must be maintained vertically. 3. Use methods and equipment that control surface settlement and heave above the pipeline to prevent damage to existing utilities, facilities and improvements. a. Limit any ground movements (settlement/heave) to values that shall not cause damage to adjacent utilities or surface features (i.e. pavement, structures, railroad tracks, etc.) b. Repair any damage caused by ground movements at no cost to the City. 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION A. Boring shall not begin until the following have been completed: 1. Review of available utility drawings and location of conduits and underground utilities in all areas where excavation is to be performed. a. Notify the applicable one-call system prior to any excavation to avoid interference with the existing conduits and utilities in accordance with Division 1. 1) Repair damage to existing utilities resulting from excavation at no additional cost to the City. b. Follow notification requirements of permit provider where applicable. 2. Complete pit excavations and support systems for each drive in accordance with the requirements of the Specifications. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. General 1. Immediately notify the City if any problems are encountered with equipment or materials or if the Contractor believes the conditions encountered are materially and significantly different than those represented within the Contract Documents. 33 05 20 - 4 AUGER BORING Page 4 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 2. Where pipe is required to be installed under railroad embankments or under highways, streets or other facilities, construction shall be performed in such a manner so as to not interfere with the operation of the railroad, street, highway or other facility, and so as not to weaken or damage any embankment or structure. 3. During construction operations, furnish and maintain barricades and lights to safeguard traffic and pedestrians until such time as the backfill has been completed and then remove from the site. 4. Properly manage and dispose of groundwater inflows to the shafts in accordance with requirements of specifications and all permit conditions. a. Discharge of groundwater inflow into sanitary sewers is not allowed without proper approval and permits. 5. Furnish all necessary equipment, power, water and utilities for tunneling, spoil removal and disposal, grouting and other associated work required for the methods of construction. 6. Promptly clean up, remove and dispose of any spoil or slurry spillage. 7. Do not disturb roadways, railroads, canal channels, adjacent structures, landscaped areas or existing utilities. a. Any damage shall be immediately repaired to original or better condition and to the satisfaction of the Engineer or permit grantor at no additional cost to the City. 8. Whenever there is a condition that is likely to endanger the stability of the excavation or adjacent structures, operate with a full crew 24 hours a day, including weekends and holidays, without interruption, until those conditions no longer jeopardize the stability of the Work. 9. Notify the Texas One Call system (800-245-4545) to request marking of utilities by utility owners / operators that subscribe to One Call, and shall individually notify all other known or suspected utilities to request marking of these utilities. a. Confirm that all requested locates are made prior to commencing boring operations. b. Visually confirm and stake necessary existing lines, cables, or other underground facilities including exposing necessary crossing utilities and utilities within 10 feet laterally of the designed tunnel. c. Control drilling and grouting practices to prevent damage to existing utilities. B. Boring Methods 1. Tunnel liner plate shall not be used for auger boring. 2. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for insuring the methods used are adequate for the protection of workers, pipe, property and the public and to provide a finished product as required. 3. Blasting is not allowed. C. Pits and Trenches 1. If the grade of the pipe at the end is below the ground surface, suitable pits or trenches shall be excavated for the purpose of conducting the jacking operations and for placing end joints of the pipe. 2. Wherever end trenches are cut in the sides of the embankment or beyond it, such work shall be sheeted securely and braced in a manner to prevent earth from caving in. 33 05 20 - 5 AUGER BORING Page 5 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 3. The location of the pit shall meet the approval of the City. 4. The pits of trenches excavated to facilitate these operations shall be backfilled in accordance with Section 33 05 10 immediately after the casing and carrier pipe installation has been completed. D. Boring 1. Install steel casing pipe by boring hole with the earth auger and simultaneously jacking pipe into place. 2. The boring shall proceed from a pit provided for the boring equipment and workmen. 3. Pilot Hole, required for 24-inch and larger casings a. By this method an approximate 2-inch hole shall be bored the entire length of the crossing and shall be checked for line and grade on the opposite end of the bore from the work pit. b. This pilot hole shall serve as the centerline of the larger diameter hole to be bored. c. Other methods of maintaining line and grade on the casing may be approved if acceptable to the Engineer. d. Placed excavated material near the top of the working pit and disposed of as required. 1) If no room is available, immediate haul off is required. 4. The use of water or other fluids in connection with the boring operation will be permitted only to the extent required to lubricate cuttings. a. Jetting or sluicing will not be permitted. 5. In unconsolidated soil formations, a gel-forming colloidal drilling fluid consisting of at least 10 percent of high grade carefully processed bentonite may be used to: a. Consolidate cuttings of the bit b. Seal the walls of the hole c. Furnish lubrication for subsequent removal of cuttings and installation of the pipe immediately thereafter 6. Allowable variation from the line and grade shall be as specified in this Specification. 7. All voids in excess of 2 inches between bore and outside of casing shall be pressure grouted. E. Contact Grouting 1. Contact grout any voids caused by or encountered during the boring. a. Modify equipment and procedures as required to avoid recurrence of excessive settlements or damage. F. Control of Line and Grade 1. Monitor line and grade continuously during boring operations. a. Record deviation with respect to design line and grade once at each casing joint. 2. If the pipe installation does not meet the specified tolerances, correct the installation, including any necessary redesign of the pipeline or structures and acquisition of necessary easements. 33 05 20 - 6 AUGER BORING Page 6 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 3.5 CLEANUP AND RESTORATION A. After completion of the boring, all construction debris, spoils, oil, grease and other materials shall be removed from the pipe, pits and all work areas. B. Restoration shall follow construction as the Work progresses and shall be completed as soon as reasonably possible. 1. Restore and repair any damage resulting from surface settlement caused by shaft excavation or boring. 2. Any property damaged or destroyed shall be restored to a condition equal to or better than existing prior to construction. 3. Restoration shall be completed no later than 30 days after boring is complete, or earlier if required as part of a permit or easement agreement. 4. This provision for restoration shall include all property affected by the construction operations. 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Tests and Inspections 1. Allow access to the City and furnish necessary assistance and cooperation to aid in the observations, measurements, data and sample collection, including, but not limited to the following: a. The City shall have access to the boring system prior to, during and following all boring operations. b. The City shall have access to the tunneling shafts prior to, during and following all boring operations. 1) This shall include, but not be limited to, visual inspection of installed pipe and verification of line and grade. 2) The Contractor shall provide safe access in accordance with all safety regulations. c. The City shall have access to spoils removed from the boring excavation prior to, during and following all boring operations. 1) The City shall be allowed to collect soil samples from the muck buckets or spoil piles a minimum of once every 10 feet and at any time when changes in soil conditions or obstructions are apparent or suspected. B. Safety 1. The Contractor is responsible for safety on the job site. a. Perform all Work in accordance with the current applicable regulations of the Federal, State and local agencies. b. In the event of conflict, comply with the more restrictive applicable requirement. 2. No gasoline powered equipment shall be permitted in receiving shafts/pits. a. Diesel, electrical, hydraulic, and air powered equipment are acceptable, subject to applicable local, State and Federal regulations. 3. Furnish and operate a temporary ventilation system in accordance with applicable safety requirements when personnel are underground. a. Perform all required air and gas monitoring. 33 05 20 - 7 AUGER BORING Page 7 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 b. Ventilation system shall provide a sufficient supply of fresh air and maintain an atmosphere free of toxic or flammable gasses in all underground work areas. 4. Perform all work in accordance with all current applicable regulations and safety requirements of the Federal, State and Local agencies. 5. Comply with all applicable provisions of OSHA 29 CFR Part 1926, Subpart S, Underground Construction and Subpart P, Excavations. a. In the event of conflict, comply with the more stringent requirements. 6. If personnel will enter the pipe during construction, the Contractor shall develop an emergency response plan for rescuing personnel trapped underground in a shaft excavation or pipe. a. Keep on-site all equipment required for emergency response in accordance with the agency having jurisdiction. 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 33 05 22 - 1 STEEL CASING PIPE Page 1 of 6 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 SECTION 33 05 22 STEEL CASING PIPE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Minimum requirements for manufacturing, furnishing and transporting Steel Casing Pipe to be installed by Open Cut or By Other than Open Cut at the locations shown on the Drawings B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 3. Section 33 05 10 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 4. Section 33 05 20 – Auger Boring 5. Section 33 05 23 – Hand Tunneling 6. Section 33 05 24 – Installation of Carrier Pipe in Casing or Tunnel Liner Plate 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Open Cut a. Measurement 1) Measured horizontally along the surface for length of Steel Casing Pipe installed b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot of “Casing, By Open Cut” installed for: a) Various Sizes c. The price bid shall include: 1) Furnishing and installing Steel Casing Pipe as specified by the Drawings 2) Mobilization 3) Pavement removal 4) Excavation 5) Hauling 6) Disposal of excess material 7) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment 8) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 9) Clean-up 2. By Other than Open Cut a. Measurement 33 05 22 - 2 STEEL CASING PIPE Page 2 of 6 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 1) Measured horizontally along the surface for length of Steel Casing Pipe installed b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot of “Casing/Tunnel Liner Plate, By Other than Open Cut” installed for: a) Various Sizes 2) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot of “Casing, By Other than Open Cut” installed for: a) Various Sizes c. The price bid shall include: 1) Furnishing and installing Steel Casing Pipe as specified by the Drawings 2) Mobilization 3) Launching shaft 4) Receiving shaft 5) Pavement removal 6) Excavation 7) Hauling 8) Disposal of excess material 9) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 10) Clean-up 1.3 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A139, Standard Specification for Electric-Fusion (Arc)-Welded Steel Pipe (NPS Sizes 4 and Over). 3. American Water Works Association (AWWA): a. C203, Coal-Tar Protective Coatings and Linings for Steel Water Pipelines - Enamel and Tape - Hot Applied. 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product Data 1. Exterior Coating a. Material data b. Field touch-up procedures 2. Interior Coating 33 05 22 - 3 STEEL CASING PIPE Page 3 of 6 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 a. Material data b. Field touch-up procedures B. Shop Drawings 1. No shop drawings required for Auger Boring 2. For Tunneling, provide the following: a. Furnish details for Steel Casing Pipe outlining the following: 1) Grout/lubrication ports 2) Joint details 3) Other miscellaneous items for furnishing and fabricating pipe b. Submit calculations in a neat, legible format that is sealed by a Licensed Professional Engineer in Texas, consistent with the information provided in the geotechnical report, and includes: 1) Calculations confirming that pipe jacking capacity is adequate to resist the anticipated jacking loads for each crossing with a minimum factor of safety of 2 2) Calculations confirming that pipe capacity is adequate to safely support all other anticipated loads, including earth and groundwater pressures, surcharge loads, and handling loads 3) Calculations confirming that jointing method will support all loading conditions 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Delivery, Handling, and Storage 1. Prior to delivery of the pipe, end/internal bracing shall be furnished and installed, as recommended by the manufacturer, for protection during shipping and storage. 2. Deliver, handle and store pipe in accordance with the Manufacturer's recommendations to protect coating systems. 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 MATERIALS A. Design Criteria 1. The Contractor is fully responsible for the design of Steel Casing Pipe that meets or exceeds the design requirements of this Specification and that is specifically designed for installation by the intended trenchless method. 2. For Steel Casing Pipe utilized for tunneling projects, consider the following: 33 05 22 - 4 STEEL CASING PIPE Page 4 of 6 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 a. Design of the casing pipe shall account for all installation and service loads including: 1) Jacking loads 2) External groundwater and earth loads 3) Traffic loads 4) Practical consideration for handling, shipping and other construction operations 5) Any other live or dead loads reasonably anticipated b. Design shall be sealed and signed by a registered Professional Engineer licensed in the State of Texas. c. The allowable jacking capacity shall not exceed 50 percent of the minimum steel yield stress. 3. Steel Casing Pipe shall have a minimum wall thickness as follows: Casing Pipe Diameter (inches) Minimum Wall Thickness (inches) 14 – 18 .3125 (5/16) 20 – 24 .375 (3/8) 26 – 32 .5 (1/2) 34 – 42 .625 (5/8) 44 – 48 .6875 (11/16) Greater than 48 Project specific design 4. Steel Casing Pipe shall be provided with inside diameter sufficient to efficiently install the required carrier pipe with casing spacers as required in Section 33 05 24. a. Allowable casing diameters are shown on the Drawings for each crossing. 5. Furnish in lengths that are compatible with Contractor’s shaft sizes and allowable work areas. 6. Random segments of pipe will not be permitted for straight runs of casing. a. Closing piece segments, however, shall be acceptable. 7. When required by installation method, provide grout/lubricant ports along the pipe at intervals of 10 feet or less. a. Ports and fittings shall be attached to the pipe in a manner that will not materially affect the strength of the pipe nor interfere with installation of carrier pipe. b. Plugs for sealing the fittings shall be provided by the Contractor and shall be capable of withstanding all external and internal pressures and loads without leaking. B. Materials 1. Provide new, smooth-wall, carbon steel pipe conforming to ASTM A139, Grade B. 2. Dimensional Tolerances a. Furnishing and installing Steel Casing Pipe with dimensional tolerances that are compatible with performance requirements and proposed installation methods that meet or exceed the specific requirements below: 1) Minimum wall thickness at any point shall be at least 87.5 percent of the nominal wall thickness. 33 05 22 - 5 STEEL CASING PIPE Page 5 of 6 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 2) Outside circumference within 1.0 percent or 3/4 inch of the nominal circumference, whichever is less. 3) Outside diameter of the pipe shall be within 1/8 inch of the nominal outside diameter. 4) Roundness such that the difference between the major and minor outside diameters shall not exceed 0.5 percent of the specified nominal outside diameter or 1/4 inch, whichever is less. 5) Maximum allowable straightness deviation of 1/8 inch in any 10-foot length. 3. All steel pipe shall have square ends. a. The ends of pipe sections shall not vary by more than 1/8 inch at any point from a true plane perpendicular to the axis of the pipe and passing through the center of the pipe at the end. b. When pipe ends have to be beveled for welding, the ends shall be beveled on the outside to an angle of 35 degrees with a tolerance of ± 2½ degrees and with a width of root face 1/16 inch ± 1/32 inch. 4. Steel Casing Pipe shall be fabricated with longitudinal weld seams. a. All girth weld seams shall be ground flush. C. Finishes 1. Provide inside and outside of Steel Casing Pipe with a coal-tar protective coating in accordance with the requirements of AWWA C203. a. Touch up after field welds shall provide coating equal to those specified above. 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Install Steel Casing Pipe for By Other than Open Cut in accordance with Section 33 05 20 or Section 33 05 23. Install Steel Casing Pipe for Open Cut in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 1. Steel Casing Pipe connections shall be achieved by full penetration field butt welding or an integral machine press-fit connection (Permalok or equal) prior to installation of the pipe, depending on the type of carrier pipe. 2. Allowable joint types for each crossing are shown on the Drawings. 3. Field butt welding a square end piece of steel pipe to a 35 degree beveled end of steel pipe is acceptable. 4. Integral machined press-fit connections shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation procedures and recommendations. 33 05 22 - 6 STEEL CASING PIPE Page 6 of 6 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 B. Carrier pipe shall be installed inside Steel Casing Pipe in accordance with Section 33 05 24. C. Contact grouting of the annulus outside the casing pipe shall be performed in accordance with Section 33 05 23 or Section 33 05 20. 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 2.2.A – Formatting modified to apply thickness requirements for all casing installation methods 33 05 23 - 1 HAND TUNNELING Page 1 of 10 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 SECTION 33 05 23 HAND TUNNELING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Minimum requirements for Hand Tunneling using tunnel liner plate or casing pipe at the locations shown on the Drawings B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 3. Section 33 05 21 – Tunnel Liner Plate 4. Section 33 05 22 – Steel Casing Pipe 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Measurement a. This Item is considered subsidiary to Tunnel Liner Plate or Steel Casing Pipe installation. 2. Payment a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item are considered subsidiary the unit price bid per linear foot of By Other than Open Cut installation of Tunnel Liner plate or Steel Casing to be completed in place, and no other compensation will be allowed. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO): a. HB-17, Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges. 3. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) a. OSHA Regulations and Standards for Underground Construction, 29 CFR Part 1926, Subpart S, Underground Construction and Subpart P, Excavation. 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Pre-installation 33 05 23 - 2 HAND TUNNELING Page 2 of 10 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 1. The Contractor shall provide written notice to the City at least 72 hours in advance of the planned launch of tunneling operations. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings 1. Submit the following, when required by the Contract Documents: a. Detailed description of the methods and equipment to be used in completing each reach of tunnel b. Description of the survey methods that will be used to ensure that the tunnel is advanced as shown on the Drawings and within the line and grade tolerances specified c. Shaft layout drawings 1) Detailing dimensions and locations of all equipment, including overall work area boundaries, crane, front-end loader, forklift, spoil stockpiles, spoil hauling equipment, pumps, generator, pipe storage area, tool trailer or containers, fences, and staging area 2) Shaft layout drawings will be required for all shaft locations and shall be to scale, or show correct dimensions. 3) Layout such that all equipment and operations shall be completely contained within the allowable construction areas shown on the Drawings d. Schedule in accordance with Division 1 to include the following activities as independent items: 1) Mobilization 2) Shaft excavation and support 3) Water control at shafts 4) Working slab construction 5) Thrust wall construction 6) Tunneling 7) Shaft backfill 8) Site restoration 9) Cleanup 10) Demobilization 2. For all projects, provide the following for Contact Grouting: a. Contact Grouting (outside of casing) Work Plan and Methods including: 1) Grouting methods 2) Details of equipment 3) Grouting procedures and sequences including: a) Injection methods b) Injection pressures c) Monitoring and recording equipment d) Pressure gauge calibration data e) Materials 4) Grout mix details including: a) Proportions b) Admixtures including: 33 05 23 - 3 HAND TUNNELING Page 3 of 10 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 (1) Manufacturer’s literature (2) Laboratory test data verifying the strength of the proposed grout mix (3) Proposed grout densities (4) Viscosity (5) Initial set time of grout (a) Data for these requirements shall be derived from trial batches from an approved testing laboratory. 5) Submit a minimum of 3 other similar projects where the proposed grout mix design was used. 6) Submit anticipated volumes of grout to be pumped for each application and reach grouted. B. Daily Records 1. Submit samples of the tunneling logs or records to be used at least 7 days prior to beginning Hand Tunneling. 2. Submit daily records to the City’s Inspector by noon on the day following the shift for which the data or records were taken. 3. Daily records shall include: a. Date b. Time c. Name of operator d. Tunnel drive identification e. Installed liner ring and corresponding tunnel length f. Time required to tunnel each ring g. Time required to set subsequent ring h. Spoil volumes (muck carts per liner ring and estimated volume of spoil in each muck cart) i. Grout volumes and pressures j. Soil conditions, including occurrences of unstable soils and estimated groundwater inflow rates, if any k. Line and grade offsets l. Any movement of the guidance system m. Problems encountered during tunneling n. Durations and reasons for delays o. Manually recorded observations made: 1) At intervals of not less than 2 every 5 feet 2) As conditions change 3) As directed by the City and/or Engineer 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications 1. Failure to meet the qualification requirements is failure to fulfill the Contract and the Contractor will be required to obtain a subcontractor that meets the qualification requirements. 2. Contractor 33 05 23 - 4 HAND TUNNELING Page 4 of 10 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 a. All tunneling work shall be performed by an experienced subcontractor or Contractor who has at least 5 years of experience in performing tunneling work and has completed at least 5 projects of similar diameter in similar ground conditions. 3. All Work by the Contractor shall be done in the presence of the City unless the City grants prior written approval to perform such work in City’s absence. 4. The Contractor shall allow access to the City and/or Engineer and shall furnish necessary assistance and cooperation to aid in the observations, measurements, data and sample collection including, but not limited to, the following: a. The City and/or Engineer shall have access to the tunneling system prior to, during and following all tunneling operations. b. The City and/or Engineer shall have access to the tunneling shafts prior to, during and following all tunneling operations. 1) This shall include, but not be limited to, visual inspection of installed pipe and verification of line and grade. 2) The Contractor shall provide safe access in accordance with all safety regulations. c. The City and/or Engineer shall have access to spoils removed from the tunnel excavation prior to, during and following all tunneling operations. 1) The City shall be allowed to collect soil samples from the muck buckets or spoil piles a minimum of once every 10 feet and at any time when changes in soil conditions or obstructions are apparent or suspected. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 MATERIALS A. Description 1. Tunnel Liner Plate shall be in accordance with Section 33 05 21. 2. Casing Pipe shall be in accordance with Section 33 05 22. B. Design Criteria 1. Design excavation methods and spoil conveyance system for the full range of ground conditions described in the Geotechnical Reports 2. Tolerance a. Accurately maintain the face of the excavation inside the tunnel so as to allow the absolute minimum of void space outside the casing/liner plate. b. Maintain a maximum of ½ inch tolerance between the outside of the casing/liner plate and the excavation wherever possible. c. The tunnel diameter shall not be greater than 2 inches larger than the casing/liner outer diameter (O.D.). 33 05 23 - 5 HAND TUNNELING Page 5 of 10 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 3. Use methods and equipment that control surface settlement and heave above the pipeline to prevent damage to existing utilities, facilities and improvements. a. Limit any ground movements (settlement/heave) to values that shall not cause damage to adjacent utilities and facilities. b. Repair any damage caused by ground movements at no cost to the City. 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION A. Tunneling shall not begin until the following have been completed: 1. All required submittals have been made and the City and/or Engineer has reviewed and accepted all submittals. 2. Review of available utility drawings and location of conduits and underground utilities in all areas where excavation is to be performed. a. Notify the applicable one-call system prior to any excavation to avoid interference with the existing conduits and utilities. 1) Repair damage to existing utilities resulting from excavation at no additional cost to the City. 3. Shaft excavations and support systems for each drive completed in accordance with the requirements of the Specifications. 4. Site safety representative has prepared a code of safe practices in accordance with OSHA requirements. a. Provide the Engineer and Owner with a copy of each prior to starting shaft construction or tunneling. b. Hold safety meetings and provide safety instruction for new employees as required by OSHA. 5. All specified settlement monitoring points have been installed, approved and baselined in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. Verification of Stability 1. Confirm that the ground will remain stable without movement of soil or water while the entry/exit location shoring is removed and while the tunnel is launched or received into a shaft. 2. Demonstrate that all soils have been stabilized at all tunnel portal locations to: a. Prevent the inflow of weak, running or flowing soils. b. Prevent the inflow of loose rock. c. Prevent and control groundwater inflows. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Tunnel Methods 33 05 23 - 6 HAND TUNNELING Page 6 of 10 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 1. Tunnel liner plate shall not be used where bore or jack methods are used, or where not allowed on the Drawings or permits. 2. The Contractor shall be fully responsible to: a. Ensure the methods used are adequate for the protection of workers, pipe, property and the public b. Provide a finished product as required. B. General 1. The Contractor shall immediately notify the City, in writing, if and when any problems are encountered with equipment or materials, or if the Contractor believes the conditions encountered are materially and significantly different than those represented within the Contract Documents. 2. Properly manage and dispose of groundwater inflows to the shafts in accordance with requirements of Specifications and all permit conditions. a. Discharge of groundwater inflow into sanitary sewers is not allowed without proper approval and permits. 3. Furnish all necessary equipment, power, water and utilities for tunneling, spoil removal and disposal, grouting and other associated work required for the methods of construction. 4. Promptly clean up. Remove and dispose of any spoil or slurry spillage. 5. Whenever there is a condition that is likely to endanger the stability of the excavation or adjacent structures, operate with a full crew 24 hours a day, including weekends and holidays, without interruption, until those conditions no longer jeopardize the stability of the Work. C. Installation with Steel Casing Pipe 1. Jack the pipe from the low or downstream end, unless specified otherwise. a. Provide heavy duty jacks suitable for forcing the pipe through the embankment. 1) When operating jacks, apply pressure evenly. b. Provide a suitable jacking head and bracing between jacks so that pressure will be applied to the pipe uniformly around the ring of the pipe. c. Provide a suitable jacking frame or back stop. d. Set the pipe to be jacked on guides, properly braced together, to support the section of the pipe and to direct it in the proper line and grade. e. Place the whole jacking assembly so as to line up with the direction and grade of the pipe. f. In general, excavate embankment material just ahead of the pipe and remove material through the pipe. g. Force the pipe through the embankment with jacks into the space excavated. 2. The excavation for the underside of the pipe, for at least 1/3 of the circumference of the pipe, shall conform to the contour and grade of the pipe. a. Provide a clearance of not more than 2 inches for the upper half of the pipe. 1) This clearance shall be tapered off to 0 at the point where the excavation conforms to the contour of the pipe. b. Extend the distance of the excavation beyond the end of the pipe depending on the character of the material, but do not exceed 2 feet in any case. 1) Decrease the distance if the character of the material being excavated makes it desirable to keep the advance excavation closer to the end of the pipe. 33 05 23 - 7 HAND TUNNELING Page 7 of 10 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 3. If desired, use a cutting edge of steel plate around the head end of the pipe extending a short distance beyond the end of the pipe with inside angles or lugs to keep the cutting edge from slipping back onto pipe. 4. When jacking of pipe has begun, carry on the operation without interruption to prevent the pipe from becoming firmly set in the embankment. a. Remove and replace any pipe damaged in the jacking operations. b. The Contractor shall absorb the entire expense. D. Installation with Tunnel Liner Plate 1. Install the tunnel liner plates to the limits indicated on the Drawings and as specified in AASHTO HB-17, Section II-26, Construction of Tunnels Using Steel Tunnel Liner Plates. a. Assemble liner plates into circumferential rings. b. Liner plates shall be of the type to permit segments to be installed completely from inside the tunnel. 2. Accurately maintain the face of the excavation inside the tunnel so as to allow the absolute minimum of void space outside the casing/liner plate. a. Maintain a maximum of ½ inch tolerance between the outside of the casing/liner plate and the excavation wherever possible. b. The tunnel diameter shall not be greater than 2 inches larger than the liner O.D. 3. Liner plate installation shall proceed as closely as possible behind the excavation. a. Excavation shall at no time be more than 6 inches ahead of the required space to install an individual tunnel liner plate. b. Use breast plates, poling boards or other suitable devices to maintain accurate excavation with the minimum of unsupported excavation at any time. c. Casing/Tunnel liner plate shall not be allowed to deflect vertically during installation. 4. Tunneling operations shall control surface settlement and heave above the pipeline to prevent damage to existing utilities, facilities and improvements. a. In no case shall ground movements cause damage to adjacent structures, roadways, or utilities. b. The Contractor shall repair any damage resulting from construction activities, at no additional cost to the City and without extensions of schedule for completion. E. Contact Grouting 1. Pressure grout any voids caused by or encountered during the tunneling. a. Modify equipment and procedures as required to avoid recurrence of excessive settlements or damage. 2. Install contact grout in the void space between the outside of the casing/tunnel liner and the excavation. a. For tunnel liner plate, install pressure grout mix at the end of each work day or more often, as conditions warrant. 3. Install pressure grouting through grout fittings for the casing/tunnel liner plate 48- inches in diameter or larger. a. Grout fittings shall be fabricated into tunnel liner plate at a maximum spacing of 6 feet. b. Remove and plug grout fittings after pressure grouting. 33 05 23 - 8 HAND TUNNELING Page 8 of 10 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 4. Install pressure grout from the low end for all crossings where grout fittings are not used. a. Seal the low end and pressure grout until grout is extruded from the opposite end. F. Control of Line and Grade 1. Confirm that all established benchmarks and control points provided for the Contractor’s use are accurate. a. Use these benchmarks to furnish and maintain all reference lines and grades for tunneling. b. Use lines and grades to establish the location of the pipe using a laser or theodolite guidance system. c. Submit to the City copies of field notes used to establish all lines and grades and allow the Engineer to check guidance system setup prior to beginning each tunneling drive. d. Provide access for the City to perform survey checks of the guidance system and the line and grade of the carrier pipe on a daily basis during tunneling operations. e. The Contractor remains fully responsible for the accuracy of the work and the correction of it, as required. 2. The casing/tunnel liner shall be installed in accordance with the following tolerances: a. Variations from design line or grade: ± 2 inches maximum 1) If the installation is off line or grade, make the necessary corrections and return to the design alignment and grade at a rate of not more than 1 inch per 25 feet. 3. Monitor line and grade continuously during tunneling operations. a. Record deviation with respect to design line and grade once at each pipe joint and submit records to Engineer daily. 4. If the pipe installation does not meet the specified tolerances, correct the installation, including any necessary redesign of the pipeline or structures and acquisition of necessary easements. G. Obstructions 1. If the tunneling operations should encounter an object or condition that impedes the forward progress of the shield, notify the City immediately. 2. Correct the condition and remove, clear or otherwise make it possible for the shield to advance past any objects or obstructions that impede forward progress. 3. Proceed with removal of the object or obstruction by methods submitted by the Contractor and accepted by the City and/or Engineer. 4. Compensation a. The Contractor will receive compensation by change order for removal of obstructions, as defined as metallic debris, reinforced concrete, rocks, whole trees and other hard objects with a maximum dimension larger than 50 percent of the outer diameter of the shield which: 1) Cannot be broken up by the cutting tools with diligent effort, and 2) Are located partially or wholly within the cross-sectional area of the bore 3) Contain utilities or ditch lines located longitudinally within the tunnel horizon 33 05 23 - 9 HAND TUNNELING Page 9 of 10 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 b. Payment will be negotiated with the Contractor on a case-by-case basis. c. The City and/or Engineer shall be provided an opportunity to view obstruction prior to removal. 1) Any removal process that does not allow direct inspection of the nature and position of the obstruction will not be considered for payment. d. No additional compensation will be allowed for removing, clearing or otherwise making it possible for the shield to advance past objects consisting of cobbles, boulders, wood, reinforced concrete, and other objects or debris with maximum lateral dimensions less than 50 percent of the outer diameter of the shield. 3.5 CLEANUP AND RESTORATION A. After completion of the tunneling, all construction debris, spoils, oil, grease and other materials shall be removed from the tunneling pipe, shafts and all work areas. 1. Cleaning shall be incidental to the construction. B. Restoration shall follow construction as the Work progresses and shall be completed as soon as reasonably possible. 1. Restore and repair any damage resulting from surface settlement caused by shaft excavation or tunneling. 2. Any property damaged or destroyed, shall be restored to a condition equal to or better than that to which it existed prior to construction. 3. Restoration shall be completed no later than 30 days after tunneling is complete, or earlier if required as part of a permit or easement agreement. 4. This provision for restoration shall include all property affected by the construction operations. 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL A. Safety 1. No gasoline powered equipment shall be permitted in receiving shafts/pits. a. Diesel, electrical, hydraulic and air powered equipment are acceptable, subject to applicable local, State, and Federal regulations. 2. Furnish and operate a temporary ventilation system in accordance with applicable safety requirements when personnel are underground. a. Perform all required air and gas monitoring. b. Ventilation system shall provide a sufficient supply of fresh air and maintain an atmosphere free of toxic or flammable gasses in all underground work areas. 3. Perform all Work in accordance with all current applicable regulations and safety requirements of the Federal, State, and Local agencies. Comply with all applicable provisions of OSHA 29 CFR Part 1926, Subpart S, Underground Construction and Subpart P, Excavations. a. In the event of conflict, comply with the more stringent requirements. 4. If personnel will enter the pipe during construction, the Contractor shall develop an emergency response plan for rescuing personnel trapped underground in a shaft excavation or pipe. 33 05 23 - 10 HAND TUNNELING Page 10 of 10 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 a. Keep on-site all equipment required for emergency response in accordance with the agency having jurisdiction. 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 33 05 24 - 1 INSTALLATION OF CARRIER PIPE IN CASING OR TUNNEL LINER PLATE Page 1 of 11 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised December 9. 2022 SECTION 33 05 24 1 INSTALLATION OF CARRIER PIPE IN CASING OR TUNNEL LINER PLATE 2 [Text in Blue is for information or guidance. Remove all blue text in the final project document. 3 SPECIFIER: Steel pipe (all sizes) and other carrier pipe materials of diameters greater than 48-4 inch require additional spacing parameters that should be modified in Section 3.4.C] 5 PART 1 - GENERAL 6 1.1 SUMMARY 7 A. Section Includes: 8 1. Requirements for the installation of carrier pipe into steel casings or tunnel liner 9 plate at locations shown on the Drawings 10 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 11 1. None. 12 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 13 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 14 Contract 15 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 16 3. Section 33 01 30 – Sewer and Manhole Testing 17 4. Section 33 11 13 - Concrete Pressure Pipe, Bar-Wrapped, Steel Cylinder Type 18 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 19 A. Measurement and Payment 20 1. Installation of Sanitary Sewer Carrier Pipe in Casing/Tunnel Liner Plate 21 a. Measurement 22 1) Measured horizontally along the surface from centerline to centerline of the 23 beginning of the casing/liner to the end of the casing/liner 24 b. Payment 25 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 26 and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 27 unit price bid per linear foot for “Sewer Carrier Pipe” complete in place for: 28 a) Various Sizes 29 c. The price bid shall include: 30 1) Furnishing and installing Sanitary Sewer Main (Pipe) in Casing/Tunnel 31 Liner Plate as specified by the Drawings 32 2) Mobilization 33 3) Grout 34 4) Casing Spacers 35 5) End seals 36 6) Excavation 37 7) Hauling 38 8) Disposal of excess material 39 9) Clean-up 40 2. Installation of Water Carrier Pipe in Casing/Tunnel Liner Plate 41 33 05 24 - 2 INSTALLATION OF CARRIER PIPE IN CASING OR TUNNEL LINER PLATE Page 2 of 11 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised December 9. 2022 a. Measurement 1 1) Measured horizontally along the surface from centerline to centerline of the 2 beginning of the casing/liner to the end of the casing/liner Payment 3 b. Payment 4 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 5 and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 6 unit price bid per linear foot for “Water Carrier Pipe” complete in place for: 7 a) Various Sizes 8 c. The price bid shall include: 9 1) Furnishing and installing Water Main (Pipe) in Casing/Tunnel Liner Plate 10 as specified by the Drawings 11 2) Mobilization 12 3) Grout 13 4) Joint restraint 14 5) Casing Spacers 15 6) End seals 16 7) Excavation 17 8) Hauling 18 9) Disposal of excess material 19 10) Clean-up 20 1.3 REFERENCES 21 A. Definitions 22 1. Carrier Pipe: Permanent pipe for operational use that is used to convey flows 23 2. Casing: A steel pipe or tunnel liner installed by trenchless methods that supports the 24 ground and provides a stable underground excavation for installation of the carrier 25 pipe 26 B. Reference Standards 27 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 28 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 29 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 30 2. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM) 31 a. C39, Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete 32 Specimens. 33 b. C109, Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement 34 Mortars (Using 2-in or [50 mm] Cube Specimens). 35 c. D638, Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics. 36 3. International Organization for Standardization (ISO): 37 a. 9001, Quality Management Systems - Requirements. 38 4. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 39 a. OSHA Regulations and Standards for Underground Construction, 29 CFR Part 40 1926, Subpart S, Underground Construction and Subpart P, Excavation. 41 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 42 1.5 SUBMITTALS 43 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 44 33 05 24 - 3 INSTALLATION OF CARRIER PIPE IN CASING OR TUNNEL LINER PLATE Page 3 of 11 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised December 9. 2022 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 1 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 2 A. Product Data 3 1. Casing Isolators/Spacers 4 a. Material Data 5 2. Grout Mix 6 a. Material Data 7 B. Shop Drawings 8 1. Required for 24-inch and larger pipe installations 9 2. Submit Work Plan describing the carrier pipe installation equipment, materials and 10 construction methods to be employed. 11 3. Casing Spacers/Isolators 12 a. Detail drawings and manufacturer’s information for the casing isolators/spacers 13 that will be used. 14 1) Include dimension and component materials and documentation of 15 manufacturer’s ISO 9001:2000 certification. 16 b. Alternatives to casing spacers/isolators may be allowed by the City on a case-17 by-case basis. 18 c. For consideration of alternate method, submit a detailed description of method 19 including details. 20 4. End seal or bulkhead designs and locations for casing/liners. 21 5. Annular Space (between casing pipe and casing/tunnel liner plate) Grouting Work 22 Plan and Methods including: 23 a. Grouting methods 24 b. Details of equipment 25 c. Grouting procedures and sequences including: 26 1) Injection methods 27 2) Injection pressures 28 3) Monitoring and recording equipment 29 4) Pressure gauge calibration data 30 5) Materials 31 d. Grout mix details including: 32 1) Proportions 33 2) Admixtures including: 34 a) Manufacturer’s literature 35 b) Laboratory test data verifying the strength of the proposed grout mix 36 c) Proposed grout densities 37 d) Viscosity 38 e) Initial set time of grout 39 (1) Data for these requirements shall be derived from trial batches from 40 an approved testing laboratory. 41 e. Submit a minimum of 3 other similar projects where the proposed grout mix 42 design was used. 43 f. Submit anticipated volumes of grout to be pumped for each application and 44 reach grouted. 45 33 05 24 - 4 INSTALLATION OF CARRIER PIPE IN CASING OR TUNNEL LINER PLATE Page 4 of 11 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised December 9. 2022 g. For pipe installations greater than 36-inches, without hold down jacks or a 1 restrained spacer, provide buoyant force calculations during grouting and 2 measures to prevent flotation. 3 1) Calculations sealed by a licensed Engineer in the State of Texas. 4 h. Description of methods and devices to prevent buckling of carrier pipe during 5 grouting of annular space, if required 6 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 7 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 8 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 9 A. Certifications 10 1. Casing isolator/spacer manufacturer shall be certified against the provisions of 11 ISO9001:2000. 12 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 13 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 14 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 15 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 16 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 17 2.2 MATERIALS 18 A. Manufacturers 19 1. Only the manufacturers as listed on the City’s Standard Products List will be 20 considered as shown in Section 01 60 00. 21 a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 22 2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a 23 substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 24 3. The Casing Spacers/Isolators shall be new and the product of a manufacturer 25 regularly engaged in the manufacturing of casing spacers/isolators. 26 B. Design Criteria and Materials 27 1. Carrier pipe shall be installed within the horizontal and vertical tolerances as 28 indicated in PART 3 of this Specification, incorporating all support/insulator 29 dimensions required. 30 Diameter (inches) Material Specification Reference Water Line 6-12 DIP (Restrained) 33 11 10 16-20 DIP (Restrained) AWWA C303 (Restrained) 33 11 10 33 11 13 24 and greater DIP (Restrained) AWWA C303 (Restrained) AWWA C301 (Restrained) 33 11 10 33 11 13 33 11 15 33 05 24 - 5 INSTALLATION OF CARRIER PIPE IN CASING OR TUNNEL LINER PLATE Page 5 of 11 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised December 9. 2022 Sanitary Sewer Line 8-16 DIP (with Ceramic Epoxy) 33 11 10 18 and greater DIP (with Ceramic Epoxy) Fiberglass 33 11 10 33 31 13 2. Grout of annular space 1 a. For gravity sewer carrier pipe installation: 2 1) Fill all voids between the carrier pipe and the casing or liner with grout. 3 2) All exterior carrier pipe surfaces and all interior casing or liner surfaces 4 shall be in contact with the grout. 5 b. For water line installation: 6 1) No annular space fill will be used. 7 3. Grout Mixes 8 a. Low Density Cellular Grout (LDCC) 9 1) Annular space (between sewer carrier pipe and casing/liner) grout shall be 10 LDCC. 11 2) The LDCC shall be portland cement-based grout mix with the addition of a 12 foaming agent designed for this application. 13 3) Develop 1 or more grout mixes designed to completely fill the annular 14 space based on the following requirements: 15 a) Provide adequate retardation to completely fill the annular space in 1 16 monolithic pour. 17 b) Provide less than 1 percent shrinkage by volume. 18 c) Compressive Strength 19 (1) Minimum strength of 10 psi in 24 hours, 300 psi in 28 days 20 d) Design grout mix with the proper density and use proper methods to 21 prevent floating of the carrier pipe. 22 e) Proportion grout to flow and to completely fill all voids between the 23 carrier pipe and the casing or liner. 24 4. End Seals 25 a. Provide end seals at each end of the casing or liner to contain the grout backfill 26 or to close the casing/liner ends to prevent the inflow of water or soil. 27 1) For water piping less than 24-inch diameter, use hard rubber seals, Model 28 PL Link Seal as manufactured by the Thunderline Corporation or approved 29 equal. 30 2) For water piping 24-inch diameter and greater, use pull-on, 1/8 inch thick, 31 synthetic rubber end seals, Model C, as manufactured by Pipeline Seal and 32 Insulator, Inc. or approved equal. 33 3) For sewer piping, no end seals are required since the annular space between 34 the carrier pipe and the casing will be grouted. 35 b. Design end seals to withstand the anticipated soil or grouting pressure and be 36 watertight to prevent groundwater from entering the casing. 37 5. Casing Spacers/Insulators 38 a. Provide casing spacers/insulators to support the carrier pipe during installation 39 and grouting (where grout is used). 40 1) For concrete pressure pipe, mortar bands may be allowed in lieu of casing 41 spacers/isolators. 42 2) Mortar bands shall be in accordance with Section 33 11 13. 43 b. Casing Spacers/Isolators material and properties: 44 1) Shall be minimum 14 gage 45 33 05 24 - 6 INSTALLATION OF CARRIER PIPE IN CASING OR TUNNEL LINER PLATE Page 6 of 11 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised December 9. 2022 2) For water pipe, utilize Stainless Steel. 1 3) For sewer pipe, utilize Coated Steel. 2 4) Suitable for supporting weight of carrier pipe without deformation or 3 collapse during installation 4 c. Provide restrained-style casing spacers to hold all pipes stable during grouting 5 operations and prevent floating or movement. 6 d. Provide dielectric strength sufficient to electrically isolate each component 7 from one another and from the casing. 8 e. Design risers for appropriate loads, and, as a minimum: 9 1) Provide 10 gage steel risers 10 a) Provide stainless steel bands and risers for water installations. 11 f. Band material and criteria 12 1) Provide polyvinyl chloride inner liner with: 13 a) Minimum thickness of 0.09 inches 14 b) Durometer “A” of 85-90 hardness 15 c) Minimum dielectric strength of 58,000 volts 16 g. Runner material and criteria 17 1) Provide pressure-molded glass reinforced polymer or UHMW with: 18 a) Minimum of 2 inches in width and a minimum of 11 inches in length. 19 2) Attach to the band or riser with 3/8 inch minimum welded steel or stainless 20 steel studs. 21 3) Runner studs and nuts shall be recessed well below the wearing surface of 22 the runner 23 a) Fill recess with a corrosion inhibiting filler. 24 h. Riser height 25 1) Provide sufficient height with attached runner allow a minimum clearance 26 of 2 inches between the outside of carrier pipe bells or couplings and the 27 inside of the casing liner surface. 28 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 29 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 30 PART 3 - EXECUTION 31 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 32 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 33 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 34 3.4 INSTALLATION 35 A. General 36 1. Carrier pipe installation shall not begin until the following tasks have been 37 completed: 38 a. All required submittals have been provided, reviewed and accepted. 39 b. All casing/liner joints are watertight and no water is entering casing or liner 40 from any sources. 41 c. All contact grouting is complete. 42 33 05 24 - 7 INSTALLATION OF CARRIER PIPE IN CASING OR TUNNEL LINER PLATE Page 7 of 11 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised December 9. 2022 d. Casing/liner alignment record drawings have been submitted and accepted by 1 City to document deviations due to casing/liner installation. 2 e. Site safety representative has prepared a code of safe practices and an 3 emergency plan in accordance with applicable requirements. 4 2. The carrier pipe shall be installed within the casings or liners between the limits 5 indicated on the Drawings, to the specified lines and grades and utilizing methods 6 which include due regard for safety of workers, adjacent structures and 7 improvements, utilities and the public. 8 B. Control of Line and Grade 9 1. Install Carrier pipe inside the steel casing within the following tolerances: 10 a. Horizontal 11 1) ± 2 inches from design line 12 b. Vertical 13 1) ±1 inch from design grade 14 2. Check line and grade set up prior to beginning carrier pipe installation. 15 3. Perform survey checks of line-and-grade of carrier pipe during installation 16 operations. 17 4. The Contractor is fully responsible for the accuracy of the installation and the 18 correction of it, as required. 19 a. Where the carrier pipe installation does not satisfy the specified tolerances, 20 correct the installation, including if necessary, redesign of the pipe or structures 21 at no additional cost to City. 22 C. Installation of Carrier Pipe 23 1. Pipe Installation 24 a. Remove all loose soil from casing or liner. 25 b. Grind smooth all rough welds at casing joints. 26 2. Installation of Casing Spacers 27 a. Provide casing spacers, insulators or other approved devices to prevent 28 flotation, movement or damage to the pipe during installation and grout backfill 29 placement. 30 b. Assemble and securely fasten casing spacers to the pipeline to be installed in 31 casings or tunnels. 32 c. Correctly assemble, evenly tighten and prevent damage during tightening of the 33 insulators and pipe insertion. 34 d. Install spacers in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. 35 e. Install carrier pipe so that there is no metallic contact between the carrier pipe 36 and the casing. 37 f. Carrier pipe shall be installed without sliding or dragging it on the ground or in 38 the casing/liner in a manner that could damage the pipe or coatings. 39 1) If guide rails are allowed, place cement mortar on both sides of the rails. 40 g. Coat the casing spacer runners with a non-corrosive/environmentally safe 41 lubricant to minimize friction when installing the carrier pipe. 42 h. The carrier pipe shall be electrically isolated from the carrier pipe and from the 43 casing. 44 33 05 24 - 8 INSTALLATION OF CARRIER PIPE IN CASING OR TUNNEL LINER PLATE Page 8 of 11 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised December 9. 2022 i. Grade the bottom of the trench adjacent to each end of the casing to provide a 1 firm, uniform and continuous support for the pipe. If the trench requires some 2 backfill to establish the final trench bottom grade, place the backfill material in 3 6-inch lifts and compact each layer. 4 j. After the casing or tunnel liner has been placed, pump dry and maintain dry 5 until the casing spacers and end seals are installed. 6 3. Insulator Spacing 7 a. Maximum distance between spacers is to be 6 feet. 8 b. For 18 and 20 foot long joints, install a minimum of 4 spacers. 9 1) Install 2 spacers within 1 foot on each side of the bell or flange. 10 2) Remaining 2 spacers shall be spaced equally. 11 c. If the casing or pipe is angled or bent, reduce the spacing. 12 d. The end spacer must be within 6 inches of the end of the casing pipe, regardless 13 of size of casing and pipe or type of spacer used. 14 e. Install spacers on PVC pipe at the insertion line to prevent over-insertion of the 15 spigot into the bell. 16 4. After installation of the carrier pipe: 17 a. Mortar inside and outside of the joints, as applicable 18 b. Verify electrical discontinuity between the water carrier pipe and tunnel liner. 19 1) If continuity exists, remedy the short, by all means necessary including 20 removing and reinstalling the carrier pipe, prior to applying cellular grout. 21 c. If hold down jacks or casing spacers are used, seal or plug the ends of the 22 casing. 23 d. If steel pipe is used and not welded prior to installation in casing/liner, welding 24 of pipe will only be allowed after grouting of annular space is complete. 25 D. Installation of End Seals 26 1. For Water Pipes 27 a. Grout end of casing/liner a minimum of 6 inches and a maximum of 12 inches. 28 b. Place pull-on synthetic rubber end seals on the pipe and pull over the end of the 29 casing. Securely fasten with stainless steel bands. 30 2. For Sewer Pipes 31 a. Grout annular space between carrier pipe and casing as indicated in this 32 Specification. 33 E. Annular Space Grouting (For Sewer Only) 34 1. Prepare pipe as necessary to prevent the pipe from floating during grouting 35 operation as necessary. 36 2. Mixing of Grout 37 a. Mix material in equipment of sufficient size to provide the desired amount of 38 grout material for each stage in a single operation. 39 1) The equipment shall be capable of mixing the grout at the required densities 40 for the approved procedure and shall be capable of changing the densities 41 as required by field conditions. 42 3. Backfill Annular Space with Grout 43 a. Prior to filling of the annular space, test the carrier pipe in accordance with 44 Section 33 01 30. 45 b. Verify the maximum allowable pressure with the carrier pipe manufacturer and 46 do not exceed this pressure. 47 33 05 24 - 9 INSTALLATION OF CARRIER PIPE IN CASING OR TUNNEL LINER PLATE Page 9 of 11 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised December 9. 2022 c. After the installation of the carrier pipe, the remaining space (all voids) between 1 the casing/liner and the carrier shall be filled with LDCC grout. 2 1) All surfaces of the exterior carrier pipe wall and casing/liner interior shall 3 be in contact with the grout. 4 2) Grout shall be pumped through a pipe or hose. 5 3) Use grout pipes, or other appropriate materials, to avoid damage to carrier 6 pipe during grouting. 7 4. Injection of LDCC Grout 8 a. Grout injection pressure shall not exceed the carrier pipe manufacturer’s 9 approved recommendations or 5 psi (whichever is lower). 10 b. Pumping equipment shall be of a size sufficient to inject grout at a volume, 11 velocity and pressure compatible with the size/volume of the annular space. 12 c. Once grouting operations begin, grouting shall proceed uninterrupted, unless 13 grouting procedures require multiple stages. 14 d. Grout placements shall not be terminated until the estimated annular volume of 15 grout has been injected. 16 5. Block the carrier pipe during grouting to prevent flotation during grout installation. 17 6. Protect and preserve the interior surfaces of the casing from damage. 18 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 19 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 20 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL 21 A. Reports and Records required for pipe installations greater than 48-inches and longer 22 than 350 feet 23 1. Maintain and submit daily logs of grouting operations. 24 a. Include: 25 1) Grouting locations 26 2) Pressures 27 3) Volumes 28 4) Grout mix pumped 29 5) Time of pumping 30 2. Note any problems or unusual observations on logs. 31 B. Grout Strength Tests 32 1. City will perform testing for 24-hour and 28-day compressive strength tests for the 33 cylinder molds or grout cubes obtained during grouting operations. 34 2. City will perform field sampling during annular space grouting. 35 a. City will collect at least 1 set of 4 cylinder molds or grout cubes for each 100 36 cubic yards of grout injected but not less than 1 set for each grouting shift. 37 b. City will perform 24-hour and 28-day compressive strength tests per ASTM 38 C39 (cylindrical specimens) or ASTM C109 (cube specimens). 39 c. Remaining samples shall be tested as directed by City. 40 C. Safety 41 1. The Contractor is responsible for safety on the job site. 42 a. Perform all Work in accordance with the current applicable regulations of the 43 Federal, State and local agencies. 44 33 05 24 - 10 INSTALLATION OF CARRIER PIPE IN CASING OR TUNNEL LINER PLATE Page 10 of 11 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised December 9. 2022 b. In the event of conflict, comply with the more restrictive applicable 1 requirement. 2 2. No gasoline powered equipment shall be permitted in jacking shafts and receiving 3 shafts/pits. 4 a. Diesel, electrical, hydraulic and air powered equipment is acceptable, subject to 5 applicable local, State and Federal regulations. 6 3. Methods of construction shall be such as to ensure the safety of the Work, 7 Contractor's and other employees on site and the public. 8 4. Furnish and operate a temporary ventilation system in accordance with applicable 9 safety requirements when personnel are underground. 10 a. Perform all required air and gas monitoring. 11 b. Ventilation system shall provide a sufficient supply of fresh air and maintain an 12 atmosphere free of toxic or flammable gasses in all underground work areas. 13 5. Perform all Work in accordance with all current applicable regulations and safety 14 requirements of the federal, state and local agencies. 15 a. Comply with all applicable provisions of OSHA 29 CFR Part 1926, Subpart S, 16 Underground Construction and Subpart P, Excavations. 17 b. In the event of conflict, comply with the more stringent requirements. 18 6. If personnel will enter the pipe during construction, the Contractor shall develop an 19 emergency response plan for rescuing personnel trapped underground in a shaft 20 excavation or pipe. 21 a. Keep on-site all equipment required for emergency response in accordance with 22 the agency having jurisdiction 23 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 24 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 25 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 26 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 27 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 28 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 29 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 30 END OF SECTION 31 32 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 2.2.B.1 – Modified minimum water line diameter from 8-inches to 6-inches 6/19/2013 D. Johnson Added Blue Text for clarification 1.1.C – Added Concrete Pressure Pipe Specification reference. 2.2.B.5 – Added provisions for mortar bands on concrete pressure pipe. 3.4.C.3 – Revised language related to spacing of casing spacers to correspond to the City’s Standard Detail. 33 05 24 - 11 INSTALLATION OF CARRIER PIPE IN CASING OR TUNNEL LINER PLATE Page 11 of 11 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised December 9. 2022 12/9/2022 W Norwood 2.2 B. 1. Updated Carrier pipe table 1 33 05 26 - 1 UTILITY MARKERS/LOCATORS Page 1 of 4 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 SECTION 33 05 26 UTILITY MARKERS/LOCATORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Buried and surface utility markers for utility construction B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Measurement a. Measurement for this Item will be by lump sum. 2. Payment a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item will be paid for at the lump sum price bid for “Utility Markers”. 3. The price bid shall include: a. Furnishing and installing Utility Markers as specified by the Drawings b. Mobilization c. Pavement removal d. Excavation e. Hauling f. Disposal of excess material g. Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill h. Clean-up 1.3 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. American Public Works Association (AWPA): a. Uniform Color Code. 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 33 05 26 - 2 UTILITY MARKERS/LOCATORS Page 2 of 4 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product Data 1. Buried Marker 2. Surface Marker 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 MATERIALS A. Manufacturers 1. Only the manufacturers as listed on the City’s Standard Products List will be considered as shown in Section 01 60 00. a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 3. Provide new Utility Markers/Locators from a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacturing of Utility Markers/Locators. B. Materials 1. Buried Markers (Detectable Warning Tape) a. Provide detectable warning tape as follows: 1) 5.0 mil overall thickness 2) Width – 3 inch minimum 3) Weight – 27.5 pounds per inch per 1,000 square feet 4) Triple Layer with: a) Minimum thickness 0.35 mils solid aluminum foil encased in a protective inert plastic jacket (1) 100 percent virgin low density polyethylene (2) Impervious to all known alkalis, acids, chemical reagents and solvents within soil (3) Aluminum foil visible to both sides 5) Locatable by conductive and inductive methods 6) Printing encased to avoid ink rub-off 7) Color and Legends a) Potable water lines 33 05 26 - 3 UTILITY MARKERS/LOCATORS Page 3 of 4 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 (1) Color – Blue (in accordance with APWA Uniform Color Code) (2) Legend – Caution Potable Water Line Below (repeated every 24 inches) b) Reclaimed water lines (1) Color – Purple (in accordance with APWA Uniform Color Code) (2) Legend – Caution Reclaimed Water Line Below (repeated every 24 inches) c) Sewer Line (1) Color – Green (in accordance with APWA Uniform Color Code) (2) Legend – Caution Sewer Line Below (repeated every 24 inches) 2. Surface Markers a. Provide as follows: 1) 4-inch diameter, 6-feet minimum length, polyethylene posts, or equal 2) White posts with colored, ultraviolet resistant domes as follows: a) Water Lines (1) Color – Blue (in accordance with APWA Uniform Color Code) (2) Legend – Caution Potable Water Line Below b) Reclaimed water lines (1) Color – Purple (in accordance with APWA Uniform Color Code) (2) Legend – Caution Reclaimed Water Line Below c) Sewer lines (1) Color – Green (in accordance with APWA Uniform Color Code) (2) Legend – Caution Sewer Line Below 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Buried Markers (Detectable Warning Tape) 1. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations below natural ground surface and directly above the utility for which it is marking. a. Allow 18 inches minimum between utility and marker. b. Bury to a depth of 3 feet or as close to the grade as is practical for optimum protection and detectability. B. Surface Markers 1. Bury a minimum of 2 feet deep, with a minimum of 4 feet above ground 2. The warning sign for all surface markers shall be 21 inches (not including post cap). 3. Where possible, place surface markers near fixed objects. 4. Place Surface Markers at the following locations: 33 05 26 - 4 UTILITY MARKERS/LOCATORS Page 4 of 4 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 a. Buried Features 1) Place directly above a buried feature. b. Above-Ground Features 1) Place a maximum of 2 feet away from an above-ground feature. c. Water lines 16-inches and larger 1) Each right-of-way line (or end of casing pipe) for: a) Highway crossings b) Railroad crossings 2) Utility crossings such as: a) High pressure or large diameter gas lines b) Fiber optic lines c) Underground electric transmission lines d) Or other locations shown on the Drawings, or directed by the City d. Surface markers not required for 12-inch and smaller water lines e. For sanitary sewer lines: 1) In undeveloped areas, place marker maximum of 2 feet away from an above-ground feature such as a manhole or combination air valve vault. 2) Place at 500-foot intervals along the pipeline. 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson Removed references to Utility Marker Balls throughout. 33 05 30 - 1 LOCATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES Page 1 of 4 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 SECTION 33 05 30 LOCATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Locating and verifying the location and elevation of the existing underground utilities that may conflict with a facility proposed for construction by use of: a. Exploratory Excavation b. Vacuum Excavation B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 3. Section 33 05 10 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Exploratory Excavation of Existing Utilities a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each excavation performed as identified in the Drawings, or as directed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Exploratory Excavation for Existing Utilities” specified. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Grade survey 2) Pavement removal 3) Excavation 4) Utility Location 5) Hauling 6) Disposal of excess material 7) Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment 8) Furnishing, placing and compaction of backfill 9) Clean-up 10) Surface restoration 2. Vacuum Excavation of Existing Utilities a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each excavation performed as identified in the Drawings, or as directed. b. Payment 33 05 30 - 2 LOCATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES Page 2 of 4 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Vacuum Excavation” specified. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Grade survey 2) Pavement removal 3) Vacuum Excavation 4) Utility Location 5) Hauling 6) Disposal of excess material 7) Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment 8) Furnishing, placing and compaction of backfill 9) Clean-up 10) Surface restoration 1.3 REFERENCES A. Definitions 1. Exploratory Excavation: Previously called “D-Hole” within the City, a method used to locate existing underground utility as shown on the plans through the use of standard excavation equipment. 2. Vacuum Excavation: Method used to locate existing underground utility as shown on the plans through the use of geophysical prospecting equipment such as vacuum excavation. B. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE) a. ASCE Publication CI/ASCE 38 (Standard Guideline for the Collection and Depiction of Existing Subsurface Utility Data) 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination 1. Coordinate with City Inspector at least 48 hours prior to commencing on site for Exploratory Excavation of Existing Utilities. 2. Coordinate location of all other existing utilities within vicinity of excavation prior to commencing Exploratory Excavation. 3. Coordinate staking of Exploratory Excavations with City at least 1 week prior to commencement. B. Sequencing 1. Exploratory Excavations shall be conducted prior to the construction of the entire project. C. Scheduling 1. For critical utility locations, the City may choose to be present during excavation. 2. Alter schedule for Exploratory Excavation of Existing Utilities to accommodate City personnel. 33 05 30 - 3 LOCATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES Page 3 of 4 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Report of Utility Location 1. Horizontal location of utility as surveyed 2. Vertical elevation of utility as surveyed a. Top of utility b. Spring line of utility c. Existing ground 3. Material type, diameter and description of the condition of existing utility 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Verification of Conditions 1. Verify location of existing utilities in accordance with the General Requirements, the General Notes and the Drawings. 3.3 PREPARATION A. Coordinate with City Survey, if applicable. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Exploratory Excavation 1. Verify location of existing utility at location denoted on the Drawings, or as directed by the City. a. Expose utility to spring line, as necessary. b. Excavate and Backfill Trench for the Exploratory Excavation in accordance with Section 33 05 10. B. Vacuum Excavation 1. Verify location of existing utility at location denoted on the Drawings, or as directed by the City. 33 05 30 - 4 LOCATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES Page 4 of 4 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 2. Designate the horizontal position of the existing underground utilities that are to be located using geophysical prospecting equipment. a. Acquire record documentation from and coordinate with utility companies, as necessary to locate utility. 3. Perform excavation in general accordance with the recommended practices and procedures described in ASCE Publication CI/ASCE 38. C. Upon completion of the utility locating, submit a report of the findings. D. If location of utility is in conflict with the Drawings, notify the City Project Manager for appropriate design modifications. E. Place embedment and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. F. Once necessary data is obtained, immediately restore surface to existing conditions to: 1. Obtain a safe and proper driving surface, if applicable 2. Ensure the safety of the general public 3. The satisfaction of the City 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson Title- Exploratory Excavation of Utilities changed to Location of Existing Utilities 1.2 – Added Measurement of Payment for Vacuum Excavation 1.3 – Added Definitions 3.4 – Added requirements for Vacuum Excavation 33 11 05 - 1 BOLTS, NUTS, AND GASKETS Page 1 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 SECTION 33 11 05 BOLTS, NUTS, AND GASKETS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. All nuts, bolts and gaskets associated with pressurized water utility lines including: a. T-Bolts and Nuts b. Flange Bolts and Nuts c. Threaded Rods d. Push-on Gaskets e. Mechanical Joint Gaskets f. Flange Gaskets g. Flange Isolation Kits h. Petrolatum Tape Systems B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 3. Section 33 04 10 – Joint Bonding and Electrical Isolation 4. Section 33 11 10 – Ductile Iron Pipe 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Hydrocarbon Resistant Gaskets a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by lump sum. b. Payment 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the lump sum price bid for all “Hydrocarbon Resistant Gaskets”. 2. All Other Items a. Measurement 1) The Items in this Section are considered subsidiary to the Item being installed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item are subsidiary to the unit price bid for the Item being installed and no other compensation will be allowed. 33 11 05 - 2 BOLTS, NUTS, AND GASKETS Page 2 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 1.3 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI). 3. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): a. PCC-1-2012 Guidelines for Pressure Boundary Bolted Flange Joint Assembly. 4. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM): a. A193, Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting for High Temperature or High Pressure Service and Other Special Purpose Applications. b. A194, Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High Pressure or High Temperature Service, or Both. c. A242, Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Carbon Structural Steel d. B117, Salt Spray Testing e. F436, Standard Specification for Hardened Steel Washers 5. American Water Works Association (AWWA): a. C111/A21.11, Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. b. C207, Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service – Sizes 4 In. Through 144 In. (100 mm Through 3,600 mm). c. C600, Installation of Ductile-Iron Mains and Their Appurtenances. d. M11, Steel Pipe. e. M41, Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings. 6. Fastener Quality Act (FQA) a. Public Law 106-34 (P.L. 106-34) 7. NSF International (NSF): a. 61, Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects. 8. Society for Protective Coating (SSPC) Surface Preparation Standards (SP): a. SP2, Hand Tool Cleaning b. SP3, Power Tool Cleaning 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication for specials. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS / INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product Data 1. Bolts and nuts for mechanical and or flange joints 2. Gaskets B. Certificates 33 11 05 - 3 BOLTS, NUTS, AND GASKETS Page 3 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 1. Furnish an affidavit certifying that all fasteners, excluding T-Bolts, shall conform to the Fastener Quality Act (FQA) (P.L. 106-34). 2. Furnish an affidavit certifying that the Xylan Coating is manufactured by Whitford Corporation, or a Whitford Corporation certified Applicator. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications 1. Manufacturers a. Fastener manufacturing operations (bolts, nuts, gaskets and coatings) shall be performed under the control of the manufacturer. b. All gaskets shall meet or exceed the latest revisions NSF 61 and shall meet or exceed the requirements of this Specification. B. Preconstruction Testing 1. The City may, at its own cost, subject random fittings for destructive testing by an independent laboratory for compliance with this Specification. a. The compliance test shall be performed in the United States. b. Any visible defects or failure to meet the quality standards herein will be grounds for rejecting the entire order. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Storage and Handling Requirements 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 66 00. 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS A. Manufacturers 1. Only the manufacturers as listed on the City’s Standard Products List will be considered as shown in Section 01 60 00. a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00. B. Regulatory Requirements 1. All fasteners, excluding T-Bolts, shall conform to the Fastener Quality Act (FQA) (P.L. 106-34). All fasteners shall meet the marking requirements set forth by this Act. 33 11 05 - 4 BOLTS, NUTS, AND GASKETS Page 4 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 C.T-Bolts and Nuts 1. Standard Xylan Coated T-bolt and Nut a.High strength, corrosion-resistant, low-carbon weathering steel in accordance with AWWA/ANSI C111/A21.11 and ASTM A242 b. Xylan Coating in accordance with this Section 2. Stainless Steel T-bolt with Xylan Coated Stainless Steel Nut a.Stainless Steel T-bolt and Nut in accordance with AISI 304. b. Coat nut with Xylan in accordance with this Section. D.Flange Bolts and Nuts 1. Stainless Steel Bolt and Xylan Coated Nut a.Meet requirements of AWWA C207 b. Bolts: ASTM A193, Grade B8, Class 1(AISI 304 Stainless Steel, carbide solution treated) c.Nuts and Washers: ASTM A194, Grade 8 Nuts with AISI 304 Stainless Steel Washers 1) Coat nut with Xylan in accordance with this Section. E.Threaded Rods 1. Meet requirements of AWWA C207 2. Rods: ASTM A193, Grade B8, Class 1(AISI 304 Stainless Steel, carbide solution treated) 3. Nuts and Washers: ASTM A194, Grade 8 Nuts with AISI 304 Stainless Steel Washers a.Coat nut with Xylan in accordance with this Section. F.Push-on Gaskets 1. Conforming to the physical and marking requirements specified in ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11. 2. All gaskets shall meet or exceed the latest revisions NSF 61. 3. Rubber gaskets shall be made of vulcanized styrene butadiene rubber SBR, unless otherwise specified in Drawings. 4. Gaskets shall be free from porous areas, foreign material and other defects that make them unfit for intended use. 5. Gaskets shall be the size and shape required to provide an adequate compressive force against the plain end and socket after assembly to affect a positive seal under all combinations of joint and gasket tolerances. G.Mechanical Joint Gaskets 1. Conforming to the physical and marking requirements specified in ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11. 2. All gaskets shall meet or exceed the latest revisions NSF 61. 3. Rubber gaskets shall be made of vulcanized styrene butadiene rubber SBR, unless otherwise specified in Drawings. 4. Gaskets shall be free from porous areas, foreign material and other defects that make them unfit for intended use. H.Flange Gaskets 1. Class E Flanges 33 11 05 - 5 BOLTS, NUTS, AND GASKETS Page 5 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 a.Full face b. Manufactured true to shape from minimum 80 durometer SBR rubber stock of a thickness not less than 1/8 inch c.Virgin stock d. Conforming to the physical and test requirements specified in AWWA/ANSI C111/A21.11 e.All gaskets shall meet or exceed the latest revisions NSF 61. f.Finished gaskets shall have holes punched by the manufacturer and shall match the flange pattern in every respect. g.Frayed cut edges are not acceptable. h. Field cut sheet gaskets are not acceptable. I.Hydrocarbon Resistant Gaskets 1. Furnish Viton® (Fluorocarbon) Rubber, hydrocarbon resistant gaskets, when required. J.Flange Isolation Kits 1. Flanges which are required by the Drawings to be Isolation Flanges shall conform to Section 33 04 10. 2. For bolts used with isolation sleeves per Section 33 04 10, threading must extend to bolt head with no grip to ensure sleeves fit properly. K.Petrolatum Tape System 1. Petrolatum Tape Primer: Denso Paste, or approved equal 2. Molding and Filler mastic: Densyl Mastic, or approved equal 3. All Purpose Petrolatum Tape: Densyl Tape, or approved equal L.Xylan Coating a.Coat nuts and bolts with a ceramic-filled, baked on fluorocarbon resin, when required. b. Coated nuts and bolts shall be prepared “near white” or “white” when coated to the coating manufacturer’s recommended thickness by a certified applicator. c.Coating shall be of Xylan as manufactured by Whitford Corporation and applied by Whitford Corporation or Whitford Corporation Recommended Coater. d. Coating shall be free from holidays and defects. e.Coating thickness shall between 0.0007-inches and 0.0012-inches and shall be such that the nut turns freely on the bolt. f.Coating shall conform to the performance requirements of ASTM B117, “Salt Spray Test” and shall include, if required, a certificate of conformance. 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 33 11 05 - 6 BOLTS, NUTS, AND GASKETS Page 6 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 INSTALLATION A.Mechanical Joints 1. Assemble mechanical joints in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11 Appendix A, AWWA C600 and AWWA Manual M41. 2. Use Standard Xylan Coated T-bolts and Nuts. a.Stainless Steel T-bolts with Xylan Coated Stainless Steel Nuts shall only be used when specifically required in the Drawings. B.Flanged Joints 1. Install in accordance with ASME PCC-1-2012. 2. Use Stainless Steel Bolts and Xylan Coated Nuts. 3. Wrap all buried steel flanges for AWWA C200, C301 or C303 pipe with Petrolatum Tape System. a.If only 1 flange in a joint is steel (AWWA C200, C301, or C303), petrolatum tape wrapping will be required. b. If a joint is made between two ductile iron flanges, the joint should be polyethylene encased in accordance with Section 33 11 10. 4. Flange bolts are normally spaced evenly around the flange. 5. During assembly, tighten nuts gradually and equally using a three-pass method in accordance with ASME PCC-1-2012. a.For the first pass, tighten the nuts to 50 percent at diametrically opposite sides to prevent misalignment and to ensure that all bolts carry equal loads. b. For the second pass, tighten the nuts to 100 percent again in a diametrically opposite pattern. c.Allow a minimum of 1 hour to pass to provide time for settlement between bolts and nuts and gasket relaxation. d. Complete the third pass by checking each bolt in a clockwise pattern. Each nut should be tightened until it will no longer turn. This step compensates for elastic interaction and brings all bolts into parity. 6. The threads of the bolts should protrude a minimum of ½-inch from the nuts. C.Flanged Joints with Isolation Kit 1. Flange Isolation Kits shall be installed in accordance with Section 33 04 10. 2. City will verify Isolation in accordance with Section 33 04 10. D.Threaded Rod 1. Install as part of joint harness assembly in accordance with AWWA Manual M11. 2. Space rods evenly around the pipe. 3. During assembly, tighten nuts gradually and equally using a three-pass method in accordance with ASME PCC-1-2012. a.For the first pass, tighten the nuts to 50 percent at diametrically opposite sides to prevent misalignment and to ensure that all bolts carry equal loads. b. For the second pass, tighten the nuts to 100 percent again in a diametrically opposite pattern. 4. The threads of the bolts should protrude a minimum of ½-inch from the nuts. 33 11 05 - 7 BOLTS, NUTS, AND GASKETS Page 7 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 5. Wrap joint harness assembly with Petrolatum Tape System. E. Petrolatum Tape System 1. Surfaces should be free from dirt, loose rust, scale or flaking coatings. a. Clean surfaces in accordance with SSPC SP2 or SSPC SP3. 1) High pressure wash of 3,000 to 7,000 psi is also suitable. b. Surfaces may be damp but shall not have droplets or continuous film of water. 2. Apply a uniform, thin coat of Petrolatum Tape Primer to the entire surface by stiff brush, gloved hand or rag at normal ambient temperatures. 3. By hand application, apply Molding and Filler Mastic to a rounded configuration to fill irregular shapes and reduce sharp-edged surfaces. 4. Spirally wrap All Purpose Petrolatum Tape with a minimum overlap of 1 inch. a. For severely corrosive environments, an overlap of 55 percent is recommended. b. Press air pockets out and smooth all lap seams. 5. For additional mechanical protection, overwrap may be applied to increase impact strength and electrical resistance. 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 33 11 10 - 1 DUCTILE IRON PIPE Page 1 of 14 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised December 9, 2022 SECTION 33 11 10 1 DUCTILE IRON PIPE 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A.Section Includes:5 1.Ductile Iron Pipe 3-inch through 64-inch for potable water, wastewater and reuse6 applications7 B.Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification8 1.None.9 C.Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:10 1.Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract11 2.Division 1 – General Requirements12 3.Section 33 01 31 – Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection13 4.Section 33 04 10 – Joint Bonding and Electrical Isolation14 5.Section 33 04 40 – Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water Mains15 6.Section 33 05 10 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill16 7.Section 33 05 24 – Installation of Carrier Pipe in Casing or Tunnel Liner Plate17 8.Section 33 11 05 – Bolts, Nuts, and Gaskets18 9.Section 33 11 11 – Ductile Iron Fittings19 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 20 A.Measurement and Payment21 1.Ductile Iron Pipe22 a. Measurement23 1)Measured horizontally along the surface from center line to center line of24 the fitting, manhole, or appurtenance25 b.Payment26 1)The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item27 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit28 price bid per linear foot for “DIP” installed for:29 a)Various sizes30 b)Various types of backfill31 c)Various linings32 d)Various Depths, for miscellaneous sewer projects only33 e)Various restraints34 f)Various uses35 c.The price bid shall include:36 1)Furnishing and installing Ductile Iron Pipe with joints as specified by the37 Drawings38 2)Mobilization39 33 11 10 - 2 DUCTILE IRON PIPE Page 2 of 14 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised December 9, 2022 3)Polyethylene encasement1 4)Lining2 5)Pavement removal3 6)Excavation4 7)Hauling5 8)Disposal of excess material6 9) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment7 10)Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill8 11)Trench water stops9 12)Thrust restraint, if required in Contract Documents10 13)Bolts and nuts11 14)Gaskets12 15)Clean-up13 16)Cleaning14 17)Disinfection15 18)Testing16 1.3 REFERENCES 17 A.Definitions18 1.Gland or Follower Gland19 a. Non-restrained, mechanical joint fitting20 2.Retainer Gland21 a.Mechanically restrained mechanical joint fitting22 B.Reference Standards23 1.Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard24 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification,25 unless a date is specifically cited.26 2.American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO).27 3.American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME):28 a.B16.1, Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings (Classes 25, 125 and 250).29 4.ASTM International (ASTM):30 a.A193, Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting for31 High Temperature or High Pressure Service and Other Special Purpose32 Applications33 b. A194, Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High34 Pressure or High Temperature Service, or Both35 c.A242, Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel.36 d.A307, Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi37 Tensile Strength.38 e.A674, Standard Practice for Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile Iron Pipe for39 Water or Other Liquids.40 f.B117, Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus.41 g. B633, Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and42 Steel.43 5.American Water Works Association (AWWA):44 33 11 10 - 3 DUCTILE IRON PIPE Page 3 of 14 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised December 9, 2022 a.C203, Coal-Tar Protective Coatings and Linings for Steel Water Pipelines - 1 Enamel and Tape - Hot Applied.2 b.C600, Installation of Ductile-Iron Water Mains and their Appurtenances.3 c.M41, Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings.4 6.American Water Works Association/American National Standards Institute5 (AWWA/ANSI):6 a.C104/A21.4, Cement–Mortar Lining for Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings.7 b. C105/A21.5, Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile-Iron Pipe Systems.8 c.C111/A21.11, Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings.9 d. C115/A21.15, Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe with Ductile-Iron or Gray-Iron10 Threaded Flanges.11 e.C150/A21.50, Thickness Design of Ductile-Iron Pipe.12 f.C151/A21.51, Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for Water.13 g.C600, Installation of Ductile-Iron Water Mains and their Appurtenances14 7.NSF International (NSF):15 a.61, Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects.16 8.Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC):17 a.PA 2, Measurement of Dry Coating Thickness with Magnetic Gages.18 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 19 1.5 SUBMITTALS 20 A.Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00.21 B.All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication for22 specials.23 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS / INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 24 A.Product Data25 1.Interior lining26 a.If it is other than cement mortar lining in accordance with AWWA/ANSI27 C104/A21.4, including:28 1)Material29 2)Application recommendations30 3)Field touch-up procedures31 2.Thrust Restraint32 a.Retainer glands, thrust harnesses or any other means33 3.Gaskets34 a.If hydrocarbon or other special gaskets are required35 B.Shop Drawings – Furnish for Ductile Iron Pipe used in the water distribution system or36 for a wastewater force main for 24-inch and greater diameters, including:37 1.Wall thickness design calculations sealed by a Licensed Professional Engineer in38 Texas including:39 a.Working pressure40 b.Surge pressure41 c.Deflection42 33 11 10 - 4 DUCTILE IRON PIPE Page 4 of 14 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised December 9, 2022 2.Provide thrust restraint calculations for all fittings and valves, sealed by a Licensed1 Professional Engineer in Texas, to verify the restraint lengths shown in the Drawings.2 3.Lay schedule/drawing for 24-inch and greater diameters, sealed by a Licensed3 Professional Engineer in Texas including:4 a.Pipe class5 b.Joints type6 c.Fittings7 d.Stationing8 e.Transitions9 f.Joint deflection10 C. Certificates11 1.Furnish an affidavit certifying that all Ductile Iron Pipe meets the provisions of this12 Section, each run of pipe furnished has met Specifications, all inspections have13 been made, and that all tests have been performed in accordance with14 AWWA/ANSI C151/A21.51.15 2.Furnish a certificate stating that buried bolts and nuts conform to ASTM B117.16 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 17 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 18 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 19 A.Qualifications20 1.Manufacturers21 a.Finished pipe shall be the product of 1 manufacturer.22 1)Change orders, specials, and field changes may be provided by a different23 manufacturer upon City approval.24 b.Pipe manufacturing operations (pipe, lining, and coatings) shall be performed25 under the control of the manufacturer.26 c.Ductile Iron Pipe27 1)Manufactured in accordance with AWWA/ANSI C151/A21.5128 a)Perform quality control tests and maintain results as outlined within29 standard to assure compliance.30 2)Subject each pipe to a hydrostatic test of not less than 500 psi for duration31 of at least 10 seconds.32 B.Preconstruction Testing33 1.The City may, at its own cost, subject random lengths of pipe for testing by an34 independent laboratory for compliance with this Specification.35 a.The compliance test shall be performed in the United States.36 b.Any visible defects or failure to meet the quality standards herein will be37 grounds for rejecting the entire order.38 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 39 A.Storage and Handling Requirements40 1.Ductile Iron Pipe shall be stored and handled in accordance with the guidelines as41 stated in AWWA M41.42 33 11 10 - 5 DUCTILE IRON PIPE Page 5 of 14 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised December 9, 2022 2.Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 66 1 00.2 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 3 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 4 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 5 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 6 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS 7 A. Manufacturers8 1.Only the manufacturers as listed in the City’s Standard Products List will be9 considered as shown in Section 01 60 00.10 a.The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections.11 2.Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a12 substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00.13 B.Pipe14 1.Pipe shall be in accordance with AWWA/ANSI C111/A21.11, AWWA/ANSI15 C150/A21.15, and AWWA/ANSI C151/A21.51.16 2.All pipe shall meet the requirements of NSF 61.17 3.Pipe shall have a lay length of 18 feet or 20 feet except for special fittings or18 closure pieces and necessary to comply with the Drawings.19 4.As a minimum the following pressures classes apply. The Drawings may specify a20 higher pressure class or the pressure and deflection design criteria may also require21 a higher pressure class, but in no case should they be less than the following:22 23 Diameter (inches) Min Pressure Class (psi) 3 through 12 350 14 through 20 250 24 200 30 through 64 150 24 5.Pipe markings shall meet the minimum requirements of AWWA/ANSI25 C151/A21.51. Minimum pipe markings shall be as follows:26 a.“DI” or “Ductile” shall be clearly labeled on each pipe27 b.Weight, pressure class and nominal thickness of each pipe28 c.Year and country pipe were cast29 d.Manufacturer’s mark30 6.Pressure and Deflection Design31 a.Pipe design shall be based on trench conditions and design pressure class32 specified in the Drawings.33 33 11 10 - 6 DUCTILE IRON PIPE Page 6 of 14 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised December 9, 2022 b.Pipe shall be designed according to the methods indicated in AWWA/ANSI 1 C150/A21.50, AWWA/ANSI C151/A21.51, and AWWA M41 for trench 2 construction, using the following parameters: 3 1)Unit Weight of Fill (w) = 130 pcf4 2)Live Load = AASHTO HS 205 3)Trench Depth = 12 feet minimum, or as indicated in Drawings6 4)Bedding Conditions = Type 47 5)Working Pressure (Pw) = 150 psi8 6)Surge Allowance (Ps) = 100 psi9 7)Design Internal Pressure (Pi) = Pw + Ps or 2:1 safety factor of the actual10 working pressure plus the actual surge pressure, whichever is greater.11 a)Test Pressure =12 (1)No less than 1.25 minimum times the stated working pressure (18713 psi minimum) of the pipeline measured at the highest elevation14 along the test section.15 (2)No less than 1.5 times the stated working pressure (225 psi16 minimum) at the lowest elevation of the test section.17 8)Maximum Calculated Deflection (Dx) = 3 percent18 9)Restrained Joint Safety Factor (Sf) = 15 percent19 c.Trench depths shall be verified after existing utilities are located.20 1)Vertical alignment changes required because of existing utility or other21 conflicts shall be accommodated by an appropriate change in pipe design22 depth.23 2)In no case shall pipe be installed deeper than its design allows.24 7.Provisions for Thrust25 a.Thrust at bends, tees, plugs or other fittings shall be mechanically restrained26 joints when required by the Drawings, corrosion resistant joints.27 b.In addition to the mechanical joint restraint required for all bends and fittings,28 horizontal and vertical bends shall be restrained by concrete thrust blocking29 and by mechanical joint restraint along the length of the pipe, as recommended30 by the pipe manufacturer, unless shown otherwise in the design drawings.31 Inclusion in the plans of dimensions for joint restraint lengths along the pipe, or32 dimensions for concrete thrust blocking, shall be interpreted to mean the33 exclusion of the other method of restraint, unless both methods are specifically34 required in the plans.35 c.No thrust restraint contribution shall be allowed for the restrained length of36 pipe within the casing.37 d.Restrained joints, when required, shall be used for a sufficient distance from38 each side of the bend, tee, plug, valve or other fitting to resist thrust which will39 be developed at the design pressure of the pipe. For the purpose of thrust, the40 following shall apply:41 1)Valves shall be calculated as dead ends.42 2)Design pressure shall be greater than the working pressure of the pipe or43 the internal pressure (Pi) whichever is greater.44 3)Restrained joints shall consist of approved mechanical restrained or push-45 on restrained joints as listed in the City’s Standard Products List as shown46 in Section 01 60 00.47 e.The Pipe Manufacturer shall verify the length of pipe with restrained joints to48 resist thrust in accordance with the Drawings, AWWA M41, and the following:49 33 11 10 - 7 DUCTILE IRON PIPE Page 7 of 14 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised December 9, 2022 1)The weight of earth (We) shall be calculated as the weight of the projected 1 soil prism above the pipe, for unsaturated soil conditions. 2 2)Soil density = 130 pcf (maximum value to be used), for unsaturated soil3 conditions4 3)If indicated on the Drawings and the Geotechnical Borings that ground5 water is expected, account for reduced soil density.6 8.Joints7 a. General – Comply with AWWA/ANSI C111/A21.11.8 b.Push-On Joints9 c.Mechanical Joints10 d.Push-On Restrained Joints11 1)Restraining Push-on joints by means of a special gasket12 a)Only those products that are listed in Section 01 60 0013 b)The working pressure rating of the restrained gasket must exceed the14 test pressure of the pipe line to be installed.15 c)Approved for use of restraining Ductile Iron Pipe in casing with a16 carrier pipe of 4-inches to 12-inches17 d)Otherwise only approved if specially listed on the Drawings18 2)Push-on Restrained Joint bell and spigot19 a)Only those products list in the standard products list will be allowed for20 the size listed in the standard products list per Section 01 60 00.21 b)Pressure rating shall exceed the working and test pressure of the pipe22 line.23 e.Flanged Joints – AWWA/ANSI C115/A21.15, ASME B16.1, Class 12524 f.Flange bolt circles and bolt holes shall match those of ASME B16.1, Class 125.25 g.Field fabricated flanges are prohibited.26 9.Gaskets27 a.Provide Gaskets in accordance with Section 33 11 05.28 10.Isolation Flanges29 a.Flanges required by the drawings to be Isolation Flanges shall conform to30 Section 33 04 10.31 11.Bolts and Nuts32 a.Mechanical Joints33 1)Provide bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 33 11 05.34 b.Flanged Ends35 1)Meet requirements of AWWA C115.36 a)Provide bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 33 11 05.37 12.Flange Coatings38 a.Connections to Steel Flanges39 1)Buried connections with Steel Flanges shall be coated with a Petrolatum40 Tape System in accordance with Section 33 11 05.41 13.Ductile Iron Pipe Exterior Coatings42 a.All ductile iron shall have an asphaltic coating, minimum of 1 mil thick, on the43 pipe exterior, unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents.44 14.Polyethylene Encasement45 a.All buried Ductile Iron Pipe shall be polyethylene encased.46 33 11 10 - 8 DUCTILE IRON PIPE Page 8 of 14 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised December 9, 2022 b.Only manufacturers listed in the City’s Standard Products List as shown in 1 Section 01 60 00 will be considered acceptable.2 c.Use only virgin polyethylene material.3 d.Encasement for buried pipe shall be 8 mil linear low density (LLD)4 polyethylene conforming to AWWA/ANSI C105/A21.5 or 4 mil high density5 cross-laminated (HDCL) polyethylene encasement conforming to6 AWWA/ANSI C105/A21.5 and ASTM A674.7 e.Marking: At a minimum of every 2 feet along its length, the mark the8 polyethylene film with the following information:9 1)Manufacturer’s name or trademark10 2)Year of manufacturer11 3)AWWA/ANSI C105/A21.512 4)Minimum film thickness and material type13 5)Applicable range of nominal diameter sizes14 6) Warning – Corrosion Protection – Repair Any Damage15 f.Special Markings/Colors16 1)Reclaimed Water, perform one of the following:17 a)Label polyethylene encasement with “RECLAIMED WATER”,18 b)Provide purple polyethylene in accordance with the American Public19 Works Association Uniform Color Code; or20 c)Attach purple reclaimed water marker tape to the polyethylene wrap.21 2)Wastewater, perform one of the following:22 a)Label polyethylene encasement with “WASTEWATER”;23 b)Provide green polyethylene in accordance with the American Public24 Works Association Uniform Color Code; or25 c)Attach green sanitary sewer marker tape to the polyethylene wrap.26 g.Minimum widths27 Polyethylene Tube and Sheet Sizes for Push-On Joint Pipe28 Nominal Pipe Diameter (inches) Min. Width – Flat Tube (inches) Min. Width – Sheet (inches) 3 14 28 4 14 28 6 16 32 8 20 40 10 24 48 12 27 54 14 30 60 16 34 68 18 37 74 20 41 82 24 54 108 30 67 134 36 81 162 42 81 162 48 95 190 33 11 10 - 9 DUCTILE IRON PIPE Page 9 of 14 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised December 9, 2022 54 108 216 60 108 216 64 121 242 15.Ductile Iron Pipe Interior Lining 1 a.Cement Mortar Lining2 1)Ductile Iron Pipe for potable water shall have a cement mortar lining in3 accordance with AWWA/ANSI C104/A21.04 and be acceptable according4 to NSF 61.5 b.Ceramic Epoxy or Epoxy Linings6 1)Ductile Iron Pipe for use in wastewater applications shall be lined with a7 Ceramic Epoxy or Epoxy lining as designated in the City’s Standard8 Products List as shown in Section 01 60 00.9 2) Apply lining at a minimum of 40 mils DFT.10 3)Due to the tolerances involved, the gasket area and spigot end up to 611 inches back from the end of the spigot end must be coated with 6 mils12 nominal, 10 mils maximum using a Joint Compound as supplied by the13 manufacturer.14 a)Apply the joint compound by brush to ensure coverage.15 b)Care should be taken that the joint compound is smooth without excess16 buildup in the gasket seat or on the spigot ends.17 c)Coat the gasket seat and spigot ends after the application of the lining.18 4)Surface preparation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s19 recommendations.20 5)Check thickness using a magnetic film thickness gauge in accordance with21 the method outlined in SSPC PA 2.22 6)Test the interior lining of all pipe barrels for pinholes with a non-23 destructive 2,500 volt test.24 a)Repair any defects prior to shipment.25 7)Mark each fitting with the date of application of the lining system along26 with its numerical sequence of application on that date and records27 maintained by the applicator of his work.28 8)For all Ductile Iron Pipe in wastewater service where the pipe has been29 cut, coat the exposed surface with the touch-up material as recommended30 by the manufacturer.31 a)The touch-up material and the lining shall be of the same manufacturer.32 33 11 10 - 10 DUCTILE IRON PIPE Page 10 of 14 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised December 9, 2022 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 1 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 4 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 5 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 6 3.4 INSTALLATION 7 A. General8 1.Install pipe, fittings, specials and appurtenances as specified herein, as specified in9 AWWA C600, AWWA M41 and in accordance with the pipe manufacturer’s10 recommendations.11 2.See Section 33 11 11 for installation requirements for Ductile Iron Fittings.12 3.Lay pipe to the lines and grades as indicated in the Drawings.13 4.Excavate and backfill trenches in accordance with Section 33 05 10.14 5. Embed Ductile Iron Pipe in accordance with Section 33 05 10.15 6.For installation of carrier pipe within casing, see Section 33 05 24.16 B.Pipe Handling17 1.Haul and distribute pipe and fittings at the project site.18 2.Handle piping with care to avoid damage.19 a.Inspect each joint of pipe and reject or repair any damaged pipe prior to20 lowering into the trench.21 b.Do not handle the pipe in such a way that will damage the interior lining.22 c.Use only nylon ropes, slings or other lifting devices that will not damage the23 surface of the pipe for handling the pipe.24 3.At the close of each operating day:25 a.Keep the pipe clean and free of debris, dirt, animals and trash – during and after26 the laying operation.27 b.Effectively seal the open end of the pipe using a gasketed night cap.28 C.Joint Making29 1.Mechanical Joints30 a.Bolt the follower ring into compression against the gasket with the bolts31 tightened down evenly then cross torqued in accordance with AWWA C600.32 b.Overstressing of bolts to compensate for poor installation practice will not be33 permitted.34 2.Push-on Joints35 a.Install Push-on joints as defined in AWWA/ANSI C111/A21.11.36 b.Wipe clean the gasket seat inside the bell of all extraneous matter.37 c.Place the gasket in the bell in the position prescribed by the manufacturer.38 33 11 10 - 11 DUCTILE IRON PIPE Page 11 of 14 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised December 9, 2022 d. Apply a thin film of non-toxic vegetable soap lubricant to the inside of the1 gasket and the outside of the spigot prior to entering the spigot into the bell.2 e.When using a field cut plain end piece of pipe, refinish the field cut and scarf to3 conform to AWWA C600.4 3.Flanged Joints5 a.Use erection bolts and drift pins to make flanged connections.6 1)Do not use undue force or restraint on the ends of the fittings.7 2) Apply even and uniform pressure to the gasket.8 b.The fitting must be free to move in any direction while bolting.9 1)Install flange bolts with all bolt heads faced in one direction.10 4.Joint Deflection11 a.Deflect the pipe only when necessary to avoid obstructions or to meet the lines12 and grades and shown in the Drawings.13 b.The deflection of each joint must be in accordance with AWWA C600 Table 3.14 c.The maximum deflection allowed is 50 percent of that indicated in AWWA15 C600.16 d.The manufacturer’s recommendation may be used with the approval of the17 Engineer.18 D.Polyethylene Encasement Installation19 1.Preparation20 a.Remove all lumps of clay, mud, cinders, etc., on pipe surface prior to21 installation of polyethylene encasement.22 1)Prevent soil or embedment material from becoming trapped between pipe23 and polyethylene.24 b.Fit polyethylene film to contour of pipe to affect a snug, but not tight encase25 with minimum space between polyethylene and pipe.26 1)Provide sufficient slack in contouring to prevent stretching polyethylene27 where it bridges irregular surfaces such as bell-spigot interfaces, bolted28 joints or fittings and to prevent damage to polyethylene due to backfilling29 operations.30 2)Secure overlaps and ends with adhesive tape and hold.31 c.For installations below water table and/or in areas subject to tidal actions, seal32 both ends of polyethylene tube with adhesive tape at joint overlap.33 2.Tubular Type (Method A)34 a.Cut polyethylene tube to length approximately 2 feet longer than pipe section.35 b.Slip tube around pipe, centering it to provide 1-foot overlap on each adjacent36 pipe section and bunching it accordion-fashion lengthwise until it clears pipe37 ends.38 c. Lower pipe into trench and make up pipe joint with preceding section of pipe.39 d.Make shallow bell hole at joints to facilitate installation of polyethylene tube.40 e.After assembling pipe joint, make overlap of polyethylene tube, pull bunched41 polyethylene from preceding length of pipe, slip it over end of the new length42 of pipe and wrap until it overlaps joint at end of preceding length of pipe.43 f.Secure overlap in place.44 g.Take up slack width at top of pipe to make a snug, but not tight, fit along barrel45 of pipe, securing fold at quarter points.46 h.Repair cuts, tears, punctures or other damage to polyethylene.47 33 11 10 - 12 DUCTILE IRON PIPE Page 12 of 14 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised December 9, 2022 i.Proceed with installation of next pipe in same manner. 1 3.Tubular Type (Method B)2 a.Cut polyethylene tube to length approximately 1 foot shorter than pipe section.3 b.Slip tube around pipe, centering it to provide 6 inches of bare pipe at each end.4 c.Take up slack width at top of pipe to make a snug, but not tight, fit along barrel5 of pipe, securing fold at quarter points; secure ends.6 d.Before making up joint, slip 3-foot length of polyethylene tube over end of7 proceeding pipe section, bunching it accordion-fashion lengthwise.8 e.After completing joint, pull 3-foot length of polyethylene over joint,9 overlapping polyethylene previously installed on each adjacent section of pipe10 by at least 1 foot; make each end snug and secure.11 4.Sheet Type12 a.Cut polyethylene sheet to a length approximately 2 feet longer than piece13 section.14 b.Center length to provide 1-foot overlap on each adjacent pipe section, bunching15 it until it clears the pipe ends.16 c.Wrap polyethylene around pipe so that it circumferentially overlaps top17 quadrant of pipe.18 d.Secure cut edge of polyethylene sheet at intervals of approximately 3 feet.19 e.Lower wrapped pipe into trench and make up pipe joint with preceding section20 of pipe.21 f.Make shallow bell hole at joints to facilitate installation of polyethylene.22 g.After completing joint, make overlap and secure ends.23 h.Repair cuts, tears, punctures or other damage to polyethylene.24 i.Proceed with installation of next section of pipe in same manner.25 5.Pipe-Shaped Appurtenances26 a.Cover bends, reducers, offsets and other pipe-shaped appurtenances with27 polyethylene in same manner as pipe and fittings.28 6.Odd-Shaped Appurtenances29 a.When it is not practical to wrap valves, tees, crosses, and other odd-shaped30 pieces in tube, wrap with flat sheet or split length polyethylene tube by passing31 sheet under appurtenances and bringing it up around body.32 b.Make seams by bringing edges together, folding over twice and taping down.33 c.Tape polyethylene securely in place at the valve stem and at any other34 penetrations.35 7.Repairs36 a.Repair any cuts, tears, punctures or damage to polyethylene with adhesive tape37 or with short length of polyethylene sheet or cut open tube, wrapped around38 fitting to cover damaged area and secured in place.39 8.Openings in Encasement40 a.Provide openings for branches, service taps, blow-offs, air valves and similar41 appurtenances by making an X-shaped cut in polyethylene and temporarily42 folding back film.43 b.After appurtenance is installed, tape slack securely to appurtenance and repair44 cut, as well as other damaged area in polyethylene with tape.45 c.Service taps may also be made directly through polyethylene, with any46 resulting damaged areas being repaired as described above.47 33 11 10 - 13 DUCTILE IRON PIPE Page 13 of 14 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised December 9, 2022 9.Junctions between Wrapped and Unwrapped Pipe: 1 a.Where polyethylene-wrapped pipe joins an adjacent pipe that is not wrapped,2 extend polyethylene wrap to cover adjacent pipe for distance of at least 3 feet.3 b.Secure end with circumferential turns of tape.4 c.Wrap service lines of dissimilar metals with polyethylene or suitable dielectric5 tape for minimum clear distance of 3 feet away from Cast or Ductile Iron Pipe.6 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION 7 A.Patching8 1.Excessive field-patching is not permitted of lining or coating.9 2.Patching of lining or coating will be allowed where area to be repaired does not10 exceed 100 square inches and has no dimensions greater than 12 inches.11 3.In general, there shall not be more than 1 patch on either the lining or the coating of12 any 1 joint of pipe.13 4.Wherever necessary to patch the pipe:14 a.Make patch with cement mortar as previously specified for interior joints.15 b.Do not install patched pipe until the patch has been properly and adequately16 cured and approved for laying by the City.17 5.Promptly remove rejected pipe from the site.18 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 19 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL 20 A.Potable Water Mains21 1.Cleaning, disinfection, hydrostatic testing and bacteriological testing of water mains22 a.Clean, flush, pig, disinfect, hydrostatic test and bacteriological test the water23 main as specified in Section 33 04 40.24 B.Wastewater Lines25 1.Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection26 a.Provide a Post-CCTV Inspection in accordance with Section 33 01 31.27 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 28 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 29 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 30 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 31 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 32 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 33 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 34 END OF SECTION 35 36 33 11 10 - 14 DUCTILE IRON PIPE Page 14 of 14 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised December 9, 2022 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.2.A.1.b. – Updated Payment types 1.3 – Added definitions of gland types for clarity 2.2.B.9, 10, 11 and 12 – Added reference to Section 33 11 05 and removed material specification for bolts, nuts and gaskets 12/9/2022 W Norwood 2.2 B. 7. Revised “Provisions for Thrust” section 1 33 11 11 - 1 DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS Page 1 of 13 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised S eptember 20, 2017 SECTION 33 11 11 1 DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A.Section Includes :5 1.Ductile Iron Fittings 3-inch through 64-inch for potable water, wastewater, and6 other liquids for use with Ductile Iron Pipe and Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC ) Pipe7 2.All mechanical joint fittings shall be mechanically restrained using restrained8 wedge type retainer glands.9 B.Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification10 1. None.11 C.Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to :12 1.Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the13 Contract14 2.Division 1 – General Requirements15 3. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-in -Place Concrete16 4.Section 33 04 10 – Joint Bonding and Electrical Isolation17 5. Section 33 04 40 – Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water Mains18 6. Section 33 05 10 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill19 7.Section 33 11 05 – Bolts, Nuts, and Gaskets20 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 21 A.Measurement and Payment22 1.Ductile Iron Water Fittings with Re straint23 a. Measurement24 1) Shall b e per ton of fittings supplied25 2)Fittings weights are the sum of the various types of fitting s multiplied by26 the weight per fitting as listed in AWWA/ANSI C153/A21.53.27 3)The fitting weights listed in AWWA/ANSI C110/A21.10 are only allowed28 for specials where an AWWA/ANSI C153/A21.53 is not available , or if the29 Drawings specifically call for an AWWA/ANSI C110/A21.10 fittings.30 4)If the Contractor chooses to supply AWWA/ANSI C110/A21.10 (full31 body) Ductile Iron Fittings in lieu of AWWA/ANSI C153/A21.5332 (compact) Ductile Iron Fittings at his convenience, then the weight shall be33 measured in accordance with AWWA/ANSI C153/A21.53.34 b.Payment35 1)The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item36 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit37 price bid per ton of “Ductile Iron Water Fittings with Restraint ”.38 c.The price bid shall include:39 1) Furnishing and installing Ductile Iron Water Fittings as specified by the40 Drawings41 33 11 11 - 2 DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS Page 2 of 13 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised S eptember 20, 2017 2) Polyethylene encasement1 3)Lining2 4) Pavement removal3 5) Excavation4 6)Hauling5 7) Disposal of excess material6 8) Furnishing and installing bolts, nuts, and restraints7 9) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment8 10) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill9 11)Trench water stops10 12)Clean-up11 13)Cleaning12 14) Disinfection13 15)Testing14 2.Ductile Iron Sewer Fittings15 a. Measurement16 1)Shall be per ton of fittings supplied17 2)Fittings weights are the sum of the various types of fittings multiplied by18 the weight per fitting as listed in AWWA/ANSI C153/A21.53.19 3)The fitting weights listed in AWWA/ANSI C110/A21.10 are only allowed20 for specials where an AWWA/ANSI C153/A21.53 is not available, or if the21 Drawings specifically call for an AWWA/ANSI C110/A21.10 fittings.22 4)If the Contractor chooses to supply AWWA/ANSI C110/A21.10 (full 23 body) Ductile Iron Fittings in lieu of AWWA/ANSI C153/A21.5324 (compact) Ductile Iron Fittings at his convenience, then the weight shall be25 measured in accordance with AWWA/ANSI C153/A21.53.26 b.Payment27 1)The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item28 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit29 price bid per ton of “Ductile Iron Sewer Fittings”.30 c.The price bid shall include: 31 1)Furnishing and installing Ductile Iron Water Fittings as specified by the32 Drawings33 2)Epoxy Coating34 3)Polyethylene encasement35 4)Lining36 5)Pavement removal37 6) Excavation38 7)Hauling39 8)Disposal of excess material40 9)Furnishing and installing bolts, nuts, and restraints41 10)Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment42 11)Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill43 12)Clean-up44 13)Cleaning45 14)Disinfection46 15)Testing47 33 11 11 - 3 DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS Page 3 of 13 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised S eptember 20, 2017 1.3 REFERENCES 1 A.Definitions2 1.Gland or Follower Gland3 a.Non-restrained, mechanical joint fitting4 2.Retainer Gland5 a.Mechanically restrained mechanical joint fitting , consisting of multiple6 gripping wedges incorporated into a follower gland meeting the applicable7 requirements of ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10.8 B.Reference Standards9 1.Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference10 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this11 Specification , unless a date is specifically cited.12 2.American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME):13 a.B16.1, Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings (Classes 25, 125 and 250).14 3.ASTM International (ASTM):15 a.A193, Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting for16 High Temperature or High Pressure Service and Other Special Purpose17 Applications18 b. A194, Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High19 Pressure or High Temperature Service, or Both20 c.A242, Standard Specification for High-Strength Low -Alloy Structural Steel.21 d.A674, Standard Practice for Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile Iron Pipe for22 Water or Other Liquids.23 e.B117, Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus.24 4.American Water Works Association (AWWA):25 a.C2 03, Coal-Tar Protective Coatings and Linings for Steel Water Pipelines -26 Enamel and Tape - Hot Applied.27 b.C600, Installation of Ductile-Iron Water Mains and their Appurtenances.28 c.M41, Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings.29 5.American Water Works Association/American National Standards Institute30 (AWWA/ANSI):31 a.C104/A21.4, Cement–Mortar Lining for Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings.32 b. C105/A21.5, Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile -Iron Pipe Systems.33 c.C110/A21.10, Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings.34 d. C111/A21.11, Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile -Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings.35 e.C115/A21.15, Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe with Ductile-Iron or Gray-Iron36 Threaded Flanges.37 f.C151/A21.51, Ductile -Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for Water.38 g.C153/A21.53, Ductile-Iron Compact Fittings for Water Service.39 6.NSF International (NSF):40 a.61, Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects.41 7.Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC):42 a.PA 2, Measurement of Dry Coating Thickness with Magnetic Gages.43 33 11 11 - 4 DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS Page 4 of 13 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised S eptember 20, 2017 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUI REMENTS [NOT USED] 1 1.5 SUBMITTALS 2 A.Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00.3 B.All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication for4 specials.5 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS / INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 6 A.Product Data7 1.Ductile Iron Fittings8 a.Pressure class9 b.Interior lining10 c.Join t types11 2.Polyethylene encasement and tape12 a.Planned method of installation13 b.Whether the film is linear low density or high density cross linked polyethylene14 c.The thickness of the film provided15 3.The interior lining, if it is other than cement mortar lining in accordance with16 AWWA/ANSI C104/A21.417 a. Material18 b.Application recommendations19 c.Field touch-up procedures20 4.Thrust Restraint21 a.Retainer glands22 b. Thrust harnesses23 c.Any other means24 5.Gaskets25 a.Provide Gaskets in accordance with Section 33 11 05.26 6.Isolation Flanges27 a.Flanges required by the drawings to be Isolation Flanges shall conform to28 Section 33 04 10.29 7.Bolts and Nuts30 a.Mechanical Joints31 1)Provide bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 33 11 05.32 b.Flanged Ends33 1)Meet requirements of AWWA C115.34 a)Provide bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 33 11 05.35 8.Flange Coatings36 a.Connections to Steel Flanges37 1)Buried connections with Steel Flanges shall be coated with a Petrolatum38 Tape System in accordance with Section 33 11 05.39 B.Certificates40 1.The manufacturer shall furnish an affidavit certifying that all Ductile Iron Fittings41 meet the provisions of this Section and meet the requirements of AWWA/ANSI42 C110/A21.10 or AWWA/ANSI C153/A21.53.43 2.Furnish a certificate stating that buried bolts and nuts conform to ASTM B117.44 33 11 11 - 5 DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS Page 5 of 13 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438] Revised S eptember 20, 2017 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1 1.8 MA INTENANCE MATERIAL S UBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 3 A.Qualifications4 1.Manufacturers5 a.Fittings manufacturing operations (fittings , lining, and coatings) shall be6 performed under the control of the manufacturer.7 b.Ductile Iron Fittings shall be manufactured in accordance with AWWA/ANSI8 C110/A21.10 or AWWA/ANSI C153/A21.53.9 1)Perform quality control tests and maintain the results as outlined in these10 standards to assure compliance.11 B.Preconstruction Testing12 1.The City may, at its own cost, subject random fittings for destructive testing by an13 independent laboratory for compliance with this Specification .14 a.The compliance test shall be performed in the United States.15 b.Any visible defects or failure to meet the quality standards herein will be16 grounds for rejecting the entire order.17 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 18 A.Storage and Handling Requirements19 1.Store and handle in accordance with the guidelines as stated in AWWA M41.20 2.Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 0121 66 00.22 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NO T USED] 23 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 24 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 25 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [OR ] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 26 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS 27 A.Manufacturers28 1.Only the manufacturers as listed on the City’s Standard Products List will be29 considered as shown in Section 01 60 00.30 a.The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Section s.31 2.Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a32 substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00.33 B.Ductile Iron Fittings34 1.Ductile Iron Fittings shall be in accordance with AWWA/ANSI C110/A21.10,35 AWWA/ANSI C153/A21.53.36 2.All fittings for p otable water service shall meet the requirements of NSF 61.37 3.Ductile Iron Fittings , at a minimum , shall meet or exceed the pressures classes of38 the pipe which the fitting is connected, unless specifically indicated in the39 Drawings.40 33 11 11 - 6 DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS Page 6 of 13 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised S eptember 20, 2017 4.Fittings Markings1 a.Meet the minimum requirements of AWWA/ANSI C151/A21.51.2 b.Minimum markings shall include:3 1)“DI” or “Ductile” cast or metal stamped on each fitting4 2)Applicable AWWA/ANSI standard for that the fitting5 3)Pressure rating6 4)Number of degrees for all bends7 5)Nominal diameter of the openings8 6)Year and country fitting was cast9 7)Manufacturer’s mark10 5. Joints11 a.Mechanical Joints with mechanical restr aint12 1)Comply with AWWA/ANSI C111/A21.11 and applicable parts of13 ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10.14 2)The retainer gland shall have the following working pressure ratings based15 on size and type of pipe:16 a)Ductile Iron Pipe17 (1) 3-inch – 16-inch, 350 psi 18 (2) 18-inch – 48-inch, 250 psi19 b)PVC C900 and C90520 (1) 3-inch – 12-inch, 305psi21 (2) 14-inch – 16-inch, 235psi22 (3) 18-inch – 20-inch, 200psi23 (4) 24-inch – 30 –inch 165psi24 c)Ratings are for water pressure and must include a minimum safety25 factor of 2 to 1 in all sizes26 3)Retainer glands shall have specific designs for Ductile Iron and PVC and it27 should be easy to differentiate between the 2.28 4)Gland body, wedges and wedge actuating components shall be cast from29 grade 65-45-12 ductile iron material in accordance with ASTM A536.30 5)Mechanical joint restraint shall require conventional tools and installation31 procedures per AWWA C600, while retaining full mechanical joint32 deflection during assembly as well as allowing joint deflection after33 assembly.34 6)Proper actuation of the gripping wedges shall be ensured with torque35 limiting twist off nuts.36 7)A minimum of 6 wedges shall be required for 8 inch diameter PVC pipe.37 b. Push-On, Restrained Joints38 1)Restraining Push-on joints by means of a special gasket39 a)Only those products that are listed in 01 60 0040 b)The working pressure rating of the restrained gasket must exceed the41 test pressure of the pipe line to be installed.42 c)Approved for use of restraining Ductile Iron Pipe in casing with a43 carrier pipe of 4-inches to 12-inches44 d)Otherwise only approved if specially listed on the drawings45 2)Push-on Restrained Joint bell and spigot46 a)Only those products list in the standard products list will be allowed for47 the size listed in the standard products list per Section 01 60 0048 33 11 11 - 7 DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS Page 7 of 13 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised S eptember 20, 2017 b)Pressure rating shall exceed the working and test pressure of the pipe 1 lin e2 c.Flanged Joints3 1)AWWA/ANSI C115/A21.15, ASME B16.1, Class 1254 2)Flange bolt circles and bolt holes shall match those of ASME B16.1, Class5 125.6 3)Field fabricated flanges are prohibited.7 6.Gaskets8 a.Provide Gaskets in accordance with Section 33 11 05.9 7.Isolation Fla nges10 a.Flanges required by the drawings to be Isolation Flanges shall conform to11 Section 33 04 10.12 8.Bolts and Nuts13 a.Mechanical Joints14 1)Provide bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 33 11 05.15 b.Flanged Ends16 1)Meet requirements of AWWA C115.17 a)Provide bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 33 11 05.18 9.Flange Coatings19 a.Connections to Steel Flanges20 1)Buried connections with Steel Flanges shall be coated with a Petrolatum21 Tape System in accordance with Section 33 11 05.22 10.Ductile Iron Fitting Exterior Coatings23 a.All Ductile Iron Fittings shall have an asphaltic coating, minimum of 1 mil 24 thick, on the exterior, unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents.25 11.Polyethylene Encasement26 a.All buried Ductile Iron Fittings shall be polyethylene encased.27 b.Only manufacturers listed in the City’s Standard Products List as shown in28 Section 01 60 00 will be considered acceptable.29 c.Use only virgin polyethylene material.30 d.Encasement for buried fittings shall be 8 mil linear low density (LLD)31 polyethylene conforming to AWWA/ANSI C105/A21.5 or 4 mil high density32 cross-laminated (HDCL) polyethylene encasement conforming to conforming33 to AWWA/ANSI C105/A21.5 and ASTM A674.34 e.Marking: At a minimum of every 2 feet along its length, the mark the35 polyethylene film with the following information:36 1)Manufacturer’s name or trademark37 2)Year of manufacturer38 3)AWWA/ANSI C105/A21.539 4)Minimum film thickness and material type40 5)Applicable range of nominal diameter sizes41 6) Warning – Corrosion Protection – Repair Any Damage42 f.Special Markings/Colors43 1)Reclaimed Water, perform one of the following:44 a)Label polyethylene encasement with “RECLAIMED WATER”,45 b)Provide purple polyethylene in accordance with the American Public46 Works Association Uniform Color Code; or47 33 11 11 - 8 DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS Page 8 of 13 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised S eptember 20, 2017 c)Attach purple reclaimed water marker tape to the polyethylene wrap. 1 2)Wastewater, perform one of the following:2 a)Label polyethylene encasement with “WASTEWATER”;3 b)Provide green polyethylene in accordance with the American Public4 Works Association Uniform Color Code; or5 c)Attach green sanitary sewer marker tape to the polyethylene wrap.6 g.Minimum widths7 Polyethylene Tube and Sheet Sizes for Push-On Joint Fittings8 Nominal Fittings Diameter (inches) Min. Width – Flat Tube (inches) Min. Width – Sheet (inches) 3 14 28 4 14 28 6 16 32 8 20 40 10 24 48 12 27 54 14 30 60 16 34 68 18 37 74 20 41 82 24 54 108 30 67 134 36 81 162 42 81 162 48 95 190 54 108 216 60 108 216 64 121 242 12.Ductile Iron Fittings Interior Lining9 a. Cement Mortar Lining10 1)Ductile Iron Fittings for potable water shall have a cement mortar lining in11 accordance with AWWA/ANSI C104/A21.4 and be acceptable according to12 NSF 61.13 b.Ceramic Epoxy or Epoxy Linings14 1)Ductile Iron Fittings for use in wastewater applications s hall be lined with15 a Ceramic Epoxy or Epoxy lining as designated in the Standard Products16 List as shown in Section 01 60 00.17 2) Apply lining at a minimum of 40 mils DFT18 3)Due to the tolerances involved, the gasket area and spigot end up to 619 inches back from the end of the spigot end must be coated with 6 mils20 nominal, 10 mils maximum using a Joint Compound as supplied by the21 manufacturer.22 a)Apply the joint compound by brush to ensure coverage.23 33 11 11 - 9 DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS Page 9 of 13 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised S eptember 20, 2017 b)Care should be taken that the joint compound is smooth without exc ess 1 buildup in the gasket seat or on the spigot ends. 2 c)Coat the gasket seat and spigot ends after the application of the lining.3 4)Surface preparation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s4 recommendations.5 5)Check thickness using a magnetic film thickness gauge in accordance with6 the method outlined in SSPC PA 2.7 6) T est the interior lining of all fittings for pinholes with a non-destructive8 2,500 volt test.9 a)Repair any defects prior to shipment.10 7) Mark each fitting with the date of application of the lining system along11 with its numerical sequence of application on that date and records12 maintained by the applicator of his work.13 8)For all Ductile Iron Fittings in wastewater service where the fitting has14 been cut, coat the exposed surface with the touch-up material as15 recommended by the manufacturer. 16 a)The touch-up material and the lining shall be of the same manufacturer.17 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 18 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 19 PART 3 - EXECUTION 20 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED ] 21 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 22 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 23 3.4 INSTALLATION 24 A.General25 1.Install fittings, specials and appurtenances as specified herein, as specified in26 AWWA C600, AWWA M41, and in accordance with the fittings manufacturer’s27 recommendations.28 2.Lay fittings to the lines and grades as indicated in the Drawings.29 3. Excavate and backfill trenches in accordance with 33 05 10.30 4. Embed Ductile Iron Fittings in accordance with 33 05 10.31 B.Joint Making32 1.Mechanical Joints with required mechanical restraint33 a.All mechanical joints require mechanical restraint.34 b.Bolt the retainer gland into compression against the gasket, with the bolts35 tightened down evenly then cross torqued in accordance with AWWA C600.36 c.Overstressing of bolts to compensate for poor installation practice will not be37 permitted.38 2. Push-on Joints (restrained)39 a.All push -on joints shall be restrained push-on type.40 b.Install Push -on joints as defined in AWWA/ANSI C111/A21.11.41 c.Wipe clean the gasket seat inside the bell of all extraneous matter.42 33 11 11 - 10 DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS Page 10 of 13 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised S eptember 20, 2017 d.Place the gasket in the bell in the position prescribed by the manufacturer. 1 e.Apply a thin film of non-toxic vegetable soap lubricant to the inside of the2 gasket and the outside of the spigot prior to entering the spigot into the bell.3 f.When using a field cut plain end piece of pipe, refinished the field cut and scarf4 to conform to AWWA M-41.5 3.Flanged Joints6 a.Use erection bolts and drift pins to make flanged connections .7 1)Do not use undue force or restraint on the ends of the fittings .8 2) Apply even and uniform pressure to the gasket.9 b.The fitting must be free to move in any direction while bolting.10 1)Install flange bolts with all bolt heads faced in 1 direction.11 4.Joint Deflection12 a.Deflect the pipe only when necessary to avoid obstructions or to meet the lines13 and grades and shown in the Drawings.14 b.The deflection of each joint must be in accordance with AWWA C600 Table 3.15 c.The maximum deflection allowed is 50 percent of that indicated in AWWA 16 C600.17 d.The manufacturer’s recommendation may be used with the approval of the18 Engineer.19 C.Polyethylene Encasement Installation20 1.Preparation21 a.Remove all lumps of clay, mud, cinders, etc., on fittings surface prior to22 installation of polyethylene encasement.23 1)Prevent soil or embedment material from becoming trapped between24 fittings and polyethylene.25 b.Fit polyethylene film to contour of fittings to affect a snug, but not tight encase26 with minimum space between polyethylene and fittings .27 1)Provide sufficient slack in contouring to prevent stretching polyethylene28 where it bridges irregular surfaces such as bell-s pigot interfaces, bolted29 joints or fittings, and to prevent damage to polyethylene due to backfilling30 operations.31 2)Secure overlaps and ends with adhesive tape and hold.32 c.For installations below water table and/or in areas subject to tidal actions, seal 33 both ends of polyethylene tube with adhesive tape at joint overlap.34 2.Tubular Type (Method A)35 a.Cut polyethylene tube to length approximately 2 feet longer than fittings36 section.37 b.Slip tube around fittings , centering it to provide 1 foot overlap on each adjacent38 pipe section and bunching it accordion-fashion lengthwise until it clears fittings39 ends.40 c.Lower fittings into trench with preceding section of pipe.41 d.Make shallow bell hole at joints to facilitate installation of polyethylene tube.42 e.After assembling fittings make overlap of polyethylene tube, pull bunched43 polyethylene from preceding length of pipe, slip it over end of the fitting and44 wrap until it overlaps joint at end of preceding length of pipe.45 f.Secure overlap in place.46 33 11 11 - 11 DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS Page 11 of 13 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised S eptember 20, 2017 g.Take up slack width at top of fitting to make a snug, but not tight, fit along 1 barrel of fitting , securing fold at quarter points. 2 h.Repair cuts, tears, punctures or other damage to polyethylene.3 i.Proceed with installation of next fitting in same manner .4 3.Tubular Type (Method B)5 a.Cut polyethylene tube to length approximately 1 foot shorter than fitting6 section.7 b.Slip tube around fitting , centering it to provide 6 inches of bare fitting at each8 end.9 c.Take up slack width at top of fitting to make a snug, but not tight, fit along10 barrel of fitting , securing fold at quarter points; secure ends.11 d. Before making up joint, slip 3-foot length of polyethylene tube over end of12 proceeding pipe section, bunching it accordion-fashion lengthwise.13 e.After completing joint, pull 3-foot length of polyethylene over joint,14 overlapping polyethylene previously installed on each adjacent section of pipe15 by at least 1 foot; make each end snug and secure.16 4.Sheet Type17 a.Cut polyethylene sheet to a length approximately 2 feet longer than piece18 section.19 b.Center length to provide 1-foot overlap on each fitting , bunching it until it20 clears the fitting ends.21 c.Wrap polyethylene around fitting so that it circumferentially overlaps top22 quadrant of fitting.23 d.Secure cut edge of polyethylene sheet at intervals of approximately 3 feet.24 e.Lower wrapped fitting into trench with preceding section of pipe.25 f.Make shallow bell hole at joints to facilitate installation of polyethylene.26 g.After completing joint, make overlap and secure ends.27 h.Repair cuts, tears, punctures or other damage to polyethylene.28 i.Proceed with installation of fittings in same manner.29 5.Pipe -Shaped Appurtenances30 a.Cover bends, reducers, offsets, and other pipe-shaped appurtenances with31 polyethylene in same manner as pipe and fittings.32 6.Odd-Shaped Appurtenances33 a.When it is not practical to wrap valves, tees, crosses and other odd-shaped34 pieces in tube, wrap with flat sheet or split length polyethylene tube by passing35 sheet under appurtenances and bringing it up around body.36 b.Make seams by bringing edges together, folding over twice and taping down.37 c.Tape polyethylene securely in place at the valve stem and at any other38 penetrations.39 7.Repairs40 a.Repair any cuts, tears, punctures or damage to polyethylene with adhesive tape41 or with short length of polyethylene sheet or cut open tube, wrapped around42 fitting to cover damaged area, and secure in place.43 8.Openings in Encasement44 a.Provide openings for branches, service taps, blow -offs, air valves and similar45 appurtenances by making an X-shaped cut in polyethylene and temporarily46 folding back film.47 33 11 11 - 12 DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS Page 12 of 13 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised S eptember 20, 2017 b.After appurtenance is installed, tape slack securely to appurtenance and repair 1 cut, as well as other damaged area in polyethylene with tape. 2 c.Service taps may also be made directly through polyethylene, with any3 resulting damaged areas being repaired as described above.4 9.Junctions between Wrapped and Unwrapped Fittings5 a.Where polyethylene-wrapped fitting joins an adjacent pipe that is not wrapped,6 extend polyethylene wrap to cover adjacent pipe for distance of at least 3 feet.7 b.Secure end with circumferential turns of tape.8 c.Wrap service lines of dissimilar metals with polyethylene or suitable dielectric9 tape for minimum clear distance of 3 feet away from cast or Ductile Iron10 Fittings .11 D.Blocking12 1.Install concrete blocking in accordance with Section 03 30 00 for all bends, tees,13 crosses and plugs in the pipe lines as indicated in the Drawings.14 2.Place the concrete blocking so as to rest against firm undisturbed trench walls,15 normal to the thrust.16 3.The supporting area for each block shall be at least as great as that indicated on the17 Drawings and shall be sufficient to withstand the thrust, including water hammer,18 which may develop.19 4.Each block shall rest on a firm, undisturbed foundation or trench bottom. 20 5.If the Contractor encounters soil that appears to be different than that which was21 used to calculate the blocking according to the Drawings, the Contractor shall 22 notify the Engineer prior to the installation of the blocking.23 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION 24 A.Patching25 1.Excessive field -patching is not permitted of lining or coating.26 2.Patching of lining or coating will be allowed where area to be repaired does not27 exceed 100 square inches and has no dimensions greater than 12 inches .28 3.In general, there shall not be more than 1 patch on either the lining or the coating of29 any fitting .30 4.Wherever necessary to patch the fitting :31 a.Make patc h with cement mortar as previously specified for interior joints.32 b.Do not install patched fitting until the patch has been properly and adequately33 cured and approved for laying by the City.34 c.Promptly remove rejected fittings from the site.35 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 36 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTR OL 37 A.Potable Water Mains38 1.Cleaning, disinfectio n, hydrostatic testing and bacteriological testing of water mains39 a.Clean, flush, pig, disinfect, hydrostatic test and bacteriological test the water40 main as specified in Section 33 04 40.41 33 11 11 - 13 DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS Page 13 of 13 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438] Revised S eptember 20, 2017 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 1 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 2 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 4 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED ] 5 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 6 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 7 END OF SECTION 8 9 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.2.A.1.c – Restraints included in price bid 1.2.A.2.c – Restraints included in price bid 1.3 – Added definitions of gland types for clarity 2.2.B.5 – Removed unrestrained push-on and mechanical joints 2.2.B.6, 7, 8, and 9 – Added reference to Section 33 05 10 and 33 04 10; removed material specifications for bolts, nuts and gaskets. 3.4 – Requirement for all mechanical and push-on joints to be restrained 3.4.D – Corrected reference 9/20/2017 W. Norwood 2.2.B.5.a.7 – Added requirement for 6 wedges on MJ Restraint for 8 inch PVC pipe 10 33 11 12 - 1 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE Page 1 of 9 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised September 9, 2022 SECTION 33 11 12 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A.Section Includes: 1.Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe 4-inch through 24-inch for potable water, wastewater and reuse applications B.Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1.None. C.Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1.Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2.Division 1 – General Requirements 3.33 01 31 – Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection 4.33 04 40 – Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water Mains 5.33 05 10 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 6.33 05 24 – Installation of Carrier Pipe in Casing or Tunnel Liner Plate 7.33 11 11 – Ductile Iron Fittings 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A.Measurement and Payment 1.Measurement a. Measured horizontally along the surface from center line to center line of the fitting, manhole, or appurtenance 2.Payment a.The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot of “PVC Water Pipe” installed for: 1)Various sizes 2)Various types of backfill 3)With or without restrained joints b.The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot of “Sewer Force Main” installed for: 1)Various sizes 3.The price bid shall include: a.Furnishing and installing PVC Pressure Pipe with joints as specified by the Drawings b.Mobilization c.Pavement removal d.Excavation 33 11 12 - 2 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE Page 2 of 9 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised September 9, 2022 e. Hauling f.Disposal of excess material g. Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment h. Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill i.Trench water stops j.Thrust restraint, if required by Contract Documents k.Gaskets l.Clean-up m.Cleaning n.Disinfection o.Testing 1.3 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards 1.Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2.American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO). 3.ASTM International (ASTM): a.D1784, Standard Specification for Rigid Poly (Vinyl-Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds. b.D3139, Standard Specification for Joints for Plastic Pressure Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. 4.American Water Works Association (AWWA): a.C600, Installation of Ductile-Iron Water Mains and their Appurtenances. b.C605, Underground Installation of Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipes and Fittings for Water. c.C900, Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe, and Fabricated Fittings, 4 IN through 60 IN (100 mm thru 1,500 mm). d.M23, PVC Pipe – Design and Installation. e.M41, Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings. 5.NSF International (NSF): a.61, Drinking Water System Components – Health Effects. b.14, Plastics Piping System Components and Related Materials. 6.Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL). a.UL 1285, UL Standard for Safety Pipe and Couplings, Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC), and Oriented Polyvinyl Chloride (PVCO) for Underground Fire Service. 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS A.Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. B.All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS / INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.Product Data 33 11 12 - 3 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE Page 3 of 9 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised September 9, 2022 1.For PVC Pressure Pipe that is used for water distribution, wastewater force mains or wastewater gravity mains, including: a.PVC Pressure Pipe b.Manufacturer c.Dimension Ratio d.Joint Types 2.Restraint, if required in Contract Documents a.Retainer glands b.Thrust harnesses c.Any other means of restraint 3.Gaskets B.Shop Drawings: When restrained joints are required, furnish for PVC Pressure Pipe used in the water distribution system or for a wastewater force main for 24-inch and greater diameters, including: 1.Wall thickness design calculations sealed by a Licensed Professional Engineer in Texas including: a.Working pressure b.Surge pressure c.Deflection 2.Provide thrust restraint calculations for all fittings and valves, sealed by a Licensed Professional Engineer in Texas, to verify the restraint lengths shown on the Drawings. 3.Lay schedule / drawing for 24-inch and greater diameters sealed by a Licensed Professional Engineer in Texas including: a.Pipe class b.Joints type c.Fittings d.Stationing e.Transitions f. Joint deflection C.Certificates 1.Furnish an affidavit certifying that all PVC Pressure Pipe meets the provisions of this Section, each run of pipe furnished has met Specifications, all inspections have been made and that all tests have been performed in accordance with AWWA C900. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Qualifications 1.Manufacturers a.Finished pipe shall be the product of 1 manufacturer for each size, unless otherwise approved by the City. 1)Change orders, specials, and field changes may be provided by a different manufacturer upon City approval. 33 11 12 - 4 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE Page 4 of 9 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised September 9, 2022 b.Pipe manufacturing operations shall be performed under the control of the manufacturer. c.All pipe furnished shall be in conformance with AWWA C900. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Storage and Handling Requirements 1.Store and handle in accordance with the guidelines as stated in AWWA M23. 2.Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 66 00. 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS A. Manufacturers 1.Only the manufacturers as listed in the City’s Standard Products List will be considered as shown in Section 01 60 00. a.The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 2.Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00. B.Pipe 1.Pipe shall be in accordance with AWWA C900. 2.PVC Pressure Pipe for potable water shall meet the requirements of NSF 61 and NSF 14. 3.Pressure Pipe shall be approved by the UL. 4.Pipe shall have a lay length of 20 feet except for special fittings or closure pieces necessary to comply with the Drawings. 5.The pipe material shall be PVC, meeting the requirements of ASTM D1784, with a cell classification of 12454. Outside diameters must be equal to those of cast iron and ductile iron pipes. 6.As a minimum the following Dimension Ratio’s apply: Diameter (inch) Min Pressure Class (psi) 4 through 12 DR 14 16 through 24 DR 18 7.Pipe Markings a.Meet the minimum requirements of AWWA C900. Minimum pipe markings shall be as follows: 1)Manufacturer’s Name or Trademark and production record 33 11 12 - 5 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE Page 5 of 9 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised September 9, 2022 2)Nominal pipe size 3)Dimension Ratio 4)AWWA C900 5)Seal of testing agency that verified the suitability of the pipe C.Pressure and Deflection Design 1.Pipe design shall be based on trench conditions and design pressure class specified in the Drawings. Pipe shall be designed according to the methods indicated in AWWA M23 for trench construction, using the following parameters: a.Unit Weight of Fill (w) = 130 pcf b.Live Load = AASHTO HS 20 c.Trench Depth = 12 feet minimum, or as indicated in Drawings d.Maximum E’ = 1,000 max e.Deflection Lag Factor = 1.0 f.Working Pressure (Pw) = 150 psi g.Surge Allowance (Ps) = 100 psi minimum h.Test Pressure = 1)No less than 1.25 times the stated working pressure (187 psi minimum) of the pipeline measured at the highest elevation along the test section. 2)No less than 1.5 times the stated working pressure (225 psi minimum) at the lowest elevation of the test section. i.Maximum Calculated Deflection = 3 percent j.Restrained Joint Safety Factor (SF) = 1.5 k.Maximum Joint Deflection = 50 percent of the manufacturer’s recommendations. 2.Verify trench depths after existing utilities are located. a.Accommodate vertical alignment changes required because of existing utility or other conflicts by an appropriate change in pipe design depth. b.In no case shall pipe be installed deeper than its design allows. 3.Provisions for Thrust a.Thrusts at bends, tees, plugs or other fittings shall be mechanically restrained, corrosion resistant joints. b.In addition to the mechanical joint restraint required for all bends and fittings, horizontal and vertical bends shall be restrained by concrete thrust blocking and by mechanical joint restraint along the length of the pipe, as recommended by the pipe manufacturer, unless shown otherwise in the design drawings. Inclusion in the plans of dimensions for joint restraint lengths along the pipe, or dimensions for concrete thrust blocking, shall be interpreted to mean the exclusion of the other method of restraint, unless both methods are specifically required in the plans. c.No thrust restraint contribution shall be allowed for the restrained length of pipe within the casing. d.Restrained joints, where required, shall be used for a sufficient distance from each side of the bend, tee, plug, valve, or other fitting to resist thrust which will be developed at the design pressure of the pipe. For the purpose of thrust the following shall apply: 1)Calculate valves as dead ends. 2)Design pressure shall be greater than the pressure class of the pipe or the internal pressure (Pi), whichever is greater. 33 11 12 - 6 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE Page 6 of 9 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised September 9, 2022 3)Restrained joints shall consist of approved mechanical restrained or push- on restrained joints as listed in the City’s Standard Products List as shown in Section 01 60 00. 4)Restrained PVC pipe is not allowed for pipe greater than 12 inches. e. The Pipe Manufacturer shall verify the length of pipe with restrained joints to resist thrust in accordance with the Drawings and the following: 1)Calculate the weight of the earth (We) as the weight of the projected soil prism above the pipe, for unsaturated soil conditions. 2)Soil density = 115 pcf (maximum value to be used), for unsaturated soil conditions 3)In locations where ground water is encountered, reduce the soil density to its buoyant weight for the backfill below the water table. a)Reduce the coefficient of friction to 0.25. 4.Joints a.Joints shall be gasket, bell and spigot and push-on type conforming to ASTM D3139. b.Since each pipe manufacturer has a different design for push-on joints, gaskets shall be part of a complete pipe section and purchased as such. c.Lubricant must be non-toxic and NSF approved for potable water applications. d.Push-On Restrained Joints shall only be as approved in the Standard Products List in Section 01 60 00. 5.Detectable Markers a.Provide detectable markers in accordance with Section 33 05 26. 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 INSTALLATION A. General 1.Install pipe, fittings, specials and appurtenances as specified herein, as specified in AWWA C600, AWWA C605, AWWA M23 and in accordance with the pipe manufacturer’s recommendations. 2.Lay pipe to the lines and grades as indicated in the Drawings. 3.Excavate and backfill trenches in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 4. Embed PVC Pressure Pipe in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 5.For installation of carrier pipe within casing, see Section 33 05 24. B.Pipe Handling 1.Haul and distribute pipe and fittings at the project site. 33 11 12 - 7 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE Page 7 of 9 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised September 9, 2022 a.Pipe shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. 2.Handle piping with care to avoid damage. a.Inspect each joint of pipe and reject or repair any damaged pipe prior to lowering into the trench. b.Conduit shall be homogenous throughout and free from voids, cracks, inclusions and other defects, and shall be uniform as commercially practicable in color, density and other physical characteristics. c.Use only nylon ropes, slings or other lifting devices that will not damage the surface of the pipe for handling the pipe. 3.At the close of each operating day: a.Keep the pipe clean and free of debris, dirt, animals and trash – during and after the laying operation. b.Effectively seal the open end of the pipe using a gasketed night cap. C.Joint Making 1.Mechanical Joints a.In accordance with Section 33 11 11. 2.Push-on Joints a.Install Push-On joints as defined in AWWA C900. b.Wipe clean the gasket seat inside the bell of all extraneous matter. c.Place the gasket in the bell in the position prescribed by the manufacturer. d. Apply a thin film of non-toxic vegetable soap lubricant to the inside of the gasket and the outside of the spigot prior to entering the spigot into the bell. e.When using a field cut plain end piece of pipe, refinish the field cut to conform to AWWA C605. 3.Joint Deflection a.Deflect the pipe only when necessary to avoid obstructions, or to meet the lines and grades shown in the Drawings. b.Joint deflection shall not exceed 50 percent of the manufacturer’s recommendation. D. Detectable Metallic Tape Installation 1.See Section 33 05 26. 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL A.Potable Water Mains 1.Cleaning, disinfection, hydrostatic testing, and bacteriological testing of water mains: a.Clean, flush, pig, disinfect, hydrostatic test and bacteriological test the water main as specified in Section 33 04 40. B.Wastewater Lines 1.Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection a.Provide a Post-CCTV Inspection in accordance with Section 33 01 31. 33 11 12 - 8 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE Page 8 of 9 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised September 9, 2022 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 33 11 12 - 9 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE Page 9 of 9 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised September 9, 2022 END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 2.2.C.1 and 3.4.C.3 – revised maximum joint deflection requirements 3.4.C.1 – Added reference to Ductile Iron Fittings 3.4.D – Removed Marker Balls 1.1 Modified acceptable range for specification from up to 24-inch to up to 36-inch 4/1/2013 F. Griffin Change Section 2.2 B. 5. from “The pipe material shall be PVC, meeting the requirements of ASTM D1784, with a cell classification of 12454-B.” to “The pipe material shall be PVC, meeting the requirements of ASTM D1784, with a cell classification of 12454”. 11/14/2018 D.V. Magaña All references to the use of C905 are no longer applicable and are deleted. 1.3.A.4.c. – Updated to reflect C900 applicable on PVC pipe sizes 4” through 60”. 9/9/22 W Norwood 1.1.A Modified acceptable range for specification from 36-inch to 24-inch 1.3.A.4.c Updated C900 to reflect metric dimensions 1.3.A.5.b & 2.2.B.2 Addition of “NSF 14 Plastics Piping System Components and Related Materials” 1.3.A.6.a Addition of “UL 1285 UL Standard for Safety Pipe and Couplings, PVC and PVCO for Underground Fire Service” 2.2.C.3.a Addition of “corrosion resistant” and deletion of “when required by the Drawings” 2.2.C.3. Add “ b. In addition to the mechanical joint restraint required for all bends and fittings, horizontal and vertical bends shall be restrained by concrete thrust blocking and by mechanical joint restraint along the length of the pipe as recommended by the pipe manufacturer, unless shown otherwise in the design drawings” 3.4.B.1. Add “ a. Pipe shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacture’s recommendations” 3.4.B.2 Add “b. Conduit shall be homogenous throughout and free from voids, cracks, inclusions and other defects, and shall be uniform as commercially practicable in color, density and other physical characteristics” 33 12 10 - 1 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH Page 1 of 17 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised February 14, 2017 SECTION 33 12 10 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A.Section Includes: 1.Lead-free 1-inch to 2-inch water service lines from the water main to the right-of- way, fittings and water meter boxes complete in place, as shown on the Drawings, directed by the Engineer, and specified herein for: a.New Water Service b.New Water Service (Bored) c.Water Meter Service Relocate d.Private Water Service B.Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1.None. C.Products Installed but not Furnished Under this Section 1.Water meters for various sizes D.Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1.Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2.Division 1 – General Requirements 3.Section 33 04 40 – Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water Mains 4.Section 33 05 10 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 5.Section 33 12 25 – Connection to Existing Water Mains 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A.Measurement and Payment [Items in this Section are intended to be combined for specific project situations. For example - Items 1 or 2 should be used alone for a previously un-serviced lot. Items 1 or 2 should be used in conjunction with Item 3 for a meter relocate where the new service is 5 feet or less from the existing service. Items 1 or 2 should be combined with Items 3 and 4 for a meter relocate where the service is being moved more than 5 feet from the existing service.] 1.New Water Service a.Measurement 1)Measurement for this Item shall be per each new “Water Service” complete in place from the tap of the main to the installation of the meter box and associated appurtenances where the service line is installed by open cut construction. b.Payment 1)The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Water Service” installed for: 33 12 10 - 2 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH Page 2 of 17 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised February 14, 2017 a)Various sizes c.The price bid shall include: 1)Furnishing and installing New Service Line as specified by the Drawings 2)Submitting product data 3)Tapping saddle 4)Corporation stop 5)Curb stop 6)Fittings 7)Service line installed by open cut 8)Connection to meter 9)Meter Box and Lid 10)Pavement removal 11)Excavation 12)Hauling 13)Disposal of excess material 14)Surface Restoration associated with Meter Box installation and connection, excluding grass (seeding, sodding or hydro-mulch paid separately) 15)Clean-up 16)Disinfection 17)Testing 2.New Bored Water Service a.Measurement 1)Measurement for this Item shall be per each new Water Service complete in place from the tap of the main to the installation of the meter box and associated appurtenances where the service line is installed by trenchless method. b.Payment 1)The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Bored Water Service” installed for: a)Various sizes c.The price bid shall include: 1)Submitting product data 2)Tapping saddle 3)Corporation stop 4)Curb stop 5)Fittings 6)Service line installed by trenchless method 7)Connection to meter 8)Meter Box and Lid 9)Pavement removal 10)Excavation 11)Hauling 12)Disposal of excess material 13)Surface restoration associated with Meter Box installation and connection, excluding grass (seeding, sodding or hydro-mulch paid separately) 14)Clean-up 15)Disinfection 16)Testing 33 12 10 - 3 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH Page 3 of 17 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised February 14, 2017 3.Water Meter Service Reconnect a.Measurement 1)Measurement for this Item shall be per each Water Meter Service Reconnect complete in place from public service line connection to private service line connection. b.Payment 1)The work performed in conjunction with relocation of the meter, associated private service line, fittings and meter box 5 feet or less in any direction from centerline of existing meter location and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item will be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Water Meter Service, Reconnection” installed for: a)Various size of services c.The price bid shall include: 1)Private service line 2)Fittings 3)Private connection to water meter 4)Connection to existing private service line 5)Cut and crimp of existing service 6)Removal and Disposal or Salvage of existing 2-inch or smaller water meter, as directed by City 7)Pavement removal 8)Excavation 9)Hauling 10)Disposal of excess material 11)Surface restoration for area disturbed for installation of meter box, excluding grass (seeding, sodding or hydro-mulch paid separately) 12)Clean-up 13)Cleaning 14)Disinfection 15)Testing 4.Private Water Service Relocation a.Measurement 1)Measurement for this Item shall be per linear foot of Private Service relocation complete in place from the meter box to a connection to the existing service line on private property. b.Payment 1)The work performed in conjunction with Private Service Line installation where the meter and meter boxes are moved more than 5 feet in any direction from centerline of existing meter location and materials furnished in accordance with the Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot of “Private Water Service” performed for: a)Various service sizes c.The price bid shall include: 1)Obtaining appropriate permit 2)Obtaining Right of Entry 3)Submitting product data 4)Private service line 5)Fittings 33 12 10 - 4 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH Page 4 of 17 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised February 14, 2017 6)Backflow preventer, check valve, and isolation valve relocation, if applicable 7)Connection to existing private service line 8)Pavement removal and replacement 9)Excavation 10)Hauling 11)Disposal of excess material 12)Surface restoration, excluding grass (seeding, sodding or hydro-mulch paid separately) 13)Clean-up 14)Cleaning 15)Disinfection 16)Testing 1.3 REFERENCES A.Definitions 1.New Service a.Installation of new 1-inch to 2-inch Water Service Line by open cut construction from the water main to the right-of-way, including corporation stop, curb stop, fittings and water meter boxes complete in place, as shown on the Drawings. 2.New Service (Bored) a.Installation of new 1-inch to 2-inch Water Service Line by trenchless construction method from the water main to the right-of-way, including corporation stop, curb stop, fittings and water meter boxes complete in place, as shown on the Drawings. 3.Meter Service Reconnection a.Relocation and reconnection of the private service line from an existing meter to be abandoned and a new meter installed that lies within 5 feet of the existing meter. 4.Private Service Relocation a.Relocation and reconnection of private service line behind the water meter where the existing meter to be abandoned and the new meter installed is greater than 5 feet of the existing meter. A licensed plumber is required to relocate the private service. 5.Lead-free a.Lead-free pipes and plumbing fittings and fixtures shall contain less than 0.25 percent lead in accordance with the reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act (P.L. 111-380). B.Reference Standards 1.Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2.ASTM International (ASTM): a.A48, Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings. b.A536, Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. c.B88, Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube. d.B98, Standard Specification for Copper-Silicon Alloy Rod, Bar and Shapes. 33 12 10 - 5 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH Page 5 of 17 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised February 14, 2017 e.C131, Standard Specification for Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine. f.C150, Standard Specification for Portland Cement. g.C330, Standard Specification for Lightweight Aggregates for Structural Concrete. h.C857 (RL), Standard Practice for Minimum Structural Design Loading for Underground Precast Concrete Utility Structures i.D883, Standard Terminology Relating to Plastics. j.D1693, Standard Test Method for Environmental Stress-Cracking of Ethylene Plastics 3.American Water Works Association (AWWA): a.C700, Cold-Water Meters - Displacement Type, Bronze Main Case. b.C800, Underground Service Line Valves and Fittings. 4.NSF International (NSF): a.61, Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects. 5.Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act a.Public Law 111-380 (P.L. 111-380) 6.General Services Administration (GSA): a.RR-F-621E, Frames, Covers, Gratings, Steps, Sump and Catch Basin, Manhole 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.Scheduling 1.Provide advance notice for service interruptions and meet requirements of Division 0 and Division 1. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A.Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. B.All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.Product Data, if applicable: 1.Tapping Saddle 2.Corporation stop 3.Curb Stop 4.Service Line 5.Meter Box 6.Meter Box Lid B.Certificates and Test Reports 1.Prior to shipment of any Water Service components, the manufacturer shall submit the following: a.A Certificate of Adequacy of Design stating that the components to be furnished comply with all regulatory requirements identified in this Section including: 1)The Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act (P.L. 111-380) 2)AWWA C800 3)NSF 61 33 12 10 - 6 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH Page 6 of 17 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised February 14, 2017 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications 1. Manufacturers a. Water Services shall meet or exceed the latest revisions of AWWA C800, NSF 61, the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act and shall meet or exceed the requirements of this Specification. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Storage and Handling Requirements 1. Protect all parts such that no damage or deterioration will occur during a prolonged delay from the time of shipment until installation is completed and the units and equipment are ready for operation. 2. Protect all equipment and parts against any damage during a prolonged period at the site. 3. Prevent plastic and similar brittle items from being directly exposed to sunlight or extremes in temperature. 4. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 66 00. 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS A. Water meters for various sizes 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, AND MATERIALS A. Manufacturers 1. Only the manufacturers as listed on the City’s Standard Products List will be considered as shown in Section 01 60 00. a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 3. The Water Services and appurtenances shall be new and the product of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacturing of Water Services and appurtenances having similar service and size. B. Description 1. Regulatory Requirements 33 12 10 - 7 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH Page 7 of 17 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised February 14, 2017 a.All materials shall conform to the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act (P.L. 111-380). This Act defines “Lead-free” for pipes and other appurtenances to be less than 0.25 percent lead. b.Water Services shall meet or exceed the latest revisions of AWWA C800 and shall meet or exceed the requirements of this Specification. c.All Water Services components in contact with potable water shall conform to the requirements of NSF 61. C.Materials/Design Criteria 1.Service Lines a.Provide Type K Copper Tubing per ASTM B88. b.Furnish in the annealed conditions, unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. 2.Service Couplings a.Fitting Ends 1)Flared Copper Tubing with thread dimensions per AWWA C800 2)Provide coupling nuts with a machined bearing skirt of a length equal to the tubing outer diameter (O.D.). b.Provide with hexagonal wrench grip compatible with the coupling size. c.Provide lead-free service couplings in accordance with the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act. 3.Corporation stops a.Provide brass castings per AWWA C800 for: 1)Bodies 2)Plugs 3)D washers 4)Bottom nuts b.Machining and Finishing of Surfaces 1)Provide 1 ¾ inch per foot or 0.1458 inch per inch ± 0.007 inch per inch taper of the seating surfaces for the key and body. 2)Reduce large end of the tapered surface of the key in diameter by chamfer or turning for a distance that will bring the largest end of the seating surface of the key into the largest diameter of the seating surface of the body. 3)Relieve taper seat in the body on the small end. 4)Extend small end of the key there-through to prevent the wearing of a shoulder and facilitate proper seating of key. 5)Design key, key nut and washer such that if the key nut is tightened to failure point, the stem end of the key shall not fracture. 6)Design nut and stem to withstand a turning force on the nut of at least 3 times the necessary effort to properly seat the key without failure in any manner. 7)Port through corporation stop shall be full size to eliminate turbulence in the flow way. 8)Design stop for rotation about the axis of the flow passageway inside the following minimum circles in order to properly clear the tapping machine: a)Two 7/8-inch for 1-inch corporation stops b)Four 15/16-inch for 1 ½ -inch and 2-inch corporation stops c.Provide lead-free corporation stops in accordance with the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act. 33 12 10 - 8 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH Page 8 of 17 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised February 14, 2017 4.Curb Stops a.Provide brass castings per AWWA C800. b.Valve plugs shall be: 1)Cylinder type 2)Plug type, or 3)Ball type c.Incorporate full flow porting. d.Provide for full 360 degree plug rotation clockwise or counter-clockwise. e.Overall Length 1)3-5/16 inch + 1/8 inch for 1-inch diameter 2)4-1/32 inch + 9.32 for 1-inch diameter f.Cylindrical Plug Type 1)Provide O-ring seal at top and bottom. a)O-ring at top only is acceptable if bottom of curb stop body is closed. 2)Seals shall be Buna N. 3)1 O-ring seal shall surround the outlet port of the curb stop and act to effectively seal in the closed position. 4)The port in the plug shall provide a straight through, full size flow way, so shaped as to eliminate turbulence. 5)All waterways shall be smooth and free of burrs or rough areas. 6)Design the curb stop to provide ease and accuracy of operation and positive shut-off of water. g.Tapered Plug Type 1)Provide O-ring seal at top and bottom. 2)The tapered plug and cylindrical recess in the valve body shall be machined to match within approved manufacturing tolerances. 3)Inlet and outlet ports shall be sealed by O-rings or combination Teflon U- shaped seal rings backed with O-rings. 4)The port in the plug shall provide a straight through, full size flow way, so shaped as to eliminate turbulence. 5)All waterways shall be smooth and free of burrs or rough areas. 6)Design the curb stop to provide ease and accuracy of operation and positive shut-off of water. h.Ball Plug Type 1)Provide double O-ring seals on the stem. 2)The ball shall seal against rubber rings mounted in the valve body at the inlet and outlet ports. 3)The ball shall be bronze with a smooth Teflon coating. 4)The port in the plug shall provide a straight through, full size flow way, so shaped as to eliminate turbulence. 5)All waterways shall be smooth and free of burrs or rough areas. i.Provide lead-free curb stops in accordance with the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act. 5.Straight Adapters a.Brass castings and threads per AWWA C800 b.Provide lead-free straight adapters in accordance with the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act. 6.Three Part Copper Unions a.Brass castings and threads per AWWA C800 33 12 10 - 9 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH Page 9 of 17 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised February 14, 2017 b.Provide lead-free Three Part Copper Unions in accordance with the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act. 7.Straight Meter Couplings a.Brass castings per AWWA C800 b.Threads per AWWA C700 c.Tailpiece with outside iron pipe thread d.Chamfer corners on threaded end of meter nut. e.Machine inside and outside of tailpiece. f.Provide lead-free Straight Meter Couplings in accordance with the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act. 8.Branch Connections a.Brass castings per AWWA C800 b.Inlet and outlet connections per AWWA C800 c.Provide lead-free branch connections in accordance with the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act. 9.Service Saddles a.Castings 1)Brass or Nylon coated ductile iron castings per AWWA C800 2)Free of porosity with sharp edges removed 3)Saddle a)Form to fit firmly against side of maximum diameter of water main with approximately 180 degrees wrap around. 4)Outlet a)Design outlet boss for no thread distortion by bending moments. b)Tapped for taper threaded corporation stop conforming to AWWA C800. b.Straps 1)Conform to ASTM B98. 2)Form flat to fit uniformly against the wall of the water main. 3)Shall be double straps 4)Rod diameter not less than 5/8 inch flattened to 1 inch on one side. 5)Straps shall be threaded 5/8 inch (11-NC-2A) for a distance such that ½ inch remains after clamp is fully tightened on the pipe. 6)Chamfer strap ends to protect the starting threads. 7)The threads shall be full and free from shear. 8)4-inch and larger pipe shall be in accordance with Section 33 12 25. c.Nuts 1)Bronze material a)Same material as straps 2)Dimensions equal to or larger than heavy hexagon nuts 3)Tapped 5/8 inch (11-NC-2B) d.Gaskets 1)Neoprene rubber material 2)Cemented to saddle and positioned to facilitate installation 10.Brass Flanged Angle Valve a.For 1 ½-inch and 2-inch services b.Brass castings per AWWA C800 c.Valve Body with integral outlet flange and inlet wrenching flat d.Fit together key and body by turning key and reaming body 33 12 10 - 10 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH Page 10 of 17 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised February 14, 2017 1)Key with O-ring seal seat at the upper end 2)Lap key and body seat are to conform to corporation stop requirements of this Specification. 3)The outlet flange shall contain an O-ring seat or a uniform flat drop-in flange gasket surface. 4)Drop-in flange gasket surface shall contain gasket retaining grooves milled circular about the axis of the flange. 5)The size of the outlet flange and the diameter and spacing of the bolt holes shall conform to AWWA C700. 6)The flange on 2-inch angle valves shall be double drilled to permit connection to l ½ -inch meters. 7)The inlet port of the valve shall be tapered to conform to AWWA C800 taper pipe thread. 8)The key cap shall include a wrenching tee marked with a raised or recessed arrow to show whether the valve is open or closed. 9)Valve Assembly (main body, key, key cap) a)Brass material per AWWA C800 b)O-ring seal on the top of the key between the key and body seat c)Key cap shall complete the assembly by attaching to the key by means of a strong bronze pin with phosphor bronze spring washer(s) depressed between the key cap and the top of the valve main body. d)Provide with padlock wings for locking the valve in the closed position. e)There shall be a uniform application of cold water valve grease between the body and the key. f)The valve shall be capable of being easily opened and stopping lugs. g)The waterway through the valve shall be smooth and rounded for minimum pressure loss, and shall be free of burrs or fins. h)The valve shall be strong, well designed, neat in appearance, water- tight and entirely adequate for the intended purpose. i)Provide with either a high quality rubber drop-in gasket or an O-ring seal depending on the manufacturer's flange seal surface design choice. e.Provide lead-free brass flanged angle valves in accordance with the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act. 11.Meter Boxes shall: a.Be constructed of: 1)Polymer, black polyethylene material as defined in ASTM D883. a)Minimum wall thickness of 3/8-inch throughout with no blowing agents or foaming plastics b)Body shall be black throughout, blended at the time of manufacture, and shall have a molded recycled emblem with a minimum of 35 percent Post Industrial/ Pre Consumer Recycled Content- verified with a Leed Product Documentation. c)Have a tensile strength greater than 1700 pounds per square inch (psi). d)Smooth edges and corners and be free from sharp edges so the unit can be handled safely without gloves. e)Exterior free from seams or parting lines. f)Have crush resistant ribbing along the outside of the box. g)Have a flange around the lid opening to help prevent settling and aide in adjustment to grade. 33 12 10 - 11 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH Page 11 of 17 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised February 14, 2017 h)Not to be installed in roadway – designed to withstand loading in non- deliberate and incidental traffic only. 2)Concrete a)Frame of No. 6 gauge wire welded closed b)Type I or Type II Portland cement, in accordance with ASTM C150, portioned with lightweight aggregate, in accordance with ASTM C330 (1)Percentage of wear not to exceed 40 per ASTM C131 (2)Minimum 28 day compressive strength of 3,000 psi b.Be able to withstand a minimum 15,000 pounds vertical load c.Withstand a minimum 400 pounds sidewall load. d.Have pipe holes measuring a minimum of 2-1/2” x 3-1/4”. e.1-inch Standard Meter Box (Class A) 1)For use with services utilizing 5/8-inch x ¾-inch, ¾-inch or 1-inch meter Single or Dual service meter. 2)Polymer a)Size: working of not less than 10 inches x 16 inches, 12 inches high 3)Concrete a)Size: working area not less than 10-inches x 16-inches, 12 inches high f.2-inch Standard Meter Box (Class C) 1)For use with services utilizing 1-1/2-inch or 2-inch Single service meter. 2)Polymer a)Size: working area not less than 14-inches x 28-inches, 12 inches high 3)Concrete a)Size: working area not less than 15-inches x 26-1/2-inches, 12 inches high g.Bullhead Standard Meter Box (Class B) 1)For use with services utilizing two 5/8-inch x ¾-inch or ¾-inch or 1-inch Single service meter. 2)Polymer a)Size: working area not less than 15-inches x 18-inches, 12 inches high 3)Concrete a)Size: working area not less than 15-inches x 18-inches, 12 inches high 12.Meter Box Lid a.Meter Box Lids Shall: 1)Be solid throughout with reinforcing ribs. 2)Have City of Fort Worth ‘Molly’ logo molded into the lid. 3) Bear the Manufacturer’s IS (name or logo) and Country of Origin. 4) Be designed both with and without AMI receptacles 5) Have a molded tread-plate 6) Seat securely and evenly inside the meter box and shall not overlap the top edge of the meter box. 7) Have a molded pick bar for use by meter reading tool. 8) Have Automated Meter Infrastructure (AMI) snap locking slide mounts for number of meters/endpoints associated with meter box 9) Have an opening to accept the AMI end-point. Opening shall accommodate an endpoint with a 1-7/8 inches diameter. 10) Have recessed AMI end point area, to alleviate a trip hazard, centered over AMI slide mount. Recess area should be 4-1/2 inches in diameter and 3/8” deep. 11) Have built-in anti-flotation devices. 33 12 10 - 12 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH Page 12 of 17 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised February 14, 2017 b.Cast Iron or Ductile Iron 1)Lids for Concrete Meter Boxes shall be constructed out of a cast iron and meet RRF-621 specification. 2)Shall withstand a minimum vertical load of 15,000 pounds 3)Coat castings with a bituminous emulsified asphalt unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, ground smooth, and cleaned with shot blasting, to get a uniform quality free from strength defects and distortions. 4)Dimensions shall be within industry standards of ±1/16 inch per foot. 5)Shall have a plug inserted in to the AMI receptacle to avoid water entering through opening until the AMI receptacle is used 6)Be a minimum of 1-3/4 inches thick at reinforcing ribs. 7)Casting weights may vary ±5 percent from drawing weight per industry standards. c.Plastic(Composite) 1)The lid shall : a)Constructed of Engineered Plastic as defined in ASTM D883 (1)Have a molded recycled emblem with a minimum of 50 percent Post Consumer Recycled and 50 percent Post Industrial/ Pre Consumer Recycled Content- verified with a Leed Product Documentation. (2)Be designed to fit a concrete box/cast iron box in retrofit installations. (3)Have a tensile strength greater than 1700 psi. (4)Have a ‘knock-out” plug to accept the AMI end- point. Knock-out diameter shall be 1-7/8 inch diameter. A removable plug may be substituted for the knock-out plug. (5)Be constructed out of a composite material blend for maximum durability and corrosion resistance. (6)Be black throughout with no blowing agents or foaming plastics (7)Smooth edges and corners and be free from sharp edges so the unit can be handled safely without gloves. (8)Exterior free from seams or parting lines. (9)Have a molded tread-pattern- tread dimensions shall be .188-inch x .938-inch x .150-inch deep. (10)Have “City of Fort Worth” molded into the lid. (11)Have “Water Meter” molded into the lid- Font shall be standard Fadal CNC font with 1-inch characters x .150-inch deep. (12)Have a molded pick hole pocket- dimensions shall be 3-inch x 9/16-inch x Thru Hole with 3/16-inch 304 stainless steel rod. (13)Have 2 pieces of ½-inch rebar located in lid pockets for locatability as shown in Drawings. (14)Have location capability using metal detector. b)Domestic Manufacture Only-Made in USA molded on Lid. c)Not to be installed in roadway or parking area d)Be designed to withstand H-10 loading for non-deliberate and incidental traffic only as . e)Have ultraviolet protection. 2)1-inch Standard Plastic Meter Box Lid (Class A) 33 12 10 - 13 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH Page 13 of 17 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised February 14, 2017 a)For use with services utilizing 5/8-inch x ¾-inch, ¾-inch or 1-inch meter Single or Dual service meter. b)Size: 11-7/8-inch x 17-7/8-inch, 1-1/2 inches high c)For use with Class A Standard Meter Box. d)Polymer lid shall seat evenly inside meter box and shall not overlap the top edge of the meter box. 3)2-inch Standard Plastic Meter Box Lid (Class C) a)For use with services utilizing 1-1/2-inch or 2-inch Single service meter. b)Size 27-inches x 15-1/4-inches, 1-7/8 inches high c)For use with Class C Standard Meter Box. d)Polymer lid shall seat evenly inside meter box and shall not overlap the top edge of the meter box. 4)Bullhead Standard Plastic Meter Box Lid (Class B) a)For use with services utilizing two 5/8-inch x ¾-inch or ¾-inch or 1- inch Single service meter: b)Size: 16-5/8-inch x 14—5/8-inch, 1-3/4 inches high c)For use with Class B Standard Meter Box. d)Polymer lid shall seat evenly inside meter box and shall not overlap the top edge of the meter box. 13.Horizontal Check Valve a.Equip 1 ½-inch and 2-inch Water Services with a horizontal check valve, with pipe plug, only if specified in the Drawings. b.If an existing backflow preventer is present, the Contractor is to leave it, and is not required to provide an additional horizontal check valve. c.Provide lead-free horizontal check valves in accordance with the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act. 14.Service Marker a.3 inch wide, 5 mil blue vinyl tape 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A.Tests and Inspections 1.At the City’s option, the manufacturer shall be required to provide certification records showing conformance of materials, design and testing to these Specifications. 2.The test procedures shall conform to AWWA C800. a.In the event that a chosen valve fails the City’s hydrostatic test, the cost of the test shall be at the expense of the supplier. b.Proof testing of the remainder of the valves shall be at the cost and responsibility of the supplier. c.These tests will be the basis of acceptance or rejection of the remainder of the shipment by the City. 3.The City reserves the right to select products at random for testing. The failure of materials to conform to the applicable Specification may result in the rejection of the entire shipment. B.Marking 33 12 10 - 14 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH Page 14 of 17 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised February 14, 2017 1.Service saddle castings shall be clearly marked by letters and numerals cast thereon showing: a.Manufacturer’s name b.Type c.Size of Pipe PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS A.A licensed plumber is required for installations on the outlet side of the service meter. 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 INSTALLATION A.General 1.Install Water Services and appurtenances in accordance with AWWA C800. 2.Install Water Service Lines 5 feet north or east of center of lot frontage on lots 75 feet or wider, or where shown on Drawings. 3.Install Water Service Lines on lot center line on lots less than 75 feet wide, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 4.Install services at a minimum depth of 36 inches below final grade/proposed top of curb, unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. 5.Perform leak tests in accordance with Section 33 04 40. 6.Replace existing ¾-inch Service Lines with 1-inch new Service Line, tap, and corporation. 7.Install replaced or relocated services with the service main tap and service line being in line with the service meter, unless otherwise directed by the City. 8.Excavate, embed and backfill trenches in accordance with Section 33 05 10. B.Handling 1.Haul and distribute Service Lines fittings at the project site and handle with care to avoid damage. a.Inspect each segment of Service Line and reject or repair any damaged pipe prior to lowering into the trench. b.Do not handle the pipe in such a way that will damage the pipe. 2.At the close of each operating day: a.Keep the pipe clean and free of debris, dirt, animals and trash – during and after the laying operation. b.Effectively seal the open end of the pipe using a gasketed night cap. C.Service Line Installation 1.Service Taps a.Only ductile iron pipe may be directly tapped. b.Install service taps and/or tap assemblies of the specified size as indicated on the Drawings, or as specified by the Engineer. c.Perform taps on a water system that is either uncharged or under pressure. 33 12 10 - 15 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH Page 15 of 17 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised February 14, 2017 d.Taps consist of: 1)For Concrete Pressure Pipe or Steel Pipe a)Standard internal pipe threaded holes in the pipe walls (1)Made during pipe fabrication (2)Provide tapered threaded outlet with cc threads for up to 2-inch. (3)Provide flange outlet with flange to thread insulator adaptor kits for 4-inch and larger taps. 2)Other pipe materials a)Bronze service clamp with a sealed, threaded port through which the pipe wall is drilled to complete a service port e.Tap Assemblies 1)Consist of corporation stop with iron to copper connection attached to: a)Copper tubing terminating as shown on the City’s Standard Detail b)May be required adjacent to gate valves c)Install as shown on the Drawings, or as directed by the Engineer. d)When required, shall be included in the unit price bid for installing gate valve. 2)Chlorination and testing purposes a)No separate payment will be made for taps required for testing and chlorination. 2.Installation of Water Services a.Install tap and Service Line in accordance with City Details. b.Install meter box in accordance with City Details. 1)Adjustment of the Service Line to proper meter placement height shall be considered as part of the Meter Box installation. 3.Trenching a.Provide a trench width sufficiently wide to allow for 2 inches of granular embedment on either side of the Service Line. 4.Bored Services a.Services shall be bored utilizing a pilot hole having a diameter ½ inch to ¾ inches larger than the Service Line. 5.Arrangement a.Arrange corporation stops, branches, curb stops, meter spuds, meter boxes and other associate appurtenances as shown in the City Detail, and to the approval of the Engineer. 6.Service Marker a.When Meter Box is not installed immediately subsequent to service installation: 1)Mark Curb Stop with a strip of blue vinyl tape fastened to the end of the service and extending through the backfill approximately 6 inches above ground at the Meter Box location. b.Installation of service taps only: 1)Attach service marker tape to the corporation stop or plug and extend upward and normal to the main through the backfill at the adjacent trench edge to at least 6 inches above ground to flag the tap location. 7.Corporation stops a.Fully open corporation stop prior to backfill. D.Removal of Existing Water Meters 33 12 10 - 16 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH Page 16 of 17 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised February 14, 2017 1.Remove, tag and collect existing Water Service meter for pickup by the City for reconditioning or replacement. 2.After installation of the Water Service in the proposed location and receipt of a meter from the City inspector, install the meter. 3.Reset the meter box as necessary to be flush with existing ground or as otherwise directed by the City. 4.All such work on the outlet side of the service meter shall be performed by a licensed plumber. 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL A.Field Tests and Inspections 1.Check each Water Service installation for leaks and full flow through the curb stop at the time the main is tested in accordance with Section 33 04 40. 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION 33 12 10 - 17 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH Page 17 of 17 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised February 14, 2017 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson Added Blue Text for clarification 1.2 A. – Revision to items included in price bid Specification modified to be in accordance with the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act – All materials shall be lead free in accordance with this Act. 1.2.A.3 – Water Meter Service Relocate was renamed Water Meter Service Reconnect 1.6.B. – added certification submittals for compliance with regulatory requirements 2/13/2013 F. Griffin Added the phrase ‘, including grass’ to lines; Part 1, 1.2.A.1.c.14, Part1, 1.2.A.2.c.13, Part 1, 1.2.A.2.c.13, Part 1,1.2.A.3.c.11, Part1, 1.2.A.4.c.11 Added the phrase ‘and replacement’ to line Part 1,1.2.A.4.c.7 4/26/2013 F. Griffin Revised lines with ‘including grass’ replacing with ‘excluding grass (seeding, sodding or hydromulching paid separately)’ Included in Part 1, 1.2, A, 1, c, 14; Part 1, 1.2, A, 2, c, 13; Part 1, 1.2, A, 3, c, 11; Part 1, 1.2, A, 4, 2, 11 6/19/2013 D. Johnson 1.2.A.4.c – Addition of private water service appurtenances relocation to being included in the linear foot price of private water services 11/21/2016 W. Norwood Require meter box suitable for AMI meter. 2.2,C, 11 & 2.2,C,12 11/21/2016 W. Norwood Require service saddle with double straps. 2.2,C,9,b 2/14/17 W. Norwood 2.2, C, 9.a.3 Remove table “Fit Contour of pipe…” 2/14/17 W. Norwood 3.4, C, 1.d.(2) Remove nylon sleeve inserts, require cc threads. 33 12 20 - 1 RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVE Page 1 of 10 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised May 6, 2015 SECTION 33 12 20 1 RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVE 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A.Section Includes:5 1.Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valves 4-inch through 48-inch for use with potable6 water mains7 a.24-inch and larger valves may require an integral bypass8 B.Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification9 1.None.10 C.Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:11 1.Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the12 Contract13 2.Division 1 – General Requirements14 3.Section 33 11 05 – Bolts, Nuts, and Gaskets15 4.Section 33 11 10 – Ductile Iron Pipe16 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 17 A.Measurement and Payment18 1.Gate Valve19 a.Measurement20 1)Measurement for this Item shall be per each.21 b.Payment22 1)The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this23 Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Gate Valve” installed24 for:25 a)Various sizes26 c.The price bid shall include:27 1)Furnishing and installing Gate Valves with connections as specified in the28 Drawings29 2)Valve box30 3)Extension31 4)Extensions for valves in vaults32 5)Valve vault and appurtenances (for 16-inch and larger gate valves)33 6)Petrolatum tape for connections to steel flanges34 7)2-inch risers (for 16-inch and larger gate valves)35 8)Isolation kits when installed with flanged connections36 9)Polyethylene encasement37 10)Pavement removal38 11)Excavation39 12)Hauling40 33 12 20 - 2 RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVE Page 2 of 10 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised May 6, 2015 13) Disposal of excess material 1 14) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 2 15) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 3 16) Clean-up 4 17) Cleaning 5 18) Disinfection 6 19) Testing 7 2. Cut-in Gate Valve 8 a. Measurement 9 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each. 10 b. Payment 11 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 12 Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Cut-in Gate Valve” 13 installed for: 14 a) Various sizes 15 c. The price bid shall include: 16 1) Furnishing and installing Gate Valves with connections as specified in the 17 Drawings 18 2) System dewatering 19 3) Connections to existing pipe materials 20 4) Valve box 21 5) Extension 22 6) Extensions for valves in vaults 23 7) Valve vault and appurtenances (for 16-inch and larger gate valves) 24 8) Petrolatum tape for connections to steel flanges 25 9) 2-inch risers (for 16-inch and larger gate valves) 26 10) Isolation kits when installed with flanged connections 27 11) Valve vault and appurtenances (for 16-inch and larger gate valves) 28 12) Polyethylene encasement 29 13) Pavement removal 30 14) Excavation 31 15) Hauling 32 16) Disposal of excess material 33 17) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 34 18) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 35 19) Clean-up 36 20) Cleaning 37 21) Disinfection 38 22) Testing 39 1.3 REFERENCES 40 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 41 1. NRS – Non Rising Stem 42 2. OS&Y – Outside Screw and Yoke 43 B. Reference Standards 44 33 12 20 - 3 RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVE Page 3 of 10 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised May 6, 2015 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 1 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 2 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 3 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO). 4 3. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): 5 a. B16.1, Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings (Classes 25, 125, and 250). 6 4. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI). 7 5. ASTM International (ASTM): 8 a. A48, Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings. 9 b. A242, Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel. 10 c. A307, Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi 11 Tensile Strength. 12 d. A536, Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. 13 e. B117, Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus. 14 f. B633, Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and 15 Steel. 16 6. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 17 a. C509, Resilient-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service. 18 b. C515, Reduced-Wall, Resilient-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service. 19 c. C550, Protective Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants. 20 d. C900, Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fabricated Fittings, 4 IN 21 through 12 IN, for Water Transmission and Distribution. 22 7. American Water Works Association/American National Standards Institute 23 (AWWA/ANSI): 24 a. C105/A21.5, Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile-Iron Pipe Systems. 25 b. C111/A21.11, Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and 26 Fittings. 27 c. C115/A21.15, Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe with Ductile-Iron or Gray-Iron 28 Threaded Flanges. 29 8. NSF International (NSF): 30 a. 61, Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects. 31 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 32 1.5 SUBMITTALS 33 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 34 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 35 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 36 A. Product Data 37 1. Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valve noting the pressure rating and coating system 38 supplied, including: 39 a. Dimensions, weights, material list, and detailed drawings 40 b. Joint type 41 c. Maximum torque recommended by the manufacturer for the valve size 42 2. Polyethylene encasement and tape 43 33 12 20 - 4 RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVE Page 4 of 10 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised May 6, 2015 a.Whether the film is linear low density or high density cross linked polyethylene 1 b.The thickness of the film provided2 3.Thrust Restraint, if required by contract Documents3 a.Retainer glands4 b.Thrust harnesses5 c.Any other means6 4.Instructions for field repair of fusion bonded epoxy coating7 5.Gaskets8 B.Certificates9 1.Furnish an affidavit certifying that all Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valves meet10 the provisions of this Section, each valve meets Specifications, all inspections have11 been made and that all tests have been performed in accordance with AWWA C50912 or AWWA C515.13 2.Furnish a certificate stating that buried bolts and nuts conform to ASTM B117.14 3.Furnish affidavit that Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valve manufacturer has five15 years experience manufacturing Resilient Seated Gate Valves of similar service and16 size with experience record.17 4.Furnish affidavit that Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valve manufacturer owns or18 controls any foreign factory/foundry that supplies valve casings and can certify that19 the Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valve manufacturer is in control of quality20 control at the foreign factory/foundry.21 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 22 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 23 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 24 A.Qualifications25 1.Manufacturers26 a.Valves 16-inch and larger shall be the product of 1 manufacturer for each27 project.28 1)Change orders, specials and field changes may be provided by a different29 manufacturer upon City approval.30 b.For valves less than 16-inch, valves of each size shall be the product of 131 manufacturer, unless approved by the City.32 1)Change orders, specials and field changes may be provided by a different33 manufacturer upon City approval.34 c.Valves shall meet or exceed AWWA C509 or AWWA C515.35 d.For valves equipped with a bypass, the bypass valve must be of the same36 manufacturer as the main valve.37 e.Resilient Seated Gate Valves shall be new.38 f.Resilient Seated Gate Valve Manufacturer shall not have less than 5 years of39 successful experience manufacturing of Resilient Seated Gate Valves of similar40 service and size, and indicated or demonstrate an experience record that is41 satisfactory to the Engineer and City. This experience record will be thoroughly42 investigated by the Engineer, and acceptance will be at the sole discretion of the43 Engineer and City.44 33 12 20 - 5 RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVE Page 5 of 10 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised May 6, 2015 g.Casings for Resilient Seated Gate Valve, such as valve body, wedge, and1 bypass; that are not manufactured within the United States of America, shall be2 manufactured by factories/foundries that are owned or controlled (partial3 ownership) such that the Resilient Seated Gate Valve Manufacturer can control4 and guarantee quality at the foreign factory/foundry.5 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 6 A.Storage and Handling Requirements7 1.Protect all parts so that no damage or deterioration will occur during a prolonged8 delay from the time of shipment until installation is completed and the units and9 equipment are ready for operation.10 2.Protect all equipment and parts against any damage during a prolonged period at the11 site.12 3.Protect the finished surfaces of all exposed flanges by wooden blank flanges,13 strongly built and securely bolted thereto.14 4.Protect finished iron or steel surfaces not painted to prevent rust and corrosion.15 5.Prevent plastic and similar brittle items from being directly exposed to sunlight or16 extremes in temperature.17 6.Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 0118 66 00.19 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 20 1.12 WARRANTY 21 A.Manufacturer Warranty22 1.Manufacturer’s Warranty shall be in accordance with Division 1.23 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 24 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 25 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS 26 A.Manufacturers27 1.Only the manufacturers as listed on the City’s Standard Products List will be28 considered as shown in Section 01 60 00.29 a.The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections.30 2.Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a31 substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00.32 B.Description33 1.Regulatory Requirements34 a.Valves shall be new and meet or exceed AWWA C509 or AWWA C515 and35 shall meet or exceed the requirements of this Specification.36 b.All valve components in contact with potable water shall conform to the37 requirements of NSF 61.38 C.Materials39 33 12 20 - 6 RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVE Page 6 of 10 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised May 6, 2015 1. Valve Body 1 a. Valve body: ductile iron per ASTM A536 2 b. Flanged ends: Furnish in accordance with AWWA/ANSI C115/A21.15. 3 c. Mechanical Joints: Furnish with outlets which conform to AWWA/ANSI 4 C111/A21.11. 5 d. Valve interior and exterior surfaces: fusion bonded epoxy coated, minimum 5 6 mils, meeting AWWA C550 requirements 7 e. Buried valves: Provide with polyethylene encasement in accordance with 8 AWWA/ANSI C105/A21.5. 9 1) Polyethylene encasement: Furnish in accordance with Section 33 11 10. 10 2. Wedge (Gate) 11 a. Resilient wedge: rated at 250 psig cold water working pressure 12 b. The wedge (gate) for all valve sizes shall be 1 piece, fully encapsulated with a 13 permanently bonded EPDM rubber. 14 3. Bypass 15 a. For gate valves using a double roller, track and scrapper system, an integrally 16 cast bypass on the body of the valve is required. 17 1) Orient the bypass on the same side of the gate valve as the spur gear to 18 allow operation of both valves from the manhole opening. 19 2) The bypass shall be a minimum 4-inch in size. 20 4. Gate Valve Bolts and Nuts 21 a. Bonnet, Stuffing Box and Gear Box - Hex head bolt, and hex nut: Steel ASTM 22 A307 Gr. B, Zinc Plate per ASTM B633, SC3 for non-buried service (4-inch 23 through 12-inch valves) or as specified in 2.2.C.4.b. 24 b. Hex head bolt and hex nut: AISI 304 stainless steel for buried service (all 25 sizes) and for valves 16-inch through 36-inch (non-buried service) 26 5. Bolts and Nuts 27 a. Mechanical Joints 28 a) Provide bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 33 11 05. 29 b. Flanged Ends 30 1) Meet requirements of AWWA C115 or AWWA C207 depending on pipe 31 material. 32 2) Provide bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 33 11 05. 33 3) Flanged isolation kits shall be provided when connecting to buried steel or 34 concrete pressure pipe. Kits shall conform to Section 33 04 10. 35 6. Joints 36 a. Valves: flanged, or mechanical-joint or any combination of these as specified 37 on the Drawings or in the project Specifications 38 1) Flanged-joints: AWWA/ANSI C115/A21.15, ASME B16.1, Class 125 39 a) Flange bolt circles and bolt holes shall match those of ASME B16.1, 40 Class 125. 41 b) Field fabricated flanges are prohibited. 42 2) Steel or concrete pressure pipe 43 a) Use flange-joints unless otherwise specified in the Contract 44 Documents. 45 3) Ductile Iron or PVC pressure pipe 46 a) Use mechanical joints with mechanically restrained retainer glands 47 unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. 48 33 12 20 - 7 RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVE Page 7 of 10 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised May 6, 2015 7. Operating Nuts 1 a. Supply for buried service valves 2 b. 1-15/16-inch square at the top, 2-inch at the base, and 1-3/4-inch high 3 c. Cast an arrow showing the direction of opening with the word “OPEN” on the 4 operating nut base. 5 d. To open, the operating nut shall be turned to the RIGHT (CLOCKWISE) 6 direction. Nut shall be painted red per AWWA specifications 7 e. Connect the operating nut to the shaft with a shear pin that prevents the nut 8 from transferring torque to that shaft or the gear box that exceeds the 9 manufacturer’s recommended torque. 10 f. Furnish handwheel operators for non-buried service, or when shown in the 11 Drawings. 12 8. Gearing 13 a. Gate valves that are 24 inch and larger: Equip with a spur gear. 14 b. Bevel gears for horizontally mounted valves are not allowed. 15 c. The spur gear shall be designed and supplied by the manufacturer of the valve 16 as an integral part of the gate valve. 17 9. Gaskets 18 a. Provide gaskets in accordance with Section 33 11 05. 19 2.3 ACCESSORIES 20 A. All gate valves shall have the following accessories provided as part of the gate valve 21 installation: 22 1. A keyed solid extension stem of sufficient length to bring the operating nut up to 23 within 1 foot of the surface of the ground, when the operating nut on the gate valve 24 is 3 feet or more beneath the surface of the ground. Extension Stems are: 25 a. Not required on City stock orders 26 b. Not to be bolted or attached to the valve-operating nut 27 c. To be of cold rolled steel with a cross-sectional area of 1 square inch, fitting 28 loosely enough to allow deflection 29 2. Furnish joint components such as gaskets, glands, lubricant, bolts, and nuts in 30 sufficient quantity for assembly of each joint. 31 3. Cast Iron Valve Boxes: provide for buried service gate valves, cast iron valve 32 boxes and covers 33 a. Each valve box for 4-inch through 12-inch valves shall be 2-piece, 5 ¼-inch 34 shafts, screw type, consisting of a top section and a bottom section. 35 b. Valve boxes shall be as listed in the City of Fort Worth Standard Products List 36 in attached in Section 01 60 00. 37 c. Valve box covers shall be so designed that they can be easily removed to 38 provide access to valve operating nut. 39 d. Valve box covers must be designed to stay in position and resist damage under 40 AASHTO HS 20 traffic loads. 41 e. Each cover shall be casted with the word “WATER” or “RECLAIMED” in 42 raised letters on the upper surface. 43 f. Cast iron valve boxes and covers shall conform to ASTM A48, Class 35B. 44 1) Valve box covers shall be round for potable water applications and square 45 for reclaimed water applications. 46 33 12 20 - 8 RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVE Page 8 of 10 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised May 6, 2015 g. Box extension material shall be AWWA C900 PVC or ductile iron. 1 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 4 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 5 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 6 3.4 INSTALLATION 7 A. General 8 1. All valves shall be installed in vertical position when utilized in normal pipeline 9 installation. 10 2. Valves shall be placed at line and grade as indicated on the Drawings. 11 3. Polyethylene encasement installation shall be in accordance with Section 33 11 10. 12 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 13 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 14 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL 15 A. Field Inspections 16 1. Before acceptance of the installed valve, the City Field Operations Staff shall have 17 the opportunity to operate the valve. 18 2. The City shall be given the opportunity to inspect all buried flanges before they are 19 covered. 20 3. The Operator will be assessing the ease of access to the operating nut within the 21 valve box and ease of operating the valve from a fully closed to fully opened 22 position. 23 4. If access and operation of the valve meet the City’s criteria, then the valve will be 24 accepted as installed. 25 B. Non-Conforming Work 26 1. If access and operation of the valve or its appurtenances does not meet the City’s 27 criteria, the Contractor will remedy the situation until it meets the City’s criteria, at 28 the Contractor’s expense. 29 33 12 20 - 9 RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVE Page 9 of 10 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised May 6, 2015 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 1 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 2 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 4 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 5 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 6 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 7 8 33 12 20 - 10 RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVE Page 10 of 10 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised May 6, 2015 END OF SECTION 1 2 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.1.A – Modified acceptable size range and added requirement for bypass in 30-inch gate valves, Blue text added for exceptions 1.2 Measurement and Payment – Added Cut-In Gate Valve 1.2.A.1.c and 1.2.A.2.c – added additional items to be included in price bid 1.6.A – removed requirement for product data for bolts and nuts because it is to be included under Section 33 11 05. 1.9.A.1 – Added requirement for bypass valve manufacturing 2.2.C. – Added requirement for 30-inch gate valves to have a bypass and bypass material requirements; Added reference to Section 33 11 05 and removed material specification for bolts, nuts and gaskets; Added requirement for flanged isolation kits; Added restraint requirements for mechanical joint connections with ductile iron or PVC pressure pipe. 2.3.3 – Modified acceptable cast iron from Class 40 to Class 35B; Added requirements for reclaimed water applications 6/24/2014 D. Townsend 1.1.A.2 Revision - Gate valves larger than 24-inches may be approved by the City on a case-by-case basis 1.6.B.3 Added Section. Requires Affidavit for 5 years of experience in manufacturing RS Gate valves of similar size and type. 1.6.B.4 Added Section – Requires Affidavit on Gate Valve manufacturers ownership in foreign factories/foundries providing components to certify on-site quality control. 1.9.A.1.f Added Section. Requirement for 5 years of experience in manufacturing RS Gate valves of similar size and type. 1.9.A.1.g Added Section. Requirement for Gate Valve manufacturers ownership (or control) in foreign factories/foundries providing components to certify on-site quality control 5/6/2015 D. Townsend 1.1.A.1 Revised maximum allowable Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valve from 30-inch to 48-inch 1.1.A.1.a Revised minimum size gate valve requiring bypass from 30-inch to 24- inch. 2.2.C.3. Changed requirement for an integrally cast bypass from 30-inch and above resilient seated gate valves to all double roller, track and scrapper system resilient seated gate valves 2.2.C.3.2 Added the minimum size bypass shall be 4-inches. 2.2.C.7.d Added that nut shall be painted red per AWWA specifications 3 33 12 25 - 1 CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS Page 1 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised February 6, 2013 SECTION 33 12 25 CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Connection to existing water mains to include, but not limited to: a. Cutting in a tee for a branch connection b. Extending from an existing water main c. Installing a tapping sleeve and valve B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 3. Section 33 04 40 – Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water Mains 4. Section 33 05 10 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 5. Section 33 05 30 – Location of Existing Utilities 6. Section 33 11 05 – Bolts, Nuts, and Gaskets 7. Section 33 11 10 – Ductile Iron Pipe 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Connection to an existing unpressurized Fort Worth Water Distribution System Main that does not require the City to take part of the water system out of service a. Measurement 1) This Item is considered subsidiary to the water pipe being installed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item are subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of water pipe complete in place, and no other compensation will be allowed. 2. Connection to an existing pressurized Fort Worth Water Distribution System Main that requires a shutdown of some part of the water system a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each connection completed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Connection to Existing Water Main” installed for: a) Various sizes of existing water distribution main 33 12 25 - 2 CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS Page 2 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised February 6, 2013 c. The price bid shall include all aspects of making the connection including, but not limited to: 1) Preparing submittals 2) Dewatering 3) Exploratory excavation (as needed) 4) Coordination and notification 5) Remobilization 6) Temporary lighting 7) Polyethylene encasement 8) Make-up pieces 9) Linings 10) Pavement removal 11) Excavation 12) Hauling 13) Disposal of excess material 14) Clean-up 15) Cleaning 16) Disinfection 17) Testing 3. Connection to an existing pressurized Fort Worth Water Distribution System Main by Tapping Sleeve and Valve: a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each connection completed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Tapping Sleeve and Valve” installed for: a) Various sizes of connecting main b) Various sizes of existing water distribution main c. The price bid shall include all aspects of making the connection including, but not limited to: 1) Preparing submittals 2) Dewatering 3) Exploratory excavation (as needed) 4) Coordination and notification 5) Tapping Sleeve and Tapping Valve 6) Remobilization 7) Temporary lighting 8) Polyethylene encasement 9) Make-up pieces 10) Linings 11) Pavement removal 12) Excavation 13) Hauling 14) Disposal of excess material 15) Clean-up 16) Cleaning 17) Disinfection 18) Testing 33 12 25 - 3 CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS Page 3 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised February 6, 2013 1.3 REFERENCES A.Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): a.B16.1, Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings Classes 25, 125 and 250) 3. ASTM International (ASTM): a.A36, Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. b. A193, Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting for High Temperature or High Pressure Service and Other Special Purpose Applications c.A194, Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High Pressure or High Temperature Service, or Both d. A242, Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel. e.A283, Standard Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates. f.A285, Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, Low- and Intermediate-Tensile Strength. g.B117, Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus. h. D2000, Standard Classification System for Rubber Products in Automotive Applications. 4. American Water Works Association (AWWA): a.C200, Steel Water Pipe - 6 IN and Larger. b. C207, Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service – Sizes 4 IN through 144 IN. c.C213, Fusion-Bonded Epoxy Coating for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines. d. C223, Fabricated Steel and Stainless Steel Tapping Sleeves. 5. American Water Works Association/American National Standards Institute (AWWA/ANSI): a.C105/A21.5, Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile-Iron Pipe Systems. b. C111/A21.11, Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. c.C115A21/15, Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe with Ductile Iron or Gray-Iron Threaded Flanges. 6. NSF International (NSF): a.61, Drinking Water System Components – Health Effects. 7. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fitting Industry Inc. (MSS): a.SP-60, Connecting flange Joint Between Tapping Sleeves and Tapping Valves. 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.Pre-installation Meetings 1. Required for any connections to an existing, pressurized 16-inch or larger City water distribution system main that requires a shutdown of some part of the water system 33 12 25 - 4 CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS Page 4 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised February 6, 2013 2. May also be required for connections that involve shutting water service off to certain critical businesses 3. Schedule a pre-installation meeting a minimum of 3 weeks prior to proposed time for the work to occur. 4. The meeting shall include the Contractor, City Inspector and City Valve Crew. 5. Review work procedures as submitted and any adjustments made for current field conditions. 6. Verify that all valves and plugs to be used have adequate thrust restraint or blocking. 7. Schedule a test shutdown with the City. 8. Schedule the date for the connection to the existing system. B.Scheduling 1. Schedule work to make all connections to existing 16-inch and larger mains: a.During the period from November through April, unless otherwise approved by the City b. During normal business hours from Monday through Friday, unless otherwise approved by the City 2. Schedule City Valve Crew by 1:00 P.M. a minimum of 1 business day prior to planned disruption to the existing water system. a.In the event that other water system activities do not allow the existing main to be dewatered at the requested time, schedule work to allow the connection at an alternate time acceptable to the City. 1) If water main cannot be taken out of service at the originally requested time, coordination will be required with the City to discuss rescheduling and compensation for mobilization. 2) No additional payment will be provided if the schedule was altered at the Contractor’s request. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A.Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. B.All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication for specials. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.Product Data, if applicable 1. Tapping Sleeve noting the pressure rating and coating system supplied including: a.Dimensions, weights, material list, and detailed drawings b. Maximum torque recommended by the manufacturer for the valve by size B.Submittals 1. Provide a detailed sequence of work for 16-inch, or larger, connections if required by City that includes: a.Results of exploratory excavation b. Dewatering c.Procedure for connecting to the existing water main 33 12 25 - 5 CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS Page 5 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised February 6, 2013 d. Time period for completing work from when the water is shut down to when the main is back in service e. Testing and repressurization procedures 2. Welders that are assigned to work on connection to concrete cylinder or steel pipe must be certified and provide Welding Certificates, upon request, in accordance with AWWA C200. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Storage and Handling Requirements 1. Protect parts so that no damage or deterioration occurs during a prolonged delay from the time of shipment until installation is completed. 2. Protect all equipment and parts against any damage during a prolonged period at the site. 3. Protect the finished surfaces of all exposed flanges using wooden flanges, strongly built and securely bolted thereto. 4. Protect finished iron or steel surfaces not painted to prevent rust and corrosion. 5. Prevent plastic and similar brittle items from being exposed to direct sunlight and extremes in temperature. 6. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 66 00. 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer Warranty 1. Manufacturer’s warranty shall be in accordance with Division 1. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS A. Manufacturers 1. Only the manufacturers as listed by the City’s Standard Products List will be considered as shown in Section 01 60 00. a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00. B. Description 1. Regulatory Requirements 33 12 25 - 6 CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS Page 6 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised February 6, 2013 a. Tapping Sleeves shall meet or exceed AWWA C223 and the requirements of this Specification. b. All valve components in contact with potable water shall conform to the requirements of NSF 61. C. Tapping Sleeve Materials 1. Body a. Body: Carbon Steel per ASTM A283 Grade C, ASTM A285 Grade C, ASTM A36 Steel or equal b. Finish: fusion bonded epoxy coating to an average 12 mil thickness. Fusion applied per AWWA C213. c. All buried tapping sleeves shall be provided with polyethylene encasement in accordance with AWWA/ANSI C105/A21.5. 1) Polyethylene encasement shall be in accordance with Section 33 11 10. 2. Flange a. Carbon Steel per ASTM A36 in accordance with AWWA C207 and ASME B16.1 Class 125. b. Recessed for tapping valve per MSS SP-60 3. Bolts and Nuts a. Flanged Ends 1) Meet requirements of AWWA C115 or AWWA C207 depending on pipe material. 2) Provide bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 33 11 05. 4. Gaskets a. Provide gaskets in accordance with Section 33 11 05. 5. Test Plug a. ¾-inch NPT carbon steel with square head and fusion bonded epoxy coating 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Verification of Conditions 1. Verify by exploratory excavation, if needed, that existing water main is as depicted in the Drawings and that the location is suitable for a connection to the existing water main. a. Excavate and backfill trench for the exploratory excavation in accordance with 33 05 10. 2. Verify that all equipment and materials are available on–site prior to the shutdown of the existing main. 3. Pipe lines shall be completed, tested and authorized for connection to the existing system in accordance with Section 33 04 40. 33 12 25 - 7 CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS Page 7 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised February 6, 2013 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 INSTALLATION A.General 1. Upon disruption of the existing water main, continue work until the connection is complete and the existing water main is back in service. B.Procedure 1. Expose the proposed connection point in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 2. Dewater the existing water line so the chlorinated water is not unlawfully discharged. 3. Maintain the water that may bleed by existing valves or plugs during installation within the work area to a reasonable level. a.Control the water in such a way that it does not interfere with the proper installation of the connection or create a discharge of chlorinated water. 4. If any discharge of chlorinated water occurs, discharged water shall be de- chlorinated in accordance with Section 33 04 40 5. Cut and remove existing water main in order to make the connection. 6. Verify that the existing pipe line is suitable for the proposed connection. 7. Place trench foundation and bedding in accordance with 33 05 10. 8. In the event that a tapping sleeve and valve is used, the coupon from the existing water main shall be submitted to the City. 9. Prevent embedment, backfill, soil, water or other debris form entering the pipeline. 10. Establish thrust restraint as provided for in the Drawings. 11. Clean and disinfect the pipeline associated with the connection in accordance with Section 33 04 40. 12. Place embedment to the top of the pipe zone. 13. Request that the City Valve Crew re-pressurize the pipeline. 14. Directionally flush the connection in accordance with Section 33 04 40. 15. Request that City Valve Crew open all remaining valves. 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 33 12 25 - 8 CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS Page 8 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised February 6, 2013 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 2.2.C.3 and 4 – Added reference to Section 33 11 05 and removed bolt, nu t and gasket material specification 2/6/2013 D. Townsend 3.4.B.4 Modified to refer to Section 33 04040 33 12 40 - 1 FIRE HYDRANTS Page 1 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised January 3, 2014 SECTION 33 12 40 FIRE HYDRANTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A.Section Includes: 1. Dry-barrel fire hydrants with 51/4-inch main valve for use with potable water mains B.Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C.Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 3. Section 33 05 10 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 4. Section 33 04 40 – Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water Mains 5. Section 33 11 10 – Ductile Iron Pipe 6. Section 33 11 11 – Ductile Iron Fittings 7. Section 33 11 14 – Buried Steel Pipe and Fittings 8. Section 33 12 20 – Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valve 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A.Measurement and Payment 1. Measurement a.Fire Hydrant and Extension 1) Measurement for this item shall be by the each hydrant, complete in place. 2. Payment a.The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit prices bid per each “Fire Hydrant” installed. 3. The price bid shall include: a.Furnishing and installing Fire Hydrants with appurtenances as specified in the Drawings b. Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrant assembly from base to operating nut c.Extension barrel and stem d. Adjusting hydrant to the appropriate height e.Painting f.Pavement Removal g.Excavation h. Freight, loading, unloading and handling i.Disposal of excess material j.Furnish, placement and compaction of embedment k.Furnish, placement and compaction of backfill l.Blocking, Braces and Rest m.Clean up 33 12 40 - 2 FIRE HYDRANTS Page 2 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised January 3, 2014 n. Disinfection o. Testing 1.3 REFERENCES A.Definitions 1. Base: The lateral connection to the fire hydrant lead; also called a shoe B.Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. American Water Works Association (AWWA): a.C502, Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrants b. Manual of Water Supply Practices M17 (AWWA Manual M17) – Installation, Field Testing, and Maintenance of Fire Hydrants 3. NSF International a.61, Drinking Water System Components – Health Effects 4. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) a.1963, Standard for Fire Hose Connections 5. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) a.246, Hydrants for Fire-Protection Service 6. Factory Mutual (FM) a.Class Number 1510, Approval Standard for Fire Hydrant (Dry Barrel Type) for Private Fire Service 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS A.Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. B.All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to construction. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.Product Data 1. Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrant stating: a.Main valve opening size b. Nozzle arrangement and sizes c.Operating nut size d. Operating nut operating direction e.Working pressure rating f.Component assembly and materials g.Coatings and Finishes 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Qualifications 1. Manufacturers a.Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrants shall be the product of 1 manufacturer. 33 12 40 - 3 FIRE HYDRANTS Page 3 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised January 3, 2014 1) Change orders, specials and field changes may be provided by a different manufacturer upon City approval. 2. Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrants shall be in conformance with AWWA C502, UL 246 and FM 1510. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Storage and Handling Requirements 1. Store and handle in accordance with the guidelines as stated in AWWA C502 and AWWA Manual M17. 2. Protect all parts so that no damage or deterioration will occur during a prolonged delay from the time of shipment until installation is completed and the units and equipment are ready for operation. 3. Protect all equipment and parts against any damage during a prolonged period at the site. 4. Protect the finished surfaces of all exposed flanges by wooden blank flanges, strongly built and securely bolted thereto. 5. Protect finished iron or steel surfaces not painted to prevent rust and corrosion. 6. Prevent plastic and similar brittle items from being directly exposed to sunlight or extremes in temperature. 7. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 66 00. 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer Warranty 1. Manufacturer’s Warranty shall be in accordance with Division 1. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, AND MATERIALS A. Manufacturers 1. Only the manufacturers as listed on the City’s Standard Products List will be considered as shown in Section 01 60 00. a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 3. The Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrant shall be new and the product of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacturing of Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrants having similar service and size. B. Description 1. Regulatory Requirements a. Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrant shall meet or exceed the latest revisions of AWWA C502 and shall meet or exceed the requirements of this Specification. 33 12 40 - 4 FIRE HYDRANTS Page 4 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised January 3, 2014 b. All Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrant components in contact with potable water shall conform to the requirements of NSF 61. C. Performance / Design Criteria 1. Capacities a. Rated working pressure of 250 psi or greater 2. Design Criteria a. Operating nut 1) Uniformly tapered square nut measuring: a) 1 inch at the base b) 7/8 inch at the top 2) Open by turning the operating nut to the right (clockwise) a) Provide operating direction clearly marked with an arrow and the word “OPEN”. 3) Provide weather shield with operating nut. b. Main Valve 1) Minimum 51/4-inch opening 2) Compression type a) Opening against pressure b) Closing with pressure c. Nozzles 1) ‘T’ shape, 3 nozzle arrangement 2) Nozzle sizes, threads and configuration in accordance with NFPA 1963 a) Hose nozzles (1) 2 x 21/2-inch (nominal size of connection) (a) 180 degrees apart (b) Thread Designation 2.5-7.5 NH (NFPA 1963) b) Pump nozzle (1) 4-inch (nominal size of connection) (a) Thread Designation 4-4 NH (NFPA 1963) d. Hydrant Barrel Configuration 1) Upper barrel 2) Breakable flange and stem a) To be installed above ground at the connection to the upper barrel 3) Extension barrel (if needed) and lower barrel a) Extension barrel and stem (1) Lengthen in 6-inch increments e. Drain Valve 1) Non-corrodible material 2) Spring operated drain valves are not allowed. D. Function 1. Drain Valve a. Drain fire hydrant barrels when main valve is closed. E. Materials 1. Furnish materials in accordance with AWWA C502. 2. Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrant Assembly a. Internal parts 1) Threads 33 12 40 - 5 FIRE HYDRANTS Page 5 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised January 3, 2014 a)Provide operating thread designed to avoid metal such as iron or steel threads against iron or steel parts. 2) Stem a)Stem Nuts (1) Provide bronze stem nuts. (a) Grades per AWWA C502 b) Where needed, stem shall be grooved and sealed with O-rings. 3. Provide crushed rock for placement around base conforming to Section 33 05 10. F.Finishes 1. Primer Materials a.Furnish primer for Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrants in accordance with AWWA C502. 2. Finish Materials a.Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrant 1) Exterior a)Above grade (1) Furnish exterior coating for above grade Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrant assembly components in accordance with AWWA C502. (2) Coating shall be Flynt Aluminum Paint in Silver. b) Below grade (1) Furnish exterior coating for below grade Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrant assembly components in accordance with AWWA C502. 2) Interior a)Interior coating for Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrants assemblies in accordance with AWWA C502 2.3 ACCESSORIES A.Polyethylene Encasement 1. Provide polyethylene encasement in accordance with Section 33 11 10. B.Embedment 1. Provide crushed rock and filter fabric in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A.Tests and Inspections 1. Testing and inspection of Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrants in accordance with AWWA C502. B.Markings 1. Provide each Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrant marked in accordance with AWWA C502. PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 INSTALLATION A.General 33 12 40 - 6 FIRE HYDRANTS Page 6 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised January 3, 2014 1. Install in accordance with AWWA Manual of Water Supply Practice M17, manufacturer’s recommendations and as shown on the Drawings. 2. Provide vertical installation with braces, rest and blocking in accordance with City Standard Details. 3. Excavate and backfill trenches in accordance with 33 05 10. 4. Embed Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrant assemblies in accordance with 33 05 10. a.At the location of the weep holes, wrap barrel with polyethylene encasement and crushed rock with filter fabric to prevent dirt and debris from entering the fire hydrant. 5. Polyethylene encasement installation shall be in accordance with the applicable portion of Section 33 11 10. 6. Install concrete blocking and rest in accordance with Section 03 30 00 as indicated in the Drawings. 7. A minimum 1/3 cubic yard of crushed rock shall be placed around the base, in accordance with AWWA Manual of Water Supply Practice M17, to allow drain outlets to operate. a.The crushed rock should extend 6 inches above the drain outlets and a minimum of 1 foot on all sides of the fire hydrant base. 8. Fire hydrant lead line shall be installed with a maximum cover of 7 feet. a.Cover is measured from the invert at the fire hydrant base, vertical to ground elevation. b. Fittings may be used along fire lead line to ensure minimum and maximum cover requirements are met. 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD CONTROL A.Field Inspections 1.The Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrant and assembly shall perform as intended with no deformation, leaking or damage of any kind for the pressure ranges indicated. 2. City inspector will issue final inspection notice to City staff. 3. City Field Operations Staff and Fire Department Staff shall have the opportunity to inspect and operate the hydrant, to ensure that the fire hydrant was installed in accordance with AWWA Manual of Water Supply Practice M17. This includes but is not limited to: a.Operation of Nozzles and operating nut are not obstructed. b. Drain valve is not obstructed or plugged 4. Keep fire hydrant wrapped or covered to identify that it is out of service until the water line it’s connected to is put in service. B.Non-Conforming Work 1. If access and operation of the Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrant or its appurtenances do not meet the criteria of the AWWA Manual of Water Supply Practice M17, the Contractor will remedy the situation criteria, at the Contractor’s expense. 33 12 40 - 7 FIRE HYDRANTS Page 7 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised January 3, 2014 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE 3.14 ATTACHMENTS END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 2.2.F.2.a.1).a).(2) Added paint manufacturer specification 2.2.C.2.c Revised pumper nozzle nominal diameter and added NFPA 1963 Thread Designations 11/27/2013 D. Townsend Specification Modified to be in accordance with the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act (P.L. 111-380) – All material s to be lead-free in accordance with this act. Sections modified are 1.1.A.1, 1.9.A.2, and 2.2.E.1 Sections added are 1.3.A.2, 1.3.B.7, 1.6.B.1, 2.2.B.1.c, 2.4.B.2 1/3/2014 D. Townsend H.R. 3588 (P.L. 113-64) signed into law 1/2/2014 waived Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act (P.L. 111-380) requirement for fire hydrant. All previous revisions related to “lead-free” requirement are now deleted including those revisions made 11/27/2013, those being: Sections modified are 1.1.A.1, 1.9.A.2, and 2.2.E.1 Sections added are 1.3.A.2, 1.3.B.7, 1.6.B.1, 2.2.B.1.c, 2.4.B.2 33 31 20 - 1 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE Page 1 of 6 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised September 9, 2022 SECTION 33 31 20 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A.Section Includes: 1.Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) pipe 4-inch through 48-inch for gravity sanitary sewer applications B.Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1.None. C.Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1.Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2.Division 1 – General Requirements 3.Section 33 01 30 – Sewer and Manhole Testing 4.Section 33 01 31 – Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection 5.Section 33 05 10 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 6.Section 33 05 26 – Utility Markers/Locators 7.Section 33 31 50 – Sanitary Sewer Service Connections and Service Line 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A.Measurement and Payment 1.Measurement a.Measured horizontally along the surface from center line to center line of the manhole or appurtenance 2.Payment a.The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot of “PVC Pipe” installed for: 1)Various sizes 2)Various Standard Dimension Ratios 3)Various embedments 4)Various depths, for miscellaneous projects only 3.The price bid shall include: a.Furnishing and installing PVC gravity pipe with joints as specified by the Drawings b.Pavement removal c. Excavation d.Hauling e.Disposal of excess material f.Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment g.Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 33 31 20 - 2 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE Page 2 of 6 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised September 9, 2022 h.Trench water stops i.Clean-up j.Cleaning k.Testing 1.3 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards 1.Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2.American Association of State Highway and Transportation (AASHTO). 3.ASTM International (ASTM): a.D1784, Standard Specification for Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds. b. D2412, Standard Test Method for Determination of External Loading Characteristics of Plastic Pipe by Parallel-Plate Loading. c.D3034, Standard Specification for Type PSM Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. d.D3212, Standard Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. e.F679, Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Large-Diameter Plastic Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings. 4.Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ): a.Title 30, Part I, Chapter 217, Subchapter C, Rule 217.53 – Pipe Design. b.Title 30, Part I, Chapter 217, Subchapter C, Rule 217.54 – Criteria for Laying Pipe. c.Title 30, Part I, Chapter 217, Subchapter C, Rule 217.57 – Testing Requirements for Installation of Gravity Collection System Pipes. 5.Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL). 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS A.Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. B.All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.Product Data 1.Product data sheet 2. Manufacturer 3.Nominal pipe diameter 4.Standard dimension ratio (SDR) 5.Cell classification 6.Laying lengths B.Certificates 33 31 20 - 3 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE Page 3 of 6 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised September 9, 2022 1.Furnish an affidavit certifying that all PVC Gravity Pipe meets the provisions of this Section and has been air and deflection tested and meets the requirements of ASTM D3034 and ASTM F679. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Qualifications 1.Manufacturers a.Finished pipe shall be the product of 1 manufacturer for each size per project, unless otherwise approved by the City. 1)Change orders, specials and field changes may be provided by a different manufacturer upon City approval. b.Pipe manufacturing operations shall be performed under the control of the manufacturer. c.All pipe furnished shall be in conformance with ASTM D3034 (4-inch through 15-inch) and ASTM F679 (18-inch through 48-inch). 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Storage and Handling Requirements 1.Gravity pipe shall be stored and handled in accordance with the manufacturer’s guidelines. 2.Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 66 00. 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS A. Manufacturers 1.Only the manufacturers as listed in the City’s Standard Products List will be considered as shown in Section 01 60 00. a.The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 2.Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00. B.Performance / Design Criteria 1.Pipe a.Meet all requirements of TCEQ. b.Design in accordance with ASTM D3034 for 4-inch through 15-inch SDR 26 and ASTM F679 for 18-inch through 48-inch 115PS. c.PVC Gravity Sanitary Sewer Pipe shall be verified by the UL. 33 31 20 - 4 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE Page 4 of 6 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised September 9, 2022 d.Assume a standard lay length of 14 feet and 20 feet except for special fittings or closure pieces necessary to comply with the Drawings. e.Use green coloring for ground identification as sanitary sewer pipe. f.PVC meeting the requirements of ASTM D1784, with a cell classification of 12454 or 12364 g.Deflection Design 1)Base pipe design on pipe stiffness, soil stiffness and load on the pipe. 2)Design pipe according to the Modified Iowa Formula as detailed by the Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association in the Handbook of PVC Pipe, using the following parameters: a)Unit Weight of Fill (w) = 130 pounds per cubic foot b)Live Load = AASHTO HS 20 c)Trench Depth = 12 feet minimum, or as indicated in Drawings d)Maximum (E’) = 1,000 max e)Deflection Lag Factor (DL) = 1.0 f)Bedding Factor constant (K) = 0.1 g)Mean radius of the pipe (r), inches, as indicated in Drawings h)Marston’s load per unit length (W), pounds per inch, calculate per Drawings i)PVC modulus of elasticity (E) = 400,000 psi j)Moment of inertia of pipe wall per unit length, (I) = t3/12, (in4/in), per pipe type and size (1)Where (t) = pipe thickness, inches k)Maximum Calculated Deflection = 5 percent h.Pipe Flotation: If the pipe is buried in common saturated soil (about 120 pounds per cubic foot) with at least 1½ pipe diameters of cover, pipe is generally not subject to flotation. If shallower, check groundwater flotation potential. Flotation will occur if: Fb > Wp + Wf + Wd Where: Fb = buoyant force, pound per foot Wp = empty pipe weight, pound per foot Wf = weight of flooded soil, pound per foot Wd = weight of dry soil, pound per foot Values and formulas for the above variables can be obtained from the pipe manufacturer and site-specific soil conditions. i.Verify trench depths after existing utilities are located. j.Accommodate vertical alignment changes required because of existing utility or other conflicts by an appropriate change in pipe design depth. k.In no case shall pipe be installed deeper than its design allows. 2.Minimum pipe stiffness of 46 psi at 5 percent deflection when test in accordance with ASTM D2412. 3.Pipe markings a.Meet the minimum requirements of ASTM D3034 and ASTM F679. b.Minimum pipe markings shall be as follows: 1)Manufacturer’s Name or Trademark and production record 2)Nominal pipe size 33 31 20 - 5 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE Page 5 of 6 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised September 9, 2022 3)PVC cell classification 4)ASTM or Standard Dimension Ratio (SDR) designation 5)Seal of testing agency that verified the suitability of the pipe 4.Joints a.Joints shall be gasket, bell and spigot, push-on type conforming to ASTM D3212. b.Since each pipe manufacturer has a different design for push-on joints; gaskets shall be part of a complete pipe section and purchased as such. 5. Connections a.Only use manufactured fittings. b.See Section 33 31 50. 6.Detectable Metallic Tape a.See Section 33 05 26. 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 INSTALLATION A. General 1.Install pipe, specials and appurtenances as specified herein, as specified in Section 33 05 10, and in accordance with the pipe manufacturer’s recommendations. 2.Lay pipe to the lines and grades as indicated in the Drawings. 3.Excavate and backfill trenches in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 4.Embed PVC pipe in accordance with Section 33 05 10. B.Pipe Handling 1.Haul and distribute pipe and fittings at the project site. 2.Handle piping with care to avoid damage. a.Inspect each joint of pipe and reject or repair any damaged pipe prior to lowering into the trench. b.Use only nylon ropes, slings or other lifting devices that will not damage the surface of the pipe for handling the pipe. 3.At the close of each operating day: a.Keep the pipe clean and free of debris, dirt, animals and trash – during and after the laying operation. b.Effectively seal the open end of the pipe using a gasketed night cap. C.Pipe Joint Installation a.Clean dirt and foreign material from the gasketed socket and the spigot end. 33 31 20 - 6 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE Page 6 of 6 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised September 9, 2022 b.Assemble pipe joint by sliding the lubricated spigot end into the gasketed bell end to the reference mark. c.Install such that identification marking on each joint are oriented upward toward the trench opening. d.When making connection to manhole, use an elastomeric seal or flexible boot to facilitate a seal. D.Connection Installation 1.See Section 33 31 50. E.Detectable Metallic Tape Installation 1.See Section 33 05 26. 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL A.Field Tests and Inspections 1.Video Inspection a.Provide a Post-CCTV inspection in accordance with Section 33 01 31. 2.Air Test and Deflection (Mandrel) Test a.Perform in accordance with Section 33 01 30. 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 6/18/13 D. Johnson 2.2.B.1.b – Pipe Material Clarification 9/9/2022 W Norwood 1.1 A. 1., 1.9 A. 1. C., and 2.2 B. 1. B. Revised upper range to 48-inch for gravity sewer 2.2 B. 1. C. Revised from “approved” to “verified by UL 33 31 50 - 1 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE Page 1 of 10 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised April 26, 2013 SECTION 33 31 50 1 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A.Section Includes:5 1.Sanitary sewer service connection, service line and 2-way cleanout from the main6 to the right-of-way, as shown on the Drawings, directed by the Engineer and7 specified herein for:8 a.New Service9 b.New Service (Bored)10 c.Private Service Relocation11 d.Service Reinstatement12 B.Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification13 1.None.14 C.Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:15 1.Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract16 2.Division 1 – General Requirements17 3.Section 33 05 10 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill18 4.Section 33 11 10 – Ductile Iron Pipe19 5.Section 33 11 11 – Ductile Iron Fittings20 6.Section 33 31 20 – Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Gravity Sanitary Sewer Pipe21 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 22 A.Measurement and Payment [Items in this Section are intended to be combined for23 specific project situations. For example - Items 1, 2 or 3 should be used alone for a24 previously unserviced lot. Items 1, 2 or 3 should be used in conjunction with Item 5 for25 a service relocate where the new service is 5 feet or less from the existing service.26 Items 1 or 2 should be combined with Items 4 and 5 for a service relocate where the27 service is being moved more than 5 feet from the existing service.]28 1.New Sewer Service29 a.Measurement30 1)Measurement for this Item shall be per each “Sewer Service” complete in31 place.32 b.Payment33 1)The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item34 will be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Sewer Service” installed for:35 a)Various sizes36 c.The price bid shall include:37 1)Furnishing and installing New Sanitary Sewer Service Line as specified by38 the Drawings39 2)Pavement removal40 3)Excavation41 33 31 50 - 2 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE Page 2 of 10 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised April 26, 2013 4)Hauling1 5)Disposal of excess material2 6)Tee connection to main3 7)Fittings4 8)2-way cleanout and cap with concrete pad5 9)Surface restoration, excluding grass (seeding, sodding or hydro-mulch paid6 separately)7 10)Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment8 11)Furnishing, placing and compaction of backfill9 12)Clean-up10 2.New Ductile Iron Sewer Service11 a.Measurement12 1)Measurement for this Item shall be per each Ductile Iron Sewer Service13 complete in place.14 b.Payment15 1)The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item16 will be paid for at the unit price bid per each “DIP Sewer Service” installed17 for:18 a)Various sizes19 c.The price bid shall include:20 1)Furnishing and installing New DIP Sanitary Sewer Service Line as21 specified by the Drawings22 2)Pavement removal23 3)Excavation24 4)Hauling25 5)Disposal of excess material26 6)Tee connection to main27 7)Fittings28 8)2-way cleanout and cap with concrete pad29 9)Surface restoration, excluding grass (seeding, sodding or hydro-mulch paid30 separately)31 10)Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment32 11)Furnishing, placing and compaction of backfill33 12)Clean-up34 3.New Bored Sewer Service35 a.Measurement36 1)Measurement for this Item shall be per each Bored Sewer Service complete37 in place.38 b.Payment39 1)The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item40 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit41 price bid per each “Bored Sewer Service” installed for:42 a)Various sizes43 b)Various materials44 c.The price shall include:45 1)Furnishing and installing New Sanitary Sewer Service Line as specified by46 the Drawings47 2)Pavement removal48 3)Excavation49 33 31 50 - 3 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE Page 3 of 10 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised April 26, 2013 4)Hauling1 5)Disposal of excess material2 6)Tee connection to main3 7)Service Line4 8)Fittings5 9)2-way cleanout and cap with concrete pad6 10)Surface restoration surrounding 2-way cleanout7 11)Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment and backfill8 12)Clean-up9 4.Private Service Relocation10 a.Measurement11 1)Measured horizontally along the surface from center line to center line of12 the fitting, manhole or appurtenance13 b.Payment14 1)The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this15 Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the16 unit price bid per linear foot for “Private Sewer Service” installed for:17 a)Various sizes18 b)Various materials19 c.The price shall include:20 1)Obtaining appropriate Permit21 2)Obtaining Right of Entry22 3)Performing relocation as specified in the Drawings23 4)Excavation24 5)Hauling25 6)Disposal of excess material26 7)Service Line - private side by plumber27 8)Fittings28 9)Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment29 10)Furnishing, placing and compaction of backfill30 11)Clean-up – surface restoration, excluding grass (seeding, sodding or hydro-31 mulch paid separately)32 5.Sewer Service Reconnection33 a.Measurement34 1)Measurement for this Item shall be per each “Sewer Service Reconnection”35 complete in place from public service line connection to private service line36 connection.37 b.Payment38 1)The work performed in conjunction with the relocation of a sewer service,39 associated with private service line, fittings and cleanout 5 feet or less in40 any direction from the centerline of the existing service line and the41 materials furnished in accordance with this Item will be paid for at the unit42 price per each “Sewer Service, Reconnection” performed for:43 a)Various service sizes44 c.The price bid shall include:45 1)Private service line46 2)Fittings47 3)Private connection to sewer service48 4)Pavement removal49 33 31 50 - 4 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE Page 4 of 10 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised April 26, 2013 5)Excavation1 6)Hauling2 7)Disposal of excess material3 8)Surface restoration, excluding grass (seeding, sodding or hydro-mulch paid4 separately)5 9) 6 10) 7 11)Clean-up8 6.2-way Cleanout9 a.Measurement10 1)Measurement for this Item shall be per each when only a “2-way Cleanout”11 is installed.12 b.Payment13 1)The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this14 Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “2-way Cleanout”15 installed for:16 a)Various sizes17 b)Various materials18 c.The price bid shall include:19 1)Furnishing and installing the 2-way Cleanout and cap as specified in the20 Drawings21 2)Pavement removal22 3)Concrete pad23 4)Surface restoration, excluding grass (seeding, sodding or hydro-mulch paid24 separately)25 5)Hauling26 6)Disposal of excess material27 7)Furnishing, placing and compaction of backfill28 8)Clean-up29 7.Service Reinstatement30 a.Measurement31 1)Measurement for this Item shall be per each Reinstatement of Service32 associated with the sewer main being rehabilitated by a trenchless method.33 b.Payment34 1)The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item35 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit36 price bid per each “Sewer Service, Reinstatement” for:37 a)Various sizes38 c.The price bid shall include:39 1)Tap to existing main (if required)40 2)Pavement removal41 3)Excavation42 4)Hauling43 5)Disposal of excess material44 6)Tee connection to main45 7)Service line (if required)46 8)Fittings47 9)Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment and backfill48 33 31 50 - 5 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE Page 5 of 10 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised April 26, 2013 10)Clean-up – surface restoration, excluding grass (seeding, sodding or hydro-1 mulch paid separately)references2 B.Definitions3 1.New Service4 a.New service applies to the installation of a service with connection to a new or5 existing sewer main.6 b.The service materials would include service line, fittings and cleanout.7 2.Bored Service8 a.Bored service applies to the installation of a service with connection to a new or9 existing sewer main including a bore under an existing road.10 b.The service materials would include service line, fittings and cleanout.11 3.Private Service Relocation12 a.Private service relocation applies to the replacement of the existing sewer13 service line on private property typically associated with the relocation of the14 existing main.15 b.Typical main relocation will be from a rear lot easement or alley to the street.16 4.Service Reinstatement17 a.Service reinstatement applies to the reconnection of an existing service to an18 existing main that has been rehabilitated by trenchless methods such as pipe19 enlargement (pipe bursting), slip lining or CIPP.20 C.Reference Standards21 1.Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference22 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this23 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited.24 2.ASTM International (ASTM):25 a.ASTM D3034 Standard Specification for Type PSM Poly (Vinyl Chloride)26 (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings27 b.ASTM D1785 Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic28 Pipe, Schedules 40, 80 and 120.29 c.ASTM D2321 Standard Practice for Underground Installation of Thermoplastic30 Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity-Flow Applications31 d.ASTM D2412 Standard Test Method for Determination of External Loading32 Characteristics of Plastic Pipe by Parallel-Plate Loading33 e.ASTM D3212 Standard Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic34 Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals35 3.Texas Commission on Environmental Quality36 a.Title 30, Part I, Chapter 217, Subchapter C, Rule 217.54 – Criteria for Laying37 Pipe and Rule38 b.Title 30, Part I, Chapter 217, Subchapter C, 217.55 – Manholes and Related39 Structures40 1.3 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 41 A.Scheduling42 1.Provide advance notice for service interruption to property owner and meet43 requirements of Division 0.44 33 31 50 - 6 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE Page 6 of 10 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised April 26, 2013 1.4 SUBMITTALS 1 A.Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00.2 B.All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery.3 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 4 A.Product data shall include, if applicable:5 1.Tee connection or saddle6 2.Fittings (including type of cleanout)7 3.Service line8 B.Certificates9 1.Furnish an affidavit certifying that service line and fittings meet the provisions of10 this Section.11 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 12 1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 13 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 14 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 15 A.Storage and Handling Requirements16 1.Gravity pipe shall be stored and handled in accordance with the manufacturer’s17 guidelines.18 2.Protect all parts such that no damage or deterioration will occur during a prolonged19 delay from the time of shipment until installation is completed and the units and20 equipment are ready for operation.21 3.Protect all equipment and parts against any damage during a prolonged period at the22 site.23 4.Prevent plastic and similar brittle items from being directly exposed to sunlight or24 extremes in temperature.25 5.Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 0126 66 00.27 1.10 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 28 1.11 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 29 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 30 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [NOT USED] 31 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, MATERIALS 32 A.Manufacturers33 1.Only the manufacturers as listed on the City’s Standard Products List will be34 considered as shown in Section 01 60 00.35 a.The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections.36 33 31 50 - 7 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE Page 7 of 10 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised April 26, 2013 2.Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a 1 substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 2 3.The services and appurtenances shall be new and the product of a manufacturer3 regularly engaged in the manufacturing of services and appurtenances having4 similar service and size.5 B.Materials/Design Criteria6 1.Service Line and Fittings (including tee connections)7 a.PVC pipe and fittings on public property shall be in accordance with Section 338 31 20.9 b.PVC pipe and fittings on private property shall be Schedule 40 in accordance10 with ASTM D1785.11 c.Ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be coated with ceramic epoxy in accordance12 with Section 33 11 10 and Section 33 11 11.13 2.Service saddle14 a.Service saddles shall only be allowed when connecting a new service to an15 existing sanitary sewer main and shall:16 1)Be a 1-piece prefabricated saddle, either polyethylene or PVC, with17 neoprene gasket for seal against main18 2)Use saddle to fit outside diameter of main19 3)Use saddle with grooves to retain band clamps20 4)Use at least 2 stainless steel band clamps for securing saddles to the main21 b.Inserta tees service connections may not be used.22 3.Cleanout23 a.Cleanout stack material should be in accordance with City Standard Details or24 as shown on Drawings.25 b.For paved areas, provide a cast iron cleanout and cast iron lid.26 c.For unpaved areas, provide PVC cleanout and polyethylene lid.27 4.Coupling28 a.For connections between new PVC pipe stub out and existing service line, use29 rubber sleeve couplings with stainless steel double-band repair sleeves to30 connect to the line.31 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 32 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 33 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 34 3.1 INSTALLERS 35 A.A licensed plumber is required for installations of the service line on private property.36 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 37 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 38 3.4 INSTALLATION 39 A.General40 33 31 50 - 8 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE Page 8 of 10 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised April 26, 2013 1.Install service line, fittings and cleanout as specified herein, as specified in Section 1 33 05 10 and in accordance with the pipe manufacturer’s recommendations. 2 B.Handling3 1.Haul and distribute service lines, fittings and cleanouts at the project site and handle4 with care to avoid damage.5 a.Inspect each segment of service line and reject or repair any damaged pipe6 prior to lowering into the trench.7 2.Do not handle the pipe in such a way that will damage the pipe.8 C.Service Line9 1.Lay service line at a minimum grade of 2 percent, as shown on City Standard10 details, or at lines and grades as indicated in the Drawings.11 2.If service line is installed by bore as an alternative to open cut, the cost associated12 with open cut installation, such as pavement removal, trenching, embedment and13 backfill and pavement patch will not be included as part of the bore installation.14 3.Excavate and backfill trenches in accordance with 33 05 10.15 4.Embed PVC Pipe in accordance with 33 05 10.16 D.Cleanout17 1.Install out of traffic areas such as driveways, streets and sidewalks whenever18 possible.19 a.When not possible, install cast iron cleanout stack and cap.20 2.Install 2-way cleanout in non-paved areas in accordance with City Standard Details.21 3.Install 2-way cleanout in paved areas in accordance with City Standard Details.22 E.Service line connection to main23 1.New service on new or replacement main24 a.Determine location of service connections before main installation so the25 service fittings can be installed during main installation.26 b.Connect service line to main with a molded or fabricated tee fitting.27 2.Reconnection to main after pipe enlargement28 a.Tapping the existing main and installing a strap on tee connection may be used.29 b.Allow the new main to recover from imposed stretch before tapping and service30 installation.31 1)Follow manufacturer’s recommendation for the length of time needed.32 c.Tap main at 45 degree angle to horizontal when possible.33 1)Avoid tapping the top of main.34 d.Extend service line from main to property line or easement line before35 connecting to the existing service line.36 3.New service on existing main37 a.Connect service line to main with a molded or fabricated tee fitting if possible.38 b.Tapping the existing main and installing a strap on tee connection may be used.39 F.Private Service Relocation40 1.Requirements for the relocation of service line on private property41 a.A licensed plumber must be used to install service line on private property.42 b.Obtain permit from the Development Department for work on private property.43 c.Pay for any inspection or permit fees associated with work on private property.44 33 31 50 - 9 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE Page 9 of 10 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised April 26, 2013 d.Verify (by Exploratory Excavation of Existing Utilities) the elevations at the 1 building cleanout and compare to data on the Drawings before beginning 2 service installation. 3 e.Submit elevation information to the City inspector.4 f.Verify that the 2 percent slope installation requirement can be met.5 1)If the 2 percent slope cannot be met, verify with the Engineer that line may6 be installed at the lesser slope.7 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 8 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION 9 A.Service Relocation10 1.All relocations that are not installed as designed or fail to meet the City code shall11 be reinstalled at the Contractor’s expense.12 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 13 A.Inspections14 1.Private property service line requires approval by the City plumbing inspector15 before final acceptance.16 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 17 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 18 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 19 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 20 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 21 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 22 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 23 END OF SECTION 24 25 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson Throughout – Deep Sewer Service was removed 1.2 – Measurement and Payment Items were revised to include relocation and reconnection; Blue text was added for guidance in applying the bid Items; Price bid lists revised to include clean-out caps, pads and surface restoration. 2/13/2013 F. Griffin Added the phrase ‘, including grass’ to lines; Part 1, 1.2.A.1.c.9, Part1, 1.2.A.2.c.9, Part 1,1.2.A.5.c.8, Part1, 1.2.A.6.c.4 Added the phrase ‘- surface restoration, including grass’ to lines; Part 1, 1.2.A.4.c.11, Part 1, 1.2.A.7.10 Removed the phrase ‘surrounding 2-way cleanout’ from lines; 33 31 50 - 10 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE Page 10 of 10 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised April 26, 2013 Part 1, 1.2.A.1.c.9, Part 1, 1.2.A.2.c.9, Part 1, 1.2.A.6.c.4 4/26/2013 F. Griffin Revised lines with ‘including grass’ replacing with ‘excluding grass (seeding, sodding or hydromulching paid separately)’ Included in Part 1, 1.2, A, 1, c, 9; Part 1, 1.2, A, 2, c, 9; Part 1, 1.2, A, 4, c, 11; Part 1, 1.2, A, 5, c, 8; Part 1, 1.2, A, 6, c, 4; Part 1, 1.2, A, 7, c, 10 1 33 39 10 - 1 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 1 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised December 13, 2024 SECTION 33 39 10 1 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLE 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A.Section Includes:5 1.Sanitary Sewer Cast-in-Place Concrete Manholes6 B.Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification7 1.None.8 C.Related Specification Sections include but are not necessarily limited to:9 1.Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the10 Contract11 2.Division 1 – General Requirements12 3.Section 03 30 00 – Cast-In-Place Concrete13 4.Section 03 80 00 – Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures14 5.Section 33 01 30 – Sewer and Manhole Testing15 6.Section 33 05 13 – Frame, Cover, and Grade Rings16 7.Section 33 39 60 – Epoxy Liners for Sanitary Sewer Structures17 8.Section 33 05 10 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill18 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 19 A.Measurement and Payment20 1.Manhole21 a.Measurement22 1)Measurement for this Item shall be per each.23 b.Payment24 1)The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this25 Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Manhole” installed for:26 a)Various sizes27 b)Various types28 c.The price bid will include:29 1)Manhole structure complete in place30 2)Excavation31 3)Forms32 4)Concrete33 5)Backfill (except where import CSS/CLSM is required around34 manhole/junction box in construction drawings)35 6)Foundation36 7)Drop pipe37 8)Stubs38 9)Frame39 10)Cover40 11)Grade rings41 33 39 10 - 2 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 2 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised December 13, 2024 12) Pipe connections 1 13) Pavement removal 2 14) Hauling 3 15) Disposal of excess material 4 16) Placement and compaction of backfill 5 17) Clean-up 6 2. Extra Depth Manhole 7 a. Measurement 8 1) Measurement for added depth beyond 6 feet will be per vertical foot, 9 measured to the nearest 1/10 foot. 10 b. Payment 11 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 12 Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the 13 unit price bid per vertical foot for “Extra Depth Manhole” specified for: 14 a) Various sizes 15 c. The price bid will include: 16 1) Manhole structure complete in place 17 2) Excavation 18 3) Forms 19 4) Reinforcing steel (if required) 20 5) Concrete 21 6) Backfill 22 7) Foundation 23 8) Drop pipe 24 9) Stubs 25 10) Frame 26 11) Cover 27 12) Grade rings 28 13) Pipe connections 29 14) Pavement removal 30 15) Hauling 31 16) Disposal of excess material 32 17) Placement and compaction of backfill 33 18) Clean-up 34 3. Sanitary Sewer Junction Structure 35 a. Measurement 36 1) Measurement for this Item will be per each Sewer Junction Structure being 37 installed. 38 b. Payment 39 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 40 and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 41 lump sum bid per each “Sewer Junction Structure” location. 42 c. Price bid will include: 43 1) Junction Structure complete in place 44 2) Excavation 45 3) Forms 46 4) Reinforcing steel (if required) 47 5) Concrete 48 6) Backfill 49 33 39 10 - 3 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 3 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised December 13, 2024 7) Foundation 1 8) Drop pipe 2 9) Stubs 3 10) Frame 4 11) Cover 5 12) Grade rings 6 13) Pipe connections 7 14) Pavement removal 8 15) Hauling 9 16) Disposal of excess material 10 17) Placement and compaction of backfill 11 18) Clean-up 12 4. Imported Embedment/Backfill - CSS/CLSM 13 a. Measurement 14 1) Measured by the cubic yard as delivered to the site and recorded by truck 15 ticket provided to the City 16 b. Payment 17 1) Imported CSS/CLSM backfill around manholes/junction boxes shall be 18 paid when the following conditions exist: 19 a) When depths are 15 feet and greater/under existing or future pavement 20 b) When working in redevelopment areas where work is required in 21 constrained spaces 22 c) When required in the Construction Drawings 23 24 The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 25 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 26 price bid per cubic yard of “Imported Embedment/Backfill, CSS” or 27 “Imported Embedment/Backfill, CLSM” for material placed in areas 28 around manholes/junction boxes. 29 30 1.3 REFERENCES 31 A. Definitions 32 1. Manhole Type 33 a. Standard Manhole (See City Standard Details) 34 1) Greater than 4 feet deep up to 6 feet deep 35 b. Standard Drop Manhole (See City Standard Details) 36 1) Same as Standard Manhole with external drop connection (s) 37 c. Type “A” Manhole (See City Standard Details) 38 1) Manhole set on a reinforced concrete block placed around 39-inch and 39 larger sewer pipe 40 d. Shallow Manhole (See City Standard Details) 41 1) Less than 4 feet deep with formed invert for sewer pipe diameters smaller 42 than 39-inch 43 2. Manhole Size 44 a. 4 foot diameter 45 1) Used with pipe ranging from 8-inch to 15-inch 46 b. 5 foot diameter 47 1) Used with pipe ranging from 18-inch to 36-inch 48 33 39 10 - 4 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 4 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised December 13, 2024 c. See specific manhole design on Drawings for pipes larger than 36-inch. 1 B. Reference Standards 2 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 3 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 4 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 5 2. ASTM International (ASTM): 6 a. D4258, Standard Practice for Surface Cleaning Concrete for Coating. 7 b. D4259, Standard Practice for Preparation if Concrete Abrasion Prior to Coating 8 Application. 9 c. ASTM D8530/D8530M Standard Guide for the Selection and Use of 10 Waterstops 11 3. OSHA 12 a. Occupational Safety and Health Administration CFR 29, Part 1926-Safety 13 Regulations for Construction, Subpart P - Excavations 14 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 15 1.5 SUBMITTALS 16 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 17 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 18 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 19 A. Product Data 20 1. Drop connection materials 21 2. Pipe connections at manhole walls 22 3. Stubs and stub plugs 23 4. Admixtures 24 5. Concrete Mix Design 25 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 26 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 27 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 28 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 29 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 30 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 31 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 32 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 33 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, MATERIALS 34 A. Manufacturers 35 33 39 10 - 5 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 5 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised December 13, 2024 1. Only the manufacturers as listed on the City’s Standard Products List will be 1 considered as shown in Section 01 60 00. 2 a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 3 2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a 4 substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 5 B. Materials 6 1. Concrete – Conform to Section 03 30 00. 7 2. Reinforcing Steel – Conform to Section 03 21 00. 8 3. Frame and Cover – Conform to Section 33 05 13. 9 4. Grade Ring – Conform to Section 33 05 13. 10 5. Backfill – CSS/CLSM (when required in construction Drawings) – Conform to 11 Section 33 05 10. 12 6. Pipe Connections 13 a. Pipe connections can be premolded pipe adapter, flexible locked-in boot 14 adapter, or integrally cast gasket channel and gasket. 15 7. Interior Coating or Liner – Conform to Section 33 39 60, if required. 16 8. Exterior Coating 17 a. Use Coal Tar Bitumastic for below grade damp proofing. 18 b. Dry film thickness shall be no less than12 mils and no greater than 30 mils. 19 c. Solids content is 68 percent by volume ± 2 percent. 20 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 21 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 22 PART 3 - EXECUTION 23 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 24 3.2 EXAMINATION 25 A. Evaluation and Assessment 26 1. Verify lines and grades are in accordance to the Drawings. 27 3.3 PREPARATION 28 A. Foundation Preparation 29 1. Excavate 8 inches below manhole foundation. 30 2. Replace excavated soil with course aggregate, creating a stable base for the 31 manhole construction. 32 a. If soil conditions or ground water prevent use of course aggregate base a 2-inch 33 mud slab may be substituted. 34 3.4 INSTALLATION 35 A. Manhole 36 1. Construct manhole to dimensions shown on Drawings. 37 2. Cast manhole foundation and wall monolithically. 38 33 39 10 - 6 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 6 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised December 13, 2024 a. A cold joint with water stop per ASTM D8530/D8530M is allowed when the 1 manhole depth exceeds 12 feet. 2 b. No other joints are allowed unless shown on Drawings. 3 3. Place, finish and cure concrete according to Section 03 30 00. 4 a. Manholes must cure 3 days before backfilling around structure. 5 B. Pipe connection at Manhole 6 1. Do not construct joints of sewer pipe within wall sections of manhole. 7 C. Invert 8 1. Construct invert channels to provide a smooth waterway with no disruption of flow 9 at pipe-manhole connections. 10 2. For direction changes of mains, construct channels tangent to mains with maximum 11 possible radius of curvature. 12 a. Provide curves for side inlets. 13 3. Sewer pipe may be laid through the manhole and the top ½ of the pipe removed to 14 facilitate manhole construction. 15 4. For all standard manholes provide full depth invert. 16 5. For example, if 8-inch pipe is connected to manhole, construct the invert to full 8 17 inches in depth. 18 D. Drop Manhole Connection 19 1. Install drop connection when sewer line enters manhole higher than 24 inches 20 above the invert. 21 E. Final Rim Elevation 22 1. Install concrete grade rings for height adjustment. 23 a. Construct grade ring on load bearing shoulder of manhole. 24 b. Use sealant between rings as shown on Drawings. 25 2. Set frame on top of manhole or grade rings using continuous water sealant. 26 3. Remove debris, stones and dirt to ensure a watertight seal. 27 4. Do not use steel shims, wood, stones or other unspecified material to obtain the 28 final surface elevation of the manhole frame. 29 F. Internal coating 30 1. Internal coating application will conform to Section 33 39 60, if required by 31 Drawings. 32 G. External coating 33 1. Remove dirt, dust, oil and other contaminants that could interfere with adhesion of 34 the coating. 35 2. Cure for 3 days before backfilling around structure. 36 3. Coat the same date the forms are removed. 37 4. Prepare surface in accordance with ASTM D4258 and ASTM D4259. 38 5. Application will follow manufacturer’s recommendation. 39 H. Modifications and Pipe Penetrations 40 1. Conform to Section 03 80 00. 41 I. Junction Structures 42 33 39 10 - 7 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 7 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised December 13, 2024 1. All structures shall be installed as specified in Drawings. 1 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 2 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 4 A. Field Tests and Inspections 5 1. Perform vacuum test in accordance with Section 33 01 30. 6 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 7 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 8 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 9 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 10 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 11 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 12 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 13 END OF SECTION 14 15 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.2.A.1.c. – reinforcing steel removed from items to be included in price bid 12/13/2024 M Owen 1.1 C. – Referenced 33 05 10 1.3. B. – Updated reference standards 1.2 A. – Revised to add pay item when imported CSS/SLSM is required in Construction Drawings 2.2 B. – Referenced 33 05 10 for import CSS/CLSM material if required in Construction Drawings 3.4 A.2.a. – Clarified ASTM reference 16 33 39 20 - 1 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 1 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised December 13, 2024 SECTION 33 39 20 1 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Sanitary Sewer, Water Appurtenance, or Reclaimed Water Appurtenance Precast 6 Concrete Manholes 7 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 8 1. None. 9 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 10 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11 Contract 12 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 13 3. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete 14 4. Section 03 80 00 – Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures 15 5. Section 33 01 30 – Sewer and Manhole Testing 16 6. Section 33 05 13 – Frame, Cover, and Grade Rings 17 7. Section 33 39 60 – Epoxy Liners for Sanitary Sewer Structures 18 8. Section 33 05 10 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 19 20 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 21 A. Measurement and Payment 22 1. Manhole 23 a. Measurement 24 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each concrete manhole installed. 25 b. Payment 26 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 27 Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Manhole” installed for: 28 a) Various sizes 29 b) Various types 30 c. The price bid will include: 31 1) Manhole structure complete in place 32 2) Excavation 33 3) Forms 34 4) Reinforcing steel (if required) 35 5) Concrete 36 6) Backfill (except where imported CSS/CLSM is required around manhole in 37 construction drawings) 38 7) Foundation 39 8) Drop pipe 40 33 39 20 - 2 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 2 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised December 13, 2024 9) Stubs 1 10) Frame 2 11) Cover 3 12) Grade rings 4 13) Pipe connections 5 14) Pavement removal 6 15) Hauling 7 16) Disposal of excess material 8 17) Placement and compaction of backfill 9 18) Clean-up 10 2. Extra Depth Manhole 11 a. Measurement 12 1) Measurement for added depth beyond 6 feet will be per vertical foot, 13 measured to the nearest 1/10 foot. 14 b. Payment 15 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 16 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 17 price bid per vertical foot for “Extra Depth Manhole” specified for: 18 a) Various sizes 19 c. The price bid will include: 20 1) Manhole structure complete in place 21 2) Excavation 22 3) Forms 23 4) Reinforcing steel (if required) 24 5) Concrete 25 6) Backfill 26 7) Foundation 27 8) Drop pipe 28 9) Stubs 29 10) Frame 30 11) Cover 31 12) Grade rings 32 13) Pipe connections 33 14) Pavement removal 34 15) Hauling 35 16) Disposal of excess material 36 17) Placement and compaction of backfill 37 18) Clean-up 38 3. Imported Embedment/Backfill - CSS/CLSM 39 a. Measurement 40 1) Measured by the cubic yard as delivered to the site and recorded by truck 41 ticket provided to the City 42 b. Payment 43 1) Imported CSS/CLSM backfill around manholes/junction boxes shall be 44 paid when the following conditions exist: 45 a) When depths are 15 feet and greater/under existing or future pavement 46 b) When working in redevelopment areas where work is required in 47 constrained spaces 48 c) When required in the Construction Drawings 49 33 39 20 - 3 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 3 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised December 13, 2024 1 The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 2 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 3 price bid per cubic yard of “Imported Embedment/Backfill, CSS” or 4 “Imported Embedment/Backfill, CLSM” for material placed in areas 5 around manholes/junction boxes. 6 7 1.3 REFERENCES 8 A. Definitions 9 1. Manhole Type 10 a. Standard Manhole (See City Standard Details) 11 1) Greater than 4 feet deep up to 6 feet deep 12 b. Standard Drop Manhole (See City Standard Details) 13 1) Same as Standard Manhole with external drop connection(s) 14 c. Type “A” Manhole (See City Standard Details) 15 1) Manhole set on a reinforced concrete block placed around 39-inch and 16 larger sewer pipe. 17 d. Shallow Manhole (See City Standard Details) 18 1) Less than four 4 deep with formed invert for sewer pipe diameters smaller 19 than 39-inch 20 2. Manhole Size 21 a. 4 foot diameter 22 1) Used with pipe ranging from 8-inch to 15-inch 23 b. 5 foot diameter 24 1) Used with pipe ranging from 18-inch to 36-inch 25 2) See specific manhole design on Drawings for pipes larger than 36-inch. 26 B. Reference Standards 27 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 28 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 29 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 30 2. ASTM International (ASTM): 31 a. C443, Standard Specification for Joint for Concrete Pipe and Manholes, Using 32 Rubber Gaskets 33 b. C478, Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole 34 Sections. 35 c. C923, Standard Specification for Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced 36 Concrete Manholes Structures, Pipes, and Laterals. 37 d. D1187, Standard Specification for Asphalt-Base Emulsion for Use as Protective 38 Coatings for Metal 39 e. D1227, Standard Specification for Emulsified Asphalt Used as a Protective 40 Coating for Roofing 41 3. OSHA 42 a. Occupational Safety and Health Administration CFR 29, Part 1926-Safety 43 Regulations for Construction, Subpart P - Excavations 44 33 39 20 - 4 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 4 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised December 13, 2024 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1 1.5 SUBMITTALS 2 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 3 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 4 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 5 A. Product Data 6 1. Precast Concrete Manhole 7 2. Drop connection materials 8 3. Pipe connections at manhole walls 9 4. Stubs and stub plugs 10 5. Admixtures 11 6. Concrete Mix Design 12 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 13 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 14 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 15 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 16 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 17 1.12 WARRANTY 18 A. Manufacturer Warranty 19 1. Manufacturer’s Warranty shall be in accordance with Division 1. 20 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 21 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 22 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, AND MATERIALS 23 A. Manufacturers 24 1. Only the manufacturers as listed on the City’s Standard Products List will be 25 considered as shown in Section 01 60 00. 26 a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 27 2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a 28 substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 29 B. Materials 30 1. Precast Reinforced Concrete Sections – Conform to ASTM C478. 31 2. Precast Joints 32 a. Provide gasketed joints in accordance with ASTM C443. 33 b. Minimize number of segments. 34 c. Use long joints at the bottom and shorter joints toward the top. 35 33 39 20 - 5 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 5 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised December 13, 2024 d. Include manufacturer’s stamp on each section. 1 3. Lifting Devices 2 a. Manhole sections and cones may be furnished with lift lugs or lift holes. 3 1) If lift lugs are provided, place 180 degrees apart. 4 2) If lift holes are provided, place 180 degrees apart and grout during manhole 5 installation. 6 4. Frame and Cover – Conform to Section 33 05 13. 7 5. Backfill – CSS/CLSM (when required in construction Drawings) – Conform to 8 Section 33 05 10. 9 6. Grade Ring – Conform to Section 33 05 13 and ASTM C478. 10 7. Pipe Connections 11 a. Utilize either an integrally cast embedded pipe connector or a boot-type 12 connector installed in a circular block out opening conforming to ASTM C923. 13 8. Steps 14 a. No steps are allowed. 15 9. Interior Coating or Liner – Conform to Section 33 39 60. 16 10. Exterior Coating 17 a. Coat with non-fibered asphaltic emulsion in accordance with ASTM D1187 18 Type I and ASTM D1227 Type III Class I. 19 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 20 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 21 PART 3 - EXECUTION 22 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 23 3.2 EXAMINATION 24 A. Evaluation and Assessment 25 1. Verify lines and grades are in accordance to the Drawings. 26 3.3 PREPARATION 27 A. Foundation Preparation 28 1. Excavate 8 inches below manhole foundation. 29 2. Replace excavated soil with coarse aggregate; creating a stable base for manhole 30 construction. 31 a. If soil conditions or ground water prevent use of coarse aggregate base a 2-inch 32 mud slab may be substituted. 33 3.4 INSTALLATION 34 A. Manhole 35 1. Construct manhole to dimensions shown on Drawings. 36 2. Precast Sections 37 a. Provide bell-and-spigot design incorporating a premolded joint sealing 38 compound for wastewater use. 39 33 39 20 - 6 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 6 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised December 13, 2024 b. Clean bell spigot and gaskets, lubricate and join. 1 c. Minimize number of segments. 2 d. Use long joints used at the bottom and shorter joints toward the top. 3 B. Invert 4 1. Construct invert channels to provide a smooth waterway with no disruption of flow 5 at pipe-manhole connections. 6 2. For direction changes of mains, construct channels tangent to mains with maximum 7 possible radius of curvature. 8 a. Provide curves for side inlets. 9 3. For all standard manholes provide full depth invert. 10 4. For example, if 8-inch pipe in connected to manhole construct the invert to full 8 11 inches in depth. 12 C. Drop Manhole Connection 13 1. Install drop connection when sewer line enters manhole higher than 24 inches 14 above the invert. 15 D. Final Rim Elevation 16 1. Install concrete grade rings for height adjustment. 17 a. Construct grade ring on load bearing shoulder of manhole. 18 b. Use sealant between rings as shown on Drawings. 19 2. Set frame on top of manhole or grade rings using continuous water sealant. 20 3. Remove debris, stones and dirt to ensure a watertight seal. 21 4. Do not use steel shims, wood, stones or other unspecified material to obtain the 22 final surface elevation of the manhole frame. 23 E. Internal coating 24 1. Internal coating application will conform to Section 33 39 60, if required by 25 Drawings. 26 F. External coating 27 1. Remove dirt, dust, oil and other contaminants that could interfere with adhesion of 28 the coating. 29 2. Cure manhole for 3 days before backfilling around the structure. 30 3. Application will follow manufacturer’s recommendation. 31 G. Modifications and Pipe Penetrations 32 1. Conform to Section 03 80 00. 33 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 34 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 35 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 36 A. Field Tests and Inspections 37 1. Perform vacuum test in accordance with Section 33 01 30. 38 33 39 20 - 7 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 7 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised December 13, 2024 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 1 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 2 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 4 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 5 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 6 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 7 END OF SECTION 8 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.1.A.1 – Modified to include precast manholes for water and reclaimed water applications 1.3.B.2 – Modified to include ASTM C443, D1187 and D1227 as references 2.2.B.1-3 – Modified in accordance with new ASTM references 2.2.B.10 – Modified in accordance with new ASTM references 12/13/2024 M Owen 1.1 C. – Referenced 33 05 10 1.2 A. Revised to add pay item when imported CSS/LSM is required in Construction Drawings 1.3 B. – Updated reference standards 2.2 B. – Referenced 33 05 10 for import CSS/CLSM material if required in Construction Drawings 3.3 A. 2. – Corrected typo - coarse 9 33 39 60 - 1 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Page 1 of 12 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised April 29, 2021 SECTION 33 39 60 1 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A.Section Includes :5 1. Application of a high-build epoxy coating system (or modified polymer liner6 system, i.e. SpectraShield) to concrete utility structures such as manholes, lift7 station wet wells, junction boxes or other concrete facilities that may need8 protection from corrosive materials. This covers rehabilitation of existing sanitary9 sewer structures and newly installed sanitary sewer structures.10 2.For sanitary sewer mains 8-inch diameter and larger, use of a structural liner11 system, Warren Environmental System 301, ARC S1HB by A.W. Chesterton12 Company, is acceptable.13 3. For sanitary sewer mains 8-inch diameter and smaller, and less than 6-feet in depth,14 use of a liner system, SpectraShield, is acceptable.15 B.Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification16 1. None.17 C.Related Specification Sections include but are not necessarily limited to:18 1.Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the19 Contract20 2.Division 1 – General Requirements21 3.Section 33 01 30 – Sewer and Manhole Testing22 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 23 A.Measurement and Payment24 1. Manholes25 a. Measurement26 1)Measurement for this Item shall be per vertical foot of coating as measured27 from 2-inches below the bottom of the removable cover (not frame) to the top28 of the bench. This includes lining of all exposed concrete, the bench and 29 invert, thru the use of flow control devices (i.e. temporary plugs, sand 30 bags), to temporarily block flow. However, as a last resort and with prior31 written approval from Water Field Operations, if the flow cannot be32 blocked temporarily, then the lining would stop 3 -inches from the edge of33 the water in the pipe. This item covers the total vertical footage for the34 specific bid items of various manhole sizes (i.e. 4 foot diameter, 5 foot35 diameter, Specific Manhole Designs for lines larger than 36-inch, etc.) and36 specific types (Standard Manhole, Drop Manhole, Type “A” Manhole,37 Shallow Manhole, including additional depth beyond 6 foot).38 b.Payment39 33 39 60 - 2 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Page 2 of 12 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438] Revised April 29, 2021 1)The work performed, and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 1 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 2 price bid per vertical foot of “Manhole Liner” applied. 3 c.The price bid shall include:4 1)Removal of roots5 2)Removal of existing coatings6 3)Eliminating any leaks7 4)Removal of steps8 5)Repair/seal connection of the existing frame to chimney9 6)Repair s of any cracks in the existing structure chimney, corbel (cone), wall,10 bench, including any replacement of damaged rebar , pipe11 7)Surface cleaning12 8)Furnishing and installing Liner as specified by the Drawings13 9)Hauling14 10)Disposal of excess material15 11)Site Clean -up16 12)Manhole and Invert Cleaning17 13)Testin g18 14)Re-Testing19 2.Non-Manhole Structures20 a. Measurement21 1)Measurement for this Item shall be per square foot of area where the22 coating is applied.23 b.Payment24 1)The work performed, and materials furnished in accordance with this Item25 and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the unit26 price bid per square foot of “Structure Liner ” applied.27 c.The price bid shall include:28 1)Removal of roots29 2)Removal of existing coatings30 3)Eliminating any leaks31 4)Removal of steps32 5)Repair/seal connection of the existing frame to c himney33 6)Repairs of any cracks in the existing structure chimney, corbel (cone), wall,34 bench, including any replacement of damaged rebar, pipe35 7)Surface cleaning36 8)Furnishing and installing Liner as specified by the Drawing s37 9)Hauling38 10)Disposal of excess material39 11)Site Clean -up40 12)Manhole and Invert Cleaning41 13)Testing42 14)Re-Testing43 1.3 REFERENCES 44 A.Reference Standards45 1.Ref erence standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference46 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this47 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited.48 33 39 60 - 3 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Page 3 of 12 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised April 29, 2021 2.ASTM International (ASTM): 1 a.D543, Standard Practices for Evaluating the Resistance of Plastics to Chemical 2 Reagents.3 b. D638, Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics .4 c.D695, Standard Test Method for Compressive Properties of Rigid Plastics.5 d. D790, Standard Test Methods for Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and6 Reinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials .7 e.D4060, Standard Test Method for Abrasion Resistance of Organic Coatings by8 the Taber Abraser.9 f.D4414, Standard Practice for Measurement of Wet Film Thickness by Notch10 Gages .11 g.D7234, Stand Test Method for Pull-Off Adhesion strength of Coatings on12 Concrete Using Portable Pull-Off Adhesion Testers.13 3.Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).14 4. NACE International (NACE). Published standards from the National15 Association of Corrosion Engineers16 5.Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). Employ a trench17 safety system in accordance with Section18 6.Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, (RCRA).19 7.The Society for Protective Coatings/NACE International (SSPC/NACE):20 a.SP 13/NACE No. 6, Surface Preparation of Concrete. This includes21 monitoring for hydrogen sulfide, methane, or low oxygen. Also includes22 flow control equipment. Surface preparation equipment may include high 23 pressure water cleaning (3500 psi) and shall be suited to provide a surface24 compatible for installation of the liner system. Surface preparation shall25 produce a clean, abraded, and sound surface, with no evidence of loose26 concre te, loose brick, loose mortar, oil, grease, rust, scale, other27 contaminants or debris, and shall display a surface profile suitable for28 application of the liner system.29 b.SP0188, Discontinuity (Holiday) Testing of New Protective Coatings on30 Conductive Substrates31 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUI REMENTS [NOT USED] 32 1.5 SUBMITTALS 33 A.Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00.34 B.All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery.35 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTA LS 36 A.Product Data37 1.Technical data sheet on each product used38 2.Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for each product used39 3.Copies of independent testing performed on the coating product indicating the40 product meets the requirements as specified herein41 4.Technical data sheet and project specific data for repair materials to be topcoated42 with the coating product including application, cure time and surface preparation43 procedures44 33 39 60 - 4 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Page 4 of 12 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised April 29, 2021 5.Material and method for repair of leaks or cracks in the structure. This 1 applies to repair work on both existing structures, manholes and new installed 2 manholes (including Developer projects) that have been identified with cracks, 3 voids, signs of infiltration, other structural defects or other related 4 construction damage. 5 B.Contractor Data6 1.Current documentation from coating product manufacturer certifying Contractor’s7 training (and/or licensed) as an approved installer and equipment complies with the8 Quality Assurance requirements specified herein9 2. 5 recent references of Contractor indicating successful application of coating10 product(s ) of the same material type as specified herein, applied by spray11 application within the municipal wastewater environment. References shall include12 at least the following: owner name, City inspector name and phone number, project13 name/number, size and lin ear footage of sanitary sewer main, manhole diameter,14 structure dimensions and number of each, square feet (or vertical feet) of product15 installed, contract cost, and contract duration. Contractor must demonstrate a16 successful history of installing the product in structures of similar size and scope17 and update this each time the contractor applies for and renews its Prequalification18 for the Water Department.19 3.For Developer Projects – at the time of Contractor selection, the20 Prequalification Statement, Section 00 45 12 shall be submitted to the City, 21 clearly indicating the contractor prequalified for installation of22 structure/manhole liner. No other bid submittals shall be accepted that23 include lining contractors whose prequalification term has expired or is not on24 the active contractor list at the time of Contractor selection. If the submitted 25 forms for this project not acceptable, the City will refer to the current active26 contractor prequalification list, and the Contractor shall select the appropriate27 manhole lining subcontractor based on the project scope of work. The28 Contractor shall then provide the revised Prequalification Statement Section29 00 45 12 for review and acceptance.30 4.This Specification (along with the CCTV Specification) and the associated 31 submittals including the work plan, QA/QC, testing, closeout documents, etc.32 shall be discussed as part of the Pre-Construction Agenda for each project33 (Developer projects included).34 5.For any project, Developer projects included - If the Contractor proceeds with35 application of an unapproved lining product and/or using an unqualified36 subc ontractor for lining, the City shall recommend either repair and/or37 removal of any defective lining material and have the Contractor select an38 approved subcontractor that can apply the approved lining materials. This39 work shall be at no additional cost to the City.40 33 39 60 - 5 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Page 5 of 12 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised April 29, 2021 6.Schedule and Sequence of Construction – Considering this is a specialized 1 installation performed by only certified applicators, the schedule for this work 2 has a le ad time that shall be included in the Contractor’s schedule. If the 3 Contractor does not provide written notification and/or fails to schedule the 4 subcontractor in advance, the City shall not be responsible for any additional 5 costs and/or delays caused by the Contractor. Contractor shall provide the 6 updated construction schedule and work plan (including manhole preparation, 7 repairs, lining, testing, etc.) in accordance with Section 01 32 16 at least 1 week 8 prior to start of lining activities to the City Inspector, City Project Manager, 9 Water Field Operations, and Water Capital Projects. Equipment shall be on -10 site and in working order for the testing. If the Contractor is unable to have 11 equipment ready for testing, the test date shall be rescheduled accordingly 12 with the Inspector. The u pdated construction schedule shall clearly indicate 13 all related construction activities at the manholes before and after lining. All 14 paving activities, including any final grade adjustments for manholes outside 15 pavement, shall be completed before Contractor begins lining work. After 16 liner installation, Contractor shall wait a minimum of 48 hours to allow the 17 liner material to fully cure before returning the system to normal service. 18 CCTV per Section 33 01 31 shall be scheduled after the lining has been 19 completed to document and confirm the manholes have been lined. 20 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 21 A.Testing Documentation22 1.Provide test results required in Section 2.4 and Section 3.7 to City.23 a.Include the following manhole or structure locatio n information:24 1)Existing s anitary sewer main/lateral number. For Developer Projects,25 provide proposed sanitary sewer line number as designated on the plans26 and provide the existing sanitary sewer main/lateral number at27 connection to the existing manhole (if applicable).28 2)Station number29 3)GIS ID number (if provided during construction).30 b.Inspection report of each manhole/structure tested (See attached sample31 reports to be used for Wet Film Thickness, Manhole Holiday/Spark32 Detection, and Manhole Adhesion Test).33 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 34 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 35 A.Qualifications36 1. Contractor37 a.Be trained by, or have training approved and certified by, the coating product38 manufacturer for the handling, mixing, application and inspection of the coating39 product(s) to be used as specified herein40 b.Initiate and enforce quality control procedures consistent with the coating41 product(s) manufacturer recommendations and applicable NACE or SSPC42 standards as referenced herein43 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 44 A.Keep materials dry, protected from weather and stored under cover.45 33 39 60 - 6 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Page 6 of 12 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438] Revised April 29, 2021 B.Store coating materials between 50 degrees F and 90 degrees F. 1 C.Do not store near flame, heat or strong oxidants.2 D.Handle coating materials according to their material safety data sheets .3 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDI TIONS 4 A.Provide c onfined space entry, flow diversion and/or bypass plans as necessary to5 perform the specified work. Active flows shall be diverted with flow through plugs as6 required to ensure that flow is maintained off the surfaces to be lined.7 1.12 WARRANTY 8 A.Contractor Warranty9 1.Contractor’s Warranty shall be in accordance with Division 0.10 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 11 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [OR ] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 12 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, MATERIALS 13 A.Repair and Resurfacing Products14 1. Compatible with the specified coating pr oduct(s) in order to bond effectively, thus15 forming a composite system16 2.Used and applied in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations17 3.The repair and resurfacing products must meet the following:18 a.100 percent solids, solvent-free epoxy grout specifically formulated for epoxy19 topcoating compatibility20 b.Factory blended, rapid setting, high early strength, fiber reinforced, non-shrink21 repair mortar that can be toweled or pneumatically spray applied and22 specifically formulated to be suitable for topcoating with the specified coating23 product used24 B.Coating Product25 1.Capable of being installed and curing properly within a manhole or concrete utility26 environment27 2.Resistant to all forms of chemical or bacteriological attack found in municipal 28 sanitary sewer systems; and, capable of adhering to typical manhole structure29 substrates30 3.The 100 percent solids, solvent-free ultra high-build epoxy system shall exhibit the31 following characteristics:32 a.Application Temperature – 50 degrees F, minimum33 b. Thickness – 125 mils minimum for newly installed structures; 250 mils34 minimum for rehabilitation of existing structures (Warren Environmental35 System 301, ARC S1HB by A.W. Chesterton Company)36 c.Color – White, Light Blue, or Beige37 d.Compressive Strength (per ASTM D695) – 8,800 psi minimum38 e. Tensile Strength (per ASTM D638) – 7,500 psi minimum39 f.Hardness, Shore D (per ASTM D4541) – 70 minimum40 33 39 60 - 7 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Page 7 of 12 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised April 29, 2021 g.Abrasion Resistance (per ASTM D4060 CS 17F Wheel) – 80 mg loss 1 maximum2 h.Flexural Modulus (per ASTM D790) – 400,000 psi minimum3 i.Flexural Strength (per ASTM D790) – 12,000 psi minimum4 j.Adhesion to Concrete, mode of failure (ASTM D4541): Substrate (concrete) 5 failure6 k.Chemical Resistance (per ASTM D543/G20) all types of service for:7 1)Municipal sanitary sewer environment8 2)Sulfuric acid, 70 percent9 3) Sodium hydroxide, 20 percent10 4.Or, the multi-layer modified polyurea and polyurethane shall exhibit the following11 characteristics:12 a.Application Temperature – 50 degrees F, minimum13 b. Thickness – 500 mils minimum (SpectraShield)14 c.Moisture Barrier and Final Corrosion Barrier15 1) Color – Pin k16 2)Tensile Strength (per ASTM D412) – 2550 psi minimum17 3)Hardness, Shore D (per ASTM D2240) – 56 minimum18 4)Abrasion Resistance (per ASTM D4060) – 20 mg loss maximum19 5)Percent Elongation (per ASTM D412) – 26920 d.Surfacer21 1)Compressive Strength (per ASTM D1621) – 100 ps i minimum22 2)Density (per ASTM D1622) – 5 lbs/cu ft minimum23 3)Shear Strength (per ASTM C273) – 230 psi minimum24 4)Closed Cell Content (per ASTM D1940) – >95%25 C.Coating Application Equipment26 1.Manufacturer approved heated plural component spray equipment27 2.Hard to reach areas, primer application and touch-up may be performed using hand28 tools.29 3.Applicator shall use approved specialty equipment that is adequate in size, capacity,30 and number sufficient to accomplish the work in a timely manner.31 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 32 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 33 A.Coating Thickness Testing34 1.Film Thickness Testing for epoxy systems35 a.Take wet film thickness gauge measurements per ASTM D4414 – Standard36 Practice for Measurement of Wet Film Thickness by Notch Gages at 3 locations37 within the manhole, 2 spaced equally apart along the wall and 1 on the bench.38 1)Document and attest measurements and provide to the City using the form39 at the end of this specification.40 2. Thickness testing for modified polymer liner system41 a.Upon installation of the Final Corrosion Barrier insert probe in to substrate for42 depth of system measurement at 3 locations within the manhole, 2 spaced43 equally apart along the wall and 1 on the bench.44 3.Document all testing results and provide to the City using the form at the end of this45 specification .46 33 39 60 - 8 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Page 8 of 12 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised April 29, 2021 B.Non-Conforming Work1 1.City reserves the right to require additional testing depending on the rate of failure.2 2.City will select testing locations.3 C.Testing Frequency4 1.Projects with 10 or less manholes and/or structures test all.5 2.Projects with greater than 10 manholes and/or structures, test at least 10 and test 256 percent of manholes and/or structures after the first 10.7 3.City will select the manholes and/or structures to be tested.8 PART 3- EXECUTION 9 3.1 INSTALLERS 10 A.All installers shall be certified applicators approved by the manufacturers. Applicator11 shall use adequate number of skilled workmen that have been trained and experienced for12 the approved product.13 14 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 15 3.3 PREPARATION 16 A.Manhole Preparation17 1. Stop active flows via damming , plugging or diverting as required to ensure all 18 liquids are maintained below or away from the surfaces to be coated.19 2.Maintain temperature of the surface to be coated between 40 and 120 degrees F.20 3.Shield specified surfaces to avoid exposure of direct sunlight or other intense heat21 source.22 a.Where varying surface temperatures do exist, coating installation should be23 scheduled when the temperature is falling versus rising.24 B.Surface Preparation25 1.Remove oils, roots, grease, incompatible existing coatings, waxes, form release,26 curing compounds, efflorescence, sealers, salts or other contaminants which may27 affect the performance and adhesion of the coating to the substrate. Remove any28 steps found in the structure.29 2.Remove concrete and/or mortar damaged by corrosion, chemical attack or other 30 means of degradation so that only sound substrate remains.31 3.Surface preparation method, or combination of methods, that may be used include32 high pressure water cleaning, high pressure water jetting, abrasive blasting,33 shotblasting, grinding, scarifying, detergent water cleaning, hot water blasting and34 others as described in SSPC SP 13/NACE No. 6.35 4.All methods used shall be performed in a manner that provides a uniform, sound,36 clean, neutralized, surface suitable for the specified coating product.37 5.After completion of surface preparation, inspect for leaks, cracks, holes, exposed38 rebar, ring and cover condition, invert condition, and inlet/outlet pipe condition.39 33 39 60 - 9 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Page 9 of 12 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised April 29, 2021 6.After defects in the structure have been identified, seal cracks, repair exposed rebar 1 with new rebar to match existing, repair leaks and cracks with grout or other 2 methods approved by the Manufacturer and the City. All new rebar shall be 3 embedded in 1 ½ inch epoxy mastic. Replace/seal connection between existing 4 frame and chimney if it is found loose or not attached. 5 7.The repair materials shall be trowel or spray applied by the lining Contractor6 utilizing proper equipment on to specified surfaces. The equipment shall be7 specially designed to accurately ratio and apply the specified materials and 8 shall be regularly maintained and in proper working order. The repair9 mortar and epoxy topcoat must share the same epoxy matrix to ensure a10 bonded weld. No cementitious repair material , quick setting high strength 11 concrete with latex or curing agent additives, or quick set mortars will be12 allowed. Proper surface preparation procedures must be followed to ensure13 adequate bond strength to any surface to be coated. New cement cure time is14 at least 30 days prior to coating. The repair materials as specified in this15 Section shall apply to both existing structures and new installed structures.16 This includes Developer projects , in which new installed structures/manholes17 have been identified with either cracks, voids, signs of infiltration, other18 structural defects or other related construction damage.19 3.4 INSTALLATION 20 A.General21 1.Perform coating after the sewer line replacement/repairs, grade adjustments and22 grouting are complete.23 2.Perform application procedures per recommendations of the coating product24 manufacturer, including environmental controls, product handling, mixing and25 application.26 B.Temperature27 1.Only perform application if surface temperature is between 40 and 120 degrees F.28 2.Make no application if freezing is expected to occur inside the manhole within 2429 hours after application.30 C.Coating31 1.Spray apply per manufacturer’s recommendation at a minimum film thickness as32 noted in Section 2.2.B.33 2.Apply coating from bottom of manhole frame to the bench/trough, including the34 bench/trough.35 3.After walls are coated, remove bench covers and spray bench/trough to at least the36 same thickness as the walls.37 4.Apply any topcoat or additional coats within the product’s recoat window.38 a.Additional surface preparation is required if the recoat window is exceeded.39 5.Allow a minimum of 48 hours of cure time or be set hard to touch before40 reactivating flow.41 33 39 60 - 10 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Page 10 of 12 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised April 29, 2021 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 1 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 2 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 3 A.Each structure will be visually inspected by the City the same day following the4 application.5 B.Groundwater infiltration of the system shall be zero.6 C.All pipe connections shall be open and clear.7 D.The inspector will check for deficiencies, pinholes, voids, cracks, uncured spots,8 delamination, and thin spots. Any deficiencies in the liner shall be marked and repaired9 according to the procedures outlined by the Manufacturer.10 E.If leaks are detected they will be chipped back, plugged and coated immediately with11 protective epoxy resin coating.12 1.Make repair 24 hours after leak detection.13 F.Post Installation Coating Tests14 1.Wet Film Testing15 2.Adhesion Testing16 a.Adhesion test the liner at a minimum of three locations (cone area, mid-section,17 and bottom of the structure). For structures exceeding 6-feet add one additional 18 test for every additional 6-feet. For example: 6-foot manhole – 3 tests. 6-feet, 1-19 inch manhole thru 11-feet, 11-inch manhole – 4 tests, 12-foot manhole – 5 tests.20 Etc… Tests performed per ASTM D7234 – Standard Test Method for Pull-Off21 Adhesion Strength of Coatings on Concrete Using Portable Pull-Off Adhesion22 Testers.23 1)Document and attest all test results repairs made and provide to the City24 (see structure/manhole report form for adhesion testing at the end of this25 specification).26 2)The adhesive used to attach the dollies shall have a tensile strength greater27 that the liner.28 3)Failure of the dolly adhesive is deemed a non-test and requires retesting.29 4)All the pull tests shall exceed 300 psi or concrete failure with more than30 50% of the subsurface adhered to the coating. If over 1/3rd fail, additional tests31 may be required by the City. If additional tests fail the City may require32 removal and replacement of the liner at the contractor’s expense.33 3.Holiday Detection Testing34 a.Holiday Detection test the liner per NACE SP0188 – Discontinuity (Holiday)35 Testing of New Protective Coatings on Conductive Substrates. Mark all 36 detected holidays. Repair all holidays in accordance to coating manufacturer’s37 recommendations.38 1)Docu ment and attest all test results repairs made and provide to the39 City (see structure/manhole report for holiday detection testing at the40 end of this specification).41 33 39 60 - 11 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Page 11 of 12 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised April 29, 2021 2)For example, the typica l testing requirements are 100 volts per mil to 1 12,500 volts to test 125 mils. Contractor shall mark any location that 2 shows a spark or potential for a pinhole and repair these locations per 3 manufacturer recommendations. 4 4.CCTV 5 a.Post Construction CCTV recordings shall be made after all other testing is6 completed, including the repairs that are made to the lining following any test7 failures.8 b.After liner installation, conduct post-CCTV in accordance with Section 33 01 31.9 Video camera shall be lowered from the top of the manhole to the invert, to video10 all lined surfaces, prior to beginning post-CCTV of the main. Payment for this11 work is subsidiary to the cost for the post-CCTV of the main.12 c.A bonded third-party testing company shall perform the testing.13 d.Or Contractor may perform tests if witnessed by representative of the coating14 manufacturer. Coating manufacturer representative to provide certification that15 Contractor performed tests in accordance with noted standards.16 G. Non-Conforming Work17 1.City reserves the right to require additional testing depending on the rate of failure.18 2.City will select testing locations.19 3. Repair all defects according to the manufacturer’s recommendations.20 H.Testing Frequency21 1.Projects with 10 or less manholes and/or structures test all.22 2.Projects with greater than 10 manholes and/or structures, test at least 10 and test 2523 percent of manholes and/or structures after the first 10.24 3.City will select the manholes and/or structures to be tested.25 I.Test manhole for final acceptance according to Section 33 01 30.26 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 27 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 28 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 29 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES 30 A.Provide all test results from testing per Section 2.4 and applicator certifications per31 Section 3.1 and in accordance with Section 1.7. In addition, perform vacuum test and32 provide results using the test form per Section 33 01 30, Sewer and Manhole Testing.33 B.Up on final completion of the work, the manufacturer and/or the testing firm will34 provide a written certification of proper application to the City.35 C.The certification will confirm that the deficient areas were repaired in accordance with36 the procedure set forth in this Specification. The final report will detail the location of the37 repairs in the structure and description of the repairs. See attached testing forms.38 33 39 60 - 12 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Page 12 of 12 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised April 29, 2021 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 1 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 2 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 3 END OF SECTION 4 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 09-23-2020 J. Kasavich Further clarification on the sizes and types of manholes under Part 1.2. Removal of Raven Lining system and inclusion of SpectraShield and Warren Environmental System 301, and ARC S1HB by A.W. Chester ton Company. Additional source quality control and field quality control test requirements. Added testing forms for Wet Film Thickness, Manhole Holiday/Spark Detection, and Manhole Adhesion Test . 4 -21-2021 J. Kasavich Provided minor revisions to clarify how testing is to be recorded and order of testing. 5 POST INSTALLA TION MA NHOLE LINER INSPECTION FORM WET FILM THICKNESS Company Name : Address: Phone #: Cell: Work: Coating Date: Crew Leader: Project Name: Project #: Contractor: Owner: Thickness of Coating: Location of Structure : MANHOLE INFORMATION Line & Station #: Other: Structure Type: (check one) 4’ DI MH TYPE A FLDW DIV BOX 5’ DI MH TYPE B FLDW DIV BOX 6’ DI MH JUNCTION BOX 7’ DI MH SPHIPHON ENTRY BOX METERING STATION Wet Film Thickness Measurements Wet Film Thickness Gauge per ASTM D4414 at 3 Locations Within the Manhole Two (2) Spaced Equally Apart Along the Wall and One (1) on the Bench Steps: Yes / No Structure Material: MH Depth: MH Width: Lining Material: Bench: Yes / No Mil (Gauge ) 125 / 250 Invert (Sprayed) Yes / *No Comments: *If No, Justify Indicate Measurements on the Diagram Above POST INSTALLA TION MANHOLE ADHESION TEST FORM Company Name : Address: Phone #: Cell: Work: Coating Date: Crew Leader: Project Name: Project #: Contractor: Owner: Thickness of Epoxy Coating: Location of Structure : MANHOLE INFORMATION Line & Station #: Other: Structure Type: (check one) 4’ DI MH TYPE A FLDW DIV BOX 5’ DI MH TYPE B FLDW DIV BOX 6’ DI MH JUNCTION BOX 7’ DI MH SPHIPHON ENTRY BOX METERING STATION Adhesion Test Results (ASTM D7234) Inspection Date: Indicate test locations on drawing Inspection Company: Inspector Name: Manhole Depth: Number of Tests: Test Results: Comments: *Non -Manhole Structures may require additional sketches to indicate testing location for all testing procedures. Include additional sketches as needed. POST INSTALLA TION MANHOLE HOLIDAY /SPARK DETECTION TEST FORM Company Name : Address: Phone #: Cell: Work: Coating Date: Crew Leader: Project Name: Project #: Contractor: Owner: Thickness of Coating: Location of Structure : MANHOLE INFORMATION Line & Station #: Other: Structure Type: (check one) 4’ DI MH TYPE A FLDW DIV BOX 5’ DI MH TYPE B FLDW DIV BOX 6’ DI MH JUNCTION BOX 7’ DI MH SPHIPHON ENTRY BOX METERING STATION Holiday Detection Test Results (NACE SP0188) Liner Material: Indicate defect locations on drawing Spark Tester Serial #: Voltage Setting: Inspection Date: Inspection Company: Inspector Name: Repair Date: Comments: *Non -Manhole Structures may require additional sketches to indicate testing location for all testing procedures. Include additional sketches as needed. POST INSTALLA TION MANHOLE VACUUM TEST FORM Company Name : Address: Phone #: Cell: Work: Coating Date: Crew Leader: Project Name: Project #: Contractor: Owner: Indicate Pass/Fail: Location of Structure : Manhole Pour or Placement Date: MANHOLE INFORMATION Line & Station #: Other: Structure Type: (check one) 4’ DI MH TYPE A FLDW DIV BOX 5’ DI MH TYPE B FLDW DIV BOX 6’ DI MH JUNCTION BOX 7’ DI MH SPHIPHON ENTRY BOX METERING STATION Vacuum Test Results Inspection Date: Repair Locations Inspection Company: Inspector Name: Repair Date: Repair Location: Type of Repair: Repair Materials: Comments: 33 41 10 - 1 REINFORCED CONCRETE STORM DRAIN PIPE/CULVERTS Page 1 of 12 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised July 1, 2011 SECTION 33 41 10 REINFORCED CONCRETE STORM DRAIN PIPE/CULVERTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Furnishing and installing reinforced concrete storm drain pipe and culverts, including: a. Pipe or box fittings b. Connection of drain lines to curb inlets c. All joints d. All connections to new or existing pipe or headwalls, manholes, etc., to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 3. Section 33 01 31 – Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection 4. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete 5. Section 33 05 10 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 6. Section 33 05 23 – Hand Tunneling 7. Section 03 34 13 - Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM) 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Reinforced Concrete Storm Drain Pipe a. Measurement 1) Measured along the longitudinal centerline of the pipe from the initial beginning point as shown on Drawings to the end of construction as shown on Drawings, excluding inside diameters of any manholes encountered b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot of “RCP” installed for: a) Various sizes b) Various classes c. The price bid shall include: 1) Furnishing and installing the specified diameter pipe and appurtenant fittings 2) Mobilization 3) Pavement removal 4) Excavation 33 41 10 - 2 REINFORCED CONCRETE STORM DRAIN PIPE/CULVERTS Page 2 of 12 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised July 1, 2011 5) Hauling 6) Disposal of excess material 7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 8) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 9) Gaskets 10) Clean-up 11) Cleaning 12) Jointing 13) Connections to all drainage structures 2. Reinforced Concrete Storm Drain Culverts a. Measurement 1) Measured along the longitudinal centerline of the pipe from the initial beginning point as shown on Drawings to the end of construction as shown on Drawings, excluding inside diameters of any manholes encountered b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot of “Box Culvert” installed for: a) Various sizes c. The price bid shall include: 1) Furnishing and installing the specified diameter pipe and appurtenant fittings 2) Mobilization 3) Pavement removal 4) Excavation 5) Hauling 6) Disposal of excess material 7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 8) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 9) Gaskets 10) Clean-up 11) Cleaning 12) Jointing 13) Connections to all drainage structures 1.3 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO): a. T111, Inorganic Matter or Ash in Bituminous Materials. 3. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A185, Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain, for Concrete. b. A497, Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Deformed, for Concrete. c. C76, Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe. 33 41 10 - 3 REINFORCED CONCRETE STORM DRAIN PIPE/CULVERTS Page 3 of 12 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised July 1, 2011 d. C361, Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Low-Head Pressure Pipe. e. C443, Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Pipe and Manholes, Using Rubber Gaskets. f. C497, Standard Test Methods for Concrete Pipe, Manhole Sections, or Tile. g. C506, Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Arch Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe. h. C507, Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Elliptical Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe. i. C990, Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Pipe, Manholes, and Precast Box Sections Using Preformed Flexible Joint Sealants. j. C1433, Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Monolithic Box Sections for Culverts, Storm Drains, and Sewers. k. D4, Standard Test Method for Bitumen Content. l. D6, Standard Test Method for Loss on Heating of Oil and Asphaltic Compounds. m. D36, Standard Test Method for Softening Point of Bitumen (Ring-and-Ball Apparatus). n. D71, Standard Test Method for Relative Density of Solid Pitch and Asphalt (Displacement Method). o. D92, Standard Test Method for Flash and Fire Points by Cleveland Open Cup Tester. p. D113, Standard Test Method for Ductility of Bituminous Materials. q. D217, Standard Test Methods for Cone Penetration of Lubricating Grease. 4. TxDOT Test Procedures (Tex): a. Tex-704-I, Making, Curing, and Testing Compression Test Specimens for Precast Concrete 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATION SUBMITTALS A. Certificates 1. Furnish manufacturer’s certificate of compliance that their product meets the physical testing requirements of this Specification for the materials referenced including, but not limited to: a. Reinforced concrete pipe b. Concrete box culvert c. Jointing materials 33 41 10 - 4 REINFORCED CONCRETE STORM DRAIN PIPE/CULVERTS Page 4 of 12 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised July 1, 2011 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Storage and Handling Requirements 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 66 00. 2. Keep pipe clean and fully drained during storage. 3. Transport, handle and store pipe and fittings as recommended by manufacturer. 4. Repair or replace any damaged pipe before installation per the manufacturer’s recommendation. 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS A. Fabrication 1. Precast Reinforced Concrete Pipe a. Provide precast storm sewer pipe that conforms to ASTM C76, ASTM C506 or ASTM C507 for circular, arch or elliptical pipe respectively. b. Utilize a machine made process or cast by a process that will provide uniform placement of a mixture of cement, aggregate and water proportional to provide a homogeneous concrete meeting the specified strength requirements. c. Mix concrete in a central batch plant or other approved batching facility where the quality and uniformity of the concrete is assured. d. Do not use transit mixed concrete to manufacture precast concrete pipe. 2. Concrete Box Culvert a. Cast-in-Place 1) Conform to Section 03 30 00. b. Precast 1) Furnish machine made precast boxes in accordance with ASTM C1433. 2) Utilize a machine made process or cast by a process that will provide uniform placement of a mixture of cement, aggregate, and water proportional to provide a homogeneous concrete meeting the specified strength requirements. 3) Concrete water to cement ratio not to exceed 0.53 by weight 4) Utilize minimum 470 pounds of cement per cubic yard of concrete unless mix designs with lower cement content demonstrate that the quality and performance of the sections meet the requirements of this Specification. 33 41 10 - 5 REINFORCED CONCRETE STORM DRAIN PIPE/CULVERTS Page 5 of 12 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised July 1, 2011 5) Mix concrete in a central batch plant or other approved batching facility where the quality and uniformity of the concrete is assured. 6) Do not use transit mixed concrete to manufacture precast concrete box culvert. 7) Utilize welded wire fabric steel reinforcement conforming to ASTM A185 or ASTM A497. 3. Jointing Materials a. Use any of the materials described in this Section for the making of joints. 1) Furnish a manufacturer’s certificate of compliance for all jointing materials. 2) Cold Applied Preformed Plastic Gaskets/Flexible Joint Sealants a) Provide flexible joint sealants that meet the requirements of ASTM C990. b) Utilize 1 continuous gasket conforming to the joint shape for each joint. c) Plastic gasket shall be produced from blends of refined hydrocarbon resins and plasticizing compounds reinforced with inert mineral filler and shall contain no solvents, irritating fumes or obnoxious odors. d) Use flexible joint sealants that do not depend on oxidizing, evaporating or chemical action for its adhesive or cohesive strength. e) Supply in extruded rope form of suitable cross section and size as to fill the joint space when the pipes are joined. f) Provide a size of the pre-formed flexible joint sealant in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and large enough to properly seal the joint and obtain the squeeze out as described under construction methods. g) The gasket joint sealer shall be protected by a suitable removable 2- piece wrapper, and the 2-piece wrapper shall be so designed that ½ may be removed longitudinally without disturbing the other ½ to facilitate application as noted below. h) The chemical composition of the gasket joint sealing compound as shipped shall meet the requirements of Table 1 when tested in accordance with the test methods shown. Table 1. Sealing Compound Chemical Composition Composition Test Method Percent by Weight Bitumen ASTM D4 Bitumen Content 50-70 Ash-Inert Mineral Matter AASHTO T111 30-50 Volatile Matter at 325 degrees F ASTM D6 Loss on Heating of Oil and Asphaltic Compounds 2.0 Max i) Gasket joint sealing compound when immersed for 30 days at ambient room temperature separately in 5 percent solution of caustic potash, a mixture of 5 percent hydrochloric acid, a 5 percent solution of sulfuric acid and a saturated hydrogen sulfide (H2S) solution shall show no visible deterioration. j) The physical properties of the gasket joint sealing compound as shipped shall meet the requirements in Table 2 when tested in accordance with the test methods shown. 33 41 10 - 6 REINFORCED CONCRETE STORM DRAIN PIPE/CULVERTS Page 6 of 12 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised July 1, 2011 Table 2. Sealing Compound Physical Properties Property Test Method Typical Analysis Specific Gravity at 77 degrees F ASTM D71 1.20 to 1.35 Ductility at 77 degrees F ASTM D113 5.0 centimeters minimum Softening Point at 77 degrees F ASTM D36 320 degrees F minimum Penetration 32 degrees F (300-gms) 60-seconds ASTM D217 75 minimum 77 degrees F (150-gms) 5-seconds 50 to 120 115 degrees F (150-gms) 5-seconds 150 max Flash Point C.O.C. ASTM D92 600 degrees F Fire Point C.O.C 625 degrees F 3) Rubber Gaskets a) Provide gaskets that conform to ASTM C361 or ASTM C443. b) Meet the requirements of ASTM C443 for design of the joints and permissible variations in dimensions. B. Design Criteria 1. Reinforced Concrete Pipe a. Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, furnish Class III concrete pipe with shell thickness, circumferential reinforcement and strength conforming to the requirements of ASTM C76, ASTM C506 or ASTM C507 for circular, arch or elliptical pipe respectively, except as modified below: 1) Manufacture pipes larger than 60-inch diameter by using 2 lines of circular reinforcement. 2) For Class III pipes larger than 60-inch diameter, manufacturer may, at its option, furnish pipe manufactured with either Wall "B" or Wall "C" minimum thicknesses and the applicable minimum steel area as listed for circular cages in Table II of ASTM C76, provided test strength requirements for Class III pipe are satisfactorily met. b. Jacking, Boring, or Tunneling 1) Design pipe for jacking, boring or tunneling conforming to the requirements of Section 33 05 23. 2) When requested, provide design notes and drawings signed and sealed by a Texas licensed professional engineer. 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspections 1. Reinforced Concrete Pipe a. Acceptance of pipe will be determined by the results of the following tests: 1) Material tests required in ASTM C76, ASTM C506 or ASTM C507. 2) Absorption tests in accordance with ASTM C497. 3) 3-edge bearing tests in accordance with ASTM C497. a) Testing Rate (1) If tested for 0.01-inch crack only: (a) Test 0.8 percent of pipe sections for each size included in order (2) If tested for 0.01-inch crack and ultimate load: 33 41 10 - 7 REINFORCED CONCRETE STORM DRAIN PIPE/CULVERTS Page 7 of 12 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised July 1, 2011 (a) Test 0.2 percent of pipe sections for each size included in order b) Pipes that have been tested only to the formation of a 0.01 inch crack and that meet the 0.01 inch test load requirements shall be accepted for use. c) Failed Pipe (1) Test 2 consecutive joints in the same mix series if a specimen fails to meet test requirements. (2) Entire pipe series will be rejected if 1 of the consecutive joints fails to meet test requirements. d) Pipes larger than 1 inch in diameter may be accepted on the basis of material tests and inspection of completed product as an alternate to 3- edge bearing test, at the option of the manufacturer. (1) Acceptance of pipe will be determined by the results of the material tests as required in ASTM C76, ASTM C506 or ASTM C507. (a) Perform crushing tests on cores taken from barrel of completed and cured pipe. (b) Perform absorption tests on samples from pipe wall. (c) Inspect finished pipe including amount and placement of reinforcement. (2) Manufacturer will furnish facilities and personnel for taking core samples from pipe barrel and for determining compressive strength of samples. (3) Manufacturer will plug and seal core holes if samples meet strength requirements. (a) Plug and seal sections in a manner that the pipe section will meet all test requirements of ASTM C76, ASTM C506 or ASTM C507. (b) Pipe sections plugged and sealed as described above will be accepted for use. 4) Inspect the finished pipe to determine its conformance with the required design. 2. Cast-in-Place Concrete Box Culvert a. Provide test specimens that meet the requirements of Division 03. 3. Precast Box Culvert a. Make test specimens in test cylinders at the same time and in the same manner as the box sections they represent. b. Make a minimum of 4 test cylinders for each day’s production run and each mix design. c. Cure test cylinders in the same manner and for the same times as the boxes they represent. d. Test the specimens in accordance with Tex-704-I. B. Sizes and Permissible Variations 1. Reinforced Concrete Pipe a. Ensure that variations in diameter, size, shape, wall thickness, reinforcement, placement of reinforcement, laying length and the permissible under run of length are in accordance with the applicable ASTM Specification for each type of pipe as referred to previously. 33 41 10 - 8 REINFORCED CONCRETE STORM DRAIN PIPE/CULVERTS Page 8 of 12 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised July 1, 2011 b. Where rubber gasket pipe joints are to be used, the design of joints and permissible variations in dimensions shall be in accordance with ASTM C443, Sections 7 and 8. 2. Cast-in-Place or Precast Box Culvert a. Ensure that precast sections of either type meet the following requirements: 1) The inside vertical and horizontal dimensions do not vary from Drawing requirements by more than 1/2 inch or 1 percent, whichever is greater. 2) The horizontal or vertical plane at each end of the box section does not vary from perpendicular by more than 1/2 inch or 1 percent, whichever is greater, measured on the inside faces of the section. 3) The sides of a section at each end do not vary from being perpendicular to the top and bottom by more than 1/2 inch or 1 percent, whichever is greater, when measured diagonally between opposite interior corners. b. Ensure that wall and slab thicknesses are not less than shown on the Drawings except for occasional deficiencies not greater than 1/4 inch or 5 percent, whichever is greater. 1) If proper jointing is not affected, thicknesses in excess of Drawing requirements are acceptable. c. Deviations from the above tolerances will be acceptable if the sections can be fitted at the plant or job site and the joint opening at any point does not exceed 1 inch. 1) Use match marks for proper installation on sections that have been accepted in this manner. C. Workmanship and Finish 1. Reinforced Concrete Pipe a. Ensure that pipe is substantially free from fractures, large or deep cracks and surface roughness. b. Ensure that ends of pipe are normal to the walls and centerline of the pipe within the limits of variations allowed as stated previously. 2. Cast-in-Place or Precast Box Culvert a. Fine cracks on the surface of the member that do not extend to the plane of the nearest reinforcement are acceptable unless the cracks are numerous and extensive. b. Repair cracks that extend into the plane of the reinforcing steel in an approved manner. c. Excessive damage, honeycomb or cracking will be subject to structural review. d. The City may accept boxes with repairs that are sound, properly finished and cured in conformance with pertinent Specifications. e. When fine cracks on the surface indicate poor curing practices, discontinue further production of precast sections until corrections are made and proper curing is provided. D. Curing 1. Cure pipe/box in accordance with the applicable ASTM Specification for each type of pipe as referred to above. E. Marking 1. Reinforced Concrete Pipe a. Clearly mark the following information on each section of pipe: 33 41 10 - 9 REINFORCED CONCRETE STORM DRAIN PIPE/CULVERTS Page 9 of 12 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised July 1, 2011 1) Class of pipe 2) ASTM designation 3) Date of manufacture 4) Identification of plant 5) Name or trademark of the manufacturer 6) Pipe to be used for jacking and boring b. For pipe with elliptical reinforcement, in addition to above, clearly mark 1 end of each section during the process of manufacture or immediately after with the following: 1) The location of the top or bottom of the pipe as it should be installed, unless the external shape of the pipe is such that the correct position of the top and bottom is obvious 2) Mark the pipe section by indenting or painting with waterproof paint. 2. Cast-in-Place or Precast Box Culvert a. Mark precast boxes with the following: 1) Name or trademark of the producer 2) Date of manufacture 3) Box size 4) Minimum and maximum fill heights b. For boxes without lifting holes, mark 1 end of each box section on the inside and outside walls to indicate the top or bottom as it will be installed. c. Indent markings into the box section or paint them on each box with waterproof paint. F. Pipe/Box Rejection 1. Individual sections of pipe/box may be rejected if any of the Specification requirements are not met or if any of the following exist: a. Fractures or cracks passing through the shell, with the exception of a single end crack that does not exceed the depth of the joint b. Defects that indicate imperfect proportioning, mixing and molding c. Surface defects indicating honeycombed or open texture d. Damaged ends which would prevent making a satisfactory joint e. Any continuous crack having a surface width of 0.01 inch or more and extending for a length of 12 inch or more 2. Mark rejected pipe/box with painted “REJECTED”. 3. Remove rejected pipe/box immediately from job site and replace with pipe/box meeting the requirements of this Specification. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 INSTALLATION A. General 33 41 10 - 10 REINFORCED CONCRETE STORM DRAIN PIPE/CULVERTS Page 10 of 12 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised July 1, 2011 1. Conform to the requirements of Section 33 05 10 for excavation and embedment for open-cut type installation. 2. Conform to the requirements of Section 33 05 23 when jacking, boring or tunneling methods are specified on Drawings. 3. Establish and maintain lines and grades. B. Pipe/Box Laying – Trench Installation 1. Ensure that pipe/box and fittings are laid and jointed in firm trench bottom conditions. 2. Start laying pipe/box on the bedding at the outlet or downstream end with the spigot or tongue end of the pipe joint pointing downstream, and proceed toward the inlet or upstream end with the abutting sections properly matched, true to the established lines and grades. 3. Provide appropriate facilities for hoisting and lowering the sections of pipe/box according to manufacturer’s recommendation. 4. Lift and lower sections of pipe/box into trench without damaging pipe or disturbing the prepared bedding or sides of trench. 5. Carefully clean pipe/box ends before pipe is placed in trench. 6. Protect pipe/box open end to prevent entrance of earth or bedding material as each length of pipe/box is laid. 7. Fit, match and lay pipe/box to form a smooth, uniform conduit. 8. When elliptical pipe with circular reinforcing or circular pipe with elliptical reinforcing is used, lay the pipe in trench so that the markings for top or bottom are not more than 5 degrees from the vertical plane through the longitudinal axis of the pipe 9. Remove and re-lay, without extra compensation, pipe/box that is not in alignment or that shows excessive settlement after laying. C. Multiple Barrel Box Culvert Placement 1. Fill the annular space between multiple boxes with crushed rock or CLSM according to 03 34 13. a. Water jetting will not be allowed between parallel boxes. 2. Start the laying of boxes on the bedding at the outlet end and proceed toward the inlet end with the abutting sections properly matched. 3. Fit, match and lay boxes to form a smooth, uniform conduit true to the established lines and grades. D. Jointing 1. Cold Applied Preformed Plastic Gaskets/Flexible Joint Sealants a. Brush-apply a suitable primer, recommended by the manufacturer of the gasket joint sealer, to tongue and groove joint surfaces and end surfaces. 1) Ensure that surface to be primed is clean and dry when primer is applied. 2) Ensure that primer is not applied over mud, sand, dirt or sharp cement protrusions. 3) Allow primer to dry and harden. b. Attach plastic gasket sealer around tapered tongue or tapered groove near the pipe joint hub or shoulder, before laying pipe in trench. 33 41 10 - 11 REINFORCED CONCRETE STORM DRAIN PIPE/CULVERTS Page 11 of 12 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised July 1, 2011 c. Remove paper wrapper from 1 side only of the 2-piece wrapper on gasket and press it firmly to the clean, dry pipe joint surface. 1) Do not remove the outside wrapper until immediately before pushing pipe into its final position. d. Align the tongue correctly with the flare of the groove. e. Remove outside wrapper on the gasket and pull or push pipe home with sufficient force (back hoe shovel, chain hoist, ratchet hoist or winch) to cause evidence of gasket material squeeze-out on inside or outside around complete pipe joint circumference. 1) Remove any joint material that pushed out into the interior of pipe. 2) Ensure that pipe is pulled home in a straight line with all parts of pipe on line and grade at all times. f. Proceed with backfilling of pipe laid with plastic gasket joints as soon as joint has been inspected and approved by the Engineer or Inspector. 1) Take special precautions in placing and compacting backfill to avoid damage to joints. g. When the atmospheric temperature is below 60 degrees F, store pre-formed flexible joint sealants in an area warmed to above 70° degrees F or artificially warmed to this temperature in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. 1) Apply gaskets to pipe joints immediately prior to placing pipe in trench, followed by connection to previously laid pipe. 2. Rubber Gaskets a. Make the joint assembly according to the recommendations of the gasket manufacturer. b. When using rubber gaskets, make joints watertight. c. Backfill after the joint has been inspected and approved. E. Backfill 1. Conform to the requirements of Section 33 05 10 for backfilling pipe/box trenches. F. Pipe fittings 1. Poured Concrete Pipe Collars a. Provide collars for locations shown on Drawings. b. Collar cost is considered subsidiary to bid price for furnishing and installing reinforced concrete pipe. No extra payment will be made for installation of concrete pipe collars shown on the Drawings. 2. Shop and Field-Fabricated Wyes, Tees, Crosses and Bends a. Furnish and install shop or field-fabricated wyes, tees, crosses or bends as indicated on Drawings or required by the Engineer. b. Shop-fabricate fittings for maximum pipe size less than 24-inches in diameter for the larger pipe. c. Field-fabricate fittings with 24-inch or greater diameter for the larger pipe. d. Field-fabricate fittings for box culverts. e. Take care in fabrication that concrete walls of pipe are broken back only enough to provide the required finished opening. f. Join reinforcing mesh or bars by bending, twisting or spot welding to provide a rigid connection. 33 41 10 - 12 REINFORCED CONCRETE STORM DRAIN PIPE/CULVERTS Page 12 of 12 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised July 1, 2011 g. Concrete or mortar (as specified in this segment) shall be wiped over the reinforcing wires connecting the 2 pipe joints, compacted by light blows, shaped to the contour of the pipe barrels, lightly brushed for finish and cured under wet burlap. 3. Poured Concrete Pipe Plugs a. Plug pipe ends with a fabricated unit as shown on Drawings, when conduit lines terminate at locations with no connection to drainage structures. b. Concrete pipe plug cost is considered subsidiary to bid price for furnishing and installing reinforced concrete pipe. No extra payment will be made for installation of concrete pipe plugs shown on the Drawings. 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Tests and Inspections 1. Video Inspection a. Perform post-construction TV inspection of all installed reinforced concrete pipes/boxes conforming to the requirements of Section 33 01 31. 2. Ensure that pipes/boxes are installed correctly and are free of significant debris. a. At the City’s discretion, replace any pipe/box that is determined to have jointing problems, cracking or significant debris. 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 33 49 10 - 1 STORM DRAIN MANHOLES AND JUNCTION BOXES Page 1 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised December 13, 2024 SECTION 33 49 10 1 STORM DRAIN MANHOLES AND JUNCTION BOXES 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Storm drain cast-in-place concrete manholes and junction boxes 6 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 7 1. None. 8 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 9 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10 Contract 11 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 12 3. Division 3 – Concrete 13 4. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-In-Place Concrete 14 5. Section 03 80 00 – Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures 15 6. Section 31 23 16 – Unclassified Excavation 16 7. Section 31 50 00 – Excavation Support and Protection 17 8. Section 33 05 10 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 18 9. Section 33 05 13 – Frame, Cover and Grade Rings 19 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 20 A. Measurement and Payment 21 1. Storm Drain Manhole Risers 22 a. Measurement 23 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Manhole Riser complete, or 24 completed to the stage of construction required by Drawings. 25 b. Payment 26 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 27 and will be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Manhole Riser” installed 28 for: 29 a) Various Sizes 30 c. The price bid shall include: 31 1) Mobilization 32 2) Excavation 33 3) Hauling 34 4) Disposal of excess materials 35 5) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 36 6) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 37 7) Manhole construction 38 8) Manhole frames 39 9) Steps 40 33 49 10 - 2 STORM DRAIN MANHOLES AND JUNCTION BOXES Page 2 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised December 13, 2024 10) Ring and Cover 1 11) Clean-up 2 2. Storm Junction Boxes 3 a. Measurement 4 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Junction Box complete, or 5 completed to the stage of construction required by Drawings. 6 b. Payment 7 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 8 will be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Storm Junction Box” installed 9 for: 10 a) Various sizes 11 c. The price bid shall include: 12 1) Mobilization 13 2) Excavation 14 3) Hauling 15 4) Disposal of excess materials 16 5) Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment and backfill (except 17 where CSS/CLSM is required around manhole/junction box in construction 18 drawings) 19 6) Junction Box construction 20 7) Junction Box frames 21 8) Steps 22 9) Ring and Cover 23 10) Clean-up 24 3. Storm Junction Structure 25 a. Measurement 26 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Junction Structure complete, or 27 completed to the stage of construction required by Drawings. 28 b. Payment 29 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 30 will be paid for at the lump sum price bid per each “Storm Junction Structure” 31 location. 32 c. The price bid shall include: 33 1) Mobilization 34 2) Excavation 35 3) Hauling 36 4) Disposal of excess materials 37 5) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 38 6) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 39 7) Junction Box construction 40 8) Junction Box frames 41 9) Steps 42 10) Ring and Cover 43 11) Clean-up 44 4. Imported Embedment/Backfill - CSS/CLSM 45 a. Measurement 46 1) Measured by the cubic yard as delivered to the site and recorded by truck 47 ticket provided to the City 48 b. Payment 49 33 49 10 - 3 STORM DRAIN MANHOLES AND JUNCTION BOXES Page 3 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised December 13, 2024 1) Imported CSS/CLSM backfill around manholes/junction boxes shall be 1 paid when the following conditions exist: 2 a) When depths are 15 feet and greater/under existing or future pavement 3 b) When working in redevelopment areas where work is required in 4 constrained spaces 5 c) When required in the Construction Drawings 6 7 The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 8 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 9 price bid per cubic yard of “Imported Embedment/Backfill, CSS” or 10 “Imported Embedment/Backfill, CLSM” for material placed in areas 11 around manholes/junction boxes. 12 13 1.3 REFERENCES 14 A. Reference Standards 15 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 16 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 17 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 18 2. ASTM International (ASTM): 19 a. C478, Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole 20 Sections. 21 b. D4101, Standard Specification for Polypropylene Injection and Extrusion 22 Materials. 23 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 24 1.5 SUBMITTALS 25 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 26 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 27 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATION SUBMITTALS 28 A. Certificates 29 1. Furnish manufacturer’s certificate of compliance that their product meets the 30 physical testing requirements of this Specification for the materials referenced. 31 33 49 10 - 4 STORM DRAIN MANHOLES AND JUNCTION BOXES Page 4 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised December 13, 2024 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 3 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 4 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 5 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 6 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 7 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 8 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS – CAST IN PLACE 9 A. Concrete 10 1. Furnish concrete that conforms to the provisions of Section 03 30 00. 11 B. Reinforcing Steel 12 1. Furnish reinforcing steel that conforms to the requirements of Section 03 30 00. 13 C. Frames, Grates, Rings, and Covers 14 1. Provide frames, grates, rings and covers that conform to dimensions and materials 15 shown on Drawings and Section 33 05 13. 16 2. Ensure that covers and grates fit properly into frames and seat uniformly and 17 solidly. 18 D. Backfill – CSS/CLSM (when required in construction Drawings) – Conform to Section 19 33 05 10. 20 E. Steps 21 1. Provide polypropylene supports and steps to the shape and dimensions shown on 22 Drawings that meet the requirements of ASTM D4101 and ASTM C478, Section 23 16, “Steps and Ladders.” 24 2.3 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS – PRECAST 25 A. Manufacturers 26 1. Only the manufacturers as listed on the City’s Standard Products List will be 27 considered as shown in Section 01 60 00. 28 a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 29 2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a 30 substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 31 B. Materials 32 1. Precast Reinforced Concrete Sections – Conform to ASTM C478. 33 2. Precast Joints 34 a. Provide gasketed joints in accordance with ASTM C443. 35 b. Minimize number of segments. 36 c. Use long joints at the bottom and shorter joints toward the top. 37 33 49 10 - 5 STORM DRAIN MANHOLES AND JUNCTION BOXES Page 5 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised December 13, 2024 d. Include manufacturer’s stamp on each section. 1 3. Lifting Devices 2 a. Manhole sections and cones may be furnished with lift lugs or lift holes. 3 1) If lift lugs are provided, place 180 degrees apart. 4 2) If lift holes are provided, place 180 degrees apart and grout during manhole 5 installation. 6 4. Frame and Cover – Conform to Section 33 05 13. 7 5. Backfill – CSS/CLSM (when required in construction Drawings) – Conform to 8 Section 33 05 10. 9 6. Grade Ring – Conform to Section 33 05 13 and ASTM C478. 10 7. Pipe Connections 11 a. Utilize either an integrally cast embedded pipe connector or a boot-type 12 connector installed in a circular block out opening conforming to ASTM C923. 13 2.4 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 14 2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 15 PART 3 - EXECUTION 16 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 17 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 18 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 19 3.4 INSTALLATION 20 A. General 21 1. Perform all concrete work in accordance with Division 3. 22 2. Use of forms is required for all concrete walls, except where the nature of the 23 surrounding material is such that it can be trimmed to a smooth vertical face 24 a. Outside form for concrete bases supporting brick walls may be omitted with 25 approval from the Engineer. 26 3. Cast polypropylene supports and steps into concrete walls when concrete is placed 27 or drill and grout steps in place after concrete placement. 28 B. Excavation and Embedment 29 1. Conform to the requirements of Section 31 23 16, Section 31 50 00 and Section 33 30 05 10, where applicable. 31 C. Manholes for Precast Concrete Drain Pipes 32 1. Construct manholes for precast concrete pipe drains as soon as is practicable after 33 drain lines into or through the manhole locations are completed. 34 2. Neatly cut all drain pipes at the inside face of the walls of the manhole and point up 35 with mortar. 36 D. Manholes for Monolithic Drain Pipes 37 1. Construct bases for manholes on monolithic drain pipes either monolithically with 38 the drain pipe or after the pipe is constructed. 39 33 49 10 - 6 STORM DRAIN MANHOLES AND JUNCTION BOXES Page 6 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised December 13, 2024 E. Manholes for Box Drains 1 1. Cast bases for manholes for box drains as an integral part of the drainage system. 2 2. Manholes may be constructed prior to backfilling or, if the Contractor so elects, 3 manhole opening may be temporarily covered with timber to facilitate compaction 4 of backfill for the pipe system as a whole with tractor equipment. 5 a. Perform required excavation for manhole, construct manhole and backfill in 6 accordance with Drawings. 7 3. For manholes that are over 5-feet deep, include all manhole steps required in the 8 wall of the box drain. 9 F. Junction Structures 10 1. All structures shall be installed as specified in Drawings. 11 G. Inverts 12 1. Shape and route floor inverts passing out or through the manhole as shown on the 13 Drawings. 14 2. Shape by adding and shaping mortar or concrete after the base is cast or by placing 15 the required additional material with the base. 16 H. Curing 17 1. Cure all exposed concrete as required in Division 3. 18 I. Finishing 19 1. Finish all concrete as required in Division 3. 20 J. Form Removal 21 1. Remove concrete form as required in Division 3. 22 K. Placement and Treatment of Castings, Frames, and Fittings 23 1. Place castings, frames and fittings in positions indicated on Drawings or as directed 24 by Engineer, true to line and correct elevation. 25 2. Frames or fittings set in new concrete or mortar 26 a. Place and position anchors or bolts before concrete mortar is placed. 27 b. Do not disturb unit until mortar or concrete has set. 28 3. Frames or fittings placed upon previously constructed masonry 29 a. Bring bearing surface or masonry true to line and grade, and present an even 30 bearing surface, so that entire face or back of unit will come in contact with 31 masonry. 32 b. Set unit in mortar beds or anchor to masonry, as indicated on Drawings or as 33 directed and approved by the Engineer. 34 4. Ensure that units are set firm and secure. 35 5. Allow concrete or mortar to harden for a minimum 7 days. 36 6. Replace and fasten down grates or covers. 37 33 49 10 - 7 STORM DRAIN MANHOLES AND JUNCTION BOXES Page 7 of 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH Normandy Farms STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105438 Revised December 13, 2024 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 1 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 2 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 4 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 5 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 6 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 7 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 8 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 9 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 10 END OF SECTION 11 12 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/13/24 M Owen Renamed specification 1.1 C. – Referenced 33 05 10 1.2 A. Revised to add pay item when imported CSS/LSM is required in Construction Drawings 2.2 B. – Referenced 33 05 10 for import CSS/CLSM material if required in Construction Drawings 2.3 – Added Precast requirements 13 33 49 20 - 1 CURB AND DROP INLETS Page 1 of 5 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised March 11, 2022 SECTION 33 49 20 1 CURB AND DROP INLETS 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A.Section Includes:5 1. Construction of inlets, complete in place or to the stage detailed6 a.Including furnishing and installing frames, grates, rings and covers7 B.Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification8 1. None.9 C.Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:10 1.Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract11 2.Division 1 – General Requirements12 3.Division 3 – Concrete13 4.Section 02 41 13 – Selective Site Demolition14 5.Section 03 30 00 – Cast-In-Place Concrete15 6.Section 03 80 00 – Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures16 7.Section 33 05 10 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill17 8. Section 33 05 13 – Frame, Cover and Grade Rings18 9.Section 33 05 14 – Adjusting Manholes, Inlets, Valve Boxes and Other Structures19 to Grade20 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 21 A.Measurement and Payment22 1.Measurement23 a.Measurement for this Item shall be per each inlet complete in place.24 2.Payment25 a.The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item26 shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Inlet” installed for or per27 “Remove and Replace Inlet Top”:28 1)Various types29 2)Various sizes30 3.The price bid shall include:31 a.Furnishing and installing the specified Inlet32 b.Mobilization33 c.Excavation34 d.Hauling35 e.Disposal of excess materials36 f.Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment37 g.Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill38 h. Concrete39 i.Reinforcing steel40 33 49 20 - 2 CURB AND DROP INLETS Page 2 of 5 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised March 11, 2022 j.Mortar1 k.Aluminu m and castings2 l.Frames3 m.Grates4 n.Rings and covers5 o.Clean-up6 1.3 REFERENCES 7 A.Reference Standards8 1.Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference9 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this10 Specification , unless a date is specifically cited .11 2.ASTM International (ASTM ):12 a.C478, Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole and13 Inlet Sections.14 b. D4101, Standard Specification for Polypropylene Injection and Extrusion15 Materials .16 c.C309, Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for 17 Curing Concrete.18 3.Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT).19 a.Departmental Materials Specification (DMS):20 1)7340, Qualification Procedure for Multi-Project Fabrication Plants of21 Precast Concrete Manholes and Inlets.22 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUI REMENT [NOT USED] 23 1.5 SUBMITTALS 24 A.Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00.25 B.All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery.26 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTA LS 27 A.Product Data28 1.Precast Concrete Inlet29 2.Pipe connections at inlet walls30 3.Stubs and stub plugs31 4. Admixtures32 5.Concrete Mix Design33 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 34 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 35 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 36 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 37 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED ] 38 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 39 33 49 20 - 3 CURB AND DROP INLETS Page 3 of 5 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438] Revised March 11, 2022 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 1 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [OR ] OWNER -SUPPLIEDPROD UCTS [NOT USED] 2 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS 3 A.Materials4 1. Concrete5 a.Furnish concrete that conforms to the provisions of Section 03 30 00.6 2.Reinforcing Steel7 a.Furnish reinforcing steel that conforms to the requirements of Section 03 30 00.8 3.Mortar9 a.Furnish mortar per Section 03 80 00.10 4.Steps11 a.Provide polypropylene supports and steps conforming to the shape and12 dimensions shown on the Drawings that meet the requirements of ASTM13 D4101 and ASTM C 478, Section 16, “Steps and Ladders.”14 5.Curing Materials15 a.Curing materials shall conform to the provisions of Division 3 .16 6.Frames, Grates, Rings and Covers17 a.Provide frames, grates , rings and covers that conform to dimensions and18 materials shown on Drawings and Section 33 05 13.19 b.Ensure that covers and grates fit properly into frames and seat uniformly and20 solidly.21 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 22 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 23 PART 3 - EXECUTION 24 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED ] 25 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 26 3.3 PREPARATION 27 A.Removal28 1.Remove all or portions of existing structures in accordance with Section 02 41 13.29 2.Drill, dowel, and grout in accordance with Section 03 30 00.30 3.4 INSTALLATION 31 A.Interface with Other Work32 1.All types of inlets may be built either in 1 stage or in 2 stages, described as Stage I33 and Stage II.34 a.Build inlets designed to match the final roadway surface in stages.35 2.Construct the Stage I portion of inlets as shown on the Drawings or as specified in36 this Section .37 a.Furnish and install a temporary cover as approved by the Engineer.38 33 49 20 - 4 CURB AND DROP INLETS Page 4 of 5 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised March 11, 2022 3.Construct Stage II after the pavement structure is substantially complete unless 1 otherwise approved by the Engineer.2 a.For Stage II, construct the remaining wall height and top of inlet and furnish3 and install any frames, grates, rings and covers, manhole steps, curb beams or4 collecting basins required.5 B.Cast -In-Place Inlets6 1.Construct cast-in -place inlets in accordance with Section 03 30 00.7 a.Forms will be required for all concrete walls.8 b.Outside wall forms for cast-in -place concrete may be omitted with the approval 9 of the Engineer if the surrounding material can be trimmed to a smooth vertical 10 face.11 2.Cast polypropylene steps into the concrete walls when the concrete is placed, or12 drill and grout steps in place after concrete placement. 13 C.Inlets for Precast Concrete Drain Pipe s14 1.Construct inlets for precast concrete drain pipes as soon as is practicable after storm15 drain lines into or through the inlet locations are completed.16 a.Neatly cut all pipes at the inside face of the walls of the inlet and point up with17 mortar.18 D.Inlets for Monolithic Drain Pipes19 1.Construct bases for inlets on monolithic drain pipes either monolithically with the20 storm drain or after the storm drain is constructed.21 E.Inverts22 1.Shape and route floor inverts passing out or through the inlet as shown on the23 Drawings.24 2.Shape by adding and shaping mortar or concrete after the base is cast or by placing25 the required additional material with the base.26 F.Finishing Complete Inlets27 1.Complete inlets in accordance with the Drawings.28 2.Backfill to original ground elevation in accordance with Section 33 05 10.29 G.Finishing Stage I Construction30 1.Complete Stage I construction by constructing the walls to the elevations shown on31 the Drawings and backfilling to required elevations in accordance with Section 3332 05 10.33 H.Stage II Construction34 1.Construct subgrade and base course or concrete pavement construction over Stage I35 inlet construction, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.36 2.Excavate to expose the top of Stage I construction and complete the inlet in37 ac cordance with the Drawings and these Specifications, including backfill and38 cleaning of all debris from the bottom of the manhole or inlet.39 I.Form Removal40 1.Forms used in the construction of “Inlets” which support vertical loads will remain41 in place at least 24 hours after the concrete is placed.42 33 49 20 - 5 CURB AND DROP INLETS Page 5 of 5 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Normandy Farms 105438 Revised March 11, 2022 2.Other forms shall remain in place for a minimum time 24 hours after concrete is 1 placed, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.2 J.Curing3 1.Cure all exposed concrete as required in Section 03 30 00.4 K.Finishing5 1.Conform to Section 03 30 00.6 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 7 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 8 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTR OL [NOT USED] 9 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 10 3.9 ADJUSTING 11 A.Refer to Section 33 05 14.12 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 13 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 14 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED ] 15 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 16 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 17 END OF SECTION 18 19 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 3/11/2022 M Owen Revised measurement and payment section to include bid item for “Remove and Replace Inlet Top” 20 21 22 33 49 40 - 1 STORM DRAIN HEADWALLS, WINGWALLS AND SAFETY END TREATMENTS Page 1 of 5 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised July 1, 2011 SECTION 33 49 40 STORM DRAIN HEADWALLS, WINGWALLS AND SAFETY END TREATMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Storm drain headwalls, wingwalls, and safety end treatments B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 3. Section 02 41 13 – Selective Site Demolition 4. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-In-Place Concrete 5. Section 31 37 00 – Riprap 6. Section 33 05 10 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 7. Section 33 41 10 – Reinforced Concrete Storm Sewer Pipe/Culverts D. Standard Details 1. Concrete Headwall - Refer to TXDOT Fort Worth District Details 2. Concrete Wingwall - Refer to TXDOT Fort Worth District Details 3. Safety End Treatment - Refer to TXDOT Fort Worth District Details 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Concrete Headwall a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each “Headwall” satisfactorily completed as specified on the Drawings. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item will be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Headwall” installed for: a) Various pipe sizes b) Various types c) Various number of pipes c. The price bid shall include: 1) Constructing, furnishing, transporting and installing the Concrete Headwall 2) Connecting to the existing structure 3) Breaking back, removing and disposing of portions of the existing structure 4) Replacing portions of the existing structure to make connections 5) Excavation 6) Hauling 33 49 40 - 2 STORM DRAIN HEADWALLS, WINGWALLS AND SAFETY END TREATMENTS Page 2 of 5 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised July 1, 2011 7) Disposal of excess material 8) Furnishing, placing and compaction of backfill 9) Concrete, as required by Drawings 10) Reinforcing Steel, if required by Drawings 11) Corrugated metal pipe, if required by Drawings 12) Reinforced concrete pipe, if required by Drawings 13) Clean-up 2. Safety End Treatment a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each “SET” satisfactorily completed as specified on the Drawings. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item will be paid for at the unit price bid per each “SET” installed for: a) Various types b) Various pipe sizes c) Various number of pipes c. The price bid shall include: 1) Constructing, furnishing, transporting and installing the Concrete Headwall 2) Connecting to the existing structure 3) Breaking back, removing and disposing of portions of the existing structure 4) Replacing portions of the existing structure to make connections 5) Excavation 6) Hauling 7) Disposal of excess materials 8) Furnishing, placing and compaction of backfill 9) Concrete, as required by Drawings 10) Reinforcing Steel, if required by Drawings 11) Corrugated metal pipe, if required by Drawings 12) Reinforced concrete pipe, if required by Drawings 13) Clean-up 1.3 REFERENCES A. Definitions 1. Headwalls - all walls, including wings, at the ends of single-barrel and multiple- barrel pipe culvert structures 2. Wingwalls - all walls at the ends of single-barrel or multiple-barrel box culvert structures B. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS 1. Refer to Section 03 30 00. 33 49 40 - 3 STORM DRAIN HEADWALLS, WINGWALLS AND SAFETY END TREATMENTS Page 3 of 5 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised July 1, 2011 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATION SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 1. Marking a. Before shipment from the casting or fabrication yard, clearly mark the following on each precast unit: 1) Date of manufacture 2) Name or trademark of the manufacturer 3) Type and size designation 2. Causes for Rejection a. Precast units may be rejected for not meeting any one of the Specification requirements. b. Individual units may also be rejected for fractures or cracks passing through the wall or surface defects indicating honeycombed or open texture surfaces. c. Remove rejected units from the project, and replace them with acceptable units meeting the requirements of this Section. B. Storage and Handling Requirements 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 66 00. 2. Store precast units on a level surface. 3. Do not place any loads on precast concrete units until design strength is reached. 4. Do not ship units until design strength requirements have been met. 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS A. Materials 1. Concrete a. Furnish concrete that conforms to the provisions of Section 03 30 00. 2. Reinforcing Steel a. Furnish reinforcing steel that conforms to the requirements of Section 03 30 00. B. Fabrication 1. Fabricate cast-in-place concrete units and precast units in accordance with Section 03 30 00. 33 49 40 - 4 STORM DRAIN HEADWALLS, WINGWALLS AND SAFETY END TREATMENTS Page 4 of 5 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised July 1, 2011 1) Safety End Treatment will be precast for 30-inch and smaller diameters and cast in place for greater than 30-inch diameters. 2. Fabrication Tolerances a. Lifting Holes 1) For precast units, provide no more than 4 lifting holes in each section. 2) Lifting holes may be cast, cut into fresh concrete after form removal or drilled. 3) Provide lifting holes large enough for adequate lifting devices based on the size and weight of the section. a) The maximum hole diameter is 3 inches at the inside surface of the wall and 4 inches at the outside surface. b) Do not cut more than 1 longitudinal wire or 2 circumferential wires per layer of reinforcing steel when locating lift holes. 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION A. Removal 1. Remove all or portions of existing structures in accordance with Section 02 41 13. 2. Drill, dowel and grout in accordance with Section 03 30 00. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Interface with Other Work 1. Make connections to new or existing structures in accordance with the details shown on the Drawings. 2. Furnish jointing material in accordance with Section 33 41 10, or as shown on the Drawings. B. Excavation, Shaping, Bedding and Backfill a. Excavate, shape, bed and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. b. Take special precautions in placing and compacting the backfill to avoid any movement or damage to the units. c. Bed precast units on foundations of firm and stable material accurately shaped to conform to the bases of the units. C. Placement of Precast Units a. Provide adequate means to lift and place the precast units. 1) Utilize sufficient number of lifting holes to ensure that the units are not damaged during lifting. b. Fill lifting holes with mortar or concrete and cure. 1) Precast concrete or mortar plugs may be used. 33 49 40 - 5 STORM DRAIN HEADWALLS, WINGWALLS AND SAFETY END TREATMENTS Page 5 of 5 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised July 1, 2011 3.5 REPAIR A. Occasional imperfections in manufacture or accidental damage sustained during handling may be repaired. 1. The repaired units will be acceptable if they conform to the requirements of this Section and the repairs are sound, properly finished and cured in conformance with pertinent Specifications. B. Repair spalled areas around lifting holes. 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE CFW Product Name Manufacturer Manufacturer Product Name & Description Makers Sales and Marketing, LLC MRT2470AB‐Type 11, 36" or 60" Rise 2/Bolt 8' Arm, Galvanized Makers Sales and Marketing, LLC MRT2470AB‐Type 11, 36" or 60" Rise 2/Bolt 8' Arm, Black Valmont Industries, Inc DB01373(page 1 of 6)‐Shoe Base Pole Type 11, Galvanized Makers Sales and Marketing, LLC Type 33B, 36" Rise Simplex 8' Arm, Galvanized Makers Sales and Marketing, LLC Type 33B, 36" Rise Simplex 8' Arm, Black Valmont Industries, Inc DB01373(page 4 of 6)‐Single Arm Type 33B, Galvanized Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc.American Electric Lighting, ATB0‐P101‐Mvolt‐R2‐3K‐ MP‐NL‐P7‐AO‐RFD325607 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc.American Electric Lighting, ATB0‐P101‐Mvolt‐R4‐3K‐ MP‐NL‐P7‐AO‐RFD325606 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc.American Electric Lighting, ATB0‐P101‐Mvolt‐R2‐3K‐BK‐ MP‐NL‐P7‐AO‐RFD325609 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc.American Electric Lighting, ATB0‐P101‐Mvolt‐R4‐3K‐BK‐ MP‐NL‐P7‐AO‐RFD325608 McFarland Cascade CREOSOTE 30/35 FOOT TIMBER POLE Bayou Forest Products 30‐35’ .80 CCA Green Timber Pole Makers Sales and Marketing, LLC Wood Pole Arm, 36" Rise Simplex 8' Arm, Galvanized Makers Sales and Marketing, LLC Wood Pole Arm, 36" Rise Simplex 8' Arm, Black Valmont Industries, Inc DB01373(page 6 of 6)‐Wood Pole Arm, Galvanized Makers Sales and Marketing, LLC MRT33.585AB‐Type 18, 36" or 60" Rise 2/Bolt 8' Arm, Galvanized Makers Sales and Marketing, LLC MRT33.585AB‐Type 18, 36" or 60" Rise 2/Bolt 8' Arm, Black Valmont Industries, Inc DB01373(page 2 of 6)‐Shoe Base Pole Type 18, Galvanized Makers Sales and Marketing, LLC Type 33A, 60" Rise Simplex 8' Arm, Galvanized Makers Sales and Marketing, LLC Type 33A, 60" Rise Simplex 8' Arm, Black Valmont Industries, Inc DB01373(page 3 of 6)‐Single Arm Type 33A, Galvanized Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc.American Electric Lighting, ATB0‐P303‐Mvolt‐R2‐3K‐ MP‐NL‐P7‐AO‐RFD322792 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc.American Electric Lighting, ATB0‐P303‐Mvolt‐R4‐3K‐ MP‐NL‐P7‐AO‐RFD322794 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc.American Electric Lighting, ATB0‐P303‐Mvolt‐R2‐3K‐BK‐ MP‐NL‐P7‐AO‐RFD322793 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc.American Electric Lighting, ATB0‐P303‐Mvolt‐R4‐3K‐BK‐ MP‐NL‐P7‐AO‐RFD322795 Wood Pole Arm CFW Lighting Approved Products List Arterial Luminaire Residential Luminaire Residential‐Standard Arterial‐Standard Type 11 Pole Type 33B Arm Timber Pole Type 18 Pole Type 33A Arm McFarland Cascade CREOSOTE 35/40 FOOT TIMBER POLE Bayou Forest Products 30‐35’ .80 CCA Green Timber Pole Makers Sales and Marketing, LLC Wood Pole Arm, 60" Rise Simplex 8' Arm, Galvanized Makers Sales and Marketing, LLC Wood Pole Arm, 60" Rise Simplex 8' Arm, Black Valmont Industries, Inc DB01373(page 5 of 6)‐Wood Pole Arm, Galvanized Washington 10' Pole Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc.Holophane, CLA 10.6(0AL)FT J20P07BK‐MOD, AB‐31‐4 RFD110736 Washington 14' Pole Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc.Holophane, CLA14FT J20DMODC03BK RFD325026, AB‐ 16‐4 SPEC RFD325026 Washington Luminaire Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc.Holophane, WFCL3 P40 30K MVOLT FC3 NF BK AO PR7 FRGL RFD338699 Washington Globe Luminaire Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. Holophane, AWDE3 P40 30K MVOLT MS AL3 BK PR7 AO RFD‐315548 Oleander Type A Pole Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc.Holophane, PDA 12S5L20POBBK‐MOD Oleander Type B Pole Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc.Holophane, PDA20S5L20P08BK‐MOD Oleander Type B Arm Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc.Holophane, OHC 15IN 2A TN BK Oleander Luminaire Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. Holophane, AUCL2 P40 30K AS BK L3 N P7 AO RFD338741 Berry 12' Pole Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc.Holophane, RSA 12 50 G12 SC BK AB‐26‐4 RFD326400 Berry 20' Pole Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc.Holophane, PD20S5J20P11BK RFD338816 Berry Arm Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc.Holophane, VLC 27IN 1A TN QSM BK Berry Luminaire Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. Holophane, GPLF3 P40 30K MVOLT ASY QSM BK PR7 AO SH Banner Arms Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc.Holophane, BA‐24IN‐2A‐C0‐S4J‐BL‐075P‐BK Cantex Inc. Rigid Nonmetallic Schedule 80 Conduit, Meets UL 651 specifi cations and NEMA TC2, Rated for 90°C Cable, Sunlight Resistant, 10’ Lengths and 20' lengths Heritage Plastics Rigid Nonmetallic Schedule 80 Electric Conduit, Meets UL 651 specifications, RUS listed, NEMA TC‐2 and NEMA TC‐3, Rated for 90°C Cable, Sunlight & Weather Resistant Atkore‐Heritage Plastics PVC Rigid Schedule 80 Conduit, Conforms to UL 651 and NEMA TC 2, Sunlight Resistant, Listed for 90°C conductors or cable Prime Conduit, Inc Schedule 80 PVC Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit, Extra Heavy Wall EPC‐80, Sunlight resistant, Rated for use with 90°C conductors, Meets UL651 Splice Kit With Connector NSi Industries, LLC Gel Stub Splice Kit with Connector, Easy‐Splice, ESSLK Series Wood Pole Arm Timber Pole Conduit Decorative‐Pedestrian System Southwire Type XHHW‐2 copper conductor, 600V Encore Wire TYPE XHHW‐2 / RW90, copper conductor, Superslick Elite, 600V/1000V Encore Wire THHN / MTW / THWN‐2 Copper conductor, 600V Service Wire Co Servicepro‐X XHHW‐2, 600/1,000 Volt Copper, CT Rated Advanced Digital Cable Inc XHHW‐2 Low Smoke Halogen Free, Cross‐linked Polyethylene Insulated 14 AWG‐750 MCM, 600 Volts, 90°C Dry and wet Aluminum Wire‐Triplex Priority Wire & Cable, Inc Triplex Overhead Aluminum Conductor Edison General Purpose, Midget Class MEN Fuses, Voltage Rating: MEN ‐ 250 VAC, Ampere Rating: 0.5 ‐ 30 Amps, Interrupting Rating: 10,000 RMS Amps @ 125V Edison Modular Ferrule Fuse Blocks for Midget Class and CC Fuses Cooper In‐line fuse holders for Single‐Pole 13/32" x 1 1/2" Fuses HEB‐AA EATON Bussmann Series, HEB breakaway and non‐breakaway in‐line fuse holders for UL 13/32” x 1‐ 1/2”supplemental fuses EATON Bussmann Series, FNM 13⁄32˝ x 1‐1⁄2˝ 250Vac Ɵme‐ delay supplemental fuses Connector Thomas & Betts Wire Joints for Copper Conductor, Cat No: 54615, 54620, 54625‐TB, 54635, 54640, 54630 Electrol Systems, Inc TY A (120/240) 100(NS)AL(E)PS(U) WE Manufacturing & Controls TY A 120/240 100(NS)AL(E)PS(U) Electrol Systems, Inc TY A (240/480) 100(NS)AL(E)PS(U) WE Manufacturing & Controls TY A 240/480 100(NS)AL(E)PS(U) MacLean Highline Polymer Concrete, PHA132412X0002: TIER 22 (X) 22, 500lbs Oldcastle Polymer Concrete, H‐SERIES UNIT, H1730‐24 TIER‐22 ‐ TXDOT 2x 1/2" CAPTIVE BOLT ‐ 2x BRASS FLOATING NUT Oldcastle Polymer Concrete, H‐SERIES UNIT, H1324‐24 TIER‐15 ‐ TXDOT 2x 1/2" CAPTIVE BOLT ‐ 2x BRASS FLOATING NUT Kearneys NSi Industries, LLC Split Bolt Connectors, Copper Split Bolts 2 Wire, N Series Photocell Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc.Dark To Light, DLL Elite, Electronic Locking, Type Photocontrol, DLL‐127 or DLL‐480 Shorting Caps Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc.Dark To Light, Part # DSHORT SBK U Residential Luminaire TRASTAR INC.DURA‐STR10A‐3K‐120‐3‐GR‐SCL Arterial Luminaire TRASTAR INC.DURA‐STR25‐3K‐120‐3‐GR‐SCL Interim Products Copper Wire/Conductor Metered Pedestal 120‐240V Metered Pedestal 240‐ 480V Ground Box Fuse & Fuse Holder !!!!!!!! Attention: Mix Designs do not supersede CFW Specifications !!!!!!!!!! Approval Spec No.Classification Manufacturer Mix ID Mix Description Design Strength @ 28 days Design Rquirements National Spec Concrete Class A (Sidewalk, ADA Ramps, Driveways, Curb/Gutter, Median Pavement) 9/9/2022 32 13 20 Mix Design American Concrete Company 30CAF029 3000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 4/3/2025 32 13 20 Mix Design Big Town Concrete 2211 3000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 7/16/2025 32 13 20 Mix Design Big Town Concrete 22113 With 30% Slag 3000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 20 Mix Design Burnco Texas 30U101AG 3000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 4/1/2024 32 13 20 Mix Design Burnco Texas 30U500BG 3000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 20 Mix Design Carder Concrete FWCC502001 3000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 20 Mix Design Carder Concrete FWCC502021 3500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 20 Mix Design Chisholm Trail Redi Mix C13020AE 3000 psi 3-5" Slump; 4.5-7.5% Air 4/28/2025 32 13 20 Mix Design Chisholm Trail Redi Mix CT6020A 3600 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 20 Mix Design City Concrete Company 30HA20II 3000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 20 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 253-W 3000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 20 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 250 3000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 20 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 350 3000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 1/29/2024 32 13 20 Mix Design Estrada Ready Mix R3050AEWR 3000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 20 Mix Design Amrize/ Holcim 1261 3000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/23/2024 32 13 20 Mix Design Amrize/ Holcim 5177 3000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 5/8/2025 32 13 20 Mix Design Amrize/ Holcim 530WA-T1 3000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 4/7/2023 32 13 20 Mix Design Liquid Stone C301D 3000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 20 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2136214 3000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 20 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2136014 3000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 4/1/2023 32 13 20 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2136N14 3000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 6/1/2023 32 13 20 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2136R20 3000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 6/1/2023 32 13 20 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2136N20 3000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 11/2/2022 32 13 20 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2141K24 4000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 4/7/2023 32 13 20 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2136K14 3000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 20 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2131314 3000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 20 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2132214 3000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 20 Mix Design Martin Marietta D9490SC 3000 psi 3-5" Slump; 4.5-7.5% Air 5/9/2025 32 13 20 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2136R14 3000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 10/4/2023 32 13 20 Mix Design NBR Ready Mix CLS A-YY 3000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 10/4/2023 32 13 20 Mix Design NBR Ready Mix CLS A-NY 3000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 7/10/2023 32 13 20 Mix Design Osburn 30A50MR 3000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 1/18/2023 32 13 20 Mix Design Rapid Redi Mix RRM5020A 3000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 1/24/2023 32 13 20 Mix Design Rapid Redi Mix RRM5525A 3600 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 10/24/2024 32 13 20 Mix Design SRM Concrete 30850 With 20% Fly Ash 3000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 10/24/2024 32 13 20 Mix Design SRM Concrete 30350 3000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 10/18/2024 32 13 20 Mix Design SRM Concrete 30050 With 20% Fly Ash 3000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 20 Mix Design Tarrant Concrete FW5025A 3000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 20 Mix Design Tarrant Concrete CP5020A 3000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 10/10/2022 32 13 20 Mix Design Tarrant Concrete TCFW5020A 3000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 20 Mix Design Tarrant Concrete FW5525A2 3000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 20 Mix Design Titan Ready Mix 3020AE 3000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 20 Mix Design True Grit Redi Mix 0250.230 3000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 20 Mix Design True Grit Redi Mix 0250.2301 3000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 11/17/2025 32 13 20 Mix Design True Grit Redi Mix 450.230 With 30% Slag 3000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air Class CIP (Inlets, Manholes, Junction Boxes, Encasement, Blocking, Collars, (Spread Footing Pedestal Pole Foundations —Reference Detail 34 41 10-D605A)) 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design American Concrete Company 40CNF065 4000 psi 3-5" Slump; 0-3% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Burnco Texas 40U500BG 4000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 8/21/2025 33 13 13 Mix Design Burnco Texas 36U500BG 1" 20% MRWR AIR (Lighting and Signal Footing Foundation)3600 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 4/28/2025 34 13 13 Mix Design Chisholm Trail Redi Mix CT6020A 3600 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 4/28/2025 35 13 13 Mix Design Chisholm Trail Redi Mix CTFW5520A 3600 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 4/28/2025 36 13 13 Mix Design Chisholm Trail Redi Mix CTFW6020A 4000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 8/4/2025 37 13 13 Mix Design Chisholm Trail Redi Mix CTFW5020A 3000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 255-2 3000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 355 3000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 255 3500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 270 5000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 370 5000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 353 3000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 257 3600 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 357 3600 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 5/7/2025 32 13 13 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 265-42 4200 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 2/7/2025 32 13 13 Mix Design Amrize/ Holcim 1701 4000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 2/7/2025 32 13 13 Mix Design Amrize/ Holcim 1551 3000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Amrize/ Holcim 5409 4000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 8/14/2025 32 13 13 Mix Design Amrize/ Holcim 540WA-T1 With 20% Fly Ash and 30% Slag 4000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 4/27/2023 32 13 13 Mix Design Liquid Stone C361DNFA 3600 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2141230 4000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 8/4/2023 32 13 13 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2141R24 4000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 11/20/2023 32 13 13 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2146R33 4000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 11/20/2023 32 13 13 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2146K33 4000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air CITY OF FORT WORTH TRANSPORTATION/PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCTS LIST AS OF 11/26/2025 Page 1 of 6 !!!!!!!! Attention: Mix Designs do not supersede CFW Specifications !!!!!!!!!! Approval Spec No.Classification Manufacturer Mix ID Mix Description Design Strength @ 28 days Design Rquirements National Spec CITY OF FORT WORTH TRANSPORTATION/PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCTS LIST AS OF 11/26/2025 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2142233 3600 psi 3-5" Slump; 4.5-7.5% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2136224 3600 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2141233 3600 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2146038 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 10/24/2024 32 13 13 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2146K34 4000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 5/5/2025 32 13 13 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2146R35 4000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 5/5/2025 33 13 13 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2146K35 4000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 5/5/2025 33 13 13 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2146N33 4000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/12/2023 32 13 13 Mix Design NBR Ready Mix CLS P1-YY 4000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design NBR Ready Mix TX C-YY 3000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design NBR Ready Mix TX C-NY 3000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 1/18/2023 32 13 13 Mix Design Rapid Redi Mix RRM5320A 3000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 1/18/2023 32 13 13 Mix Design Rapid Redi Mix RRM6020ASS 4000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 10/24/2024 32 13 13 Mix Design SRM Concrete 40350 4000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 10/24/2024 32 13 13 Mix Design SRM Concrete 40850 4000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/16/2024 32 13 13 Mix Design SRM Concrete 35050 3500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 4/28/2025 32 13 13 Mix Design SRM Concrete 36850 3600 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 11/24/2025 03 30 00 Mix Design SRM Concrete 45852 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 4.5-7.5% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Tarrant Concrete FW5320A 3000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 10/10/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Tarrant Concrete TCFW6025A2 4000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air Class C (Drilled Shaft for Traffic Signal Pole Foundations Reference Detail 31 41 10-D605) 8/21/2025 32 13 13 Mix Design Burnco Texas 40U502BG 1" 20% HRWR AIR 3600 psi 6-8" Slump; 3-6% Air 6/21/2023 32 13 13 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 360-DS 3600 psi 5.5-7.5" Slump; 3-6% Air 10/30/2024 32 13 13 Mix Design Estrada Ready Mix R36575AEWR 3600 psi 5.5-7.5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/11/2025 32 13 13 Mix Design Gonzalez Brothers P6020LA 3600 psi 5.5-7.5" Slump; 3-6% Air 12/5/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Amrize/ Holcim 1822 3600 psi 5.5-7.5" Slump; 0-3% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Amrize/ Holcim 1859 4000 psi 5.5-7.5" Slump; 3-6% Air 4/7/2023 32 13 13 Mix Design Liquid Stone C361DHR 3600 psi 5.5-7.5" Slump; 3-6% Air 6/27/2023 32 13 13 Mix Design Martin Marietta U2146N41 3600 psi 5-7" Slump; 3-6% Air 6/27/2023 32 13 13 Mix Design Martin Marietta U2146K45 3600 psi 5-7" Slump; 3-6% Air 5/9/2025 32 13 13 Mix Design Martin Marietta U2146R41 3600 psi 5-7" Slump; 3-6% Air 8/22/2024 32 13 13 Mix Design NBR Ready Mix 135K2524 3600 psi 5.5" Slump; 3-6% Air 8/22/2024 32 13 13 Mix Design NBR Ready Mix 135K0524 3600 psi 5.5" Slump; 3-6% Air Class C (Headwalls, Wing walls, Culverts) 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Carder Concrete FWCC602001 4000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design City Concrete Company 40LA2011 4000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 260-2 3600 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 360-1 3600 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 260-1 3600 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 8/11/2025 32 13 13 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 275 With 20% Fly Ash 5000 psi 4-6" Slump: 3-6% Air 8/11/2025 32 13 13 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 375 5000 psi 4-6" Slump: 3-6% Air 1/29/2024 32 13 13 Mix Design Estrada Ready Mix R3655AEWR 3600 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design GCH Concrete Services GCH4000 4000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 4/1/2023 32 13 13 Mix Design Martin Marietta 310LBP 3600 psi 3-5" Slump; 4-7% Air 8/30/2023 32 13 13 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2141R30 4000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2146035 4000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design SRM Concrete 40050 4000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design SRM Concrete 35022 With 20% Fly Ash 3600 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Tarrant Concrete FW6020A2 4000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air Class P (Machine Placed Paving) 4/3/2025 32 13 13 Mix Design Big Town Concrete 4511 3600 psi 1-3" Slump; 3-6% Air 4/3/2025 32 13 13 Mix Design Big Town Concrete 4411 3600 psi 1-3" Slump; 3-6% Air 6/30/2025 32 13 13 Mix Design Big Town Concrete 5211 With 20% Fly Ash 4000 psi 1-3" Slump; 3-6% Air 6/30/2025 30 13 13 Mix Design Big Town Concrete 52113 With 30% Slag 4000 psi 1-3" Slump; 3-6% Air 6/30/2025 30 13 13 Mix Design Big Town Concrete 5311 4000 psi 1-3" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/30/2025 30 13 13 Mix Design Burnco Texas 40U553BG 1" 20% MRWR AIR 4000 psi 1-3" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Carder Concrete FWCC552091 3600 psi 1-3" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Carder Concrete FWCC602091 4000 psi 1-3" Slump; 3-6% Air 11/6/2025 32 13 13 Mix Design Chisholm Trail Redi Mix CT5520AMP With 20% Fly Ash 3600 psi 1-3" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design City Concrete Company 36LA2011 3600 psi 1-3" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 33 13 13 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 257-M 3600 psi 1-3" Slump; 3-6% Air 11/14/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 357-M 3600 psi 1-3" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 260-M 4000 psi 1-3" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 360-M 4000 psi 1-3" Slump; 3-6% Air 2/6/2024 32 13 13 Mix Design Estrada Ready Mix TD3655AEWR 3600 psi 1-3" Slump; 3-6% Air 5/12/2025 32 13 13 Mix Design Amrize/ Holcim 1703 4000 psi 1-3" Slump; 3-6% Air 10/3/2025 32 13 13 Mix Design Amrize/ Holcim 5405 With 20% Fly Ash 4000 psi 1-3" Slump; 3-6% Air 8/4/2023 32 13 13 Mix Design Martin Marietta Q2141R27 4000 psi 1-3" Slump; 3-6% Air 11/2/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Martin Marietta Q2141K30 4000 psi 1-3" Slump; 3-6% Air …CIP Concrete (Continues) Page 2 of 6 !!!!!!!! Attention: Mix Designs do not supersede CFW Specifications !!!!!!!!!! Approval Spec No.Classification Manufacturer Mix ID Mix Description Design Strength @ 28 days Design Rquirements National Spec CITY OF FORT WORTH TRANSPORTATION/PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCTS LIST AS OF 11/26/2025 …Class P Concrete (Continues) 5/5/2025 32 13 13 Mix Design Martin Marietta Q2141N27 4000 psi 1-3" Slump; 3-6% Air 10/4/2023 32 13 13 Mix Design NBR Ready Mix TX C SF-YY 3600 psi 1-3" Slump; 3-6% Air 10/4/2023 32 13 13 Mix Design NBR Ready Mix TX C SF-NY 3600 psi 1-3" Slump; 3-6% Air 10/24/2024 32 13 13 Mix Design SRM Concrete 40068 4000 psi 1-3" Slump; 3-6% Air 10/24/2024 32 13 13 Mix Design SRM Concrete 40825 4000 psi 1-3" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/16/2024 32 13 13 Mix Design SRM Concrete 40025 With 20% Fly Ash 4000 psi 1-3" Slump; 3-6% Air 10/18/2024 32 13 13 Mix Design SRM Concrete 35023 3600 psi 1-3" Slump; 3-6% Air 6/5/2025 32 13 13 Mix Design SRM Concrete 40324 4000 psi 1-3" Slump; 3-6% Air 7/21/2025 32 13 13 Mix Design SINACOLA 24011-4000MP 20%With 20% Fly Ash 4000 psi 1-3" Slump; 3-6% Air 7/21/2025 32 13 13 Mix Design SINACOLA 24011-4000MP Straight Cement 4000 psi 1-3" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Tarrant Concrete FW5520AMP 3600 psi 1-3" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design True Grit Redi Mix 0255.2301 3600 psi 1-3" Slump; 3.5-6.5% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design True Grit Redi Mix 0260.2302 4000 psi 1-3" Slump; 3.5-6.5% Air 6/17/2025 32 13 13 Mix Design True Grit Redi Mix 460.230M 4000 psi 1-3" Slump; 3-6% Air 6/23/2025 32 13 13 Mix Design True Grit Redi Mix 360.230M 4000 psi 1-3" Slump; 3-6% Air Class H (Hand Placed Paving, Valley Gutter) 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design American Concrete Company 45CAF076 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 5/2/2023 32 13 13 Mix Design Big D Concrete CM14520AE 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 4/3/2025 32 13 13 Mix Design Big Town Concrete 6211 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 4/3/2025 32 13 13 Mix Design Big Town Concrete 6311 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 4/5/2025 32 13 13 Mix Design Big Town Concrete 6017 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 7/16/2025 32 13 13 Mix Design Big Town Concrete 62113 With 30% Slag 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Burnco Texas 45U500BG 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/30/2025 33 13 13 Mix Design Burnco Texas 45U100AG 4000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Carder Concrete FWCC602021 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 4/28/2025 32 13 13 Mix Design Chisholm Trail Redi Mix CTFW6520A 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design City Concrete Company 45NA20II 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 265 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 365 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 1/29/2024 32 13 13 Mix Design Estrada Ready Mix R4560AEWR/4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 4-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design GCH Concrete Services GCH4500 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 10/4/2024 32 13 13 Mix Design Amrize/ Holcim 5507 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Amrize/ Holcim 1851 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 5/8/2025 32 13 13 Mix Design Amrize/ Hocim 545WA-T1 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 4/5/2025 32 13 13 Mix Design Liquid Stone C451D 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 11/2/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2146N35 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 8/4/2023 32 13 13 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2146R36 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 11/2/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2146N36 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 5/22/2023 32 13 13 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2146K37 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 12/22/2023 32 13 13 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2146R44 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 12/22/2023 32 13 13 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2146K44 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 11/15/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2146P36 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 11/15/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2146K36 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2147241 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 4.5-7.5% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2146236 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2146036 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2146242 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2146042 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 6/3/2025 32 13 13 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2146K43 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 10/4/2023 32 13 13 Mix Design NBR Ready Mix CLS P2-YY 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 10/4/2023 32 13 13 Mix Design NBR Ready Mix CLS P2-NY 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 7/10/2023 32 13 13 Mix Design Osburn 45A60MR 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 1/24/2023 32 13 13 Mix Design Rapid Redi Mix RRM6320AHP 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 2/7/2025 32 13 13 Mix Design SRM Concrete 45023 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design SRM Concrete 45000 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 5/23/2025 32 13 13 Mix Design SRM Concrete 45300 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 10/24/2024 32 13 13 Mix Design SRM Concrete 45350 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 10/24/2024 32 13 13 Mix Design SRM Concrete 45850 With 20% Fly Ash 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 10/18/2024 32 13 13 Mix Design SRM Concrete 45050 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 7/21/2025 32 13 13 Mix Design SINACOLA 24011-4500HP 20%With 20% Fly Ash 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 7/21/2025 32 13 13 Mix Design SINACOLA 24011-4500HP Straight Cement 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Tarrant Concrete FW6020AHP 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Tarrant Concrete FW60AHP 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Tarrant Concrete TCFW6020AHP 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Titan Ready Mix TRC4520 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design True Grit Redi Mix 0260.2301 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design True Grit Redi Mix 0265.2301 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3.5-6.5% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design True Grit Redi Mix 270.230 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 6/12/2025 32 13 13 Mix Design True Grit Redi Mix 465.230H With 30% Slag 4500 psi 3-5" Slump: 3-6% Air 6/23/2025 32 13 13 Mix Design True Grit Redi Mix 365.230H 4500 psi 3-5" Slump: 3-6% Air 10/9/2024 32 13 13 Mix Design Wildcatter 4520AI 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air Page 3 of 6 !!!!!!!! Attention: Mix Designs do not supersede CFW Specifications !!!!!!!!!! Approval Spec No.Classification Manufacturer Mix ID Mix Description Design Strength @ 28 days Design Rquirements National Spec CITY OF FORT WORTH TRANSPORTATION/PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCTS LIST AS OF 11/26/2025 Class HES (High Early Strength Paving) 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Big D Concrete 14500AE 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 11/18/2025 32 13 13 Mix Design Chisholm Trail Redi Mix CTTX70AHES 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 370-1NC 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 375-NC 5000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 370-NC 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 1/18/2023 32 13 13 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 380-NC 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 1/29/2024 32 13 13 Mix Design Estrada Ready Mix 4575AESC 4500 psi / 3000 psi @ 3 days 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Amrize/ Holcim 2125 5000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 1/24/2023 32 13 13 Mix Design Liquid Stone C451DHR-A 4500 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 4/7/2023 32 13 13 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2161K70 6000 psi / 3000 psi @ 24hr.3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 2/10/2023 32 13 13 Mix Design SRM Concrete 50310 5000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 2/7/2025 32 13 13 Mix Design SRM Concrete 40326 4500 psi / 3000 psi @ 3 days 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Tarrant Concrete FW6520AMR 4500 psi / 3000 psi @ 3 days 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Tarrant Concrete FW7520AMR 4500 psi / 3000 psi @ 3 days 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air Class S (Bridge Slabs, Top Slabs of Direct Traffic Culverts, Approach Slabs) 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 260 4000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 360 4000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 9/9/2022 32 13 13 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 365-STX 4000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 1/29/2024 32 13 13 Mix Design Estrada Ready Mix R4060AEWR 4000 psi 4-6" Slump; 3-6% Air 5/3/2023 32 13 13 Mix Design Martin Marietta M7842344 4000 psi 3-5" Slump; 4.5-7.5% Air 4/1/2023 32 13 13 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2146P33 4000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 8/18/2025 32 13 13 Mix Design Martin Marietta 610LBT 4000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 4/15/2024 32 13 13 Mix Design NBR Ready Mix TX S-NY 4000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 4/15/2024 32 13 13 Mix Design NBR Ready Mix TX S-YY 4000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 4/5/2025 32 13 13 Mix Design SRM Concrete 40850 With 20% Fly Ash 4000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 4/5/2025 32 13 13 Mix Design SRM Concrete 40350 4000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 5/5/2023 32 13 13 Mix Design SRM Concrete D100008553CB 4000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air Concrete Base Trench Repair 4/1/2023 03 34 16 Mix Design Burnco Texas 10YH50BF 1000 psi Flowable; 8.5-11.5% Air 9/9/2022 03 34 16 Mix Design Burnco Texas 08Y450BA 800 psi 5-7" Slump; 3-6% Air 03 34 16 Mix Design Martin Marietta YN81O001 750 psi 8-12" Slump; 5-10% Air Controlled Low Strength Material (Flowable Fill) 2/7/2025 03 34 13 Mix Design Burnco Texas 01Y690BF 100 psi Flowable; 9.5-11.5% Air 5/19/2025 03 34 13 Mix Design Burnco Texas 01Z180AF 100 psi Flowable; 9.5-11.5% Air 11/18/2025 03 34 13 Mix Design Burnco Texas 01Z401BF SAND 25% MRWR 17% AIR FLOW FILL 9/9/2022 03 34 13 Mix Design Carder Concrete FWCC359101 50-150 psi 3-5" Slump; 8-12% Air 9/9/2022 03 34 13 Mix Design Carder Concrete FWFF237501 50-150 psi Flowable; 8.5-11.5% Air 8/4/2025 03 34 13 Mix Design Chisholm Trail Redi Mix CT150FF 50-150 psi Flowable; 7-9.0% Air 9/9/2022 03 34 13 Mix Design City Concrete Company 11-350-FF 50-150 psi Flowable; 8-12% Air 9/9/2022 03 34 13 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 9 70 psi 7-9" Slump; 8-11% Air 9/9/2025 03 34 13 Mix Design Cow Town Redi Mix 10 Min 50 psi Min 9" Slump; 10-20% Air 5/12/2025 03 34 13 Mix Design Amrize/ Holcim 3741 100 psi Flowable; 12.0-24.0% Air 8/4/2025 03 34 13 Mix Design Amrize/ Holcim 901 100 psi 9-11" Slump; 10-30% Air 8/14/2025 03 34 13 Mix Design Amrize/ Holcim 904 150 psi 9-11" Slump; 10-30% Air 9/11/2025 03 34 13 Mix Design Martin Marietta FLOW25A 150 psi 8"-12" Slump; 10% Air 10/4/2023 03 34 13 Mix Design NBR Ready Mix FTW FLOW FILL 150 psi 7-10" Slump; 8-12% Air 2/7/2025 03 34 13 Mix Design SRM Concrete 910 150 psi Flowable; 8-12% Air 9/9/2022 03 34 13 Mix Design Tarrant Concrete FWFF150CLSM 50-150 psi Flowable; 8-12% Air Concrete Rip Rap 4/1/2023 31 37 00 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2141030 4000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air 4/1/2023 31 37 00 Mix Design Martin Marietta R2146033 4000 psi 3-5" Slump; 3-6% Air Cement- Stabilized Sand (CSS) 11/21/2025 33 05 10 Mix Design Burnco Texas 04Z500BA SAND 20% MRWR 17% AIR FLOW FILL 250 psi Flowable; 15.5-18.5% Air Asphalt Paving 9/9/2022 32 12 16 Mix Design Austin Asphalt FT5B117965 FT5B117965 PG64-22 Type B Fine Base 9/9/2022 32 12 16 Mix Design Austin Asphalt FT1B139965 FT1B139965 PG64-22 Type B Fine Base 9/9/2022 32 12 16 Mix Design Austin Asphalt FT1B117.2 FT1B117.2 PG64-22 Type B Fine Base 5/1/2024 32 12 16 Mix Design Reynolds Asphalt 340-DG-B P 340-DG-B PG64-22 Type B Base Course 9/9/2022 32 12 16 Mix Design Reynolds Asphalt 1112B 1112B PG64-22 Type B Fine Base 9/9/2022 32 12 16 Mix Design Reynolds Asphalt 1612B 1612B PG64-22 Type B Fine Base 4/4/2025 32 12 16 Mix Design Reynolds Asphalt 2315B 2315B PG64-22 Type B Fine Base 12/5/2022 33 12 16 Mix Design Sunmount Paving 3076BV6422 3076BV6422 PG62-22 Type B Fine Base 9/9/2022 32 12 16 Mix Design Sunmount Paving 341-BRAP6422ERG 341-BRAP6422ERG PG64-22 Type B Fine Base 9/9/2022 32 12 16 Mix Design TXBIT 37-211305-20 37-211305-20 PG64-22 Type B Fine Base 9/9/2022 32 12 16 Mix Design TXBIT 44-211305-17 44-211305-17 PG64-22 Type B Fine Base 9/9/2022 32 12 16 Mix Design TXBIT 211305 (1757)211305 (1757) PG64-22 Type B Fine Base 9/9/2022 32 12 16 Mix Design TXBIT 64-224125-18 PG 64-224125-18 PG70-22 Type D Fine Surface 4/1/2024 32 12 16 Mix Design TXBIT 344 MAC-SP-D 70-22XR 344 MAC-SP-D 70-22XR SAC A-R Type D Fine Surface 2600 @24 hrs and/or 3000 @72hrs;4500@28 days Page 4 of 6 !!!!!!!! Attention: Mix Designs do not supersede CFW Specifications !!!!!!!!!! Approval Spec No.Classification Manufacturer Mix ID Mix Description Design Strength @ 28 days Design Rquirements National Spec CITY OF FORT WORTH TRANSPORTATION/PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCTS LIST AS OF 11/26/2025 Detectable Warning Surface 9/9/2022 32 13 20 DWS - Pavers Pine Hall Brick (Winston Salem, NC)Tactile Pavers 9/9/2022 32 13 20 DWS - Pavers Western Brick Co. (Houston, TX)Detectable Warning Pavers 9/9/2022 32 13 20 DWS - Composite Armor Tile 9/9/2022 32 13 20 DWS - Composite ADA Solutions (Wilmington, MA)Heritage Brick CIP Composite Paver 4/7/2023 32 13 20 DWS - Pavers ADA Solutions (Wilmington, MA)Detectable Warning Pavers 10/16/2025 32 13 20 DWS - Pavers EQUALTILE EqualTile Brick Pattern Wet-Set Replaceable 10/16/2025 32 13 20 DWS - Pavers EQUALTILE EqualTile Cast-In-Place Replaceable Silicone Joint Sealant 9/9/2022 32 13 73 Joint Sealant Dow 890SL 890SL - Cold Applied, Single Component, Silicone Joint Sealant ASTM D5893 9/9/2022 32 13 73 Joint Sealant Tremco 900SL 900SL - Cold Applied, Single Component, Silicone Joint Sealant ASTM D5893 9/9/2022 32 13 73 Joint Sealant Pecora 300SL 300SL - Cold Applied, Single Component, Silicone Joint Sealant ASTM D5893 9/9/2022 32 13 73 Joint Sealant Crafco RoadSaver Silicone RoadSaver Silicone - Cold Applied, Single Component, Silicone Joint Sealant ASTM D5893 Utility Trench Embedment Sand 9/9/2022 33 05 10 Embedment Sand Silver Creek Materials Utility Embedment Sand ASTM C33 9/9/2022 33 05 10 Embedment Sand Crouch Materials Utility Embedment Sand ASTM C33 9/9/2022 33 05 10 Embedment Sand F and L Dirt Movers Utility Embedment Sand ASTM C33 9/9/2022 33 05 10 Embedment Sand F and L Dirt Movers Utility Embedment Sand ASTM C33 9/9/2022 33 05 10 Embedment Sand Tin Top Martin Marietta Utility Embedment Sand ASTM C33 Storm Sewer - Manholes & Bases/Frames & Covers/Standard (Round) 33-05-13 9/28/2018 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers AccuCast (Govind Steel Company, LTD)MHRC #220605 MHRC #220605 (Size - **24" Dia.)ASTM A48 AASHTO M306 9/28/2018 33 05 13 Manhole Cover Neenah Foundry NF-1274-T91 NF-1274-T91 (Size - 32" Dia.)ASTM A48 AASHTO M306 9/28/2018 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and CoversNeenah Foundry NF-1743-LM (Hinged)NF-1743-LM (Hinged) (Size - 32" Dia.)ASTM A48 AASHTO M306 9/28/2018 33 05 13 Manhole Frame Neenah Foundry NF-1930-30 NF-1930-30 (Size - 32.25" Dia.)ASTM A48 AASHTO M306 9/28/2018 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and CoversNeenah Foundry R-1743-HV R-1743-HV (Size - 32" Dia.)ASTM A48 AASHTO M306 4/3/2019 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and CoversSIP Industries ++2279ST 2279ST (Size - 24" Dia.)ASTM A48 AASHTO M306 4/3/2019 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and CoversSIP Industries ++2280ST 2280ST (Size - 32" Dia.)ASTM A48 AASHTO M306 10/8/2020 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and CoversEJ ( Formally East Jordan Iron Works)EJ1033 Z2/A EJ1033 Z2/A (Size - 32.25" Dia.)ASTM A536 AASHTO M306 3/8/2024 33 05 13 Curb Inlet Covers SIP Industries ++2296T 2296T (Size - ***24" Dia.)ASTM A48 AASHTO M306 6/18/2024 33 05 13 Curb Inlet Covers SIP Industries ++2279STN 2279STN (Size - 24" Dia.)ASTM A48 AASHTO M306 Storm Sewer - Inlet & Structures 33-05-13 10/8/2020 33 49 20 Curb Inlets Fonterra FRT-10x3-405-PRECAST** (Size - 10' X 3')ASTM C913 10/8/2020 33 49 20 Curb Inlets Fonterra FRT-10x3-406-PRECAST** (Size - 10' X 3')ASTM C913 10/8/2020 33 49 20 Curb Inlets Fonterra FRT-10x4.5-407-PRECAST** (Size - 10' X 4.5')ASTM C913 10/8/2020 33 49 20 Curb Inlets Fonterra FRT-10x4.5-420-PRECAST** (Size - 10' X 4.5')ASTM C913 10/8/2020 33 39 20 Manhole Fonterra FRT-4X4-409-PRECAST-TOP (Size - 4' X 4')ASTM C913 10/8/2020 33 39 20 Manhole Fonterra FRT-4X4-409-PRECAST-BASE (Size - 4' X 4')ASTM C913 10/8/2020 33 39 20 Manhole Fonterra FRT-5X5-410-PRECAST-TOP (Size - 5' X 5')ASTM C913 10/8/2020 33 39 20 Manhole Fonterra FRT-5X5-410-PRECAST-BASE (Size - 5' X 5')ASTM C913 10/8/2020 33 39 20 Manhole Fonterra FRT-6X6-411-PRECAST-TOP (Size - 6' X 6')ASTM C913 10/8/2020 33 39 20 Manhole Fonterra FRT-6X6-411-PRECAST-BASE (Size - 6' X 6')ASTM C913 3/19/2021 33 49 20 Curb Inlets Thompson Pipe Group TPG-10X3-405-PRECAST INLET** (Size - 10' X 3')ASTM 615 3/19/2021 33 49 20 Curb Inlets Thompson Pipe Group TPG-15X3-405-PRECAST INLET** (Size - 15' X 3')ASTM 615 3/19/2021 33 49 20 Curb Inlets Thompson Pipe Group TPG-20X3-405-PRECAST INLET** (Size - 20' X 7')ASTM 615 3/19/2021 33 39 20 Manhole Thompson Pipe Group TPG-4X4-409-PRECAST TOP (Size - 4' X 4')ASTM 615 3/19/2021 33 39 20 Manhole Thompson Pipe Group TPG-4X4-409-PRECAST BASE (Size - 4' X 4')ASTM 615 3/19/2021 33 39 20 Manhole Thompson Pipe Group TPG-4X4-412-PRECAST 4-FT RISER (Size - 4' X 4')ASTM 615 3/19/2021 33 39 20 Manhole Thompson Pipe Group TPG-5X5-410-PRECAST TOP (Size - 5' X 5')ASTM 615 3/19/2021 33 39 20 Manhole Thompson Pipe Group TPG-5X5-410-PRECAST BASE (Size - 5' X 5')ASTM 615 3/19/2021 33 39 20 Manhole Thompson Pipe Group TPG-5X5-412-PRECAST 5-FT RISER (Size - 5' X 5')ASTM 615 3/19/2021 33 39 20 Manhole Thompson Pipe Group TPG-6X6-411-PRECAST TOP (Size - 6' X 6')ASTM 615 3/19/2021 33 39 20 Manhole Thompson Pipe Group TPG-6X6-411-PRECAST BASE (Size - 6' X 6')ASTM 615 3/19/2021 33 39 20 Manhole Thompson Pipe Group TPG-6X6-412-PRECAST 6-FT RISER (Size - 6' X 6')ASTM 615 3/19/2021 33 39 20 Manhole Thompson Pipe Group TPG-7X7-411-PRECAST TOP (Size - 7' X 7')ASTM 615 3/19/2021 33 39 20 Manhole Thompson Pipe Group TPG-7X7-411-PRECAST BASE (Size - 7' X 7')ASTM 615 3/19/2021 33 39 20 Manhole Thompson Pipe Group TPG-7X7-412-PRECAST 4-FT RISER (Size - 7' X 7')ASTM 615 3/19/2021 33 39 20 Manhole Thompson Pipe Group TPG-8X8-411-PRECAST TOP (Size - 8' X 8')ASTM 615 3/19/2021 33 39 20 Manhole Thompson Pipe Group TPG-8X8-411-PRECAST BASE (Size - 8' X 8')ASTM 615 3/19/2021 33 39 20 Manhole Thompson Pipe Group TPG-8X8-412-PRECAST 5-FT RISER (Size - 8' X 8')ASTM 615 3/19/2021 33 49 20 Drop Inlet Thompson Pipe Group TPG-4X4-408-PRECAST INLET (Size - 4' X 4')ASTM 615 3/19/2021 33 49 20 Drop Inlet Thompson Pipe Group TPG-5X5-408-PRECAST INLET (Size - 5' X 5')ASTM 615 3/19/2021 33 49 20 Drop Inlet Thompson Pipe Group TPG-6X6-408-PRECAST INLET (Size - 6' X 6')ASTM 615 8/28/2023 33 49 10 Manhole Oldcastle Precast 4' x 4' Stacked Manhole (Size - 4' X 4')ASTM C478 8/28/2023 33 49 10 Manhole Oldcastle Precast 5' x 8' Storm Junction Box (Size - 5' X 8')ASTM C478 8/28/2023 33 49 10 Manhole Oldcastle Precast 4' x 4' Storm Junction Box (Size - 4' X 4')ASTM C478 8/28/2023 33 49 10 Manhole Oldcastle Precast 5' x 5' Storm Junction Box (Size - 5' X 5')ASTM C478 8/28/2023 33 49 10 Manhole Oldcastle Precast 6' x 6' Storm Junction Box (Size - 6' X 6')ASTM C478 8/28/2023 33 49 10 Manhole Oldcastle Precast 8' x 8' Storm Junction Box Base (Size - 8' X 8')ASTM C478 8/28/2023 33 49 10 Manhole Oldcastle Precast 5' x 8' Storm Junction Box Base (Size - 5' X 8')ASTM C478 8/28/2023 33 49 10 Manhole Rinker Materials Reinforced 48" Diameter Spread Footing Manhole (Size - 4' X 4')ASTM C433 **Note: All new development and new installation manhole lids shall meet the minimum 30-inch opening requirement as specified in City Specification 33 05 13. Any smaller opening sizes will only be allowed for existing manholes that require replacement frames and covers. Page 5 of 6 !!!!!!!! Attention: Mix Designs do not supersede CFW Specifications !!!!!!!!!! Approval Spec No.Classification Manufacturer Mix ID Mix Description Design Strength @ 28 days Design Rquirements National Spec CITY OF FORT WORTH TRANSPORTATION/PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCTS LIST AS OF 11/26/2025 8/28/2023 33 39 20 Curb Inlet 10 'x 3' Riser Thompson Pipe Group Inlet Riser (Size - 3 FT)ASTM C913-16 8/28/2023 33 39 20 Curb Inlet 15 'x 3' Riser Thompson Pipe Group Inlet Riser (Size - 3 FT)ASTM C913-16 8/28/2023 33 39 20 Curb Inlet 20' x 3' Riser Thompson Pipe Group Inlet Riser (Size - 3 FT)ASTM C913-16 1/12/2024 33 49 20 Drop Inlet AmeriTex Pipe &Products Drop Inlet (4' X 4')ASTM C913 1/12/2024 33 49 20 Drop Inlet AmeriTex Pipe &Products Drop Inlet (5' X 5')ASTM C913 1/19/2024 33 49 20 Manhole AmeriTex Pipe &Products Precast 4'x4' Storm Junction Box ASTM C913 1/19/2024 33 49 20 Manhole AmeriTex Pipe &Products Precast 5'x5' Storm Junction Box ASTM C913 1/19/2024 33 49 20 Manhole AmeriTex Pipe &Products 5' Precast Transition MH (4' MH on the top of 5' JB)ASTM C913 1/19/2024 33 49 20 Manhole AmeriTex Pipe &Products Precast 6'x6' Storm Junction Box ASTM C913 1/19/2024 33 49 20 Manhole AmeriTex Pipe &Products 6' Precast Transition MH (4' MH on the top of 6' JB)ASTM C913 1/19/2024 33 49 20 Manhole AmeriTex Pipe &Products Precast 8'x8' Storm Junction Box ASTM C913 1/19/2024 33 49 20 Manhole AmeriTex Pipe &Products 8' Precast Transition MH (4' MH on the top of 8' JB)ASTM C913 1/19/2024 33 49 20 Manhole AmeriTex Pipe &Products Type C Storm Drain Manhole on Box (4' MH on the top of RCB)ASTM C913 7/16/2024 33 49 20 Curb Inlets AmeriTex Pipe &Products 10x3 Precast** (Size 10' x 3')ASTM C913 7/16/2024 33 49 20 Curb Inlets AmeriTex Pipe &Products 15x3 Precast** (Size 15' x 3')ASTM C913 Storm Sewer - Pipes & Boxes 33-05-13 4/9/2021 33 41 13 Storm Drain Pipes Advanced Drainage Systems, Inc. (ADS)ADS HP Storm Polypropylene (PP) Pipe (Size - 12" - 60")ASTM F2881 & AASHTO M330 8/28/2023 33 41 10 Storm Drain Pipes Rinker Materials Reinforced Concrete Pipe Tongue and Groove Joint Pipe (Size - 21" or larger)ASTM C76, C655 8/28/2023 33 41 10 Culvert Box Rinker Materials Reinforced Concrete Box Culvert (Sze - Various)ASTM C789, C850 10/12/2023 33 41 10 Storm Drain Pipes AmeriTex Pipe &Products Reinforced Concrete Pipe Tongue and Groove Joint Pipe* (Size - 15" or larger)ASTM C76, C506 10/12/2023 34 41 10 Culvert Box AmeriTex Pipe &Products Reinforced Concrete Box Culvert (size - Various))ASTM C1433,C1577 10/18/2023 35 41 10 Storm Drain Pipes The Turner Co.Reinforced Concrete Pipe Tongue and Groove Joint Pipe* (Size - 15" or larger)ASTM C76, C506 10/18/2023 33 41 10 Culvert Box The Turner Co.Reinforced Concrete Box Culvert (size - Various)ASTM C1433,C1577 4/12/2024 33 41 10 Storm Drain Pipes Thompson Pipe Group Reinforced Concrete Pipe Tongue and Groove Joint Pipe* (Size Various)ASTM C76, C506 6/25/2024 33 41 10 Culvert Box Oldcastle Reinforced Concrete Box Culvert ASTM C1433,C1577 6/25/2024 33 41 10 Storm Drain Pipes Oldcastle Reinforced Concrete Pipe Tongue and Groove Joint Pipe* (Size Various)ASTM C76, C506 ….Storm Sewer - Inlet & Structures Continues (1-29-2025) Removed Argos, Ingram, Redi-Mix, Charley's (4-3-2025) Bigtown Concrete updated Mix ID's **Note: Pre-cast inlets are approved for the stage I portion of the structure (basin) only. Stage II portion of the structure are required to be cast in-place. No exceptions to this requirement shall be allowed. Revision Comments (4-5-2025) 03 34 13 CLSM specification (11-26-2025) Removed Gilco-site batch plant Page 6 of 6 Approval Spec No. Classsification Manufacturer Model No. National Spec Size Water & Sewer - Manholes & Bases/Components 33-39-10 (Rev 2/3/16) 07/23/97 33 05 13 Urethane Hydrophilic Waterstop Asahi Kogyo K.K. Adeka Ultra-Seal P-201 ASTM D2240/D412/D792 04/26/00 33 05 13 Offset Joint for 4' Diam. MH Hanson Concrete Products Drawing No. 35-0048-001 04/26/00 33 05 13 Profile Gasket for 4' Diam. MH. Press-Seal Gasket Corp. 250-4G Gasket ASTM C-443/C-361 SS MH 1/26/99 33 05 13 HDPE Manhole Adjustment Rings Ladtech, Inc HDPE Adjustment Ring Traffic and Non-traffic area 5/13/05 33 05 13 Manhole External Wrap Canusa - CPS WrapidSeal Manhole Encapsulation System Water & Sewer - Manholes & Bases/Fiberglass 33-39-13 (1/8/13) 1/26/99 33 39 13 Fiberglass Manhole Fluid Containment, Inc. Flowtite ASTM 3753 Non-traffic area 08/30/06 33 39 13 Fiberglass Manhole L.F. Manufacturing Non-traffic area Water & Sewer - Manholes & Bases/Frames & Covers/Rectangular 33-05-13 (Rev 2/3/16) * 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Western Iron Works, Bass & Hays Foundry 1001 24"x40" WD Water & Sewer - Manholes & Bases/Frames & Covers/Standard (Round) 33-05-13 (Rev 2/3/16) * 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Western Iron Works, Bass & Hays Foundry 30024 24" Dia. * 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers McKinley Iron Works Inc. A 24 AM 24" Dia. 08/24/18 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Neenah Foundry R-1272 ASTM A48 & AASHTO M306 24" Dia. 08/24/18 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Neenah Foundry NF 1274 ASTM A48 & AASHTO M306 30" Dia. 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Sigma Corporation MH-144N 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Sigma Corporation MH-143N 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Pont-A-Mousson GTS-STD 24" dia. 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Neenah Casting 24" dia. 10/31/06 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers (Hinged) Powerseal Hinged Ductile Iron Manhole ASTM A536 24" Dia. 7/25/03 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Saint-Gobain Pipelines (Pamrex/rexus) RE32-R8FS 30" Dia. 01/31/06 33 05 13 30" Dia. MH Ring and Cover East Jordan Iron Works V1432-2 and V1483 Designs AASHTO M306-04 30" Dia. 11/02/10 33 05 13 30" Dia. MH Ring and Cover Sigma Corporation MH1651FWN & MH16502 30" Dia 07/19/11 33 05 13 30" Dia. MH Ring and Cover Star Pipe Products MH32FTWSS-DC 30" Dia 08/10/11 33 05 13 30" Dia. MH Ring and Cover Accucast 220700 Heavy Duty with Gasket Ring 30" Dia 10/14/13 33 05 13 30" Dia. MH Ring and Cover (Hinged & Lockable) East Jordan Iron Works 30" ERGO XL Assembly with Cam Lock/MPIC/T-Gasket ASSHTO M105 & ASTM A536 30" Dia 06/01/17 34 05 13 30" Dia. MH Ring and Cover (Lockable) CI SIP Industries 2280 (32") ASTM A 48 30" Dia. 12/05/23 34 05 13 30" Dia. MH Ring and Cover (Hinged & Lockable) CI SIP Industries 4267WT - Hinged (32") ASTM A 48 30" Dia. 09/16/19 33 05 13 30" Dia. MH Ring and Cover Composite Access Products, L.P. CAP-ONE-30-FTW, Composite, w/ Lock w/o Hing 30" Dia. 10/07/21 34 05 13 30" Dia. MH Ring and Cover Trumbull Manufacturing 32"(30") Frame and Cover 30" Dia. Water & Sewer - Manholes & Bases/Frames & Covers/Water Tight & Pressure Tight 33-05-13 (Rev 2/3/16) * 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Pont-A-Mousson Pamtight 24" Dia. * 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Neenah Casting 24" Dia. * 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Western Iron Works,Bass & Hays Foundry 300-24P 24" Dia. * 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers McKinley Iron Works Inc. WPA24AM 24" Dia. 03/08/00 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Accucast RC-2100 ASTM A 48 24" Dia. 04/20/01 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers (SIP)Serampore Industries Private Ltd. 300-24-23.75 Ring and Cover ASTM A 48 24" Dia. Water & Sewer - Manholes & Bases/Precast Concrete (Rev 1/8/13) * 33 39 10 Manhole, Precast Concrete Hydro Conduit Corp SPL Item #49 ASTM C 478 48" * 33 39 10 Manhole, Precast Concrete Wall Concrete Pipe Co. Inc. ASTM C-443 48" 09/23/96 33 39 10 Manhole, Precast Concrete Concrete Product Inc. 48" I.D. Manhole w/ 32" Cone ASTM C 478 48" w/32" cone 12/05/23 33 39 10 Manhole, Precast Concrete The Turner Company 72" I.D. Manhole w/ 32" Cone ASTM C 478 72" 05/08/18 33 39 10 Manhole, Precast Concrete The Turner Company 48", 60" I.D. Manhole w/ 32" Cone ASTM C 478 48", 60" 09/03/24 33 39 10 Manhole, Precast Concrete Oldcastle Precast Inc. Manhole, 32" Opening and Flat top, (No Transition Cones) ASTM C 478 48" to 84" I.D. 06/09/10 33 39 10 Manhole, Precast (Reinforced Polymer)Concrete US Composite Pipe Reinforced Polymer Concrete ASTM C-76 48" to 72" 09/06/19 33 39 20 Manhole, Precast Concrete Forterra Pipe and Precast 60" & 72" I.D. Manhole w/32" Cone ASTM C-76 60" & 72" 10/07/21 32 39 20 Manhole, Precast Concrete Forterra Pipe and Precast 48" I.D. Manhole w/32" Cone ASTM C-77 48" 10/07/21 33 39 20 Manhole, Precast (Reinforced Polymer) Concrete Armorock 48" & 60" I.D. Manhole w/32" Cone 48" & 60" 10/07/21 33 39 20 Manhole, Precast (Hybrid) Polymer & PVC Geneva Pipe and Precast (Predl Systems) 48" & 60" I.D. Manhole w/32" Cone 48" & 60" Non Traffic Areas 03/07/23 33 39 20 Manhole, Precast Concrete AmeriTex Pipe and Products, LLC 48" & 60" I.D. Manhole w/32" Cone ASTM C-478; ASTM C-923; ASTM C-443 03/07/23 33 39 20 Manhole, Precast (Reinforced Polymer) Concrete P3 Polymers, RockHardscp 48" & 60" I.D. Manhole w/32" Cone 04/28/07 Manhole, Precast (Reinforced Polymer) Concrete Amitech USA Meyer Polycrete Pipe Sewer -(WAC) Wastewater Access Chamber 33 39 40 12/29/23 33 39 20 Wastewater Access Chamber Quickstream Solutions, Inc. Type 8 Maintenace Shaft (Poopit) For use when Std. MH cannot be installed due to depth Water & Sewer - Manholes & Bases/Rehab Systems/Cementitious * E1-14 Manhole Rehab Systems Quadex 04/23/01 E1-14 Manhole Rehab Systems Standard Cement Materials, Inc. Reliner MSP E1-14 Manhole Rehab Systems AP/M Permaform 4/20/01 E1-14 Manhole Rehab System Strong Company Strong Seal MS2A Rehab System 5/12/03 E1-14 Manhole Rehab System (Liner) Triplex Lining System MH repair product to stop infiltration ASTM D5813 08/30/06 General Concrete Repair FlexKrete Technologies Vinyl Polyester Repair Product Misc. Use CITY OF FORT WORTH WATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LIST Updated: 6-18-25 * From Original Standard Products List 1 Approval Spec No. Classsification Manufacturer Model No. National Spec Size CITY OF FORT WORTH WATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LIST Updated: 6-18-25 Water & Sewer - Manholes & Bases/Rehab Systems/NonCementitious 05/20/96 E1-14 Manhole Rehab Systems Sprayroq, Spray Wall Polyurethane Coating ASTM D639/D790 12/14/01 Coating for Corrosion protection(Exterior) ERTECH Series 20230 and 2100 (Asphatic Emulsion) For Exterior Coating of Concrete Structures Only 01/31/06 Coatings for Corrosion Protection Chesterton Arc 791, S1HB, S1, S2 Acid Resistance Test Sewer Applications 8/28/2006 Coatings for Corrosion Protection Warren Environmental S-301 and M-301 Sewer Applications 03/19/18 33 05 16, 33 39 10, 33 39 20 Coating for Corrosion protection(Exterior) Sherwin Williams RR&C Dampproofing Non-Fibered Spray Grade (Asphatic Emulsion) For Exterior Coating of Concrete Structures Only Water & Sewer - Manhole Inserts - Field Operations Use Only (Rev 2/3/16) * 33 05 13 Manhole Insert Knutson Enterprises Made to Order - Plastic ASTM D 1248 For 24" dia. * 33 05 13 Manhole Insert South Western Packaging Made to Order - Plastic ASTM D 1248 For 24" dia. * 33 05 13 Manhole Insert Noflow-Inflow Made to Order - Plastic ASTM D 1248 For 24" dia. 09/23/96 33 05 13 Manhole Insert Southwestern Packing & Seals, Inc. LifeSaver - Stainless Steel For 24" dia. 09/23/96 33 05 13 Manhole Insert Southwestern Packing & Seals, Inc. TetherLok - Stainless Steel For 24" dia Water & Sewer - Pipe Casing Spacers 33-05-24 (07/01/13) 11/04/02 Steel Band Casing Spacers Advanced Products and Systems, Inc. Carbon Steel Spacers, Model SI 02/02/93 Stainless Steel Casing Spacer Advanced Products and Systems, Inc. Stainless Steel Spacer, Model SSI 04/22/87 Casing Spacers Cascade Waterworks Manufacturing Casing Spacers 09/14/10 Stainless Steel Casing Spacer Pipeline Seal and Insulator Stainless Steel Casing Spacer Up to 48" 09/14/10 Coated Steel Casin Spacers Pipeline Seal and Insulator Coated Steel Casing Spacers Up to 48" 05/10/11 Stainless Steel Casing Spacer Powerseal 4810 Powerchock Up to 48" 03/19/18 Casing Spacers BWM SS-12 Casing Spacer(Stainless Steel) 03/19/18 Casing Spacers BWM FB-12 Casing Spacer (Coated Carbon Steel) for Non_pressure Pipe and Grouted Casing 03/29/22 33 05 13 Casing Spacers CCI Pipeline Systems CSC12, CSS12 09/03/24 33 05 13 Casing Spacers Raci (Completely HDPE) Per Manufacturers Requirements (Sewer Applications Only)8" - 12" (Sewer Only) Water & Sewer - Pipes/Ductile Iron 33-11-10(1/8/13) * 33 11 10 Ductile Iron Pipe Griffin Pipe Products, Co. Super Bell-Tite Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe, AWWA C150, C151 3" thru 24" 08/24/18 33 11 10 Ductile Iron Pipe American Ductile Iron Pipe Co. American Fastite Pipe (Bell Spigot) AWWA C150, C151 4" thru 30" 08/24/18 33 11 10 Ductile Iron Pipe American Ductile Iron Pipe Co. American Flex Ring (Restrained Joint) AWWA C150, C151 4" thru 30" * 33 11 10 Ductile Iron Pipe U.S. Pipe and Foundry Co. AWWA C150, C151 * 33 11 10 Ductile Iron Pipe McWane Cast Iron Pipe Co. AWWA C150, C151 Water & Sewer - Utility Line Marker (08/24/2018) Sewer - Coatings/Epoxy 33-39-60 (01/08/13) 02/25/02 Epoxy Lining System Sauereisen, Inc SewerGard 210RS LA County #210-1.33 12/14/01 Epoxy Lining System Ertech Technical Coatings Ertech 2030 and 2100 Series 04/14/05 Interior Ductile Iron Pipe Coating Induron Protecto 401 ASTM B-117 Ductile Iron Pipe Only 01/31/06 Coatings for Corrosion Protection Chesterton Arc 791, S1HB, S1, S2 Acid Resistance Test Sewer Applications 8/28/2006 Coatings for Corrosion Protection Warren Environmental S-301 and M-301 Sewer Applications Sewer - Coatings/Polyurethane Sewer - Combination Air Valves 05/25/18 33-31-70 Air Release Valve A.R.I. USA, Inc. D025LTP02(Composite Body) 2" Sewer - Pipes/Concrete * E1-04 Conc. Pipe, Reinforced Wall Concrete Pipe Co. Inc. ASTM C 76 * E1-04 Conc. Pipe, Reinforced Hydro Conduit Corporation Class III T&G, SPL Item #77 ASTM C 76 * E1-04 Conc. Pipe, Reinforced Hanson Concrete Products SPL Item #95-Manhole, #98- Pipe ASTM C 76 * E1-04 Conc. Pipe, Reinforced Concrete Pipe & Products Co. Inc. ASTM C 76 Sewer - Pipe Enlargment System (Method)33-31-23 (01/18/13) PIM System PIM Corporation Polyethylene PIM Corp., Piscata Way, N.J. Approved Previously McConnell Systems McLat Construction Polyethylene Houston, Texas Approved Previously TRS Systems Trenchless Replacement System Polyethylene Calgary, Canada Approved Previously Sewer - Pipe/Fiberglass Reinforced/ 33-31-13(1/8/13) 7/21/97 33 31 13 Cent. Cast Fiberglass (FRP) Hobas Pipe USA, Inc. Hobas Pipe (Non-Pressure) ASTM D3262/D3754 03/22/10 33 31 13 Fiberglass Pipe (FRP) Ameron Bondstrand RPMP Pipe ASTM D3262/D3754 04/09/21 33 31 13 Glass-Fiber Reinforced Polymer Pipe (FRP) Thompson Pipe Group Thompson Pipe (Flowtite) ASTM D3262/D3754 03/07/23 33 31 13 Fiberglass Pipe (FRP) Future Pipe Industries Fiberstrong FRP ASTM D3262, ASTM D3681, ASTM D4161, AWWA M45 09/03/24 33 31 13 Fiberglass Pipe (FRP) Superlit Boru Sanayi A.S. Superlit FRP ASTM D3262, ASTM D3517, ASTM 3754, AWWA C950 * From Original Standard Products List 2 Approval Spec No. Classsification Manufacturer Model No. National Spec Size CITY OF FORT WORTH WATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LIST Updated: 6-18-25 Sewer - Pipe/Polymer Pipe 4/14/05 Polymer Modified Concrete Pipe Amitech USA Meyer Polycrete Pipe ASTM C33, A276, F477 8" to 102", Class V 06/09/10 E1-9 Reinforced Polymer Concrete Pipe US Composite Pipe Reinforced Polymer Concrete Pipe ASTM C-76 Sewer - Pipes/HDPE 33-31-23(1/8/13) * High-density polyethylene pipe Phillips Driscopipe, Inc. Opticore Ductile Polyethylene Pipe ASTM D 1248 8" * High-density polyethylene pipe Plexco Inc. ASTM D 1248 8" * High-density polyethylene pipe Polly Pipe, Inc. ASTM D 1248 8" High-density polyethylene pipe CSR Hydro Conduit/Pipeline Systems McConnell Pipe Enlargement ASTM D 1248 Sewer - Pipes/PVC (Pressure Sewer) 33-11-12 (4/1/13) 12/02/11 33-11-12 DR-14 PVC Pressure Pipe Pipelife Jetstream PVC Pressure Pipe AWWA C900 4" thru 12" 10/22/14 33-11-12 DR-14 PVC Pressure Pipe Royal Building Products Royal Seal PVC Pressure Pipe AWWA C900 4" thru 12" Sewer - Pipes/PVC* 33-31-20 (7/1/13) * 33-31-20 PVC Sewer Pipe J-M Manufacturing Co., Inc. (JM Eagle) SDR-26 (PS115) ASTM D 3034 4" - 15" 12/23/97* 33-31-20 PVC Sewer Pipe Diamond Plastics Corporation SDR-26 (PS115) ASTM D 3034 4" thru 15" * 33-31-20 PVC Sewer Pipe Lamson Vylon Pipe SDR-26 (PS115) ASTM D 3034 4" thru 15" 12/05/23 33-31-20 PVC Sewer Pipe Vinyltech PVC Pipe SDR-26 (PS115) ASTM D3034 4" thru 15" 12/05/23 33-31-20 PVC Sewer Pipe Vinyltech PVC Pipe Gravity Sewer PS 115 ASTM F 679 18" * 33-31-20 PVC Sewer Pipe J-M Manufacturing Co, Inc. (JM Eagle) PS 115 ASTM F 679 18" - 28" 05/06/05 33-31-20 PVC Solid Wall Pipe Diamond Plastics Corporation PS 115 ASTM F-679 18" to 48" 04/27/06 33-31-20 PVC Sewer Fittings Harco SDR-26 (PS 115) Gasket Fittings ASTM D-3034, D-1784, etc 4" - 15" *33-31-20 PVC Sewer Fittings Plastic Trends, Inc.(Westlake)Gasketed PVC Sewer Main Fittings ASTM D 3034 3/19/2018 33 31 20 PVC Sewer Pipe Pipelife Jet Stream SDR 26 (PS 115) ASTM F679 18"- 24" 3/19/2018 33 31 20 PVC Sewer Pipe Pipelife Jet Stream SDR 26 ASTM D3034 4"- 15" 3/29/2019 33 31 20 Gasketed Fittings (PVC)GPK Products, Inc. SDR 26 ASTM D3034 4"- 15" 10/21/2020 33 31 20 PVC Sewer Pipe NAPCO(Westlake) SDR 26 ASTM D3034 4" - 15" 10/22/2020 33 31 20 PVC Sewer Pipe Sanderson Pipe Corp. SDR 26 ASTM D3034 4"- 15" 10/21/2020 33 31 20 PVC Sewer Pipe NAPCO(Westlake) SDR 26 PS 115 ASTM F-679 18"- 36" * From Original Standard Products List 3 Approval Spec No. Classsification Manufacturer Model No. National Spec Size CITY OF FORT WORTH WATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LIST Updated: 6-18-25 Water - Appurtenances 33-12-10 (07/01/13) 09/03/24 33-12-10 Double Strap Saddle Ford Meter Box Co., Inc. 202B 1"-2" SVC, up to 16" Pipe 01/18/18 33-12-10 Double Strap Saddle Romac 202NS Nylon Coated AWWA C800 1"-2" SVC, up to 24" Pipe 08/28/02 Double Strap Saddle Smith Blair #317 Nylon Coated Double Strap Saddle 07/23/12 33-12-10 Double Strap Service Saddle Mueller Company DR2S Double (SS) Strap DI Saddle AWWA C800 1"-2" SVC, up to 24" Pipe 03/07/23 33-12-10 Double Strap Service Saddle Powerseal 3450AS, Incl. Corp. Stop, Dbl Strap, Stainless NSF ANSI 372 1"-2" SVC, up to 24" Pipe 10/27/87 Curb Stops-Ball Meter Valves McDonald 6100M,6100MT & 610MT 3/4" and 1" 10/27/87 Curb Stops-Ball Meter Valves McDonald 4603B, 4604B, 6100M, 6100TM and 6101M 1½" and 2" 5/25/2018 33-12-10 Curb Stops-Ball Meter Valves Ford Meter Box Co., Inc. FB600-7NL, FB1600-7-NL, FV23-777-W-NL, L22-77NL AWWA C800 2" 5/25/2018 33-12-10 Curb Stops-Ball Meter Valves Ford Meter Box Co., Inc. FB600-6-NL, FB1600-6-NL, FV23-666-W- NL, L22-66NL AWWA C800 1-1/2" 5/25/2018 33-12-10 Curb Stops-Ball Meter Valves Ford Meter Box Co., Inc. FB600-4-NL, FB1600-4-NL, B11-444-WR- NL, B22444-WR-NL, L28-44NL AWWA C800 1" 5/25/2018 33-12-10 Curb Stops-Ball Meter Valves Mueller Co., Ltd. B-25000N, B-24277N-3, B-20200N-3, H- 15000N, , H-1552N, H142276N AWWA C800, ANSF 61, ANSI/NSF 372 2" 5/25/2018 33-12-10 Curb Stops-Ball Meter Valves Mueller Co., Ltd. B-25000N, B-20200N-3, B-24277N-3,H- 15000N, H-14276N, H-15525N AWWA C800, ANSF 61, ANSI/NSF 372 1-1/2" 5/25/2018 33-12-10 Curb Stops-Ball Meter Valves Mueller Co., Ltd. B-25000N, B-20200N-3,H-15000N, H- 15530N AWWA C800, ANSF 61, ANSI/NSF 372 1" 01/26/00 Coated Tapping Saddle with Double SS Straps JCM Industries, Inc. #406 Double Band SS Saddle 1"-2" Taps on up to 12" 0/5/21/12 33-12-25 Tapping Sleeve (Coated Steel) JCM Industries, Inc. 412 Tapping Sleeve ESS AWWA C-223 Up to 30" w/12" Out 03/29/22 33-12-25 Tapping Sleeve (Coated or Stainless Steel) JCM Industries, Inc. 415 Tapping Sleeve AWWA C-223 Concrete Pipe Only 05/10/11 Tapping Sleeve (Stainless Steel) Powerseal 3490AS (Flange) & 3490MJ 4"-8" and 16" 02/29/12 33-12-25 Tapping Sleeve (Coated Steel) Romac FTS 420 AWWA C-223 U p to 42" w/24" Out 02/29/12 33-12-25 Tapping Sleeve (Stainless Steel) Romac SST Stainless Steel AWWA C-223 Up to 24" w/12" Out 02/29/12 33-12-25 Tapping Sleeve (Stainless Steel) Romac SST III Stainless Steel AWWA C-223 Up to 30" w/12" Out 05/10/11 Joint Repair Clamp Powerseal 3232 Bell Joint Repair Clamp 4" to 30" Plastic Meter Box w/Composite Lid DFW Plastics Inc. DFW37C-12-1EPAF FTW Plastic Meter Box w/Composite Lid DFW Plastics Inc. DFW39C-12-1EPAF FTW 08/30/06 Plastic Meter Box w/Composite Lid DFW Plastics Inc. DFW65C-14-1EPAF FTW Class "A" Concrete Meter Box Bass & Hays CMB37-B12 1118 LID-9 Concrete Meter Box Bass & Hays CMB-18-Dual 1416 LID-9 Concrete Meter Box Bass & Hays CMB65-B65 1527 LID-9 Water - Bolts, Nuts, and Gaskets 33-11-05 (01/08/13) None Water - Combination Air Release 33-31-70 (01/08/13) * E1-11 Combination Air Release Valve GA Industries, Inc. Empire Air and Vacuum Valve, Model 935 ASTM A 126 Class B, ASTM A 1" & 2" * E1-11 Combination Air Release Valve Multiplex Manufacturing Co. Crispin Air and Vacuum Valves, Model No. 1/2", 1" & 2" * E1-11 Combination Air Release Valve Valve and Primer Corp. APCO #143C, #145C and #147C 1", 2" & 3" Water - Dry Barrel Fire Hydrants 33-12-40 (01/15/14) 10/01/87 E-1-12 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant American-Darling Valve Drawing Nos. 90-18608, 94-18560 AWWA C-502 03/31/88 E-1-12 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant American Darling Valve Shop Drawing No. 94-18791 AWWA C-502 09/30/87 E-1-12 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant Clow Corporation Shop Drawing No. D-19895 AWWA C-502 01/12/93 E-1-12 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant American AVK Company Model 2700 AWWA C-502 08/24/88 E-1-12 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant Clow Corporation Drawings D20435, D20436, B20506 AWWA C-502 E-1-12 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant ITT Kennedy Valve Shop Drawing No. D-80783FW AWWA C-502 09/24/87 E-1-12 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant M&H Valve Company Shop Drawing No. 13476 AWWA C-502 10/14/87 E-1-12 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant Mueller Company Shop Drawings No. 6461 A-423 Centurion AWWA C-502 01/15/88 E1-12 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant Mueller Company Shop Drawing FH-12 A-423 Super Centurion 200 AWWA C-502 10/09/87 E-1-12 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant U.S. Pipe & Foundry Shop Drawing No. 960250 AWWA C-502 09/16/87 E-1-12 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant American Flow Control (AFC) Waterous Pacer WB67 AWWA C-502 08/12/16 33-12-40 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant EJ (East Jordan Iron Works) WaterMaster 5CD250 Water - Meters 02/05/93 E101-5 Detector Check Meter Ames Company Model 1000 Detector Check Valve AWWA C550 4" - 10" 08/05/04 Magnetic Drive Vertical Turbine Hersey Magnetic Drive Vertical AWWA C701, Class 1 3/4" - 6" * From Original Standard Products List 4 Approval Spec No. Classsification Manufacturer Model No. National Spec Size CITY OF FORT WORTH WATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LIST Updated: 6-18-25 Water - Pipes/PVC (Pressure Water) 33-31-70 (01/08/13) 12/05/23 33-11-12 PVC Pressure Pipe Vinyltech PVC Pipe DR14 AWWA C900, AWWA C605, ASTM D1784 4"-16" 12/05/23 33-11-12 PVC Pressure Pipe Vinyltech PVC Pipe DR18 AWWA C900, AWWA C605, ASTM D1784 16"-18" 09/03/24 33-11-12 PVC Pressure Pipe Northern Pipe Products DR14 AWWA C900, AWWA C605, ASTM D1784 4"-16" 09/03/24 33-11-12 PVC Pressure Pipe Northern Pipe Products DR18 AWWA C900, AWWA C605, ASTM D1784 16"-18" 3/19/2018 33 11 12 PVC Pressure Pipe Pipelife Jet Stream DR14 AWWA C900 4"-12" 3/19/2018 33 11 12 PVC Pressure Pipe Pipelife Jet Stream DR18 AWWA C900 16"-24" 5/25/2018 33 11 12 PVC Pressure Pipe Diamond Plastics Corporation DR 14 AWWA C900 4"-12" 5/25/2018 33 11 12 PVC Pressure Pipe Diamond Plastics Corporation DR 18 AWWA C900 16"-24" 12/6/2018 33 11 12 PVC Pressure Pipe J-M Manufacturing Co., Inc d/b/a JM Eagle DR 14 AWWA C900-16 UL 1285 ANSI/NSF 61 FM 1612 4"-28" 12/6/2018 33 11 12 PVC Pressure Pipe J-M Manufacturing Co., Inc d/b/a JM Eagle DR 18 AWWA C900-16 UL 1285 ANSI/NSF 61 FM 1612 16"-24" 9/6/2019 33 11 12 PVC Pressure Pipe Underground Solutions Inc. DR14 Fusible PVC AWWA C900 4" - 8" 9/6/2019 33 11 12 PVC Pressure Pipe NAPCO(Westlake) DR18 AWWA C900 16" - 24" 9/6/2019 33 11 12 PVC Pressure Pipe NAPCO(Westlake) DR14 AWWA C900 4"- 12" 9/6/2019 33 11 12 PVC Pressure Pipe Sanderson Pipe Corp. DR14 AWWA C900 4"- 12" Water - Pipes/Valves & Fittings/Ductile Iron Fittings 33-11-11 (01/08/13) 07/23/92 E1-07 Ductile Iron Fittings Star Pipe Products, Inc. Mechanical Joint Fittings AWWA C153 & C110 * E1-07 Ductile Iron Fittings Griffin Pipe Products, Co. Mechanical Joint Fittings AWWA C 110 * E1-07 Ductile Iron Fittings McWane/Tyler Pipe/ Union Utilities Division Mechanical Joint Fittings, SSB Class 350 AWWA C 153, C 110, C 111 08/11/98 E1-07 Ductile Iron Fittings Sigma, Co. Mechanical Joint Fittings, SSB Class 351 AWWA C 153, C 110, C 112 02/26/14 E1-07 MJ Fittings Accucast Class 350 C-153 MJ Fittings AWWA C153 4"-12" 05/14/98 E1-07 Ductile Iron Joint Restraints Ford Meter Box Co./Uni-Flange Uni-Flange Series 1400 AWWA C111/C153 4" to 36" 05/14/98 E1-24 PVC Joint Restraints Ford Meter Box Co./Uni-Flange Uni-Flange Series 1500 Circle-Lock AWWA C111/C153 4" to 24" 11/09/04 E1-07 Ductile Iron Joint Restraints One Bolt, Inc. One Bolt Restrained Joint Fitting AWWA C111/C116/C153 4" to 12" 02/29/12 33-11-11 Ductile Iron Pipe Mechanical Joint Restraint EBAA Iron, Inc. Megalug Series 1100 (for DI Pipe)AWWA C111/C116/C153 4" to 42" 02/29/12 33-11-11 PVC Pipe Mechanical Joint Restraint EBAA Iron, Inc. Megalug Series 2000 (for PVC Pipe)AWWA C111/C116/C153 4" to 24" 08/05/04 E1-07 Mechanical Joint Retainer Glands(PVC) Sigma, Co. Sigma One-Lok SLC4 - SLC10 AWWA C111/C153 4" to 10" 03/06/19 33-11-11 Mechanical Joint Retainer Glands(PVC) Sigma, Co. Sigma One-Lok SLCS4 - SLCS12 AWWA C111/C153 4" to 12" 08/05/04 E1-07 Mechanical Joint Retainer Glands(PVC) Sigma, Co. Sigma One-Lok SLCE AWWA C111/C153 12" to 24" 08/10/98 E1-07 MJ Fittings(DIP) Sigma, Co. Sigma One-Lok SLDE AWWA C153 4" - 24" 10/12/10 E1-24 Interior Restrained Joint System S & B Techncial Products Bulldog System ( Diamond Lok 21 & JM ASTM F-1624 4" to 12" 04/07/69 Interior Restrained Joint System Hultec Hydrogrip-R ASTM D395, D412, D471, D573, D883, D1149, D1229, D1349, D1414, D1415, D1566, F913 4'-12" 08/16/06 E1-07 Mechanical Joint Fittings SIP Industries(Serampore) Mechanical Joint Fittings AWWA C153 4" to 24" 11/07/16 33-11-11 Mechanical Joint Retainer Glands Star Pipe Products, Inc. PVC Stargrip Series 4000 ASTM A536 AWWA C111 11/07/16 33-11-11 Mechanical Joint Retainer Glands Star Pipe Products, Inc. DIP Stargrip Series 3000 ASTM A536 AWWA C111 03/19/18 33-11-11 Mechanical Joint Retainer Glands SIP Industries(Serampore) EZ Grip Joint Restraint (EZD) Black For DIP ASTM A536 AWWA C111 3"-48" 03/19/18 33-11-11 Mechanical Joint Retainer Glands SIP Industries(Serampore) EZ Grip Joint Restraint (EZD) Red for C900 DR14 PVC Pipe ASTM A536 AWWA C111 4"-12" 03/19/18 33-11-11 Mechanical Joint Retainer Glands SIP Industries(Serampore) EZ Grip Joint Restraint (EZD) Red for C900 DR18 PVC Pipe ASTM A536 AWWA C111 16"-24" * From Original Standard Products List 5 Approval Spec No. Classsification Manufacturer Model No. National Spec Size CITY OF FORT WORTH WATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LIST Updated: 6-18-25 Water - Pipes/Valves & Fittings/Resilient Seated Gate Valve* 33-12-20 (05/13/15) Resilient Wedged Gate Valve w/no Gears American Flow Control Series 2500 Drawing # 94-20247 16" 12/13/02 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve American Flow Control Series 2530 and Series 2536 AWWA C515 30" and 36" 08/31/99 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve American Flow Control Series 2520 & 2524 (SD 94-20255) AWWA C515 20" and 24" 05/18/99 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve American Flow Control Series 2516 (SD 94-20247) AWWA C515 16" 10/24/00 E1-26 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve American Flow Control Series 2500 (Ductile Iron) AWWA C515 4" to 12" 08/05/04 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve American Flow Control 42" and 48" AFC 2500 AWWA C515 42" and 48" 05/23/91 E1-26 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve American AVK Company American AVK Resilient Seaded GV AWWA C509 4" to 12" 01/24/02 E1-26 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve American AVK Company 20" and smaller * E1-26 Resilient Seated Gate Valve Kennedy 4" - 12" * E1-26 Resilient Seated Gate Valve M&H 4" - 12" * E1-26 Resilient Seated Gate Valve Mueller Co.4" - 12" 11/08/99 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve Mueller Co. Series A2361 (SD 6647) AWWA C515 16" 01/23/03 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve Mueller Co. Series A2360 for 18"-24" (SD 6709) AWWA C515 24" and smaller 05/13/05 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve Mueller Co. Mueller 30" & 36", C-515 AWWA C515 30" and 36" 01/31/06 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve Mueller Co. Mueller 42" & 48", C-515 AWWA C515 42" and 48" 01/28/88 E1-26 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve Clow Valve Co. AWWA C509 4" - 12" 10/04/94 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve Clow Valve Co. 16" RS GV (SD D-20995) AWWA C515 16" 11/08/99 E1-26 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve Clow Valve Co. Clow RW Valve (SD D-21652) AWWA C515 24" and smaller 11/29/04 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve Clow Valve Co. Clow 30" & 36" C-515 AWWA C515 30" and 36" (Note 3) 11/30/12 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve Clow Valve Co. Clow Valve Model 2638 AWWA C515 24" to 48" (Note 3) 05/08/91 E1-26 Resilient Seated Gate Valve Stockham Valves & Fittings AWWA C 509, ANSI 420 - stem, 4" - 12" * E1-26 Resilient Seated Gate Valve U.S. Pipe and Foundry Co.Metroseal 250, requirements SPL #74 3" to 16" 10/26/16 33-12-20 Resilient Seated Gate Valve EJ (East Jordan Iron Works)EJ FlowMaster Gate Valve & Boxes 08/24/18 Matco Gate Valve Matco-Norca 225 MR AWWA/ANSI C115/An21.15 4" to 16" Water - Pipes/Valves & Fittings/Rubber Seated Butterfly Valve 33-12-21 (07/10/14) * E1-30 Rubber Seated Butterfly Valve Henry Pratt Co. AWWA C-504 24" * E1-30 Rubber Seated Butterfly Valve Mueller Co. AWWA C-504 24"and smaller 1/11/99 E1-30 Rubber Seated Butterfly Valve Dezurik Valves Co. AWWA C-504 24" and larger 06/12/03 E1-30 Valmatic American Butterfly Valve Valmatic Valve and Manufacturing Corp. Valmatic American Butterfly Valve. AWWA C-504 Up to 84" diameter 04/06/07 E1-30 Rubber Seated Butterfly Valve M&H Valve M&H Style 4500 & 1450 AWWA C-504 24" to 48" 03/19/18 33 12 21 Rubber Seated Butterfly Valve G. A. Industries (Golden Anderson) AWWA C504 Butterfly Valve AWWA C-504 30"-54" 09/03/24 33 12 21 Rubber Seated Butterfly Valve American AVK Company AWWA C504 Butterfly Valve Class 250B AWWA C-504 24" - 48" Water - Polyethylene Encasement 33-11-10 (01/08/13) 05/12/05 E1-13 Polyethylene Encasment Flexsol Packaging Fulton Enterprises AWWA C105 8 mil LLD 05/12/05 E1-13 Polyethylene Encasment Mountain States Plastics (MSP) and AEP Ind. Standard Hardware AWWA C105 8 mil LLD 05/12/05 E1-13 Polyethylene Encasment AEP Industries Bullstrong by Cowtown Bolt & Gasket AWWA C105 8 mil LLD 09/06/19 33-11-11 Polyethylene Encasment Northtown Products Inc. PE Encasement for DIP AWWA C105 8 mil LLD Water - Sampling Station 03/07/23 33 12 50 Water Sampling Station Kupferle Foundry Company Eclipse, Number 88 , 12-inch Depth of Bury As shown in spec. 33 12 50 09/02/24 33 12 50 Water Sampling Station Mueller Water Products, Inc.Model BSS01-36-MUDG2-CSD-NL, Freeze Proof, Hasp for Locking Access Hatch This product removed Water - Automatic Flusher 10/21/20 Automated Flushing System Mueller Hydroguard HG6-A-IN-2-BRN-LPRR(Portable) HG2-A-IN--2-PVC-018-LPLG(Permanent) 04/09/21 Automated Flushing System Kupferle Foundry Company Eclipse #9800wc 04/09/21 Automated Flushing System Kupferle Foundry Company Eclipse #9700 (Portable) Yellow Highlight indicates recent changes The Fort Worth Water Department’s Standard Products List has been developed to minimize the submittal review of products which meet the Fort Worth Water Department’s Standard Specifications during utility construction projects. When Technical Specifications for specific products, are included as part of the Construction Contract Documents, the requirements of the Technical Specification will override the Fort Worth Water Department’s Standard Specifications and the Fort Worth Water Department’s Standard Products List and approval of the specific products will be based on the requirements of the Technical Specification whether or not the specific product meets the Fort Worth Water Department’s Standard Specifications or is on the Fort Worth Water * From Original Standard Products List 6